Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Integrated / Suncor Energy

Suncor Energy

su · OTC Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker su
Exchange OTC
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Integrated
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Suncor Energy
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
1

2

0

2

t

n

e

m

u

c

o

D

n

o

i

t

a

r

t

s

i

g

e

R

l

a

s

r

e

v

i

n

U

c

i

r

t

c

e

l

E

r

e

d

i

e

n

h

c

S

Enabling a 
sustainable future

2021 Universal Registration Document
Financial and Sustainable Development Report

 
 
 
 
 
table of

Strategic Report
Integrated report
Our purpose and mission 
At a glance 
A statement from Chairman and CEO, Jean-Pascal Tricoire 
An interview with Chief Financial Officer, Hilary Maxson 
2021 Financial Performance Highlights 
Key Achievements of 2021 
Proud of 2021’s Sustainability Achievements 
Market trends – All electric, all digital 
What we do 
Our Business Model 
A future worth investing in 
A changemaker for sustainability 
2022 outlook and target 
2022-2024 targets and long-term ambitions  
Governance 
Our Stakeholders 

Chapter 1 – Group strategy & sustainability
1.1  Trends and opportunities 
1.2  Schneider Electric’s unique operating model 
1.3  Schneider Electric’s priorities for sustainable growth 
1.4  Customer focus 

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development
An introduction by Chief Strategy & Sustainability Officer, Olivier Blum 
2.1  Sustainability at the heart of our strategy 
2.2  Driving responsible business with Trust 

2.3  Acting for a Climate positive world 
2.4  Being efficient with Resources 
2.5  Great People making Schneider Electric a great company 
2.6  Delivering Social Impact for a just transition 
2.7  Methodology and audit of indicators  
2.8 

Indicators 

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric
3.1  Definition and objectives of internal control and risk management 
3.2  Organization and management 
3.3  Risk management mechanism 
3.4  Key risks 
Insurance 
3.5 

Corporate Governance Report
Chapter 4 – Corporate governance report  RFA
4.1  Governance Report 
4.2  Compensation Report 

126
144
164
188
206
226

244
244
249
254
265

268
311

Financial Statements
Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements  RFA
344
5.1  Consolidated statement of income 
346
5.2  Consolidated statement of cash flows 
347
5.3  Consolidated balance sheet 
349
5.4  Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
350
5.6  Statutory Auditors’ report on the consolidated financial statements  397
5.7  Extract of the management report for the year ended  

December 31, 2021 

402

2
4
6
8
9
10
12
14
15
20
22
24
26
27
28
32

44
46
50
56

60
61
92

RFA   Annual Financial Report elements are clearly identified in this table of contents with the sign RFA.

Integrated report
Integrated report

Strategic Report

Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting  RFA
8.1 Explanatory comments & draft resolutions submitted

to the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

8.2 Statutory Auditors’ special reports

448
468

Chapter 9 – Persons responsible for the Universal Registration 
Document and audit of the financial statements
Persons responsible for the Universal Registration Document
Persons responsible for the audit of the financial statements
Universal Registration Document cross-reference table
Annual Financial Report cross-reference table
Cross-reference table referring to the elements of the 
Management Report
Cross-reference table referring to the elements of the 
Corporate Governance Report
Cross-reference table pursuant to Articles L. 225-102-1, L. 22-10-36 
and R. 225-105 (disclosure on extra-financial performance), and 
Article L. 225-102-4 (vigilance plan) of the French Commercial Code

474
475
476
479

482

481

480 

Chapter 6 – Parent company financial statements  RFA
6.1 Balance sheet
6.2 Statement of income
6.3 Notes to the financial statements
6.4 Statutory auditors’ report on the annual financial statements
6.5 List of securities held at December 31, 2021
6.6 Subsidiaries and affiliates
6.7 The company’s financial results over the last 5 years
6.8 Extract of the management report for the year ended 

December 31, 2021

Shareholder Information
Chapter 7 – Information on the Company and its capital
7.1 Shareholding
7.2 Capital
7.3 General information on the Company
7.4 Shareholders’ rights and obligations
7.5 Stock market data
Investor relations
7.6

412
414
415
424
427
428
430

431

434
436
439
440
443
445

The Universal Registration Document was filed on March 29, 2022 with the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF), as the competent authority under Commission regulation 
1129/2017/EU, without prior approval in compliance with Article 9 of this regulation.

The Universal Registration Document may be used for purposes of a public offer of securities or admission of securities to trading on a regulated market if completed by 
a securities note and, if applicable, a summary and any amendments to the Universal Registration Document. The whole is then approved by the AMF in accordance with 
Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

This Universal Registration Document is a free translation into English of the official version of the Universal Registration Document which has been prepared in French 
and in ESEF format (European Single Electronic Format) and which includes the Annual Financial Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 and is available 
on the AMF’s website (www.amf-france.org) and on the Company’s website (www.se.com).

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

1

Integrated report

Our purpose is to empower all to make 
the most of our energy and resources,
bridging progress and sustainability for all.

At Schneider, 
we call this

2

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Integrated report

Strategic Report
Strategic Report

Our mission is to be 
your digital partner for 
Sustainability and Efficiency.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

3

Integrated report

At a glance

Our performance

2021 was a record year, setting the foundation for 
ongoing sustainable growth. In addition, the Group 
continued to raise the bar in launching new and  
ambitious sustainability commitments, covering 
2021-25. 

Adjusted EBITA margin  

+140 bps organic 

€3.2B

Net Income (Group share) 

+51% 

Financial KPIs

€28.9B

Revenues 

17.3%

€2.8B

Free Cash Flow 

€6.13

Extra-financial KPIs

#1

+12.7% organic

World’s Most Sustainable Corporation in 2021

3.92/10

Schneider Sustainability Impact score,  
outperforming 2021 3.75/10 target

347 million 

Tonnes of saved and avoided CO2 emissions  
to our customers since 2018

1,000

87% conversion rate

Suppliers committed to the Zero Carbon Project

+4 million

Adjusted Earnings per Share 

+30%

People have access to green electricity in 2021

€2.90 

71%

Proposed Dividend per Share 

+12%

Highest Employee Engagement Index of all time

4

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
    
Integrated report

Strategic Report

Our business

Total employees by geography in 2021

Revenue by geography in 2021

North America

Western Europe

26%

29%

27%

26%

Rest of the World

Asia Pacific

16% 14%

31%

31%

128,000+

Employees in over 100 countries

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

5

Integrated report

A statement from Chairman  
and CEO, Jean-Pascal Tricoire 

The past two years have seen challenges, changes 
and uncertainties that few of us could have imagined 
back in 2019. The COVID-19 pandemic, the multiple 
and diverse responses to it, the rapid restart of the 
economy, a host of climate change-linked disasters, 
and numerous other disruptions have shaken up 
supply chains and unsettled business plans the 
world over.

Many of these developments will stay with us in 2022, and  
even beyond.

But the world has also had time to learn, to change, and to adapt. 
Climate action, efficiency, sustainability, digital innovation, and 
resilience to disruption, uncertainty and change are now top of 
the agenda for policy makers, businesses and even households 
around the globe, in a way that was simply not the case just two  
or three years ago.

Of course, Schneider Electric hasn’t been immune to these 
upheavals. But our efforts, over the past 15 years, to embrace 
sustainability, digitization and electrification, and to empower all  
to make the most of our energy and resources, have stood us in 
good stead.

In fact, if anything, our corporate purpose and positioning have 
been reinforced and vindicated by what the world has experienced 
since late 2019. It’s never been more important to bridge progress 
and sustainability for all.

A business model built to support a 
sustainable future

Schneider Electric received welcome, high-profile external 
recognition in January 2021, when Corporate Knights ranked us the 
world’s most sustainable corporation for the year. The recognition 
is a testament to the commitment of our people, our customers, 
partners and suppliers, who have, year after year, raised the bar, 
to make a positive impact on our organization, our business and 
community ecosystem, and on the entire world. 

Still, the science is clear: humanity is not acting fast enough to  
avert climate catastrophe. We all need to do more, and much faster, 
to leverage the technologies that already exist, and develop new 
ones for the future. 

That’s why, also in January 2021, we announced the most ambitious 
set of sustainability commitments in our history, spanning 2021-2025:  
to show that even companies that are already sustainability leaders 
have a responsibility to do even more.

In late 2021, we also committed to being an Impact Company.  
We define that as a company that embraces environmental, social 
and governance (ESG) values into every dimension of its business. 
A company that aligns its mission to contribute these values, and 
that operates with a model that creates local impact, close to the 
communities it’s supporting. 

One of the guiding principles of this model is that acting on 
these principles, and on our purpose, also cements our financial 
performance. And that’s what makes us confident in our long-term 
sustainable growth.

Accelerating core markets, and new  
pillars of growth

Two technologies underpin the global economy’s transition to a 
sustainable, more resilient and lower-carbon future: digitization 
and electrification.

It’s in these areas that we’ve built our expertise and leadership  
over the past years – and we’re feeling the accelerating demand  
for these technologies across end-markets ranging from buildings 
and industry, to data centers and infrastructure. 

In addition, to support future growth, we’ve supplemented this with 
three incremental growth drivers. 

Our services offer allows us to provide more value on our installed 
base, and to better serve our customers across the entire lifecycle.

Our software portfolio provides unmatched capabilities in 
bridging the physical and digital world, allowing customers to reap 
the benefits of efficiency. Most recently, 2021 saw the finalization of 
our strategic acquisition of ETAP, as well as the closure of AVEVA’s 
acquisition of OSIsoft. Our next step is the development of a new 
category of software, through integrating our full portfolio across 
two core dimensions: the lifecycle and the operational domains. 
This is the first offer of its kind and has huge potential to support 
our customers by removing common operational frictions. 

6

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Integrated report

Strategic Report

 “ Two technologies underpin the 
global economy’s transition to 
a sustainable, more resilient 
and lower-carbon future: 
digitization and electrification”

Jean-Pascal Tricoire
Chairman and CEO

A sustainable future built on trust

Inevitably, many of the challenges of 2020 and 2021 will continue  
in 2022. But our strategic positioning, our operating model, and  
our guiding principles make us confident in our future. 

Around the globe, companies, governments and people have 
realized that humanity needs to act fast to make the world both 
fairer and cleaner – that we need to avert the worst effects of the 
looming climate crisis. The tools to do so exist: digitization and 
electrification can help us get towards net-zero. What we need  
to do now is act. Fast.

Jean-Pascal Tricoire,
Chairman and CEO

  Read more about our strategy on page 22  

And then there’s our sustainability business. Companies all  
over the world are increasingly eager to become more sustainable, 
and to reduce their carbon footprints. Our expertise on these fronts 
has allowed us to develop a full-service offering, spanning ESG 
consulting services, right through to digital technologies that can 
bolster energy and operational efficiency, to support customers  
at all stages of their journey.

Unique operating model to support  
the transition

All of these growth opportunities are supported by our  
operating model. 

We’ve strategically built and scaled this around four distinct 
characteristics: the integration of all aspects of our business 
operations, from sales, to supply chain, to marketing and software; 
the nurturing of the largest, open ecosystem of partners; the 
principle of having ESG values at the heart of everything we do – 
both by being leaders in our own ecosystem, and by helping our 
customers along their ESG journeys.

And lastly, our multi-hub model. With four regional hubs around 
the world (North America, Europe, China and India), our local 
teams can adapt and respond quickly to changing circumstances. 
It also helps us to attract the best talent anywhere in the world. 

Of course, none of this would be possible without our SE Great 
People, who participate and believe in our purpose and mission. 
Throughout 2021, our 128,000 colleagues demonstrated their 
adaptability, and their openness to collaboration and innovation,  
as we all learned and grew in this new, hybrid-working world.  

They’re also central to the trust we’ve built with our entire 
ecosystem. This trust has ensured our resilience through tough 
times, and strengthened our relationships for the future. Trust  
is our highest value, reinforced by the establishment of our  
Trust Charter in 2021.  

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

7

Integrated report

An interview with  
Chief Financial Officer, 
Hilary Maxson

Schneider Electric delivered a strong 
performance in 2021, what were the 
highlights?

In 2021 the key theme was growth, driven both by strong market 
dynamics and our strategic choices and positioning. Our revenues 
of EUR 28.9 billion were an all-time high, up +12.7% organically.
We delivered a strong improvement in our adjusted EBITA margin 
which increased by +1.4pts organically, reaching 17.3%, a new 
record, and surpassing our target of ‘around 17%’ one year early. 
We achieved this through good leverage on the higher volumes of 
2021, a strong focus on price in the face of inflationary pressures, 
and continued progress on our operational efficiency plans. 
The strong operational performance coupled with a reduction in 
restructuring costs resulted in net income of EUR 3.2 billion, an 
increase of +51% over 2020. 

We delivered Free Cash Flow of EUR 2.8 billion, reflecting 
strong operational cash flow but also increased working capital 
requirements at the end of the year due to the strong external 
demand environment and some supply chain shortages. We 
retain a strong focus on shareholder returns, and we continue our 
track-record of progressive dividends for a 12th year, increasing our 
proposed dividend by +12% to EUR 2.90 per share. 

What were the biggest challenges you faced 
in 2021 and what do you expect in 2022?

Global supply chains came under pressure in 2021, impacting not 
just Schneider, but across multiple industries and geographies. 
While the heightened external demand is supportive of future 
growth, it did present some temporal challenges in customer 
deliveries for the year and came with associated higher costs both 
in freight and the sourcing of some components. Our unique global 
supply chain set-up helped us to navigate these challenges with 
agility, using lessons learned from 2020, and leveraging our multi-
hub model. We also faced the ongoing challenge of a global health 
crisis, which limited our ability to access customer sites, impacting 
our Services organization. I want to take the opportunity to thank 
our customer facing teams, and those working in our factories and 
distribution centers, for all they did in putting our customers first in 
these challenging times. 

For 2022, we expect these challenges to persist, with cost inflation 
the new reality and pressures on global supply chains not yet over. 
We endeavor to meet these challenges with agility, always putting 
customers at the forefront of our thinking.

What is the outlook for Schneider Electric  
in 2022?

In 2022, we start-out on the scalable growth journey outlined in 
our Capital Markets Day. We expect 2022 Adjusted EBITA growth 
of between +9% and +13% organic. This strong and sustainable 
performance would be achieved through a combination of topline 
organic growth, targeted at between +7% and +9%, and Adjusted 
EBITA margin up +30 bps to +60 bps organic. This implies 
Adjusted EBITA margin of around 17.6% to 17.9% for 2022. 

You held a Capital Markets Day in 2021. 
What will drive shareholder value in the 
coming years?

At the CMD, we set our 2022-2024 targets and longer-term 
ambitions. Between 2022 and 2024 we expect organic revenue 
growth of between +5% to +8%, on average, and a continued 
improvement of our adjusted EBITA margin of between +30bps to 
+70bps organic, annually. We expect this to translate into a step-up 
in our Free Cash Flow, over-time, to around EUR 4 billion by 2024. 
We upgraded our longer-term ambitions to at least 5% organic 
growth in revenues on average across the economic cycle with an 
opportunity to further expand adjusted EBITA margin and  
Free Cash Flow beyond 2024.

These ambitions represent a step-change in performance from past 
years, driven by long-term trends of digitization for efficiency, and 
electrification for sustainability that are pervasive across the end-
markets we serve. We expect opportunities in these end-markets 
to remain dynamic, and for growth to be augmented by our focus 
on Software, Services and Sustainability. As we move into a period 
of scalable and sustainable growth, our revenue profile is shifting; 
becoming more digital and more resilient. We expect an evolution 
in contribution from our Digital Flywheel, moving towards c.60% of 
Group revenues by 2025, from c.50% today. Within this, our strategic 
focus on more Software & Services is expected to drive an increase 
of +5pts on these elements, to c.23% of Group revenues by 2025. 
Software & Services also presents an opportunity for revenues to 
be more sticky, more resilient and with a greater proportion to be 
recurring in nature, increasing by +15pts to c.45% recurring by 2025.

As CFO, I am excited with the opportunities that lie ahead of us, we 
have the portfolio, the technologies and the great people required 
to enable sustainable growth for years to come, as we remain 
committed to generating further value for all of our stakeholders.

Hilary Maxson,
Chief Financial Officer

8

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Integrated report

Strategic Report

2021 Financial Performance Highlights

2021 was a record year setting the foundation for ongoing sustainable growth. The Group generated  
all-time high revenues, adjusted EBITA margin and Net Income. Free Cash Flow was impacted by  
working capital requirements, while operating cash flows remained strong.

Demand for the Group’s products, systems, software and services remained at high levels throughout 2021. As with all companies,  
the Group faced pressure from tightness in global supply chains, but responded with agility, leveraging its unique, digitized model  
for the benefit of customers. 

Adjusted EBITA margin
In % of Group revenues

Net Income (Group share)
In millions of euros

Revenue
In billions of euros

€28.9B

17.3%

7
.
4
2

7
.
5
2

2
.
7
2

2
.
5
2

9
.
8
2

8
.
4
1

1
.
5
1

6
.
5
1

6
.
5
1

3
.
7
1

€3,204M

4
0
2
,
3

4
3
3
,
2

3
1
4
,
2

0
5
1
,
2

6
2
1
,
2

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

Revenues were up +12.7% organic 
(+14.9% reported) with strong growth 
from both businesses and across all four 
regions. There was strong demand across 
the Group’s four end-markets, as revenues 
rebounded to above 2019 levels on an 
organic basis. FX impacts were negative 
-1.3% due to the strengthening of the EUR 
against the USD. There was positive scope 
impact of +3.5% from recent acquisitions.

Adjusted EBITA reached EUR 5.0 billion, a 
margin of 17.3%, expanding organically by 
+140 basis points. The margin expansion 
was driven through a combination 
of pricing actions to compensate for 
inflationary costs, industrial productivity, 
and execution on the Group’s operational 
efficiency plan. Both businesses 
contributed to the margin expansion.

Net Income (Group share) reached  
EUR 3.2 billion, up +51% on last year. 
Restructuring costs were -EUR 225 million, 
down EUR 196 million on last year. Other 
Operating Income and Expenses were 
-EUR 21 million, mainly consisting of some 
disposal gains offset by M&A and integration 
costs. Net financial expenses reduced by 
EUR 102 million, while the Group’s effective 
tax rate was 23.2%, in line with expectations.

Free Cash Flow
In millions of euros

€2,799M

6
7
4
,
3

3
7
6
,
3

9
9
7
,
2

3
5
2
,
2

2
0
1
,
2

Adjusted Earnings Per Share
In euros

Dividend Per Share
In euros

€6.13

2
3
.
5

2
7
.
4

4
6
.
4

3
1
.
6

5
8
.
3

€2.90

5
5
.
2

0
6
.
2

0
9
.
2

0
2
.
2

5
3

.
2

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

The Group generated EUR 2.8 billion of 
Free Cash Flow, reflective of the strong 
operating cash result of EUR 4.5 billion. 
Working capital evolution was negative 
EUR 853 million, reflective of the strong 
external demand environment. Net capital 
expenditure of EUR 817 million remained 
stable as a percentage of sales at  
around 3%.

Adjusted Earnings Per Share was 
EUR 6.13, up 30% on last year, 
mostly driven by the strong operating 
performance. The weighted average 
number of shares in issue remained 
broadly stable compared to last year.

The proposed dividend is EUR 2.90  
per share, up 12% on last year, subject 
to approval at the Annual Shareholder’s 
Meeting to be held on May 5, 2022.  
The proposed dividend would be paid 
on May 19, 2022, and represents a 
continuation for the twelfth year of the 
Group’s progressive dividend policy.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

9

Integrated report

Key Achievements of 2021

January
Schneider Electric announced as the world’s most sustainable 
corporation, achieving the number one position on Corporate 
Knights’ 2021 Global 100 Most Sustainable Corporations in the World 
ranking, out of more than 8,000 companies assessed. The jump 
from 29th place in the 2020 ranking reflects Schneider’s consistent 
progress towards and commitment to sustainability excellence.

February
Schneider Electric introduced its vision for “Industries 
of the Future” at the ARC Industry Forum. Renewing 
its commitment to transforming the industrial sector 
through open, sustainable technology, its next-
generation framework and winning formula for industrial 
settings is founded around three core pillars: universal 
automation, sustainable efficiency, and software-
centric automation. EcoStruxure™ Automation Expert 
is Schneider Electric’s first offer based on the universal 
automation vision, capable of unlocking step-change 
improvements in efficiency and sustainability impossible 
a decade ago.

March
Schneider Electric’s majority owned subsidiary AVEVA successfully 
completed the acquisition of OSIsoft, a global leader in real-time 
industrial data software and services. OSIsoft’s PI System is a 
leading platform for data acquisition and data structuring for its 
customers, specialized on the mission-critical applications on 
which AVEVA and Schneider are focused.

May
Schneider Electric ranked 
4th in Gartner’s Top 25 
Supply Chain Award, for 
the second consecutive 
year, and 1st in Europe. 
The inclusion is the 6th time 
that Schneider has featured 
on the Top 25 list, and it 
underlines the Company’s 
consistent efforts to 
strengthen and digitize its 
supply chain operations.

June
Schneider Electric successfully completed the acquisition of 
Operation Technology, Inc. (ETAP), the leading software provider 
in electrical network design and simulation. The closing of this 
transaction will further enhance the Group’s software capabilities 
in the “Design” phase of lifecycle digitization.

SUSTAINABILITY

The Zero Carbon Project

April
Schneider Electric launches the Zero Carbon Project. 
Under the new initiative, the Company will partner 
with its top 1,000 suppliers – which represent 70% 
of Schneider’s suppliers emissions – to halve their 
operations’ CO2 emissions by 2025. The initiative is part 
of Schneider’s 2021-2025 sustainability goals and is a 
concrete step towards limiting the rise in average global 
temperatures to 1.5°C or less by 2100, as targeted by the 
Paris Agreement.

10

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Integrated report

Strategic Report

August
Schneider Electric received top ranking by Vigeo Eiris, the principal 
European environmental, social, and governance (ESG) rating 
agency and part of the Moody’s Group. Schneider has also been 
included among the world’s top ESG performers in the mid-year 
reviews of the FTSE4Good Index and Euronext Vigeo Eiris indices.

October
Schneider Electric announced 
the launch of new state-of-
the-art connected PrismaSeT 
Active switchboards, 
ComPacT™ molded-case 
circuit breakers, and 
PowerLogic™ HeatTag sensors 
for its EcoStruxure™ Power 
architecture. These innovative 
offers, poised to revolutionize 
electrical distribution, pave the 
way for the 100% connected 
building, where efficiency is 
maximized, and facility staff 
can foresee power loss and 
electrical fire risks. 

December
Schneider Electric wins four 
awards for Sustainability and Smart 
Home leadership at the CES 2022 
Innovation Awards, recognizing its 
commitment to sustainability and 
innovation. The company’s Wiser 
Energy Center receives recognition 
in both the Sustainability and Smart 
Home categories for redefining 
home energy management and 
resiliency. Merten Ocean Plastic 
receives praise as the first home 
energy solution made from recycled 
ocean plastics, while the new Odace 
Sustainable collection made from 
recycled materials is named as a 
Sustainability category honoree. 

Winner
Microsoft Partner
of the Year
Sustainability
Changemaker

Microsoft
Partner
Network

July
Schneider Electric is recognized by Microsoft as the 
company’s 2021 Sustainability Changemaker Partner of 
the Year Award winner. The award recognizes the impact 
Schneider has had helping its customers set and achieve 
decarbonization goals using its flagship EcoStruxure™
software solutions, which are underpinned by 
Microsoft technologies.

September
Schneider Electric’s Lexington, Kentucky plant is recognized by the 
World Economic Forum as a Sustainability Lighthouse – one of only 
three worldwide. The World Economic Forum has also recognized 
the Company’s Smart Factory in Wuxi, China as an Advanced 
Lighthouse – the fourth Schneider Electric factory to receive 
this distinction to date, joining the Lexington, Kentucky; Batam, 
Indonesia; and Le Vaudreuil, France factories.

November
Schneider Electric joined other industrial leaders and pioneers to 
form UniversalAutomation.org (UAO), an independent, not-for-profit 
association managing the reference implementation of a shared 
source runtime. For the first time, IT and OT software vendors, 
industrial end users, OEMs, and academics will share a common 
automation software layer across their automation technology – 
regardless of brand. The organization seeks to create an entirely 
new category of industrial automation and unleash the full potential 
of Industry 4.0.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

11

Integrated report

Proud of 2021’s Sustainability Achievements

The Schneider Sustainability Impact is a scorecard demonstrating that rapid, disruptive changes for 
a more sustainable world are possible across diverse, complex topics.

We are committed to taking urgent action to co-create a brighter future aligned with the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals 
(SDGs), consisting of 17 objectives and measuring our impact with transparency. The SDGs are about protecting the planet, alleviating 
poverty, and achieving worldwide peace and justice.

3.92/10

outperforming 3.75/10 target 
for 2021

In 2021, the Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI) achieved a great score of 3.92/10(1) exceeding its 3.75/10 target for the year. 
Schneider Electric also received top ESG recognitions and is on track to achieve its 2025 ambition. 

6 Long-term Commitments

11+1 targets for 2021-2025

Baseline(2)

2021 Progress(3)

2025 Target

Climate

1. Grow Schneider Impact revenues(4)

2. Help our customers save and avoid millions of tonnes of 

CO2 emissions

70%

263M

71%

347M

3. Reduce CO2 emissions from top 1,000 suppliers’ operations

0%

1%

Increase green material content in our products

Primary and secondary packaging free from single-use plastic, 
using recycled cardboard

7%

13%

11%

21%

Strategic suppliers who provide decent work to their employees(1)

--

In progress

Level of confidence of our employees to report unethical 
conduct(1)

81%

+0pts

Resources

Trust

Equal

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Increase gender diversity in hiring (50%), front-line 
management (40%) and leadership teams (30%)

41/25/24

41/27/26

50/40/30

9.

Provide access to green electricity to 50M people

30M

+4.2M

50M

Generations

10. Double hiring opportunities for interns, apprentices and 

4,939

x1.25

x2.00

fresh graduates

11. Train people in energy management

281,737

328,359

1M

Local

+1. Country and Zone Presidents with local commitments 

0%

100%

100%

that impact their communities

(1)   The SSI provides an overall measure of the Group’s progress on its sustainability goals on a scoring scale of 10. This is achieved by converting each KPI’s 

performance on a 10-point scale, considering that base year performance receives a 3/10 score and the 2025 objective translates to a 10/10 score. The overall score 
of the tool is the average of each KPI’s score with equal weight excluding the local commitment (SSI #+1). As an exception, in 2021, two other KPIs are excluded: 
SSI #6, as the program is still in development, and SSI #7, because 2021 is the baseline year.

(2)   Generally, the 2020 performance serves as a baseline for SSI programs, except for two programs measured against a 2019 baseline to mitigate COVID-19 impacts 

(SSI #1 Impact revenues and SSI #10 opportunities for the next generation).

(3)   Each year, Schneider Electric obtains a “limited” level of assurance on methodology and progress from an independent third party verifier for all of the SSI indicators, 

in accordance with ISAE 3000 assurance standard (see Independent verifier’s report on page 224). Please refer to page 206 for the methodological presentation of 
each indicator. The 2021 performance is also discussed in more details in each section of this report.

(4) For the reporting requirements under the European Taxonomy Regulation, please refer to page 68 and page 216.

12

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

80%

800M

50%

50%

100%

100%

+10pts

Integrated report

Strategic Report

Climate

Schneider is on the CDP 
Climate Change A List for 
the 11th year in a row.

Collectively, Schneider 
Electric’s PPA advisory clients 
have contracted for more than 
10,000 megawatts of wind and 
solar power globally, a volume 
equivalent to over 300,000,000 
metric tons of CO2.

Resources

Schneider was recognized 
as the Best Global Sustainable 
Supply Chain Organization 
by GSSC in 2021.

First company in the world to 
publish its biodiversity footprint 
followed by bold commitments 
to fight biodiversity loss.

Trust

Schneider awarded the 
Ethisphere ‘most ethical 
company in the world’ 
recognition for the 
10th consecutive year.

Equal

Schneider awarded the 
‘Grand Prix de la Transparence’ 
in the ESG information 
category.

The Financial Times awarded 
Schneider Electric the title 
of ‘Diversity leader’.

Successful projects such as 
opening the biggest fish farm 
in West Africa in Senegal, 
equipped with renewable 
electricity and supporting 
local communities. 

Generations

Committed to train 10,000 
underprivileged young adults 
in Africa through the newly 
created French Southern 
African Schneider Electric 
Education Center. 

25,000+ students up for 
a sustainable challenge 
– a record number of 
registrations to our global 
Go Green competition. 

Local

100% of countries committed 
to act for communities: 
launching 200+ local initiatives. 

Joining forces to support 
COVID-19 relief in India thanks 
to 6,500+ contributors from 
48 countries taking actions to 
support emergency needs and 
recovery for education thanks 
to the Tomorrow Rising Fund.

Read more about our long-term commitments on page 61 (cid:496)

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

13

Integrated report

Business
Market trends – All electric, all digital 

At Schneider Electric, we believe a more electric and digital world is key to reaching the 1.5°C increase 
trajectory needed to slow climate change and enable a resilient future. The disruption caused by the events 
of the past two years highlight how we need to build a more sustainable and resilient world.

We need to save 3x more CO2 emissions by 2030

4 Gt

CO2 saved/yr

10-15 Gt

CO2 saved/yr

Current pledged savings, 
post COP26, by 2030 
leading to ~2.7º rise

Minimum required 
savings by 2030 to 
limit to 1.5º rise

Source: Schneider Electric™ Research 
Institute Scenario: Back to 2050

Solutions to increase sustainability and resilience exist and are available today. Three megatrends highlight 
the shift to a world becoming all-electric and all-digital:

• Electricity makes energy greener: electricity is the most efficient energy and offers the best path for decarbonization. 
• Digitization builds a smart future: digital tools make the invisible visible, enabling more effective waste reduction and 

efficiency improvements.

• Digitization creates resilience: data analytics and insights enable more agile operations and continuity. 

All electric

All digital

Decarbonization of power supply by increasing electricity 
in the energy mix from 25% in 2018 to 80% by 2050

Increased electrification in mobility, industrial processes, 
homes and buildings

Growing need to aggregate exponential amount of data

Expansion of Internet of Things (IoT) in industrial processes 
driving abundance of data

New business models with artificial intelligence (AI), 
algorithms and digital platforms

14

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Integrated report

Strategic Report

What we do

Industries of the Future

Schneider Electric is committed to driving innovation in the industrial world. With technology, 
innovation and partnerships making up the core of our offer, we help industrial businesses 
achieve new levels of efficiency, resiliency and sustainability.

As a global manufacturer, named the most sustainable corporation 
in the world in 2021, with an end-to-end network of smart factories 
and distribution centers--including four designated by The World 
Economic Forum as Advanced Lighthouses--Schneider is on a 
mission to make industries of the future eco-efficient, agile and 
resilient through open, software-centric industrial automation.

operations that create step-change improvements in productivity 
and cost reduction. These core pillars are delivered through our 
innovative and unique EcoStruxure™ solutions and services, built 
from the legacy of world-leading and award-winning brands 
such as Modicon, Foxboro, AVEVA, Triconex, TeSys, Altivar, 
Eurotherm, and Harmony.

Our next-generation framework and winning formula for industrial 
settings center around three core pillars: universal automation, 
sustainable efficiency, and software-centric automation. These 
create a foundation for protecting the environment and improving 
health and safety, while enabling real-time data sharing and remote 

20% improvement in production efficiency
in the largest African desalination plant
Schneider Electric worked with Al-Galala desalination plant in 
Egypt to improve their production efficiency and support the 
increasing water demand driven by population and economic 
growth. A complete EcoStruxure™ for Water and Wastewater 
solution has been delivered, including Schneider Electric expert 
services and leading-edge industrial software from AVEVA. 
Benefits for the customer are tangible:
• 20% improvement in production efficiency
• Complete integrated solution
• Optimization in design stage

 for Water & Wastewater

Apps, 
Analytics, 
& Services

Edge 
Control

Connected 
Products

Water Network 
Management

Expert Services

AVEVA Plant SCADA

Modicon™ M580

MV SWG, LV MCC, Transformers, 
Busway, Drives, UPS

Innovations introduced in 2021 include:
• UniversalAutomation.org (UAO) was formed by leaders 

and pioneers across industry to advance the world in industrial 
automation. Co-founded by Schneider Electric, UAO represents 
the first time that vendors, end users, OEMs, and academics 
will share a common automation software layer across their 
automation technology, regardless of brand. 

• EcoStruxure™ Automation Expert v21, Schneider Electric’s 
own universal automation offer, expands into the water and 
wastewater market. 

• Next generation Lexium MC12 multi carrier system offers our 
original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), machine builders, 
and end-users unprecedented simplicity and flexibility from 
installation and integration to operation and maintenance. 

• Motor Management innovations provide a holistic lifecycle 

solution for advanced asset management and energy efficiency, 
from “Design & Build” to “Operate & Maintain”. Using next-
generation digital simulation and design tools to optimize safety, 
performance, and sustainability, these advances are helping 
industries of the future thrive.

• Schneider Electric and Wilo partnered to provide complete 
solutions for energy efficiency and water conservation for 
sustainable buildings, municipalities, utilities, and industrial 
water applications. 

>100

smart factories and 
distribution centers

30% 

improvement in workforce 
efficiency using digital solutions 
(Hubei Sanning Chemical 
Industry Co., Ltd.)

50-70%

less energy required 
(Oxford Energy Solutions Inc).

15% 

Energy savings of up 
to 15% and production 
efficiency improved by 20% 
(Veolia Water)

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

15

Integrated report

Business

What we do

Buildings of the Future

We spend the majority of our lives in buildings. They are where we work, learn, shop, and 
spend time with the people who matter most. That is why it is more important than ever 
that buildings are:

• Sustainable and return resources to our planet rather than just 

use them. 

• Resilient and ready for the unexpected. 
• Hyper-efficient, leveraging real-time data to be more 

responsive and deliver more for less. 

• People-centric with safe, healthy, and welcoming environments 

that improve comfort and productivity. 

Global demands for sustainability are forcing the industry to 
examine the role buildings play in producing carbon emissions and 
costly waste. The IEA estimates that the construction and operation 
of buildings consume 30% of the world’s energy, and account for 
almost 40% of annual global CO2 emissions(1).

For building owners and operators seeking to meet sustainability 
targets, Schneider Electric offers a comprehensive, step-by-step 
approach to move from strategy and implementation to operation, 
optimization and green certification to achieve a net-zero building. 

With our services, software, and solutions, customers can 
increase their building valuation, meet or exceed investor and 
tenant expectations, and reach net-zero targets, while contributing 
to a better environment. 

for Buildings

Apps, 
Analytics, 
& Services

Edge 
Control

EcoStruxure™
Building Advisor

Planon Universe
for CRE & FM

EcoStruxure™
Engage Enterprise

EcoStruxure™
Building Operation

EcoStruxure™
Power Monitoring Expert

Headquarters of the future – London, England
The Dar Group, a leading, privately-owned professional 
services group, is putting EcoStruxure™ Building Graph to use 
at its new 19,000-square-foot European headquarters in London 
to create a sustainable, resilient, hyper-efficient, and people-
centric work environment. Using real-time data monitoring, 
the collaboration has resulted in:
• A new smart and sustainable European headquarters 

building.

• LEED “Platinum” and BREEAM “Excellent” certification.
• Carbon emission reductions of 18.5%.
• A people-centric working environment focused on 

employees well-being and experience.

• Real time building monitoring.

Connected 
Products

Connected 
Room 
Solutions

Automation 
Server

Smart 
Panels

LVMV 
Switchgear 
Power 
Systems

Innovations introduced in 2021 include:
• EcoStruxure™ Connected Room Solutions for Hotels:

Allows for integration and control of light, blinds, temperature 
and other occupant amenities at the guest room level. 
It enables a personalized and people-centric environment, 
while contributing to energy and carbon reduction goals. 
• EcoStruxure™ Building Graph: Building operating system 
links the complex network of interactions between humans 
and buildings, connecting data across systems and Internet 
of Things (IoT) devices, enabling data accessibility and 
application development.

• EcoStruxure™ Building Advisor: A digital twin for your 

HVAC system, Building Advisor monitors the health of your 
HVAC assets and BMS and identifies opportunities for 
optimization of occupant comfort, maintenance prioritization, 
and overall building performance.

30%

40% 

80%

Buildings consume 30% of the world’s 
energy, via construction and operations

Buildings account for almost 40% 
of world’s annual CO2 emissions

of the buildings that will exist in 2050 
have already been built(2)

(1) https://www.iea.org/topics/buildings
(2) https://www.ukgbc.org/ukgbc-work/net-zero-whole-life-roadmap-for-the-built-environment/

16

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Integrated report

Strategic Report

Homes of the Future

At Schneider Electric, we bring to life sustainable and smart homes of the future by connecting 
the lifeline of your home – electricity – with digital, to help achieve carbon-neutral goals. 
We design solutions to:

Make homes more sustainable
Homes are the single largest consumer of electricity and contribute 
up to 20% of carbon dioxide emissions. Schneider Electric provides 
solutions to make homes multi-energy source ready, maximizing 
electrification and, therefore, decarbonization (e.g., switching 
from fossil fuel to electrical heating), making it easy to upgrade 
existing installations.

Make homes more resilient
Schneider Electric’s advanced technology helps customers secure 
homes against electrical hazard risks, cyber threats and power 
interruption. Unfortunately, defaults in electrical installations are more 
regular than we think, causing damage and losses. And they tend 
to become even more frequent with the ever-increasing number of 
natural disasters. One of our solutions, “Wiser” monitors the health 
of homes at any moment, so you can call an electrician before 
any harm is done. It also ensures that your critical appliances 
are powered even during outages. 

Make homes more efficient
Digital solutions enable greater electrification. To deliver more 
efficiency, Wiser connects, controls and monitors devices, whether 
connected or not. For example, through an efficient temperature 
control you can save 20% to 30% in energy consumption, without 
compromising on comfort. Through real-time monitoring of your 
energy use, you have visibility over the electrical consumption 
of your home appliances and can put that information into action 
to reduce your electricity bill.

Make homes more personal
Schneider Electric helps you create a comfortable home with a 
bespoke style and personalized living experience at every moment. 
Thanks to digitization and machine learning, you can take complete 
control of your home while Wiser learns your preferences to deliver 
your unique smart home experience.

Customer testimony:
 “As an innovative and committed advocate for the environment in 
the construction sector, Hexaom strives to make homes increasingly 
environmentally friendly and energy efficient. Our goal is to develop homes 
that are affordable, adaptive and self-reliant in terms of their energy needs. 
There are many such solutions on the market, across various fields, but 
they are largely complementary and lack an integrated “systems approach”. 
That is why we are proud of our partnership with Schneider Electric, which 
together with Wiser Energy Center has now enabled us to offer a turnkey 
system of energy self-consumption”.
Sébastien Perrissoud, 
Innovation Leader at Hexaom

Innovations introduced in 2021 include:
• Square D energy center: A smart panel for resilient energy 
and more efficient homes, offering grid-to-plug home energy 
management. Recognized by the National Association of 
Home Builders Global Innovation Awards. 

• Merten System switch: First switch in the world 

to be Cradle to Cradle Certified® Silver.

• Square D: Smart home enabled switches, dimmers, 

and sensors in North America.

• Wiser home automation additional features: presence 

detection, cameras, and water leaks detection.

29%

20%

of worldwide electricity is consumed 
by residential segment(1)

Homes contribute up to 20% 
of carbon dioxide emissions(2)

>€3.6B

of property is damaged due 
to electrical fault(3)

(1) International Energy Outlook 2019 (EIA)
(2) UN environmental Program 2020
(3) International Energy Outlook 2019, End-use consumption is increasingly shifting toward electricity

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

17

Integrated report

Business

What we do

Infrastructure of the Future

Infrastructure is the backbone of society. Schneider Electric’s technology, services, 
and expertise enable cities and companies to make infrastructure more reliable, safer, 
greener, and more efficient.

Grids
Sustainable, flexible, efficient, and resilient power grids are 
fundamental to accelerate the energy transition. In addition to 
providing innovative electrical equipment, such as switchgear that 
uses pure air instead of the SF6 greenhouse gas, the company 
equips grid operators with data gathering, management, and 
analytics capabilities that unlock grids of the future. These 
digital grid transformations further enable the decarbonization 
of buildings, industry, and mobility. 

Transportation infrastructure
Many governments, cities, and transit authorities are pioneering 
mobility and infrastructure projects using end-to-end EV charging 
solutions, renewables, battery storage, and microgrids. Schneider 
Electric makes this possible through a foundation of digital, future-
proof, financially innovative, and services-based infrastructure 
solutions. These solutions modernize and digitize diverse 
transportation infrastructure including buses, metros, railways, 
and airports, speeding up the transition to low-carbon mobility.

for eMobility

EcoStruxure™
Microgrid Advisor

EcoStruxure™
Power Advisor

Apps, 
Analytics, 
& Services

Edge 
Control

EcoStruxure™
Microgrid Operation

EcoStruxure™ Power 
SCADA Operation (PSP)

Connected 
Products

PowerLogic Masterpact

EaserMV 
Relay

Energy 
Control 
Centers

Brookville Bus Depot
A first-of-its-kind “Energy as a Service” infrastructure 
electrification project ensuring the bus fleet’s continuous 
operation regardless of utility outages. Backed by renewables, 
it advances Montgomery County’s 2035 net-zero carbon 
emissions goal. The project is set to deliver sustainable and 
resilient energy and charging infrastructure supporting at least 
44 electric buses at Brookville Smart Energy Bus Depot.
• Solutions installed: solar PV, on-site generation,
battery energy storage, microgrid controls, and 
electric bus chargers

• 62% carbon reduction from buses eliminating lifetime 

~155,000 tons of GHG

• 99.999% resilience and reliability of operations and sized to 

handle peak-demand

• Turnkey Energy-as-a-Service solution

Innovations introduced in 2021 include:
• SM AirSeT and RM AirSeT are digital MV switchgear ranges 
using pure air technology, eliminating the need for the SF6
greenhouse gas. 

• EcoStruxure™ ADMS (Advanced Distribution Management 
System) latest release provides utilities with new capabilities 
in coping with far-reaching effects of climate change 
• EcoStruxure™ DERMS (Distributed Energy Resource 

Management System) provides active network management 
for greater grid flexibility.

• EcoStruxure™ Power Automation System provides 
digital automation for more efficient operation and 
maintenance programs.

• EcoStruxure™ EV Advisor is a platform for building 

owners and EV drivers to control EV charging remotely.
• ETAP Train Power Simulation - eTraX™ is software for 
designing, analyzing, and managing AC and DC railway 
infrastructure.

80% 

60%

of global CO2 emissions come from the 
production and consumption of energy(1)

rise in CO2 emissions from transportation 
by 2050 in absence of mitigation measures(2)

(1) OECD/IEA (2020), World Energy Outlook, Climate Watch (2020), Historical GHG emissions, Schneider Electric Research
(2) Planete Energies

18

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Integrated report

Strategic Report

Data centers of the Future 

Data centers are the lifeblood of the digital world. From massive cloud data centers enabling 
global peer-to-peer communications for billions of people, to the smallest micro data centers 
supporting expanding edge computing applications, data centers must be sustainable, resilient, 
efficient and adaptive.

Critical attributes of evolving data centers:
Sustainability – Sustainability is more than just reducing power 
consumption, it’s about creating direct customer benefits. Beyond 
just tracking their company-based emissions, data centers must 
account for the emissions of their upstream and downstream 
supply chain. Robust data is the key to rounding out an 
organization’s sustainability profile. 

Resilience – By reducing exposure to hazards and associated 
risks, like unanticipated blackouts, data center owners can mitigate 
unplanned downtime. Through monitoring and data analysis, data 
center teams can proactively avoid uptime threats and support 
business continuity. 

Efficiency – Data center efficiencies, which often encompassed 
only process and hardware performance efficiencies, will soon 
include human resources, CapEx, and total cost of ownership 
(TCO) efficiencies. By equipping devices with intelligent sensors 
and adding more digital services and remote monitoring 
capabilities, data centers will drive more efficient operations. 

Adaptiveness – A new threshold for business success has 
emerged: deliver goods and services with speed and precision. 
As customers demands increase, data centers must also adjust. 
More agile designs now allow data center owners to pivot, quickly 
scaling up or down to handle changing consumer demands.

China International Intellectech Corporation 
(CIIC) boosts energy savings
As part of the Zhongzhi Group, CIIC is a leading human 
resources company in China, serving more than 20,000 
customer companies across the country. By deploying 
Schneider Electric’s low footprint Uniflair™  InRow™ Cooling 
and Hot-Aisle air containment system, CIIC succeeded in 
boosting energy efficiency and achieving a PUE (Power Usage 
Effectiveness) of 1.5°C, while reducing the required system 
footprint space by 70 square meters.

for Data Center

Apps, 
Analytics, 
& Services

EcoStruxure™
IT Advisor expert team
7 x 24 services

Edge 
Control

Digital platform for monitoring

Connected 
Products

Modular solution, 
access control, 
Netbotz, UPS

Innovations introduced in 2021 include:
• Galaxy VL: The new, energy-efficient Galaxy VL is designed 
to help data centers grow while minimizing footprint and cost 
of ownership. As a Green Premium™ product, it delivers top 
performance, supports sustainability objectives, and fills a 
previous gap in the market for the midrange power segment.
• Monitoring and Dispatch Services: Designed for single-phase 
systems within edge environments, Monitoring and Dispatch 
Services provide both customers and partners with advanced 
remote troubleshooting and on-site support. End users can 
reduce OpEx, improve cost predictability, and reduce costly 
business interruptions.

• Smart-UPS Ultra: The first of its kind, APC Smart-UPS Ultra 

is redefining the single-phase UPS, making it lighter and more 
powerful. It uses lithium-ion technology to power distributed IT 
and edge computing sites to ensure uptime and resilience.

Leading change in the data center industry
“The data center industry has unique characteristics, such as high 
energy intensity, rapid growth, large power consumption, and water 
usage, that require specialized metrics. Standardizing these metrics 
will help with adoption, improve benchmarking, and progress 
sustainability within the industry.”
Schneider Electric Energy Management Research Center, 
Guide to Environmental Sustainability Metrics for Data Centers 

1-2%

50%

50%

Estimated global energy consumption 
by data centers(1)

Growth in IT sector electricity demand 
by 2050(2)

Reduction in carbon intensities 
of data centers by 2030(2)

(1) https://www.science.org/doi/full/10.1126/science.aba3758 
(2) https://www.se.com/ww/en/insights/tl/schneider-electric-sustainability-research-institute/digital-economy-and-climate-impact-2

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

19

Integrated report

Our Business Model

Our mission is to be your digital partner

Our advantages and resources

We are the most local of global companies. We are advocates of open standards and partnership ecosystems 
that are passionate about our shared Meaningful Purpose, Inclusive and Empowered values.

People

Innovation

Environment

Partners
and suppliers

Financial 
strength

128k+

1,000+

51

650k+

A-/A3

employees worldwide, 
in 100+ countries

patent applications filed 
globally in 2021

Number of zero-CO2
sites

service provider and 
partner ecosystem

strong investment grade 
credit rating

Our expertise

Energy 
Management
Energy
Transition

Industrial 
Automation
Industry
4.0

Our strategic pillars

Electrification
Sustainability

Digitization
Efficiency

Our strategic priorities

More
Products

More Software
& Services

More
Sustainability

End Markets

Data Centers

Buildings

Industry

Infrastructure

IMPACT
Company

Our five principles

1. Performance
The foundation for doing good

2. All Stakeholders
in our ecosystem

3. All ESG
dimensions

4. Business
Digital partner for Sustainability
and Efficiency

5. Model & Culture
set up for global and local impact 

20

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Integrated report

Strategic Report

for Sustainability and Efficiency.

One integrated company

A fully integrated company empowering its people and offering greater efficiencies to customers. 
One Sales, Marketing, Digital, Supply Chain and Associated Software.

USA

Europe

India

China

Four hubs

Products

R&D

Supply  
Chain

Sales

Suppliers

Quadruple integration

Energy

1
2 End Point
3 Design & Build
4 Site-by-site

Automation

Most innovative range 
of connected products

Cloud

Operate & Maintain

Software across the lifecycle

Integrated Company 
Management

Unified Operation 
Centers

Creating value
Creating value for all our stakeholders

For our 
customers 

  For our partners 
and suppliers 

347M

1k+

tonnes of CO2 saved 
and avoided since 2018

of top suppliers enrolled 
in Zero Carbon Project

For the 
planet & local 
communities

34M

59%

+49%

1-year Total 
Shareholder Return

people provided access 
to green electricity  
since 2008

of eligible employees 
benefitting from 2021 
share plan

For our 
employees 

For our 
shareholders 

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

21

 
 
Integrated report

A future worth investing in

Our mission is to be your digital partner

Schneider Electric is positioned in accelerating markets…

Need for sustainability and resiliency…

…supported by governments, businesses, investors, customers and civil society

Our Answer:
Digitization
for efficiency 

Eliminate waste, drive  
efficiency and optimize  
from plant to plug

Electrification
for Decarbonization

Most efficient energy  
and the best vector of 
decarbonization

Leading to:
Sustainable 
world
greener & smarter

…and will leverage our unique operating model to deliver on our mission

The integrated 
company

It allows us to  
provide our 
customers with a 
complete plug and 
play and seamless 
integrated solution.

Open 

Multi-hub 

We believe in the 
power of open 
ecosystems  
& partners.

Multi-hub is a  
key element to offer 
improved resiliency, 
agility, proximity  
with our customers  
and suppliers. 

The Impact 
Company

Sustainability is at 
the core of everything 
we do, in line with our 
purpose.

  Read more about our operating model in Chapter 1 on page 46 (cid:496) 

22

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Integrated report

Strategic Report

for Sustainability and Efficiency.

Through the development of incremental growth drivers

More sustainable products

More Software

78% of product sales in 2021 are with 
Green Premium™ label

Across the lifecycle, from Design & Build 
to Operate & Maintain, and across customer 
domains of Industry & Infrastructure, Power 
and Buildings. For a seamless customer 
experience derived through unification 
and federation of a unique portfolio.

More Services

More Sustainbility

2x Group growth, peace of mind to 
customers on mission critical assets

Supporting customers in defining and 
implementing their net-zero roadmap, 
to drive double-digit growth

Leading to

Software
+
Digital
services

Ambition for Software, Sustainability 
and Services revenues (currently c.18% 
of Group revenues) to increase by +5pts 
by 2025

Increased 
across
domains

Edge 
Control

c.50%

Group 
revenue 
leveraging

Field 
Services

Moving towards

c.60%

of Group revenues
by 2025

Leveraging installed base, 
servicing of Assets under 
Management

Growing proportion of 
natively connected products 
through R&D, replacing 
non-digital offers

Connectable 
products

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

23

Integrated report

A changemaker for sustainability

For over 15 years, sustainability has been at the core of Schneider Electric’s transformation journey. 
The Group is now a world corporate leader in sustainability and a key enabler for all stakeholders 
in its ecosystem to accelerate their own energy efficiency and sustainability transition. With this 
experience, comes a strong belief that what makes Schneider Electric stand out today and tomorrow 
is that it is an impact company.

IMPACT
Company

“Companies need to have a net positive 
mindset where they can benefit from solving 
the world’s problems instead of creating 
them. This restorative mindset is aligned 
with Schneider Electric’s impact company 
model that can be a true driver for change.”

Bertrand Piccard
Chairman of the Solar Impulse Foundation

Schneider Electric is an impact company, a company which lives 
by a unique sustainability strategy and operating model, built to 
deliver positive impacts in the long-run. It entails a responsibility 
to share learnings and keep raising the bar. 

An impact company seeks to address the needs of all
stakeholders in its ecosystem, from employees to supply chain 
partners, customers, as well as local communities and institutions. 

To deliver sustainability in its entire value chain, it must combine 
a solid profitability with leading practice on all Environmental, 
Social and Governance dimensions. 

It means that an impact company has inherently aligned and 
integrated its purpose and its business mission to ensure its 
corporate value delivers on sustainability needs and ambitions.

The company’s operating model is set up to impact on all of the 
above at global and local levels. Its culture builds on strong and 
practiced values with the right talent and processes to be a leading 
purpose-led company.

Our Guiding Principles

1. Performance

the foundation for doing good

2. All Stakeholders 
in our ecosystem

3. All ESG

dimensions

4. Business

digital partner for Sustainability 
and Efficiency

5. Model & Culture

set up for global and local impact

An Impact model recognized in external ratings 

24

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Integrated report

Strategic Report

Our 2025 sustainability commitments 

With less than ten years left to reach the 17 United Nations SDGs, Schneider Electric has accelerated its impact and is making new, bold 
commitments to drive meaningful impact within the framework of its business activity. Such sustainability commitments and progress are 
fully integrated in the governance processes and bodies that design and execute the Group’s strategy internally and externally at every 
level from the Board of Directions to the operations. 

Act for a 
climate-positive world

Be efficient with 
resources

Live up to our 
principles of trust

by continuously investing in and 
developing innovative solutions that deliver 
immediate and lasting decarbonization in 
line with our carbon pledge.

by behaving responsibly and making 
the most of digital technology to preserve 
our planet.

by upholding ourselves and all around 
us to high social, governance, and 
ethical standards.

Create equal
opportunities

Harness the power 
of all generations

Empower local
communities

by ensuring all employees are uniquely 
valued in an inclusive environment to 
develop and contribute their best.

by fostering learning, upskilling, and 
development for each generation, paving 
the way for the next.

by promoting local initiatives and 
enabling individuals and partners to 
make sustainability a reality for all.

Schneider Sustainability Impact

Progress against our six commitments for 2021 – 2025 are 
tracked through quantitative performance indicators, under two 
complementary tools: the Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI) 
and the new Schneider Sustainability Essentials (SSE). 

The SSI is the translation of our six long-term commitments into a 
selection of 11 highly transformative and innovative programs. The 
programs are tracked and published quarterly, as well as audited 
annually. To instill a culture of sustainability, the SSI performance is 
embedded in the short-term incentive plans for the managers and 
leaders of the Group. A notable addition to the SSI in 2021 is the 
local commitment, aiming to deploy meaningful local actions in 
the 100+ markets where the Group operates. 

The SSE is a new tool created to maintain a high level of 
engagement and transparency for 25 other long-lasting programs, 
such as our promise to pay all our employees above the living wage. 

Our unique transformation tool 

1. Focused

on material issues

2. Disrupting 

the status quo

3. Transparent

quarterly disclosure 

4. Robust

assured by an independent third party

5. Rewarding

employees for performance

2030 PLEDGE
For our Ecosystem

Climate

Biodiversity

Access to Energy

Carbon pledge towards net-zero 
CO2 emissions
In our operations by 2030
In our value chain by 2050

www.se.com
www.se.com

Pledge to be efficient with 
resources with no net biodiversity 
loss in our operations by 2030

Provide access to green electricity 
to 100 million people by 2030

Life Is On | Schneider Electric
Life Is On | Schneider Electric

25

Integrated report

2022 outlook and target

Expected trends in 2022

2022 Target

The Group expects to grow both its revenues and 
profitability in 2022, in line with the framework for 
sustainable growth for the medium and long-term 
announced in its recent Capital Markets Day.

In 2022, the Group expects: 

The Group sets its 2022 financial target as follows:

2022 Adjusted EBITA growth of between 
+9% and +13% organic. 

The target would be achieved through a combination of organic 
revenue growth and margin improvement, currently expected to be:

•  A continuation of strong and dynamic market demand, 
including further recovery in late-cycle segments 

•  All regions and all four end-markets expected to contribute  

to growth

•  Sales to benefit from higher level of backlog exiting 2021
•  Ongoing uncertainty linked to health crisis
•  Ongoing global supply chain pressures continue to impact  

• 

in coming months
Increased pressure on input costs, including raw materials, 
labor, freight and the sourcing of electronic components 

•  Despite the overall inflationary environment, and current supply 
chain pressures, the Group aspires to be net price positive for 
the full year (including impacts of freight and electronics) 

•  Revenue growth of +7% to +9% organic 
•  Adjusted EBITA margin up +30bps to +60bps organic 

This implies Adjusted EBITA margin of around 17.6% to 17.9% 
(including scope based on transactions completed in 2021 and  
FX based on current estimation). 

The Group expects progress on these levers to be weighted 
towards H2.

26

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021
Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com
www.se.com

2022-2024 targets and long-term ambitions  
as announced in Capital Markets Day

Integrated report

Strategic Report

2022 – 2024 Targets

•  Organic revenue growth of between +5% to +8%, on average 
•  A yearly organic improvement of between +30 bps to +70 bps  

in adjusted EBITA margin 

•  c.€4 billion Free Cash Flow by 2024

Longer-term ambitions

•  Organic revenue growth of 5%+ on average across the 

economic cycle

•  Opportunity to further expand adjusted EBITA margin and  
Free Cash Flow beyond 2024: Operational leverage and 
continued evolution of business mix to positively impact margins

www.se.com
www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric
Life Is On | Schneider Electric

27

Integrated report

Governance
Our Board of Directors

As of March 29, 2022, the Board of Directors consisted of 15 Directors and 1 Observer. The terms of office of Mr. Willy Kissling and  
Mrs. Fleur Pellerin who did not ask to be renewed, will end at the Annual General Meeting to be held on May 5, 2022. The appointment as a 
Director of Mrs. Nive Bhagat who joined the Board as an Observer on February 16, 2022 will be submitted to shareholders on this occasion.  
As of May 5, 2022, the Board should then be composed of 14 Directors.

Board Expertise

Jean-Pascal Tricoire
Chairman &  
Chief Executive Officer

Fred Kindle
Vice-Chairman &  
Lead Independent Director

58 years, French

62 years, Swiss

•  Organizes and oversees the 
Board’s work and reports 
thereon

•  Represents the Company 
in its dealings with third 
parties, and is vested with 
the broadest powers to act 
on behalf of the Company in 
all circumstances, within the 
limits of the corporate purpose

•  Ensures proper governance
•  Sets the agendas for Board 
meetings with the Chairman

•  Meets with shareholders
•  Chairs the Governance & 
Remunerations Committee
•  Chairs the executive sessions

•  3 Employee 
Directors 

•  75% independent 

Directors*

•  42% women 
Directors*

•  73% non-French 

Directors

•  9 nationalities 

from 3 continents

*   The Director representing the 

employee shareholders and Directors 
representing the employees 
are excluded as per the French 
Commercial Code and AFEP-MEDEF 
Corporate Governance Code.

  International markets (13)
  Corporate finance (12)
  Public company management (11)
  Industry knowledge (8)
  Accounting, audit & risk (5)
  Sustainability (4)
  Law, governance, ethics & compliance (4)
  Digital & Technology (4)
   Employee perspective and knowledge of  
the Group (4)

Léo Apotheker
Director

Cécile Cabanis
Independent Director

Rita Felix
Employee Director

Willy R. Kissling
Director

68 years, French & German

50 years, French

39 years, Portuguese

77 years, Swiss

Linda Knoll
Independent Director

61 years, American

Jill Lee
Independent Director

Xiaoyun Ma
Employee Shareholders Director

Anna Ohlsson-Leijon
Independent Director

58 years, Singaporean

58 years, Chinese

53 years, Swedish

Fleur Pellerin
Independent Director

48 years, French

Gregory Spierkel
Independent Director

65 years, Canadian

Lip-Bu Tan
Independent Director

62 years, American

Bruno Turchet
Employee Director

48 years, French

Nive Bhagat
Observer

50 years, British

Activities of the Board in 2021
There were 7 meetings (including a Strategy session of 4 half-days) with 97% average attendance.

Business &  
Financial results
Ongoing business, Financial 
statements and information 
delivered to the market, ESG 
strategy.

Strategy and 
investment
Review of strategic priorities, 
including during the Strategy 
session, and authorization of 
significant acquisitions and 
disposals (over €250 million)

Risks & Compliance
Risk mapping, Business 
continuity plan, Ethics & 
Compliance framework

Corporate governance
Composition of the Board and 
its committees, succession 
plan for corporate officers, 
compensation of Corporate 
officers, Long-term incentive 
plan, Preparation of the Annual 
General Meeting

Anders Runevad
Independent Director

62 years, Swedish

Board committees

 Governance & 
Remunerations 
Committee

 Audit & Risks 
Committee

 Investment 
Committee

 Digital  
Committee

 Human Resources  
& CSR Committee

 Committee Chair

Board committees
Governance & 
Remunerations
7 meetings**
6 members  
67% independent
94% average attendance

Audit & Risks 
Committee
6 meetings**
5 members  
80% independent
100% average attendance

 Investment 
Committee
3 meetings**
6 members  
80% independent*
89% average attendance

Digital 
Committee
5 meetings**
5 members  
75% independent*
100% average attendance

Human Resources 
& CSR Committee
4 meetings**
6 members  
75% independent*
100% average attendance

*Excluding the Director representing the employee shareholders and Directors representing the employees. ** Including joint meeting with other committee.

28

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Executive Committee

  Global functions 

  Operations 

  Business

As at April 1st, 2022, the Executive Committee is chaired by the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and meets monthly. Its mission is to 
conduct Schneider Electric business in line with the strategy defined by the Board of Directors.

Integrated report

Strategic Report

Jean-Pascal Tricoire
Chairman &  
Chief Executive Officer

Hilary Maxson
Chief Financial  
Officer

Charise Le
Chief Human  
Resources Officer

Chris Leong
Executive Vice-President 
Chief Marketing Officer

Hervé Coureil
Chief Governance Officer & 
Secretary General

Mourad Tamoud
Executive Vice-President 
Global Supply Chain

58 years, French

44 years, American

49 years, Chinese

54 years, Malaysian

51 years, French

50 years, French

Nadège Petit
Chief Innovation  
Officer

42 years, French

Gwenaelle Avice-Huet
Chief Strategy & 
Sustainability Officer

Peter Weckesser
Chief Digital  
Officer

Annette Clayton
Executive Vice-President 
North America Operations

Philippe Delorme
Executive Vice-President 
Europe Operations

Laurent Bataille
Executive Vice-President 
France Operations

42 years, French

53 years, German

58 years, American

51 years, French

43 years, French

•  44% women

•  44% non-French members

•  6 different nationalities from  

3 different continents

Luc Rémont
Executive Vice-President 
International Operations

Zheng Yin
Executive Vice-President 
China Operations

Barbara Frei
Executive Vice-President 
Industrial Automation

Olivier Blum
Executive Vice-President 
Energy Management

52 years, French

50 years, Chinese

51 years, Swiss

51 years, French

Our Stakeholder Committee

The primary mission for the Stakeholder Committee is to oversee the delivery of long and short-term commitments undertaken by Schneider 
Electric in accordance with its Purpose and Sustainability strategy.

Jean-Pascal Tricoire
Chairman &  
Chief Executive Officer

Bertrand Piccard
Chairman of Solar Impulse 
Foundation

58 years, French

64 years, Swiss

Lan Xue (Dr.)
Cheung Kong Chair 
Distinguished Professor and 
Dean of Schwarzman College 
in Tsinghua University

62 years, Chinese

Amani Abou-Zeid (Dr.)
African Union Commissioner 
in charge of Infrastructure, 
Energy, ICT and Tourism

Linda Knoll
Director of Schneider 
Electric SE, HR&CSR 
Committee Chair

60 years, Egyptian

61 years, American

Rita Felix
Employee Director of 
Schneider Electric SE

39 years, Portuguese

Salvo Lombardo
Chief of staff, UNHCR

Emily Reichert (Dr.)
CEO, Greentown Labs

Michela Conterno
CEO, LATI

63 years, Italian

48 years, American

46 years, Italian

Our Shareholders

7.0%

6.3%

3.6%

2.2%

  Sun Life
  BlackRock, Inc.
  Employees
  Treasury shares
  Public

80.9%

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

29

 
 
Integrated report

Governance

Our Executive compensation

The general principles underlying the compensation policy for Corporate Officers and the analysis of their contribution to the Group’s 
performance are reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors based on the recommendation of the Governance & Remunerations 
Committee. Executive compensation set by the Board of Directors is aligned with the Group’s global strategy and is based on three pillars 
divided into seven principles:

Pay for Performance

Alignment with shareholders’ 
interest

Competitiveness

1.  Prevalence of variable components: 

4.  Significant proportion of the total 

6.  To benchmark the Corporate 

circa 80% for CEO (at target).

compensation delivered in shares.

5.  Performance conditions support 
Schneider Electric’s strategic 
priorities and are aligned with 
shareholders’ expectations.

Officer’s compensation package  
“at target” in the median range of  
the Company’s updated peer group.

7.  To reference the CAC 40 third 
quartile and the Stoxx Europe  
50 median.

2.  Performance is evaluated via 

economic and measurable criteria.

3.  Financial and Sustainability 

objectives are fairly balanced and 
distributed between short-term 
(annual variable compensation) and 
medium-term (long-term incentive) 
components.

Aligned with those principles, the 
compensation of the Corporate Officer  
is made of the following components: 
for the variable component of the 
compensation, the Board upon 
recommendation of the Governance & 
Remunerations Committee, chooses the 
performance conditions directly linked 
to the Group’s priorities. The Schneider 
Sustainability Impact (SSI) which includes 
a climate target (see section 2.1.2 of the 
Universal Registration Document) is 
used as a criterion in the annual variable 
compensation of the Corporate Officer and 
that of the 64,000 employees benefiting 
from such compensation. In the same 
way, the Schneider Sustainability External 
& Relative Index (SSERI) is used for the 
long-term incentive plan granted to 3,000+ 
employees including the Corporate Officer.

Balance between compensation elements

18%

Not linked to 
performance

41%

Paid in cash

41%

Short-term

18% 
Fixed 
compensation

23% 
Target annual 
variable 
compensation 
130% of fixed(2)

59%
LTIP(1) 

82%

Linked to 
performance

59%

Paid in shares

59%

Long-term 
(minimum 3 years + 
presence condition)

(1)  LTIP granted during 2021 fiscal year valued in accordance with IFRS standards
(2)  Between 0% and 260%

Group’s strategic priorities

How the strategy links to the corporate officers’ variable compensation

Organic growth

Annual incentive plan

Value for customers

Sustainability

Continuous efficiency

Value & returns to 
shareholders

Delivering strong execution and creating value for customers and shareholders every 
year to contribute to Schneider Electric’s long-term success

Group organic 
sales growth 

40%

Group adjusted 
EBITA margin 
improvement

30%

Group cash 
conversion  
rate 

10%

Schneider 
Sustainability 
Impact

20%

Long-term incentive plan

Building an integrated and leading company with strong sustainability focus and 
attractive returns to shareholders

Adjusted Earnings  
Per Share

Relative Total  
Shareholder Return

Schneider Sustainability 
External & Relative Index

40%

35%

25%

30

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
Our Enterprise Risk Management

Schneider Electric places a significant importance on resilience within the values and principles which guide its actions, as a key element  
for sustainable growth which is part of the Group’s Sustainability value.

Integrated report

Strategic Report

An Enterprise Risk 
Management based  
on the three lines of 
defense model
Schneider Electric uses a hybrid 
risk management model with 
central functions and experts in 
charge of setting risk management 
mechanisms, establishing policies, 
and other activities, while the 
ownership of the risks belongs to 
the Business Units and Operating 
Divisions who are responsible for 
deploying the central framework  
to manage their risks.

Key Risks
The key risks selected and 
presented below are the risks 
considered by the Group as the 
one specific to its business and 
identified as having the potential 
to affect its activity(1). In each 
category, risks are assessed in 
terms of potential impact for the 
Group, the first one being the  
most likely to affect the Group.

Key to symbols

  High impact

  Medium impact

  Low impact

Board of Directors and Audit & Risks Committee
Accountable to stakeholders for organizational oversight

Governing body roles: Integrity, leadership and transparency

Delegation, direction, 
resources oversight

Accountability, 
reporting

Management
Actions (including managing risk) to achieve  
organizational objectives

1st line roles:
Business and risk owner, 
provide products/
services to customers 
and manage risk

2nd line roles:
Global Functions Leaders 
and Experts, oversee risks, 
set guardrails (policies, 
process, control), advise 
and monitor 1st line

Alignment, 
communication, 
coordination, 
collaboration

•  Divisions, Business 

Units

•  Zones, Clusters, 

Countries

•  Cyber Security
•  Compliance
•  Quality
...
• 

Internal Audit
Independent assurance

3rd line roles:
Advice on the adequacy 
and effectiveness of 
governance and risk 
management

•  Global Internal Audit

Categories and Risks

Potential  
net impact

Event triggered risks

1
1.1 Risk of cybersecurity on the Schneider Electric infrastructure and its digital 

ecosystem
1.2 Export controls

1.3 Strengthening of chemical and resource-related regulations in the Electric  

and Electronic Equipment space

1.4 Corruption linked to B2B and project business

1.5 Human rights, environmental, and safety issues through the value chain

1.6 Schneider Electric connected products used as a gateway to attack Group’s 

customers and partners

1.7 Product quality

1.8 Competition laws

1.9 Counterparty risk

1.10 Currency exchange risk

Trend driven risks

2
2.1 World deglobalization and fragmentation

2.2 New players such as digital giants, software players, and energy majors 

entering the energy efficiency and renewable energy space

2.3 Supply chain resilience

2.4 Digital evolution and software offers

2.5 Attracting and developing talent with a focus on critical skills

3 Management practice risks
3.1

IT systems management

3.2 Pricing strategy

(1)  However, the Group may be exposed to other non-specific risks, or risks of which it may not be aware, or risks of which it may be underestimating the potential 
consequences, or other risks that may not have been considered by the Group as being likely to have a material adverse impact on the Group, its business,  
financial condition, reputation or outlook.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

31

Integrated report

Our Stakeholders

Meeting the challenges of today and tomorrow 

Schneider Electric is committed to open communication with its ecosystem and uses the feedback to 
analyze its market and define areas of engagement. The 2021 – 2025 Schneider Sustainability Impact program 
offers ways to implement quick and disruptive changes on issues identified as a priority by the Group and 
its stakeholders.

Key stakes for our 
ecosystem identified by 
the materiality assessment 

To consolidate the relationship and expectations of its external and 
internal stakeholders, Schneider Electric updates its materiality 
assessment on a regular basis. In 2020, the Group launched the 
stakeholder consultation process to update its materiality matrix 
and build the new Schneider Sustainability Impact. Almost 200 
stakeholders – customers, suppliers, international organizations, 
trade associations, experts, shareholders, senior managers, and 

members of the Executive Committee – were invited to assess 
the importance of the challenges facing the Group.

The general consensus was that companies need to become 
more resilient in the face of growing environmental, social, political, 
and economic instability. What stakeholders most expect from 
the Group is genuine leadership in decarbonizing the economy 
through its businesses, products, and solutions. The four main 
trends were climate, circular economy, a fair and equitable 
transition, and digitized, cybersecure solutions. All 31 issues 
raised were deemed important, thus reinforcing our holistic vision 
of sustainability and the Company’s extended responsibility to its 
ecosystem, in particular its supply chain.

Materiality matrix

3.5

3.0

2.5

Being exemplary in the management
of our customers and partners data

Facilitating renewable energy production

Ensuring customer due diligence 

Becoming a key player
in electric mobility

 Ensuring social dialogue 

Ensuring digital 
sobriety

Contributing to
the fight against
energy poverty

Ensuring an expert and representative  
governance for long term sustainable value

Guaranteeing high social  
and environmental standards  
for subcontractors and suppliers  

Guaranteeing optimal
working health and
safety conditions
for our employees

Developing regional
value chains

Ensuring exemplary 
tax practices

2.0

Ensuring an 
exemplary 
influence policy

 Limiting global impact on biodiversity,
in our whole value chain

Contributing to training and education 
in energy & digital professions

Aiming for environmental  
excellence at our sites

Supporting our employees in the  
transformation of their profession

Ensuring our employees  
well-being in and out of  
the workplace

Ensuring fair pay for
our employees

Being a recognized access  
to energy player

1.5

1.5

l

s
r
e
d
o
h
e
k
a
t
s

l

a
n
r
e
t
x
E

Becoming a key player for a net zero carbon built environment*

Decarbonizing our supply chain 

Becoming a leader of the circular  
economy and rethinking our  
resource footprint

Guaranteeing a 100%  
responsible offer

Being a role model in  
the effective reduction  
of our own CO2 emissions

Guaranteeing cybersecurity  
of products and solutions

Guaranteeing quality and safety of products

Actively contributing to  
the rise of the industry 4.0

Aiming for zero corruption at all levels,  
in the whole value chain

Promoting diversity and inclusion in all  
our professions, countries and operations

Advocating an all electric and all digital world

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

Internal Stakeholders

Environment

Governance and Ethics

Mission

Product stewardship

Social

Society

Sustainable supply chain

Committed with our partners

Read more on our dialog with stakeholders page 75 (cid:496)

32

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
Integrated report

Strategic Report

Shared sustainable and responsible value

Schneider Electric aims to boost its positive impact on the planet and society at large by promoting 
a green and responsible growth that is shared with all its internal and external stakeholders. 

Unique ecosystem of partners 

Stakeholder mapping 

To share its expertise and develop high-performance solutions, 
Schneider Electric builds long-term partnerships with a wide range 
of global and local players. 

Schneider has developed the industry’s largest network of 
distributors, and works with many types of suppliers, as well as with 
its end customers. The Group is continually strengthening its local 
connections in all countries to deliver the best customer experience 
and co-develop sustainable and effective digital solutions. 

Alongside business partnerships, the Group is involved in  
various local or international associations and organizations 
supporting sustainability, working with key players from across 
society. Schneider confirms its commitment to and participation 
in discussions on challenges related to climate change. To further 
advance social and environmental best practice, Schneider Electric 
reiterates its commitment to the Ten Principles of the United Nations 
Global Compact on an annual basis. Since 2018, the Group has 
been among the 38 LEAD companies most committed to this 
initiative. The Group is also an active member of the Business for 
Inclusive Growth (B4IG) coalition.

Last but not least, the Group is committed to all its employees 
empowering people across generations and regions and offering 
equal opportunities.      

s t o m e r s

u

C

Buildings,
Industry,
Infrastructure
and Energy

Civilsociety

Non-Governmental
Organizations,
Media, etc.

Contractors,
Integrators,
OEM, Systems
Manufacturers,
Distributors

Local Residents
and Territorial
Collectivities

Suppliers and
Subcontractors

Employees

Gimélec
companies

Shareholders,
Investors, Banks
and Insurers

Authorities and
Global Compact

S

o

c

i

a

l

Social
Partners 
and Bodies,
UIMM, etc.

s
r
e
n
t
r
a
P

Groups and 
Professional
Unions,
Consortiums,
JV, etc.

SRI, Financial and 
Extra-Financial 
Analysts, etc.

F

i

n

a

n

c

i
a
l

Standardization
Bodies IEC
and Product
Certification

Other Standardization
Bodies, Teaching and
Research, Independent
Experts, etc.

Technica l

Legislators,
European
Commission 
ILO, OECD, etc.

al
n

In stitutio

Revenue breakdown by stakeholder 

Source: CSR sector reporting guide, 2017.

Every year for the last 15 years, Schneider Electric has published a diagram showing its revenue distribution and financial flow for its various 
stakeholders.

2021 Total Revenue: €28,905 million

Employees: 
wages

States: 
income taxes

€8,434 million

€966 million

Non-governmental 
organizations: 
donations
€19 million

Shareholders: 
dividends

Bank: 
net bank fees

Procurement 
and other

€1,447 million

€95 million

€15,775 million

Investment capabilities

Net external financing* 
including capital change
(€1,646 million)

Operating Cash flow after 
Dividend Payment
€2,169 million

Investments and 
development
€817 million(1)

Net financial 
investments
€4,351 million(2)

Change 
in cash
(€4,645 million)

R&D: €1,539 million

Borrowings, capital increases and treasury stock disposals.

*
(1) Of which €307 million in R&D.
(2) Of which €136 million for long-term pension assets.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

33

Integrated report

Our Stakeholders

Great people make a great company

As the changes to our world accelerate and transform our industry, we consider the Group’s culture as 
a key business differentiator to achieve profitable growth through innovation and to outpace the market. 
Schneider Electric is a people company where employees come to work for a meaningful purpose and 
feel empowered to have an impact.

New work paradigm

As we move towards a post-pandemic era, the nature of work, 
the workplace, and the relationships between companies, 
customers, and employees have dramatically changed. First, 
we need to strengthen trust through a meaningful purpose, ethics, 
fairness, health and safety (physical and psychological), well-
being, and employee experience. Second, we must accelerate the 
transformation of our culture, leadership, and new ways of working. 
We believe these new ways of working – with a focus on digital, our 
multi-hub approach, hybrid work, and well-being – are here to stay. 
Third, there are up to five generations working side by side, and 
each generation has a varied set of expectations from their employer. 
This in turn is leading to a shift towards a highly personalized, 
digitized employee experience with choice and flexibility.

Our people are also passionate about our meaningful purpose, 
to empower all to make the most of our energy and resources, 
bridging progress and sustainability. The energy transition and 
digitization require Schneider Electric to work closely in its different 
markets and to develop a shared vision with customers, supported 
by faster innovation, technology, and deep insights. As such, we 
need to shape our organizational culture to meet this challenge 
and motivate us all.

The most local of global 
companies

Globalization allows Schneider Electric to welcome more 
diverse teams and to ensure our local presence best supports our 
customers’ specific needs with a true multi-market knowledge and 
culture. We prioritize how we develop and retain our employees 
to create an inclusive workplace that offers long-term career and 
development prospects and learning pathways.

We are the most local of global companies. Our multi-hub 
operating model is built across four decentralized hubs: Paris for 
Europe, Hong Kong for Asia, Boston for North America, and most 
recently, India. This model empowers employees and provides 
them with opportunities to grow within our organization, and we 
are continually championing diversity, equity, and inclusion to 
make a bigger impact on society.

Our People Vision

All this change influences how we work together and ultimately 
how we create value for our customers. We updated our People 
Vision to accelerate our business performance and transform our 
culture and leadership. At Schneider Electric, we are building for 
the future, in sync with the changes happening in our markets 
and with our customers.

Our People Vision consists of the following:

• Our Employee Value Proposition (EVP) is our commitment 

to engage existing and future talent. It’s the reason why people 
join, stay, and remain engaged and shows how we differentiate 
ourselves as an employer.

• Our Core Values determine who we are, what we do, and 
define the way we work together and deliver on our EVP 
promise. Our values guide our choices and illustrate the 
behaviors we expect our employees to demonstrate.

• Our Leadership Expectations show how we expect leaders 

to drive the Group for the future. They emphasize how 
our leaders will transform the Group by stepping up both 
individually and collectively.

Read more about our people programs on page 164 (cid:496)

2021 People recognitions

34

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Integrated report

Strategic Report

 “All generations have to work together to create a  
better community. It’s not a problem for the future –  
it’s a problem for present generations and we are 
seeing the consequences. For generation Z, we have  
a responsibility to create a completely sustainable 
world for future generations.”
Helena Arias Casals (on behalf of the team),  
one of the 2021 Schneider Go Green winner

New people strategy 

In January 2021, the new people strategy was launched with the 
aim to set the bar higher to support business growth, as well as 
culture and leadership transformation.

To deliver on this mission and shape the workforce of the future in 
the “next normal”, the strategy has three outcome-based themes: 

•  Organizational Agility – a growth and innovation culture, 

enabled by a flatter, leaner, and multi-hub / multi-local structure, 
customer proximity, and fast decision making, supported by 
new ways of working. 

•  Future-ready Talent – a diverse, empowered, and digitally 
skilled team. All talents develop current and future skills  
through on-the-job learning, exposure, and education to  
realize their potential.
Inclusive Leadership – leaders drive greater disruption  
and acceleration. They build human connections by coaching, 
caring, and collaborating across teams to achieve together  
and deliver impact.

• 

Our Employee Value Proposition

MEANINGFUL

INCLUSIVE

We empower all to make the most of  
their energy and resources, ensuring  
Life Is On everywhere, for everyone, at 
every moment.

Our mission is to provide energy 
and automation digital solutions for 
efficiency and sustainability.

We adhere to the highest standards of 
governance and ethics.

We want to be the most diverse, 
inclusive and equitable company, 
globally.

We value differences, and welcome 
people from all walks of life.

We believe in equal opportunities for 
everyone, everywhere.

EMPOWERED

Freedom breeds innovation.

We believe that empowerment generates 
high performance, personal fulfillment 
and fun. 

We empower our people to use 
their judgement, do the best for our 
customers, and make the most of  
their energy. 

2021 highlights

84%

of our Country 
Presidents are from the 
country or region they 
are leading.

41%

women at hiring as 
we are committed 
to building a diverse 
organization at 
 every level.

 71%

59%

our highest Employee 
Engagement Index 
show the outstanding 
commitment of our 
#SEGreatPeople.

of subscription in our 
yearly Worldwide 
Employee Share 
Ownership Plan 
(WESOP).

69%

of connected 
employees registered 
on our Open Talent 
Market platform.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

35

Integrated report

Our Stakeholders

Uplifting local communities through inclusivity 

We believe in taking meaningful action and being mindful of all populations to create a fairer, more equal,  
and more sustainable world. 

Around the world, Schneider Electric gives people access to 
energy and education through initiatives that combine training, 
technological innovation, social innovation and entrepreneurship. 
This means thinking about the world of tomorrow by empowering 
everyone, regardless of origin, gender, or socio-economic level  
to build a promising future for individuals and families worldwide.

Educating the youth and 
populations in underserved 
areas  

For more than 20 years, training and entrepreneurship have 
been the historical mission of the Schneider Electric Foundation, 
under the aegis of Fondation de France. With the support of NGO 
partners, more than 300,000 young people around the world have 
received professional training in energy-related professions. The 
Group’s ambition is to train one million people by 2025. Passing on 
skills to young people and giving them the means to support their 
families will improve their quality of life and create sustainable jobs.

To do this, the Schneider Electric Foundation draws on a network of 
around 80 volunteer employees (or delegates) across 80 countries. 
Their role is to select local partners in vocational training and 
entrepreneurship in the energy sector and to raise sustainability 
awareness. The Foundation also leverages its VolunteerIn 
organization to empower employees to be actors and ambassadors 
of the Group’s societal commitments wherever they are based. 
They are the link between Schneider, the Foundation and the 
supported organizations. 

  Read more about our social impact on page 188 (cid:496)

Bringing access to green 
electricity 

Today, more than two billion people have little or no access 
to electricity, representing 25% of the world’s population. At 
Schneider, we believe that access to energy is both a fundamental 
right and a means for social and economic development. The 
purpose of our Access to Energy social business is to bridge the 
energy gap by bringing a safe, affordable, reliable, and sustainable 
energy offer to populations in emerging markets. 

We call this Electricity for Life and Electricity for Livelihood. 

“Electricity for Life” means delivering access to green electricity 
as a fundamental right, answering to essential needs (such as 
lighting, social connection, or education) for off-grid households, 
small businesses, and the humanitarian sector. There are almost 
800 million people living in off-grid areas, and more than 80 million 
people forcibly displaced.

“Electricity for Livelihood” means delivering access to green 
electricity as a driver of economic development and poverty 
reduction for households connected to an unreliable grid and 
for productive businesses. Around one billion people, and many 
farmers, schools, or health centers in rural areas, are dependent  
on an intermittent grid and need quality energy with back-up 
solutions based on solar energy.

Schneider’s access to energy solutions already benefited 30 million 
people between 2009 and 2020. Our ambition is to connect an 
additional 20 million people between 2021 and 2025, and 70 million 
by 2030.

2021 highlights 

150,000

13,000 

+4.2m

328,000  

28,000

people have access 
to green electricity  
24/7 in 5 remote cities 
in Chad through a 
partnership with the 
local enterprise  
ZIZ Energy.

Mobiya solar 
lanterns distributed 
in Benin, Senegal 
and Cameroon in 
partnership with 
ADEME.

people connected  
to green electricity  
in 2021.

people trained in 
energy management 
since 2009.

volunteering days 
since 2017.

36

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Integrated report

Strategic Report

Local sustainability commitments 

As part of the 2021 – 2025 Schneider Sustainability Impact, we promote local initiatives and enable individuals and partners to make 
sustainability a reality for everyone, everywhere. 100% of Schneider Electric’s Country and Zone Presidents have defined three local 
commitments that impact their communities in line with our sustainability transformations. Close to 200 local programs have been  
deployed in 2021; here are a few examples of initiatives to implement quick and disruptive changes.

We will increase fivefold Schneider’s spend with indigenous-owned 
suppliers in Australia as part of the Reconciliation Action Plan.

In Spain, Schneider Electric will give electrical products a second 
life through donations to an online marketplace for educational 
purposes and to improve the electrical installations of families  
at risk of energy poverty.

In Italy, our employees volunteer to train 1,000 students each year 
under an Energy Efficiency and Industry 4.0 program co-designed 
with the Italian Ministry of Education. 

The Group will install photovoltaic devices on the roofs of schools  
in Francophone Africa and Islands to charge solar lamps. 

Schneider will be upscaling access to energy education in 
Myanmar through the establishment of vocational training facilities. 

Schneider Electric aims at promoting and encouraging education 
programs for vulnerable women through local associations in Chile. 

We will transition to a 100% electric company car fleet in Norway 
by 2023.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

37

 
 
 
Integrated report

Our Stakeholders

Proud to be one of the most ethical companies 

Present in over 100 countries with diverse standards, values, and practices, Schneider Electric is committed 
to behaving responsibly in relation to all its stakeholders. Convinced that its responsibility extends beyond 
compliance with local and international regulations, the Group is committed to doing business ethically, 
sustainably, and responsibly. Schneider’s business actions and decisions run on trust.

Trust Charter, Schneider 
Electric’s Code of Conduct

In 2021, Schneider Electric evolved its Principles of Responsibility 
to the Trust Charter, acting as the Group’s Code of Conduct and 
demonstrating its commitment to ethics, safety, sustainability, 
quality, and cybersecurity. Schneider Electric believes that trust 
is a foundational value. It is earned. It serves as a compass, 
showing the true north in an ever more complex world and 
Schneider Electric considers it to be core to its environment, 
sustainability, and governance commitments.

Trust powers all Schneider Electric’s interactions with stakeholders 
and all relationships with customers, shareholders, employees, 
and the communities they serve, in a meaningful, inclusive and 
positive way.

Cybersecurity

C ustomersan
C ustomersan

d
d

Ethics

ams

e
T

TRUST

Q

u

a

l

i

t

y

C

o

m

m

unities

Sustaina b i

t y

i

l

P
P

a
a

r
r

t
t

n
n

e
e

r
r

s
s

s

Investor

y
t
e
f
a
S

Ethics & Compliance program

Driven by and in complement to the Trust Charter, the Ethics & 
Compliance (E&C) program establishes the framework of policies, 
tools and processes related to E&C topics. By providing specific 
guidelines and practices, the program ensures the business is 
run with integrity, and employees are aware of potential risks. As 
part of this program, all employees have access to the Trust Line, 
Schneider’s whistleblowing system, to speak up in case of unethical 
conduct, with the guarantee of the whistleblower protection.

Schneider has built a strong governance to lead the Ethics & 
Compliance program to the highest standards, with responsibilities 
at board, executive, corporate, and operational levels.

Zero tolerance for corruption

Schneider Electric has a zero tolerance policy with regard to 
corruption. This commitment is materialized through a strong and 
continuously developing Anti-Corruption Compliance program, 
which is part of the E&C program. 

In 2020 and 2021, a set of anti-corruption e-learnings was built to 
provide guidance on real life risk scenarios and to take into account 
the trainees’ needs and expectations. This led to a curriculum of  
modules of e-learnings, deployed in 2020 and completed in 2021 
with four additional modules about facilitation payments, conflict 
of interest, conditions that make people commit the wrongdoing, 
and how to raise concerns in Schneider Electric. The modules 
were supported by top leaders’ videos demonstrating the “tone 
at the top” on this crucial matter and are available in 14 languages. 

Read more about our Ethics and Compliance program on page 95 (cid:496)

Read more about our Trust Charter on page 94 (cid:496)

2021 highlights

96%

employees trained on 
Cybersecurity and Ethics. 

81%

26%

of our employees are 
confident to report unethical 
conduct.

of confirmed cases raised via 
the Trust Line lead to actions.

Ethisphere Institute – One of 
the 2021 World’s Most Ethical 
Companies.

38

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Integrated report

Strategic Report

Sustainable relations with suppliers 

With a network of more than 52,000 suppliers around the world, Schneider Electric is committed 
to developing lasting relationships with each of them, while at the same time helping them introduce 
more sustainable practices.

Building a sustainable 
supply chain

We aim to collaborate with our global supplier network for an 
inclusive and carbon neutral world, where ecosystems and 
resources are preserved, and people get access to economic 
opportunities and decent lives. Our ambition is to make sure that 
the production of our products and services are not linked to any 
kind of environmental or human rights abuses. Schneider Electric’s 
sustainable purchasing strategy ensures risk management and 
commits to improvements. To achieve this, we have embedded 
sustainability at three levels: 

• Provision of a Supplier Code of Conduct with fundamental 

requirements that all suppliers delivering goods or services 
to Schneider Electric are expected to adhere

• Integration of sustainability criteria in the day to day, operational 
procurement actions. The qualification process focuses on 
people, social responsibility, and environmental management. 
Sustainability criteria account for a significant part of the 
evaluation. 

• Deployment of strategic programs in thematic areas of climate 
change (The Zero Carbon Project), decent working conditions 
& human rights (Duty of Vigilance, ISO26000, Decent Work), 
circularity & resource conservation (green materials, sustainable 
packaging).

In 2021 we have begun a new five-year engagement with ambitious 
targets for each of the thematic areas. 

Read more about our sustainable relations with suppliers page 117 (cid:496)

Supply chain vision 

Our world-class supply chain is driven by the following principles 
and objectives:

• Customer satisfaction and quality is our number one priority.
• Sustainability is at the core of procurement actions through 

innovation and working with sustainable suppliers.

• Competitive landed costs and optimized cash, driving high 
level of productivity and Schneider Electric’s top-line growth 
and margin.

• An agile and secure supply chain that is a competitive 

advantage in the market throughout the product lifecycle.

• World-class competencies and talents with values of 

accountability, collaboration, and simplification.

Conflict minerals: we support the US conflict minerals 
legislation and actively avoid the use of such minerals in our 
supply chain

We’re deeply concerned about social and environmental conditions 
in mines that could supply such “conflict minerals” for our products. 
When the country of origin is known to be in the conflict zone, 100% 
of the smelters and refiners were verified conformant. Therefore, 
the Group has no reason to believe that any conflict minerals the 
Group sourced, have directly or indirectly financed or benefitted 
armed conflict in the covered countries.

2021 highlights

1,000

+5pts

Suppliers committed to 
the Zero Carbon Project.

continuous increase of 
suppliers ISO2 6000 score.

21%

total packaging spend 
attributed to sustainable 
packaging.

Supplier Engagement Leader 
award from CDP.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

39

Integrated report

Our Stakeholders

Schneider Electric’s vigilance plan

In 2017, Schneider started the implementation of a vigilance plan covering its business activities as well as 
those of its suppliers and subcontractors. Since then, this vigilance plan has been continuously reinforced, 
aiming to push further towards responsible corporate citizenship. In January 2021, the Group was awarded 
the Best Vigilance Plan by the Sustainable Investment Forum and A2 Consulting.

Duty of vigilance 

Schneider’s ambition is to be an ethical company. Our values 
shape the way we do business with our many customers, partners, 
suppliers, and communities around the world. They inform the way 
we protect and foster human rights and guide our desire to make  
a positive impact on the planet and the environment.

The Group’s vigilance plan reflects this ambition. It also complies 
with the provisions of the 2017 French law on Corporate duty of 
vigilance. The plan includes:

• A risk analysis specific to vigilance: risks that Schneider Electric

poses on the ecosystem and environment;

The 2021 analysis has not revealed major changes or gaps that were 
not identified so far. The following evolutions are to be mentioned: 

• Impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on Schneider Electric’s
business: Actions implemented in 2020 such as working from
home, increased sanitary measures, etc. were adapted in
2021 to respond to the fluctuating pandemic situation. Overall,
employees have reacted positively to these measures, as
demonstrated by the surveys conducted and the high level
of engagement. However, the medium-term impact of the
pandemic on morale is still to be monitored closely, as some
signs of fatigue are visible among teams.

• A review of the key actions implemented to remediate or mitigate

• Ethical business conduct: This area has been under close

these risks;
• An alert system;
• Governance specific to vigilance.

The plan is governed by the Duty of Vigilance Committee, set 
up in 2017. The steering committee meets twice a year in normal 
circumstances. Overall, since its inception, 13 Committee meetings 
have been held (five in 2017, two in 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021). 
The Committee’s objective is to provide a discussion on strategic 
orientation and prioritize initiatives and the resources allocated to 
their implementation. This Committee also reviews the actions in 
progress and their results and defines decisions on next steps  
for action.

In this Registration document, Schneider Electric reviews the risk 
matrix analysis and some of the actions to mitigate these risks are 
described. When necessary, the reader will be directed to other 
sections of the report to get relevant and detailed information. For 
more comprehensive and complete information, the full vigilance 
plan of the Group is available as a standalone document and can 
be downloaded from Schneider Electric’s website at se.com.

monitoring, as the adverse business climate has put pressure on
business. However, no significant deterioration has been noticed.

• Cybersecurity and data protection: they are a subject of

permanent focus and attention, taken very seriously by the Group.
It is addressed through training programs and measures to
protect employees, customers, and stakeholders against threats.

• Analysis of specific risks to communities residing

near Schneider sites: In 2021, a specific review has been
implemented to assess Schneider’s main sites and customer
projects. The assessment is still a work in progress at this point,
but so far, no critical areas of concern have been detected.

Read more on our vigilance plan on page 112 (cid:496)

2021 highlights 

#1

Vigilance Plan awarded in 2021 to 
Schneider Electric by the Sustainable 
Investment Forum and A2 Consulting.

800+ 

suppliers assessed under our 
Vigilance program in 2021.

+64%

suppliers audited on-site in 2021 
compared to the 2017-2020 yearly 
average.

40

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Integrated report

Strategic Report

Schneider 2021 Vigilance risk matrix 

Schneider Electric sites

Suppliers

Contractors Communities

i

l

s
c
n
o
r
t
c
e
e
d
n
a
e
g
a
t
l
o
v
w
o

l

s
e
i
r
o
t
c
a
F

i

e
g
a
t
l
o
v
m
u
d
e
m
s
e
i
r
o
t
c
a
F

s
r
e
t
n
e
c
t
c
e
o
r
P

j

s
e
c
r
o
f

s
e
a
s

l

l

,
s
r
e
e
v
a
r
T

s
e
c
i
f
f

O

t
n
e
m
t
a
e
r
t

d
n
a
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
s
n
a
r
t

l

a
t
e
M

l

s
a
i
r
e
t
a
m
w
a
R

s
t
n
e
n
o
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O

s
c
i
t
s
a
P

l

s
e
i
r
e
t
t
a
B

i

i

g
n
p
p
h
s
d
n
a
n
o
i
t
a
t
r
o
p
s
n
a
r
T

y
t
i
l

a
t
i

p
s
o
h
d
n
a
s
e
v
a
r
T

l

n
o
i
t
u
c
e
x
e
s
t
c
e
o
r
p
d
n
a
e
t
i
s

j

f
f

O

l

s
e
t
i
s
c
i
r
t
c
e
E
r
e
d
e
n
h
c
S
n
O

i

l

s
e
t
i
s
c
i
r
t
c
e
E
r
e
d
e
n
h
c
S
d
n
u
o
r

i

A

s
e
t
i
s

j

t
c
e
o
r
p
s
r
e
m
o
t
s
u
c
d
n
u
o
r

A

i

s
e
c
v
r
e
s
d
e
F

l

i

Very high risk

High risk

Medium risk

Low risk

Human rights

Decent  
workplace

Health and  
Safety

Environment

Pollution and 
specific substances 
management

Waste and  
circularity

Energy CO2  
and GHG

Business 
Ethics

Ethical business  
conduct

Offer 
safety and 
cybersecurity

Alert system, 
protection and  
non-retaliation

Offer safety 

Cybersecurity  
and data privacy 

2021 highlights

Top 25%

51 

 11%

of companies in external ratings  
for Cybersecurity.

Zero CO2 sites to decarbonize  
our operations.

green material content in our products.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chapter 1 – Group strategy and sustainability

Schneider Electric believes the convergence of 
digitization and electrification brings disruptive 
new business possibilities unlocking the potential 
for efficiency, resiliency, and sustainability.

We call this Electricity 4.0

42
42

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021
Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com
www.se.com

Chapter 1 – Group strategy and sustainability

Strategic Report

1.

1

Group strategy  
and sustainability

1.1  Trends and opportunities  

1.2  Schneider Electric’s unique  

operating model 

1.2.1  The integrated company  

1.2.2  The multi-hub company 

1.2.3  The open company 

1.2.4  The Impact Company 

1.3  Schneider Electric’s priorities  

for sustainable growth 

1.3.1  More Services 

1.3.2  More Software for unified asset lifecycle management 

1.3.3  Sustainability Business 

1.3.4  Global supply chain 

1.3.5  SE Ventures 

1.4  Customer focus 

44

46 

46

47

48

49

50 

51

52

53

54

55

56

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

43

Chapter 1 – Group strategy and sustainability

1.1  Trends and opportunities

Electric and digital is the recipe for a more sustainable  
and resilient world

The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)’s Sixth Assessment Report issued in 2021, was 
described by the UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres as a “Code Red for Humanity”. It described how our 
climate crisis requires critical decarbonization measures to stay within a global warming trajectory of 1.5°C. 
Schneider Electric advocates deploying proven digital technologies for energy efficiency, and an increased 
focus on electrification and sustainability to urgently decarbonize buildings, transport, and industry. 
There is a need for sustainability.

This has been further accelerated with stronger sustainability commitments from all stakeholders. First, governments have put in place 
unprecedented levels of green stimulus funding to build back better. More companies have set emission reduction targets aligned to the 
1.5°C scenario and validated by the Science Based Targets initiative. Furthermore, investors now hold CEOs and their boards accountable 
for their companies’ extra-financial performance, specifically related to carbon footprints.

In parallel, we have all faced enormous challenges due to the global COVID-19 pandemic. Over the past two years, lockdowns, industrial 
supply chain disruption, travel restrictions and ever-evolving changes to our day-to-day lives, have emphasized the need for robustness, 
agility and resiliency.
There is a need for resilience.

Being part of the solution

As part of its ambition to deliver a more sustainable future, 
Schneider Electric uses technologies to help customers in many 
sectors to build net-zero pathways. Our research shows that 70% 
of emission reduction is achievable with existing, proven and 
competitive technologies. 

Schneider’s positioning for a sustainable future focuses on an all 
electric and all digital world.

•  Electricity for greener energy and decarbonization: 

electricity is the most efficient energy and the best vector of 
decarbonization.

•  Digitization builds a smart future: digital tools make the 

invisible visible, enabling more effective waste reduction and 
efficiency improvements.

•  Digitization creates resilience: data analytics and insights 

enable more agile operations and continuity.

44

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 1 – Group strategy and sustainability

Strategic Report

1.  All electric

2.  All digital

1.

Electrification will intensify in line with the energy transition, due to 
several factors:
•  More electric loads, namely:

 − The electrification of road mobility as the yearly electricity 

consumption from electric vehicles is anticipated to grow by 
21% p.a. from 2018 to 2050(1).

Today’s digital economy is driving disruption across every sector. 
Digital remote interactions have become more prevalent, further 
revolutionizing how we work and live together.
•  Growing need to aggregate exponential amounts of data:  
11 billion smart appliances in one billion homes are expected  
to participate in interconnected electricity systems by 2040(4).

 − Decoupling of industrial production versus access to goods, 

•  Large data volumes generated by IoT in industrial 

driving a new energy system: further electrification of 
industrial processes currently powered by coal or gas. 
 − Electricity in the industry energy mix is expected to reach 

applications: an offshore oil rig is expected to produce  
1 – 2 terabytes of data daily and a smart factory 5 petabytes  
per week(5).

~80% in 2050 versus 25% in 2018(1).

•  New business models with artificial intelligence, 

algorithms, and platforms that turn vast amounts of data into 
insights and value. It is estimated that 70% of new value created 
in the economy over the next decade will be based on digitally- 
enabled platform business models(6).

 − Increased electrification in homes and buildings, driven by 
the electrification of heating, cooking, and cooling, and new 
regulations to accelerate decarbonization. Electrification rate 
in buildings is anticipated to reach 81% in 2050 versus 33% 
in 2018(1).

• 

Innovation that promotes more cost-effective electrification 
and power decentralization:
 − Energy batteries are expected to provide up to five times 

more energy density by 2030(2).

 − More renewables, with a variable capacity mix anticipated  

to reach up to 50% by 2040(3).

 − More energy efficiency: the best energy is the one we do not 

consume.

Why these trends matter for Schneider Electric? 
Sustainability is not just a part of Schneider Electric’s business, sustainability is the core of our strategy. We integrate sustainability 
everywhere, in our model and culture to have a strong impact at both a global and local level.

We see many of our customers stepping up their efforts and investments in sustainability. We have both the technologies and the 
expertise to support our customers on their sustainability journeys. Our solutions, from connected devices to software, digital services, 
and sustainability consulting, help our customers, whatever their maturity and scope. 

Electrification and digitization are key drivers in all our end-markets bringing sustainability and efficiency. They fuel both of 
Schneider Electric’s businesses: Energy Management for energy transition and Industrial Automation for Industry 4.0. 

Schneider Electric’s mission is to be your digital partner for Sustainability and Efficiency. We provide energy and automation digital 
solutions for sustainability and efficiency for your business. We combine world-leading process and energy technologies, real-
time automation, software, and services, enabling remote everywhere integrated solutions that are built with safety, reliability, and 
cybersecurity for your homes, buildings, data centers, infrastructure, and industries. 

(1)  Back to 2050 scenario figures from Back to 2050 report – Schneider Electric Sustainability Research Institute. 
(2)  Rocky Mountain Institute.
(3)  Includes Onshore Wind, Offshore Wind, Utility-scale PV, Small-scale PV, Solar thermal, Source: Bloomberg New Energy Finance.
(4)  International Energy Agency.
(5)  Quicksilver Capital, industrial digital transformation, Spring 2020.
(6)  World Economic Forum: Shaping the Future of Digital Economy and New Value Creation, 2019.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

45

Chapter 1 – Group strategy and sustainability

1.2  Schneider Electric’s unique operating model

1.2.1  The integrated company

The Schneider Electric Group is built as one operating model to both deliver simplicity benefits to customers 
and significant advantages in attracting talents, scaling deployment, as well as bringing simplicity and cost 
efficiency, especially region by region.

ONE
Sales

Marketing

Digital

Supply Chain

Associated Software

Benefits for

Customer experience
Digital journey
Data for digitization

Customer
Company

Attractiveness for talents
Scale for deployment and strategic positioning
Simplicity and cost efficiency

To resolve our customers’ complexity, Schneider Electric’s EcoStruxure™ architecture delivers four integrations 
to enable them to become more digital and more sustainable. Those four integrations allows us to provide our 
customers with a complete plug and play and seamlessly integrated solution.

Quadruple integration

1 

  Energy 

+ 

  Automation

Schneider Electric has a unique capability to bring together both energy and automation
to achieve greater power and process efficiency.

It is this ability to differentiate, through its integrated model combining disciplines,  
that allows Schneider to increase customers’ benefits.

2 

  End Point 

  Cloud

Schneider Electric products are connected from every-end point – on the shop floor, in the infrastructure, in the cloud –  
so that everybody can see a digital twin of what is happening in the physical world. Our connectable products collect data,  
which are processed at edge or in the cloud, through the Ecostruxure™ offering of Schneider.

3 

  Design & Build 

  Operate & Maintain

Schneider Electric provides software and solutions that cover the whole digital thread for customers  
with the offering of AVEVA, RIB Software, Planon, IGE+XAO, ETAP, and others. It allows for seamless integration  
of the installation’s digital life-cycle through one digital twin, from first design to operations and maintenance.

4 

  Site-by-Site 

  Unified Company Management

With Industry 4.0 and Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT) becoming more essential, manufacturers are requesting  
factory floor data anytime and anywhere around the world. Our offerings allow for integration on a whole company  
basis by connecting all assets and sites into one repository, allowing for efficiency at a company-wide scale –  
unified operations centers enable customers to optimize efficiency, investments, and carbon reduction  
strategies across the company (versus a site-by-site focus).

46

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
Chapter 1 – Group strategy and sustainability

Strategic Report

1.2.2  The multi-hub company 

The second element of our operating model, our multi-hub approach, has been key in Schneider Electric’s 
strategy over the last years and has particularly demonstrated its benefits since 2020. It has improved resiliency, 
agility, and proximity with our customers and our network of suppliers.

1.

As today’s world is increasingly divided by politics, trade and data regulations, and the ever-evolving health situation, this characteristic of 
Schneider Electric’s model has shown its strategic importance.

North America

Europe

India

China

Products

R&D

Supply  
Chain

Sales

Suppliers

In 2021, Schneider Electric’s multi-hub strategy was reinforced and strengthened with the creation of the Indian hub, built when merging 
with Larsen & Toubro’s Electrical & Automation division. India is one of the most promising regions in the world for electrification, digitization, 
urbanization and manufacturing, and is now one of Schneider Electric’s major manufacturing and talent centers with 30,000 employees and 
30 factories.

Four hubs now serve the Group’s different markets (Europe, North America, China & India). Each hub has its own capabilities, while 
operating and contributing together toward the same Group objectives.

Group objectives

Products and offers are adapted 
locally to the specificity and standards 
of local markets, leveraging global 
R&D platforms and architectures. 
This is key for compliance with 
local standards (e.g., NEMA North 
America, IEC Europe, and CCC Asia 
Pacific), regulations (e.g., data and 
cybersecurity), operating conditions, 
and design specificities.

Schneider Electric’s supply chain 
is organized by region, serving 
local customers with the support of 
local suppliers. As such, in 2020, 
92% of Schneider’s supplied goods 
come from the same region as its 
manufacturing sites, and 80% of 
Schneider’s sales are produced in 
the same region as its customers.

Schneider Electric’s suppliers are 
becoming increasingly local as 
close relationships are built with 
manufacturers in the region, for better 
flexibility and resiliency.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

47

Chapter 1 – Group strategy and sustainability

1.2 Schneider Electric’s unique operating model

1.2.3 The open company

At Schneider Electric, we practice openness with EcoStruxure™, across our open ecosystem and through the 
open standards our customers need for interoperability. As such, Schneider Electric can grow faster, deliver 
complementary offers, bring additional value to existing systems, and to deliver agile innovation. Co-innovation 
partnerships enable new, customer-centric value propositions, in a plug-and-play operating model. 

Open ecosystem 
Schneider Electric is a company that works closely with its partners. Over the years, we have built strong partnerships with customers and 
suppliers, universities, technology companies, independent software vendors, solution providers, and service providers, to co-design and 
share experiences. Working with global IT service companies, we have built a robust network for the benefit of our customers.

This ecosystem is key to offering our customers the most innovative and value driven solutions.

An open ecosystem and large network of partners

Exchange

60%

Revenues through partners

23k+

Suppliers in production/direct 
procurement

50+

Investments in startups

100+

Partnerships

100k+

Collaborators

4.2k+

EcoXpert program partners

650k+

Service providers and partners

42k+

System integrators and developers

600

Offers listed

Technology Alliances

Open EcoStruxure™ Platform and Data as a Service
As EcoStruxure™ has become a leading industrial IoT platform, we 
have decided to take the openness of EcoStruxure™ to the next 
level for our customers. We designed an open platform, promoted 
open standards, scaled digital offers, and fostered digital 
collaboration across our ecosystem of customers and partners.

Open EcoStruxure™ enables co-innovation, which is key to the 
future success of our strategy. It offers the agility, speed, and 
scalability needed to accelerate digital transformation successfully.

Partners who join the ecosystem and build their own digital 
services, applications and advisors that deliver specific 
business value.

Open standards
Working with common, open standards drives collaboration and 
ensures multi-vendor interoperability and seamless interfaces.

Examples of open standards used by Schneider Electric include: 
OPC UA, MQTT, AMQP, LWM2M, LoRAWAN,  Docker, Linux with 
Yocto, Zigbee, Modbus, etc.

Universal automation for industries of the future
Proprietary industrial automation technology has held back the full promise of the 
Fourth Industrial Revolution. It’s time for universal automation, to advance industries’ 
automation technology model.

Universal automation is the world of plug and produce automation software components 
based on the IEC61499 standard for interoperability that is proven to solve specific 
customer problems.

Schneider Electric has launched its own universal automation offer, EcoStruxure™
Automation Expert. A new category of software-centric industrial automation to manage 
the complete life cycle of industrial automation systems.

48

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 1 – Group strategy and sustainability

Strategic Report

1.2.4 The Impact Company

Sustainability is at the core of our purpose, culture, and business as we accelerate our contributions  
to a sustainable and inclusive world.

1.

IMPACT
Company

Paving the way as an Impact Company
Schneider Electric aims to champion environmental, social, and 
ethical issues across its entire value chain and stakeholders, 
while delivering solutions to its customers for sustainability and 
efficiency. We call this dual approach “Impact Company”. 

Today, Schneider Electric is a recognized worldwide sustainability 
leader, notably awarded World’s Most Sustainable Corporation 
in 2021 by Canadian media company, Corporate Knights, and a 
member of several initiatives to advance on the 17 United Nations 
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) with common objectives to 
protect the planet, alleviate poverty, and achieve worldwide peace.

Our Guiding Principles

1.  Performance  

the foundation for doing good

2.  All Stakeholders  
in our ecosystem

3.  All ESG  

dimensions

4.  Business  

digital partner for Sustainability  
and Efficiency

5.  Model & Culture  

set up for global and local impact

A unique Schneider Sustainability Impact for concrete and measurable progress
For 15 years, Schneider Electric has measured its holistic 
sustainability performance through a dashboard called Schneider 
Sustainability Impact (SSI) and has set specific governance bodies 
to ensure that sustainability is positioned within every part of the 
Group’s strategy from the Board of Directors to the operational levels.

By tracking our performance and publishing quarterly results, we
uphold our commitments to the SDGs and industry leadership in
corporate social responsibility. The new 5-year SSI 2021 – 2025
features 11 global impacts plus one local impact linked to six long-
term commitments. Beyond our SSI, we also instill a culture around 
sustainability through trainings and performance incentives for 
employees and leadership teams.

The SSI is a transformation scorecard demonstrating that rapid, 
disruptive changes for a more sustainable world are possible across 
diverse, complex topics. Its scoring scale of 10 provides an overall 
measure of the Group’s progress on sustainability objectives.

Our six sustainability pillars

  Read more about Schneider Sustainability Impact in Chapter 2,  

page 58 (cid:496) 

Act for a  
climate-positive world

Be efficient with  
resources

Live up to our  
principles of trust

by continuously investing in and 
developing innovative solutions that deliver 
immediate and lasting decarbonization in 
line with our carbon pledge.

by behaving responsibly and making  
the most of digital technology to preserve 
our planet.

by upholding ourselves and all around  
us to high social, governance, and ethical 
standards.

Create equal  
opportunities

Harness the power  
of all generations

Empower local 
communities

by ensuring all employees are uniquely 
valued in an inclusive environment to 
develop and contribute their best.

by fostering learning, upskilling, and 
development for each generation, paving 
the way for the next.

by promoting local initiatives and 
enabling individuals and partners to 
make sustainability a reality for all.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

49

 
Chapter 1 – Group strategy and sustainability

1.3  Schneider Electric’s priorities  
for sustainable growth

Against a backdrop of market acceleration, the Group will achieve sustainable growth through five priorities.

More Products

Better Systems

As customer operations are increasingly digitized, our products 
are becoming natively connected. Coupled with Schneider’s 
EcoStruxure™ advisors, they deliver incremental value and 
support our customers in their every day operations. 
Additionally, Schneider Electric strives to continuously increase 
quality of its products to offer the highest level of safety and 
reliability. We are also committed to reduce the environmental 
impact of our products. Our Green Premium™ label was created 
to provide our customers with more sustainable products and 
transparency with environmental information. In 2021, more than 
75% of Schneider’s product sales came from Green Premium™ 
products. We expect this figure to reach 80% by 2025.

The EcoStruxure™ platform is the foundational technology 
backbone to build and deliver Schneider Electric solutions. 
We will enrich the EcoStruxure™ platform with more segment 
applications and expertise offering more value. We provide a 
unified customer experience through our open ecosystem and 
we upskill our people in digital technologies.

We continue to expand our natively connected equipment 
portfolio with digital tools, making condition-based 
maintenance and connected expert service available to 
customers for more productivity, safety, efficiency, and 
collaboration.

More Services 

More Software

Services are the incremental growth engine for the Group, 
delivering peace of mind to our customers along their life cycle 
with safety, resilience, efficiency, and sustainability. We will 
continue our efforts to accelerate tracking and servicing of 
existing assets installed at customers’ sites.
•  We will leverage new value-added services offerings 

through our suite of EcoStruxure™ Advisors

•  We will ensure a seamless end-to-end digital customer 

experience from CapEx to OpEx.

Schneider Electric customers are looking for integration 
across phases from Design, Build to Operate and Maintain. 
With our software portfolio across EcoStruxure™, AVEVA, 
OSIsoft, RIB Software, ETAP, Planon, IGE+XAO, ALPI, and our 
partnerships, we already have outstanding coverage and a 
clear market-leading position when it comes to data platforms. 
Our approach is to standardize this software portfolio and the 
user experience to create unified data federation.

More Sustainability

The climate crisis is a significant risk to organizational continuity. In response, stakeholders are demanding urgent action from 
businesses. This pressure has driven more than 2,000 companies to join the Science-based Targets Initiative (SBTi), and in 2021, 
13,000 companies reported their emissions to the CDP.
We aspire to both achieving our own aggressive climate targets and supporting our stakeholders in their  decarbonization through our 
solutions and influence. In 2021, we raised the ambitions of our 2021-2025 Schneider Sustainability Impact, launched new switchgear 
products that avoid using the potent greenhouse gas SF6, and we expanded our global sustainability consulting business.

Over the past years, Schneider Electric has made significant 
investments in these strategic priorities. Services, software and 
sustainability continue to be high potential, incremental growth 
engines. Directly tied to Schneider Electric’s core business, they 
are expected to deliver Schneider’s indicative objectives for 2025 
as the Group makes another step change on its path to becoming a 
hybrid digital company:
•  Group revenues from our digital flywheel of connectable 

products, edge control, software and services, will increase 
from ~50% today to ~60% in 2025 (+10pts).

•  Strong strategic focus on software and services, will increase 
from ~18% of Group revenues today to ~23% by 2025 (+5pts).
•  Recurring revenues as a percentage of software and services 

will step-up ~30% today to ~45% by 2025 (+15pts).

Software 
+ 
Digital 
services

From 18%  
to 23% of Group 
revenue by 2025

Edge  
Control

From 50%  
to 60% of  
Group revenue 
by 2025

Field  
Services

Connectable 
products

50

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 1 – Group strategy and sustainability

Strategic Report

1.3.1 More Services

Leveraging our extensive experience as a leading global provider of electrical and industrial solutions and 
services, Schneider Electric ensures its customers’ peace of mind and achieves increased business value 
through our best-in-class services.

1.

Our services portfolio

Consulting

Modernize

Commissioning

Training

SAFETY

EFFICIENCY

SUSTAINABILITY

RESILIENCY

Spare
Part

Predictive
Maintenance

Preventative
Maintenance

End-to-end Digital Experience
& Cybersecurity with EcoStruxure™

Building

Data Center

Infrastructure

Industry

Water, Wastewater, Consumer Packaged Goods, Mining, Minerals and Metals, Automotive, Transportation,
Oil & Gas and Petrochemical, Power & Grid, Healthcare, Cloud & Services Providers, Semi Conductors

We offer a full range of on-site field support and life cycle 
services from consulting, installation and commissioning, training, 
maintenance, and modernization to end-of-life services. Together 
with digital services supported by our EcoStruxure™ architecture, 
we enable our customers to connect data from different assets 
for remote monitoring, predictive maintenance, actionable 
recommendations, and strategic asset management planning for 
optimized performance and reduced total cost of ownership. 

We aim to further increase the share of services in the Group 
revenue. To do so, three transformation pillars are underway and 
progressing well.

1. Seamless CapEx to OpEx
Services are not just an optional add-on to products, but an integral 
part in building customer intimacy at every phases of the life 
cycle. That is why we are committed to build a seamless digitized 
experience from CapEx to OpEx, integrating systems and services 
of the future – a greenfield and brownfield handshake at Build, 
Operate and Maintain phases.
•  At Build phase, our Connected Products are manufactured with 

in-built sensors and connectivity to our cloud platform. 

•  At end-user sites, our Digital Logbook enables our customers to 

stay connected to their assets at all times.

•  At Operate and Maintain phases, leveraging on these digitized 
enablers and our suite of Advisors equipped with predictive 
analytics, we gain data-driven insight to exceed customer needs 
– remotely monitor assets 24/7, proactively reduce breakdown 
risk, ensure efficiency and sustainability, and ultimately extend 
lifetime value through EcoStruxure™ Service Plan.

2. Unified customer approach
We aim to be the trusted advisor for our strategic customer 
segments to comprehensively support their operation and digital 
transformation journey.
•  We ensure a well-orchestrated coverage model and adopt a 

consultative approach to bring the best of our value proposition 
and end-to-end solutions to focused segments.

•  We innovate offers through actively identifying mergers, 

acquisitions, and investments and targeting partnerships in 
domain expertise, predictive analytics, and new business 
models.

•  We drive life cycle circularity and sustainability as a 

differentiator.

3. Scale through partners
Partners have always been at the core of our strategy. We strive to 
be the most partner-friendly company in our industry. We cultivate 
collaboration and innovation across our network of partners to 
extend our coverage in segments and build close connections with 
local markets. 
•  We are expanding our EcoXpert partner ecosystem and 

exploring new approaches to partnership. Our mission is  
to share our expertise, stimulate growth in a new customer  
base, and together deliver best-in-class services to our  
valued customers. 

•  To support our valued partners, we are transforming our 

business models and increasing the focus on digital offers, 
interactions, and enablement, especially via our partner portal - 
mySchneider.

15,000+

services experts in 140 countries.

15+

Connected Services Hubs to provide valuable  
data-driven insights to 6,000+ customers. 

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

51

Chapter 1 – Group strategy and sustainability

1.3 Schneider Electric’s top priorities for sustainable growth

1.3.2 More Software for unified asset lifecycle management

Software is central to everything we do, making sense of all the systems we are connecting and the data 
collected from them. Our ambition is to develop a best-in-class software portfolio for our customers and 
our partners. 

As such, we will evolve our software portfolio towards digitally 
augmented value propositions, which will create more value for 
our customers through a unified software portfolio across the entire 
life cycle. 

At Schneider Electric, we are developing software to help our 
customers manage their operations in IT, buildings, plants, power, 
and infrastructure. All these projects are incredibly complex, and 
our software aims to reduce that complexity.

To achieve this, we are focused on two areas. First, Schneider 
Electric offers a complete and continuous digital thread from 
Design to Build, Operation, and Maintenance, so that our 
customers have one digital twin, as a faithful replication of what 
is happening in their operations. With software and digital services 
we are moving our discussions with customers from functions 
and features to values, notably, increased productivity, efficiency 
and output.

Federating software for unified asset lifecycle management

Design

Build

Operate & Maintain

Industry & 
Infrastructure

Power

Building

Partnerships

Second, our customers’ projects cover several integrated domains: 
Industry and Infrastructure, Power, and Building. Our customers 
own factories and buildings, requiring power distribution for both. 
They expect Schneider’s software portfolio to stretch across these 
domains and unify their approach.

In 2021, Schneider completed the following transactions to build a 
unified software federation.
• ETAP Automation Inc. in June 2021
• OSIsoft in March 2021
• AVEVA is a global leader in engineering and industrial software 

Our software portfolio made up of Schneider, AVEVA/OSIsoft, RIB 
Software, ETAP, ALPI, and Planon puts us in a position to have 
broad coverage along the entire asset life cycle and a clear market-
leading position, when it comes to data platforms in Operate and 
Maintain phases. This software interfaces with the physical world 
through EcoStruxure™, through IoT, offering our customers unified 
user experience and asset lifecycle management for their projects 
and operations.

across the entire asset and operations life cycle.

• IGE+XAO develops, designs and sells software for electrical 
engineering to digitize the design, build and maintenance of 
electrical installations and/or equipment.

• ALPI is a leader in automated design and modelling software for 
electrical installations for industrial and commercial markets.
• ETAP offers the most comprehensive and widely-used solutions 
for the design, analysis, optimization, monitoring, control, and 
automation of electrical power systems.

• RIB Software is a pioneer in the digitization of the construction 
industry. The company develops and offers construction and 
Building Information Modelling software (BIM) for customers in 
the architecture, engineering, and real estate industries.

• Planon: is the leading global provider of real estate and facility 

management software that enables building and service 
digitization by integrating smart building technology, business 
solutions and data.

52

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 1 – Group strategy and sustainability

Strategic Report

1.3.3 Sustainability Business

In addition to leading environmental, social, and governance (ESG) strategies by example across our value 
chain, Schneider Electric continues to expand in Sustainability and climate change consulting services. 
The expertise of this global business helps define strategy and drive action for our clients on their own 
decarbonization journeys.

1.

Climate action is no longer optional for leading organizations: 
it’s imperative for business resilience. Limiting the temperature 
rise projected to 1.5°C by 2050 will require three times more CO2
emissions reductions than currently pledged – but we believe 
this goal is still within reach if we can successfully transform our 
production and use of energy.  

First, we must decarbonize energy supply, transitioning our 
global energy system from carbon intensive energy sources to 
lower carbon ones. This transformation will allow us to achieve 
~45% decarbonization. Second, we must increase electrification, 
achieving another ~30% decarbonization. Lastly, demand 
optimizations through resource efficiency, circularity, and other 
activities provide the remaining solution by enabling us to achieve 
more productivity while using less energy. 

Decarbonization commitments have grown rapidly in past years, 
as evidenced by the number of corporations that have joined the 
SBTi (Science Based Targets Initiative), Climate Pledge, and others. 
Schneider Electric is the market leader in helping companies to both 
set and achieve these decarbonization commitments, providing 
consulting and managed services coupled with leading-edge 
digital tools to animate both strategy and action. Our Sustainability 
Business is already engaged with more than 30% of the Fortune 
500 who have set climate targets.

Our differentiated value proposition is to support our 
customers on climate, from strategy setting to execution

Strategize: Define climate strategy to meet client ambitions.
Decarbonization starts by quantifying environmental baselines and 
defining organizational ambitions. Our consultants help companies 
measure their environmental impacts, create a decarbonization 
roadmap, structure their program & governance and communicate 
on commitments.

Digitize: Create a single-source-of-truth for energy and resource 
data management requires monitoring of resource usage and 
emissions, identifying saving opportunities and reporting on 
benchmark progress. This is achieved with Schneider’s digital 
platform and services (EcoStruxure™ Resource Advisor and Neo-
Network™).

Decarbonize: Execute decarbonization strategy using four key 
levers: electrification of operations, reduction of energy use, 
replacing energy source and engaging the whole value chain. 
Ultimately, decarbonization requires action. Schneider Electric’s 
robust portfolio of end-to-end net-zero solutions supports clients 
to deliver those levers. Our global team of experts helps our 
customers deploy these solutions to systematically achieve their 
decarbonization aspirations.

Destination digital
For more than 15 years, our digital applications and trusted advisors have helped organizations around the world set strategy and 
execute action to enable their decarbonization journeys.

EcoStruxure™ Resource Advisor, Schneider Electric’s 
award-winning digital enterprise sustainability management 
application, complements the services delivered by its 
Sustainability Business. Underpinned by client specific 
data, Resource Advisor’s robust AI-supported reporting and 
management capabilities enable users across the C-suite, 
finance, sustainability, procurement, operations, and other 
functions to find quick answers and drive meaningful value to 
their organizations.

NEO Network™, is Schneider Electric’s digital peer-to-peer 
community of organizations advancing reliable and cost-
effective renewable energy, cleantech, and decarbonization 
solutions around the world. NEO Network simplifies the solution 
buying process by connecting members to trusted experts, 
viable projects and technologies, and exclusive market 
intelligence to enable and accelerate transaction decisions. 
With more than 500 corporate members, 30+ gigawatts of 
renewable capacity available for corporate offtake, and leading-
edge digital analytics apps, NEO Network is positioned to play 
a crucial role in the rapidly evolving renewables market by 
engaging supply and demand actors in a thriving community.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

53

Chapter 1 – Group strategy and sustainability

1.3  Schneider Electric’s top priorities for sustainable growth

1.3.4 Global supply chain

Schneider Electric’s global supply chain consists of networks covering the end-to-end value chain.

In 2021, Schneider launched STRIVE, its three-year strategy to be the most agile, innovative,  planet-friendly and customer-centric supply 
chain. STRIVE has six strategic objectives.

What is next on the global supply chain transformation journey?
Breakthroughs to boost customer centricity, cash efficiency, and improved productivity.

STRIVE

TSC 4.0 Tailored Sustainable Connected

Tailored Supply Chain 2.0

Tailored Supply Chain

Simplification

Footprint & Lean Manufacturing

2005 - 2008

2009 - 2011

2012 - 2014

2015 - 2017

2018 - 2020

2021 - 2023

More Sustainability
•  Clean and safe facilities;
•  Engage 100% of sites in local biodiversity preservation projects;
•  Reduce carbon emission by 17% by 2025;
• 
•  50 Global supply chain sites net-zero CO2;
•  Circular supply chain innovations;
•  100% ecofriendly and sustainable packaging.

Improve energy efficiency by 15%, and renewables by 90%;

From tailored to Trusted
•  Personalized customer experience, with reliable delivery and 

proactive communication;

•  Differentiated service and capabilities;
•  Engage with customers through end-to-end traceability;
•  Drive superior quality;
•  Be ready for e-commerce – resilient supply chain.

Invest in IT and OT solutions to be cyber-resilient;

More Resilient
• 
•  Cybersecure offers, sites, and suppliers;
•  Power of two for critical ranges, increase time to survive with 

tactical buffer capacity, and double sourcing for high business 
impact parts;

•  Professional business continuity plans in core factories and 

distribution centers;

•  Grow modelling capabilities, with embedded risk identification 

and mitigation.

From connected to Intelligent
•  Autonomous supply chain through best-in-class data 

governance model and architecture, extract full value leveraging 
intelligent automation and advanced data analytics, and 
leverage our digital incubator for innovation (e.g., AI, 5G);
•  Smart operations powered by EcoStruxure™, connecting all 
smart sites, deploy flexible automation, self-optimization of 
processes and assets through a library of analytics, and deploy 
smart centers of excellence;

•  End-to-end orchestration and visibility.

More Velocity and Efficiency
•  Shorter and simplified supply chain, regional approach with up 

to 90% sourced within selling region;

•  Strategic partnership with suppliers including co-innovation.  

Digital supplier interaction and world-class category management;

•  Agile and empowered people.

In April 2021, Schneider Electric launched the Zero Carbon 
Project, to support its top 1,000 suppliers reduce their CO2 
emissions by 50%. More than 1,000 suppliers have now made the 
commitment.

80k

employees

183

factories

94

distribution centers  
in 50 countries

150k

order lines per day

54

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 1 – Group strategy and sustainability

Strategic Report

1.3.5 SE Ventures

How we prepare for what is coming next
The energy industry is transforming into a decarbonized, 
decentralized, and digital energy system. New solutions are 
needed to move the world towards a zero-carbon economy, and 
startups are developing disruptive technology and business 
models. The corporate venture capital arm of Schneider Electric, 
SE Ventures, enables Schneider to engage with these startups 
around the world. Our Market Intelligence team perform deep dives 
on quickly growing sectors, researching and developing market 
maps to provide recommendations. Every growth opportunity is 
evaluated as a potential investment, partnership, or incubation of a 
new business. SE Ventures provides capital to bold entrepreneurs 
who can benefit from Schneider Electric’s deep domain expertise, 
R&D assets, and global customer base. SE Ventures has built 
an extensive global innovation network, ensuring early access to 
breaking technologies and fast moving markets. 

SE Ventures – areas of interest

1.

How it contributes to the open ecosystem
SE Ventures partners with startups to help them scale by 
connecting them with experts from our lines of business. 
Connecting our employees to startups is mutually beneficial – 
helping Schneider Electric to spur new ideas, reduce R&D costs, 
and add complementary technologies, and startups to benefit 
from our deep domain expertise, access to customers, and 
our world-class supply chain. This open ecosystem connects 
Schneider Electric to external companies with disruptive ideas, 
ensuring we are always challenging the current state and looking 
for innovation opportunities. Our recent “Dare to Disrupt” internal 
innovation program reflected our employees growing innovation 
DNA, with 2,500 people participating, 242 teams pitching their 
ideas, and three teams selected for an external incubation to build 
a new company.  

New Energy 
Landscape
Decentralized, 
decarbonized, digitally 
enabled future.

Smart 
Structures
Connecting and 
decarbonizing the 
Built Environment.

Industry 4.0
Sustainable industry, 
automation and 
connected workforce.

Climate Tech
Transforming 
businesses to 
zero-carbon.

Examples of SE Ventures investments

Electric Vehicle 
Services
Installation and integration 
services for energy transition 
technologies. 

Industrial Predictive 
Maintenance
AI-driven solutions 
for critical equipment.

Manufacturing 
Software
Connected worker platform 
for driving manufacturing 
excellence.

Home Energy 
Management
Home Energy Monitor and 
software provides real-time 
insight into energy use.

Distributed Energy 
Resources
AI-driven software to predict, 
optimize, and control 
distributed energy resources.

Electric Vehicles
Zero-emission electric transit 
vehicles and electric vehicle 
solutions for commercial 
applications. 

Cybersecurity
Industrial cybersecurity 
platform to identify, manage, 
and protect OT, IoT, 
and IIoT assets.

€500m

36

6

200

fund

www.se.com

investments of which 
12 in 2021

incubations

co-innovations with startups

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

55

Chapter 1 – Group strategy and sustainability

1.4  Customer focus

Meeting customer expectations

Thanks to its fully integrated operating model, Schneider offers one experience to customers. All key processes 
from account and order management to customer service are consistent across Schneider’s businesses and 
in all geographical regions of the world. We strive to further digitize our customer’s experience as much as 
possible and where it makes sense to ensure that a customer journey as smooth and efficient as possible.

Residential: We help create sustainable and smart 
homes of the future by connecting electricity with digital 
in individual homes, apartments, and public housing. 
We support our customers to achieve a net-zero future, create 
safe and adaptive homes with reliable power, use actionable 
insights to efficiently manage energy usage and costs, and enjoy 
personalized living experiences.

Mobility: We serve automotive manufacturers and 
electric car battery manufacturers to enable productivity 
and sustainability through digitization. We also provide 

solutions for critical transportation infrastructure, such as electric 
car charging, airports, railways, subways, and ports. Our solutions 
include microgrids and Energy-as-a-Service, to help customers run 
safe, reliable, efficient, and carbon-free operations.

Buildings: We offer intelligent building technologies for 
real estate, healthcare, hotels and retail customers. Our 
solutions help them maximize operational efficiency and 

Oil and gas: We provide integrated digital solutions 
and high-performance systems, software, and services 
to oil and petrochemical companies, and Engineering 

energy savings, while lowering OpEx costs, ensuring cybersecurity 
and decarbonization of assets. Building on our software portfolio 
that includes IGE+XAO and ALPI, we now also support the 
digitization of construction, with RIB Software to unlock the full 
potential of building efficiencies and sustainability.

Cloud and service providers: We provide data center, 
power solutions, and edge computing to internet giants, 
co- location providers, and industrial customers. We help 

them increase reliability and power usage effectiveness, accelerate 
decarbonization of their operations, and increase efficiency and 
optimize value chains with Unified Operations Centers from AVEVA.

Power and grid: We serve companies producing, 
delivering, and/ or selling electricity to help them reduce 
their carbon footprint, digitize networks, and connect 

customers to smart grids. We help our customers overcome 
challenges, such as increased intermittent renewables or 
decentralized generation, with our Advanced Distribution 
Management Systems (ADMS) to better manage system 
interruption duration and frequency.

Water and wastewater: We support customers across 
the entire water cycle, from water resources to water 
distribution, sewage management, and treatment. Through 

our innovative smart water technologies and services, we help 
make water safe, reliable, sustainable, and efficient across the 
entire water cycle. We partner with our customers in their digital 
transformation to reach resilience and sustainability goals.

Procurement and Construction (EPC) companies. We help 
customers manage the entire life cycle of capital projects, achieve 
sustainability targets, and improve safety and operations with 
digital twins, from production to processing and supply chain 
operations, namely thanks to AVEVA offers and EcoStruxure™ 
Power and Process, which enables the convergence of power and 
control.

Consumer packaged goods: We enable digital 
transformation at every step of the value chain for Food and 
Beverage and  Life Sciences companies. Our solutions 

provide improved sustainability, efficiency, and traceability, such 
as Manufacturing Operations Management and Manufacturing 
Execution software from AVEVA. With ProLeiT, we help Food and 
Beverage customers advance their digital transformation and 
optimize their production processes, driving increased productivity 
and efficiency.

Mining, minerals, and metals: We help mining, cement, 
glass, and metals customers to achieve greater energy 
and production efficiency and sustainability targets, thanks 

to EcoStruxure™ and IoT-enabled solutions. Unified Operation 
Centers from AVEVA provide a comprehensive view at company 
level to drive efficiencies at scale by connecting all assets and sites 
into one repository. 

56

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 1 – Group strategy and sustainability

Strategic Report

1.

Leveraging a global network of over 650,000 service providers and partners

We strive to be the most partner-friendly company in our industry. A significant share of Group revenues is managed through intermediary 
partners, with their own added value. This network enables us to extend our segment coverage and have a strong connection to local markets. 
We are increasingly focusing on digital interaction with our partner ecosystem, thanks to the Partner Portals and Schneider Electric Exchange.

Distributors and retailers: Our main distribution 
partners are electrical distributors, specialists in IT, 
telecom and data center applications, DIY retailers, online 

marketplaces, e-tailers, and specialist technical distributors for 
automation and industrial software solutions, access control, and 
security products.

System integrators: System integrators design, integrate, 
and support automation to meet their customers’ needs 
for the performance, reliability, precision, and efficiency of 
their operations. We give system integrators access to all areas of 
automation from field control to Manufacturing Execution Systems 
and Building Automation Systems.

Distribution now represents approximately 45% of total Group 
turnover. We lead the eCommerce transformation in our industry, 
seeing a strong acceleration in 2021 with eCommerce growing 
23% year on year. Over the last 4 years, we have doubled our 
eCommerce penetration and we now have presence in more than 
800 channel partners’ webshops. We continue to digitally equip our 
customers and channel partners with more web-based trainings, 
enhanced product content, and digital tools for design, selection, 
configuration, and customer support. 

Panel builders: Collaboration with panel builders, who 
build and sell electrical distribution or control/monitoring 
switchboards, helps bring to market our innovative 

solutions and provide end-users the solutions for a more digital 
and more electric world. Panel builders buy low and medium-
voltage devices and act as specialists, or connected power 
system experts, who manage and maintain electrical assets after 
installation and throughout their entire operational lifetime.

Contractors: To design solutions tailored to  
end-users’ specific needs, we work closely with 
contractors, small specialists or generalist electricians, 

and large companies that specialize in installation equipment 
and systems. We provide training and support and leverage our 
multichannel partner model, which is increasingly digital, via the 
Partner Portal and Exchange platforms.

Specifiers/consulting engineers: To meet their 
customers’ specific demands, specialist engineers, 
architects, and design firms are prescribing more efficient 

and integrated energy management solutions, specifically for 
critical power, security, and building automation. As our essential 
partners, we collaborate and provide application-focused design 
information and tools.

Electricians: We have one of the most comprehensive 
networks of electricians worldwide. We enable electricians 
to operate more efficiently through training, technical 
support, and digital tools, such as My Schneider Electric app, 
where over 400,000 electricians are registered. Our relationship 
with electricians is strengthened by increasing their visibility to end-
users through different tools, including online “installer locators”.

Original equipment manufacturers (OEMs): We 
work with more than 15,000 OEMs to improve machine 
performance and reduce time-to-market for packaging, 
conveyor, material handling, hoisting, and Heating, Ventilation,  
and Air Conditioning (HVAC) applications, providing tools and 
software such as EcoStruxure™ Automation Expert. We nurture 
strong OEM partnerships through programs to enhance their 
capacity to deliver internationally.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

57

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

As an impact company, we are convinced that 
to do good, we need to do well, and vice-versa.
Our sustainability and business impacts converge to 
act for a climate positive and socially equitable world.

58
58

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021
Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com
www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.

164

166
170
177
182
185

188

development2

Sustainable 

2.1 Sustainability at the heart 

2.5 Great People making Schneider 

of our strategy

61

Electric a great company

2.1.1 Our strategic vision towards long-term positive impact
2.1.2 The Schneider Sustainability Impact, a unique 

transformation tool

2.1.3 Measuring our contribution to a more sustainable world
2.1.4 Integrated and transverse governance 

of sustainable development

2.1.5 Open dialog with stakeholders
2.1.6 Main ESG risks and opportunities 
2.1.7 Key external frameworks and ESG ratings 

2.2 Driving responsible business

with Trust

62

63
68

72
75
81
89

92

94
2.2.1 Trust Charter, Schneider Electric’s Code of Conduct
95 
2.2.2 Ethics & compliance program 
101
2.2.3 Zero tolerance for corruption
2.2.4 Compliance with tax regulations
102
2.2.5 High standards for the quality and safety of our products 102
105
2.2.6 Digital trust and security
106
2.2.7 Human rights
109
2.2.8 Employee health and safety
112
2.2.9 Vigilance plan
116
2.2.10 Relations with project execution contractors
117
2.2.11 Sustainable relations with suppliers
124
2.2.12 Vigilance with local communities

2.3 Acting for a Climate positive 

world

2.3.1 Climate governance
2.3.2 Roadmap towards a 1.5°C climate trajectory
2.3.3 Delivering a climate positive impact with EcoStruxure™
2.3.4 Decarbonizing our operations by 2030 
2.3.5 Decarbonizing our supply chain by 2050

126

128
130
134
136
140

2.4 Being efficient with Resources

144

2.4.1 Preserving the planet and its biodiversity 
2.4.2 Eco-efficient manufacturing
2.4.3 Green offers

146
150
156

2.5.1 2025 people strategy and vision
2.5.2 Diversity, equity, inclusion, and well-being 
2.5.3 Talent attraction and development
2.5.4 Compensation and benefits
2.5.5 Social dialog and relations

2.6 Delivering Social Impact 
for a just transition

2.6.1 Offering better lives through access to green electricity 190
2.6.2 Investing for high social impact
193
2.6.3   Empowering new generations with the Schneider 

Electric Foundation

2.6.4 Developing access to education and employment 

all over the world

2.7  Methodology and audit

of indicators

2.7.1 
 Methodology elements on the published indicators
2.7.2   Methodology elements on EU taxonomy indicators
2.7.3   Sustainability Accounting Standard (SASB)

Correspondence table

2.7.4   Task-Force on Climate Related Financial 

Disclosures (TCFD) correspondence table 
2.7.5   Independent third party’s report on consolidated 
non-financial statement presented in the 
management report 

2.8 Indicators

2.8.1 Environmental & Climate indicators
2.8.2 Social indicators
2.8.3 Societal indicators

195

200

206

206
216

218

220

224

226

226
232
240

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

59

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

An introduction by 
Chief Strategy & 
Sustainability Officer, 
Olivier Blum

World’s Most Sustainable Corporation 
in 2021

For well over a decade, sustainability has been at the heart 
of what Schneider does. Still, 2021 was a standout year, in 
several respects.

In January, our continuous efforts to address climate change 
and social inequality received the highest profile of external 
recognitions when the Canadian media and research company 
Corporate Knights ranked us the World’s Most Sustainable 
Corporation. This, along with numerous other ESG recognitions 
in 2021, is testimony to the valuable, long-term positive impact 
we have.

Throughout the year, the need to address climate change and 
social inequality hit headlines seemingly every day. In November, 
governments and businesses made important commitments at the 
COP26 climate change conference, though talk must now translate 
into rapid, bold and comprehensive action if we’re to prevent a 
potentially catastrophic rise in global temperatures.

We share the responsibility to act with governments and other 
institutions, and we believe that private-sector corporates like 
Schneider play a crucial role in leading the transition to a cleaner, 
more inclusive world. 

Paving the way as an Impact Company

As an Impact company, we’re determined to keep intensifying 
our meaningful and lasting impact across all dimensions of ESG 
(environmental, social, corporate governance and ethics), from 
employees to supply chain partners, customers, as well as local 
communities and institutions at local and global levels. By weaving 
sustainability and societal impact into all facets of our business, 
we create long-term value for all stakeholders and deliver 
profitable growth. 

During the course of the year, we moved forward with our 2021-
2025 Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI) targets. These are 
aligned to both our six long-term commitments related to climate, 
resources, equal opportunities, trust, all generations, and local 
communities, and to the United Nations’ Sustainable Development 
Goals. This latest program reinforces our ESG commitments 
through 11 global targets, plus a new local target to empower our 
country organizations to address their specific challenges and 
opportunities. The progress we make on these SSI targets is a 
true indicator of our company’s transformation, both globally 
and on the ground. 

Our achievements to fight climate change 
and social inequality

In the first quarter of 2021, we kicked off a new initiative to help 
1,000 of our top suppliers reduce their carbon emissions by 50% 
by 2025. With our supply chain community, we’re working to 
evaluate, strategize and implement decarbonization actions suited 
to each supplier’s specific maturity and scope. Furthermore, we’ve 
raised our ambitions when it comes to the environmental and social 
responsibility of our supply chain: we are well on our way to using 
more sustainable resources and materials in our products and 
packaging, and we audit our suppliers to ensure they comply 
with the highest ethical work standards and best practices.

As ever, we’re committed to helping resolve social problems, and 
to promoting equal opportunities for all our employees. We live in 
a world for instance where 800 million people don’t have access to 
energy, which is why we develop and deliver adapted solutions that 
supply clean, safe and reliable energy, hereby unlocking education 
and economic opportunity, and a better quality of life.

We also continue to prioritize learning, development and upskilling 
not only for Schneider’s multi-generational workforce, but also 
through the work of the Schneider Electric Foundation in supporting 
local NGOs that run vocational training programs for young people. 
In 2021, we reached an impressive milestone in this field, with 
300,000 people trained in energy management since we launched 
the program in 2009. 

And no less importantly, we seek to build trust with our 
stakeholders, living up to the highest standards of corporate 
governance, through initiatives that monitor and educate teams on 
ethics, cybersecurity, safety, and quality. Our 2021 Trust Charter, 
the evolution of our Principles of Responsibility, sets out the 
expectations of how we work at Schneider, and equips our teams 
to confront any unethical behavior they might encounter.

These are just some highlights of 2021. Looking ahead, as a 
leading Impact Company in 2022, we’re committed to doing 
even more, even faster.

Read more about our performance on page 63 (cid:496)

60

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.1 Sustainability at the heart of our strategy

In this section

2.1.1   Our strategic vision towards long-term

2.1.4   Integrated and transverse governance

positive impacts

2.1.2   The Schneider Sustainability Impact, 

a unique transformation tool 

2.1.3   Measuring our contribution to 
a moresustainable world

62

63

68

of sustainable development

2.1.5   Open dialog with stakeholders 

2.1.6 Main ESG risks and opportunities

2.1.7   Key external frameworks and ESG Ratings

72

75

81

 89

2.

2021 Recognitions

2021 Highlights
#1

World’s Most Sustainable 
Corporation in 2021 
by Corporate Knights

3.92/10

Schneider Sustainability 
Impact score, outperforming 
2021 3.75/10 target

+4M

71%

People have access 
to green electricity in 2021

Highest Employee Engagement 
Index of all time 

347M

Tonnes of saved and avoided 
CO2 emissions for our 
customers since 2018

1,000+

Suppliers committed to the
Zero Carbon Project

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

61

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.1  Sustainability at the heart of our strategy

2.1.1  Our strategic vision towards 
long-term positive impact

2.1.1.1  A holistic and strategic vision 
of sustainability

“Sustainability” is about creating system value. It encompasses 
continuous improvement of environmental, social, and ethical 
dimensions across an organizations entire value chain and 
stakeholders.

Schneider Electric’s short-term roadmap (3 – 5 years) is built on a 
consultation process involving external and internal stakeholders, 
called a materiality assessment, as well as dedicated internal 
governance mechanisms involving the Strategy & Sustainability 
team, employees, experts in the Group, the Executive Committee, 
and the Board of Directors, under the leadership of the Chief 
Strategy & Sustainability Officer. 

In the medium (5 – 10 years) and long term (10 – 30 years), 
Schneider Electric aligns its strategy on key issues under the 
United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and  
global climate scenarios in coherence with its business model 
and global footprint.

This holistic approach to sustainability allows the Group to greatly 
mitigate risks and also brings tangible value added through a 
greater attractivity to customers, new talents, and investors,  
while boosting innovation.

The numerous awards received each year (e.g., #1 Most 
Sustainable Corporation, Financial Times top 50 Diversity Leaders, 
Gartner Supply Chain Top 25, etc.) and the Group’s leadership in 
the main ESG indices (e.g., Dow Jones Sustainability World Index, 
Euronext Vigeo Eiris World 120, etc.), confirms that Schneider 
Electric is headed in the right direction.

2.1.1.2  A unique position to fight climate 
change and social inequality

As a global specialist in the digital transformation of energy 
management and automation, the Group places its expertise  
and solutions at the service of its customers to ensure that  
energy is safe, reliable, efficient, connected, and sustainable.

The Group’s sustainability roadmap
2021-2025 

Progress on our Climate Pledge to reach carbon neutrality in the 
Group’s operations. 

Reach the 11 global, and one local, objectives of the Schneider 
Sustainability Impact (SSI) 2021 – 2025, as well as the 25 objectives 
of the Schneider Sustainability Essentials (SSE) under our six long 
term commitments (climate, equal, resources, generations, trust, 
and local).

The Group proposes an integrated offering of technologies and 
market-leading solutions tailored to customer needs, promoting 
the transition towards more electric, digital, decarbonized, and 
decentralized energy. These solutions balance the need to reduce 
the planet’s carbon footprint with the inalienable human right to 
quality energy and access to digital.

In fact, Schneider Electric is uniquely positioned among the 1,000+ 
companies taking action for climate change because it acts on 
both sides of the same equation: 

• The solutions Schneider Electric brings to the market are directly
linked to activities to mitigate, adapt, and improve humanity’s
resilience to climate change;

• At the same time, Schneider Electric acts to reduce its end-to-
end CO2 footprint, aiming for a net-zero CO2 supply chain by
2050, with precise steps for 2025, 2030, and 2040.

This positive contribution is measured as Impact revenues, which 
represent 71% of the Group’s total revenues in 2021. In addition, 
to further contribute to a new electric and digital world, 100% 
of Schneider Electric’s innovation projects are aligned with its 
purpose, more than 90% being either strictly green or neutral.  
On this journey for a better planet, the Group is convinced that  
no one should be left behind, and businesses should operate  
a just transition. 

2.1.1.3  A commitment to the United 
Nations Sustainable Development Goals

Schneider Electric is committed to taking urgent action to co-
create a brighter future aligned with the United Nations Sustainable 
Development Goals (SDGs), consisting of 17 objectives and 
measuring its impact with transparency. The SDGs are about 
protecting the planet, alleviating poverty, and achieving worldwide 
peace and justice. By tracking its sustainability performance 
and publishing quarterly results, Schneider Electric uphold its 
commitments to the SDGs and industry leadership in corporate 
social responsibility.

Clim ate

Resources

Trust

Empower all to make the most of our energy and resources

E

q

u

a
l

G

e

n

e

r

L

o

c

a

l

a

ti

o

62

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

n

s

2.1.2  The Schneider 
Sustainability Impact,  
a unique transformation tool

2.1.2.1  A continuous improvement process 
anchored in our practice since 2005

To demonstrate significant impacts and initiate lasting change, 
performance must be measured, in a relevant manner for a 
company and its stakeholders. That is why Schneider Electric 
defines specific Group objectives and measures its results each 
quarter (since 2005) in a dashboard commonly referred to as a 
“barometer”. In 2018, this barometer was renamed Schneider 
Sustainability Impact (SSI). Schneider uses this tool to address its 
sustainability challenges and to improve each of the pillars of its 
strategy identified through its materiality matrix. The SSI uses a 
scoring scale of 10 and provides an overall measure of the Group’s 
progress. The tool also enables Schneider to anticipate and 
effectively manage its risks and opportunities by mobilizing key 
stakeholders around specific, measured objectives and reliable 
results. The SSI’s performance and monitoring systems are  
audited annually by an external auditor (limited assurance).  
Each SSI seeks to:

• Mobilize the whole Company around holistic sustainability

goals impacting its ecosystem;

• Share the Group’s improvement plans with stakeholders;
• Create system value.

On a daily basis, Schneider Electric proves that economic, 
environmental, and social interests are convergent.

2.1.2.2  Two complementary sustainability 
performance dashboards to progress 
between 2021 and 2025

In 2020, Schneider Electric defined six new objectives for the 
2021-2025 period:

1. Act for a climate positive world, by continuously investing in
and developing innovative solutions that deliver immediate and
lasting decarbonization in line with our carbon pledge.
2. Be efficient with resources, by behaving responsibly and

making the most of digital technology to preserve our planet.
3. Live up to our principles of Trust, by upholding ourselves and
all around us to high social, governance, and ethical standards.

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

4. Create equal opportunities, by ensuring all employees are

uniquely valued and work in an inclusive environment to develop
and contribute their best.

5. Harness the power of all generations, by fostering learning,
upskilling, and development for each generation, paving the
way for the next.

6. Empower local communities, by promoting local initiatives
and enabling individuals and partners to make sustainability
a reality for all.

The execution of the Group’s 2021 – 2025 sustainability strategy 
is tracked through quantitative key performance indicators (KPIs), 
under two complementary tools: the SSI and the new Schneider 
Sustainability Essentials (SSE). 

The SSI is the translation of our six long-term commitments into 
a selection of 11 highly transformative and innovative programs. 
The programs will be tracked and published quarterly, audited 
annually, and linked to short-term incentive plans for more than 
64,000 employees. A notable addition to the SSI in 2021 is the local 
aspect, aiming to deploy local actions in the 100+ markets where 
the Group operates in order to better empower all leaders and 
collaborators to unlock meaningful local impacts.

The SSE has been created to maintain a high level of commitment 
and transparency in the actions taken by the Group. This new tool 
brings balance between the innovative transformation plans of 
the SSI and the need to keep progressing on other long-lasting 
programs. In this spirit of continuous improvement, and in a holistic 
vision of sustainability, the SSE will track annual progress with  
25 quantitative KPIs, and some additional qualitative programs. 

Collectively, the SSI 11 Global Impacts and its Local Impact, as well 
as the 25 SSE programs, are the Group’s short-term sustainability 
roadmap and our contribution to the 17 United Nations SDGs.  More 
details on our contributions to each SDG are available online.

2.1.2.3  A vision beyond 2025 for climate, 
biodiversity, and access to energy

Climate change, biodiversity loss, rising inequalities, all those 
issues have long-term consequences and cannot be addressed 
with a short-term mindset only: solving these issues requires a 
combination of a long-term vision and concrete short-term action. 
The Group’s meaningful purpose and its 2021-2025 SSI fit with 
Schneider’s longer-term 2050 vision for a fair and decarbonized 
world, and key steps along the way in 2030 and 2040 that are 
presented below.

2030 

2040 

Become carbon neutral on full end-to-end footprint by 2040  
(full Scopes 1, 2, and 3), 10 years ahead of 1.5°C climate trajectory. 
This means that all Schneider Electric products will be carbon 
neutral by 2040 (using quality offsets)

• Reach net-zero operational emissions and reduction of Scope 3
emissions by 35% (versus 2017) as part of the Group’s validated
1.5°C Science-Based Target (SBT)

2050 

• Consume 100% renewable electricity (RE100)
• Double energy productivity (versus 2005) (EP100)
• Switch to 100% electric cars (EV100)
• Provide access to energy to 100 million people

Engage with suppliers towards a net-zero CO2 supply chain

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

63

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.1  Sustainability at the heart of our strategy

3.92/10

Schneider Sustainability Impact score in 2021(1),
outperforming 3.75/10 target for the year

Schneider Sustainability Impact
Long-term commitments 
aligned to UN SDGs

2021-2025 programs

Climate

1. Grow our Schneider Impact revenues(4)

2. Help our customers save and avoid millions of tonnes of CO2

emissions

3. Reduce CO2 emissions from top 1,000 suppliers’ operation

0%

1%

Increase green material content in our products

Primary and secondary packaging free from single-use plastic,
using recycled cardboard

7%

13%

11%

21%

Strategic suppliers who provide decent work to their employees(1)

--

In progress

Level of confidence of our employees to report unethical conduct(1)

81%

+0pts

Baseline(2)

2021 progress(3)

2025 Target

70%

263M

71%

347M

80%

800M

50%

50%

100%

100%

+10pts

Resources

Trust

Equal

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Increase gender diversity in hiring (50%), front-line management
(40%) and leadership teams (30%)

41/25/24

41/27/26

50/40/30

9.

Provide access to green electricity to 50 million people

30M

+4.2M

50M

Generations

10. Double hiring opportunities for interns, apprentices and fresh

4,939

x1.25

graduates

11. Train people in energy management

281,737

328,359

x2

1M

Local

+1.  Country and Zone Presidents with local commitments that impact

0%

100%

100%

their communities

(1)  The Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI) provides an overall measure of the Group’s progress on its sustainability goals on a scoring scale of 10. This is achieved by 
converting each KPI’s performance on a 10-point scale, considering that base year performance receives a 3/10 score and the 2025 objective translates to a 10/10 
score. For each KPI, the relevant score is obtained by linear interpolation and rounded down to the second decimal. The overall score of the tool is the average of 
each KPI’s score with equal weight excluding the local commitment (SSI #+1). As an exception, in 2021, two other KPIs are excluded: SSI #6, as the program is still in 
development, and SSI #7, because 2021 is the baseline year.

(2)  Generally, the 2020 performance serves as a baseline for SSI programs, except for two programs measured against a 2019 baseline to mitigate COVID-19 impacts

(SSI #1 Impact revenues and SSI #10 opportunities for the next generation).

(3)  Each year, Schneider Electric obtains a “limited” level of assurance on methodology and progress from an independent third party verifier for all of the SSI indicators 
(except for SSI #6, SSI #7 and SSI #+1), in accordance with ISAE 3000 assurance standard (see Independent verifier’s report on page 224). Please refer to page 206
for the methodological presentation of each indicator. The 2021 performance is also discussed in more details in each section of this report.

(4)  For the reporting requirements under the European Taxonomy Regulation, please refer to page 68 and page 216.

64

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Schneider Sustainability Essentials
Long-term commitments 
aligned to UN SDGs

2021-2025 programs

Climate 

1. Decarbonize our operations with Zero-CO2 sites

Resources

2.

3.

4.

5.

Substitute relevant offers with SF6-Free medium voltage
technologies

Source electricity from renewables

Improve CO2 efficiency in transportation

Improve energy efficiency in our sites

6. Grow our product revenues covered with Green Premium™

7.

Switch our corporate vehicle fleet to electric vehicles

8. Deploy local biodiversity conservation and restoration

programs in our sites

9. Give a second life to waste in ‘Waste-to-Resource’ sites

2.

Baseline(1)

2021 progress(2)

2025 Target

30

0%

80%

0%

0%

77%

1%

0%

120

51

38%

82%

-1%

6.6%

78%

7.7%

0%

126

150

100%

90%

15%

15%

80%

33%

100%

200

10. Avoid primary resource consumption through ‘take-back

157,588

203,881

420,000

at end-of-use’ since 2017 (metric tons)

11. Deploy a water conservation strategy and action plan for sites

in water-stressed areas

Trust

12. Deploy a ‘Social Excellence’ program through multiple tiers

of suppliers(3)

13. Train our employees on Cybersecurity and Ethics every year

14. Decrease the Medical Incident rate

0%

--

90%

0.79

9%

In progress

96%

0.65

15. Reduce scrap from safety units recalled

4,202

4,024

100%

--

100%

0.38

2,101

16. Be in the top 25% in external ratings for Cybersecurity

Top 25%

Top 25% Top 25%

performance

17. Assess our suppliers under our ‘Vigilance Program’

Equal

18. Reduce pay gap for both females and males

374

1,203

F: -1.73%
M: 1.00%

-1.61%

1.11%

4,000

<1%

19.

Increase subscription in our yearly Worldwide Employee Share
Ownership Plan (WESOP)

20. Pay our employees at least a living wage(4)

21. Multiply the number of employee-driven development

interactions on the Open Talent Market

Generations

22. Support the digital upskilling of our employees

23. Provide access to meaningful career development programs

for employees during later stages of their career

24.

Increase our employee engagement level

53%

99%

5,019

41%

--

69%

Local 

25.

Increase the number of volunteering days since 2017

18,469

61%

60%

100%

100%

x2.1

74%

In progress

71%

27,981

x4

90%

90%

75%

50,000

(1)  Generally, the 2020 performance serves as a baseline for Schneider Sustainability Essentials (SSE) programs, except for SSE #5, SSE #14 and SSE #20 measured

against a 2019 baseline to mitigate COVID-19 impacts.

(2)  Each year, Schneider Electric obtains a “limited” level of assurance on methodology and progress from an independent third party verifier for all of the SSE indicators
(except SSE #12 and SSE #23), in accordance with ISAE 3000 assurance standard (see Independent verifier’s report on page 224). Please refer to page 206 for the 
methodological presentation of each indicator. The 2021 performance is also discussed in more details in each section of this report.

(3)  SSE #12 ‘Social Excellence’ program currently under development and will be deployed in 2023.
(4)  As of 31st December 2021, 99.99% of eligible employees, i.e. all Schneider employees treated as permanent workforce, were paid the living wage. The few remaining 
gaps were closed early 2022 so that all in scope Schneider Electric employees are now paid the living wage. The final KPI result for 2021 was rounded to 100%.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

65

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.1  Sustainability at the heart of our strategy

2.1.2.4  Process to select and deploy our commitments

2.1.2.4.1  Sustainability Strategy setting process

Plan (1 year)

Deploy (3 to 5 years)

1. Definition of Strategic Pillars
• Internal & External stakeholder

consultation (Materiality Analysis)
• SSI Steering Committee Workshops

2. Definition of key performance

indicators

• 1-to-1 workshops with Sustainability SVP
• Iterative KPI drafting and benchmarking

3. Program validation
• Group Sustainability Committee
• The Board of Directors, on the

recommendation of the Human Resources
& CSR Committee

Monitoring

Quarterly 
Performance 
reporting

Reward

Annual 
Audit

• SSI Pilots provide quarterly
performance updates
• The Sustainability Team
coordinates quarterly
publications, the annual audit
and reporting in voluntary and
regulatory publications
• The Group Sustainability

Committee evaluates progress
and decides corrective actions
• The Board of Directors, on the
recommendation of the Human
Resources & CSR Committee,
oversees progress and approves
Reward plans

2.1.2.4.2  Program planification
Analysis of material challenges
Every three to five years, the Group defines a new SSI dashboard 
in the wake of an exercise to identify sustainability challenges on 
the basis of external and internal contributions.

The voices of each stakeholder are taken into account via the 
Group’s materiality matrix, meetings with SRI investors, and the 
questionnaires from rating agencies or from customers, which all 
shed light on our strategic points of differentiation and on salient 
societal concerns.

Definition of disruptive programs
For each target and indicator, and this is a critical point for the 
operational implementation of each SSI, the ambition is defined 
in consultation with the departments concerned. 

In 2020, a specific SSI Steering Committee was created, with 
about 50 members: representants of each Executive Committee 
member, each geography, function, and business unit. Three all-
hands workshops took place, and the sustainability team organized 
individual follow up interviews with each member to define precise 
and measurable programs.

For the Group, it is a guarantee of strong mobilization in the field 
that is consistent with actual priorities; for teams, it is the assurance 
of having the necessary means and visibility to improve. In each 
new period, the barometer update takes into account results 
obtained, progress still expected, the emergence of new topics and 
new priorities, and the experience gained. Thus, it is a powerful tool 
to move the Group forward on its major challenges.

Four scenarios may emerge from one SSI to the next:

• Improvement plans are maintained in the barometer and their

targets are renewed or increased.

• Improvement plans change: new and more innovative or

better-adapted indicators that cover the same subject are
implemented; old indicators continue to be monitored internally
if necessary.

• Improvement plans are removed from the barometer; this is
also the case with indicators that have reached a threshold.
They continue to be monitored internally if necessary.

• Improvement plans to address new challenges are

implemented.

Governance and validation of the SSI
The Sustainability department presents a draft version of the new 
SSI to the Human Resources & CSR Committee Committee, which 
reports on its work to the Board of Directors, and to the Group 
Sustainability Committee for validation. This latter Committee 
includes six members of the Executive Committee: the Chief 
Strategy and Sustainability Officer; Chief Human Resources 
Officer; Chief Global Supply Chain Officer; Chief Marketing Officer; 
Chief Governance Officer & Secretary General; and Chief Financial 
Officer. The new barometer is then approved by the Chairman  
& CEO.

2.1.2.4.3  Program deployment
Transparent quarterly and annual disclosure
Quarterly results are supervised by the Group Sustainability 
Committee, which makes decisions on any corrective actions  
that may be necessary to reach objectives. This Committee  
meets quarterly. The Human Resources & CSR Committee within 
the Board of Directors conducts an annual review of the Group’s 
Sustainability Policy, analyzing, in particular, the performance  
of the SSI.

Extra-financial annual results are presented together with financial 
results by Jean-Pascal Tricoire, Chairman & CEO of Schneider 
Electric, in order to demonstrate the Group’s commitment to making 
sustainability part of the Company’s long-term strategy. In addition, 
since 2014, quarterly results have been presented together with 
quarterly financial information to institutional investors by the  
Chief Finance Officer.

66

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Annual external verification
Each year, Schneider Electric obtains a “limited” level of assurance 
from an independent third party verifier for all of the SSI and SSE 
indicators, in accordance with ISAE 3000 assurance standard  
(see Independent verifier’s report on page 224).

Rewarding employees for performance
Since 2011, the SSI score is included in the variable compensation 
of global functions and Company leaders. In France, since 2012, 
the SSI has also been included in the profit-sharing incentive plan 
for the French entities, Schneider Electric Industries and Schneider 
Electric France. From 2019, the weight of the SSI criteria has 
increased from 6% to 20% in the collective part of the annual short-
term incentive highlighting further the importance of sustainability 
on Schneider Electric’s business agenda. Further details are 
provided in section “Compensation and benefits” on page 182.

In 2021, the SSI performance impacts short-term incentive plans 
for 64,000 managers (20% of collective share).

Active communication of sustainability performance
The results of each SSI are released through the main 
channels below:

• Quarterly conference calls on the Group’s financial and

extra-financial results to investors and the business press;
• The Group’s website (quarterly press releases, presentation

of integrated quarterly results);

• The intranet (including a quarterly internal video featuring

the CEO and the CFO on the quarter’s results – these videos
have strong internal visibility);

• Communications with the Board of Directors via its Human

Resources & CSR Committee and the Executive Committee;
• The Group’s annual reports (Universal Registration Document

including the statutory auditors’ report, Schneider Sustainability
Report, integrated report);

• The quarterly internal rating for managers on monitoring
the level of achievement of objectives related to variable
compensation;

• Customers or investors events.

2.

Overview of the five barometers since 2005, and example achievements

2005-2008

2009-2011

2012-2014

2015-2017

2018-2020

2021-2025

Number of KPIs

10
KPIs in program

Score out of 10

8/10
2008 overall 
performance

Highlights

-20%
Number of lost 
days from work 
accidents per 
employee per 
year

>120
Products with an 
environmental 
profile

13
KPIs in program

14
KPIs in program

16
KPIs in program

21
KPIs in program

11+1
KPIs in program

9.38/10
2011 overall 
performance

9.52/10
2014 overall 
performance

9.58/10
2017 overall 
performance

9.32/10
2020 overall 
performance

3.92/10
2021 overall 
performance

1,291,768
Households 
at the Base of 
the Pyramid 
got access to 
energy thanks 
to Schneider 
Electric solutions

70.4%
of employees 
worked on 
ISO 14001 
certified sites

460
Missions with 
the “Schneider 
Electric Teachers” 
NGO

16%
CO2 savings on 
transportation

98.4%
of our entities 
passed our 
internal Ethics 
& Responsibility 
assessment

100%
of products in 
R&D designed 
with Schneider 
EcoDesign Way™

9
Indicators 
with increased 
objectives in 2019

100%
of employees 
are working 
in countries 
that have fully 
deployed our 
Family Leave 
Policy

New tool 
Schneider 
Sustainability 
Essentials with 
25 objectives

Local
dimension with 
200 commitments 
taken by Zone 
and Country 
Presidents

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

67

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.1  Sustainability at the heart of our strategy

2.1.3  Measuring our contribution 
to a more sustainable world

Schneider Electric has been an early adopter of transparent 
disclosures on sustainable revenues, and created its own 
methodology of “Impact revenues”(1) in 2019, covering offers 
that bring environmental efficiency to its customers, while not 
generating any significant harmful impact to the environment, and 
excluding revenues from carbon intensive segments. Recently, the 
European Union (EU) has shown international leadership by being 
the first to develop a Regulation and Taxonomy aiming at driving 
investments towards environmentally sustainable activities, which 
the Group applauds. Both methodologies are somewhat aligned 
but currently differ in the scope of eligible activities, and in end-
segments exclusions. The Group is supportive of a better alignment 
over the next years to provide its multinational stakeholders 
with standardized metrics and empower them to shape a more 
sustainable future for all.

2.1.3.1  A purpose-led, Impact Company

Schneider Electric’s purpose is to empower all to make the most 
of our energy and resources, bridging progress and sustainability 
for all. The Group’s differentiation lies in its complementary actions 
to demonstrate outstanding environmental, social, and ethical 
performance, and to support its customers in their Net-zero CO2  
journey. Schneider is the digital partner of its customers for 
sustainability and efficiency.

The Group proposes an integrated offering of technologies and 
market-leading solutions tailored to customer needs, promoting 
the transition towards more electric, digital, decarbonized, and 
decentralized energy. Those active energy efficiency solutions - 
which consist of optimizing the entire energy cycle using energy 
control products, systems, services, and software – help mitigate, 
adapt, and improve humanity’s resilience to climate change. 

Schneider Electric quantifies this climate impact as part of 
Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI) and is committed to help 
its customers save and avoid 800 million tonnes of CO2 by 2025 
(cumulated since 2018). As of end 2021, the Group delivered  
347 million tonnes of CO2e of this commitment. The methodology 
and results of this indicator are audited every year as part of the 
extra-financial audit.

2.1.3.2  Early-adopter of transparent 
disclosures on sustainable revenues

For more than fifteen years, Schneider Electric has led by example 
and transparently presented its sustainability performance to its 
stakeholders, across all environmental, social and governance 
topics and tried to develop new market practices, such as its  
saved and avoided CO2 methodology or biodiversity footprint.

In 2019, the Group was one of the first companies to proactively 
disclose information on the share of its revenue coming from 
offers that bring energy, climate, or resource efficiency to its 
customers, while not generating any significant harmful impact 
to the environment. Originally called “Green Revenues” to match 
market standards, such sales were renamed “Schneider Impact 
revenues”(1) to avoid any confusion with the new European 

Taxonomy coming into force. In 2021, the Group took a step further 
by committing that Schneider Impact revenues reach 80% of Group 
sales by 2025 as part of its SSI. It is worth noting that each year 
the performance of the SSI impacts short-term incentive plans for 
64,000 employees.

Climate

SSI #1

Grow our Schneider Impact revenues 
to 80%

The Group supported the Hong Kong University of Science 
and Technology (HKUST) as part of its plan to deploy an 
integrated data center solution to provide effective operation 
and management, ensuring high reliability and 24/7 
availability, as well as full visibility for day-to-day monitoring 
of all systems and processes. Schneider proposed 
EcoStruxure™ for Data Center, an open, interoperable, 
IoT-enabled system architecture and platform. It leverages 
advancements in IoT, mobility, sensing, cloud and big data 
analytics technologies to bring unprecedented insight into 
data center operations through our connected products, 
edge control, apps, analytics and services. As a result, 
HKUST achieve significant energy saving and their power 
usage effectiveness (PUE) rating more than doubled.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

70%

71%

80%

Schneider Impact revenues can be split into four categories:

1. Energy efficiency architectures bringing energy and/or

resource efficiency to customers.

2. Grid reinforcement and smart grid architectures contributing

to electrification and decarbonization.

3. Products with differentiating green performance, flagged

thanks to our Green Premium™ program.

4. Services that bring benefits for circularity (prolonged asset

lifetime and uptime, optimized maintenance operations, repair,
and refurbish) and energy efficiency (maintenance to maintain
the operational performance of equipment and avoid a
decrease of energy efficiency over time).

Additionally, revenues derived from activities with fossil sectors 
and others are systematically excluded, including Oil & Gas, 
coal mining, and fossil-power generation, in line with prevailing 
corporate responsibility reporting and sustainable finance 
practices, even though Schneider Electric’s technologies deliver 
resource and carbon efficiency in such sectors as well. In line with 
Schneider Electric’s strategy to phase out SF6 from offers by 2025, 
SF6-containing switchgear for medium voltage applications are  
also excluded. In addition, neutral technologies such as signaling, 
racks and enclosures, access control, or emergency lighting  
are excluded.

(1)  Schneider Impact revenues are calculated using Schneider’s own consistent methodology and are distinct from turnover eligible under the EU Taxonomy

68

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Based on our assessment, which covers 100% of Schneider 
consolidated sales, the total share of Schneider Impact revenues 
is 71% in 2021 versus 70% in 2019. 

In addition, to further contribute to a new electric and digital world, 
100% of Schneider Electric’s innovation projects are aligned with 
its purpose, more than 90% qualifying as impact innovation under 
Schneider’s definition, or neutral. This concerns every innovation 
contributing to a decarbonized world, for instance energy and 
process efficiency, resource optimization, SF6-free projects, or 
Green Premium™ offers. The methodology to calculate this figure 
is similar to the Schneider Impact Revenue methodology and 
should not be confused with OpEx and CapEx eligible under  
the EU Taxonomy.

2.1.3.3  New reporting requirements under 
the European Taxonomy Regulation

The adoption of the Taxonomy Regulation (Regulation (EU) 
2020/852) in 2020 establishes a European Union-wide classification 
system to identify economic activities that are considered as 
environmentally sustainable as part of the European Union’s long-
term plan to connect finance with its sustainability goals. Dedicated 
Delegated Acts (DA) specify (or will specify), for each of the six 
environmental objectives identified, which activities are likely to 
make a substantial contribution to an objective (eligibility). 

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Environmental objectives with published DA (covered in this 
eligibility assessment and subject to evolutions):
1. Climate change mitigation
2. Climate change adaptation

Environmental objectives for which DA are not published yet:
3. Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
4. Transition to a circular economy
5. Pollution prevention and control
6. Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems

2.

Pursuant to Article 8 of the regulation and the delegated regulation 
published on 6 July 2021, the proportion of turnover, Capital (CapEx) 
and Operational Expenditure (OpEx) resulting from products or 
services associated with economic activities considered sustainable 
is due to be reported progressively over the fiscal years 2021 to 
2023. In FY 2021, large undertakings are required to disclose those 
three KPIs for activities eligible to climate objectives according to 
the EU Climate Delegated Act already published.

Eligible activities then need to be subjected to a series of screening 
tests, to determine if they are Taxonomy-aligned and can be reported 
as such, meaning that corporates will have to demonstrate that 
the eligible activities do not significantly harm any of the other five 
objectives (“Does Not Significantly Harm”, DNSH criteria), and 
comply with minimum social safeguards (e.g. OECD, United Nations).

2.1.3.4  Gradual inclusion of economic 
activities to the EU Taxonomy

In this report we focus on eligibility according to the current EU 
Climate DA published. Full reporting on eligibility and alignment 
for all six objectives is expected in 2024 (FY 2023). 

Nature of Schneider Electric’s main taxonomy-eligible economic activities under current Climate DA

   Energy efficiency 
in buildings

   Low CO2 mobility 
end segment

   Renewables  
end segment

   Transmission  
and distribution 
of electricity

   Services related 
to energy 
performance  
of buildings

Energy efficient building 
automation and control 
systems

Smart monitoring and 
regulation of heating 
systems

Zoned thermostats and 
devices for the smart 
monitoring of electricity 
loads or heat loads

Electric vehicles charging 
stations and supporting 
grid reinforcement 
technologies

Manufacture of renewable 
energy technologies, 
equipping wind and 
solar power generation 
capacities

Equipment and projects 
for the construction 
of transmission and 
distribution infrastructure

Electrical infrastructure 
for urban and suburban 
public transport

Port infrastructure for 
shore-side electrical 
power to vessels at  
berth and electrification 
and efficiency of  
ports’ operations

Communication and 
control technologies  
for the controllability  
and observability of  
the electricity system, 
such as advanced 
automation software

Technical consultations 
such as energy audits, 
simulations and trainings

Energy management 
services

Energy performance 
contracts

Proportion of Taxonomy-eligible economic activities in the Group’s total turnover, 
capital (CapEx) and operational expenditure (OpEx)

28% of turnover | 27% of CapEx | 23% OpEx

  Read more on Schneider Electric business model and strategy page 20 (cid:496)
  Read more on Schneider Sustainability Impact page 63 (cid:496)
  Read more on Schneider Electric saved and avoided methodology page 134 (cid:496)
  Read more on Green Premium page 156 (cid:496)

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

69

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.1  Sustainability at the heart of our strategy

Importantly, the phased application of reporting requirements, 
as well as the evolving nature of the regulatory framework means 
that the KPIs disclosed in this report may evolve as the regulation 
and its reporting requirements do. A complementary DA defining 
additional eligible activities for the climate change mitigation 
objective is also under public consultation at the time of writing, 
and DAs for the remaining four environmental objectives are 
expected in 2022. This means that more Schneider activities could 
be included in the EU Taxonomy reference framework gradually.

For instance this may concern Schneider’s offers related to 
grid reinforcement and smart grid architectures contributing to 
electrification and decarbonization, products with differentiating 
green performance (flagged thanks to our Green Premium™ 
program) or services that bring benefits for circularity and energy 
efficiency. Another example is the Group’s industrial automation 
activities, which can have significant environmental benefits.

2.1.3.5  Schneider Electric’s support 
to the EU Taxonomy

Schneider Electric has experienced both the value and the 
challenges of conducting a mapping of green business 
activities early on. The Group therefore welcomes the European 
Commission’s work to define a common classification system for 
sustainable economic activities and believes that the taxonomy  
can bring greater transparency and reporting alignment among 
non-financial undertakings. 

The Group is willing to share its experience in the measurement 
of revenues contributing to a sustainable world and work 
collaboratively and constructively with relevant stakeholders to 
advance the transition to a sustainable and low-carbon economy. 
In particular, Group experts are contributing to the Platform on 
Sustainable Finance, an expert group assisting the EU Commission 
in developing technical criteria.

2.1.3.6  Turnover derived from Taxonomy-
eligible activities under the current EU 
Climate Delegated Act

Schneider Electric identified several business activities that are 
eligible according to the current EU Climate DA. We provide the  
list of those activities in our methodological note on page 216.  

In 2021, the Taxonomy-eligible turnover amounts to 28%, 
representing EUR 8,032 million out of EUR 28,905 million total 
revenues. Non-eligible turnover therefore amounts to 72%.

This number is based on the first evaluation of the eligibility of 
Schneider Electric’s activities using two combined approaches, 
including an offer-based approach (i.e. by nature of technology), 
whereby each line of business’ products are reviewed against 
the definition of economic activities as defined in the EU Climate 
Delegated Acts, and an end-segment approach, whereby the 
amount of revenues generated from Taxonomy-eligible end-
segments (Green Transport and Renewables mainly) for each 
product line is reviewed. Double-counting between offer-based 
approach and end-segment-based approaches are then removed 
before consolidation.

2.1.3.7  Capital (CapEx) and Operational 
Expenditure (OpEx)

In 2021, Taxonomy-eligible CapEx amounts to 27%, representing 
EUR 757 million out of EUR 2,764 million. Therefore, the Taxonomy-
non-eligible CapEx amounts to 73%.

All costs based on IFRS 16 related to long-term leasing of buildings 
are considered eligible. CapEx related to assets or processes 
associated with Taxonomy-eligible activities, including Research  
& Development (R&D) CapEx, were calculated using allocation 
keys of eligible turnover per business and operations. In 2021, 
CapEx for eligible individual measures was not evaluated.

In 2021, Taxonomy-eligible OpEx amounts to 23%, representing 
EUR 291 million out of EUR 1,276 million total OpEx (R&D). 
Therefore, the Taxonomy non-eligible OpEx amounts to 77%.

Only non-capitalized costs related to R&D are reported.  
OpEx related to building renovation measures, short-term leases, 
maintenance and repair and other expenditures relating to the 
day-to-day servicing of assets represent less than EUR 116 million 
and are therefore considered as non-material for Schneider Electric 
business and excluded from the KPI calculation.

  Read more on our EU Taxonomy assessment methodology page 216 (cid:496) 

Spotlight on Sustainability Consulting
Schneider’s sustainability consulting business brings 
together the full portfolio of Schneider Electric solutions to 
provide unparalleled, end-to-end support to our customers 
to achieve their net-zero, sustainable transformations, from 
formulating climate strategy to execution & deployment of 
sustainability offers.

For example, Schneider Electric is helping the VELUX Group,  
the world leader in roof windows and skylights, to develop a 
global program to successfully reduce their energy use and 
scale renewable capacity at each of the company’s factories. 

The project, which is designed to support VELUX Group 
in reaching its company carbon neutral goal by 2030 and 
accelerate its plan to be Lifetime Carbon Neutral, includes 
the energy assessment of all factory sites resulting in the 
development and implementation of Zero Carbon Action plans, 
support of its Energy Excellence program in accordance with 
ISO50001, improved energy efficiency, expansion of onsite 
renewable heating and electricity capacity to phase out fossil 
fuels, and implementation of a global monitoring system through 
Schneider Electric’s EcoStruxure™ Resource Advisor to measure 
and analyze energy usage.

70

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Spotlight on Building Management Systems (BMS)
Due to their high energy use and the carbon generated during 
their manufacturing and construction process, buildings account 
for nearly 40% of global greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. 
Decarbonizing buildings and ensuring their efficient energy 
usage requires the implementation of smarter solutions and 
thereby helps combat climate change. Such activities are 
qualified as “Manufacture of energy efficiency equipment  
for buildings” (3.5) in the EU Climate DA.

Our EcoStruxure™ Building Operation solution is a scalable, 
open integration software platform at the heart of the building 
management system that facilitates control, monitoring, and 
management of building assets. It offers users a single pane of 
glass window for efficient monitoring and operations of building 
systems to enable improved building efficiency, asset utilization, 
uptime, and occupant comfort through integration of HVAC, 
electrical, lighting, security, fire, power, and other subsystems. 
By monitoring, controlling, organizing, and acting on disparate 
data from building assets to a single system through advanced 
connectivity and integration with heterogeneous building 
systems, our solution brings better visibility and decision-making 
processes, optimizes how and when energy is used, and 
enables proactive energy reduction.

For example, our solution for the Cinnamon Grand Colombo, 
Sri Lanka’s largest hotel, helps save 4,000 metric tons of GHG 
emissions annually. Even though energy savings equipment  
had been previously installed, the operations staff was not  
able to identify specific areas where energy was being wasted. 
There was a need to gain visibility into the data to develop 
effective energy savings strategies. After conducting an 
initial energy audit, an upgrade of the hotel’s existing BMS to 
Schneider Electric’s EcoStruxure™ Building Operation solution 
was recommended. At the Cinnamon Grand Colombo, the 
EcoStruxure™ solution integrates the hotel’s electrical and 
mechanical plants, which include building systems for air 
conditioning, exhaust, ventilation fans, pumps, steam and  
hot water boilers, energy meters, and high efficiency,  
magnetic bearing chillers from Smardt. The result provides 
efficient energy monitoring, management, and reporting  
that drives savings across the entire hotel.

2.

For example, Schneider Electric supported EastLink to improve 
the ventilation system of the EastLink freeway tunnels in Australia 
for better energy efficiency and a reduction in noise levels from 
the ventilation stacks:

Delivering environmental benefits through industrial automation
Schneider Electric works hand in hand with industrial enterprises 
to automate their operations, and in doing so, helps them 
reduce or eliminate carbon emissions and optimize their use 
of resources. From smart sensors and connected devices to 
advanced process controllers with software analytics on the 
top, industrial automation systems enable better monitoring, 
control, and optimization strategies to directly improve 
energy performance, and indirectly, improve maintenance to 
prevent an increase in energy use due to plant downtime and 
resulting startup and shutdown processes, as well as defective 
products. Advanced supervision also enables to mitigate 
environmental pollution risks. As such, they are major enablers 
to mitigate climate change, pollution prevention and support the 
deployment of a circular economy

•  Auditing the energy usage of the tunnel system, Schneider 
identified areas where significant energy savings could 
be made. Since the opening of EastLink, the speed of 
airflows within the tunnels and stacks was controlled in 
a traditional way - by switching individual fans on and off 
at pre-programmed times of the day. When switched on, 
a fan always operated at full speed. This was inefficient, 
using more electricity than necessary and producing high 
operating noise levels. It was also causing unnecessary  
wear and tear on components.

Traditionally, industrial operators have been blamed for climate 
change, resource scarcity, and harm to the environment and 
the society around them. Today, industry contributes 32% of 
the world’s CO2 emissions. At the same time, many of the most 
energy intensive industries produce the essential building 
blocks for society and key components of our modern world. 
According to the BloombergNEF report, Digitalization: An 
Untapped Pathway to Sustainability, industrial digitization 
promotes decarbonization and circularity, reduces material 
waste, prolongs equipment lifetime, and enables better 
emissions monitoring. Schneider’s teams have seen it firsthand 
with our industrial customers. 

•  To address the energy usage and noise issues, Schneider 
worked with EastLink to upgrade ten large ventilation fans 
from fixed speed fully off / fully on operation to a much 
more efficient self-regulating or closed loop variable speed 
operation. An on demand ventilation system using Schneider 
Electric EcoStruxure™ architecture, Modicon M580 PACs, 
Altivar Process variable speed drives and an AVEVA 
Plant SCADA system was implemented to bring together 
automation, connectivity and software for real time control 
and visibility.

•  The upgrade has reduced energy use by almost 70% and the 
carbon footprint reduction by 9,000 tonnes per annum. This 
is thanks to the use of the EcoStruxure™ for Industry solution 
with the variable speed drives, and the control algorithms in 
the M580 PAC which means the fans are only ever operating 
at the speed that is required at the time. This reduction in fan 
usage will also see an increase in the fan life because of the 
lower stresses applied to the drive motor and impeller. The 
upgrade with Schneider Electric has contributed to EastLink 
being awarded the top 5-star GRESB sustainability rating. 
GRESB has ranked EastLink number 1 private entity road 
company in the world, and number 5 of 280 infrastructure 
assets of all types around the world.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

71

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.1  Sustainability at the heart of our strategy

2.1.4  Integrated and transverse 
governance of sustainable 
development

At Schneider Electric, sustainability is integrated in the processes 
and bodies that design and execute the Group’s strategy at Board, 
executive, and operational levels.

2.1.4.1  Management Oversight

2.1.4.1.1  The Board of Directors
In 2013, the Board of Directors decided to extend the powers of 
the Governance & Remunerations Committee to corporate social 
responsibility (CSR) issues. Since 2014, there has been a specific 
committee for CSR, the Human Resources & CSR Committee. 
The Committee meets at the initiative of its Chairperson or at the 
request of the Chairman & CEO. The agenda is drawn up by the 
Chairperson. The Committee shall meet at least three times a year 
(five meetings in 2021). The Committee may seek advice from any 
person it feels will help it with its work. 

Main responsibilities:
• Employee shareholding schemes and share allocation plans;
• Compensation of Group managers;
• Succession plan for key Group Executives;
• Human resources;
• CSR policy and results.

In 2021, the Human Resources & CSR Committee reviewed 
the Sustainability strategy (see Chapter 4, page 295).

2.1.4.1.2  The Group Sustainability Committee
Since 2010, the three members of the Executive Committee in 
charge of Human Resources, Global Supply Chain, and Strategy  
& Sustainability have met twice per year with the Sustainability  
SVP to monitor and steer the Group’s action plans in this area.  
In 2016, the Global Marketing EVP, joined this Committee. In 2020, 
the Chief Governance Officer as well as the Chief Financial Officer 
also joined. The committee meets quarterly. In 2021, this committee 
met three times. The Committee may seek advice from any person 
it feels will help it with its work.

Main responsibilities:
• Decides the sustainability dynamic;
• Validates the Schneider Sustainability Impact;
• Monitors global sustainability performance and rankings;
• Reviews alignment with United Nations Sustainable

Development Goals;

• Informs the Board Human Resources & CSR Committee.

2.1.4.1.3  The Stakeholder Committee
In order to reinforce its sustainability governance further with solid 
external insights, Schneider Electric has created a new Stakeholder 
Committee in 2021.

The Committee is composed of 8 external members, sharing 
the same passion for sustainability, and its mission is to oversee 
the delivery of long and short-term commitments undertaken 
by Schneider Electric in accordance with its Purpose and 
Sustainability strategy. 

The company strives at ensuring diversity of the Stakeholder 
Committee members, in terms of ethnicity, gender and experience. 

The Stakeholder Committee meets three times a year and is 
chaired by Jean-Pascal Tricoire, Chairman & CEO of Schneider 
Electric, and Olivier Blum, the Chief Strategy & Sustainability 
Officer of Schneider Electric, acts as its secretary.

2.1.4.2  Coordination and monitoring

2.1.4.2.1  The Group Sustainability department
The Sustainability department, created in 2002, has been part 
of the Strategy department since 2008. It has the following 
responsibilities:

• Schneider Electric’s sustainability strategy and rollout of action

plans at Group level with relevant entities;

• Schneider Electric’s innovative community projects to

ensure continued improvements in the Group’s performance
in this area;

• Central point of contact for internal and external stakeholders

regarding sustainability at Schneider Electric.

It is organized around four areas:

• Corporate Citizenship, specifically with the Schneider Electric
Foundation as well as local economic and social development
programs;

• Access to energy, with responsibility for the Access to Energy

program;

• Environment, with responsibility for deploying Group climate

and environmental policies, actions and strategies

• Group performance, in particular by steering the Schneider
Sustainability Impact, the Extra-Financial Performance
Declaration, the Schneider Sustainability Report, and the
integrated report.

2.1.4.2.2  Territory Sustainability Leaders
In 2021 Schneider Electric took a commitment to empower local 
communities and asked its Country and Zone Presidents to take 
three local commitments that impact their communities under the  
6 long-term commitments of the Group and adapted to the specific 
context in their countries, which resulted in 200 commitments 
taken worldwide. To manage these programs and to better answer 
the needs of Schneider’s local stakeholders, a new model for 
sustainability governance in the company was created with a 
network of 40 Territory Sustainability Leaders. This new network  
will meet every two months and will work to further instill a culture 
of sustainability at every level of the company, to empower  
every employee to act, and to innovate with disruptive  
sustainability actions.

A Group Sustainable Communities Taskforce, chaired by the 
Executive Vice-President International Operations, and composed 
of representatives of each of Schneider’s five operational regions 
and the Sustainability department, has met twice in 2021 to monitor 
the deployment of the local programs and the creation of the 
Territory Leaders network. The Taskforce will meet annually going 
forward to review progress and opportunity for global deployment 
of local initiatives.

72

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Sustainability governance at Schneider Electric

t
h
g
i
s
r
e
v
o
t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M

i

n
o
i
t
a
n
d
r
o
-
o
C

g
n
i
r
o
t
i
n
o
m
d
n
a

i

n
o
s
u
f
f
i

D

Board of Directors 
Human Resources & CSR 
Committee 

•  Approve the sustainability 

strategy and SSI

•  Approve LTIP and STIP  
for the Chairman & CEO

Executive Committee 
Group Sustainability Committee

Stakeholder Committee

•  Validate strategy and 
alignment with the  
United Nations SDGs

•  Challenge and monitor global 
sustainability performance 
and progress of initiatives 

•  Participate, challenge and 
oversee the execution 
of Schneider’s Purpose, 
Sustainability strategy and 
delivery of long- and short-
term commitments

2.

Sustainability department and local sustainability leads

•  Co-ordinates and monitors the sustainability strategy and performance
•  Manage innovation projects
•  Lead the relationships between internal and external stakeholders

360-degree ESG 
implementation

Businesses and  
corporate functions
• 

Implement strategy and 
Company programs and 
policies

•  Execute sustainability 

objectives (SSI, variable 
compensation)
•  Support awareness
• 

Innovate

360-degree ESG vision

SSI Steering Committee
•  Establish dialogue with the 
entire company to boost 
ambition, innovation and 
integrate all challenges
•  Co-develops new SSI 

programs

•  Representatives from 
Executive Committee, 
operational activities and 
central functions

Network and expert 
committees

Schneider Electric has 
expert committees* on 
dedicated and material 
topics, in particular: 
•  Climate 
•  Environment 
•  Human rights 
•  Governance 
•  Ethics
•  Citizenship
•  Diversity & Inclusion

All employees

Sustainability Fellows network, Volunteers, Schneider Electric Foundation delegates 

*  Non-exhaustive list: Access to Energy Committee, Carbon Committee, SERE (Safety Environment Real Estate) Committee, Ethics Committee & Fraud Committee, Duty 
of Vigilance Committee, Foundation’s Executive Committee & Schneider VolunteerIn Board, HR Committee, Diversity & Inclusion Committee, SSI pilots, and sponsors.

2.1.4.3.3  Other key organizations
Several other Committees and organizations drive progress  
on all pillars of the sustainability strategy, for instance:
•  Global Supply Chain organization, with responsibilities including 

safety and the environment;
•  Human Resources organization;
•  The Ethics & Compliance organization.

2.1.4.3  Diffusion

2.1.4.3.1  The Schneider Sustainability Impact 
Steering Committee
In 2020, a specific SSI Steering Committee was created, with 
about 50 members: representants of each Executive Committee 
member, each geography, function, and business unit. Three all-
hands workshops took place, and the sustainability team organized 
individual follow up interviews with each member to define precise 
and measurable programs for the 2021 – 2025 SSI.

2.1.4.3.2  SSI and SSE pilots and sponsors
The execution of Schneider Sustainability Impact and Schneider 
Sustainability Essentials programs is ensured, for each program, 
by operational managers or “pilots”, and SVP-level as well as 
Executive Committee level sponsors.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

73

 
 
 
 
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.1  Sustainability at the heart of our strategy

2.1.4.4  Internal governance model

Internal policies create the backbone of an organization’s 
compliance and security program. They ensure employees 
understand how to implement critical tasks and meet behavior 
expectations. Regulators have made clear the need for effective 
policy development and management programs. It is no longer 
enough to merely document the existence of policies and 
procedures. 

Organizations must be able to demonstrate that employees know, 
understand and apply them. In other words, simply developing 
and publishing policies is no longer sufficient in the eyes of our 
stakeholders (NGOs, regulators, customers, financial partners, 
etc.). To that end, Schneider Electric has established a four tier  
form of documentation pyramid of norms, under the umbrella of 
its Code of Conduct called the Trust Charter, strengthened by 
policies, standards, procedures, and guidelines. 

Policies consist of formal statements produced and supported by 
the leadership team, that state where the organization stands on 
important issues. Schneider has around 85 global policies. The 
Schneider Electric Global Policy Management Policy provides  
the rules to be followed for global policies. 

Standards defined in these internal policies assign quantifiable 
measures and define acceptable level of quality. They aim to make 
a policy more meaningful and effective. Procedures establish the 
proper steps to take to operationalize a policy and/or standard. 
Finally, guidelines provide additional guidance with a set of 
recommendations to clarify expectations in relation to a  
given procedure.

Trust Charter 
In 2021, Schneider Electric evolved its Principles of Responsibility 
to the Trust Charter, acting as its Code of Conduct and 
demonstrating its commitment to ethics, safety, sustainability, 
quality, and cybersecurity. It is an executive summary of our 
policies and a guide on how we work. It is available publicly on our 
website in 30 languages. Further details are provided on page 94.

Human rights & corporate citizenship
In 2017, Schneider Electric drafted a specific Human Rights Policy 
as part of a broader program on duty of vigilance in its value chain 
and in line with the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business 
and Human Rights (see page 106). 

Human resources and safety
The Group’s Human Resources policies cover the following topics: 
diversity, equity and inclusion, health & well-being, safety, security  
and travel, employee engagement, family leave, anti-harassment, 
recruiting, international mobility, training, human capital 
development, talent identification, total remuneration, social 
benefits, and COVID-19. These apply to the Group and are 
accompanied by global processes.

Ethical business conduct
In addition to the Trust Charter, different policies bolster the  
Group’s commitments in terms of business ethics and integrity.  
The Business Agents Policy specifies the rules to be followed when 
an external stakeholder is solicited to get a deal and integrates 
the approval process of business agents. The Internal Fraud 
Investigation directive indicates the commitment to whistleblower 

protection. The Gifts & Hospitality Policy was approved by the 
Group’s CEO in December 2015 and updated in 2021 before local 
deployment. It is supplemented by an anti-corruption Code of 
Conduct detailing related processes. Other policies cover social 
media management, competition law, conflict of interest, export 
control, etc. 

Cybersecurity, data privacy and protection
With the acceleration of the digitalization, Schneider Electric 
developed many policies to reinforce its cybersecurity and respect 
personal data and privacy, such as IT asset management and 
usage, acceptable use of assets, general information security, 
data classification, global data privacy, user access management 
policy, email security policy, and many others. It is the pillar 
containing the most policies.

Climate and resources
Schneider Electric’s environmental policy aims to improve 
industrial processes, reinforce product EcoDesign and incorporate 
Group customers’ concerns about environmental protection by 
providing them with product and service solutions. It is bolstered by 
the Energy and Environment policies. These policies apply to the 
Group and are accompanied by global action plans. 

Responsible sourcing
In 2016, Schneider Electric renewed the charter for its suppliers, 
called the Supplier Guide Book. The first chapter of this book 
sets out the Group’s sustainability expectations in five areas: 
environment, fair and ethical business practices, sustainable 
purchasing, working conditions, and human rights. These 
requirements are detailed in a dedicated document called  
the Supplier Code of Conduct. In 2018, the Group adopted 
the Responsible Business Alliance (RBA) Code of Conduct for 
suppliers. In October 2021, Schneider renewed its Supplier Code 
of Conduct whereby it requires all its suppliers to review their own 
operations, take ambitious targets, and initiate bold actions in the 
areas mentioned in this Supplier Code of Conduct.

Strive for high quality
Schneider’s priority is to delight its customers with an outstanding 
end-to-end experience. Quality is every customer’s right and every 
employee’s responsibility. Experience is the most important driver 
for customers, defining the business relationships they sustain with 
suppliers and partners. The Group’s customers place trust in its 
resilient, highly personalized, multi-channel experience, and the 
superior quality of its products. To ensure this, the company acts 
with agility, discipline, and good business sense throughout the 
offer life cycle from creation to supply, manufacturing, delivery, 
when in operation and when being serviced. The Group has 
deployed a specific Quality Directive “Managing Customer Safety 
Risks” and a Quality Procedure “Offer Safety Review” to protect its 
customers. They are supported by a robust Quality Management 
System, which is improved continuously to fulfill expectations of all 
relevant parties. It is in full alignment with the Trust Charter as well 
as in compliance with ISO 9001 standard.

74

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.1.5 Open dialog with stakeholders

2.1.5.1 Focused dialog with clearly 
identified stakeholders

This diagram is an overview of sector stakeholders proposed in 
France by Gimélec, the French trade association for electrical 
equipment, automation, and related services.

Schneider Electric engages in open and continuous dialog with 
each of its stakeholders. In particular, the Sustainability department 
takes into account the comments, ratings, and evaluations from 
stakeholders on the Group’s Sustainability Policy and programs. 
This feedback is integrated into the drawing up of the registration 
document, the Group corporate brochure (Schneider Sustainability 
Report), the integrated report, and new improvement plans 
throughout the Company program, as well as during the design 
of the SSI every three years.

s t o m e r s

u

C

Buildings,
Industry,
Infrastructure
and Energy

Civilsociety

Non-Governmental
Organizations,
Media, etc.

Contractors,
Integrators,
OEM, Systems
Manufacturers,
Distributors

Local Residents
and Territorial
Collectivities

Suppliers and
Subcontractors

Employees

Gimélec
companies

Shareholders,
Investors, Banks
and Insurers

Authorities and
Global Compact

s
r
e
n
t
r
a
P

Groups and 
Professional
Unions,
Consortiums,
JV, etc.

2.

S

o

c

i

a

l

Social
Partners 
and Bodies,
UIMM, etc.

SRI, Financial and 
Extra-Financial 
Analysts, etc.

F

i

n

a

n

c

i
a
l

Standardization
Bodies IEC
and Product
Certification

Other Standardization
Bodies, Teaching and
Research, Independent
Experts, etc.

Technica l

Legislators,
European
Commission 
ILO, OECD, etc.

al
n

In stitutio

The table below presents the major dialog channels with stakeholders. It is not exhaustive.

Stakeholder

Dialog

Customers

Quarterly customer satisfaction surveys 

Co-innovation programs

Online publication of environmental information on products

Department

Quality, Customer Satisfaction, 
R&D, Sales, EcoDesign

Financial

Quarterly conference calls to present financial and extra-financial information, 
meetings and plenary meetings

Finance, Secretary of the 
Board, Sustainability

Regular meetings with individual shareholders

Quarterly newsletters to shareholders

Response to extra-financial rating questionnaires 

Individual meetings with SRI analysts

Response to SRI analyst questions

Partners

Purchaser/supplier meetings

Suppliers’ day

Supplier qualification process

Awareness-raising about the United Nations Global Compact and ISO 26000

Participation in commissions and work groups on the sustainability of 
professional groups

Social

Yearly employee satisfaction survey

Social dialog with employee representation bodies

Sustainability Open lines

Procurement, Environment, 
R&D, Businesses, 
Sustainability

Human Resources, 
Sustainability

Technical

Collaborative approach, creation, and participation in competitiveness cluster 
initiatives, R&D programs, university chairs, and professional associations

R&D, Activities, Environment

Active participation in international standardization bodies

PEP Ecopassport program

Institutional Commitment to and promotion of the United Nations Global Compact

Relationships with public authorities, legislators, and the European Commission, 
especially in the field of energy efficiency

Civil society Participation in working groups and local and international organizations on 

challenges within our industry

Community programs

Partnerships with local NGOs

Sustainability, Purchases, 
Influence

According to subject and 
audience, Foundation, and 
Access to Energy program

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

75

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.1  Sustainability at the heart of our strategy

2.1.5.2  Materiality analysis

2020 methodology
In 2020, Schneider Electric built its third materiality matrix by 
questioning external stakeholders (e.g., customers, suppliers, 
international organizations, trade associations, experts, 
shareholders) and top and senior managers within the Group, 
including the Executive Committee. Nearly 200 stakeholders  
have been consulted in total (143 through an internal survey,  
54 interviewed in person).

Participants were first asked what they felt were the key  
worldwide trends most likely to impact Schneider Electric in the 
future, before being asked to assess the significance of 31 issues 
according to a quantitative scoring scale. Then, participants were  
interviewed for qualitative evaluation and justification of the 
given scores. Participants were guided to prioritize the most 
transformative issues.

Issues were scored according to their importance as follows:

Important

1  Medium or low importance
2 
3  Critical
4  Chosen in top three most critical topics

These surveys and interviews also enabled Schneider Electric to 
consolidate the relationship with its stakeholders and learn about 
their expectations. Beforehand, the challenges were defined 
using a study of the sector’s stakes (analysis of the different 
CSR guidelines, sector benchmarks, etc.) and a comparison 
with the 2017 materiality analysis. With the help of consulting 
firm Utopies, the aim is to ensure that Schneider Electric reports 
on the most important economic, social, and environmental 
challenges; identifies current and future opportunities and risks 
for the business; and updates its sustainability agenda with key 
stakeholders’ expectations. In particular, the materiality matrix 
was one of the sources used to design the 2021-2025 Schneider 
Sustainability Impact and Schneider Sustainability Essentials, and 
to confirm the topics to be addressed in the registration document.

Key learnings
Overall, stakeholders point to growing instability – whether 
environmental, social, political, or economic. This creates 
uncertainties for businesses, which should work on building 
resilience:

• 

•  Climate is the main trend identified externally and internally.  
It includes the trend for energy transition and electrification,  
on which external stakeholders expect Schneider Electric  
to take the lead. 
Inclusion and the need for a just transition covering the 
Company’s extended responsibility to its ecosystem, in 
particular in the supply chain, to ensure the low-carbon transition 
equally benefits all. Stakeholders also mentioned the growing 
expectations in providing ethical and sustainable products.
•  Resilience, and the move towards more local supply chains, 

specifically post-COVID-19, can be a way to mitigate 
geopolitical uncertainty and a rise in protectionism.

•  Ethics in digital: the growth of digitalization and the need for 
stronger ethics represents both an opportunity and a risk for 
Schneider Electric. This covers topics such as the power of data 
and the ethical use required, the opportunities and dangers of 
Artificial Intelligence (AI), as well as people’s well-being, or job 
security in a transitioning world. 

•  Resource scarcity and circular economy showed very high 

expectations internally. 

During the discussions, some elements were often mentioned:

1.  The vision of the Group, endorsing the link between 

sustainability and digital, is complex and not always easy to 
understand for non-experts. Schneider Electric could be more 
pedagogic in its advocacy.

2.  There are high expectations for Schneider to become a globally 
recognized leader for a decarbonized world, with its products 
and solutions, and in terms of thought leadership.

3.  All 31 topics are deemed important, reinforcing our holistic vision 
of sustainability. Issues were prioritized based on three groups:
 − Licence to operate – fundamental “must have” topics such  

as product quality and safety, and cybersecurity.

 − Standard issues – topics which are on track, and on which 
Schneider Electric must remain mobilized (e.g., health and 
security, environmental excellence, corruption).

 − Key transformational topics – those which have the potential 
to transform markets and differentiate Schneider Electric 
from others (e.g., climate change engagement, circular 
economy, human engagement).

4.  The SSI is a renowned and transformative program which is a 

source of pride internally, and recognition externally, but which 
needs a new lease of life: simplified, with increased internal  
buy-in and awareness.

76

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Materiality matrix

3.5

3.0

2.5

Being exemplary in the management
of our customers and partners data

Facilitating renewable energy production

Ensuring customer due diligence 

Becoming a key player
in electric mobility

 Ensuring social dialogue 

Ensuring digital 
sobriety

Contributing to
the fight against
energy poverty

Ensuring an expert and representative  
governance for long term sustainable value

Guaranteeing high social  
and environmental standards  
for subcontractors and suppliers  

Guaranteeing optimal
working health and
safety conditions
for our employees

Developing regional
value chains

Ensuring exemplary 
tax practices

2.0

Ensuring an 
exemplary 
influence policy

 Limiting global impact on biodiversity,
in our whole value chain

Contributing to training and education 
in energy & digital professions

Aiming for environmental  
excellence at our sites

Supporting our employees in the  
transformation of their profession

Ensuring our employees  
well-being in and out of  
the workplace

Ensuring fair pay for
our employees

Being a recognized access  
to energy player

1.5

1.5

l

s
r
e
d
o
h
e
k
a
t
s

l

a
n
r
e
t
x
E

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Becoming a key player for a net zero carbon built environment*

Decarbonizing our supply chain 

Becoming a leader of the circular  
economy and rethinking our  
resource footprint

2.

Guaranteeing a 100%  
responsible offer

Being a role model in  
the effective reduction  
of our own CO2 emissions

Guaranteeing cybersecurity  
of products and solutions

Guaranteeing quality and safety of products

Actively contributing to  
the rise of the industry 4.0

Aiming for zero corruption at all levels,  
in the whole value chain

Promoting diversity and inclusion in all  
our professions, countries and operations

Advocating an all electric and all digital world

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

Internal Stakeholders

Environment

Governance and Ethics

Mission

Product stewardship

Social

Society

Sustainable supply chain

Top four expectations
The materiality matrix above displays the results of the analysis, which can be summarized in four megatrends:

1

Leading climate 
action in our 
ecosystem with  
our partners.

2

Pioneering circular 
economy and 
being efficient with 
resources.

3

Ensuring a fair 
transition and 
guaranteeing high 
ethical, social, and 
environmental 
standards along more 
local value chains.

4

Leverage digital in 
cybersecure solutions 
to boost positive 
impact.

The 2021 registration document, Schneider Electric’s commitments for the climate (see page 126), and the 2021-2025 Schneider 
Sustainability Impact cover all these priority challenges through Group policies, improvement plans, indicators, and short or long-term goals.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

77

 
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.1  Sustainability at the heart of our strategy

2.1.5.3  Global and local external commitments to move forward collectively

Schneider Electric works with different local and international organizations and associations on economic, social, and environmental  
issues to foster sustainability in cooperation with various players. Schneider confirms its commitment to and participation in discussions  
on challenges related to climate change. In the following table we present Schneider’s main memberships.

Topic

Commitment

Sustainable  
governance and  
cross-functional  
topics

Climate

Cybersecurity

International: World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD); United Nations Global Compact 
(Board); Business for Inclusive Growth coalition (B4IG); International Chamber of Commerce (ICC, Environmental 
and Energy commission); Business for Social Responsibility (BSR).

Europe: International Business Europe; CEO Alliance; Energy Solutions; European Partnership for Energy  
and the Environment (EPEE); VDMA (network organization for the mechanical engineering industry in Germany 
and Europe).

France: French trade association for electrical equipment, automation, and related services (Gimélec);  
French Study Center for Corporate Social Responsibility (ORSE, Board); Entreprises pour l’Environnement (EpE); 
French Association of Private Sector Companies (AFEP); French Business Confederation (MEDEF); French trade 
association for electronic, electric, and communication equipment (FIEEC); French Chamber of Commerce and 
Industry (CCI France, Environmental and Energy commission).

United States: National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA, Chair), National Association of 
Manufacturers (NAM, Executive Committee); Information Technology Industry Council (ITI).

United Kingdom: BEAMA (UK trade association for manufacturers and providers of energy infrastructure 
technologies and systems).

International: Energy Transitions Commission (ETC); signatory of the United Nations Global Compact Business 
Ambition for 1.5°C Pledge; Carbon Pricing Leadership Coalition; Caring for Climate; The Climate Group and We 
Mean Business (RE100, EP100, EV100, Responsible Climate Policy, Report Climate Change Information/TCFD); 
Business Climate Summit; Clinton Climate Initiative; The 2°C Challenge Communiqué; White House Pledge; 
Global Footprint Network.

France: EpE (ZEN 2050); French Business Climate Pledge; Climate Chance.

International: ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 27: Information security, cybersecurity, and privacy protection; IEC/TC65/
WG10: Security for industrial process measurement and control – Network and system security; IEC/ACSEC 
(Advisory Committee on Information security and data privacy), IT Industry Council (Board and Cybersecurity 
Chair).

Europe: CEN/CLC/JTC 13 – Cybersecurity and Data Protection; CLC/TC 65X – Industrial-process measurement, 
control, and automation; Digital Europe (board); The European cybersecurity organization (ECSO, convenorship 
of the group in charge of the standardization, certification, and supply chain management aspects); EG2 group 
(part of the European Commission Smart Grid task force, in charge of advising it for a future network code for 
electricity supply cybersecurity). 

National: IEEE Power System Communications & Cybersecurity Committee (PSCC); ISA99: Industrial 
Automation and Control Systems Security; The Cybersecurity Coalition.

Energy/ Energy 
efficiency/ Electric 
mobility/ Digital/ 
Renewables

International: Alliance to Save Energy; The Green Grid (Board); eu.bac (the European association for building 
automation and controls – energy efficiency in buildings); Orgalim; CAPIEL/CECAPI (CAPIEL vice Chair; Impact 
of Digitization for Buildings; Smart buildings); Global Alliance for Building and Construction (GABC); Energy 
Solutions; CEO Alliance.

Europe: European Alliance to Save Energy (Vice-chair); Energy Solutions; Solar Power Europe; Wind Europe.

France: National Industry Council; National Energy Transition Council, Green Building Plan; Promodul, financing 
company for energy transition; Avere (Electric Vehicle Association, Board and Vice-Chair); IFPEB (Institut 
français pour la performance énergétique du bâtiment); Industry of the Future Alliance; P2E Initiative; Ignes 
(digital, energetic, and security engineering industries); France Data Centers; Comité Stratégique de Filière 
(CSF); Industries des Nouveaux Systèmes énergétiques; Minalogic, Conseil National de l’industrie.

Industry 4.0 and Smart 
Manufacturing

Industry 4.0 enables smart manufacturing with a wide offer of information and operational technologies as  
well as communication technology. The acceleration of digitization, software, and data in the industrial field  
is orchestrated by Industry 4.0 for more interoperability, efficiency, and value creation.

International: OPC Foundation (Board, CTO); FDT Group (Board); FieldComm Group (FCG, Board); ECLASS 
(Board); AutomationML (Board); Open Process Automation Forum (OPAF); Industrial Digital Twin Association 
(IDTA, Chair); Digital Twin Consortia (DTC); Industrial Automation and Control Systems Security (ISA 99); Edge 
Computing Consortium (ECC); IEC TC65 (Industrial-process measurement, control, and automation, Secretary 
and chair of Sub-committees); ISO TC184 (Automation systems and integration, Chair); ISO/IEC JTC1 SC 41 
(IIOT and Digital Twin); CEN/CENELEC ISO joint working group on CyberSecurity; ISO Smart Manufacturing 
Coordination Committee; IEC Smart Manufacturing System Committee, Universal Automation.Org (UAO, 
President of the Board) for distributed control and Orchestration.

National: Industrie 4.0 (Germany); Alliance Industrie Du Futur (France); Piano Industria 4.0 (Italia),  
Smart Manufacturing (USA); International Coalition for Intelligent Manufacturing (China).

78

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Topic

Commitment

Smart grids and 
sustainable cities

International: Grid Edge Executive Council (Greentech Media); OpenADR Alliance; Peak Load Management 
Alliance; IEEE (T&D and Power and Electronics Society); Association of Energy Service Professionals (AESP); 
Association for an Energy Efficient Economy (AEEE); Urban Infrastructure Initiative led by the WBCSD;  
Electric Drive Transportation Association (EDTA); ISGAN (International Smart Grid Action Network); 

Europe: T&D Europe (the European association of the electricity transmission and distribution equipment and 
services industry, President, Executive Committee), Orgalim (Infrastructure Task Force); CAPIEL (European 
Coordinating Committee of Manufacturers of Electrical Switchgear and Controlgear); smartEn (Smart Energy 
Europe, Chairman of the Board); 

2.

Circular economy  
and product 
environmental 
performance

Access to energy

Diversity, Equity and 
Inclusion

United States: Research Triangle Cleantech Cluster (Raleigh, North Carolina); Fort Collins Cleantech Cluster 
(Colorado); Bay Area Climate Collaborative (SF Bay); North American Electric Reliability Council (NERC, 
Functional Model Demand Response Advisory Team); Pacific Northwest Demand Response program;  
Think Smart grids; Tenerrdis Energy Cluster. 

Circular economy initiatives and product environmental performance deliver product with lower environmental 
impact and full transparency on environmental attributes.

International: Ellen MacArthur Foundation membership; PEP ecoPassport (Product Environment Profile, 
Presidency), PEP ecoPassport was selected by EU as leader of PEF (Product Environment Footprint) 
experimentation phase (2020-2021) for EEE cluster (Electric and Electronic Equipment), for promotion  
of transparent, robust and digital Product Environmental information; 

National Initiatives: AFEP (Circular economy working group); AFNOR Circular Economy; Gimélec (chairmanship 
of strategic taskforce for Circular Economy); MTES/Feuille de Route Économie Circulaire (active contributions, 
working groups).

Access to energy is a fundamental human right and a means for social and economic development. The pooling 
of forces and the sharing of knowledge between actors are essential to advance public policies, capacity 
building, new technologies or innovative financing.

International: Alliance for Rural Electrification (ARE); Sustainable Energy for all (SE4ALL); International Finance 
Corporation (IFC) Energy2Equal initiative (Empowering Women in Africa’s Renewable Energy Sector); Solar 
Impulse Foundation. 

National Initiatives: ADEME (French Ecological Transition Agency); Renewable Energy Trade Association 
(SER); HEC Movement for Social & Business Impact.

Schneider Electric’s diversity, equity, and inclusion ambition is to offer equal opportunities to everyone 
everywhere. The Group wants its employees – no matter who they are, or where in the world they live – to feel 
uniquely valued and safe to contribute their best. Promoting diversity, equity, and inclusion is a moral as well  
as a business imperative as a diversity of people and an environment of inclusion leads to greater engagement, 
performance, and innovation.

International: Signatory of the United Nations Women’s Empowerment Principles (WEP); Committed to the UN 
Generation Equality Forum; Signatory of the OECD Global Deal; Member of the World Economic Forum (WEF) 
Partnership for New Work Standards; Signatory of the Women’s Forum climate charter; Member of the ILO Global 
Business and Disability Network (GBDN); Member of the Gender and Diversity KPI Alliance (GDKA).

National Initiatives: Diversity Charter; Agreement for professional gender equality; Parenthood Charter; 
Disability Agreement; Agreement on inter-generational mechanism; Apprenticeship Agreement; Signatory  
of PaQte, a collective of companies working to be more inclusive with specific action plans for working-class 
neighborhood; Youth and regional development with associations (FACE, 100 Chances 100 Emplois, Energie 
Jeunes, ADIE, GEFLUC).

Education

International: Training program in energy management for disadvantaged people, in partnership with local 
vocational training centers and/or national or international non-profit organizations.

National Initiatives: Schneider electric school, framework agreements with the Ministry of National Education, 
Higher Education and Research, partnerships with the continuing education network of UIMM, Ingénieurs  
Pour l’École network (IPE), selected by the Ministry of Education for the Digital School project.

Ethics  
and human rights

International: Transparency International, Global Compact LEAD (Decent Work in Global Supply Chains); 
Member and co-leader of the B4IG coalition’s “Advancing human rights in direct operations and supply chains” 
working group; IDH - The Sustainable Trade Initiative.

Biodiversity

Philanthropy

National Initiatives: Cercle éthique des affaires (Business ethics club, Board of Directors); Club Droits Humains 
(Human rights club) of Global Compact France; Entreprises pour les droits de l’homme (Businesses for  
Human Rights).

Livelihoods (carbon offset fund for biodiversity and rural communities), act4Nature Initiative; Caisse des Dépôts 
et Consignations (CDC) – Positive Biodiversity Businesses club (B4B+) membership.

International: International Association for Volunteer Effort (IAVE), more than 70 NGOs supported each year  
in over 35 countries; The European Venture Philanthropy Association (EVPA).

National Initiatives: Fondation de France, Admical (Association pour le développement du mécénat industriel  
et commercial, member of the European network CERES); IMS-Entreprendre pour la cité; Centre français 
des fonds et fondations; Alliance pour le Mécénat de compétences. The Rénovons initiative/CLER the energy 
transition network; Hope, la chaire pour lutter contre la Précarité Energétique/Fondation Grenoble INP;  
Stop à l’exclusion énergétique/Fondation des transitions.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

79

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.1  Sustainability at the heart of our strategy

2.1.5.4  Schneider Electric contribution  
to standardization

With many experts actively participating in international and 
national standardization bodies, Schneider Electric is making  
a decisive contribution to the creation and distribution of standards 
that ensure the safety and reliability of electric facilities and 
equipment, and address their environmental impacts all along  
their life cycle to prepare for a better circular economy, support  
the new energy landscape with the goal of greener energy 
integration, safer energy delivery and better integration of 
prosumers, support the digital transformation of the industry  
and any other customer values.

Schneider is very active in international committees, covering also 
National Committees in US, China, India and historically Europe. 
CEN (European Standardization Committee), CENELEC (European 
Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization) and ETSI 
(European Telecommunications Standards Institute) are the  
three official European standardization bodies. 

CEN-CENELEC-ETSI serve as a main contributor of the  
French electrotechnical institute, which is a founding member  
of international (IEC – International Electrotechnical Commission) 
and European (CENELEC) organizations.

CEN
CEN is an association that brings together the National 
Standardization Bodies of 34 European countries. CEN provides 
a platform for the development of European Standards and other 
technical documents in relation to various kinds of products, 
materials, services and processes. CEN supports standardization 
activities in relation to a wide range of fields and sectors including: 
air and space, chemicals, construction, consumer products, 
defence and security, energy, the environment, food and feed, 
health and safety, healthcare, ICT, machinery, materials, pressure 
equipment, services, smart living, transport and packaging.

CENELEC
CENELEC is an association that brings together the National 
Electrotechnical Committees of 34 European countries. CENELEC 
prepares voluntary standards in the electrotechnical field, which 
help facilitate trade between countries, create new markets, 
cut compliance costs and support the development of a Single 
European Market. CENELEC supports standardization activities 
in relation to a wide range of fields and sectors including: 
Electromagnetic compatibility, Accumulators, primary cells and 
primary batteries, Insulated wire and cable, Electrical equipment 
and apparatus, Electronic, electromechanical and electrotechnical 
supplies, Electric motors and transformers, Lighting equipment and 
electric lamps, Low Voltage electrical installations material, Electric 
vehicles railways, smart grid, smart metering, solar (photovoltaic) 
electricity systems, etc.

ETSI 
ETSI creates globally applicable standards for information and 
communications technologies (ICT), including fixed, mobile, radio, 
converged, broadcast and internet technologies. Authorized by the 
European Union, ETSI implements legislation governing electronic 
use and other EU initiatives

IEC
The IEC is a global, not-for-profit membership organization that 
brings together more than 170 countries and coordinates the work 
of 20,000 experts globally. The IEC publishes around 10,000 IEC 
International Standards which together with conformity assessment 
provide the technical framework that allows governments to build 
national quality infrastructure and companies of all sizes to buy and 
sell consistently safe and reliable products in most countries of the 
world. IEC International Standards serve as the basis for risk and 
quality management and are used in testing and certification to 
verify that manufacturer promises are kept.

Smart grids and sustainable cities
Involved in IEC and CENELEC, at governance and technical levels, 
Schneider Electric participates actively in the standardization 
of smart grids, for which it leads the definition of standards and 
the standardization roadmap within the European smart grids 
coordination group, as well as the group in charge of standardizing 
the interfaces between smart buildings and smart grids.

• 

•  Schneider co-chairs the Smart Energy Grid coordination group 
of the CEN-CENELEC-ETSI responsible for ensuring availability 
of an appropriate set of standards for the rollout of smart grids  
in Europe, as well as supporting the coming new legislative 
“Clean Energy Package”.
It chairs the group at the IEC level in charge of defining the 
roadmap of international standards to support the rollout of the 
Smart Energy sector (smart grids, in addition to interfaces with 
other energies). This roadmap also includes cybersecurity and 
resilience, as well as the impact of the IoT. 
It chairs and actively contributes to the definition of Prosumer’s 
electrical installations, installations integrating local production 
such as PV, wind, storage to ensure they are designed and 
erected with a high level of safety and efficiency. 
It chairs the IEC’s Advisory Committee for Energy Efficiency 
(ACEE) and chairs the Advisory Committee on Safety (ACOS).

• 

• 

Circular economy and product environmental 
performance
Schneider contributed to the European Commission’s Circular 
Economy package, with CEN-CENELEC-ETSI developed a set of 
published standards assessing durability, reparability, reusability, 
recyclability, ability to be remanufactured, etc. which fall within the 
scope of the EcoDesign directive. Schneider has appointed active 
experts in each of the working groups.

It contributes to the terminology of circular economy being the first 
step of the digitalization of this topic, and also contributes to the 
material efficiency within environmentally conscious design, to the 
life cycle assessment product category rules and specific rules for 
high and low voltage equipment, and to greenhouse gas emission 
reduction quantification.

Standardization to accelerate environmental 
transformation
Since February 2007, Schneider has represented France on  
the IEC’s Advisory Committee for Environmental Aspects (ACEA). 
ACEA works to advise and coordinate the IEC’s efforts to tackle 
environmental issues.

80

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

It is particularly heavily involved in the working group on 
sustainability (chairing environment and circular economy 
groups) and in the work on the rational use of energy.
It chairs the IEC TC111 Committee on Environmental 
standardization of Electric and Electronic Equipment and  
IEC TC 23 Electrical Accessories (protection devices, wiring 
devices, home and building control systems). 
It is the secretary of IEC SC23K on Energy Efficiency Products, 
Systems and Solutions.
In 2018 it led the UPS manufacturers’ group in the EU 
Commission’s Product Environmental Footprint (PEF) pilots  
for defining rules to assess the PEF of products put on the  
EU market, prior to its implementation of the European policy.
It chairs ISO TC 184 (Automation systems and integration). 

Digital transformation
Digitization is the key driver for the advanced manufacturing, 
optimizing the production with more flexibility, more interoperability, 
more predictability, and continuity, providing a new level of system 
efficiency and sustainability. More data, software and tools 
enabling virtual descriptions, defined in digital twins, creating  
new capabilities and services combined with Machine learning  
and Artificial Intelligence. 

That’s why Schneider Electric is strongly involved in ISO and IEC 
technical committees, and association like Industrial Digital Twin 
Association to deep dive and deploy the Asset Administration Shell 
through industrial Use Cases of the standardized digital twin and 
in Universal Automation.Org, to address a more functional and 
distributed approach for the orchestration of industrial systems. 

National committees
Schneider Electric chairs many French standardization committees 
hosted by AFNOR (French standards organization) and in other 
national committees, such as the chair of the French and Swedish 
Committees for environmental standardization and the French 
Committee on Circular Economy. It was a major contributor to 
smart manufacturing initiatives such as the AIF in France. Notably, 
it is a member of the Council Board and of the IEC Conformity 
Assessment Board.

2.1.6  Main ESG risks and 
opportunities

2.1.6.1  Evaluation methodology

As part of its Extra-Financial Performance Declaration, the Group 
presents the main risks and opportunities identified with respect  
to major societal challenges in this section.

In order to compile the list of main extra-financial risks for the 
Group, a panel of both internal and external tools is used to 
address the expectations of its stakeholders as best as possible. 

The Group Sustainability team leads the evaluation, working in 
close collaboration with the Group Risk Management function  
and with the Duty of Vigilance Committee.

The Group’s corporate governance bodies supervise the 
development of internal control and risk management systems.  
The Audit & Risks Committee has particular responsibility 
for following up on the efficiency of internal control and risk 
management systems and reports to the Board of Directors.

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Internal tools:

•  A regular stakeholder consultation (materiality assessment  
and matrix), at least once every three years (last exercise  
done in 2020);

•  The Group risk matrix, led by the Group Risk Management 

function, updated every year;

•  Specific committees (Carbon, Human Resources, Ethics, etc.);
•  Vigilance risks matrix.

Continuous monitoring of external signals and international 
frameworks:

•  Regulatory framework: the key topics listed under Article  

R. 225-105 of the French Commercial Code (Extra-Financial 
Performance Declaration);
International institutions/organizations (United Nations Global 
Compact and SDGs);

• 

•  Environment, Social, and Governance (ESG) rating agencies;
•  Specific requests from investors and customers;
•  Recommendations from the Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD), and various frameworks  
(SASB, GRI, etc.).

The analysis covers the entire value chain of the Group and 
its stakeholders: suppliers and subcontractors, transactions, 
customers, as well as Schneider Electric’s scope – extending to 
the activities at its Foundation – on cross-functional, environmental, 
social, and societal topics, human rights, and anti-corruption,  
with a double materiality approach.

Each topic is monitored by the relevant departments and their 
management teams, or “Risk Overseers”, who are in charge of 
proper risk assessments and the implementation of mitigation  
and prevention actions. The main departments and managers are:

•  Sustainability, Access to Energy, and Environment, and the 

Global Sustainability SVP and Chief Strategy & Sustainability 
Officer;

•  Human Resources and the Chief Human Resources Officer;
•  Procurement and the Chief Procurement Officer;
•  Governance, Safety, and Ethics, and the Chief Compliance 

Officer and Chief Governance Officer.

The main identified risks are quantified on probability of occurrence 
and magnitude of impact by these departments to determine gross 
risks, and an assessment of current mitigation measures informs on 
potential net impacts. Extra-financial risks presented here are gross 
risks, i.e., absolute risks before a mitigation plan is implemented. 
The main net extra-financial risks are presented in “Chapter 3,  
How we manage risks at Schneider Electric”, page 243. 

On this basis, the list of extra-financial risks is reviewed and 
validated by relevant SVPs, the Board of Directors’ secretariat, 
Internal Audit team, Group Risk Management function and 
presented to the Human Resources & CSR Committee and  
to the Group Sustainability Committee at least every 3 years,  
in coherence with the SSI calendar.

Seven main risk categories were identified and are presented  
in detail in the following pages:
•  Business conduct
•  Corporate governance
•  Cybersecurity and data privacy
•  Environment 
•  Product, projects, system quality and offer reliability
•  Human rights
•  Responsible workplace
•  Talent development and competencies

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

81

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.1  Sustainability at the heart of our strategy

Following its assessment of material risks, Schneider Electric presents its main ESG risks  
and opportunities.

Risk description and impact

Policies

Main actions and 2021 performance

Opportunity created 

Trust Charter

Conflict of interest Policy

Competition Law Policy

•  New whistleblowing system 
in place this year called the 
Trust Line 

Increase relationship 
with suppliers to ensure 
compliance.

Business conduct

 Competition law 

Non-competitive behavior
Schneider Electric products are 
sold worldwide and are subject 
to national and supranational 
competition laws and antitrust 
regulations. Non-compliance 
could result in fines and impact 
the company’s reputation.

 Corruption and bribery

Corruption is the abuse of 
entrusted power for private  
gain. It may occur through  
third parties’ activities (partners, 
suppliers, agents, companies to 
be acquired) and cause various 
impacts for the company:
•  Reputational 
•  Legal 
•  Financial 
•  Development of the company
•  Employer brand

Trust Charter

•  Trust Line whistleblowing 

Anti-Corruption Policy

Business Agents Policy

Gifts & Hospitality Policy 

Donations Policy

Conflict of Interest Policy (new)

Business Agent Policy (new)

system 

•  Specific risk mapping 
dedicated to “Ethics & 
Compliance” risks

•  SSI #7: Measure the level of 

confidence of our employees 
to report unethical conduct: 
81% achieved, aiming for 
10pts increase by 2025
•  Four additional modules 

as part our anti-corruption 
e-learning

•  SSE #13: 100% of employees 

trained every year on 
Cybersecurity and Ethics in 
2025 (96% achieved 2021)

•  SSI 2021 performance 

reached 3.92/10, beyond 
3.75/10 target

•  Top 1% of several ESG Ratings 
Worldwide confirming we are 
headed in the right direction

•  Upgraded quarterly SSI 

reports

•  Winner of the 2021 

Transparency Awards for  
ESG information

More opportunities with actual 
and potential customers

Talent attraction and retention

Higher credibility and trust to 
support our customers in their 
Climate and Sustainability 
journey

Risks mitigation ahead of 
competition thanks to the 
SSI disruptive and virtuous 
continuous improvement 
process

Greater attractivity to investors, 
customers and talents

Strengthened partnerships 
with clients, suppliers, and 
other partners in the Group’s 
ecosystem

Anticipation of sustainability 
trends and risk mitigation

Influence other companies  
to have better practices 

Corporate governance

 Delivering on ESG performance 

Failure to achieve our long-term 
sustainability commitments
•  Brand and reputational impact 
•  Distrust from stakeholders

Internal Governance in place  
at every level (Board, Executive 
Committee, Operations) to drive 
and monitor progress

 ESG compliance

Failure to report, lack of 
transparency
New Corporate Social 
Responsibility regulations, 
Standards and market 
expectations are redefining what 
“Sustainable businesses” are
•  Brand and reputational impact 
•  Risk of exclusion from 

growing Socially Responsible 
Investment (SRI), ESG or 
green portfolios

Quarterly Schneider 
Sustainability Impact (SSI) 
public disclosure 

SSI performance embedded  
in managers’ and leaders’  
short-term incentives

Transparent public reporting 
on sustainability objectives and 
performance in quarterly SSI 
reports and in annual reports 
aligned with key frameworks 
(GRI, SASB, TCFD, WEF 
Common Metrics, SDGs) 

Regular engagement with 
stakeholders to identify  
critical sustainability topics 
(materiality analysis)

Engagement and dialog with 
investors to ensure expectations 
are met

82

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Risk description and impact

Policies

Main actions and 2021 performance

Opportunity created 

Cybersecurity and data privacy

 Business disruption

Industrial activities
Risk of a malicious exploitation or 
intrusion into the infrastructures 
of Schneider Electric production 
and distribution centers
• 

Impacts on productivity,  
data privacy, operations
•  Financial cost, and loss of 

confidence from stakeholders

Directive Site Protection

•  200+ Cybersecurity leaders 

Data center, IT Room  
and Network Enclosure  
Security Policy

IT Disaster Recovery Plan  
for Business Continuity Policy

Network Security Policy

appointed and trained

•  Operational Technologies (OT) 
workers security awareness 
deployed

•  Access level defined,  
granted, and checked  
as per the profile/need
•  Endpoints inventory and 

Acceptable Use of Assets Policy

protection

Security testing for products 
and systems 

Human resources (HR) and 
employee collaboration
Risks of HR systems disruption  
or HR data leakage
• 

Impact on business continuity, 
legal compliance and overall 
reputation

Acceptable Use of Assets Policy

Crown Jewel Security Policy

Digital Certification Policy

Email Security Policy

Personnel Management  
Security Policy

Third-Party Security Policy

User Access Management 
Policy

 Compliance

Data privacy, retention & 
residency
•  Risk of compromise, 

Data Privacy Policy

Data Classification Policy

modification or exfiltration of 
data from Schneider Electric’s 
data systems

Global Data Retention

Record Creation

•  Representing a non-

Backup and Recovery Policy

compliance to data protection 
regulations and laws as well  
as business purpose leading 
to potential penalties
•  Non-compliance to data 

protection regulations leads  
to potential fines

Log Management &  
Monitoring Policy

Acceptable Use of Assets Policy

Digital Certification Policy

• 

•  Topography of OT network, 
OT monitoring and threat 
detection, security policy 
compliance, incident  
response process
IT/OT network segmentation 
secured industrial Personal 
Computer (PCs), secure 
remote access, backup 
restore for PCs and 
Programmable Logic 
Controller (PLCs)

•  Cybersecurity Charter shared 
and signed by all employees 
and contractors

•  All employees trained every 
year on Cybersecurity and 
Ethics; dedicated mandatory 
training for high-value asset 
administrators

•  Monthly phishing campaigns
•  Data protection and cleanup 

yearly campaign 

•  Yearly access audits on all  

HR applications

•  Data Protection Impact 

Assessments for high-risk 
applications

•  External pen tests performed 

on all high-value asset 
applications

•  Background verification 

checks in accordance with 
relevant laws and regulations

•  Mandatory Cybersecurity  
& Data Privacy annual  
training sessions

•  Data privacy champions 

appointed

•  Annual review of all policies
•  Data Retention implemented 

by area

•  Sensitivity label feature 

enabled on Microsoft Office 
365 Suite for all employees

Improved supply chain 
resilience

Greater confidence of our 
customers and partners into 
our supply chain and products 

2.

Market access to critical 
infrastructures/customers

Advanced discussions 
with authorities and greater 
collaboration on safety  
and security

Attractiveness of Schneider 
Electric for prospective 
candidates aligned with  
Trust Charter commitments 

Increase sentiment of trust  
for our customers, partners  
and larger community

Prove alignment to regulations 
and devotion to ESG 
requirements

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

83

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.1  Sustainability at the heart of our strategy

Risk description and impact

Policies

Main actions and 2021 performance

Opportunity created 

Cybersecurity and data privacy (continued)

 Damage to customers assets

Field services operations & 
remote customer support
Risk of malware distribution into 
the production environment of a 
customer through compromised 
Field Service end-point or  
on-site activities
• 

Impact on customer assets 
and production
•  Reputational impact

Customer staging and project 
commissioning
Risk of compromised customer 
assets having an impact at site 
level, as a result of a failure in  
the control environment of 
Schneider Electric
•  Reputational Impact
•  Repairment cost

 IP theft and loss

R&D repositories and source 
code compromise 
•  Compromise, deterioration or 
exfiltration of R&D repositories 
and source code 

•  Jeopardizing Intellectual 

Property availability, integrity 
and confidentiality

Increase sentiment of trust  
for our customers, partners  
and larger community
•  Absolute requirement 
•  Global Action Plan

Greater confidence of our 
customers in our products

Market access to critical 
infrastructures

Advanced discussions 
with authorities and greater 
collaboration on safety  
and security

Fulfillment of contract 
requirement opening the 
door for additional or further 
opportunities.

On-time with tendering process

Effective visibility for risk 
management and proper 
actionable outcomes 

Perceived as a trusted partner 

Reducing risk through advance 
detection of exposure of 
sensitive code or potentially 
compromised or modified 
applications which could 
facilitate criminal activity  
or customer compromise

Cyber Badge Principles

Third-Party Security Principles

Network Security Policy

Malicious Software Policy

Security Principles

Cybersecurity Policy  
for Products & Systems

•  Cybersecurity contact 
identified, ad hoc and  
periodic assessments for 
strategic ones

For our customer-facing 
employees:
•  Deployment of Cyber Badges 
across 20,000+ customer-
facing employees. 

•  Compliance monitoring of 
Cyber Badge deployment 
For our customer-facing suppliers: 
•  Consistent Cybersecurity and 
Privacy Terms & Conditions 
developed for all suppliers

•  Deployment of an end-to-end 
Project Supply Chain Security 
methodology

•  Datamining for preparing 

Network Security Policy

recommendations

Malicious Software  
Security Policy

Source Code Security Policy

Source Code Security Policy

•  Site security controls 

Cybersecurity Policy for 
Products and Systems

compliance, training and 
awareness deployed

•  Assets inventory, topography 

Information Security Charter

of R&D sites

Sensitive Source Code Security 
and Confidentiality Affidavit

•  Protection against 

vulnerabilities or malware

•  Pen tests conducted 
•  Least Privileged Access 

Control, Disaster Recovery 
Plan, Network Segmentation, 
Port Management, and 
Protocol Hardening applied
•  Source code reality checks 

conducted on code 
content, code engineering, 
governance, etc. 

•  Threat detection of signals 

on the surface web, the dark 
web, social media etc. to spot 
cracked software, Source 
Code and IP exposed etc.

84

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Risk description and impact

Policies

Main actions and 2021 performance

Opportunity created 

Environment

 Climate change

Failure to meet 1.5°-aligned 
GHG reduction emissions 
targets
•  Greater financial costs  

than anticipated

•  Lock-in emissions of assets 
with long operating lifetime  
or long-term leases

•  Reputational impacts and 

loss of trust from customers, 
investors and employees

•  Limited engagement of 

suppliers to decarbonize 
Scope 3 upstream emissions

Climate strategy for operations 
and supply chain

Business strategy on Electricity 
4.0 and Industry 4.0

Thought leadership with 
Schneider Sustainability 
Research Institute

Climate initiatives (such as 
Climate Group)

•  SSI #1: Grow our green 

revenues to 80%  
(71% achieved)

•  SSI #3: Reduce CO2 emissions 

from top 1,000 suppliers’ 
operations by 50%  
(1% achieved)

Market growth for Schneider 
Electric energy efficiency, 
electrification and renewable 
offers

Showcase of EcoStruxure™  
in our sites

•  SSE #1: 150 Zero-CO2 sites  

Customer attractivity

2.

(51 achieved)

•  SSE #2: 100% substitution 

with SF6-free MV technologies 
(38% achieved)

•  SSE #3: 90% of electricity 
sourced from renewables 
(83% achieved)

•  SSE #4: 15% CO2 efficiency in 
transportation (-1% achieved)
•  SSE #5: 15% energy efficiency 
in our sites (6.6% achieved)

•  SSE #7: one-third of fleet 

comprised of electric vehicles 
(7,7% achieved)

Inadequate evolution of the 
supply chain footprint
Supply chain disruption due 
to increase of climate-related 
risks as well as the evolution of 
international trade and market 
barriers.
•  Delays in production and 

• 

delivery, incurring important 
costs
Impact on customer 
experience if delays are too 
long

Workplace disruption
Permanent site disruption due to 
increased frequency and severity 
of extreme weather events
•  Loss of output and remediation 

costs
Impact on operations

• 

 Resources

Resource scarcity
Volatile prices and materials and 
resource availability
•  Cost increase of primary 
materials and energy
•  Disruption of supply

Regional Supply Chain footprint

•  Preventive and reactive risk 

Supply chain resiliency with 
multi-sourcing

Independent risk assessment 
(fire, weather, climate) of our 
Industrial sites

management of Natural risks  
in Supplier Risk Management

•  Recurring risk assessment 

• 

• 

of our Industrial sites through 
Global Risk Consulting 
program
Introduction of CO2 simulations 
to compare alternative supply 
chain strategies and footprints, 
and network models
Implementation of deliberate 
redundancies of both dual 
factories for same products, 
and dual suppliers (“Power  
of Two”) for all critical parts 
and components

Strong local presence  
and strategic relationships  
with suppliers

Shorter lead times and  
low logistics costs and CO2 
from deliveries

Ability to make products and 
gain market share if our supply 
chain is more resilient than  
that of competition

Enterprise risk management

•  Pilot flood study at a critical 

Business continuity

Disaster Recovery Plans

Supply chain resiliency

Green materials

Sustainable packaging 

Raw material productivity and 
hedging strategy

Water stewardship in water-
stressed areas

Proactive product returns and 
take-back policies for a range 
of offers

location in conjunction with our 
insurance company launched
•  New Resilience Index created 
for most critical locations to 
measure, monitor and improve 
the site’s resilience to external 
risks

•  SSI #4: Increase green 
material content in our 
products to 50%  
(11% achieved)

•  SSI #5: 100% of our primary 
and secondary packaging is 
free from single-use plastic 
and uses recycled cardboard 
(21% achieved)

•  SSE #11: 100% of sites in 

water-stressed areas have a 
water conservation strategy 
and related action plan  
(9% achieved)

Business continuity expertise 
extended to critical suppliers

Recurring risk assessment 
program extended to critical 
supplier locations

Green offer differentiation.

Resilient and efficient supply 
chain

Access demanding green 
markets

Superior resiliency in case 
virgin raw materials availability 
gets challenged

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

85

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.1  Sustainability at the heart of our strategy

Risk description and impact

Policies

Main actions and 2021 performance

Opportunity created 

Environment (continued)

End-of-life management  
of products
Safety risk if assets handled  
by non-certified third parties 
(repair, end-of-life):
•  People health and safety 

impact 

•  Resource waste

Lack of product substance 
regulations compliance 
Strengthening of chemical 
substance regulation, market 
shift, and consumers preferences 
for eco-friendly products:
•  Difficulty to access market  
if products are forbidden  
or blacklisted

•  Multiplication of uncoordinated 

regional legislation

Soil, air and water pollution
At Schneider Electric sites:
•  Non-compliance leading  

to fines

•  Health impacts on personnel 

and local communities
•  Site property pollution and 
environmental provisions

Circular offers: ECOFIT™,  
and takeback schemes  
(End-of-life, EOL, etc.)

End-of-life information for our 
products with Green Premium™

•  SSE #10: 420,000 metric tons 
of avoided primary resource 
consumption through ‘take-
back at end-of-use’ since 2017 
(203,881 achieved)

Market growth for Schneider 
Electric circular offers (repair, 
retrofit, takeback, EOL)

Substances and Material 
Directive: 

REACh, RoHS, China RoHS, CA 

Proposition 65, TSCA, POP

Schneider Electric 
Environmental Policy:

Green Premium™

EcoDesign™

Group Environment Policy

Environmental risk analysis

Environment due diligence  
in M&A

•  SSE #6: 80% of product 

revenues covered by Green 
Premium™ (78% achieved)
•  Substances of Concern In 

• 

Products (SCIP) registration  
deployment and 
communication
Implementation of new Green 
Premium™ claims to manage 
and promote recycled content 
and take back programs
•  Specific compliance analysis 
to unblock some markets

• 

Integrated Management 
System with ISO 14001 
certification (244 sites certified 
ISO 14001 in 2021).
•  Company-wide Look at 

Environmental Assessment 
and Risk Review (CLEARR) 
Assessment for industrial 
Global Supply Chain factories.

•  Environmental provisions

Opportunity with Toxic 
Substances Control Act (TSCA) 
regulation to demonstrate 
robust substance and material 
process and transparency.

Market opportunity for  
Green Premium™ offers

Robust management system 
to drive environmental 
performance

Increased stakeholder trust

Product, project, system quality & offer reliability

 Deficient product safety

Product malfunctions or 
failures could result in:
•  Liabilities for tangible or 
intangible damages, or 
personal injuries
Incurred costs related to 
the product recall, to new 
development expenditure,  
and use of technical and 
economic resources
•  New or more stringent 

• 

standards or regulations for 
quality and safety controls 
could result in capital 
investment or costs of specific 
measures for compliance.

All our sites are certified  
ISO 9001

Quality is one of our Trust pillars 

Phoenix program launched  
for 4 years is covering our  
End-To-End Supply Chain

ReeD (Reliability End-To-End 
by Design) to cover Design 
practices 

Implement Nets on legacy offer 
to ensure we capture defects or 
potential defects internally.

•  Development of Agile method 
in Offer Creation enabling 
Quality and Customer 
Satisfaction Transformation, 
•  Phoenix achievement in 2021 
initiating move from Reactive 
to Predictive 

•  ReeD program allows us 

in 2021 to kick off a strong 
learning path around 
Reliability Designer

•  Creation of the committee 

Offer Safety Alert Prevention, 
to coach all Root Causes 
Analysis Leaders

Listening to signals from within 
the group and from customers

Challenging innovation and 
R&D to seek for perpetual 
improvement

Become a leader in products 
quality driving brand reputation 
and value

86

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Risk description and impact

Policies

Main actions and 2021 performance

Opportunity created 

Human rights 

 Conflict minerals

Sourcing of conflict minerals 
and other similar sensitive 
materials
•  Financing directly or  

indirectly armed groups,  
fuel forced labour and other 
human rights abuses
•  Corruption and money 

laundering.

•  Reputational cost

Schneider Electric encourages 
its suppliers to build and 
maintain a due diligence 
process to ensure conflict 
minerals-free sourcing

The Group is an active 
Responsible Minerals Initiative 
(RMI) member

 Human rights

Violations of human rights  
and fundamental freedoms 
•  Reputation and brand image 
•  Legal impact 
•  Health & well-being impact for 
employees of Schneider, its 
suppliers and sub-contractors

Trust Charter and Trust 
Line whistleblowing system 
for internal and external 
stakeholders

Supplier Code of Conduct

Schneider Human Rights Policy

•  Conflict-free mineral 

monitoring

•  87% of the smelters and 

Increase relationship with 
suppliers, and improved 
reputation.

Increase trust with customers 
favoring business relations

2.

Increased cooperation  
with suppliers

Increased trust with  
our customers

refiners identified in our supply 
chain conformant or active 
in a recognized third-party 
validation scheme

•  Schneider Electric has  

a “conflict-free objective”
•  SSE #12: Deploy a ‘Social 

Excellence’ program through 
multiple tiers of suppliers 
(baseline to be defined  
in 2022)

•  SSE #17: 4,000 suppliers 

assessed under our ‘Vigilance 
Program’ (1,203 achieved)

•  Environmental Engineering 

and Health Services (EEHS) 
risk mapping of suppliers
•  On-site supplier audits with 

RBA protocol

•  EEHS in procurement process
•  Continuous improvement with 

ISO 26000 standard

•  SSI #6: 100% of our strategic 
suppliers provide decent  
work to their employees  
(pilot launched Q1 2022)
•  SSE #12: Deploy a ‘Social 

Excellence’ program through 
multiple tiers of suppliers 
(baseline to be defined  
in 2022)

•  SSE #17: 4,000 suppliers 

assessed under our ‘Vigilance 
Program’ (1,203 achieved)

Responsible workplace

 Health and Safety

Serious or fatal employee  
injury or illness
•  Loss of, or impact to, 

Safety strategy

Global safety directives 

•  SSE #14: 0.38 or below 
Medical Incident rate  
(0.65 achieved)

employees

Serious Incident Investigation 

•  Loss of productivity
•  Property damage
• 
•  Customer confidence
•  Fines

Impact to Company image

 Equity, Diversity & Inclusion

Inclusive workplace
Risk of not providing equal 
opportunities to everyone and 
limiting the ability to attract and 
retain the best talents
•  Cost of turnover
•  Loss of women in top  
potential pipeline

•  Legal issues
•  Company image

Process (SIIP)

GlobES reporting, Global Safety 
Alerts, EHS assessment

Recruitment of women

•  SSI #8: Increase gender 

Women representation  
in leadership roles

Gender pay equity

Diversity & Inclusion Committee.

diversity, from hiring (50%) 
to front-line managers (40%) 
and leadership teams (30%), 
(41%, 27% and 26% achieved 
respectively)

•  Financial Times, Forbes, 

Bloomberg, Great Place to 
Work in the US and Universum 
recognized Schneider Electric 
as a great place to work and a 
leader in Diversity, Equity and 
Inclusion in 2021

Increase confidence of current 
and prospective employees.
Systemic MIR drives Safety 
continuous improvement

People attraction and retention 
with equal opportunities for 
everyone

Follow contemporary trends 
and show support to all 
communities openly

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

87

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.1  Sustainability at the heart of our strategy

Risk description and impact

Policies

Main actions and 2021 performance

Opportunity created 

Responsible workplace (continued)

Well-being and mental health 

Not providing ideal working 
conditions leads to
•  Absenteeism 
•  Cost of turnover
•  Disengagement
•  Company image on the market

Employee Value Proposition

Global Family Leave Policy

Pay equity

Global Anti-Harassment Policy

Career development and 
learning

Flexibility@Work hybrid policy

Well-being practices and 
training

Talent development and competencies

•  99% of countries deployed  
the new flexibility @ work 
policy to support hybrid work. 

Recognition of Schneider 
Electric as an attractive 
employer

•  New Ways of working 
playbook and training  
rolled out to all managers  
and employees

Improved talent retention

 Talent acquisition and retention 

Risk of not attracting, developing, 
and retaining the best talent in the 
market especially for critical skills 
•  Cost of recruiting and 

onboarding

•  Gaps in critical skills
• 

Impact on talent’s brand 
perception

Recognized as an employer 
of choice and market leader 
for talent development for 
everyone, everywhere leading 
to greater talent attractivity

New talent acquisition platform 
to manage prospective talents 
and hiring processes

Grow the early talent pipeline 
through global program and 
country-specific initiatives

Annual performance and 
development approach, with 
fair, transparent and competitive 
rewards and development

Open Talent Market (OTM)  
for internal mobility, project  
and mentoring

Programs for specific segments 
of talents at different stages of 
their professional career

Upskilling for today and 
tomorrow with a strong focus 
on digital skills, commercial 
excellence, leadership and 
functional expertise

•  Global Career Week with 
employees participating  
from over 90 countries and 
>250 events

•  SSE #21: x4 the number of 

employee-driven development 
interactions on the OTM 
(x2.1  achieved)

•  SSE #22: Digital upskilling 

through the Digital Citizenship 
program (74% in 2021)
•  Accelerated employee 

branding at global and target 
country levels; Glassdoor 
rating of Schneider Electric 
continued to grow, reaching 
4.2/5 in 2021 

•  Technical and digital skill 

assessment tool for GSC and 
distribution centers to review 
competency levels, gaps and 
actions for upskilling

 Rewards, benefits and engagement

Risk of having disengaged 
employees feeling that their 
opinion is not valued:
• 

Impact the financial results  
of the Group

•  Difficulty to retain talent

Embed a culture of continuous 
listening, recognition, and 
ongoing feedback to drive 
engagement and performance

Greater employee 
performance, brand image  
and loyalty

Ensure that the group  
maintains its position  
of attractive employer

•  A global annual survey covers 
100% of Group employees 
with additional focus on action 
planning, including a nudge 
and peer to peer session for 
managers, deeper verbatim 
analysis; design and launch 
of pulse survey targeting 
populations for whom attention 
is needed (newly acquired 
entities, entities undergoing 
change projects).

•  SSE #24: 75% Employee 
Engagement Index  
(71% achieved)

88

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.1.7  Key external frameworks and ESG ratings 

2.1.7.1  External guidelines

The United Nations Global Compact and Sustainable 
Development Goals (SDGs)
The Global Compact was launched in 1999 by United Nations 
Secretary-General, Kofi Annan. It brings companies and non-
governmental organizations together under the aegis of the 
United Nations. Parties signing the Global Compact commit 
to 10 fundamental principles in four areas: human rights, labor 
rights, the environment, and anti-corruption. By signing the 
Global Compact in December 2002, Schneider Electric made 
a public commitment to these universal values. In line with the 
requirements of the Global Compact, Schneider publishes  
an annual Communication on Progress (COP) and meets  
the requirements of the Global Compact Advanced Level. 

The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, adopted by 
all United Nations Member States in 2015, provides a shared 
blueprint for peace and prosperity for people and the planet, 
now and into the future. At its heart are the 17 SDGs, which 
are an urgent call for action by all countries – developed and 
developing – in a global partnership. Schneider Electric is 
committed to contribute to the 17 SDGs through its  
sustainability programs.

International Organization for Standardization (ISO)
In 2010, the ISO published its guidelines on organizations’ social 
responsibility (ISO standard 26000). This standard promotes a 
compromise involving different players from the public, private, 
and non-profit sectors from around 100 countries, and a vision 
of how an organization should view societal responsibility. This 
standard legitimizes the sustainability actions undertaken by 
the Group since the early 2000s and provides an educational 
support and framework for its actions in the field. The Group has 
worked since 2012 to promote the adoption of the ISO 26000 
principles with its suppliers.

Schneider also adopts other ISO guidelines or certifications:  
see ISO 14001 and ISO 50001, page 129; ISO 45001, page 109; 
ISO 9001, page 74; ISO 27000, page 105; and ISO 14025 and 
14021, page 159.

The Global Reporting Initiative (GRI)
The GRI was established in 1997 as a mission to develop 
globally applicable directives to report on economic, 
environmental, and social performances. Brought about by the 
Coalition for Environmentally Responsible Economies (CERES) 
in association with the United Nations Environmental Program 
(UNEP), the GRI integrates the active participation of companies, 
NGOs, accounting bodies, business associations, and other 
stakeholders from across the globe. In 2016, Schneider 
integrated updates to the GRI Standards. Schneider Electric 
SE has reported in accordance with the GRI Standards for the 
period from 1 January 2021 to 31 December 2021. The Board of  
Directors has reviewed and approved the reported information, 
including the organization’s material ESG topics, under 
Disclosure 2-14 in GRI 2: General Disclosures 2021. A reference 
table with its indicators and those proposed by the GRI is 
available on the Schneider Electric website. 

The Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB)
The SASB Foundation was founded in 2011 as a not-for-profit, 
independent standards-setting organization. Schneider Electric 
provides information in alignment with SASB reporting guidelines 
for its sector (Electrical and Electronic Equipment).  
A correspondence table can be found in page 218.

2.

The Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD)
In June 2017, the TCFD, a working group led by Michael 
Bloomberg under G20 Financial Stability Board’s (FSB) mandate, 
published its recommendations for companies’ climate action 
disclosure. CEOs from more than 100 companies signed a 
statement of support for the TCFD recommendations and 
Schneider Electric’s CEO was among them. Detailed information 
can be found in Schneider Electric’s CDP Climate Change public 
disclosure and in this report on page 220.

The Science-Based Target initiative (SBTi)
Science-Based Targets (SBTs) specify how much and how 
quickly companies need to reduce Greenhouse Gas (GHG) 
emissions in order to avoid a 1.5°C or 2°C global temperature 
increase, compared to pre-industrial levels. Schneider Electric 
is part of the 1,000+ companies globally that have committed 
to reduce GHG emissions in alignment with prevailing climate 
science through the SBTi. The Group’s GHG footprint is 
calculated following the World Resources Institute (WRI)  
GHG Protocol (see page 130). The Group’s target to achieve  
net-zero operational emissions and to reduce Scope 3 emissions 
by 35% by 2030 (versus 2017), was validated 1.5°C aligned by 
the SBTi in 2019.

Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 
(OECD)
The OECD is an international organization that works to build 
better policies for better lives. Schneider Electric is aligned with 
the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises. Schneider 
Electric signed the OECD’s Convention on Combating Bribery  
of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, 
and established a “Conflict Minerals Compliance program” 
based on the OECD Due Diligence Guidance for Responsible 
Supply Chains of Minerals from conflict affected and  
high-risk areas.

International Labour Organization (ILO)
Schneider Electric is a Member of the ILO Global Business and 
Disability Network (GBDN) and adheres to the principles of the 
ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work. 
The Group’s Principles of Responsibility were inspired in part  
by the standards issued by the ILO.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

89

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.1  Sustainability at the heart of our strategy

2.1.7.2  Ratings and ESG indices

Dow Jones Sustainability Index (DJSI)
In 2021, Schneider Electric was one of 322 companies in 
the DJSI World Index for the eleventh year in a row, which is 
comprised of corporate leaders in global sustainability as 
identified by S&P Global, and represents the top 10% from 
among around 2,500 companies worldwide representing 45% 
of global market capitalization. Schneider Electric obtained an 
86/100 score compared with an industry average of 28/100. 

CDP Climate A list and Supplier Engagement Leader
In 2021, Schneider Electric is among just 200 Climate Change 
A list companies out of 13,000+ companies assessed by CDP, 
and the only one in its sector to achieve this 11 years running. 
Schneider Electric also scored A in CDP’s Supplier Engagement 
Rating (SER) in 2021. The SER assesses performance on 
governance, targets, scope 3 emissions, and value chain 
engagement in the CDP Climate Change questionnaire.

At the time of writing, it belongs to several STOXX indices, 
in particular Global Low Carbon Footprint, Global Climate 
Change Leaders, EURO STOXX 50 Low Carbon, Global ESG 
Environmental Leaders indices.

CDP Water
Schneider Electric received a B score for its fourth participation 
in CDP’s Water Security questionnaire.

Vigeo Eiris industry leader
Following assessment in July 2021 by Vigeo Eiris (part of 
the Moody’s Group), Schneider Electric ranked first in the 
Electric Components and Equipment sector at the highest level 
(Advanced), with a rating of 71/100 (+5 points versus previous 
rating). As of February 2022, Schneider Electric is part of the 
Euronext Vigeo Eiris World 120, Europe 120, Eurozone 120, and 
France 20 indices, which are composed of the highest-ranking 
listed companies in terms of their performance in corporate 
responsibility. The average score for companies in the World 120 
is 58/100. 

FTSE4Good
Schneider Electric is part of the FTSE4Good Developed, FTSE 
Environmental Opportunities, and FTSE EO Energy Efficiency 
indices.

EcoVadis Advanced level and Platinum rating
In 2022, Schneider Electric has achieved Advanced level with 
a rating of 82/100 and obtained a Platinum medal (top 1% of all 
companies assessed) for the second year in a row

MSCI industry leader
Schneider Electric has been at AAA grade since 2011, an 
industry leader and a member of the MSCI World ESG Leaders, 
World Select ESG Ratings & Trend Leaders, and Socially 
Responsible indices

Sustainalytics leader
Following its assessment in October 2021, Schneider Electric 
was ranked 8/210 in its industry group with a 17.1 risk rating  
(Low Risk), thereby confirming its inclusion in STOXX Global  
ESG Leaders, Environmental Leaders, Social Leaders, 
Governance Leaders, and EURO STOXX Sustainability indices.

ISS
Schneider Electric achieved a 1 ranking in Environment, 1 in 
Social, and 3 in Governance at ISS (Institutional Shareholder 
Services, Inc.) in the 2021 QualityScore. The rating scale runs 
from 1 to 10, with 1 representing the lowest risk level and 10 
the highest. Schneider Electric is at Prime level at ISS-ESG 
with an absolute B rating, the best rating in its industry (Electric 
Components) out of 182 companies.

ECPI
As of December 2021, Schneider Electric is included in the ECPI 
Carbon, Ethical, Renewable Energy, Global Developed ESG Best 
in Class, Megatrend, Climate Change, and Circular Economy 
leaders.

Sustainability external ratings

DJSI

CDP Climate Change

Vigeo Eiris

EcoVadis

MSCI ESG Ratings

Sustainalytics

2021 Schneider score

Industry average score

Progress vs. 2020

Highlights

86/100

28/100

-2 pts

11th year in 
world index

A

B-

same

11th year 
in A List

71/100

39/100

+5 pts

82/100

45/100

same

AAA

BB

same

World 120 and 
Europe 120 
Indices

Platinum  
medal

AAA for 
eleventh year

17.1

29

same

Low risk

Assessed universe (# companies)

2,500

13,000

5,000+

90,000

8,500

14,000

90

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

2.1.7.3  Other awards in 2021 and beyond

Impact and ESG 
Global 100 most sustainable corporations 
Schneider Electric has featured on Corporate Knights’ Global 
100 list of corporate sustainability leaders every year since 2012, 
making it to the top spot in 2021, and 4th in 2022.

2021 most responsible French companies
In November 2021, Schneider Electric was ranked 7th among 250 
French companies by French magazine, Le Point and German 
independent institute, Statista for its commitment to sustainability 
and its innovative tool — Schneider Sustainability Impact.

Impak Finance
The new independent, B-Corp Certified impact rating agency, 
has ranked Schneider Electric 1st in CAC 40 for its contribution 
to the United Nations SDGs for the second year in a row in 2021. 
The Group obtained a score of 434/1000, way ahead of the CAC 
40 average of 231/1000.

Fortune’s Change the World List
Schneider Electric retains spot in the 2021 Fortune Change the 
World List, a global ranking of the top 50 companies making 
positive social or environmental impact through activities integral 
to their core business strategy and operations.

Climate
Carbon Clean 200 list 
Schneider Electric has consistently been included in Corporate 
Knights’ Carbon Clean 200 list since ranking inception in 2016 
for its revenue devoted to energy transition. In 2022, the Group 
ranked 9th worldwide.

EcoAct Climate Reporting Performance
Schneider Electric ranked 4th for international companies and 
1st among EURO STOXX 50 companies on EcoAct’s Climate 
reporting performance leaderboard.

Champions du climat 2021
Recognized as a Climate Champion by Challenges, the French 
weekly business magazine, for reducing its annual Scope 1 and 2 
GHG emissions.

Supply Chain
Best Global Sustainable Supply Chain Organization
Schneider Electric has been named the Best Global Sustainable 
Supply Chain organization at the Global Sustainable Supply 
Chain Summit 2021 (GSSC Summit). This award puts Schneider 
Electric ahead of its peers in terms of operating greener and fairer 
supply chains.

EcoVadis Sustainable Procurement Leadership Awards
Schneider Electric was selected for the EcoVadis Sustainable 
Procurement Leadership Awards 2022, receiving the Best Value 
Chain Engagement award as a recognition of its excellence 
in engaging trading partners and internal stakeholders in 
sustainability initiatives.

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Gartner 2021 Supply Chain top 25
Schneider Electric maintained its 4th position in 2021 in the 
Gartner Supply Chain top 25 ranking for the exemplary 
management of its value chain.

Diversity & Inclusion
Bloomberg Gender Equality Index
In 2022, Schneider Electric confirmed its inclusion in Bloomberg’s 
Gender Equality Index among 418 companies for the fifth 
consecutive year. Schneider Electric scored above the overall 
GEI average, with its highest score in the equal pay and gender 
pay parity category, where the company scored significantly 
higher than the global GEI average score.

Financial Times Top 50 Diversity leader 2022
Schneider Electric was recognized as a Top 50 Diversity leader 
by the Financial Times for the third year in a row, ranking 5th in its 
industry.

Equileap Global Gender Equality Report and Ranking
In March 2022, Schneider Electric ranks 20th globally out of 
3,895 publicly listed companies assessed based on 19 gender 
equality criteria, including gender balance from the board to the 
workforce, as well as the pay gap and policies relating to parental 
leave and sexual harassment, among other topics.

Ethics and Governance 
Ethisphere 
In 2022, Schneider Electric was again recognized as one of the 
World’s Most Ethical Companies by Ethisphere, a global leader 
in defining and advancing the standards of ethical business 
practices; only three French companies were included in this 
year’s ranking.

Best vigilance plan
In January 2021, Schneider Electric won the Best 2020 Vigilance 
Plan after an assessment of all the CAC 40 companies by the 
Sustainable Investment Forum (FIR) and A2 Consulting.

Grand Prix de la Transparence 
In 2021, Schneider Electric remains in the Top 20 most 
transparent companies by ranking 11th out of 141 companies, 
and was bestowed the Extra Financial Award (Grand Prix de 
l’Information Extra-Financiere).

Employer awards
Universum Top 50 World’s Most Attractive Employers
In 2021, Schneider was recognized by students worldwide as 
one of the World’s Most Attractive Employers ranking 24th in 
Engineering and IT by Universum. Over 220,000 respondents 
from the Universum Talent Surveys have ranked the companies 
they find most desirable to work for.

Fortune’s World’s Most Admired Companies
In 2022, Schneider is recognized by Fortune as one of the 
“World’s Most Admired Companies”, ranking 3rd in the electronics 
industry sector for the fifth consecutive year.

Glassdoor 
Schneider received a score of 4.2/5 from Glassdoor as of 
February 2022. Based on more than 10,000 reviews, 87% of 
surveyed participants would recommend the Group to a friend, 
and 96% approve the CEO.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

91

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.2 Driving responsible business with Trust

In this section

2.2.1

Trust Charter, Schneider Electric’s 
Code of Conduct

2.2.2 Ethics & Compliance program

2.2.3

Zero-tolerance for corruption

2.2.4 Compliance with tax regulations 

2.2.5 High standards for the quality and safety

of our products

2.2.6 Digital trust and security

94

95

101

102

102

105

2.2.7 Human Rights

2.2.8 Employee health and safety

2.2.9 Vigilance Plan

2.2.10 Relations with project execution contractors

2.2.11 Sustainable relations with suppliers

2.2.12 Vigilance with local communities

106

109

112

116

117

124

“Our Trust Charter underpins every aspect of our business, 
as well as expressing our willingness to behave and respond 
respectfully and in good faith to all our stakeholders. As our 
Code of Conduct, it is our compass in a world which is more 
and more complex. Its purpose is to guide us collectively and 
individually.”
Hervé Coureil, Chief Governance Officer and Secretary General

Context and goals

2021 has been a year of transformation for Schneider Electric. 
The Group has set ambitious targets to accelerate the fight against 
climate change and social inequality, whilst mitigating the impact 
of the COVID-19 crisis on its operations, supply chain, customers, 
and employees. To do so, Schneider collaborates for a more 
sustainable world, and collaboration requires a firm foundation 
of trust.

Present in over 100 countries with diverse standards, values, and 
practices, Schneider Electric is committed to behaving responsibly 
in relation to all its stakeholders. Convinced that its responsibility 
extends beyond compliance with local and international 
regulations, the Group is engaged to doing business ethically, 
sustainably, and responsibly. 

Schneider lives up to the highest standards of corporate 
governance, through initiatives that monitor and educate teams on 
ethics, cybersecurity, safety, and quality. The 2021 Trust Charter 
is the evolution of the Group’s Principles of Responsibility and 
sets out the expectations of how we work at Schneider and equips 
teams to confront any unethical behavior they might encounter. 

Trust serves as an ethical compass for all Schneider Electric’s 
interactions with stakeholders and all relationships with customers, 
shareholders, employees, and the communities they serve, in a 
meaningful, inclusive and positive way.

Under our 2025 Sustainability Strategy, we commit to live up to our 
principles of trust by upholding ourselves and all around us to high 
social, governance and ethical standards. In this report, we share 
our progress on the transformations engaged in 2021 under the 
Trust pillar of our Schneider Sustainability Impact and Schneider 
Sustainability Essentials programs.

92

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

2021 Highlights

Ethics

ams

e
T

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Cybersecurity

C ustomersan
C ustomersan

d
d

TRUST

Q

u

a

l

i

t

y

C

o

m

m

unities

Sustaina b i

t y

i

l

P
P

a
a

r
r

t
t

n
n

e
e

r
r

s
s

s

Investor

y
t
e
f
a
S

2.

Schneider was awarded the Ethisphere
‘most ethical company in the world’ in 2021 
and 2022, for eleven consecutive years.

The 2021 Trust Charter sets out the 
expectations of how we work at Schneider 
and equips teams to confront any unethical 
behavior.

Schneider awarded the 2021 ‘Grand Prix 
de la Transparence’ in the ESG information 
category.

Best Vigilance Plan

In January 2021, the Group was awarded 
the Best Vigilance Plan by the Sustainable 
Investment Forum and A2 Consulting.

Triple recognition in UK and Ireland
demonstrating excellence in safety, health 
and environmental impact.

Gartner #1 Supply Chain in Europe
Our second consecutive year at the top.

Key targets and results

Progress against our 2021-2025 Sustainability commitments

Schneider Sustainability Impact
Long-term commitments 
aligned to UN SDGs

2021-2025 programs

Baseline(1)

2021 progress(2)

2025 Target

Trust

6.

Strategic suppliers who provide decent work to their employees(3)

--

In progress

7.

Level of confidence of our employees to report unethical conduct 

81%

+0pts

100%

+10pts

Schneider Sustainability Essentials
Long-term commitments 
aligned to UN SDGs

2021-2025 programs

Baseline(1)

2021 progress(2)

2025 Target

Trust

12. Deploy a ‘Social Excellence’ program through multiple tiers of 

--

In progress

suppliers(3)

13. Train our employees on Cybersecurity and Ethics every year

14. Decrease the Medical Incident rate

90%

0.79

96%

0.65

15. Reduce scrap from safety units recalled

4,202

4,024

--

100%

0.38

2,101

16. Be in the Top 25% in external ratings for Cybersecurity 

Top 25%

Top 25% Top 25%

performance

17. Assess our suppliers under our ‘Vigilance Program’

374

1,203

4,000

(1) Generally, the 2020 performance serves as a baseline for Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI) and Schneider Sustainability Essentials (SSE) 2021-2025 programs. 
(2) Each year, Schneider Electric obtains a “limited” level of assurance from an independent third party verifier for all of the SSI and SSE indicators (except for SSI #6, 

SSI #7, SSI #+1, SSE #12 and SSE #23), in accordance with ISAE 3000 assurance standard (see Independent verifier’s report on page 224). Please refer to page 206 
for the methodological presentation of each indicator. The 2021 performance is also discussed in more details in this section. 

(3) 2021 performance is in progress for SSI #6 Decent work and SSE #12 ‘Social Excellence’ because the programs are still in development.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

93

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.2  Driving responsible conduct of business with the Trust Charter

2.2.1  Trust Charter, Schneider 
Electric’s Code of Conduct

In 2021, Schneider Electric evolved its Principles of Responsibility 
to the Trust Charter, acting as our Code of Conduct and 
demonstrating our commitment to ethics, safety, sustainability, 
quality, and cybersecurity. Schneider Electric believes that trust  
is a foundational value. It is earned, it serves as a compass, 
showing the true north in an ever more complex world and 
Schneider Electric considers it to be core to its environmental, 
social, and governance (ESG) commitments.

As trust fuels empowerment, each section of the charter states 
clear do’s and don’ts and provides clear references to relevant 
policies and procedures, which are adapted to meet local legal 
requirements when necessary. This Code of Conduct applies to 
everyone working at Schneider or any of Schneider’s subsidiaries. 
It is both an individual and collective responsibility to comply and 
respect laws and regulations, to apply Schneider Electric policies, 
and to uphold strong ethical principles to earn trust at all times. 

2.2.1.1  Earning trust with people

Trust powers all Schneider Electric’s interactions with stakeholders 
and all relationships with customers, shareholders, employees, 
and the communities they serve, in a meaningful, inclusive, and 
positive way. With this in mind, the document is organized across 
four chapters:

• Trusted Teams that are built thanks to leaders setting the tone

and exemplifying Schneider Electric’s culture, as well as through
creating equal opportunities, harnessing the power of all
generations, championing well-being and new ways of working,
and being S.A.F.E. First;

• Trust with Customers and Partners is earned by striving for

high quality, resiliency, the highest standards for cybersecurity,
data privacy and protection, as well as prohibiting any form
of corruption, requiring third-party integrity, avoiding conflict
of interest, upholding fair competition, abiding by export
controls and sanctions, and selecting and managing
suppliers responsibly;

2.2.1.2  Communication and training 
for all employees

Schneider Electric trains all its employees yearly on essential 
topics. 2021 was a transition year, and as such employees were 
assigned training on the Principles of Responsibility and informed, 
through this course, of the upcoming transition to the Trust Charter 
on September 30. The course was made available as e-learning for 
connected employees, and an in-class version for non-connected 
employees. The training completion rate for all Schneider Electric 
eligible employees at the end of the campaign was 99% (connected 
employees: 99% completion; non-connected employees: 98% 
completion). A new mandatory training for all employees dedicated 
to the Trust Charter will be part of the 2022 campaign. 

In addition to the Trust Charter being available in 30 languages 
on se.com, a Trust Portal was made available to Schneider’s 
employees to link them towards related content such as policies, 
useful contacts, sites, guidelines, templates, and reports for each 
section of the Trust Charter. In 2021, we saw an increase of global 
policy views of +61% compared with 2020.

Leadership at every level of the organization was involved in the 
design, creation, and deployment of the Trust Charter to ensure that 
everyone at Schneider Electric is aware of the importance of trust 
and understands how to get the most out of our Code of Conduct.

  Discover our Trust Charter with se.com (cid:496)

Cybersecurity

Ethics

ams

e
T

C ustomers an
C ustomers an

d 
d 

P
P

TRUST

a
a

r
r

t
t

n
n

e
e

r
r

s
s

s

Investor

y
t
e
f
a
S

• Trust with Investors comes from preventing insider trading,
delivering accurate financial statements, records, and tax
information, delivering solutions in compliance with financial
and risk management standards, and preserving our information
technology and related intellectual property assets as well as
Schneider Electric’s reputation;

Q

u

a

l

i

t

y

C

o

m

m

unities

• Trust with Communities is possible by acting for a climate
positive world, being efficient with resources, upholding
responsible lobbying and political activity, empowering local
communities, not using “conflict minerals”, and acting as good
corporate citizens.

Sustaina b i

t y

i

l

94

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.2.2  Ethics & Compliance 
program

Each year, Schneider Electric’s Enterprise Risk Management team 
draws up a risks matrix at Group level which is presented to the 
Executive Committee and used to identify all risks faced by the 
Company; as part of this wider exercise the Company conducts 
a risk assessment on ethics and compliance matters. 

The exposure of the Group to risks of non-compliance and 
unethical practices has been increasing for several years, due 
to broader externalities for the Group through its geographic 
expansion, participation in complex projects, and a large range 

of acquisitions, all leading to the need to strengthen the 
effectiveness of its risk-based Ethics & Compliance program.

Over the past years, the increase of law enforcement by public 
authorities, new regulations, and higher reputational risk with  
media exposure have led to the design of a preventive approach  
of several risks including corruption, fraud, violation of fundamental 
human rights (health and safety, discrimination, harassment, and 
sexual harassment), anti-competitive practices, sanctions, and 
export control.

2.

Adopting a full compliance approach on these topics brings trust to 
employees, customers, partners, suppliers, and local communities.

2.2.2.1  Governance of the Ethics & Compliance program

Schneider Electric has built a strong governance to lead the Ethics & Compliance program to the best standards, with responsibilities  
at Board, executive, corporate, and zone levels.

2.2.2.1.1  Executive level 
Board Audit & Risk Committee
Schneider Electric’s Board of Directors oversees the Ethics & 
Compliance program through a dedicated annual session of the 
Audit & Risks Committee during which the program, risks and 
improvements, and action plans, are reviewed by the Directors. 
Once a year, the Directors also review the Ethics & Compliance 
program’s effectiveness and the allocation of resources to the 
program (human and financial). In addition, the Directors agree  
on the audit plan which covers several audits related to the Ethics 
& Compliance program, and the program’s members are notified  
of their findings and related recommendations once finalized. 

Group Ethics & Compliance Committee
Schneider Electric has also put in place a dedicated governance  
to lead the Ethics & Compliance program to the best standards. The 
program is overseen by the Group Executive Committee, through the 
Group Ethics & Compliance Committee. This Committee is composed 
of nine permanent members in charge of defining the program’s 
strategy and priorities: Chairman & CEO; Chief Governance Officer 
(Committee Chairperson); Chief Human Resources Officer; Chief 
Strategy & Sustainability Officer; Chief Compliance Officer; Chief 
Legal Officer; Chief Corporate Citizenship Officer; Group Internal 
Audit & Control Officer; and Senior Vice-President, Sustainability 
Development. They ensure that the program is consistent with  
the Group’s strategic goals. This Committee meets twice a year.

e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
E

l
e
v
e
l

e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

l
e
v
e
l

e
n
o
Z

l
e
v
e
l

Board – Audit & Risk Committee

Executive Committee

Group Ethics & Compliance Committee

Define, explain and disseminate priorities

Continuous improvement

Continuous improvement

Group Operational  
Compliance Committee (GOCC)

Detect and manage 
non-compliance

Disciplinary Committee

Disciplinary review of non-compliances 
and levy sanctions

Regional, Zone, Cluster and Country Ethics & Compliance Committees

Ensure implementation of Compliance program according to risks 

Regional Compliance Officers
Ethics Delegates

Support employees in navigating with our Trust Charter and prevent, detect and manage non-compliance

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

95

 
 
 
 
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.2  Driving responsible conduct of business with the Trust Charter

2.2.2.1.2  Corporate level 
The Group Ethics & Compliance Committee is assisted by the 
Group Operational Compliance Committee (GOCC) and the  
Group Disciplinary Committee, which both ensure effectiveness  
of the speak-up culture (a culture in which employees feel free and 
psychologically safe to share their ideas, opinions, and concerns, 
without fear of retaliation) and whistleblowing system, and fair and 
transparent disciplinary policy. 

Group Operational Compliance Committee
The GOCC detects and manages cases of non-compliance 
with the Ethics & Compliance program in accordance with the 
Group Case Management & Investigation Policy released in 
February 2020 and updated in October 2021, and reviews monthly 
the effectiveness of the whistleblowing system. The GOCC is 
composed of the following members: Chief Compliance Officer 
(secretary of the Committee), Chief Legal Officer, Group Internal 
Audit & Control Officer, Group Compliance Director, Group HR 
Compliance Officer, and Head of Fraud Examination Team.

Group Disciplinary Committee
The Group Disciplinary Committee is in charge of levying sanctions 
and remediation actions on serious non-compliance cases upon 
request of the GOCC. The Group Disciplinary Committee is 
composed of the following members: Chief Governance Officer, 
Chief Human Resources Officer, Chief Compliance Officer (secretary 
of the Committee), Chief Legal Officer, and one rotating member. 

Ethics & Compliance department
Schneider Electric has also created a standalone Ethics & 
Compliance department, chaired by a dedicated Chief Compliance 
Officer acting on behalf of the Group Ethics & Compliance 
Committee, and reporting to the Chief Governance Officer, to 
drive the strategy on the Ethics & Compliance program. The 
Ethics & Compliance department includes the following teams: 
Group Compliance, Group HR Compliance, Health & Safety, 
Fraud Examination, IT Assets Governance, Policy Management, 
Business Continuity Planning and Digital Transformation for Ethics 
& Compliance. It works closely with the Legal, Human Resources, 
Finance, and Strategy & Sustainability departments, as well as 
Internal Control and Audit. This cross-functional and integrated 
approach is central to the program’s effectiveness. 

2.2.2.1.3  Operational level by geographic zone
Regional Ethics & Compliance committees ensure implementation 
of the Ethics & Compliance program in alignment with risks 
identified. Operationally, they rely on Regional Compliance Officers 
who drive the implementation in the zone, with the support of Ethics 
Delegates and relevant subject matter experts at local levels.

2.2.2.2  Pillars of the Ethics & Compliance 
program

All Schneider Electric employees are expected to comply with 
Schneider’s Ethics & Compliance program. Its daily application 
helps them to act with integrity and transparency, and to comply 
with all international and local regulations.

The Ethics & Compliance program is based on management 
commitment (called “tone from the top”), which makes its pillars 
effective. Top management sets the Ethics & Compliance 
standards and promotes a culture of integrity throughout the  
Group and its operations. In addition, middle management walks 
the talk by complying with rules, spreading the right message in 
their teams, and supports reporting of misconducts.

2.2.2.2.1  Risk assessment at Zone level 
In 2021, Schneider Electric carried out specific risk mapping 
dedicated to “Ethics and Compliance” risks on the following risks: 
Corruption, Conflict of Interest, Human Rights & Labor Laws, 
and Sanctions & Export Control. The objective of this “Ethics and 
Compliance” risk mapping is to capture operational risk exposure 
at zone level, based on local interviews led by the Regional 
Compliance Officers and the Legal teams. 

Tone from the top

Monitoring 
& Audit

Risk 
Assessment

Disciplinary
measures

Code of 
conduct
& Policies

Training &
Awareness

Whistle
blowing

Ethics &
Compliance
Pillars

Specific 
accounting controls

Third parties
compliance

The process at regional level was as follow: 
•  step 1 – each region defined its local risk universe taking into 

account local specific risks, 

•  step 2 – each region assessed its gross risks and effectiveness 

of its local mitigation measures, generating a mapping of 
regional net risks, and 

•  step 3 – each region defined action plans (validated by the 

respective regional Ethics & Compliance committees) to reduce 
the risk exposure. In addition, a global gross and net risks 
mapping was consolidated at Group level, as well as a set of 
action plans to be taken at global level. All action plans will be 
monitored during the course of 2022.

96

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.2.2.2.2  Code of Conduct and policies 
To ensure that the tools are provided to follow the Trust Charter,  
it is complemented by global and local policies, providing specific 
answers to the different principles, legal obligations, and local 
practices. On ethics and compliance matters, Schneider Electric  
has deployed several policies: 

• Anti-Corruption Policy (aligned with French Sapin II law 

requirements),

• Gifts & Hospitality Policy,
• Competition Law Policy,
• Business Agent Policy,
• Anti-Harassment Policy,
• Human Rights Policy, and
• Export Control Policy.
• In 2021, Schneider published and rolled out a new Conflict 

of Interest Policy and a new Donations Policy.

2.2.2.2.3  Training and awareness 
At Schneider Electric, we value training, at both local and global 
levels as it is the best way to prevent risks and raise awareness  
on ethical topics. 

Each year a global campaign of mandatory trainings is run for 
all employees, called Schneider Essentials, from March to end 
of September. These global trainings are available in 18 different 
languages in our Learning Management System and each takes  
30 mins to complete. In 2021, Schneider Essentials trainings were: 

• Trust Charter,
• Cybersecurity for Schneider Electric,
• Building a culture of respect, and
• Sustainability at the Core of our Purpose.

For about 40,000 employees exposed to corruption risks,  
an additional anti-corruption training is required each year.

Through Schneider Sustainability Essentials #13, the Group 
monitors and discloses each quarter completion rate on ethics 
(Trust Charter and anti-corruption for eligible employees) and 
cybersecurity trainings, aiming for 100% each year and externally 
audit annual performance. At the end of 2021, SSE #13 reached 
96% completion rate.

A dedicated module on Ethics & Compliance was prepared for  
the induction path for Country Presidents. The module raises 
Country Presidents awareness about their role and responsibility 
in supporting the Ethics & Compliance program.

Besides training of our employees, since 2020 and as part of the 
integration process of companies acquired, a specific training for 
leaders of the acquired company is organized through the Ethics 
& Compliance program. The training entails a specific focus on 
what is expected from the leadership teams, including endorsing 
the program and actively following up employees completion of 
mandatory trainings on Trust Charter and anti-corruption.

In November 2020, Schneider Electric organized its first global 
“Ethics & Compliance Day” campaign in order to promote the 
Company’s values on business ethics and to bring a focus on the 
need of a working environment that promotes a speak-up culture. 
A second “Ethics & Compliance Day” took place in June 2021, 
focusing on raising awareness about biases of ethical thinking. 

Furthermore, in-person learnings were organized in sensitive 
geographic areas regarding ethics and compliance challenges 
(Brazil, India) or in locations where a specific risk is higher  
(such as the export control risk). 

2.

Trust

SSE #13

100% of employees trained every year on 
Cybersecurity and Ethics

Feedback received from our employees confirm that our trainings efficiently help  
them to act as “integrity ambassadors”.
Cybersecurity training: “Very much anchored in real life both professional and 
personal. Did not see the 30m pass. Way to go!”
Principles of Responsibility training: “I love the fact that this course reminds you the 
basics and makes you use your brain and put yourself in the shoes of colleagues in 
difficult situations. Love the voice of so many of our colleagues too!”
Anticorruption training: “The content is simple and easy to understand. This is a must 
for any Schneider employee.”

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

90%

96%

100%

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

97

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.2  Driving responsible conduct of business with the Trust Charter

2.2.2.2.4  Third-parties compliance 
Third-party relationship management programs are complex as 
each third party presents multiple risks and different oversight 
functions need to be consulted to perform individual risk 
assessments. For example, business agents can be used for  
many legitimate purposes, such as to perform tasks that Schneider 
Electric cannot perform as efficiently; however, experience has 
shown that using them can be very risky in terms of exposure to 
bribery or corruption. Schneider Electric Business Agent Policy 
sets out the rules under which we will determine whether there is 
a legitimate business purpose before engaging. We also need to 
ensure that we conduct an effective and efficient due diligence 
review to ultimately make the most informed decision and mitigate 
any risks to the best possible extent. We have adopted a risk-based 
approach to our due diligence enabling our teams to dedicate 
the most significant part of their time and energy to situations that 
represent the most risk exposure. Hence, we have various due 
diligence policies and processes depending on the type of third 
party subject to the due diligence.

Business agents cover all third parties retained entirely or in part 
to assist Schneider Electric, directly or indirectly, in its business 
operations, including to obtain a sales order, contract award, permits, 
licenses, or other business advantage for Schneider Electric. They 
are subject to a due diligence and approval process, which was 
centralized with the Business Agent Policy in 2019 with digitization 
beginning in 2020. Several documents and information are gathered 
and sent to the Group Compliance team who will perform the due 
diligence and manage the approval process by analyzing risks of 
corruption, sanctions, and unethical practices. At the first level of 
assessment, the business agent could be approved based on the 
level of risk, or additional checks could be carried out if necessary. 
The Group Compliance team can request to also review and validate 
payments to a business agent based on this assessment.

Our robust network of suppliers is the foundation of our supply 
chain, and we extend the same level of ethical control to them as 
we do to ourselves. For more information, please refer to section 
2.2.11 “Sustainable relations with suppliers”, page 117. Since 
2021, the Group Compliance team has been working to further 
strengthen the controls carried out as well as understanding our 
risks when doing business with Schneider Electric customers in 
close collaboration with both digital and export control teams.

M&A operations represent specific risks regarding ethics and 
compliance, specifically corruption and export control risks.  
With the support of the Group Ethics & Compliance Committee,  
a specific process and guidelines were put in place in 2020 to 
ensure full compliance of M&A operations with anti-corruption  
and export control regulations: this process was built by the Group 
Compliance Director, the Global Export Control Director, and the 
M&A team, ensuring a methodology that fit with M&A processes 
and ways of working. In 2021, this process was extended to the 
management of Human Rights risk.

2.2.2.2.5  Specific accounting controls
Schneider Electric has developed accounting control procedures 
to ensure that books, records, and accounts are not used to hide 
fraud. Since June 2021, work has been initiated to strengthen 
specific anti-corruption controls for a defined set of sensitive-
judged accounts and transactions.

Seven steps to securing long-term value creation in acquisitions

Screening

Day 1 Gate

Year 1 Gate

Integration Wrap up

Business + Corp. Strategy

PMI + Integration Team

PMI + Business Team

PMI + Business Team

1

3

5

7

2

Due Diligence

M&A, Functions, 
Consultants

NBO
Non-Binding offer

Signing
Definitive 
Agreements

4

100 Days Gate

PMI + Integration Team

6

Post Year 1 Gate

PMI + Business Team

Monitoring starts
Strategic objectives, performance & synergies

Closing
Funds & Shares Transfer

PMI = Post-Merger 
Integration Team

Timing depends on conditions precedents  
(such as clearance with Anti-trust Authorities)

98

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

In 2021, to measure the effectiveness of the Trust Line, Schneider 
Electric has added to its annual employee engagement survey, 
OneVoice, a new question: “I can report an instance of unethical 
conduct without fear”. 81% of employees surveyed answered “yes”, 
and the Group will work to increase this measurement by 10 points 
by 2025 as part of Schneider Sustainability Impact.

Trust

SSI #7

Measure the level of confidence of 
our employees to report behaviors 
against our Principles of Trust

A speak-up mindset exists when employees and 
stakeholders feel safe to speak out about issues, concerns, 
and ideas in good faith, respectfully, and without fear 
of retaliation. It helps protect Schneider Electric and its 
employees from the effects of misconduct, including legal 
liability, serious financial losses, and lasting reputational 
harm. It also fosters a corporate culture of trust and 
responsiveness.

Experience feedback from an employee in France  
in 2021
“First it took me some time to understand that the situation 
I am facing is not in line with our policies. Then it took me 
some time to have enough courage to do it, we always have 
doubts. Finally, I decided to speak up. My manager listened 
to me and took the situation seriously. Today I feel safe 
and confident. This is very difficult to speak up and we feel 
uncomfortable to do it. But I know now that it was the only 
right decision that I could take.” 

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

81%

+0pts

+10pts

*2021 is the baseline performance

2.2.2.2.6  Whistleblowing 
As a pillar of Schneider Electric’s Ethics & Compliance program, 
the development of a strong speak-up culture is embodied by 
reporting mechanisms such as reporting to a person who can be 
trusted, such as a manager, HR business partner, Legal Counsel, 
or Compliance Officer without fear of retaliation. In addition, 
employees and external stakeholders (suppliers, subcontractors, 
customers, business agents, etc.) can directly access the 
whistleblowing system through the Trust Line portal, which provides 
support to people if they are a victim/witness to a potential violation 
of the Trust Charter. The Trust Line is available online globally, at all 
times, and protects the anonymity of the whistleblower (unless there 
is legislation to the contrary). Since December 2019, employees 
can better report their concerns, by selecting a type of concern 
and checking its definition. In compliance with local legislation, this 
system is provided by an external, impartial third-party company 
and proposes alert categories, a questionnaire, and an information 
exchange protocol between the person issuing the alert and the 
person responsible for the internal investigation. 

Each concern reported on the whistleblowing system is analyzed 
by the Group Operational Compliance Committee (GOCC) and 
relevant Regional Compliance Officer, and where considered 
necessary, investigated. Each year, a detailed report on the 
effectiveness of the system is presented to the Audit & Risks 
Committee, which reviews effectiveness of the alert system.

Unless there are legal provisions to the contrary, the system can 
be used to send any concern in every country in which the Group 
operates, especially regarding health and safety, discrimination, 
harassment (including sexual harassment), unfair treatment, labor 
practices, favoritism, violation of our Anti-Corruption Policy, fraud, 
conflict of interest, and antitrust. 

In 2021, 655 Ethics & Compliance concerns were received through 
our internal reporting mechanisms (585 internal and 70 external). 
After first analysis, 582 (89%) concerns were considered as valid 
alerts. After being investigated, and at the time of writing, 168 
(26%) of those valid alerts were confirmed and led to 94 actions 
including for instance employment termination in 23 confirmed 
alerts and written warnings in 11 confirmed alerts. HR-related 
concerns represented most of confirmed alerts. As it may take 
several months to analyse and investigate some complex cases, 
evaluation of concerns received until 31st December 2021 is  
still ongoing.

For HR related concerns, even if investigation does not allow  
to qualify the situation, actions may be taken, such as assigning 
obligation of coaching and/or training or improving internal 
processes.

Number of concerns received through 
our whistleblowing system per region

Status of concerns received* through  
our whistleblowing system

Distribution of confirmed alerts  
by type of issue

5%

6%

9%

14%

655

concerns  
received

29%

  North America
  Rest of the World
  Europe
  China
  France
  India

www.se.com

37%

20%

9% 2%

26%

22%

6%
8%

12%

22%

30%

43%

   Valid alerts confirmed after investigation
   Valid alerts not confirmed after investigation
   Valid alerts under investigation
   Not valid alert
    Ongoing assessment

* as of 31st January 2022

    Discrimination, Harassment, Unfair treatment
    Fraud
   Conflict of interest
   Bribery & Corruption
    Health & Safety
   Other

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

99

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.2  Driving responsible conduct of business with the Trust Charter

2.2.2.2.10  External engagement
Schneider Electric participates in the initiatives of many non-
governmental organizations (NGOs) and professional associations, 
such as Transparency International France, a leading NGO that 
aims to stop corruption and promote transparency, responsibility, 
and integrity across all sectors. 

Schneider is also member of Le Cercle d’Éthique des Affaires  
(The Ethical Business Circle), a professional association that 
facilitates co-operation between business leaders across France 
to share best practices. 

To maintain innovation in its approach to ethics and compliance, 
Schneider became the eighth sponsor of the Master of Law and 
Business Ethics at CY Cergy Paris University in 2020 and benefits 
from the work of the Master’s Chair, led by experts in France and 
in the United States, as well as from listening to the students and 
reviewing their work.

2.2.2.2.7  Disciplinary measures
In the event of non-compliance with the Ethics & Compliance 
program by an employee (especially based on the findings of  
an investigation), disciplinary measures may apply depending on 
local disciplinary policies and law. The relevant managers, or the 
Group Disciplinary Committee for the most sensitive alerts, take 
the appropriate measures in order to sanction the party or parties 
involved and to remediate consequences of the misconduct (such 
as launch a specific audit, review a process, perform training, etc.).

A specific disciplinary regime is specified in the Anti-Corruption 
Policy, detailing the measures that Schneider Electric can take 
in the event of a misconduct. This disciplinary regime was 
implemented within the Group according to local disciplinary 
policies and law, when the policy was deployed in 2019 and 2020.

2.2.2.2.  Monitoring and audit
The Ethics & Compliance program is an integral part of the Group’s 
Key Internal Controls. In 2021, this Key Internal Control framework 
has been significantly reshaped and enhanced, which will allow 
for improved monitoring of key pillars of the Ethics & Compliance 
program. Whenever an evaluation indicates points of weakness, 
action plans must be set up and monitored by internal auditors. 
Also, Schneider Electric is working on additional second-level 
controls to monitor and assess the effectiveness of some of the 
recent evolutions of the Ethics & Compliance program. 

Furthermore, the Group’s Internal Audit program includes 
specific tasks related to the Ethics & Compliance program, and 
to activities or subsidiaries for which an evaluation of the maturity 
and effectiveness of the program will be reviewed. Several internal 
audits were conducted in 2021 resulting in recommendations 
related to the improvement of the Ethics & Compliance program. 

  For more details on Key Internal Controls and the Group’s Internal Audit, 

Please refer to page 247. (cid:496)

2.2.2.2.9  Ethics and compliance leadership 
in times of crisis
The focus on ethics and compliance has increased due to the 
COVID-19 pandemic, with actions put into place such as global 
guidance for all Country Presidents on “Ethics & Compliance 
considerations in the management of COVID-19”, global risk-
management live talks focusing on general compliance, HR 
compliance, and export control, and finally, meetings with subject 
matter experts to identify and manage the main risks related to 
COVID-19.

100

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

The Gifts & Hospitality Policy provides guidance to employees  
on the ethical handling of gifts and hospitality received and given 
by Schneider Electric employees.

A new version of the Business Agent Policy was released in  
August 2019 to meet legal requirements and public authorities’ 
guidance, especially regarding risk-based approach of the due 
diligence, as well as internal recommendations following several 
audits performed on applicability of the policy in 2018. 

The risks associated with onboarding new acquisition targets 
are numerous and consequently, Merger and Acquisition (M&A) 
guidelines have been published to identify, manage, and mitigate 
those risks at the earliest stage possible. These guidelines aim 
to cover the very first steps of identifying potential targets (M&A 
strategy), what to look out for in data-rooms, and finally how 
we plan to integrate the acquired entity into our compliance 
organization. These same rules also apply when Schneider Electric 
decides to make a divestiture with a step-by-step approach to 
managing the transition.

In 2021, a Conflict of Interest Policy was published, in particular 
creating a procedure to disclose and manage any identified 
conflict of interest. A Donations Policy has also been published  
and implemented, which aims, among other things, to manage  
risks of unlawful use of money and then corruption.

2.2.3.2.2  Empowering employees against 
corruption 
In 2020 and 2021, a set of anti-corruption e-learnings was built, 
providing guidance on real life risk scenarios; it was designed 
taking into account the trainees’ needs and expectations, and  
is mandatory for targeted employees exposed to corruption  
risks through their job codes, i.e. those identified as such by  
the corruption risk mapping. This led to a curriculum of modules 
of e-learnings, deployed in 2020: a general module on the “zero 
tolerance” message against corruption and an explanation of the 
legal framework and risks, and two specific modules about third 
parties and gifts and invitations. In 2021, four additional modules 
were created about facilitation payments, conflict of interest, 
conditions that make people commit the wrongdoing, and how to 
raise concerns in Schneider Electric. The modules were supported 
by top leaders’ videos demonstrating the “tone at the top” on this 
crucial matter and are available in 14 languages. In 2021, the set  
of anti-corruption e-learnings has been assigned to more than 
40,000 employees and 97% completed it.

2.2.3.3  Focus on responsible lobbying, 
political activity, and donations

In its Trust Charter, Schneider Electric takes a clear stance with 
regards to responsible lobbying, political activity, and donations. 
As a Company, Schneider has a role to play in the public debate 
addressing leading issues with the global community. It is 
necessary that the Group states its positions clearly, participates 
in technical discussions, and supports responsible public  
policy development. 

2.2.3  Zero tolerance for 
corruption

The exposure of the Group to corruption risk has been increasing 
for several years, due to the expansion of the Group’s activities 
in new economies, especially in Asia and Africa, through organic 
growth, and mergers and acquisitions.

The business model of the Group relies on a large ecosystem of 
partners. This ecosystem may represent a risk for the Group, being 
accountable for activities performed on its behalf, and in regards  
to potential conflicts of interest or unethical solicitations.

In addition, the Group is participating in complex projects involving 
a large range of partners in sectors at risk, such as oil and gas, and 
with end-users from the public sector in countries at risk.

Over the past years, the increase of law enforcement by public 
authorities, higher press coverage of fines imposed on companies, 
and new regulations requiring a strong compliance program have 
significantly changed the potential impact of corruption risks.

Schneider Electric has a zero tolerance policy with regard to 
corruption. This commitment materialized through a strong and 
continuously developing Anti-Corruption Compliance program, 
which is part of the Ethics & Compliance program. 

2.2.3.1  Risk assessment

To meet the legal obligations specified by the December 9,  
2016 French law known as the Sapin II law, the Company launched 
a risk mapping exercise focusing on corruption risks, which was 
conducted in 2018 at global level and in 2019 at regional levels.  
In 2020, action plans were implemented in accordance with  
risks identified. 

In 2021, this risk assessment was updated as part of the new  
Ethics & Compliance risk mapping, which focuses in particular  
on Corruption and Conflicts of Interest. Please refer to section 2.2.2 
“Ethics & Compliance program”, page 95.

2.2.3.2  Risk management

2.2.3.2.1  Anti-Corruption framework
As stated in our Trust Charter and Anti-Corruption Policy,  Schneider 
Electric is committed to comply with all applicable laws and 
regulations, such as the OECD’s Convention on Combating Bribery 
of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, 
the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA),  
the UK Bribery Act, and the French Sapin II law. 

Schneider Electric applies a zero-tolerance policy towards 
corruption and other unethical business practices and considers 
that “doing things right” is a key value-creation driver for all its 
stakeholders. We count on our employees and third parties to 
promote business integrity. For doing so, we must provide them 
with the tools to encourage them to act right. 

In order to meet the requirements of the French Sapin II law,  
the Group released an Anti-Corruption Policy. The Policy was 
reviewed in November 2019 to take into account results of the 
corruption risk mapping and to provide employees with examples 
illustrating situations they may face. The Anti-Corruption Policy shall 
serve as a handbook that anyone may consult when having doubts 
about appropriate business practices. It is not intended to address 
every issue one may encounter, but it provides appropriate 
examples of corruption risks and offers guidance to resolve  
many ethical dilemmas.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

101

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.2  Driving responsible conduct of business with the Trust Charter

However, Schneider believes that this representation of interests 
shall be conducted in a transparent and fair manner, allowing 
its third parties and stakeholders to understand its activities, 
positions, and statements. In particular, Schneider Electric does 
not engage in political activity or political representation and does 
not make any payment to political parties in relation to its public 
representation. In 2021, Schneider Electric has not been involved  
in sponsoring local, regional, or national political campaigning.

In the US, political contributions can only be made by a corporation 
through a legally formed Political Action Committee (PAC) or Super 
Political Action Committee. Schneider Electric does not engage 
with Super PAC activity nor does it have a PAC in the US and 
therefore cannot make any political contributions in this country. 

Donations and lobbying activities are risks specifically addressed 
in the Anti-Corruption Policy. 

Schneider Electric presents information about its lobbying activities 
in the French High Authority for Transparency in Public Life, in the 
EU transparency register, and in the US Lobbying Disclosure  
Act Registration. 

For 2017 to 2020, the Group discloses membership fees towards 
trade associations, business coalitions, and think-tanks to a large 
extent in the sense that many organizations’ fees are not primarily 
focusing on political campaigns or legislative activities but rather 
on standardization activities and industry best practices. However, 
in an effort of transparency, those have been included as they 
could be referenced in policy development in the margin of their 
activities. The following geographies are covered: Europe, the US, 
China, and Russia, which are where the Group is mostly active 
when it comes to policy and legislation.

Total contributions to such groups globally amounted €3.2 million in 
2017, €2.6 million in 2018, €5.2 million in 2019, €5.9 million in 2020. 
2021 data is not available at the time of writing as reporting on 
these matters typically ends mid-year or end of year.

Largest contributions and expenditures concern two main 
engagement topics:

• The first is “sustainable energy for all”: Schneider Electric

believes that energy management and energy efficiency are
critical to move towards a new energy landscape and therefore
supports a policy framework that unleashes the business and
climate opportunities related to the new energy landscape.
Contributions and expenditures on this topic amounted
€0.51 million in 2020 (€0.52 million in 2019) globally;

• The second is “powering the digital economy”: The Group
supports the emergence of digital economy to bring new
opportunities for businesses and people and therefore supports
a policy framework that facilitates the digital transformation
globally. Contributions and expenditures on this topic amounted
€0.47 million in 2020 (€0.27 million in 2019) globally.

2.2.4  Compliance with tax 
regulations

Schneider Electric Group engages to comply with the international 
and local tax regulations applicable in each of the countries in 
which it operates, and to provide to the tax authorities with all the 
information necessary to enable them to carry out their mission. 
The tax policy of the Group can be consulted on our website  
at se.com

2.2.5  High standards for the 
quality and safety of our products

Quality is defined as “conformance to requirements or fitness for 
use”. Constant customer satisfaction and quality change would 
allow more proactive engagement to maximize our organization’s 
ability to successfully achieve our overall business strategy, 
purpose, and mission. Schneider Electric therefore understands 
that delivering superior quality is the foundation of an ultimate 
customer experience.

2.2.5.1  Risks and opportunities

Schneider Electric has more than 260,000 references produced 
in 191 factories, spread across 46 countries around the world. 
Operating in essential industries, product quality and safety is 
a critical topic for the Group as product malfunctions or failures 
could result in Schneider incurring liabilities for tangible, intangible 
damages, or personal injuries. The failure of a product, system, 
or solution may involve costs related to the product recall, result 
in new development expenditure, and consume technical and 
economic resources.

Schneider Electric’s products are also subject to multiple quality 
and safety controls and regulations and are governed by both 
national and supranational standards. New or more stringent 
standards or regulations could result in capital investment or  
costs of specific measures for compliance.

The above-mentioned costs could have a significant impact on 
the profitability and cash equivalent of the Group. The business 
reputation of Schneider Electric could also be negatively impacted. 
Indeed, the Group has been impacted by several recalls recently, 
more or less ranging from EUR 10 million to EUR 40 million, 
depending on the case.

Risks identified by Schneider Electric in regard to product, project, 
system quality, and offer reliability can be:

• Design quality concerns
• Manufacturing and Logistic issues
• Deficient product safety
• Software quality
• Brand labelling, Supplier & Supply mismanagement

The above risks have therefore convinced the Group to reinforce 
the focus on Quality, Reliability and Robustness of its offers and 
turn the above listed risks into opportunities for sustainability  
and efficiency such as:

• More reliability and agility in our designs for sustainable offers
• More robustness in our manufacturing and logistics processes
• More digital in our partnerships and more circularity in our

supply chain to reduce our carbon footprint

2.2.5.2  Quality group policy

Schneider Electric, thanks to its “Issue to Prevention” process, 
systematically analyses the root causes of any failures in a continuous 
improvement approach. This process is split up into three clear steps:

1  The resolution – to solve the issue fast and well
2  The analysis – to identify severe and recurrent issues
3  The prevention – to fix the systemic root causes for good

From these analysis phases, Schneider Electric acknowledges 
that half of the failures come from the design stage and the other 
half from the manufacturing. Schneider has designed specific 
programs to address both ends of these failures.

102

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

There are directives and procedures, designed within dedicated 
committees to protect our Customers:

• Quality Directive “Managing Customer Safety Risks”.

This directive requires the application of Schneider Electric’s
systematic processes to properly address potential offer safety
risks of Bodily Injury or Property Damage, discovered inside or
outside Schneider Electric. These processes are to be used for
all offers sold or manufactured by Schneider Electric.
• Quality Procedure “Offer Safety Review”. The overall

objective of offer safety is to reduce the risk arising from the use
of Schneider’s products, solutions, or services throughout their life
cycle. Offer safety reviews are conducted by Offer Safety Review
Committees and are used to focus attention on safety and help
ensure that our offers are safe when properly installed (based on
safety manual), maintained and used for their intended purpose
and other reasonably foreseeable use or misuse.

2.2.5.3  Governance

At Schneider Electric, the customer satisfaction and quality network 
spreads all over the Group’s layers and functions to cover our 
Global Supply Chain, our operations, and our lines of businesses.

Within such a complex organization, Schneider is engaged to 
include quality into the Group culture and spread the customer 
first mindset everywhere.

In this context, a new governance committee has been created 
gathering heads of businesses, the Head of Customer Satisfaction 
& Quality, the Chief Strategy & Sustainability Officer, EVP, Global 
Supply Chain, and Schneider Digital to address the quality 
transformation journey.

By engaging everyone on quality and customer satisfaction topics, 
Schneider allows every employee to speak up for them, or have 
customers and partners speak up.

It is the responsibility of the Group to ensure awareness-raising 
to customers on potential health safety impacts when it comes to 
product, services usage.

It is the policy of Schneider to only sell products, solutions, and 
services which are safe when properly used for their intended 
purpose or for other reasonably foreseeable purposes contributing 
to the sustainability ambitions of the Group.

It is the obligation of Schneider to notify customers of safety issues 
caused by its offer that may result in bodily injury or property 
damage, and include instructions for immediate remedial actions, 
even after the end of the useful life of the offer.

Schneider Electric benefits from a full set of quality directives 
that require the application of systematic processes to properly 
address potential offer safety issues discovered inside or outside 
Schneider. These processes are to be used for all offers sold or 
manufactured by Schneider Electric. The application of these 
directives is evaluated periodically, and when deemed.

Schneider Electric’s guiding principles are as follows:

1  Customer First: Quality is the safety of our customers. 

Schneider Electric prioritizes their interests and anticipates 
their needs through customer journeys and customer personas 
deployment everywhere in the Group. Schneider Electric follows 
customer-centric rituals as quality is every customer’s right.

2  Offer Quality: Schneider Electric innovates with agility, 

discipline, and good business sense throughout the offer’s 
lifecycle, from creation to supply, all the way through 
manufacturing, delivering, and operations and until services. 
Schneider Electric delivers safe, reliable, and cybersecure 
offers, for products, systems, and software, to secure 
customers’ business continuity.
Intelligence: Schneider Electric runs strong analytics to convert 
our customer experience data into actionable information, 
enabling us to anticipate customer failures, prevent customer 
complaints, and improve on all touch points. Schneider Electric 
propagates this customer intelligence in all teams.

3 

4  People: Schneider Electric empowers our teams to put 

customer first, and to look for superior customer driven skills. 
Schneider Electric removes internal barriers to always address 
customer issues first. Quality is every employee’s responsibility.

5  Ultimate experience: Schneider Electric deeply analyzes 

customer experience on all touch points, leverages it to prioritize 
the investments, and tailors the sales tactics accordingly. 
Customer experience is recognized in the Group as a strong 
competitive advantage, to earn trust from customers and 
develop business in a sustainable manner.

Customer Experience

Customer First

Quality and 
Reliability by 
Design

Customer Experience

Premium Quality 
and Reliability 

Ultimate 
Experience

Prioritize customers’ 
needs and react quickly, 
always going the extra 
mile

Ensure business 
continuity in protecting 
people, assets and data

Deliver through robust 
processes and digitized 
end-to-end supply chain

React faster vs. 
competitors with analytics 
backbone and SE great 
people

End to end offer quality

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

103

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.2  Driving responsible conduct of business with the Trust Charter

2.2.5.4  Due diligence and results

The Group policy is supported by a robust Quality Management 
System, which is improved continuously to fulfill expectations of  
all relevant parties. It is in full alignment with our Trust Charter, 
Schneider Electric’s Code of Conduct, as well as in compliance 
with ISO 9001 standard. In 2021, 231 Schneider supply chain  
sites were certified to ISO 9001. 

•  End-to-End Traceability to serialize, track, and trace 

Schneider Electric’s products.

•  Analytics & Optimization to leverage descriptive, predictive, 
and prescriptive analytics on data generated to get actionable 
insights to improve industrial quality.

•  Digitization of Processes to digitize processes for 

simplification, transparency, and robustness while capturing 
data for analytics.

2.2.5.4.1  Reliability as a signature of  
Schneider Electric
To ensure improvement in the area of design, the Group launched
in mid-2020, a dedicated program, ReeD (Reliability End To End  
byDesign), to secure fundamentals and ensure full integration of 
new customer expectations (from Quality to Reliability). It is the 
obsession of the Group to ensure that “Reliability” is a signature 
value of Schneider Electric branding:

•  To deliver an outstanding customer satisfaction on products/

systems robustness

•  To create and deploy an easy access to the relevant knowledge

This reliability program has been designed with R&D at its heart,  
with huge interactions with all functions and businesses of 
Schneider Electric:

•  By ensuring that new offers development is focused  

on customer promises.

•  By animating mitigation plan until deviation is fixed.
•  By ensuring Excellence in Offer Life Cycle changes.
•  By transitioning from product quality to systems reliability.
•  By combining people’s competency with robust digital 

processes.

•  By leveraging more digital tools to detect issues early and 

reduce the number of bugs seen by customers.

•  Reinforce risk analysis to ensure proper usage of our systems, 
software, and products to prevent associated issues and risks.

2.2.5.4.2  Towards a sustainable quality excellence 
for an ultimate customer experience
Thanks to the implementation of a robustness program, Schneider 
Electric fosters a quality culture by boosting the basics to secure 
cultural transformation towards Sustainable Quality Excellence for 
premium customer experience through solid foundations such as 
people, organization, robustness, and suppliers.

For full visibility all along the supply chain, the scope of action 
has been extended outside and inside Schneider Electric. It is 
the will of the group to move from a reactive to a predictive mode, 
leveraging digital and analytics, and building an integration layer 
that connects critical offers.

Six digital streams have been designed to achieve defined goals:

•  Suppliers Process Monitoring to build with suppliers the 

capabilities of real time process control.

•  Manufacturing Process Monitoring to build with factories  

the capabilities of real time process control.

•  Logistics Process Monitoring to build the capability of real 

time process control in Schneider Electric’s logistics operations.

2.2.5.4.3 Revalorising customer returns
When sustainability supports Customer Satisfaction, it translates 
into new processes and policies to allow returns of adapted 
products for reuse, remanufacture and refurbishment. The strong 
collaboration between Sustainability, Global Supply Chain, Lines 
of Business and Customer Satisfaction and Quality teams imagine 
these new processes, enabling Schneider Electric to revalorize 
customers returns through reuse of components or remanufacture 
of new products in Local Adaptation Centers. The benefits can be 
seen at customer satisfaction level: by producing and delivering 
back order impacted by components in shortages, by serving 
new customers orders and on Sustainability level with anticipation 
of upcoming regulation compliance (Anti-Waste law), reducing 
carbon footprint of our supply chain and reducing cost of non 
quality due to product scrap. 

Schneider Electric has an Offer Safety Alert (OSA) process to alert 
the relevant Line of Business and other interested parties as soon 
as it is suspected that customers’ health or property safety may 
be put at risk by Schneider products, solutions, or projects. The 
Offer Safety Alert Committee (OSAC) is a permanent corporate 
committee that oversees and regulates the management of OSA. 
Its mission is to ensure all OSA are managed with the due diligence 
and urgency to minimize safety risks to customers. Its independent, 
multi-discipline nature allows the OSAC to make decisions in our 
customers’ best interest. As part of the Trust pillar of Schneider 
Sustainability Essentials 2021-2025, Schneider is committed to 
reduce by 50% the weight of scrap from safety units recalled  
by 2025 (SSE #15).

Trust

SSE #15 

50% reduction in scrap from  
safety units recalled

In 2021 the Group recalled 14 products as approved by the 
Offer Safety Alert Committee. The Customer Satisfaction 
& Quality team reaches out to customers impacted by the 
recall to arrange for product replacement. Investigation 
will be conducted on products returned to Schneider’s 
premises to determine the final root cause of the safety 
issue. The returned product thereafter will be assessed on 
its reusability and parts which could not be reused will be 
scrapped according to the local environmental regulations.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

4,202

4,024

2,101

104

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

•  Performing reality checks via metrics, internal and external 

reviews, cyber crisis drills, and vulnerability assessments to  
our extended enterprise (including our acquired companies).
•  Engaging cyber discussions with our customers, suppliers,  

and partners to improve the resilience across the value chain.
•  Partnering with leading companies, experts, and authorities  

in the field of cybersecurity.

2.2.6.3  Proposing cybersecurity by design

2.

•  Cybersecurity Framework and other recognized standards, 

such as ISA/IEC 62443 and ISO 27000.

•  Schneider Electric IoT-enabled EcoStruxure™ platform provides 
our customers with end-to-end cybersecurity solutions and 
services to protect a vast digital ecosystem.

As part of the Trust pillar of its 2021-2025 sustainability strategy, 
Schneider Electric commits to be in the top 25% in external ratings 
for Cybersecurity performance (SSE #16).

Trust

SSE #16 

In the Top 25% in external ratings  
for Cybersecurity performance

Schneider Electric continuously and consistently monitors 
its posture with the support of cyber scoring agencies. 
This scoring capability enables the Group to identify 
and address vulnerabilities and weaknesses (along with 
Intelligence-driven detections) around main risk categories 
like Compromised Systems, Diligence, User Behavior and 
Public Disclosures. Addressing findings that can negatively 
impact overall cybersecurity rating and benchmarking our 
performance against is aiding our maturity journey  
on cybersecurity, from a performance, risk, and 
communication perspective. 

With this discipline, we measure the improvement of our 
posture over years: from a baseline of 520 in January 2018, 
we have now reached a score of 800 for the year 2021.
Evolution of our external rating since 2018 +54%.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

Top 
25% 

Top 25%

Top 
25%

2.2.6  Digital trust and security 

2.2.6.1  Cybersecurity context and stakes

Hyperconnectivity brings the promise of improved efficiency, 
productivity, and safety, but, at the same time creates new  
sources of risks. 

At Schneider Electric, we take this threat very seriously. Our 
commitment to Life is On begins with giving businesses and 
citizens trust in the New Electric World. Doing so requires that 
we not only help our customers to defend against these threats 
through our products and services, but also maintain a strong 
cybersecurity posture to avoid becoming a risk to them. 

That is why cybersecurity and data protection are integral to 
Schneider Electric’s business strategy and digital transformation 
journey and is at the core of our Trust Charter. At all levels of 
the Group, clear expectations for both individual and collective 
behaviors are defined in a cybersecurity “Trust pillar.” In addition  
to corporate commitment, our executives play a crucial role in 
making cybersecurity a core tenet of our business and corporate 
culture through the sponsorship of the Executive Committee and 
oversight from the Board of Directors.

Our vision as a digital leader in energy management and industrial 
automation is to raise the bar with our ecosystem. We seek to 
embark partners, customers, and suppliers in our security posture.

This approach can be summarized in four steps:

1  Taking a risk-informed approach.

2  Managing cyber risks in depth to protect our customers,  

our operations, and our critical infrastructures.

3  Establishing a Group-wide cybersecurity culture.

4  Partnering with our ecosystem across the value chain to  

build trust and raise the defense level of the industry at large.

2.2.6.2  Reinforcing the Group’s 
cybersecurity posture and that of its 
ecosystem of partners and customers

Schneider Electric deploys several actions to reinforce its cyber 
posture and that of its ecosystem of partners and customers:

•  Holding a cyber-related business risk register to articulate 
potential vulnerabilities/attacks and define remediation 
activities.
Identifying and prioritizing high-value digital assets to the 
Company’s operation.
Implementing cyber capabilities and digital locks around 
people, processes, and technologies.

• 

• 

•  Deploying general and dedicated awareness and training 

programs on cybersecurity and data protection, with a strong 
focus on high-risk population (customer-facing people, HR).

•  Monitoring, detecting, responding, and learning from  

cyber events.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

105

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.2  Driving responsible conduct of business with the Trust Charter

2.2.6.4  Training and awareness

2.2.7  Human rights

Online training on cybersecurity is mandatory for all employees. 
This training helps employees to understand what cyber threats 
they may face and how they should behave to be protected from 
the risks. At the end of 2021, 99% of Schneider Electric employees 
have completed this training. Specific employee categories 
received mandatory training for risks linked to their activity.

Schneider Electric implemented the General Data Protection 
Regulation (GDPR) requirements and specific training was 
launched to present the major challenges of this regulation.  
This training is mandatory for Schneider Electric employees 
 in Europe and key functions.

2.2.6.5  Data privacy and protection

Schneider Electric believes that the global implementation of a 
digital strategy must reconcile economic objectives and respect 
for fundamental human rights, including the right to protection  
of personal data and privacy.

Schneider Electric establishes an organization, work streams, 
policies, procedures, and controls required by the obligations 
stemming from GDPR and data privacy and protection regulations, 
including:

• Internal data privacy policy and Binding Corporate Rules (BCR).
• Training and awareness campaigns.
• Processing registers.
• Online privacy policy and privacy notices.
• Digital assets privacy assessment process.
• Data breach management and notification process.
• Maturity assessment and audit controls.

Schneider Electric has put in place a governance ecosystem 
including a Group Data Protection Officer, a DPO network,  
an implementation team, Data Privacy & Protection Champions 
and Steercos. 

In 2021, Schneider Electric has strengthened its processes for data 
breach management, including specific training. It has deployed 
several awareness programs including on International Data 
Protection Day and on events management. Schneider Electric 
has also been rolling out its Global Data Privacy & Protection 
compliance approach beyond GDPR in China, the USA, and India 
and in globalizing its standards. A new data protection addendum 
has been deployed, including the new Standard Contractual 
Clauses of the European Commission.

2.2.7.1  Risks and opportunities

Human rights, which have been a main priority of the Group for  
a long time, have been growing in terms of risk exposure, due  
to the increase of legal enforcement, geopolitical influence, and 
new challenges raised by social, economic, and digital disruptions 
such as forced labor, living wages, or migrant workers. Schneider 
Electric has consistently focused on human rights and has the 
ambition to remain an exemplary company on this subject.

Schneider Electric’s review of risks and opportunities related to 
human rights covers fundamental human rights, decent working 
conditions and equal opportunities.

Fundamental human rights
• Respect and dignity: healthy and respectful relations at work
between individuals and teams, and towards communities.

• No Child labor: defined by the International Labour

Organization (ILO) as work that deprives children of their
childhood, their potential, and their dignity, and that is harmful
to their physical and mental development.

• No Forced labor: defined by the ILO as all works or services for
which a person has not offered themselves voluntarily or willingly.

• Freedom of association: the right for workers to join

professional organizations that can defend their interests.

Decent working conditions
• Health and safety: potential incidents of various degrees

of severity related to workplace conditions.

• Security at work: physical or verbal violence that may originate

from internal or external threats.

• Working time and leave: ensuring employees work on a

schedule that respects legal time frames, rest periods, and
leave provisions, and are given the opportunity to balance
personal and professional time.

• Wages and benefits: paying employees a compensation that

is fair in view of their profile, skills, and qualifications.
• Harassment: continuous solicitation with the intention of
exhausting a person or forcing that person into unwanted
behavior.

• Data privacy: securing the data that individuals are placing into
the Company’s hands so that their privacy and freedom remain
safe and protected.

Equal opportunities
• Discrimination: creating a situation of inequality based on

an employee’s personal characteristic, at work or when hiring.

• Diversity and inclusion: risk of introducing several biases

that would result in an unbalanced representation of the society
inside the Company, and the exclusion of some groups or
communities from the Company.

• Development of competencies: giving employees the
opportunity to learn, maintain, and develop their skills
and abilities.

106

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

In accordance with the 2017 French duty of vigilance law and its 
ambition to behave as an exemplary company, Schneider Electric 
implemented a specific vigilance plan. In 2021, Schneider reviewed 
and updated its “duty of vigilance risk matrix” which highlights 
human rights risks at its sites, as well as for suppliers, contractors, 
and local communities. Several actions are implemented to mitigate 
the highest identified risks in this matrix. 

For more details, see section “2.2.9 Vigilance plan”, page 112. (cid:496)

2.2.7.2  Group policy

Schneider Electric’s human rights approach is articulated around 
three principles. 
1. Schneider is committed to fully respecting and applying laws

and regulations in all countries where it operates.

2. Schneider is committed to fostering and promoting human rights
throughout all its operational sites and subsidiaries worldwide.
3. Schneider wishes to support human rights beyond its borders,
leveraging its large network of partners and stakeholders to
promote the implementation of actions that will ensure the
respect of people’s rights.

Human rights in the Trust Charter
Through its Trust Charter, published in 2021, Schneider Electric is 
taking a strong position on what values it stands for. Human rights 
are fully embedded in this Trust Charter with guidance on the 
following challenges:

• Create Equal Opportunities
• Harness the Power of All Generations
• Champion Well-Being and New Ways of Working
• Be S.A.F.E. First
• Reach the Highest Standards for Cybersecurity, Data Privacy,

and Protection

• Select and Manage Suppliers Responsibly
• Empower Local Communities
• Do not use “Conflict Minerals”
• Protect the Vulnerable from Abusive Working Conditions
• Respect the rights of Association, Representation, and

Social Dialogue

Global Human Rights Policy
Schneider Electric has formulated a specific Global Human Rights 
Policy that defines its position on human rights. It is applicable 
to all Schneider permanent or temporary employees working on 
Group premises. It also aims to inspire external stakeholders. For 
all human rights risks identified above, and based on the “Protect, 
Respect, Remedy” principles, the policy provides a framework and 
gives guidance to employees and teams on how to behave in their 
daily operations or when facing a specific situation.

In 2021, Schneider Electric has started to work on the second 
version of its Global Human Rights Policy, providing an update 
notably with the Company’s commitments regarding migrant 
workers and artificial intelligence. The full deployment is forecasted 
for the second quarter of 2022 including e-learnings and trainings 
modules.

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Alignment with international standards and frameworks
Schneider Electric adheres to the following principles or guidelines:

• The ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights

at Work.

• The international human rights principles encompassed in
the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, which sets out
a common standard for all types of organization.

• The OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises, which

formulate recommendations for companies, including for the
respect of human rights.

• Since 2003, Schneider Electric is part of the United Nations

Global Compact. In 2011, the United Nations issued the Guiding
Principles on Business and Human Rights which precisely
define the roles and responsibilities of States and businesses on
these matters. Schneider Electric is committed to these Guiding
Principles and to the United Nations Convention on the Rights of
the Child.

Specific policies
In addition to its Trust Charter and the Global Human Rights Policy, 
Schneider Electric has implemented specific global policies to 
provide guidance in the following areas:

Human resources
• Diversity & Inclusion Policy: applies to the entire Company and
covers all facets of diversity, as Schneider Electric wants to
mirror the communities in which the Group operates. This policy
is based on respect and dignity, which are the foundations for
fairness and equity.

• Family Leave Policy: provides a framework so that every
employee, whatever the country of employment, can take
some specific leave to enjoy some of life’s special moments
with their families.

• Anti-Harassment Policy: states Schneider Electric’s

commitments to have zero-tolerance for any kind of harassment
or offensive behavior.

• Flexibility at Work Policy: defines global Flexibility at Work

pathways, mandatory and recommended, to ensure consistency
and equitable treatment in the application of flexible work
arrangements across business units and countries for all eligible
Schneider Electric employees.

• Employee Benefits Policy: defines the global principles,

standards, and governance for the provision of employee
benefits at Schneider Electric.

Health and safety
• Health & Safety Policy: states the rules and guidelines

applicable to all Schneider Electric employees, and also
to specific populations performing specialized tasks. It is
supported by learning tools, and it is the subject of an annual
“Global Health & Safety Day”.

• Travel Policy: defines the rules applicable to travelers, including
the safety guidelines, procedures, and processes to ensure the
safety of Schneider business travelers at all times.

• Security Policy: defines the global scope of security applicable

to all entities, locations, and activities. This policy also
emphasizes the crucial role of managers to ensure security.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

107

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.2  Driving responsible conduct of business with the Trust Charter

2.2.7.3  Deployment of internal actions

Schneider Electric entities and subsidiaries are monitored through 
the implementation of Key Internal Controls. These controls are 
designed in co-ordination with the Internal Audit team and consist 
in an annual self-assessment covering different operational topics. 
Human rights and health and safety controls are included in this 
annual review. The results of these assessments allow Schneider 
Electric to benchmark the entities and to prioritize mitigation plans 
when necessary.

Internal actions regarding respect and dignity, freedom of 
association, health and safety, working time and leave, wages and 
benefits, harassment, discrimination, diversity and inclusion, and 
development of competencies are described in section “2.5 Great 
People making Schneider Electric a great company”, page 164.

Schneider Electric is implementing training programs that are 
specific to the policies listed above, to raise the level of awareness 
of employees and give them advice on how to react or behave in 
specific situations. Some of these trainings are mandatory, others 
are part of recommended training paths. Such programs cover a 
very wide area of topics, from anti-harassment to well-being, or 
how to overcome bias and develop an inclusive culture. For more 
details, see section 2.5.3 Talent attraction and development,  
page 177.

Specifically, for health and safety, the Group maintains a follow-
up of safety metrics. Incidents are reviewed with management, 
corrective actions are implemented when necessary, and 
communications are sent to relevant teams throughout the 
Company. When needed, a global safety alert can be launched to 
draw all relevant employees’ attention. Schneider Electric organizes 
a yearly “Global Health & Safety Day”, to inform all employees and 
keep the level of awareness high on this key topic. For more details, 
see section “Employee health and safety”, page 109.

2.2.7.4  Deployment of actions  
towards suppliers

Human rights are included in the integration of the sustainable 
purchases approach in the selection of new suppliers. Schneider 
Electric uses a qualification process called Schneider Supplier 
Quality Management (SSQM) to select new suppliers. It is based  
on an evaluation questionnaire combined with on-site audits,  
which include human rights and health and safety assessments.

Schneider Electric’s Supplier Code of Conduct states the 
framework in which the Group wishes to operate with vendors. 
Schneider Electric expects suppliers to respect the fundamental 
principles on health, safety, people’s protection, and development 
as defined in this document. Strategic suppliers are also 
assessed through Ecovadis 3rd party, leveraging ISO26000 norm, 
where Labor and Human rights is one of the four pillars of the 
methodology.

Other actions are implemented through the Group’s vigilance plan. 
For more details, see section “2.2.9 Vigilance plan”, page 112, and 
section “2.2.11 Sustainable relations with suppliers”, page 117.

2.2.7.5  Deployment of actions  
towards contractors

Schneider Electric has developed specific actions to mitigate 
human rights risks related to project execution environment, 
anywhere co-ordination with project contractors is necessary. 

The Group is working on the evolution of the project decision-
making process to incorporate a risk assessment covering ESG 
topics including human rights. The aim is to better calibrate the 
mitigation measures and anticipate their implementation earlier  
in the project process.

Schneider Electric is also conducting specific on-site audits for 
contractors included into the Vigilance Supplier Audit program. 
At the end of 2021, 13 subcontractors have been audited. For 
more details, see section “2.2.10 Relations with project execution 
contractors”, page 116.

2.2.7.6  Deployment of actions  
towards local communities

Local communities are integrated in the vigilance risk matrix on two 
types of locations: Schneider sites (factory or an office building) 
and customer project sites (where the Group is operating as a 
contractor or subcontractor for a customer). The risks for these 
locations were assessed for the first time in 2020 in the vigilance 
risk matrix and in 2021 Schneider Electric deepened the analysis 
with a specific segmentation to select potential risks that may have 
an impact on local communities. For more details, see section 
“2.2.12 Vigilance with local communities”, page 124.

2.2.7.7  Partnerships and working groups

The Group has joined Entreprises pour les droits de l’Homme  
(EDH – Businesses for Human Rights), a leading French association 
of businesses providing its members with tools and advice on 
implementing the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business 
and Human Rights. In 2018, Schneider Electric also joined the 
Responsible Business Alliance (RBA), a non-profit coalition of more 
than 120 companies from the electronic, retail, automobile, and 
leisure industries, for compliance with human rights and sharing the 
best practices with regards to on-site auditing and monitoring of 
suppliers’ activity, including forced-labor issues.

The Group also joined the Global Compact LEAD working group 
“Decent Work in Global Supply Chain”. Schneider Electric co-leads 
the G7 Business for Inclusive Growth (B4IG) coalition’s “Advancing 
human rights in direct operations and supply chains” and “Building 
inclusive workplaces” working groups.

As a result of the working group on advancing human rights, in 
2020, B4IG members adopted a collective statement supporting 
a European framework on mandatory human rights due diligence 
and providing suggestions to be considered in legislation. In 2021, 
the working group has implemented a toolbox gathering best 
practices from companies’ members and put specific attention  
on migrant workers and fair recruitment.

108

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.2.8  Employee health  
and safety

2.2.8.1  Risks and opportunities

At Schneider Electric, risk assessments and strategic action  
plans are performed, based on the primary risks associated  
with the workplaces. These plans include opportunities to reduce 
serious and fatal incidents, maintain legal compliance, provide safe 
working conditions, and encourage employee engagement in the 
safety processes throughout the organization.

The plans are built on the Top 5 Hazards found in every aspect 
of the Company, which include driving, electrical, falls, powered 
industrial trucks (PIT), and fixed powered machines (FPM).

Injuries based on the Top 5 Hazards since 2018

  …to enhance our brand image and contribute to world 

sustainability through employees’ behavior and innovation.

In 2021, as part of its improvement efforts, Schneider Electric 
successfully achieved re-certification for ISO 45001 Safety 
Management System as part a fully integrated management system 
certified through Bureau Veritas. This certification is in place for 
over 200 locations, including 176 manufacturing and logistics sites 
and the central office.

2.2.8.2.2  EHS strategy
The Schneider Electric global safety strategy includes “S.A.F.E. 
First” at the core. Developed as a personal reminder to pause  
and reflect on safety before beginning any task, the program 
empowers employees to perform S.A.F.E. First checks and if 
“Unsafe? We stop work”.

2.

20%

32%

5%

10%

14%

19%

2.2.8.2  Group policy

  Electrical
  Falls
  Machines
  Road/Driving
  Powered Ind Truck
  Other

2.2.8.2.1  Safety is a value
Safety is a value on which Schneider Electric will not compromise, 
and this applies to Schneider Electric employees, customers, 
partners, and those working on their behalf. Safety is a pillar of the 
Trust Charter and it reinforces the Group’s commitment to provide 
a healthy and secure workplace for all. In addition, Schneider 
Electric’s ambition is to achieve the highest standards of safety 
excellence. Schneider Electric is committed to invest in its people 
and its workplace as stated in its Group Safety and Occupational 
Health Policy, stating “the ambition is to be the standard for safety 
excellence worldwide.”

The Safety and Occupational Health Policy establishes the 
commitment that Schneider Electric has made to maintaining 
safe and healthy working conditions, to fulfil legal obligations, to 
engage employees in safety processes, and to continually improve 
the health and safety program. It is the cornerstone of its certified 
Safety Management System. The policy includes the Group’s 
Health and Safety Vision and Mission as such:

Technical
qualifications
and safe
behaviours

G u i d i ng principles
We report 
opportunities

Unsafe?
We stop
work

We resolve
and share
solutions

Operational
discipline
and execution

We are
qualified

Driving

We care for
each other

Powered
Industrial
Trucks

S.A.F.E.
First

Electrical

Machines

Falls

Top 5 haz a r d s

Safe 
workplace
for everyone

Leading
as role
models

To drive Sustainable Safety Results, four strategic priorities  
have been defined and embedded in the “S.A.F.E. First” global 
safety strategy:

•  Leading as a role model
•  Technical qualifications and safe behaviors
•  Operational discipline and execution
•  Safe workplace for everyone

Vision:
  …to be the standard of excellence and the benchmark for health 

and safety within the industry.

The Schneider Electric Top 5 Hazards are constantly  
being enhanced in terms of safety standards, training,  
and communication.

Mission:
  …to protect occupational health and safety of employees, 

customers, contractors, and visitors, in the Group’s locations,  
at offsite locations, and while travelling…

  …to preserve Company license to operate through robust EHS 

compliance and risk management…

  …to provide employees safe, pleasant, and efficient workplaces 

for enhanced well-being and effectiveness…

The global safety strategy also takes into consideration the five 
guiding principles that help to determine actions to be taken as  
part of a work task. They are:

•  Ensuring employees are qualified for the work task before 

performing work.

•  Empowering employees to stop work if unsafe.
•  Reporting opportunities for improvement.
•  Resolving and sharing solutions to problems.
•  Encouraging employees to care about their own safety  

and the safety of their co-workers and customers.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

109

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.2  Driving responsible conduct of business with the Trust Charter

Continuing from the efforts in 2020, Schneider Electric has  
taken further preventive measures to mitigate the risk of employee 
exposure to the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19), such as restrictions 
on business travel, and limiting local visitors. Schneider Electric 
has developed various Health and Safety guidance documents, 
such as dealing with suspected COVID-19 case, safe operating 
guidelines, vaccination guidance, and procedures to support 
our communities facing the challenge of setting a “new normal” 
workplace. 

2.2.8.3  Due diligence and results

2.2.8.3.1  Annual EHS Assessments
To ensure successful implementation of the strategy, annual 
Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Assessments are 
performed in industrial sites worldwide. The EHS Assessment is a 
global process in which a site is evaluated to identify opportunities 
and to recognize excellence. At regional and global levels, EHS 
teams consolidate site results to identify and prioritize actions to 
support site performance, training needs, and cross-site mentoring 
opportunities. The EHS Assessment uses the same structure as 
the Schneider Performance System (SPS) (Company performance 
standardization tool) for simplified user-adoption and to enable 
further alignment to the SPS.

2.2.8.3.2  Global Safety Culture Survey 
As part of our safety strategy, Schneider Electric has launched its 
first Global Safety Culture Survey in 2021 to measure employee 
safety engagement, identify further safety opportunities, and 
develop future safety initiatives. The response rate of 77% of 
employees surveyed, showed solid engagement. The survey 
results shows that 87% of employees are positive about the  
Safety Culture at their site. 

2.2.8.3.3  Safety awareness and communication 
Communication is important to ensure coordinated and 
standardized program implementation. This is evident through 
quarterly safety campaigns, safety alerts, workplace standards, 
and employee engagement to identify safety opportunities. 

These communication programs are deeply embedded into  
the safety culture at Schneider Electric. The Group also monitors 
proactive leading indicators, including safety employee 
engagement, which tracks the rate of employee participation 
in safety opportunities, and the effective application of the EHS 
Assessment tool. Safety opportunities reporting is well established 
with over 300,000 safety opportunities reported each year. The 
focus in 2022 will be to translate these opportunities into risk 
reduction actions.

Training on hazards and their associated risks is an important  
part of Schneider Electric employee expectations. There are 258 
safety-related topics, housed in the My Learning Link database. 
Schneider Electric employees have completed an average of  
4.76 hours of safety training in 2021.

Each quarter, the Group focuses on a key safety subject to bring 
attention to both workplace and human factors, that have caused 
serious injuries at Schneider Electric. The campaign includes a 
dedicated web-portal to access tools, videos, training materials,

posters, and leader-led topics to further promote the importance of 
safety worldwide. The four quarterly safety campaigns culminated 
with the annual “Global Health & Safety Day” celebration held 
on October 18, 2021. During “Global Health & Safety Day” we 
emphasized the importance of “S.A.F.E. First, we all have a role to 
play”, through webinars, and persona posters that each Schneider 
Electric employee can relate to. A special emphasis was placed 
on the importance of performing “S.A.F.E. First Checks” to ensure 
that each employee is mentally focused and physically well before 
starting any new task.

2.2.8.3.4  Results summary
Schneider Electric has been very successful in meeting goals for 
the reduction of workplace injuries and illnesses, including those 
injuries resulting in lost time days. Over the past 10 years, the 
Group has reduced the frequency of incidents (Medical Incident 
Rate, MIR) by 81% and the severity of incidents (Lost Time Incident 
Rate, LTIR) by 77%. 2021 has shown an MIR increase of 12% 
versus 2020, with a corresponding LTIR performance increase by 
6%. 2020 excellent performance aside, impacted positively by the 
pandemic, the 2021 overall safety performance remains very much 
aligned with the last 10 years improvement trend. 

The MIR is the number of work incidents requiring medical 
treatment per million hours worked (i.e. average hours of 500 
employees working for one calendar year). Work related injuries 
and occupational illnesses requiring medical treatment are 
included. The Occupational Illness Rate is tracked independently 
for benchmarking purposes and also to drive continuous 
improvement. The Occupational Illness Rate is 2.6% of our total 
medical incidents (MIR) in 2021.

2.2.8.3.5  Recognition and awards
Schneider Electric was the recipient of several awards for 
occupational health and safety programs in 2021. This includes 
163 Occupational Excellence Achievement Awards from the 
National Safety Council (NSC) for safety performance that was 50% 
or better than their industry peer group. In addition, 5 Schneider 
Electric operations were recognized with the Industry Leader 
Awards in 2021 for outstanding safety achievements for the top 5% 
of companies that qualified for the NSC Occupational Excellence 
Achievement Award.

In Russia, Mari EI republic, Schneider Electric Potencial 
manufacturing site was awarded 1st place in the governmental 
nomination “prevention of working places injuries and occupational 
diseases”. Schneider Electric Egypt Distribution Center has been 
awarded a “prestigious International Safety Award” from the  
British Safety Council.

Schneider Electric UK&I received 3 RoSPA Awards (The Royal 
Society Health & Safety Performance Awards) during 2021: Gold 
award for demonstrating well developed occupational health and 
safety management systems, for managing occupational road risk 
and a winner award for demonstrating excellence in environmental 
as well as health and safety management. 

Multiple recognitions from different geographies were awarded 
to Schneider Electric for the pandemic COVID-19 management, 
highlighting Schneider Electric leadership and commitment 
towards employees Safety. 

110

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Employee engagement = Safety opportunities 
reported including near-miss and safety ideas

Employee 
engagement

2.42

52% 

Improvement versus 2019

(2019 = 1.59)

MIR = Medical Incident Rate.  
Work-related medical incidents.

MIR

18%

Improvement versus 2019

0.65

(2019 = 0.79)

LTIR = Lost Time Incident Rate.  
Captures the number of work-related incidents 
requiring time off work (>24hrs) 

LTIR

0.33

11%

Better than target

(Target = 0.37)

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Employee engagement trend

2
4
.
2

2
1
.
2

9
5
.
1

2019

2020

2021

MIR historical trend

4
4
.
3

5
1
.
1

4
9
.
0

9
7
.
0

8
5
.
0

5
6
.
0

8
3
.
0

2012

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2025 target

LTIR historical trend

2
4
.
1

2
6
.
0

6
4
.
0

9
3
.
0

2
3
.
0

3
3
.
0

7
3
.
0

2012

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

Target

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

111

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.2  Driving responsible conduct of business with the Trust Charter

2.2.8.3.6  Future evolution of safety at 
Schneider Electric
Safety is a never-ending journey towards excellence. Schneider 
Electric goals and initiatives are to be the standard in safety 
excellence worldwide. This pursuit begins with the Group 
employees, starting with leaders. Safety is leadership led, and the 
Group’s ambition is to progress the entire community towards full 
empowerment as defined in the “S.A.F.E. First” Human Factors 
training, Safety Culture Assessment, and leadership action plans, 
which were developed in 2020 and implemented in 2021. 

In 2022, Safety Competency will be enhanced by strengthening 
our Health and Safety subject matter expert program “EDISON” 
in each and every region. They will contribute to our 2022 Global 
Health & Safety program deployment.

While our quarterly health and safety spotlights will re-enforce the 
“S.A.F.E. First” pillars, our safety persona will be developed further 
to ensure employees understand and adopt “S.A.F.E First, we all 
have a role to play”.

In 2020, Schneider set a 5 years safety target to reduce the Medical 
Incident rate to 0.38 based on 2019 MIR baseline performance. 
2019 was selected as baseline year to mitigate COVID-19 impacts. 
The MIR performance has reduced from the baseline of 0.79 in 
2019 to the result of 0.65 in 2021, which represents 34% of the 
5-year target. 2021 shows an increase of MIR versus 2020, which
was an exceptional performance, impacted positively by the
pandemic. The employee safety engagement further improved
in 2021 with 2.42 safety opportunities reported by employee, an
increase by 23% versus 2020 and by 52% versus 2019.

Trust

SSE #14 

0.38 or below Medical Incident Rate

In Schneider Electric, we believe that all accidents are 
preventable, and Schneider Electric uses the MIR indicator 
to measure progress made against this target. Schneider 
Electric 2025 target of 0.38 MIR represents 1 accident 
per 1,450 employees per year, which is a big step towards 
Schneider Electric’s ambition of 0 accidents. Every accident 
that Schneider Electric avoids, prevents pain and suffering 
that Schneider Electric employees would have experienced.
This KPI drives many Safety programs in Schneider Electric. 
For example, in 2021, after 3 years of Machine Safety 
program deployment, Schneider Electric have reduced 
machine related Medical Incidents to 3 in 2021, a reduction 
by 91%.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

0.79

0.65

0.38

2.2.9  Vigilance plan

2.2.9.1  Context

Schneider Electric seeks to be a role model in its interactions with 
customers, partners, suppliers, and communities when it comes to 
ethics and the respect and promotion of human rights. The Group 
strives to have a positive impact on the planet and the environment 
by contributing to finding solutions to limit climate change.

The Group’s vigilance plan reflects this ambition. It also complies 
with the provisions of 2017 French law on Corporate duty of 
vigilance. The plan includes:

• A risk analysis specific to vigilance: risks that Schneider Electric

poses on the ecosystem and environment;

• A review of the key actions implemented to remediate or mitigate

these risks;
• An alert system;
• Governance specific to vigilance.

In this Registration document, Schneider Electric reviews the risk 
matrix analysis and some of the actions to mitigate these risks are 
described. When necessary, the reader will be directed to other 
sections of the report to get relevant and detailed information. For 
more comprehensive and complete information, the full vigilance 
plan of the Group is available as a standalone document and can 
be downloaded from Schneider Electric’s website at se.com

2.2.9.2  Evaluation of the main risks 
towards Schneider Electric’s environment

2.2.9.2.1  Methodology
Schneider Electric developed a specific risk matrix for the 
implementation of its vigilance plan which is reviewed annually. 
The methodology is consistent with other risk evaluations 
maintained at Group level but focuses specifically on the risks 
posed by Schneider on its environment and ecosystem.

In order to enhance the existing risk matrix and cover a more 
comprehensive scope, in 2020, a review of the methodology 
for the risk matrix was done with an external consultant, Ksapa. 
This review led to a harmonization of the definitions, a sharper 
granularity of risk categories, a reorganization of the supplier 
categories, and a focus on local communities. In 2021, Schneider 
went further to deepen its analysis on local communities 
specifically. Other than this point, no further modifications were 
brought to the risk matrix or the methodology for its annual update.

The scope of work covered is Schneider Electric and its 
subsidiaries, joint ventures, suppliers, and subcontractors.

2.2.9.2.2  Risk categories 
Four risk categories have been identified: human rights, 
environment, business conduct, and offer safety and cybersecurity. 
In order to be able to make a granular assessment of the risk level 
based on the nature of that risk and the magnitude of its impact on 
Schneider Electric’s ecosystem, each category has been divided 
into specific risk areas.

112

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Human rights:
• Decent workplace;
• Health and safety.

Environment:
• Pollution and specific substances management;
• Waste and circularity;
• Energy, CO2, and GHG.

Business conduct:
• Ethical business conduct;
• Alert system, protection, and non-retaliation.

Offer safety and cybersecurity:
• Offer safety;
• Cybersecurity and data privacy.

2.2.9.2.3  Risk location
The Group has studied four areas where risks may occur:

• Schneider Electric sites: they have been segmented based

on categories that present a specific level of risk. Employees
with frequent travels (sales, field services, travelers, audit,
top management) have been assessed separately;

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.2.9.2.5  Key findings
In 2021, the Group conducted an update of the risk mapping with 
key internal experts. No changes were brought to the methodology 
compared to last year, and the structure of our risk matrix, although 
it can be further improved and refined, allows to capture the main 
natures of risk from a Duty of Vigilance point of view.

Overview of the main risks and their evolution:

• Schneider Electric sites: The COVID-19 pandemic, its social,
business, and economic consequences has put significant
pressure on teams and individuals. Although the first waves
of the pandemic have been weathered, several countries
like India or South Africa for example were severely hit. As
a result, while some countries were going out of lockdowns
and recovering “normal” ways of working, some others were
going into confinement and restrictions. Operations were thus
disrupted, and the global supply chain had to deal with such
complexity country by country. Teams have been resilient, and
supported with the implementation of flexible and adaptive ways
of working, but the overall long term impact of the situation,
although complex to measure, is of fatigue. In this context,
measuring the evolution of mental health and psycho-social
risks over time is necessary.

2.

• Suppliers: the level of risk differs based on the type of process

• Suppliers: Here also, the impact of COVID-19 is probably

and technologies used, and the Group has therefore segmented
the analysis by component category of purchase. The risk level
is an average assessment. The geographical location is
factored in when selecting suppliers for the audit plan;
• Contractors: when implementing a customer project, like
building a large electrical system at a customer’s site,
Schneider Electric is working with contractors, leveraging their
expertise (civil work, electrical contracting, etc.). This “off-site”
project work generates a specific level of risk for contractors.
A separate “off-site and projects execution” category for
contractors has therefore been defined for the assessment.

• Local Communities: Schneider Electric has identified two

distinct segments: communities located around Schneider
Electric sites and communities located around customer
projects sites. Communities have been assessed against three
risk categories; human rights, environment, and business ethics.

2.2.9.2.4  Risk evaluation and scale
The evaluation combines the probability of occurrence of the risk, 
with the seriousness of consequences from the risk. This is an 
evaluation of risk before impact of mitigation actions. After taking 
into consideration the impact of these mitigation actions, the level 
of risk may be significantly reduced. Risks are assessed on the 
following scale:

1 – Non-existent; 2 – Low; 3 – Medium; 4 – High; 5 – Very high.

In this 2021 risk assessment, no “Very high” risk levels were 
identified.

significant, but the measurement of its consequences over our
supply chain will take longer. Our observations are that there
has been an increase of pressure in fields such as health and
safety (including mental health) due to tensions in the supply
chain, and some deterioration of the human rights situation in
some geographic areas.

• Contractors: As in 2020, the 2021 assessment confirmed

external off-site contractors as one area that needs special
attention. This is due to the specific nature of project work
(civil work, installation, etc.) that implies high labor activity
on construction sites. Projects have been under specific
pressure, as supply chain disruptions created some periods
of slow-down, or even complete halt of on-site works, followed
by intense periods of catch-up. This situation increased risks
linked to health & safety and human rights, probably augmented
by social consequences among the population of contracted
workers, and workers working abroad from their own country.

• Communities: the assessment work is still ongoing and

therefore conclusions are still preliminary. Overall, it seems that
communities located around Schneider Electric sites, at least
for the largest sites, are not affected, or only marginally affected
by Schneider Electric’s presence. This is mostly due to the
fact that Schneider Electric’s sites are located in large, already
structured industrial areas, or in cities. In regards to customer
projects, the assessment shows that there may be some impact
on communities. Schneider Electric is usually just one of the
suppliers to the customer project, and the impacts are therefore
highly variable and linked to the industrial profile of the end-
customer. A more detailed evaluation is in progress.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

113

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.2  Driving responsible conduct of business with the Trust Charter

Schneider Electric 2021 vigilance risk matrix
The risk matrix below summarizes Schneider Electric’s risk analysis:

Schneider Electric sites

Suppliers

Contractors Communities

i

l

s
c
n
o
r
t
c
e
e
d
n
a
e
g
a
t
l
o
v
w
o

l

s
e
i
r
o
t
c
a
F

i

e
g
a
t
l
o
v
m
u
d
e
m
s
e
i
r
o
t
c
a
F

s
r
e
t
n
e
c
t
c
e
o
r
P

j

s
e
c
r
o
f

s
e
a
s

l

l

,
s
r
e
e
v
a
r
T

s
e
c
i
f
f

O

t
n
e
m
t
a
e
r
t

d
n
a
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
s
n
a
r
t

l

a
t
e
M

l

s
a
i
r
e
t
a
m
w
a
R

s
t
n
e
n
o
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O

s
c
i
t
s
a
P

l

s
e
i
r
e
t
t
a
B

i

i

g
n
p
p
h
s
d
n
a
n
o
i
t
a
t
r
o
p
s
n
a
r
T

y
t
i
l

a
t
i

p
s
o
h
d
n
a
s
e
v
a
r
T

l

n
o
i
t
u
c
e
x
e
s
t
c
e
o
r
p
d
n
a
e
t
i
s

j

f
f

O

l

s
e
t
i
s
c
i
r
t
c
e
E
r
e
d
e
n
h
c
S
d
n
u
o
r

i

A

s
e
t
i
s

j

t
c
e
o
r
p
s
r
e
m
o
t
s
u
c
d
n
u
o
r

A

l

s
e
t
i
s
c
i
r
t
c
e
E
r
e
d
e
n
h
c
S
n
O

i

i

s
e
c
v
r
e
s
d
e
F

l

i

  Very high risk

  High risk

  Medium risk

  Low risk

Human rights

Decent  
workplace

Health and  
Safety

Environment

Pollution and 
specific substances 
management

Waste and  
circularity

Energy CO2  
and GHG

Business 
Ethics

Ethical business  
conduct

Offer 
safety and 
cybersecurity

Alert system, 
protection and  
non-retaliation

Offer safety 

Cybersecurity  
and data privacy 

2.2.9.3  Governance

The plan is governed by the Duty of Vigilance Committee, set 
up in 2017. The steering committee meets twice a year in normal 
circumstances. Overall, since its inception, 13 Committee meetings 
have been held (five in 2017, two in 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021). 
The Committee’s objective is to provide a discussion on strategic 
orientation and prioritize initiatives and the resources allocated to 
their implementation. This Committee also reviews the actions in 
progress and their results and defines decisions on next steps  
for action.

Composition of the Duty of Vigilance Committee 
Chairman:
Executive Vice-President, Global Supply Chain  
(Executive Committee member)

Management:
Senior Vice-President (SVP), Sustainability
SVP, Corporate Citizenship
SVP, Global Safety and Environment

SVP, Global Procurement
SVP Sustainable Supply Chain & Safety
SVP, Global Customer Projects
SVP, Ethics and Responsibility
SVP, Human Resources
SVP, Ethics and Compliance

Experts:
Environment Performance Measurement
Sustainable Procurement
Human Rights

114

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.2.9.4  Mitigation actions

The following measures are the main actions implemented to mitigate the highest risks identified in the vigilance risk matrix.

Key Topics

Risk Categories

Policies implemented and Mitigation Actions 

Pages

Schneider Electric sites

Human rights

Decent  
workplace

Health and  
Safety

Environment

Pollution and 
specific substances 
management

Waste and  
circularity

Energy CO2  
and GHG

See section “2.2.7 Human Rights” (i) and section “2.2.8 Employee health and safety 
page 109” (ii) for more details on the deployment of health, safety, and human rights 
actions on Schneider Electric sites. It covers, notably:
•  Schneider Electric’s employees’ safety;
•  Human rights and people development policies; 
•  Well-being programs.

(i) page 106;  
(ii) page 109

2.

See section “2.3 Acting for a climate positive world”, for more details on the 
deployment of environmental actions on Schneider’s sites. It covers, notably:
•  Certification of its sites to ISO standards;
•  Schneider Electric specific programs to reduce CO2 emissions;
•  Reduction of SF6 emissions;
•  Schneider Energy Action program for energy efficiency;
•  Reduction of waste and increased circularity.

page 126

Business 
Ethics

Ethical Business  
Conduct

Alert system, 
protection and  
non-retaliation

See section “2.2.2 Ethics and Compliance” (i) and section “2.2.3 Zero-tolerance  
for corruption” (ii) for more details on the deployment of business ethics actions  
on Schneider Electric sites. It covers, notably:
•  Internal and external alert systems;
•  Third-party relationship management;
•  Specific anti-corruption actions.

(i) page 95;  
(ii) page 101

Offer safety

Offer safety 

Cybersecurity 
and Data 
privacy

Cybersecurity

Data privacy

Suppliers

Suppliers

Supplier vigilance

See section “2.2.5 High standards for the quality and safety of our products”  
for more details on the deployment of offer safety actions. It covers, notably:
•  Sustainability Quality Excellence;
•  Reliability.

See section “2.2.6 Digital trust and security” for more details on the deployment  
of data privacy and cybersecurity actions. It covers, notably:
•  Cybersecurity by design approach;
•  Personal data protection;
•  Training and awareness on cybersecurity.

See section “2.2.11 Sustainable relations with suppliers” for more details on the 
deployment of actions towards Schneider Electric’s suppliers. It covers notably:
•  Continuous Improvement process based on ISO 26000 standards;
•  Decent Work program for strategic suppliers;
•  Vigilance plan for suppliers;
•  Zero Carbon Project.

Subcontractors

Sub-
contractors

Subcontractors 
vigilance

Local Communities

Local 
communities

Around Schneider 
Electric sites

Around customer 
projects sites

See section “2.2.10 Relations with project execution contractors” for more details on 
the deployment of actions towards Schneider Electric’s subcontractors (or solution 
suppliers). It covers notably: 
•  Integration of ESG into the project decision making;
•  Vigilance plan for project contractors.

See section “2.2.12 Vigilance with local communities” for more details on the 
deployment of health, safety, and human rights actions around Schneider Electric  
and customer projects sites. It covers, notably:
•  Risk mitigation around Schneider Electric sites;
•  Risk mitigation around customer project sites.

page 102

page 105

page 117

page 116

page 124

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

115

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.2  Driving responsible conduct of business with the Trust Charter

2.2.10  Relations with project 
execution contractors

2.2.10.1  Project execution environment

Schneider Electric’s products and solutions are usually combined 
into larger systems such as electricity distribution and energy 
management in a building, or production process automation 
in a factory. The build-up of such systems can be complex 
and typically involves several different parties before they are 
commissioned by end customers. For Schneider Electric, there are 
two options: to sell components through channel partners who take 
the responsibility to build and deliver the system; or to build and 
deliver the system directly for the end customer, as a project. This 
second option requires coordinating several project contractors 
(panel manufacturers, system integrators, building contractors, 
etc.), usually on the premises of the end customer. The common 
characteristics of these projects are that they happen primarily 
off-site (mostly on customer premises, existing or future), and they 
involve several different parties, global or local, bringing their 
specific added value. Each project is specific, in its size, duration, 
and location. Therefore, the relations with contractors are specific 
to a contract, and not necessarily recurrent. In 2021, Schneider 
Electric worked with more than 9,900 active solution suppliers  
in the Group’s portfolio (with a spend of over €1B).

2.2.10.2  Risks and opportunities

In the frame of the “Duty of Vigilance” plan, specific risks have 
been identified. For more details, please refer to page 112.

Human Rights: as project sites are located in countries where 
Schneider may not be present, and involve independent 
subcontractors, there is a risk that the Schneider Electric-
recommended policies in terms of health and safety, as well as 
decent workplace, may not be properly implemented. The main 
risks are physical accidents and injuries, or the improper treatment 
of employees (wages and salaries, resting time), especially 
temporary and/or foreign employees.

Business Ethics: Projects that are conducted in countries  
where business ethics standards are insufficient may be subject  
to specific risks such as corruption, bribery, or pressures of a 
similar nature.

Cybersecurity: Some subcontractors may have digital interactions 
with the end customer and Schneider at the same time. Therefore, 
their level of cybersecurity and data protection may create some 
risks for the project and the final customer.

A solid management of Schneider Electric’s subcontractors allows 
to reduce the risks of incidents or accidents on site, and therefore 
protects workers, the communities living around the project site, 
and the final customer’s employees and assets.

2.2.10.3  Group policy

As part of its Duty of Vigilance program, Schneider Electric has 
deployed a policy of identification of risky subcontractors and 
implemented an on-site audit program. The results are described  
in the “Due diligence and results” section below.

In 2021, to further anticipate and reinforce its risk mitigation 
measures, the Group introduced an evolution of its project 
decision-making process. The aim is to include a risk assessment 
of human rights and environmental impacts at all key milestones  
of the process, and to select the mitigation measures that will allow 
to reduce these risks. During the execution of the project, a regular 
review of the efficiency and effectiveness of these measures will be 
conducted. This process evolution will be effectively applied  
to project reviews from early 2022.

2.2.10.4  Due diligence and results

Schneider Electric operates with a pool of project contractors (or 
“solution suppliers”) from more than 9,900 companies. Not all of 
them may be active during a year. In the course of its supplier risk 
mapping exercise, Schneider Electric has identified approximately 
200+ solution suppliers categorized as “high risk”. Since 2018, 62 
suppliers have already been audited, slightly below the ambition 
due to 2021 slow down as a consequence of COVID-19. The 
13 audits on solution suppliers performed in 2021 have allowed 
Schneider to raise 157 non-conformities. Out of these non-
conformances, 11 are assessed as “top priority”.

The most recurring non-conformities with high risk solution 
contractors are: need of adequate and effective fire emergency 
evacuation and response drills, improvement of on-site security 
measures to protect workers (safety hazards, permit and testing 
reports for occupational injury and illness), identify correctly 
effective emergency.

In addition to these non-conformities, specific risks related to local 
contract negotiation and relations with local authorities may occur.

Actions following non-conformities are the same as with other 
suppliers (re-audits, trainings, workshops). Specific measures 
are implemented for this project environment: Schneider Electric 
implements regular reviews of safety incidents on customers’ sites, 
involving the Global Safety team and the Project Management 
leadership. The Group also reinforced training on Anti-Corruption 
and Business Agent policies for its employees involved in 
commercial negotiations. The project follow-up with contractors 
and the selection processes for contractors has been adapted to 
ensure vigilance topics are considered early in the project stage.

116

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

2.2.11  Sustainable relations  
with suppliers

2.2.11.1  Risks and opportunities

Schneider Electric has been involved in an ambitious approach to 
include sustainable development challenges in supplier selection 
and working processes. This approach is all the more important  
as Schneider Electric’s procurement volume represents more  
than EUR 12 billion – and more than 52,000 suppliers.

With a complex global supply chain, there are some potential 
risks that Schneider Electric is committed to mitigating in the 
areas of health and safety, human rights, ethics, the environment, 
and sustainable development. Proactively managing upstream 
supplier risks, through Schneider Electric’s Supplier Vigilance, but 
also driving ambitious Sustainable Development programs and 
processes, also improves the Group’s reputation and shareholder 
value, and greatly lowers legislative and business risks.

By working closely with its suppliers to develop their maturity in 
integrating sustainability, Schneider Electric further de-risks and 
improves its competitive advantage by continually improving the 
global supply chain. Key opportunities of collaboration with our 
partners includes: climate action, circular supply chain models,  
and socially inclusive workplaces.

2.2.11.2 Risk identification and management

Schneider Electric has a risk management system to identify 
and manage critical suppliers, and uses a tool, Supplier Risk 
Management (SRIM), to capture risks and ensure the follow-up  
of identified cases with an extended source.

The Group has also been performing sustainability risk 
assessments with its own procurement specialists, supported by  
its Schneider Supplier Quality Management (SSQM) processes  
and ISO 26000 assessments for strategic suppliers.

In addition, Schneider Electric is reinforcing its sustainability risk  
assessment by geography and type of activity as part of its 
vigilance plan.

Schneider Electric has launched the Trust Line, a professional  
alert system for stakeholders to escalate any violation of its Code  
of Conduct/ethics/responsible behavior along the Supply Chain.

2.2.11.3  Group policy

Since 2004, the Group has been encouraging its suppliers 
to commit to sustainable development initiatives. Since 2012, 
Schneider Electric has been continually improving as well 
mandating its strategic suppliers to make progress according  
to the ISO 26000 guidelines.

This approach is supported by the General Procurement Terms 
and Conditions which all suppliers must abide by: each supplier 
undertakes to apply the principles and guidelines of the ISO 26000, 
the rules defined in the ISO 14001 standard. Sustainability is 
considered as a key selection criteria.

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Suppliers also commit to respect all national legislation / 
regulations, REACH regulation, RoHS directives, and, more 
generally, the laws and regulations relating to the prohibition 
or restriction of use of certain products or substances. Lastly, 
suppliers are expected to report the presence and country of  
origin of any and all conflict minerals supplies in accordance  
with the requirements of the US Dodd-Frank Act of 2010 known  
as the “Conflict Minerals” law. In this context, Schneider Electric 
has a “conflict-free” objective.

Schneider Electric publishes a charter for its suppliers, called  
the Supplier Guide Book, initially launched in 2016. The first 
section of this articulates expectations for suppliers on sustainable 
development in the following five areas: environment, fair and 
ethical business practices, sustainable procurement, labor 
practices, and human rights. In 2021, the Group adopted a new, 
revised Supplier Code of Conduct (SCoC), which aligned with the 
new sustainability commitments of the Group and laid out the most 
fundamental requirements that need to be met by the suppliers. 
The key focal areas include environment (climate action, circularity), 
human rights and decent working conditions, occupational health 
and safety, fair business practices, grievance redressal, inspection 
and corrective actions, sustainable procurement, and access  
to remedy.

2.2.11.4  Integration of sustainability 
criteria in the selection of new suppliers

Schneider Electric uses a qualification process called Supplier 
Approval Module (SAM) to qualify new and legacy suppliers.  
It is based on an auto-evaluation questionnaire combined with  
on-site audits by Schneider Electric certified auditors.

In 2021, to reinforce the assessment on Labor, Ethics, Environment, 
and Health & Safety, a new auto-evaluation questionnaire has been 
introduced as part of the qualification process for new suppliers. 
This self-assessment is the first qualification process step, and 
only potential new suppliers with approved self-assessments can 
be chosen to complete the qualification process with the SAM 
functional audits.

The SAM functional audits include different sections on 
sustainability as a criterion of evaluation, and these sections 
represent about 15% of the supplier evaluation criteria. The most 
relevant areas identified are:

•  People and social responsibility: training, human rights,  

ISO 26000, and health and safety.

•  Environment: ISO 14001 and energy savings, REACH and 

RoHS, and conflict minerals.

In 2021 Schneider Electric included SAM in the global Schneider 
Supplier Portal – Supplier Relationship Management (SSP-SRM 
tool). Due to this capability, SAM results are available for the 
Global Supply Chain community, and all newly assessed suppliers 
have their action plan registered in a central database, available 
to all in real time, making supplier interactions more fluid. These 
are tracked by Schneider Electric supplier leaders on a monthly 
or pluri-annual basis depending on the severity of the risks and 
classification of the supplier.

Schneider Electric completed 740 qualification processes in 2021, 
including new and legacy suppliers.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

117

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.2  Driving responsible conduct of business with the Trust Charter

Schneider Electric’s sustainable procurement strategy
When it comes to procurement, Sustainability is at the very heart of our mission. To streamline global action, we have implemented a 
Sustainable Procurement Strategy, which was the result of a multi-stakeholder consultation process. This strategy is focused on a vision 
of collaboration with our global supplier network to build an inclusive and carbon neutral world, where ecosystems and resources are 
preserved, and people get access to economic opportunities and decent lives.

The strategy rests on the foundation of robust procurement processes, that embed sustainability criteria at various stages and de-risk  
the operations by adhering to the relevant legal and prevailing norms.

Sustainable 
Procurement 
Vision
Collaborate with 
global supplier 
network for an 
inclusive and 
carbon neutral 
world, where 
ecosystems 
and resources 
are preserved, 
and people 
get access 
to economic 
opportunities  
and decent lives

Supplier code  
of Conduct 
Summarizes the most 
fundamental requirements 
from Schneider Electric 
towards its Suppliers. 

We expect these principles 
illustrated in this document  
to be applied by all suppliers.

Sustainable 
Procurement Business 
Procedures 
•  Schneider Electric 
Supplier Quality 
Management (SSQM)/ 
Supplier Approval Module 
(SAM)

•  Business Review
•  Sustainable Development, 
Environment, Ethics And 
Compliance Terms and 
conditions 

Strategic Goals and Programs

Net zero  
CO2 
emissions

The Zero Carbon 
Project

SSI #3: Reduce CO2 emissions 
from top 1,000 suppliers’ 
operations by 50%

Circular 
supply chain

Environment 
friendly

Decent 
working 
conditions & 
human rights

Holistic 
approach

Green Materials

Sustainable 
Packaging

Reach/RoHS

Conflict 
Minerals/Cobalt

SSI #4: Increase green material 
content in our products to 50%
SSI #5: 100% packaging uses 
recycled cardboard & no  
single-use plastic

Continued adherence and 
compliance to regulations 
governing hazardous materials 
and conflict minerals

Decent Work

SSI #6: 100% strategic suppliers 
provide decent work to their 
employees

Duty of Vigilance

SSE #17: 4,000 suppliers 
assessed under Vigilance Program

ISO 26000

Improve sustainability profile  
of strategic suppliers 

2.2.11.5  Promotion of a continuous 
improvement process based on the  
ISO 26000 standard for strategic suppliers

Sustainable development is one of the seven pillars used to 
measure supplier performance, allowing the highest-performing 
suppliers to become “strategic” suppliers. Performance resulting 
from the EcoVadis evaluation is an important element of the 
sustainable development pillar.

The ISO26000 evaluation by EcoVadis remains one of the key 
aspects of Schneider Electric’s supply chain and procurement-led 
sustainable development strategy. The elements of the assessment 
are an integral part of the business reviews scheduled between 
buyers and suppliers, on a quarterly to yearly basis, depending  
on the suppliers. This monitoring supposes an improvement from 
the supplier.

The Group has set out to engage all its strategic suppliers in 
a process of continuous improvement on this pillar. At the end 
of 2021, strategic suppliers represented c. 60% of Schneider 
Electric’s purchases volume. Strategic suppliers who have passed 
the third-party evaluation process cover 70%+ of total strategic 
purchasing volume.

In 2018, the Group took on the ambitious target of achieving  
+5 points out of 100 in the average ISO 26000 assessment score  
of its strategic suppliers between 2018 and 2020 as part of the SSI. 
In 2019, this target was raised to +5.5 points. At the end of 2020, 
+6.3 points were achieved, with an average of 57.4 points.

2021 target was set at +1 point minimum, and the end of year result 
was +1.3 points with an average of 58.7 points.

The new ambition for 2021 – 2025 is to raise the bar even higher  
to achieve an average of 65 points within 5 years.

118

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

In 2021, despite COVID-19 travel restrictions in first part of the year, 
the Group conducted 205 initial on-site audits with suppliers (audits 
conducted for the first time with a supplier). These audits allow 
Schneider Electric to identify non-conformances and request the 
supplier to implement corrective actions.

Re-audits with suppliers already audited were also conducted  
to review the corrective actions implemented to remediate non-
conformances identified during the initial audit.

Information and findings regarding on-site audits with new 
suppliers are described below.

2.

A major part of non-conformance in 2021 is related to health and 
safety, labor standards and management systems (36%, 29%, 
and 20% respectively). Graph 3 gives the breakdown of non-
conformances by topic and graph 4 gives them by geography.

Top priority are the most serious non-conformances. For each 
case, escalation is done at Chief Procurement Officer level.  
An analysis of the 249 “top priorities” raised in 2021 shows  
the following issues are the most recurring:

•  Labor standards (61% of top priority non-conformance issues):  

lack of respect of working time and resting days (time 
measurement systems are often insufficient); poor overtime 
reporting and payment; lack of formalization of working 
contracts

•  Health and safety (33% of top priority non-conformance 

issues): weak emergency procedures; insufficient emergency 
training issues and preparation drills; insufficient fire alarm  
and protection systems; lack of medical response equipment; 
and lack of training.

•  Environment and management systems (6% of top priorities): 

lack of administrative compliance, management tools, and 
systems; and insufficient waste management and pollution 
prevention systems.

Remote self-assessment
From 2021 to 2025, Schneider Electric has defined new objectives 
as part of the sustainability strategy: conduct 1,000 on-site audits 
on high-risk suppliers and deploy 3,000 self-assessment audits  
for other suppliers.

This year, in 2021, a specific self-assessment questionnaire has 
been elaborated, building on the experiences of on-site audits 
performed during the past three years. Among the questions 
asked, the core ones aim at checking whether the suppliers 
are compliant on mandatory subjects of labor, human rights, 
environment, and health and safety. After an initial pilot test, a 
large-scale launch was made in second half of 2021. At the end of 
the year, 624 suppliers had submitted answers. Procurement teams 
are currently in the process of reviewing answers to identify which 
suppliers may be eligible, in a second phase, to an on-site audit.

2.2.11.6  Vigilance plan for suppliers

Supplier risk categories and audit plan
Schneider Electric is conducting a specific evaluation of suppliers. 
This evaluation covers all natures of risks identified and considers 
specific parameters such as the type of industrial process used 
by the suppliers, their technology, and the geographic location of 
those suppliers. This allows the Group to factor in risks that may 
arise from a country’s specific situation (social, political, etc.). 
These parameters are compiled in a third-party independent 
database (Responsible Business Alliance methodology, RBA, 
ex-EICC, of which Schneider Electric has been a member since 
January 2018). Schneider’s entire network of tier 1 suppliers 
(52,000) is processed through this methodology and is refreshed 
every year with the new supplier baseline.

The audit plan started in 2018. 2020 was the third year of 
implementation and Schneider Electric completed this schedule 
with 374 audits.

From 2021 to 2025, Schneider Electric has defined new objectives 
as part of the sustainability strategy: expanding from the previous 
plan, the Group set an objective to conduct 1,000 on-site audits 
on high-risk suppliers and deploy 3,000 self-assessment audits 
for other suppliers. This audit plan is integrated into the Schneider 
Sustainability Essentials (SSE).

Overall plan
For our 2021 plan, the Group identified ~1,300 “high risk” suppliers; 
this number varies depending on the year. 

The 2021 – 2025 overall ambition is to cover 1,000 suppliers 
through on-site audits, directly or through third parties, and 3,000 
through a remote assessment.

~52,000 suppliers

RBA Risk assessment

1

2

3

3,000 suppliers targeted for  
self-assessment evaluation plan in 5 years

1,300 high-risk  
suppliers targeted for  
on site audit

•  374 audits conducted 

in 2018-2020
•  + 1,000 audits  
2021-2025

SSE #17 indicator: 4,000 suppliers assessed  
under Schneider Electric’s ‘Vigilance Program’

On-site audits
Schneider Electric’s audit questionnaire and audit methodology  
are fully aligned with the RBA framework. The RBA framework is 
linked to the Duty of Vigilance risk matrix categories as follow:

•  Human Rights: decent workplace: 36 questions, health  

and safety: 40 questions.
•  Environment: 21 questions.
•  Offer Safety: non-applicable in RBA framework.
•  Business Conduct: 11 questions.
•  Cybersecurity: non-applicable in RBA framework.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

119

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.2  Driving responsible conduct of business with the Trust Charter

Remediation and mitigation actions
As of end of 2021, Schneider Electric has closed 97% of 2020  
and 3% of 2021 non-conformances (all types). Schneider Electric’s 
approach is to help suppliers remediate the issues by sharing 
good practices and providing them with guidance and training. 
When non-conformances are not remediated (mainly top priorities), 
escalation to the Chief Procurement Officer may lead to an end of 
the business relationship. In 2021, one relationship with a supplier 
has been terminated.

In order to reinforce the co-ordination between Schneider Electric 
teams and suppliers on vigilance topics, a specific training 
program has been implemented. 

The primary target audience is the Schneider Electric Procurement 
team, and the training modules aim to increase their knowledge on 
the nature of risks, so they can integrate these topics early in the 
discussions with suppliers. At the end of 2021, ~580 employees 
have taken this training. These trainings combine in-class 
experience with e-learning sessions.

To raise suppliers’ awareness, improve their ability to identify  
risks earlier, and implement mitigation solutions, Schneider Electric 
organized face-to-face workshops dedicated to vigilance subjects. 
At the end of 2021, ~500 supplier team members have attended 
these events. These sessions include in-class face-to-face 
workshops and digital webinars.

% Risky suppliers identified in 2021 by geography – Graph 1

% Audits carried out in 2021 by geography – Graph 2

%
1

%
8
1

%
7

100

80

60

40

20

0

%
3
2

%
5

%
6
4

100

80

60

40

20

0

%
3

%
4

%
8

%
4
2

%
6

%
5
5

China

India

EAJP*

EMEA**

North
America

South 
America

China

India

EAJP*

EMEA**

North
America

South 
America

% Non-conformances in 2021 by topic – Graph 3

% Non-conformances in 2021 by geography – Graph 4

100

80

60

40

20

0

%
6
3

Health &
Safety

%
9
3

%
4

%
0

%
1

%
0

%
3
% 1
0
2

%
0
1

%
5

%
9
2

100

80

60

40

20

0

%
6
5

Labor

Management Environment

Ethics

China

India

EAJP*

EMEA**

North
America

South 
America

*  EAJP: East Asia Japan Pacific
**  EMEA: Europe Middle East Africa

Impact
From the beginning of the program in 2017 to the end of 2021, 
579 suppliers have been audited on site, and 7,000+ non-
conformances were raised, and subsequently remediated. 37% 
were related to health and safety issues, and 25% were related to 
labor issues. Among the most serious ones are issues of fire safety, 
protection of workers from accidents and injuries, respect of a 
decent working time including proper resting periods and  
payment of overtime. 

Overall, the resolution of these non-conformities has allowed 
to improve the working conditions for the employees of these 
suppliers. Although this is a rough estimate, we estimate that 
185,000 employees have seen their working conditions  
positively impacted by the Supplier Vigilance program.

120

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Schneider Electric is working with an expert third party, collecting 
information from its suppliers to identify the source of the minerals 
in question and ensure they are recognized as “conflict-free” 
within established international standards such as the Responsible 
Minerals Initiative (RMI), the London Bullion Market Association 
(LBMA), and others. The Group is aware of the complexity of this 
task, and that it will take time to collect the required information,  
but it is committed to contributing to this responsible sourcing 
initiative as well as responding to its customers’ potential concerns.

At the end of 2021, 85% of the smelters and refiners identified in  
our supply chain were designated as compliant with a recognized 
third-party validation scheme or actively engaging in same 
(equivalent to more than 87% of the relevant spend being compliant). 
The remainder are either from outside the conflict zone outlined 
in Section 1502 of the Dodd Frank Act, or solely using recycled 
and scrap materials. When the country of origin is known to be in 
the conflict zone, 100% of the smelters and refiners were verified 
conformant. Therefore, the Group has no reason to believe that 
any conflict minerals the Group sourced, have directly or indirectly 
financed or benefitted armed conflict in the covered countries.

2.

Trust

SSE #17 

4,000 suppliers assessed under our 
‘Vigilance Program’

The five-year program ambition incorporates 1,000 on site 
audits and 3,000 remote self-assessments. Schneider 
Electric is well on track to reach the new target. The 205 
initial on site audits performed in 2021 have allowed 
Schneider to raise 3,000+ non-conformances. Out of these 
non-conformances, 200+ are assessed as “top priority” and 
are given very specific attention during the re-audits of the 
suppliers. Schneider Electric’s objective is to close 100% 
of all types of non-conformances identified, whatever their 
priority level.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

2.2.11.8  Cobalt program

374

1,203

4,000

2.2.11.7  Conflict Minerals rule

In August 2012, the US Securities and Exchange Commission 
(SEC) adopted the Conflict Minerals rule as part of the Wall Street 
Reform and Consumer Protection Act. As defined by the legislation, 
“conflict minerals” include the metals tantalum, tin, tungsten, and 
gold, often called “3TG”, which are the extracts of the minerals 
cassiterite, columbite-tantalite, and wolframite, respectively.  
The legislation focuses on the sourcing of these minerals to be 
“DRC conflict free” – meaning when these minerals were extracted, 
they did not directly or indirectly benefit armed groups in the 
Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) and adjoining countries.  
This rule requires companies to conduct a “reasonable country  
of minerals’ origin inquiry” and due diligence to determine  
whether “conflict minerals”, as defined in the rule, are used  
in their supply chain.

Although the US SEC Conflict Minerals rule does not apply directly 
to Schneider Electric – since it is not registered with the US SEC –  
it is deeply concerned about social and environmental conditions 
in some mines that could supply metals for its products. As part 
of the Group’s sustainable business practices, it is committed to 
increasing its responsible metal sourcing efforts.

In working towards these commitments, Schneider Electric has 
taken numerous steps including:

•  Updating its Procurement Terms and Conditions to reflect  

its expectations from suppliers.

•  Establishing a “Conflict Minerals Compliance program” 

supported and sponsored by its top leadership. This program 
was developed based on the OECD Due Diligence Guidance 
for Responsible Supply Chains of Minerals from Conflict 
Affected and High-Risk Areas (CAHRA) and other appropriate 
international standards, which covers a wider scope of minerals 
and countries.
Identifying the use of conflict minerals in its products.

• 
•  Engaging with its suppliers so that they respond in a timely 

manner to its requests for evidence of compliance.

•  Participating in smelter outreach program.

Mid-2020, Schneider Electric added cobalt to its Conflict Minerals 
Compliance program. Cobalt sales have been identified as 
potentially funding or supporting inhumane treatment, including 
human trafficking, slavery, forced labor, child labor, torture, and 
war crimes in known CAHRA. These areas are identified by 
the presence of armed conflict, widespread violence, or other 
risks of harm to people. These areas are often characterized by 
widespread human rights abuses and violations of national or 
international law. The program, currently ramping up, is focusing  
on the responsible sourcing of cobalt used as a key element for 
lithium ion batteries in Schneider Electric’s supply chain.

2.2.11.9  Decent work

Background
Supply chains power the economic engine of the world. On the 
one hand they help companies leverage the global capabilities 
and benefit from the collective genius; on the other hand, they 
help economies progress and engage in global commerce. 
However, the benefits of this global integration are often unequally 
distributed. One of the areas where this is prominent is working 
conditions and rights available to the workers in their workplace.

Working condition crisis
Studies and research across the world have shown that mere 
involvement in global commerce is not sufficient to uplift 
underprivileged populations. According to the United Nations, over 
700 million workers lived in extreme or moderate poverty in 2018 
and as per estimates by civil society organizations, more than 40 
million people are trapped in modern day slavery worldwide, with 
more than 70% being women and children. The recent onslaught  
of COVID-19 has had a negative impact on employment conditions. 
A survey by the United Nations Global Compact revealed that 
global labor income declined by an average of 10% in the first 
three quarters of 2020 compared with 2019. Widespread job 
losses and loss of earning members increase insecurity, making 
workers vulnerable to poor and exploitative working conditions. The 
scale of this challenge is too great to be handled by governments 
alone. Corporations need to take responsibility and do their part in 
ensuring that worker rights are respected universally.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

121

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.2  Driving responsible conduct of business with the Trust Charter

Suppliers Decent Work initiative: A holistic approach
The extent and severity of the crisis requires a systematic, broad 
based, ecosystem approach and not simple rectification of 
observed malpractices. The focus needs to be opening dialog and 
normalizing universal worker rights irrespective of the geography or 
the context of employment. A key element in this is to institutionalize 
policies and additional processes that adopt a preventive 
approach for the worker rights violation and protect the dignity of 

Key pillars of the Decent Work program include:

the individual. Gradually, such actions need to become the new 
norm for evaluating performance of supply chain.

Towards this objective, as a first step, Schneider Electric will 
implement a Decent Work program with its strategic suppliers.  
The program will be based on the key tenets of the International 
Labour Organization’s (ILO’s) definition of decent work.

1. Employment
opportunities

Employment opportunities should be available in a transparent, well-informed manner, and without 
any charges to all eligible, as a right. In case of any expense incurred by the worker towards obtaining 
employment, the same should be reimbursed by the employer. The work should respect and uphold the 
dignity of employees and proactively create an environment to resolve and remediate modern slavery, 
forced labor, and bonded labor. There should be a process to ensure no child is employed.

2. Adequate

earnings and
productive work

Employment should be a source of economic independence and dignified living. The gradual decline of 
industrial wages and the COVID-19 crisis have severely impacted the economic outlook of the workforce, 
globally. Companies should review the wage policies to ensure affordability of a dignified living by the 
workers. Additionally, employment should equip the workforce to improve current skill set and knowledge 
for future employability.

3. Decent working

hours

Excessive working hours is a legal violation, often accepted as “necessary”. It is generally connected with 
low industrial wages and used as an excuse to not provide appropriate wages. Companies should review 
and remediate excessive hours and should align with the legal and/or international requirements.

4. Stability and

security of work

Employment should be a source of economic stability and peace of mind. Uncertainty of job security 
increases stress and makes the workforce vulnerable to abuse and hazardous working conditions.  
The problem has been exacerbated due to COVID-19-related job losses.

5. Social dialogue
and workplace
relations

Employees should have the right to engage with management and collectively put across their concerns 
and demands. Collective bargaining encourages workers to timely raise concerns, acts as a barometer  
and early warning system to assess worker satisfaction and reduces worker vulnerability.

6.

Fair treatment
in employment

Employment should be based on merit, ability to do the job, and fair treatment should be extended to all 
employees. Differences in lifestyle, choices, etc., often become a source of discrimination, victimization, and 
harassment. This curbs freedom of expression, hiding preferences, and creates mental health challenges. 
Companies should ensure a workplace that accepts diversity and provides an inclusive work environment.

7.

Safe work

Employment should result in economic independence and augment the ability to exercise a healthy  
and prosperous life. It should not result in ill-health, risk to well-being, or be a source of injury/misery.

8. Social

protection

9. Purchasing

practices

Industrial wages are often not sufficient to meet the adequate living standards. The problem is exacerbated 
in cases of health emergencies. Social protection, provided by employers/governments, provide a much-
needed safety net from economic shock, descent into poverty, and vulnerability. Companies should ensure 
that all employees have access to the social security safety net.

Purchasing practices and requirements significantly impact working conditions. They influence the working 
culture of the supplier organization to meet customer requirements. The power of procurement can be a 
strong driver for positive change to include decent work conditions as a pre-requisite among the supply 
chain partners, when balanced with other commercial criteria.

10. Balancing work

and family life

Family responsibilities disproportionately impact genders and result in unequal participation in economic 
activities. Workplaces should strive to create a level playing field and provide all possible opportunities to 
employees to participate in economic activities without compromising the family responsibilities, which  
may require periods away from work (e.g., maternity, family care, flexible hours, adequate child care).  
Work environment should act as a leveller/equalizer and not augment the disparity.

122

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Implementation plan
The program will be launched in the first quarter of 2022 with 
technical training sessions for participating suppliers. The sessions 
will focus on the rationale and elaborate on the requirements of the  
program. In addition, special focus will be given to build capacity 
and highlight the systems and processes that need to be 
implemented and actions that need to be taken by companies  
to ensure decent work conditions in their organization. The 
evaluation of supplier performance will be done on the basis of  
an online questionnaire that will be rolled out via the SSPSRM –  
the supplier relationship portal. 

A specifically trained team will be deployed at the Global 
Procurement Services to lead the launch of the initiative. The 
suppliers will be required for respond to the questions and 
upload evidence to support the responses. All responses and 
accompanying evidence must be evaluated to meet the minimum 
criteria of decent work, in order to qualify. In cases where the 
supplier actions do not meet the minimum requirements, feedback 
will be given, and corrective actions need to be implemented by the 
suppliers in a timebound manner. Upon rectification, the information 
needs to be resubmitted along with the evidence for the re-
evaluation. The survey responses will be evaluated and corroborated 
with the evidence and validated by sample on-site audits. These 
audits will be conducted by the trained Duty of Vigilance auditors.

2.2.11.10  Supplier diversity program 
in the United States

Schneider Electric US’ supplier diversity program strives to identify, 
include, and engage qualified diverse suppliers to support the 
company’s goals to foster equal opportunities.

Schneider Electric US is in constant pursuit of qualified businesses 
that are certified as one, or more, of the following business 
classifications and provide quality products and services  
at competitive prices: 
• Small Business Enterprise (SBE);
• Veteran (VET);
• Minority-Owned Enterprise (MBE);
• Women-Owned Enterprise (WBE);
• Historically Underutilized Business Zones (HUBZone).

As of end of December 2021, 19,3% of Schneider Electric US’ 
suppliers were diverse, aiming to demonstrate year to year 
improvement in utilization of diversely owned businesses.

2.2.11.11  The Zero Carbon Project

Schneider adopted a very ambitious target for 2050: to operate  
a net-zero carbon emission supply chain, meaning that all 
Schneider factories and transportation, and that of its suppliers 
in the entire upstream value chain would be operating without 
using any fossil fuel and run only on clean energy. To achieve 
this ambitious target of 2050, as the first step, Schneider has 
launched The Zero Carbon Project, which aims at reducing 50% of 
operational carbon emissions from its top 1,000 suppliers by 2025. 

  Read more details on The Zero Carbon Project in Chapter 2.3 “Acting  
for a climate positive world”, page 126, and in chapter 2.7 “Methodology 
and audit of indicators” page 206. (cid:496)

2.2.11.12  Green materials and 
sustainable packaging

Sustainable Packaging (SSI #5)
Resource efficiency and conservation are the underlying principles 
that guide all actions at Schneider. During the period of 2018 –
2020 the Company implemented an initiative to successfully move 
to 99% of cardboard and pallets used in the transport of goods
to be sourced from recycled or certified sources. 

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

In 2021, this ambition was extended to use recycled cardboard  
in all primary and secondary packaging and remove all single use 
plastic from Schneider packaging by 2025 (SSI #5). To achieve this 
transformation, a two-pronged approach is deployed. On the one 
hand, a cross functional team is deployed to review the packaging 
design and explore and authorize the use of alternate materials for 
packaging; on the other hand, various procurement teams engage 
with suppliers across regions to ensure the deployment of the 
roadmap by the suppliers to meet the prescribed requirements. 

To ensure streamlined actions, dedicated categories of packaging 
material were identified to be included in the transformation. As a 
result of concerted efforts by various teams, 21% of the packaging 
spend in scope was attributed to sustainable packaging. 

Green Materials (SSI #4)
Similarly, another initiative has been launched to increase the 
proportion of green material in our products by 50% by 2025 
(SSI #4).

The scope of this initiative currently includes: 
• thermoplastics (direct and indirect purchase);
• steel (direct purchase); and
• aluminum (direct purchase).

Other kinds of materials like steel purchased as fabricated 
components, other non-ferrous metals (such as copper, silver or 
brass), and thermoset, both direct and indirect procurement, will  
be considered for next phases. At the end of 2021, 11% of materials 
in scope were qualified as “Green”.

For thermoplastics, the 2021 performance was achieved mainly by 
embedding recycled plastics in products and by obtaining supplier 
proof for both recycled and green flame retardant. 

For steel, a good progress was made notably thanks to the 
certification of large steel suppliers to Responsible Steel in 2021, 
as well as sourcing from suppliers using Electric Arc Furnace.

For aluminum a similar approach than the one for steel will be 
applied, focusing on building trust and transparency with suppliers.

  Read more details on the Green materials and sustainable packaging 
in chapter 2.4 “Be efficient with resources”, page 144, and in chapter 2.7 
“Methodology and audit of indicators” page 206. (cid:496)

2.2.11.13  Rollout of eco-responsible 
initiatives

Schneider Electric is rolling out several eco-responsible initiatives 
with its suppliers.

For example, Schneider has chosen to go further than the 
European REACH and RoHS regulations. The approach is rolled 
out in the Group over the whole product portfolio and to all 
suppliers, regardless of their geographic origin. To support the 
REACH and RoHS projects, Schneider has implemented a data 
collection process supported by a dedicated team to gather 
the required information from its suppliers. This has allowed it to 
significantly reduce its response time to collect such information 
and therefore be quicker to respond to its customers’ inquiries. In 
addition to data collection, the Group put in place a review process 
for this data to guarantee its quality. Thanks to this process, the 
level of verification required for a given supplier can be adjusted in 
order to make the controls more stringent in cases where deviations 
have been detected.

Another example is Schneider’s commitment to supporting the 
small and medium enterprises (SME) network. This support is given 
through an approach to work in an adapted manner with certain 
suppliers. In France, Schneider Electric is a major player in the 
International SME Pact.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

123

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.2  Driving responsible conduct of business with the Trust Charter

Finally, by the very nature of its activity, the Group continually 
encourages its ecosystem (including customers and suppliers)  
to implement energy efficient solutions.

2.2.12  Vigilance with local 
communities

In 2020, Schneider Electric extended the scope of its risk analysis 
to communities. The notion of communities, here, corresponds 
to people living in a geographic proximity of Schneider’s local 
operations. As a result of this proximity, their conditions of living 
could be affected by the Group’s activity. Schneider’s local 
operations can be of two types:

•  Local facilities, such as a factory or an office building.
•  Local project sites where Schneider is operating as a contractor 

or subcontractor for a customer.

2020 was the first time Schneider Electric was formally addressing 
this risk analysis for communities, developing a framework with 
the help of an external consultant. In 2021, the Group deepened 
its analysis by selecting the sites that may present some risks for 
communities and conducting an analysis specifically for each of 
these sites.

2.2.12.1  Communities living around 
Schneider’s local sites

2.2.12.1.1  Risk assessment for the 30 largest 
Schneider sites
This detailed risk evaluation covers the 30 largest sites by size  
and employees, both commercial and industrial.

Potential impacts analysis
The first step of this evaluation was to analyze the potential impact 
that a Schneider site may have on its surroundings. For that 
purpose, a comparison was made between the size of the site, 
and the size of the urban area surrounding it. To take a practical 
example, in Shanghai, a large Schneider Electric office site may 
be important at Schneider level (>2,000 employees) but will have 
very little impact on its immediate urban surrounding (Shanghai is 
a multi-million inhabitants city). On the opposite end, a smaller site 
may have a bigger impact on its rural surrounding in Africa or  
South Asia.

Risk nature and level
The second step was to qualify the natures of risk and their 
level, using public data available at country level on topics such 
as ethical standards (National Corruption Index), individual 
development (Human Development Index), or health and human 
rights (Human Right score). Using this data, a composite country 
risk index was built to reflect the risk level for countries where 
Schneider’s main sites are located.

Conclusions
The third step was to combine Schneider’s site impact level with the 
composite country risk index. The overall result shows that the level 
of risk on local communities living around Schneider Electric sites is 

“low” in most cases. This owes mainly to the fact that the Company 
is usually located in large, urban, or peri-urban areas, crowded 
with many similar or larger companies. In case of factories, they  
are mostly located in already existing dedicated industrial areas, 
with solid infrastructures and transportation networks, and 
Schneider Electric’s presence does not have an impact on them. 

Among the top 30 sites, the Group only identified a few that may 
have a “moderate” impact on local communities and found no site 
where Schneider Electric could have a “high” or “very high” impact.

It is to be noted that although we speak about risks, the notion of 
impact can also be positive, as it is part of Schneider Electric’s 
policy to include local parameters in its sourcing policy: providing 
employment; including a percentage of local companies and 
contractors for services (catering, maintenance, etc.).

2.2.12.1.2  In depth evaluation of 5 sites 
The management and safety officers of these sites are engaged 
with a dedicated questionnaire, covering environmental and human 
rights potential risks and opportunities for the local communities. 
The result of the evaluation shows that among the five sites 
reviewed, four have no significant impact and one may have  
some specific impacts.

Four sites with low impact, well mitigated:

•  The four factories studied are located within dedicated industrial 

parks, with specific infrastructures including transportation 
and access. No competition for local resources (water, power, 
staple goods, etc.) were reported. Their impact on the urban 
surroundings is low, as they are either located next to a very 
large city, or in one case, in the countryside and at a reasonable 
distance from the nearest village.

•  These sites provide a significant source of employment for 

local people. Besides, these entities foster local development 
initiatives such as supporting schools, cultural programs, or 
local infrastructures (such as hospitals).

•  The industrial activities performed on these four sites are 

mostly the assembly of components. There are some marginal 
activities of plastic injection that are subject to local and national 
regulations, with regular compulsory reporting.

•  One of the sites is part of an industrial park, that includes 

housing facilities for workers (dormitories). These facilities have 
been recently enhanced, are compliant to local standards, and 
have not been subject to any specific alert report. However, they 
remain a point of attention and follow-up on Schneider’s side.

One site with medium risk, mitigation actions in progress:

•  This specific site is hosting an industrial process that involves 
the use of chemicals. Although these are not critical and 
restricted substances, they are required to be monitored  
and processed specifically.

•  The site is located close to a small urban area, therefore risks  

of marginal pollution are present.

•  Several mitigation actions have been implemented by the local 
team. A specific review of the adequacy of these measures is 
in progress.

124

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Among the projects reviewed, 2 were of type A, 6 of type B,  
and 6 of type C.

•  2 projects of type A: the study of these projects is showing  

the following risks and benefits on local populations:
 − Temporary/brief disturbance in the transportation and 
mobility due to large materials and equipment delivery.

 − Temporary and planned power outages.
 − No environmental or pollution risk.
 − Local security implemented by final customer, with no or  

little impact on the neighboring communities.

 − The project is a source of employment for local companies.

•  12 projects of type B and C: among these projects, six are 
projects with significant impact on the local communities 
(petrochem, etc.) and six have no impact (desert or remote 
location). For these projects with significant impact, relations 
with local communities are handled by the end-user or the 
main contractor. Given the small size of Schneider Electric’s 
contribution to the overall project investment, the capacity 
of Schneider to be a significant contributor to the mitigation 
measures is very limited. Specific policies that would increase 
this capacity, adapted to these project profiles, are currently 
studied.

2.

2.2.12.2  Communities living around 
Schneider Electric’s customer  
projects sites

In 2021, Schneider Electric has engaged into a review of risks  
for local communities residing close to the sites where the Group 
is implementing projects for customers. These projects can be, 
for example, the building of an electrical switchgear station to 
distribute electricity, either to the grid or to private large users 
(factories, professional buildings, etc.). Depending on the profile 
of the end-customer, these projects necessitate the on-site 
coordination of several types of contractors: civil engineering, 
industrial process experts, electricity specialists, communication 
infrastructure experts. Relations with local communities, when 
relevant, are usually handled by the main contractor, or by the  
end-customer.

2.2.12.2.1  Characterizing the sites, ranking them 
by risk level, and selecting the ones for a deep dive
To identify the main sites presenting potential risks, Schneider 
Electric has pre-selected customer projects based on the 
combination of two criteria: country risk and customer activity. 
Country risk is a compound of several external publicly available 
indicators (transparency, human rights, etc.). Customer activity  
is based on the industrial process specific to the end-customer.  
For illustration, the top five risks are ranked as follows:

Country

Chad

Mauritania

Angola

Nigeria

Tanzania

Customer activity

Mining, minerals and metals

Oil, gas and petrochemicals

Power and grid

Life sciences

Water

Based on these criteria, the Group has established a list of  
25 projects to be reviewed with their management team.

2.2.12.2.2  Evaluating the impact for selected sites
Projects reviewed can be grouped into three categories, 
each reflecting the type of involvement of Schneider Electric,  
and the mitigation capabilities of Schneider.

•  Type A: Schneider Electric is providing switchgear and/or 

industrial equipment, is also the main contractor for the project, 
and is present on site. Mitigation actions can be decided and 
implemented by Schneider.

•  Type B: Schneider Electric is providing switchgear and/or 

industrial equipment, but it is not the main contractor. Mitigation 
capabilities are limited.

•  Type C: Schneider Electric is providing software and control, 
and is mostly working remotely, being present on site only for 
final testing and commissioning. Mitigation capabilities are  
very low.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

125

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.3 Acting for a climate positive world

In this section

2.3.1   Climate governance

2.3.2   Roadmap towards a 1.5°C climate trajectory

2.3.3   Delivering a climate positive impact 

with EcoStruxure™

128

130

134

2.3.4   Decarbonizing our operations by 2030

2.3.5   Decarbonizing our supply chain by 2050 

136

140

“Addressing climate change is the defining issue of our 
generation, and businesses play a key role. We know that 
we must go faster if we are to avoid the worst impacts of 
global warming. Schneider Electric is part of the solution 
thanks to its existing technologies and products to achieve 
a climate positive impact.”
Xavier Denoly, SVP Sustainable Development

Context and goals

2021 was a year of acceleration, building on the lessons learned 
from 2020. Acceleration of our collective realization of the fragility 
of the world’s ecosystems, climate, resources, biodiversity, and 
even human lives. The magnitude of changes needed will not 
accept incremental year-on-year progress. What is now needed 
is to place a planet-first lens onto our collective development 
path: are we living under the limits of one planet? As science tells 
us this is not the case, let us instead work backwards and define 
what needs to be done to maintain climate under a 1.5°C global 
temperature increase and preserve biodiversity and resources.

Companies all over the world are accelerating to align business 
strategies with a 1.5°C trajectory. Since 2018, the number of 
companies with targets approved by the Science Based Targets 
Initiative has doubled every year, to reach over 1,000 companies 
in 2021, including Schneider Electric. Another 1,000 companies 
are committed to set such targets soon.

Because it strives to be an Impact Company, the Group’s 
climate strategy addresses all its stakeholders, from employees 
to supply chain partners, customers, as well as local communities 
and institutions, and shows there are ways for companies to 
“do good while doing well”. 

Concrete actions for the 2021-2025 period are monitored and 
shared transparently in Schneider Sustainability Impact and 
Essentials and are overseen by various dedicated Committees 
up to the Board of Directors. In the longer term, the Group is 
committed to net-zero CO2 emissions in its operations by 2030, 
and took specific commitments for renewable electricity, energy 
efficiency and electric vehicles under the RE100, EP100, and 
EV100 initiatives. By 2040, the Group will be carbon neutral along 
the whole of its value chain, meaning all products will be carbon 
neutral. Importantly, beyond targeting excellence in reducing its 
own footprint, Schneider Electric also delivers about 100 million 
tonnes CO2 gains to its customers each year with EcoStruxure™.

126

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2021 Highlights

Schneider Electric is on the CDP Climate 
Change A list for the 11th year on a row. 

The Energize program, first-of-its
-kind supplier program to advance 
Climate Action with 10 Pharmaceutical 
companies.

Schneider Electric wins four awards 
for Sustainability and Smart Home 
leadership at the CES 2022 Innovation 
Awards, recognizing its commitment 
to sustainability and innovation.

2.

Key targets and results

Progress against our 2021-2025 Sustainability commitments

Schneider Sustainability Impact
Long-term commitments 
aligned to UN SDGs

2021-2025 programs

Climate

1. Grow our Schneider Impact revenues(3)

2. Help our customers save and avoid millions of tonnes of 

CO2 emissions

3. Reduce CO2 emissions from top 1,000 suppliers’ operation

0%

1%

Baseline(1)

2021 progress(2)

2025 Target

70%

263M

71%

347M

80%

800M

50%

Schneider Sustainability Essentials
Long-term commitments 
aligned to UN SDGs

2021-2025 programs

Climate 

1. Decarbonize our operations with Zero-CO2 sites

2.

3.

4.

Substitute relevant offers with SF6-Free medium voltage 
technologies

Source electricity from renewables 

Improve CO2 efficiency in transportation

Baseline(1)

2021 progress(2)

2025 Target

30

0%

80%

0%

51

38%

82%

-1%

150

100%

90%

15%

(1) Generally, the 2020 performance serves as a baseline for Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI) and Schneider Sustainability Essentials (SSE) 2021-2025 programs, 

except for SSI#1 (2019). 

(2) Each year, Schneider Electric obtains a “limited” level of assurance from an independent third party verifier for all of the SSI and SSE indicators (except for SSI #6, 

SSI #7, SSI #+1, SSE #12 and SSE #23), in accordance with ISAE 3000 assurance standard (see Independent verifier’s report on page 224). Please refer to page 206 
for the methodological presentation of each indicator. The 2021 performance is also discussed in more details in this section.

(3) For the reporting requirements under the European Taxonomy Regulation, please refer to page 68 and page 216.

Long-term roadmap

2030

2040

2050

• Net-zero operational emissions and 
reduction of Scope 3 emissions by 
35% (vs. 2017);

• Switch to 100% renewable 

electricity (RE100);

• Double energy productivity vs. 

2005 (EP100);

• Shift 100% of Company fleet to 

electric vehicles (EV100).

Become carbon neutral on full end-
to-end footprint (full Scopes 1, 2, and 
3), 10 years ahead of 1.5°C climate 
trajectory.

Engage with suppliers towards 
a net-zero CO2 supply chain.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

127

This growing demand for greener, low-carbon products and 
services creates a strong business opportunity for Schneider. 
Where appropriate, opportunities for growth are identified 
and translated into new products (for instance our unique SM 
AirSeT™ switchgear to avoid using SF6, or the creation of the new 
Sustainability Business). The Group is uniquely positioned to seize 
these opportunities because it acts on both sides of the equation:

•  The energy management, industrial automation, and 

sustainability consulting solutions Schneider brings to the 
market are directly linked to activities to mitigate greenhouse 
gas emissions and improve humanity’s resilience to climate 
change.

•  At the same time, Schneider acts to reduce its end-to-end  

CO2 footprint, aiming for a carbon neutral value chain by 2040, 
with precise steps for 2025 and 2030.

In 2021, 71% of the Group revenues qualify as Impact revenues, 
following Schneider Electric’s definition: revenues from offers that 
bring energy, climate, or resource efficiency to customers, while  
not generating any significant harmful impacts to the environment. 
The Group aims to grow its Impact revenues to 80% by 2025  
(SSI #1). Additionally, more than 90% of Schneider’s innovation 
projects contribute to solutions relating to climate change mitigation 
and environment protection.

Climate-driven risks
Failure to meet 1.5°C-aligned GHG reduction emissions targets
Missing its decarbonization commitments could trigger greater 
financial costs than anticipated for Schneider due for instance 
to locked-in emissions of assets with long operating lifetime or 
long-term leases, or reputational impacts and loss of trust from 
customers, investors, and employees. 

Inadapted evolution of the supply chain footprint
Volatility of energy and commodity prices as well as regulation 
strengthening will generate increasing and volatile operating and 
investment costs along Schneider’s value chain, impacting both 
Schneider’s expenditures and those of its suppliers. This can 
translate into an increase of the cost of goods sold and reduced 
margins. This risk can be mitigated by securing low-carbon and 
resilient sources of energy supply, increasing resource-efficiency, 
and increasing resale prices along the value chain. Also, physical 
assets are retrofitted for resource-efficiency, as competition with 
newly built efficient infrastructure will increase. For instance, 
energy-efficient and digital buildings provide superior comfort to 
users while lowering operating costs, which translates into higher 
asset value.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.3 Acting for a climate positive world

2.3.1 Climate governance 

2.3.1.1 Governance

Schneider Electric sees itself and reviews its progress as part of 
a broader ecosystem: firstly, how the Group as a company and 
in its supply chain delivers progress to align with a 1.5°C climate 
trajectory; secondly, how customers are helped to do the same 
through Schneider’s offers; and thirdly, how Schneider helps 
communities accelerate climate action.

The process for designing a new SSI includes a sustainability risks 
and opportunities assessment (including climate), which leads 
to the design of concrete transformation programs to align the 
company on the challenges identified. Several governance bodies 
are involved in this process: 

•  The Board of Directors and its Human Resources &  

CSR Committee; 

•  The Executive Committee and its Group Sustainability 

Committee;

•  The SSI Steering Committee and the Sustainability department.
•  A Carbon Committee is in charge of continuously assessing 
climate-related risks and opportunities, to steer the Climate 
Pledge and to propose a strategy and management plan to  
the Group Sustainability Committee.

At Group level, the Chief Strategy & Sustainability Officer helps 
determine and enforce the Group’s environmental goals and 
underlying transformations.

Additionally, environmental transformations are driven by a network 
of leading experts in various environmental fields (eco-design, 
energy efficiency, circular economy, CO2, etc.). On an annual basis, 
a process identifies and recognizes those individuals who own a 
specific expertise that the company is keen to maintain and grow. 
Various governance bodies enable these communities of experts 
and leaders within the Environmental function to meet every 
month or every quarter, depending on the topics and entities, to 
ensure consistent adoption of Environment policies and standards 
throughout the Group. To implement these policies, Environment 
leaders coordinate a network of more than 600 managers 
responsible for the environmental management of sites, countries, 
product design and marketing.

2.3.1.2 Risks and opportunities 

Climate-driven opportunities
While the climate crisis is sobering, it is also stimulating significant 
action and innovation across businesses, industries, and 
governments. The combined challenge of the COVID-19 virus with 
increasing climate-related impacts has given rise to unprecedented 
financial flows for recovery tied to improvements in efficiency and 
emissions reduction, such as the EU’s Green Taxonomy and the  
US infrastructure package. 

Increasing awareness of the risks posed by climate change has 
also led thousands of businesses to make commitments to and act 
on decarbonization, energy efficiency, electrification, renewable 
energy procurement, and more. These existing solutions are only 
the beginning: the next decade will showcase the surge in “clean 
technologies,” as entrepreneurs and corporations alike seek to 
imagine, realize and scale innovations in energy storage, carbon 
capture, nature-based solutions among others, further stimulating 
the global economy and creating a new class of clean, green jobs. 

128

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Transition risks
Schneider considers the possible financial impacts of future CO2 
costs on its activities, by taking into consideration both operational 
and supply chain footprints. Given the relatively low level of the 
Group’s Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions, carbon pricing has 
indirect rather than direct impacts, resulting in increased supply 
chain costs, especially regarding the purchase of raw materials 
and manufactured components containing metals and plastics. 
A carbon tax at EUR 50/tonne of CO2 is estimated to have an 
impact on the Group’s industrial supply chain up to EUR 420 million 
globally (including direct and indirect impacts). 

Climate change mitigation will likely lead to regulation 
strengthening, which can disrupt markets. For instance,  
SF6-insulated switchgear can have a significant impact on climate 
change if SF6 is mishandled at the end of life of the equipment and 
leaks into the atmosphere. Schneider Electric strives to anticipate 
regulation changes and launches innovative SF6-free solutions.

Workplace disruptions
Extreme weather events, floods, droughts, and other climate 
impacts will increasingly put pressure onto supply chains. 
Shortages of all kinds can translate directly into revenue loss 
(missed orders), increased costs (urgent shipping), and increased 
working capital requirements (stock management). Extreme events 
can also cause damage to property and assets. This risk can be 
mitigated by adopting a flexible and resilient supply chain, with  
the ability to rebalance supply and manufacturing.

To further tie climate-related issues to financial planning, Schneider 
successfully launched the first-ever sustainability-linked convertible 
bonds in 2020. This bond has been linked to three SSI targets by 
including the objective to save and avoid 800 million tonnes of CO2 
on the customers’ end by 2025.

2.3.1.3 Risk management

Risks are identified and assessed through specific internal and 
external metrics, but also through interviews with experts and 
leaders, run by the Internal Audit Department and the Group 
Risk Management Department, to update the list of general 
risks at Group level each year. In 2021, around 40 of the Group’s 
top managers were interviewed in addition to Board members. 
Environment and climate-related risks are included in Schneider’s 
unique risk taxonomy (more details in Chapter 3 “How we manage 
risk at Schneider Electric”). 

Every three years, a materiality analysis is conducted by the 
Sustainability department, leveraging an external consultant, 
and complements the risk analysis with a focus on environment, 
social, and governance (ESG) topics and longer-term risks and 
opportunities (more details in section 2.1.6 “Main ESG risks  
and opportunities”).

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Overall, the different governance bodies involved in the definition 
and monitoring of the sustainability commitments and programs 
(SSI and SSE), and in particular the Carbon Committee, are in 
charge of defining strategic mitigation programs in response to 
the risks and opportunities identified. Strategic programs defined 
at Group level are then cascaded into business divisions, down 
to the sites for implementation, and are monitored through the 
digital platform, EcoStruxure™ Resource Advisor. Performance 
against those programs is published quarterly in the Schneider 
Sustainability Impact (SSI), and annually in the Schneider 
Sustainability Essentials (SSE) and Universal Registration 
Document. Each program of the SSI has a dedicated pilot in 
charge of driving the transformation, and is sponsored at the  
Senior Vice-President and Executive levels to ensure management 
control and oversight.

Climate adaptation risks are also studied and mitigated at site  
level for the industrial sites. The Group’s Property Damage and 
Business Interruption program, inspired from ISO 22301 standard, 
maps substantive risks of financial impact on the business, 
including asset destruction (buildings, equipment, inventories) 
and profit loss due to business interruption. The program reviews 
annually the natural hazard exposures of our manufacturing and 
logistic locations. An example of a risk analyzed at site level is 
flooding risks. 

Risk analysis of industrial sites includes an analysis of 
interdependencies, study of alternative supply, and estimation 
of time to recover in case of damage, etc. Typically, all critical 
industrial sites are externally audited onsite at least every two 
years. In addition, starting 2021, Global Supply Chain has defined 
a resiliency index to assess and mitigate business interruption 
risks. This resiliency index covers several risks (such as physical 
security, political stability, etc.) and includes exposure to natural 
and climate-related hazards and mitigations.

Finally, environmental risks (including climate) are assessed and 
mitigated at site level through the Group’s Integrated Management 
System (IMS). The IMS covers the supply chain sites (plants, 
distribution centers, large offices) and hosts ISO 14001, ISO 50001, 
ISO 9001, and OSHAS 18000/ISO 45001 compliance management 
systems. Each site is audited periodically, either externally by 
Bureau Veritas (every three years), or internally. At present, the 
impact of climate-related matters is not material to the Group’s 
financial statements.

With suppliers, sustainability risks (including natural and climate-
related hazards), are embedded into Supplier Risk Assessment. 
This process enables to define risk mitigation action plans 
with suppliers, as well as prioritize double sourcing strategies. 
Leveraging external data providers, the Group monitors events 
across 10,000 nodes (such as ports and critical supplier locations) 
to shorten reaction time when events occur and minimize  
business impact.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

129

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.3 Acting for a climate positive world

2.3.2 Roadmap towards a 
1.5°C climate trajectory

2.3.2.1  Climate impact commitments

In its Trust Charter, Schneider Electric adopts an unequivocal 
position regarding impact on climate change and CO2 emissions. 
The Group has been a leading contributor to the fight against 
climate change for the past 15 years by implementing its own 
energy management and industrial automation solutions across 
operations, by supporting its clients in achieving their low-carbon 
and efficiency objectives, and by allowing more than 30 million 
people to gain access to electricity. Schneider also takes an active 
role in a variety of multi-stakeholder organizations to promote 
solutions to climate change, call for a price to CO2, and strengthen 
CO2 governance globally. Since 2011, the Group has also been 
contributing to the Livelihoods Funds, which proposes innovative 
investment models to simultaneously address environmental 
degradation, climate change, and rural poverty.

The Group aims to be a role model in the fight against climate 
change, by sharply decarbonizing its own operations and by 
delivering services and solutions that allow its customers to reduce 
more CO2 emissions than those produced by the Group’s activities. 
Ultimately Schneider aims to reduce the end-to-end emissions of its 
offers, by engaging suppliers and eco-designing offers for lifecycle 
climate and circular performance. 

Short to medium-term targets
• Before 2025, demonstrate that Schneider Electric is carbon
positive together with its customers and partners, thanks to
CO2 savings delivered by EcoStruxure™.

• On the Group’s operations (scope 1&2): be carbon neutral

by 2025 and net-zero CO2 emissions by 2030.

• On indirect emissions (scope 3) in its supply chain and with
customers: reduce emissions by 35% by 2030 (vs 2017), by
actively engaging suppliers to accelerate their climate strategy,
by sourcing greener materials, and by proposing more efficient
solutions to its customers.

The Group’s 2030 targets (net-zero CO2 emissions on scope 1  
and 2, and -35% on scope 3) have been validated 1.5°C-aligned 
by the Science-Based Target initiative in 2019.

Long-term targets
• Become carbon neutral on the Group’s full end-to-end footprint
by 2040 (scopes 1, 2 and 3), 10 years ahead of 1.5°C trajectory.
This means that all Schneider’s products will be carbon neutral
in 2040.

• Engage with suppliers towards a net-zero CO2 supply chain

by 2050.

In 2040, the Group commits that all Schneider Electric products 
will be carbon neutral. By connecting technology, business, and 
collaboration, Schneider joins the likes of global partners, such 
as Amazon, Infosys, and Daimler to help deliver carbon neutrality 
by 2040 as part of the Climate Pledge, a jointly created initiative 
between Global Optimism and Amazon. The Climate Pledge was 
founded on the conviction that global businesses are responsible 
and accountable for acting on the climate crisis, together. 
This milestone is set 10 years earlier than the pledge made in 
2015 by all United Nations country members at Paris COP21, 
showing the Group’s eagerness to accelerate the world economy 
decarbonization to respect the 1.5°C targets.

By 2050, achieving net-zero CO2 emissions in its supply chain will 
require Schneider Electric to work transversally with all stakeholders, 
from product design, to sourcing, manufacturing and shipping.

2.3.2.2 Concrete actions in our ecosystem

2.3.2.2.1  Net-zero CO2 emissions in operations 
by 2030
To deliver its Scope 1 and 2 targets, the Group has launched 
several transformations under the Climate and Resources pillars 
of Schneider Sustainability Impact: 

• Reach 150 Zero-CO2 sites by 2025 (SSE #1),
• Propose SF6-free alternatives for all medium voltage technologies 

by 2025 (SSE #2),

• Source 90% of electricity from renewables by 2025 (SSE #3), and 

100% by 2030,

• Increase energy efficiency in our sites by 15% by 2025 (SSE #5) 

and double energy productivity by 2030 (vs 2005),

• Shift one third of corporate vehicle fleet to electric vehicles

by 2025 (SSE #7), and 100% by 2030.

The Group leverages its Power and Building EcoStruxure™ IoT 
architectures to deliver these ambitions, monitor and optimize 
energy consumption, manage assets and grid infrastructure, 
manage distributed renewable energy resources and electricity 
load, monitor energy quality, and power electric vehicles. The 
initiatives to deliver those targets are described in section 2.3.4 
Decarbonizing our operations by 2030, page 136.

This strategy has delivered an absolute reduction of 405,028 
tonnes of CO2e emissions on Scope 1 and 2 (from 699,079 tCO2e  
in 2017), which is a 58% decrease.

2.3.2.2.2 End-to-end carbon neutrality by 2040
Schneider Electric is already taking concrete actions to engage 
its suppliers to decarbonize: 

• Engage 1,000 top suppliers to reduce their operational CO2
emissions by 50% with The Zero Carbon project (SSI #3).

• Reduce purchase-related CO2 emissions with EcoDesign Way™
to improve the end-to-end lifecycle environmental footprint
of its offers, notably by reducing and substituting materials
and components in products. The Group aims to source 50%
green materials by 2025, favoring bio-sourced, recycled, and
sustainable options (SSI #4).

• Have 100% of its primary and secondary packaging free from

single-use plastics and made from recycled cardboard (SSI #5).

• Reduce CO2 emissions from freight and logistics activities, by

shifting from air to sea freight and optimizing fill rates and travel
routes (SSE #4).

• Reduce CO2 emissions from waste management, with its

“Waste as Worth” program. In 2021, 126 sites achieved the
“Waste to Resources” designation as part of SSE #9.

• Reduce CO2 emissions from capital goods by optimizing real
estate space occupancy as saved surfaces translate directly
into lower CO2 emissions, as well as spared natural habitats
and agricultural land.

  The initiatives to deliver those targets are described in section 2.3.5 

Decarbonizing our supply chain by 2050, page 140. (cid:496)

130

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Customers
Saved & 
Avoided

Saved & Avoided: 
83.6 MtCO2

CO2 positive 
together with 
customers

800Mt CO2
2018-2025

2.

Roadmap towards a 1.5°C climate trajectory

2021 CO2 
footprint

2025

2030

2040

2050

Suppliers
Scope 3 
upstream

Induced:  
8.2 MtCO2

Schneider’s 
Operations
Scope 1 & 2

Induced:  
0.3 MtCO2

Customers
Scope 3 
downstream

Induced:  
60.7 MtCO2

Carbon neutral operations

Net-zero CO2 operations

Carbon neutral value chain and products

Net zero CO2 supply chain

2030 commitments are aligned with 1.5°C scenario  
and validated by the Science Based Targets initiative

Concrete actions

Engage suppliers towards 
net-zero CO2 supply chain

Reduce operational CO2 
emissions, towards net-zero 
CO2

Deliver CO2 savings 
to customers

SSI #3: The Zero Carbon Project

SSE #1: Zero CO2 sites

SSI #2: Saved and avoided CO2 
emissions

SSI #4: Green materials

SSE #3: Renewable electricity 
(RE100)

SSE #2: SF6-free technologies

SSI #5: Sustainable packaging

SSE #5: Energy efficiency (EP100)

SSE #6: Green PremiumTM

SSE #4: CO2 efficiency in 
transportation

SSE #7: Electric vehicles (EV100)

SSE #10: 420,000 metric tons avoided 
primary resource consumption

These commitments were taken as part of the “Business Ambition for 1.5°C – Our Only Future”. Since 2018, Schneider Electric has been 
one of the 15 companies (out of 4,500+ signatories) to join the Global Compact LEAD initiative “Pathways to Low-Carbon and Resilient 
Development” in which businesses proactively share best practices in sustainable climate strategies.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

131

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.3 Acting for a climate positive world

2.3.2.3 CO2 footprint
Schneider Electric updates its end-to-end carbon footprint  
(Scope 1, 2 and 3) annually and obtains a “limited assurance” from 
an independent third party verifier on all figures. Scope 3 emissions 
represent more than 99% of the Group’s carbon footprint, of which 
90% are due to the use phase and the products’ end of life, and 
around 10% result from the purchase of raw materials, equipment, 
and services.

The charts below represent Schneider’s carbon footprint on 
Scopes 1, 2 and 3, including all greenhouse gas emissions (GHG), 
from the upstream activity of all its suppliers to the use and end of 
life of its offers sold to customers. During the use phase, emissions 
saved and avoided by customers thanks to energy efficiency and 
renewable technologies are represented as negative emissions.

Coverage of reported emissions is 100% for energy, fugitive SF6 
emissions, waste, purchases, capital goods, commuting, travel,  
and freight (coverage is estimated using a relevant activity indicator 
for each source of emissions, such as spent for purchases and
business travel, surface for energy and capital goods, headcount 
for commuting and waste). Schneider reports no GHG emissions 
on franchises, investments, or downstream-leased assets, because 
these emissions are not considered relevant for its activities.

Schneider Electric carbon footprint: 2017 to 2021 evolution

2.3.2.4 Internal CO2 price
To lead the global transition to a zero-carbon economy,  
Schneider Electric calls for policymakers to define robust and 
predictable carbon pricing for companies, enabling companies to 
integrate collaterals on climate in their strategy. A high and stable 
price on carbon will strengthen incentives to invest in sustainable 
technologies and to change behaviors.

As part of its carbon pledge, Schneider is committed to take into 
consideration a carbon pricing of EUR 50 – 130/ton (depending  
on time horizons) to inform the Group’s climate strategy. In line with 
the vision, an internal price on carbon is already used in several 
cases to include the cost of CO2 externality in decision-making  
and strategy.

An internal CO2 price is used to assess the performance 
and resiliency of operations. The cost of CO2 is evaluated for 
industrial activities, taking into account CO2 emissions from 
energy consumption and SF6 leaks in industrial sites. CO2 cost 
is also taken into consideration in industrial network modelling to 
account for future CO2 prices in industrial decisions. This enables 
measurement of the potential impact of CO2 pricing on the Group’s 
supply chain. Schneider views internal CO2 pricing as a useful tool 
to reinforce its governance and external commitments on CO2.

Suppliers
Scope 3 
upstream

Schneider’s 
Operations
Scope 1 & 2

Customers
Scope 3 
downstream

Customers
Saved & 
Avoided

Induced: 8.2 MtCO2
11.9%

Induced: 0.3 MtCO2
0.4%

Induced: 60.7 MtCO2
87.7%

Saved & Avoided: 83.6 MtCO2

10M

9M

8M

7M

6M

5M

4M

3M

2M

1M

0

2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2030*

0.8M

0.7M

0.6M

0.5M

0.4M

0.3M

0.2M

0.1M

0

2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2030*

80M

70M

60M

50M

40M

30M

20M

10M

0

2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2030*

  Purchases
  Freight
  Business travel
  Other Scope 3 upstream
  Target

  Electricity & heat
  Energy fuels
  Company cars
  SF6 leaks
  Target

  Use of products
  Product end of life
  Saved
  Avoided
  Target

* Projection assuming that the -35% applies equally on all Scope 3 sources

2018 2019 2020 2021

0

-25M

-50M

-75M

-100M

-125M

132

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

The Group sees an acceleration of the dominant role of:

•  Electrification: the world is becoming more electric,  
with demand growing potentially up to 3x by 2050;

•  Digitization: with the increase in connectivity, complemented 

by real-time information and competitive computing 
capabilities, digital technologies play a major role in reaching 
decarbonization targets while augmenting economic 
productivity, notably around efficiency in energy and resource 
use and circularity, as well as increased resiliency and security.

2.

All these findings, and their potential financial impact on our 
business have helped us fine-tune key development areas that  
will allow us to actively contribute to the low-carbon transition, 
enabling us notably to develop our sustainability portfolio of offers.

Key findings are regularly cross-checked with new publications, 
particularly the ones from the International Energy Agency, BNEF, 
and the IRENA, among others. Governance is in place, under the 
leadership of the Chief Strategy & Sustainability Officer, and both 
short- and long-term analysis are shared internally and used to 
inform strategic priorities across businesses and operations. 

2.3.2.5 Climate scenarios embedded  
in the Group’s strategy

In line with the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) recommendations, Schneider Electric launched a 
prospective approach on climate change and energy transition 
three years ago, by setting up a dedicated organization in charge. 
Schneider has a dedicated Strategy Prospective & External 
Affairs Senior Vice-President in charge of climate and environment 
scenario analysis. That person is attached to the Chief Strategy & 
Sustainability Officer.

Several scenarios to 2050 were developed in 2019. Those  
included critical reviews of the geopolitical landscape, commodity 
and resource availability, economic and financial evolutions, 
climate sensitivity and evolving policies, energy transition 
pathways, and technology developments, among others, with 
quantified consequences, taking into consideration 10 regions and 
a number of sectors individually, framing the business landscape 
in which Schneider operates. In 2020, these scenarios were further 
updated. Beyond impact for long-term analysis, the COVID-19 
short-term impact assessment has also been reviewed in detail, 
including the importance and feasibility of climate-compatible 
recovery plans. Finally, in 2021, Schneider published a set of 
scenarios exploring the feasibility of a 1.5°C trajectory.

The scenarios developed by Schneider demonstrate that a  
net-zero carbon future, aligned with IPCC’s 1.5°C scenarios, is 
still possible, and the Group is uniquely positioned to embark its 
ecosystem onto an inclusive, zero-carbon transition. The Group 
sees the energy and climate transition as an opportunity for 
companies who are “part of the solution” to grow their revenues. 
Schneider Electric’s Energy Management and Industrial Automation 
offers help customers deliver energy and resource efficiency and 
reduce CO2 emissions. Furthermore, smart grid technologies 
unlock the potential to electrify energy usage, powered by 
renewable electricity.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

133

2.3.3.2 Deliver access to energy products 
and solutions

Today, 25% of the world’s population still has no or reduced access 
to energy, and only 17% of the total global energy consumption was 
renewable in 2017. Schneider Electric’s products and solutions aim 
to address this “energy paradox”, balancing the need to reduce the 
planet’s carbon footprint while ensuring the inalienable human right 
to quality energy and digital access. 

In line with its carbon pledge towards net-zero CO2 emissions, 
Schneider has committed to provide access to green electricity 
to 100 million people in underserved areas by 2030, both as 
a fundamental right and a means for social and economic 
development. Schneider’s Access to Energy program bridges 
the energy gap by focusing on offerings and business models 
for village electrification and domestic energy needs, as well as 
investing in and supporting companies providing affordable, clean, 
and renewable energy. 

Products and solutions address individual and collective needs 
across the energy chain, from solar lanterns and solar home 
systems to decentralized small power plants, water pumping 
systems, and street lighting. A great example of Schneider’s 
products is the portable Mobiya solar powered lamp providing 
individual lighting and mobile charge for 48 hours. In emerging 
markets, this type of device helps extend the number of hours of 
activities and livelihoods, but also limits the use of kerosene lamps 
that have a significant environmental impact. Villaya is another 
great example of decarbonized energy solutions available for 
businesses and communities to ensure electrification in remote 
sites, either 100% solar or hybrid. 

All of these social impact products and solutions complement  
the Group’s offerings for its customers to be the digital partner  
for sustainability and efficiency. 

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.3 Acting for a climate positive world

2.3.3 Delivering a climate 
positive impact with 
EcoStruxure™

2.3.3.1 Save and avoid 800 million tonnes 
of CO2 emissions on customers’ end
With EcoStruxure™, the IoT-enabled architecture, Schneider Electric 
helps companies become more efficient and reduce their CO2 
emissions. To demonstrate this positive impact, a new indicator was 
launched in 2018 to quantify CO2 savings delivered to customers 
using Schneider’s offers. New technologies were added to expand 
the methodology coverage in 2021: SF6 recovery services, SF6 
AirSet solutions, Field Services, Energy Management Systems 
(EMS for electrical network) and data center design. Overall, from 
2018 to 2021, Schneider Electric helped customers save and avoid 
347 million tonnes of CO2e.

From 2021 onwards, Schneider is committed to extend the 
methodology to progressively include all relevant offers, to 
report both saved and avoided CO2 emissions with customers 
and partners, and to help customers save and avoid 800 million 
tonnes of CO2 by 2025, cumulatively since 2018 (SSI #2). This 
commitment is one of the three performance indicators of the first 
ever convertible Sustainability-Linked Bond launched by the Group 
at the end of 2020.

The innovative CO2 accounting methodology to quantify CO2 
savings delivered to customers, created by Schneider, allows 
for the quantification of CO2 induced and saved by the Group’s 
solutions at its customers’ premises. Detailed calculation rules are 
defined per offer, leveraging sales data, market expertise, and 
technical knowledge. The methodology is designed to become a 
shared industry standard, its principles are applicable across the 
capital goods and consumer durables sectors. Attention was given 
to define rigorous calculations, with conservative assumptions.  
The methodology is public and was developed with Carbone 4,  
an expert CO2 accounting consulting company.

Saved emissions are net emissions (savings are netted from 
use-phase induced emissions) and consider savings delivered 
on brownfield (retrofit) projects. Avoided emissions are defined 
with respect to greenfield sales (new infrastructures); they are 
defined as a limitation of emissions increase versus a reference 
scenario. Avoided emissions are net emissions. They represent 
the difference between emissions of a reference scenario and 
emissions with the implementation of Schneider Electric’s offer.

Schneider’s methodology, “Saved and avoided CO2: 
decarbonization creates value” is available for download on 
se.com; as well as the detailed methodology (and hypothesis)  
for all Schneider’s solutions

134

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Climate

SSI #2

Deliver 800 million tonnes of saved and avoided  
CO2 emissions to our customers
CO2 savings are delivered at every layer of EcoStruxure™. For instance, Building Management 
Systems (BMS) monitor, control, and optimize the performance of buildings throughout their 
lifecycle. This drives occupancy productivity as well as energy savings. From 2018 to 2021, 
Schneider Electric’s BMS sales enabled customers to save 11 million tonnes of CO2e.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

263M

347M

800M

2.

Saved and avoided CO2 are 
delivered at every layer of 
EcoStruxure™

Together with Customers and Partners:

347M tonnes 

cumulated CO2 saved and avoided from 2018 to 2021

:
o
t

t
n
e
l
a
v
i
u
q
e
e
r
a
s
g
n
i
v
a
s
l
a
u
n
n
A

43M

people in the EU

416M

hectares of US forest

Apps, 
analytics  
and 
services

Edge 
control

Leverage IOT data to identify 
additional energy efficiency 
opportunities, increase the lifetime  
of assets, optimize maintenance 
services and boost demand 
flexibility.

CO2 savings in the ecosystem

Example: power purchase 
agreements (PPAs)

Manage on-site operations, with 
day-to-day optimization of energy 
consumption through remote 
access and advanced automation.

CO2 savings in infrastructure 
(building or industrial process)

Example: Building Management 
System (BMS)

Connected 
products

Connected products are eco-
designed to improve their efficiency 
and deliver electricity savings.

CO2 savings at product level

Example: high efficiency UPS 
Uninterruptable Power Supply  
and Transformers

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

135

 
 
 
 
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.3 Acting for a climate positive world

2.3.4 Decarbonizing our operations by 2030

To deliver its net-zero target on Scope 1 and 2 by 2030, the Group has launched several ambitious transformations:

Climate and Energy

405,000

tCO2 reduced 
(scope 1 and 2)  
vs 2017 baseline

t
e
g
r
a
T

Net-zero CO2  
on operational 
scope by 2030

76%

energy productivity 
(EP100) since 2005

82%

renewable 
electricity

47

sites with onsite 
renewable 
electricity

7.7%

share of  
electric vehicles  
in global fleet

100%  
target by 2030

100%  
target by 2030

50  
target by 2025

100%
target by 2030

2.3.4.1 EP100: deliver efficiency from  
the inside out, Energy Action program

Schneider Electric leverages the power of its EcoStruxure™ 
architecture to deliver energy savings and uses its own sites  
as showcases for customers and business partners.

Spotlight: IntenCity R&D Center, Grenoble, France
Near the end of 2020, Schneider opened IntenCity, its new  
R&D flagship located in the scientific area of Grenoble, France. 
This 26,000 square meter building welcomes 1,500 employees, 
and aims to become a world reference of sustainability and 
efficiency in buildings.

In smart factories and distribution centers, the Group implements 
the three-layer EcoStruxure™ architecture, with connected meters 
and sensors to monitor energy consumption and quality, Edge 
Control Power Monitoring software to optimize daily operations, and 
analytics and services to benchmark performance and optimize 
energy and maintenance. Asset Performance Management also 
enables the Group to optimize operations and maintenance, for 
maximum uptime and longevity. 

Four of Schneider Electric’s smart factories have been designated 
as 4th Industrial Revolution (4IR) Advanced Lighthouses by the 
World Economic Forum (WEF), in China, France, the US, and 
Indonesia. Another two are classified as Developing Lighthouses  
in China and Mexico. Recently in 2021, the Lexington facility in the 
US was named one of the first three Sustainability Lighthouses 
in the world by the WEF. With its Smart Factory and Distribution 
Center (DC) programs, the Group has deployed advanced 
manufacturing technologies in over 80 smart factories and  
DCs in the past four years.

In offices, Schneider Electric’s EcoStruxure™ solutions Building 
and Workplace Advisor enable analytics of BMS data alongside 
space, utilization, and comfort metrics. These smart solutions 
enable the Group and site leaders to actively benchmark and 
develop occupancy and facility management strategies to ensure 
continuous right sizing of its footprint and site occupation to keep 
energy consumption and resultant emissions to a minimum, while 
reducing costs and improving employee experience and comfort.

IntenCity was designed and built with Schneider building and 
power management technologies. Its building management is 
operated by EcoStruxure™ Building Operation (EBO). Energy 
consumptions are optimized thanks to EcoStruxure™ Power 
Monitoring Expert (PME). Finally, IntenCity produces its own green 
and microgrid connected energy, managed by EcoStruxure™ 
Microgrid Advisor (EMA).

IntenCity is equipped with a heating and cooling system made 
of two thermorefrigerating pumps which enable the building 
to efficiently serve its very low power needs. The rooftops are 
covered with 4,000 square meters of solar panels complemented 
by two vertical wind turbines and backed by 300 kWh of battery 
storage capacity. Thanks to these energy production and storage 
systems, the full 970 kWh required to operate the building on an 
annual basis can be entirely compensated by its on-site green 
energy production.

The combination of those technologies enables IntenCity to drop 
its energy needs in operation to a staggeringly low level of 37 kWh/
sqm/year, and, according to the WGBC definition, to be net-zero 
carbon emission right from its commissioning date. IntenCity is 
currently in the process of gaining LEED Platinum certification  
with the ambition to achieve a score of 100/110, making it the  
most efficient and sustainable building in the world.

136

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Solar and wind-powered roof at IntenCity facility in Grenoble, 
France

Global, regional, and site energy reporting is delivered with the 
EcoStruxure™ Resource Advisor software suite. EcoStruxure™ 
Resource Advisor provides a data visualization and analysis 
application that aggregates volumes of raw energy data into 
actionable information. EcoStruxure™ Resource Advisor is a  
cloud-based software as a service (SaaS) model, it provides 
reduced solution costs, increased data storage capacity,  
and a flexible and mobile energy solution enhanced by  
Schneider Electric expert services.

The Group is a member of EP100 (Energy Productivity 100), a 
Climate Group initiative. Its target is to double energy productivity 
by 2030 against the 2005 baseline, meaning double the economic 
output from every unit of energy consumed within 25 years. In 
2021, the Group achieved 76% energy productivity (against a  
2030 target of 100%) compared against 2005.

In general, Schneider sites are low consumers of energy compared 
with other industries because industrial processes are discrete 
and assembled. The Schneider Energy Action program uses site 
energy experts along with Schneider’s Sustainability Business 
consulting team to report and analyze energy consumption, to 
identify energy saving opportunities, and to deploy actions. Since 
2005, the Group has fixed annual objectives for energy efficiency 
each year. Schneider met or exceeded its energy efficiency goals 
during the previous four Company programs (2009–2011, 2012–
2014, 2015–2017, and 2018–2020), by achieving 10%, 13%, 10%, 
and 10%, respectively, totaling over 40% reduction from 2009  
to 2021.

The 2021–2025 Company program aims to reduce energy 
consumption by a further 15% over five years compared to 2019 
(SSE #5). 

Resources

SSE #5

15% energy efficiency in our sites

The Group measures energy efficiency in its 200+ largest 
energy-consuming sites, accounting for 85% of the total 
energy consumption of the Group. At the end of 2021,  
this program enabled the following achievements:

•  About EUR 5 million and 65 million kWh were saved  

in 2021 compared to 2019 baseline.

•  About EUR 5.2 million was invested, of which  

EUR 5 million was capital costs and EUR 0.2 million  
was operating costs.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

0%

6.6%

15%

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Annual energy productivity progress against 2030 EP100 target 
(vs 2005)

%
0
0
1

%
6
7

%
2
7

%
9
6

%
4
5

%
5
4

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2030

  Annual progress 

  Target

2.

2.3.4.2 RE100: switch to 100% renewable 
electricity by 2030

In 2017, Schneider Electric joined RE100 and committed to 
source 100% of its electricity from renewables by 2030, with an 
intermediary target of 90% by 2025. In 2021, the Group sourced 
82% of its electricity from renewable sources, up from a starting 
point of 2% in 2017. To deliver its target, the Group leverages four 
complementary tools: green tariffs, renewable certificates, power 
purchase agreements, and on-site generation.

This commitment entails many benefits. First and foremost,  
going green is deeply aligned with the Group’s strategy. Schneider 
wants to be one of the corporate players who shape the future 
energy landscape, having its own sites producing and consuming 
renewable electricity. Second, renewable sourcing is an important 
pillar to drastically cut down CO2 emissions from the Group’s 
operations, following a 1.5°C trajectory in line with Science-Based 
Targets. Third, because it makes good business sense. In a lot 
of cases, renewable supply enables savings on electricity costs. 
It is also a way of diversifying energy supply risks and reduces 
exposure to the volatility of market prices. Also, in some developing 
countries, microgrid technologies coupled with renewables can 
enable the securing of power supply and reduce downtime risks. 
Fourth, because the Group wants to demonstrate the value add of 
its own technologies and solutions, by showcasing EcoStruxure™ 
Microgrid IoT architecture on its own sites. Sites leverage 
Schneider Electric’s connected inverters, Molded Case Circuit 
Breakers (MCCB), and transformers to connect on-site solar panels 
to the grid and use the energy and microgrid software to manage 
energy production and consumption. Schneider also leverages the 
expertise of the Sustainability Business consulting teams to deliver 
this transformation.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

137

 
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.3 Acting for a climate positive world

Annual renewable electricity usage percentage by region,  
and 2025 and 2030 (RE100) Group targets

%
0
8

%
2
8

%
0
0
1

%
0
9

%
0
5

%
0
3

%
2

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2025

2030

  NAM
  Europe
  APAC
  Rest of the World

  Target

2.3.4.3 EV100: Shift 100% of company fleet 
to electric vehicles

As part of Schneider Electric’s climate strategy, we investigate 
opportunities to improve the accessibility of sites, with commuting 
shuttles, secure bicycle storage, personal lockers and changing 
areas, and pedestrian-friendly access paths connecting to 
local routes. Schneider also promotes flexible working to avoid 
thousands of unnecessary or avoidable trips generating travel-led 
emissions by enabling employees to connect remotely, to work from 
home, and at customer sites.

At the end of 2019, Schneider accelerated its efforts to cut CO2 
emissions from transport with the commitment to switch to 100% 
electric cars by 2030. By 2025, Schneider Electric aims to switch 
one-third of its corporate car fleet. The Group demonstrates this 
commitment by being a member of EV100, a global initiative 
bringing together forward-looking companies committed to 
accelerating the transition to electric vehicles (EVs) and making 
electric transport the new normal by 2030. At the end of 2021,  
7.7% of the Group’s corporate car fleet was comprised of EVs.

In 2020, Schneider Electric was recognized as the 2020 Clean 
Energy Trailblazer by Climate Group’s RE100. This was the first year 
of the RE100 Leadership Awards, which recognizes companies 
going above-and-beyond to accelerate a clean energy future. 
Schneider was awarded the honor based on its wide-ranging 
commitments, including the Company’s own CO2 reduction targets, 
CO2 savings delivered by EcoStruxure™ technologies to customers, 
clean energy advisory services, and its Access to Energy program, 
which provides energy access in underserved communities 
globally.

Climate

SSE #3

90% of electricity sourced from 
renewables 

Since 2017, the Group has accelerated renewable electricity 
sourcing and the installation of on-site solar panels, coupled 
with EcoStruxure™ metering and power architectures. 
In 2021, more than 195 sites source 100% renewable 
electricity and 47 sites are equipped with on-site solar 
capacities.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

80%

82%

90%

Resources

SSE #7

One-third of corporate vehicle  
fleet comprised of electric vehicles 
(100% by 2030)

The Group has set an ambition to pace its 2030 ambition  
of an all-electric fleet.

Germany Is leading this transition for Schneider Electric. 
Their journey started in 2018, with the objective to shift 
towards 50% electric vehicles by 2021. Their approach 
was holistic, taking into consideration all variables from 
infrastructure maturity to fleet and driver profile; today  
the country has 40% EV (due to delays in the supply chain) 
and aims to reach 100% by 2023. 

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

1%

7.7%

33%

138

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
 
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

In 2021 our advanced Emission Monitoring System was improved 
to become more digital, with centralized monitoring, but also more 
robust to any potential failure mode. This new kind of system will be 
deployed in 2022 on the biggest manufacturing site of the Group. 

This technology allows for continuous measurement of SF6 
concentration in enclosures around devices and piping networks. 
In the event of any deviations, an alarm notification is automatically 
sent to maintenance teams. Additionally, the seal testing processes 
of the products are mainly done with helium instead of SF6. This 
method ensures that no emissions are coming from non-compliant 
enclosures during the production time.

2.

Thanks to this global activity and to the commissioning of efficient 
equipment, Schneider has exceeded the 0.19% target set for 
2021. The Group achieved 0.1% leakage rate globally in 2021, 
systematically decreasing from 4% in 2008. This SF6 leakage 
reduction enabled savings of 11,400 tonnes of CO2 equivalent  
in 2021 versus 2017.

Annual SF6 leakage rate 

6
7
.
1

2.3.4.4 Zero-CO2 Sites
The path towards net-zero CO2 emissions in operations by 2030 
will require more than just renewable electricity. While many 
applications can be electrified, some applications do not, and may 
not in the near future, have electricity-based alternatives. As such, 
Schneider Electric has begun identifying applications on sites that 
currently have electrification alternatives as well as those which will 
require the use of fossil-free fuel solutions. 

This effort has resulted in the Group newly embarking on its 
journey towards Zero-CO2 Sites. The ambition is to source 150 
sites with fossil-free energy (e.g., renewable electricity, biofuels) by 
2025. But it’s not enough to just use renewable energy; it remains 
critical to maintain energy efficiency. That’s why the program also 
requires digital energy monitoring. For large sites in particular, 
this means installing connected meters on the site’s significant 
energy uses and connecting them to systems like EcoStruxure™ 
Power Monitoring Expert, EcoStruxure™ Resource Advisor, or 
EcoStruxure™ Building Operation to ensure real-time monitoring of 
energy which allows for active energy management and efficiency. 

Climate

SSE #1

150 Zero-CO2 sites
The Group aims to eliminate fossil-based energy 
consumption from 150 of its sites by 2025 through 
electrification and sourcing renewable electricity  
and the use of biofuels.

9
2
.
0

6
2
.
0

4
2
.
0

4
1
.
0

0
1
.
0

2010

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

For sites that have achieved the Zero-CO2 site status,  
they were able to reduce 43,000 tonnes of CO2 in 2021.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

30

51

150

Climate

SSE #2

2.3.4.5 Reduction of SF6 emissions
SF6 gas has excellent insulating properties which have historically 
helped ensure the safety and quality of certain Schneider Electric 
products. However, SF6 gas has a Global Warming Potential 
(GWP) 25,200 times higher than CO2, making it one of the highest 
GWP gasses. As such, Schneider is innovating its offers to move 
away from SF6 gas (SSE #2: 100% substitution with SF6-Free 
medium voltage technologies by 2025). In 2021 the promises from 
Schneider to deliver new SF6-free medium voltage switchgear 
became a reality with the installation of innovative products on 
several customer sites. 2021 was the year of the industrialization 
of several new product lines, free of SF6, to prepare the full 
commercial launch of this new generation of products. 

In the interim, all Schneider manufacturing plants and R&D 
laboratories handling SF6 gas in their processes are actively 
reducing, as much as possible, SF6 leaks and emissions during  
the different phases of their activities. A worldwide community  
of SF6 experts are sharing best practices for processes,  
including procedures, equipment, and training. 

100% substitution with SF6-free 
medium voltage technologies

Milan is in the process of powering a fleet of 1,200 eBuses 
not only with clean energy, but also with green power 
infrastructure.

The innovative SM AirSeT™ MV switchgear, free of 
greenhouse gases, are deployed in Milan depots’ charging 
infrastructure for its bus fleet, to be 100% electric by 2030. 
Digital and connected solutions allow smart and efficient 
energy management and ensure greater continuity of 
service.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

0%

38%

100%

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

139

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.3 Acting for a climate positive world

2.3.5 Decarbonizing our  
supply chain by 2050

Decarbonizing the world at scale, in line with the conclusions of 
the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), requires 
immediate collective action. Schneider Electric is committed to 
engaging its suppliers towards net-zero CO2 emissions by 2050, 
and is already taking concrete action, through its Zero Carbon 
Project for the next 5 years.

Achieving carbon neutrality in the Group’s value chain will require 
Schneider to work transversally with all stakeholders, from product 
design, through sourcing and manufacturing, to shipping.

2.3.5.1 The Zero Carbon Project

The Zero Carbon Project (TZCP) is the first step of this journey  
to galvanize the upstream supply chain and take coordinated 
actions to reduce the greenhouse gas emissions from  
Schneider’s suppliers.

Schneider Electric’s Executive leadership launched the initiative  
in April 2021, on the occasion of an all-digital global event, 
attended by the leadership of key supplier partners.

The ambition of TZCP is to collaborate with 1,000 suppliers and 
reduce their operational greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by 50% 
by 2025 (SSI #3).

The fundamental tenets of TZCP include:

•  Quantifying GHG emissions;
•  Targeting ambitious emission reductions;
• 

Implementing an action plan to achieve the targets.

The participating suppliers will be required to make public 
commitments for their reduction targets and share the emission 
reduction progress with Schneider. The participating companies 
cover more than 60 procurement categories from various regions, 
and vary in terms of carbon maturity and size. To adapt to this 
diversity, the participating suppliers are allowed a certain flexibility 
to customize their reduction plans by defining their own base  
year and baseline and adopt adequate reduction targets and  
time frames. 

So far, more than 1,000 suppliers have committed to participate 
in the program. An initial survey with those suppliers showed 
that more than 70% of them have not yet quantified their GHG 
emissions, so an important part of the journey will be for them  
to develop a robust GHG accounting tool.

Partnership and collaboration 
Partnership and collaboration are at the heart of The Zero Carbon 
Project. Over the past years, Schneider has implemented several 
decarbonization measures and successfully reduced its own 
operational GHG emissions by more than 50%. To ensure that 
Schneider’s partners benefit from this experience and get a 
headstart in the journey, the Group conducted eight technical 
training sessions, spanning over 30 hours, for suppliers and 
partners across timezones and language proficiencies. Those 
sessions detailed the actions implemented at various Schneider 
locations, with leading decarbonization technologies and solutions, 
methodology for GHG footprint calculation, and case studies 
of successful implementation at other companies. Over 1,300 
suppliers attended the sessions. 

To ensure constant engagement with these partners, The Zero 
Carbon Project Forum Community Calls have been initiated on  
a monthly basis. Those calls provide a platform, a safe space, for 
experience sharing and brainstorming on decarbonization-related 
experiences shared by the suppliers, so that all parties can learn 
from collective intelligence. 

As a support to those who are new to the decarbonization topic,  
9 handholding sessions, in English and Mandarin were organized 
on the GHG footprint methodology in December 2021. 

Additionally, to provide specific handholding during the 
quantification of GHG emissions, Quick Response Teams were 
constituted to clarify and support supplier actions at regional level. 

In addition to the “one-to-one” support extended to the suppliers, a 
dedicated web portal has been deployed. This web portal provides 
single-window access to all thought leadership, research, trainings, 
case studies, decarbonization levers, and tools for quantification of 
GHG emissions and decarbonization. 

Calculating GHG emission reductions 
As a result of the engagement described earlier and outreach,  
the suppliers are starting to focus on setting up strong governance 
within their organizations, which will help navigate their 
decarbonization journey in the years to come. 

The GHG emission reduction reported in Schneider Sustainability 
Impact (SSI) #3, is measured as the average carbon intensity 
reduction of reporting suppliers, multiplied by the proportion  
of reporting companies among the 1,000 committed suppliers.  
This normalization is done to give a more adequate picture of  
the overall progress of all participating suppliers.

The initial efforts so far have resulted in about 1% reduction of  
the GHG for 1,000 suppliers, and Schneider remains committed  
to working together with its partners to strengthen their efforts  
for stronger decarbonization. The Group will continue to record  
its suppliers’ GHG declarations on an annual basis to ensure  
the most accurate and updated information is available for 
reporting performance. 

Climate

SSI #3

Reduce CO2 emissions from top 1,000 
suppliers’ operations by 50%

To address the suppliers’ need for handholding,  
the engagement approaches deployed are:

•  8 technical training sessions
•  9 CO2 calculation training sessions
•  Monthly TZCP Community Calls
•  Dedicated TZCP Web Portal 

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

0%

1%

50%

140

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Some evidence of Schneider initiatives to mitigate the impact  
of transport-related CO2 emissions include: 

• 

• 

• 

Implementation of container freight stations (CFS) in Schneider’s 
sea shipping network to allow for origin consolidation and 
destination deconsolidation of ocean containers resulting  
in a reduction of the number of containers shipped.
Implementation in various South American countries of final 
customer delivery utilizing electric vehicles and bicycles. 
Additionally, piloting rail shipments from the regional ports to 
Schneider’s facilities.
In North America, a strong focus on our trucking asset utilization 
with the implementation of multi-deck trailers on the Mexico-
USA lane, significantly increasing fill-rate and reducing the 
number of trips required.

•  Exploring the use of smaller, faster, zero carbon sea transport 

options to connect our shorter, high-frequency lanes to 
potentially replace air freight and reduce traditional sea 
shipments. 

2.3.5.3 Green materials

Purchases are responsible for the largest share of Schneider 
Electric upstream Scope 3 CO2 emissions. Schneider has 
committed to increase green materials in products to 50% by 
2025, and tracks progress quarterly under Schneider Sustainability 
Impact (SSI #4). While this program does not focus on CO2 only, 
but also mitigates other environmental impacts such as resources, 
biodiversity or toxicity, this initiative will contribute to reduce the 
Group’s Scope 3 supply chain emissions, in line with its 1.5°C 
carbon pledge. To achieve this ambition, Schneider will participate 
actively with industry leaders in dedicated working groups 
to become a change agent of the low-carbon economy while 
enhancing the traceability of materials. At the end of 2021,  
11% of materials in scope where qualified as “Green”.

  Read more details on the Green materials and sustainable packaging 
programs in chapter 2.4 “Being efficient with Resources”, page 144, and  
in chapter 2.7 “Methodology and audit of indicators” page 206. (cid:496)

2.3.5.2 CO2 efficiency in transportation
Schneider Electric uses a robust transport network to connect its 
factories and distribution centers, and to deliver to its customers. 
The related CO2 emissions are part of the scope 3 emissions 
of the Group’s carbon footprint, as this activity is performed by 
transport suppliers. From 2015 to 2017, CO2 emissions intensity 
from transportation was reduced by 10%. The 2018-2020 Company 
program aimed to further reduce CO2 intensity in transportation by 
10% in 2020 compared to 2017. By the end of 2020, performance 
compared to 2017 regarding transport-related CO2 emissions had 
decreased by 8.4%.

With Schneider Sustainability Essentials 2021-2025, the Group aims 
to further reduce CO2 intensity in transportation by 15% compared 
to 2020, or a 3% reduction year on year (SSE #4).

For 2021, unprecedented shortage in materials and components 
sourcing, coupled with lower reliability and availability of 
transportation means, led to an absolute CO2 emissions increase 
in freight paid by the Group of 24% (compared to 2020), yet a 1% 
increase in CO2 intensity only.

Building on the work done in prior years, Schneider will be further 
enhancing its CO2 reporting capability in 2022 to not only report 
on freight CO2 footprint but to facilitate engagement with transport 
suppliers on continuous improvement.

Collaborative engagement with the Group’s transportation 
suppliers will continue, focusing on the pillars of optimizing existing 
transport footprint, as well as supporting and piloting advanced low 
carbon transportation technologies across all transport modes – 
air, sea and road freight.

Climate

SSE #4

15% CO2 efficiency in transportation
As part of its efforts to reduce the CO2 intensity of 
transportation, Schneider Electric is piloting low-carbon 
transportation technologies such as electric and hybrid 
vehicles. For instance, on the East Coast of the USA, 
electric terminal trucks are used by a final mile transport 
partner to move containers between the Distribution Center 
and the Port’s Terminal.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

0%

-1%

15%

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

141

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.3 Acting for a climate positive world

2.3.5.4 SF6 Recovery services
Sulfur hexafluoride (SF6) is a gas with high dielectric (insulation) 
strength, and it has been widely used for building switchgear – 
especially medium voltage gear – for the past 30 years, as it  
allows to reduce the size of electrical gear. 

The electric power industry uses roughly 80 percent of all SF6 
produced worldwide, and the global installed base is still expected 
to grow by 75% by 2030. 

In 2013, Schneider Electric started offering its customers a 
seamless service for the removal and/or recycling of obsolete 
equipment called “SF6 recovery services”. Today, recovery 
services are available in France and 10 other countries; the 
customer support is under development to propose a model 
adapted to the different markets in different countries all over 
the world.

The ambition is to offer recovery services to any SF6 Schneider 
legacy by 2025.

The recovery service allows Schneider’s customers to dispose 
correctly of their machinery, against a green disposal certificate, 
thus granting them peace of mind. The service consists in 
collecting the equipment and, together with our partners, dismantle 
and reuse, recycle or dispose of all the components (such as 
metals or thermoplastics) appropriately. Specifically, SF6 is 
extracted from machines and sent to a specialist company for 
regeneration and destruction.

2.3.5.5 Green information technology (IT)

Considering digital acceleration increases the utilization of IT 
services, a challenge arises to decouple rising demand from 
environmental degradation. Bearing that in mind, Schneider 
Digital’s Green IT initiative prioritizes measuring and optimizing the 
environmental footprint of Schneider Electric’s information systems.

An action plan has been implemented to optimize the 
environmental footprint of the various components of IT.

The Group IT Asset Management (ITAM) Policy and standards have 
been updated with a strong focus on standardization, sustainability, 
and circular economy enablement, creating a holistic approach to 
sustainability throughout the entire lifecycle of IT assets. 

The consolidation and adjustment of the personal computer (PC) 
replacement lifecycle allowed Schneider to reduce its yearly PC 
carbon footprint by more than 15%. 

Carbon footprint reduction is an integrated requirement for the IT 
vendor selection processes. Consequently, new PCs are up to 40% 
more energy efficient and have a 50% lower carbon footprint than 
the corresponding end-of-life equipment to be replaced. Shifting 
demand to standardized PC models has resulted in an estimated 
1,000 tonnes of avoided CO2/year in 2020. Setting ultra-small form 
factors as the default PC choice has also resulted in further CO2 
avoidance of more than 1,500 tonnes per year.

Additionally, upholding the Group’s IT vendors to sustainability 
requirements, the annual 2021 CO2 emission avoidance reached 
the level of 1,300 tCO2 and 180 MWh of energy consumption.

IT asset disposal is especially important from a sustainability and 
circular economy perspective. Therefore, the IT Asset Disposal 
approach has been designed taking into account sustainability and 
circular economy principles ensuring that Schneider Electric gives 
preference to Responsible Recycling (R2) or e-Steward compliant 
IT Asset Disposal vendors.

By using leasing services (mainly in Europe and North America), 
donations, and offering an Employee Purchase Scheme (mainly in 
Asia Pacific and China) a second life is made possible for retired 
PCs. Refurbishing IT devices to give them a second life can 
extend their lifespan by several years. Extended lifespan implies 
a decrease of the weighted yearly carbon footprint by over 50% 
through the amortization of embedded CO2 emissions over time.

A pilot was carried out in 2021 supporting green search engine 
practices. In one month, the Group financed the planting of 
approximately 387 trees. This not only aids in reversing biodiversity 
loss, but also contributes to carbon sequestration absorbing 
anthropogenic emissions as well. 

During the year 2020, Schneider developed and introduced a 
framework based on a data-driven approach to track sustainability 
KPIs for End User Group devices. In 2021, the Group framework 
was deployed to track sustainability KPIs with regards to IT on-
premise infrastructures. In 2022, the aim is to enable the tracking  
of sustainability KPIs for cloud-based infrastructures as well. 

Employee education on Green IT best practices was introduced  
in 2021, thus driving efficiency not only from the top-down but from 
the bottom-up as well. This was hosted through events such as 
Schneider Digital Open Days.

Optimization of the Group data center footprint is achieved via its 
sustainable-first hybrid IT strategy. This was performed using two 
levers in 2021: the rationalization of on-premise servers and the 
move towards cloud. This switch has continued, partnering with 
providers who have made commitments in terms of sustainability 
and carbon neutrality. Thanks to that particular effort, the Company 
cloud infrastructure footprint increased by 25% in 2021, and over 
80% of its server infrastructure has been virtualized. In addition  
to that, on-site servers were rationalized, thus saving about  
1,300 tonnes of CO2 in 2021. 

Schneider Electric has been utilizing Business Cloud Storage  
from a vendor which uses data centers that have achieved or have 
committed to achieve 100% renewable energy targets, therefore 
reducing its carbon footprint. In 2022, the aim is to migrate to a new 
solution which, through a data optimization approach, will allow a 
reduction of up to 40% of the size of used cloud storage data,  
thus further reducing corresponding carbon footprint emissions. 

142

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

The hosting of the Schneider Infrastructure for Europe & Global 
applications is provided by IBM for both its Montpellier and Grabels 
data centers. Both locations are ISO 14001 and ISO 50001 certified 
for the environmental management of IT. Those two IBM data center 
sites hosting Schneider workloads were awarded by the European 
Commission Participant status in the EU Code of Conduct (CoC)  
for Energy Efficiency in Data Center program.

As part of the Group IT Resilience program (formerly known as 
IT Disaster Recovery program), Schneider’s own EcoStruxure™ 
solutions were implemented in 63 more facilities in 2021, allowing 
for actionable insights to improving IT efficiency. Additionally, 3,600 
Schneider Electric products were added to our IT rooms in 2021. 
This is highlighted by the rollout of EcoStruxure™ IT Expert and 
EcoStruxure™ IT Advisor already underway.

Thanks to the rationalization of the Group’s application landscape, 
380 applications were decommissioned in 2021, allowing 
Schneider Electric to reduce data center footprints, as those 
applications are replaced with applications running on more 
efficient infrastructures. 

Regarding the network footprint, as the move towards cloud 
influences network energy consumption itself, Schneider Electric 
has implemented initiatives to optimize application hosting between 
edge and the cloud. A standard hybrid architecture, allowing local 
hosting on virtual machines for network intensive applications while 
having a cloud DRP with the best service level has been defined 
using the Schneider “smart bunker” solution. 

Finally, various collaboration solutions are still being implemented 
for messaging, web audio, and video conferencing. This roadmap 
was expedited by COVID-19. Indeed, innovative digital solutions 
allowing virtual teams to work in an agile way were implemented in 
2020 and improved in 2021 via remote collaborative brainstorming 
tools, electronic whiteboard, and telepresence robot. International 
travel was significantly reduced and replaced with digital 
interaction including hosting large-scale internal and external 
events virtually. 

2.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

143

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.4 Being efficient with Resources

In this section

2.4.1   Preserving the planet and its biodiversity

2.4.2   Eco-efficient manufacturing

2.4.3   Green offers

146

150

156

“Sustainability is the first pillar of our supply chain transformation, 
building carbon-neutral and circular supply chains whilst 
preserving local biodiversity. Together with our supply chain 
partners we continue to improve energy efficiency and 
sustainability throughout the entire product creation, delivery, 
and support life cycle.”
Mourad Tamoud, Chief Supply Chain Officer 

Context and goals

2021 came with yet additional evidence of the speed of climate 
change, resource scarcity, and biodiversity losses. In 2021, 
“Earth Overshoot Day” fell on July 29, meaning that humanity 
consumes its natural capital budget of the year.

The decline recorded last year has been caught up due to an 
economic rebound with respect to 2020. Humanity’s common 
goal is clear: push back the date of overshoot to December 31 and
beyond to live within the limits of our one planet. Only by working 
hand-in-hand will businesses, finance, and governments be able 
to drive global systemic and transformative change, thus unlocking 
new opportunities and allowing everyone to live sustainably on a 
healthy planet.

Schneider Electric’s long-term commitment is to be efficient with 
resources, by protecting and restoring biodiversity and innovating 
towards circular business models. 

On biodiversity, Schneider Electric is committed to fast-track the 
adoption of ambitious biodiversity strategies, leveraging best 
practices from climate Science-Based Targets: measuring impacts 
and aligning targets with science.

With Schneider Sustainabilty Impact and its concrete programs, 
the Group innovates towards a more circular economy, in industrial 
processes, product design, and business model innovation. 

144

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2021 Highlights

Schneider Electric recognized as the 
Best Global Sustainable Supply Chain 
Organization by GSSC 

Schneider joining forces for circularity 
innovation with Accenture through the 
Circulars Accelerator program

1st company in the world to publish its 
biodiversity footprint, followed by bold 
commitments to fight biodiversity loss

2.

Key targets and results

Progress against our 2021-2025 Sustainability commitments

Schneider Sustainability Impact
Long-term commitments 
aligned to UN SDGs

2021-2025 programs

Baseline(1)

2021 progress(2)

2025 Target

Resources

4. 

Increase green material content in our products

7%

5.  Primary and secondary packaging free from single-use plastic, 

13%

using recycled cardboard

11%

21%

50%

100%

Schneider Sustainability Essentials
Long-term commitments 
aligned to UN SDGs

2021-2025 programs

Resources

5. 

Improve energy efficiency in our sites

6.  Grow our product revenues covered with Green Premium™

7.  Switch our corporate vehicle fleet to electric vehicles

8.  Deploy local biodiversity conservation and restoration 

programs in our sites

9.  Give a second life to waste in ‘Waste-to-Resource’ sites 

Baseline(1)

2021 progress(2)

2025 Target

0%

77%

1%

0%

120

6.6%

78%

7.7%

0%

126

15%

80%

33%

100%

200

10.  Avoid primary resource consumption through ‘take-back  

157,588

203,881

420,000

at end-of-use’ since 2017 (metric tons)

11.  Deploy a water conservation strategy and action plan  

0%

9%

100%

for sites in water-stressed areas 

(1)  Generally, the 2020 performance serves as a baseline for Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI) and Schneider Sustainability Essentials (SSE) 2021-2025 programs.
(2)  Each year, Schneider Electric obtains a “limited” level of assurance from an independent third party verifier for all of the SSI and SSE indicators, in accordance with 
ISAE 3000 assurance standard (see Independent verifier’s report on page 224). Please refer to page 206 for the methodological presentation of each indicator.  
The 2021 performance is also discussed in more details in this section.

Long-term roadmap

2030

•  No net biodiversity loss in our direct operations by 2030 
•  100% waste recovery by 2030

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

145

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.4 Being efficient with Resources

2.4.1  Preserving the planet  
and its biodiversity

According to the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on 
Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES) global assessment 
report, biodiversity loss is unsustainable, and transformative 
changes are required to safeguard economic and social models. 
Major biodiversity loss undermines nature’s ability to support 
people and communities, a factor which strongly improves both 
quality of life and business prosperity. The fight against nature 
loss should be a business priority: nature is essential to global 
economic prosperity and individual business success. 

A sustainable future for people and economies will be possible  
if nature, climate, and people are addressed in an integrated way. 
Indeed, climate change is among the main drivers of biodiversity 
loss, and yet nature is part of the climate solutions. To engage in a 
transformative change, clear and measurable international targets, 
meaning counterparts to both the 1.5°C – 2°C increase climate limit 
and its associated carbon budget, must be defined. Schneider 
Electric supports the creation of ambitious biodiversity targets 
during the COP15 for Biodiversity. 

Schneider Electric calls for all companies to fast-track the adoption 
of ambitious biodiversity strategies, leveraging best practices from 
climate Science-Based Targets. In a joint effort with Marc Abadie, 
Chairman of CDC Biodiversité and Eva Zabey, CEO of Business 
for Nature, Schneider invites all companies to “raise corporate 
biodiversity ambition and aim at no net loss”.

In addition to improving resource efficiency, it is also necessary 
in order to live within the limits of our planet to transform industrial 
processes and business models to move towards a circular 
economy. Circular economy is an obsession to avoid wastage 
and to reuse, repair, retrofit or recycle materials, maximizing 
environmental and financial value. 

A circular mindset also triggers process innovations and opens  
the door to new business models, enhancing customer intimacy 
and thus loyalty (e.g. take-back and modernization services).  
High hopes are placed on circularity as a state of mind, as it  
can transform multiple industries for the better. 

From a risk standpoint, some challenges may arise from a lack  
of stringent regulations or uncontrolled practices if used products 
come back into the loop without adequate controls and expertise, 
especially regarding life-critical products and electrical safety. 

Schneider Electric embraces circular principles all along the 
lifecycle of products and offers. The keystone of circularity is 
EcoDesignWay™, a process that is applied to the development 
of all new products. EcoDesignWay™ enables the right trade-offs 
between the environmental impact along the lifecycle of products, 
allowing to coordinate the efforts over the whole value chain.

Product 
innovation

Process 
innovation

On product design, Schneider has committed to:
•  Phase-out potentially harmful substances 
and provide transparent information on 
environmental performance of products

•  Design with a circular mindset with 

Green Premium™, for increased durability, 
repairability and recyclability 

•  Provide public and transparent information 
for the proper dismantling and end-of-life 
management of products
Increase green material content in products 
to 50%

• 

•  100% of its primary and secondary 

packaging is free from single-use plastic  
and uses recycled cardboard

In the manufacturing phase, the Group applies 
circularity principles in its operations and with 
customers:
•  Have 200 ‘Waste-to-Resource’ sites by 2025 
to optimise waste generation and recycling  
on the Group’s sites

•  EcoStruxure™ solutions help customers 
improve resource efficiency in industrial 
processes 

Business 
model 
innovation

Over the lifecycle of offers, Schneider commits 
to innovate with circular business models and 
services: 
•  Support customers to optimise asset lifecycle 

management for increased durability 
and efficiency, with Asset Performance 
Management (APM) services 

•  Give a second life to products (unsold or 

obsolete stock, commercial returns), with the 
‘circular certified’ label launched in France in 
2020

•  For specific product ranges such as products 
containing SF6, offer take-back and end-
of-life management services. The Group is 
committed to avoid 420,000 metric tons of 
primary resource consumption through  
‘take-back at end-of-use’ from 2017 to 2025

146

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

These environmental and safety leaders are in charge of 
reporting on performance as well as executing environmental 
progress plans in the field.

•  For logistics: the Logistics Senior Vice-President and his/ 

her teams within the Global Supply Chain department are in 
charge of reducing and measuring CO2 emissions from freight 
at Group level.

•  For countries and commercial entities: environment and 
safety champions are appointed in each country and are 
responsible for local reporting actions where necessary; 
monitoring regulations, taxes, and national opportunities as 
applicable (e.g., national transcriptions of the WEEE in relation 
to end-of-life product management, and monitoring national 
substance regulation such as RoHS China); the proactive 
management of local environmental initiatives; and relations  
with local stakeholders.

•  Edison experts: a process recognizes individuals who have a 
specific expertise that the Group is eager to maintain and grow. 
There are 10 specific domains in which Edisons are identified, 
one of them being environment. Each year, an environment 
Edison is expected to dedicate 10% to 20% of his/her time  
to lead a global initiative related to his/her expertise, such  
as the development of an e-learning course, a new standard,  
or an innovation.

Various governance bodies enable those communities to 
meet every month or quarter to ensure consistent adoption of 
environmental policies and standards throughout the Group. 
This network has access to a wide range of resources including 
standards, policies, best practices, benchmarks, and guidelines,  
all of which are shared on the dedicated intranet site and databases.

Environmental performance is reported and discussed during 
leadership meetings of concerned entities, including Global Supply 
Chain leadership meetings, Sustainable Innovation Taskforce 
with business units, the Board Audit & Risks Committee, Board 
of Directors, Executive Committee, Human Resources & CSR 
Committee, and Group Sustainability Committee. 

To educate all employees on sustainability, an Essential 
Sustainability e-learning training was rolled-out in 2021, including 
a presentation of the Group’s carbon pledge and the roadmap 
for execution. In addition, various e-learning modules have been 
developed on topics such as climate and biodiversity. Additionally, 
an environment intranet site is accessible to all employees, 
informing them about the ongoing programs, best practices, 
results, goals, and upcoming deadlines. 

In 2019, Schneider Electric launched a company-wide initiative 
named Act for Green whereby each of its employees can share 
their suggestions on how the Group can “Green” its operations. 
In 2020, thanks to the suggestions of many employees, the 
#stopsingleuseplastic initiative to ban the single use of plastics 
was launched and integrated in 2021 as part of a biodiversity for 
sites program (SSE #8). Communities of passionate ambassadors 
facilitate e-learning and workshops (such as Climate Fresk) to 
increase awareness on climate change.

On June 5, 2021, on United Nations World Environment Day, 
as it has been the case for each year over the last eight years, 
Schneider organized its annual “Global Environment Day” event 
involving tens of thousands of Group employees, inviting them to 
celebrate and to share innovations in the areas of climate and the 
circular economy, both internally to the Group and externally, in 
association with local communities. That year, a special focus  
was made on the importance of the ecosystem restoration.

In the image below, an overview of circular initiatives at  
Schneider Electric, over the whole value chain. 

Mining/Minerals

50% Green materials in 
products

Product Design

80% of product revenues from 
Green PremiumTM

Manufacturing

200 ‘Waste to Resource’ sites

Distribution

100% of packaging free from 
single-use plastic and with 
recycled cardboard

User

Recycle
Take-back and end 
of life management

Refurbish/
Remanufacture
ECOFITTM

Reuse/
Redistribute
“Circular Certified”

Maintain/
prolong
Services, Asset 
performance 
managment

Collection

2.4.1.1  Governance

At Schneider Electric, environmental considerations are integrated 
in the Group’s strategy, R&D, manufacturing, procurement, finance, 
human resources, transportation, sales, marketing, services, and 
the way value propositions to customers are spelt out. To deliver 
ambitions, environmental transformations are driven by a global 
network of over 600 managers and experts responsible for the 
environmental management of sites, countries, product design, 
and marketing. The network of leaders driving environmental 
transformations consists of the following:

•  For the design and development of new offers: Sustainable 
Offers Managers and leaders in each business are in charge 
of integrating key environmental considerations into the 
development of new products and producing expected 
environmental information for customers.

•  For the management of industrial, logistics, and large 
tertiary sites: Safety, Environment, and Real Estate Vice-
Presidents are nominated in each region, with dedicated teams. 
They are responsible for implementing the Group’s policies 
across all sites in their geographical remit. In each region, 
directors coordinate teams across a group of sites (clusters),  
as well as on site.  

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

147

 
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.4 Being efficient with Resources

2.4.1.2  Biodiversity footprint
To drive change, companies need quantitative metrics to estimate, 
monitor, and pilot the impacts of their activities on biodiversity 
loss or demonstrate their contribution to biodiversity restoration. 
Creating aggregated and standardized biodiversity metrics and 
protocols is a much-needed step to ensure nature is truly placed 
at the heart of the business strategy.

In 2020, Schneider Electric was the first company to publish the 
end-to-end biodiversity footprint of its activities, using the “Global 
Biodiversity Score” (GBS) tool developed by CDC Biodiversité. 
By sharing its experience with other companies and choosing 
to publish results transparently, the Group aims to demonstrate 
that measuring biodiversity footprints is a key first step to help 
companies define relevant and impactful biodiversity strategies, 
across their entire value chain.

The GBS gives detailed and modular results which can be split 
by input line (for example, by raw materials such as metal, plastic, 
or timber); by pressures on biodiversity (such as land use, climate 
change, fragmentation, or encroachment); or it can be presented 
by scopes in Mean Species Abundance per square kilometer 
(MSA.km²) like a carbon footprint. The end-to-end assessment 
allowed Schneider to identify hotspots around which it is most 
effective to develop a biodiversity strategy and actions.

The bar chart below illustrates Schneider Electric’s dynamic 
terrestrial impact, with detail by pressure. The pie chart highlights 
the weight of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions which represent 
almost 70% of Schneider Electric’s pressure on biodiversity. 
Land use accounts for almost 30% of “cradle-to-gate” impacts.

Schneider Electric’s biodiversity industrial footprint (in MSA.km²)

i

s
e
u
q
m
a
n
y
d

s
e
r
t
s
e
r
r
e

t

s
t

c
a
p
m

I

)
2

m
k
A
S
M

(

Scope 1, 

  Scope 2  

 Scope 3

GHG emission
Land use of wood
Land use of metal mining 
Other

Cradle to gate terrestrial dynamic pressures on biodiversity 

28.4%

2.1%

0.1% 0.1%

Climate Change
Land use
Encroachment
Fragmentation
Atmospheric Nitrogen Deposition

69.3%

The biodiversity footprint results are expressed in MSA.km², 
a metric that has all the ingredients it needs to become the 
international standard: synthetic, easy to understand, and widely 
applicable. In 2018, the world average terrestrial MSA was only 
66%, meaning that a significant part of the species abundance 
of ecosystem integrity has already been lost. Under a business-
as-usual scenario, this number would fall below 60% MSA by 
2050. That is far beyond the safe operating zone that respects 
the planetary boundary, which is estimated at 70% MSA (CDC 
Biodiversité). Such a high biodiversity loss undermines nature’s 
ability to provide its contribution to people, which is vital for human 
existence and a good quality of life.

2.4.1.3 Taking action towards no net 
biodiversity loss

Climate change is one of the major pressures on biodiversity 
globally and is the main Group’s biodiversity impact. Therefore, 
Schneider’s carbon pledge will have a significant impact on 
reducing the Group’s pressure on biodiversity. Five main levers 
of actions have been identified and will be addressed through 
specific actions.

Quantify and regularly publish the assessment of 
impacts on biodiversity (MSA. km²)
As per the first step of the Group’s main commitments, the ambition 
will be validated thanks to the results of the Biodiversity Footprint 
Assessment performed with the Global Biodiversity Score (GBS). 
Consequently, the Group is committed to updating it regularly. 

Commit to reduce our impacts and align biodiversity 
objectives with science
Schneider Electric recognizes the importance of nature and 
biodiversity for humankind to thrive; we are all dependent on 
natural resources and ecosystem services. The Group’s purpose 
is to empower all to make the most of our energy and resources, 
bridging progress and sustainability for all. That is why, in 2021, 
Schneider stepped up its ambition and publicly committed, through 
act4nature international, to achieving no net biodiversity loss in 
its direct operations by 2030 (Scope 1) and to aligning with the 
recommendations of international bodies (Convention on Biological 
Diversity by the Science Based Targets Network).

148

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
Develop solutions and technologies that contribute  
to the preservation of biodiversity
Schneider Electric’s solutions and technologies directly support 
biodiversity preservation. Its EcoStruxure™ technologies leverage 
digital solutions to conserve energy, water, and resources, 
reduce climate change pressure, optimize land usage, and build 
transparency, traceability, and circularity in value chains. The 
Group also contributes to the access to green electricity for millions 
of people each year thereby mitigating further climate change while 
providing economic opportunities to those people.

Engage and transform the value chain
The second largest share of the Group’s biodiversity footprint lies 
in its upstream supply chain, mainly due to GHG emissions and 
land usage (due to wood and metal sourcing). The Group aspires 
to engage and transform its value chain and to source greener 
materials, which will require innovations both in terms of supply 
chain traceability and product design. Schneider Electric calls for 
the creation of raw material traceability and certification schemes 
to provide information all along the value chain as it is one of the 
most pressing issue to solve in order to engage in a more virtuous 
procurement practice.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Act locally, engaging employees and partners
Schneider is engaged to act locally to preserve and restore 
biodiversity by joining forces with other stakeholders through 
coalitions and partnerships. Its Foundation also supports NGOs 
that raise the awareness of the public on nature protection (Global 
Footprint Network, WWF, etc.) and act for nature restoration with 
partnerships such as Livelihoods Funds. By 2025, Schneider 
is engaged towards 100% of sites with a local biodiversity 
conservation and restoration program (SSE #8), on top of water 
conservation plans for sites in water-stressed areas (SSE #11). 
To support the efforts at site level, a multi-site analysis has been 
performed with IBAT (Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool). 
IBAT integrates different biodiversity databases (such as Protected 
Areas, Key Biodiversity Areas, and IUCN Red List species) and 
enables a site level analysis within a buffer of 1 km. The top 30 sites, 
as per risk and exposure, have been selected to perform a deeper 
analysis called STAR (Species Threat Abatement and Restoration 
metric), to quantify the contribution of operating at specific 
locations and to reduce the threat of species extinction risk. 

Along its journey, Schneider Electric will continue to leverage its 
partnerships with external organizations such as CDC Biodiversité, 
Livelihoods Funds, and many of the VolunteerIn initiatives. 

  Read more about Livelihoods Funds on page 195. (cid:496)

2.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

149

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.4 Being efficient with Resources

2.4.2  Eco-efficient 
manufacturing

2.4.2.1  Risks and opportunities

Environmental risks related to manufacturing include soil, water, 
and air contamination. For instance, the release of hazardous 
substances can be harmful for fauna, flora, and human health.  
It can also disrupt continuity of operations and tarnish reputation.  
In addition, with 183 factories and 94 distribution centers in 
our Global Supply Chain organization, spread across dozens 
of countries and different national environmental regulatory 
frameworks, risks of non-compliance exist. These risks include  
for instance effluent management, handling of waste, or 
greenhouse gases related expectations.

A proactive approach towards site and property environmental 
risks and environmental compliance helps preserve the continuity 
of operations, reduce reputational and legal risks, and avoid 
expensive remediation steps. When Schneider runs projects for 
customers, its superior execution ability on environmental matters 
may trigger preference from its customers and give the Group an 
edge over the competition.

Resource and energy efficiency delivers not only financial savings, 
but also limits the Group’s exposure to commodity-price volatility 
and shortage risks. The risk extends to the reliability of the energy 
on which a facility relies to maintain production. The Group’s 
CO2 emissions contribute to climate change and may also incur 
additional costs as carbon taxes become implemented worldwide. 
Facilities and industrial assets themselves are also at risk of acute 
and chronic climate events which can disrupt the supply chain and 
endanger lives.

By using lean and clean eco-efficient operations, Schneider can 
outperform competitors and mitigate risks. The Group believes 
environmental performance is a powerful tool to innovate towards  
a more efficient and resilient supply chain and generate bottom-line 
savings. By using its own EcoStruxure™ architecture to achieve this 
ambition, the Group also showcases carbon efficient architectures 
to its customers.

Schneider Electric 2025 sustainable supply chain ambitions

2.4.2.2  Group policy

Schneider Electric continuously works towards a greener supply 
chain to protect the environment, decouple its activity from the 
consumption of natural resources, and innovate to build a more 
circular supply chain. These ambitions are included in the Group’s 
supply chain strategy, and referred to as Schneider Sustainability 
Essentials (SSE), starting 2021. 

The Group’s eco-efficient manufacturing goals:

•  Protect the environment, prevent pollution, and limit emissions;
•  Continuously improve the environmental management system 

and meet compliance obligations;

•  Decouple the supply chain from natural resource consumption;
Invent circular business models and supply chain loops;
• 
• 
Include the environment in its strategy and governance;
•  Extend environmental ambitions to suppliers and partners; 
•  Spread a culture of environmental excellence in the company.

The Group’s energy management goals:

•  Reduce the energy intensity of its operations, sustainably 
decoupling energy consumption from activity growth;

•  Reduce the CO2 intensity of energy consumption, and absolute 
CO2 footprint, in line with the Group’s commitments to achieve  
a 1.5°C climate change trajectory;

•  Adopt Schneider’s own Energy Management and Automation 
EcoStruxure™ solutions wherever possible, to showcase the 
Group’s solutions for customers and business partners, and 
help embark them onto an energy excellence journey.

Preserve life and  
act responsibly

Act for a climate 
positive world

Be efficient  
with resources

0 fatal and serious accident

150 Zero-CO2 sites 

200 ‘Waste-to-Resource’ sites 

100% of applicable sites certified 
with ISO 14001, ISO 50001 and 
ISO 45001

90% of electricity comes from 
renewable sources

100% of sites deliver energy savings, 
with EcoStruxure™ Power and 
EcoStruxure™ Resource Advisor

Top 1,000 suppliers reduce 
operational CO2 emissions by 50% 

15% CO2 efficiency in transportation

100% of packaging is free from 
single-use plastic and uses recycled 
cardboard

100% sites with Circular supply chain 
innovations

100% sites with local biodiversity 
preservation programs & water 
efficiency

150

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Biodiversity, Waste, and Water

17

96%

126

sites banning single-use 
plastics* in 2021

waste recovery in 2021

‘Waste-to-Resource’ sites

-34%

water intensity  
since 2017

2.

400 sites by 2025

100% target by 2030

200 sites by 2025

-35% target by 2025

t
e
g
r
a
T

These ambitions are embedded in the Group’s Trust Charter and 
the Group’s supply chain strategy as well as two global policies that 
drive eco-efficiency performance: the Environment Policy and the 
Energy Policy. The Group also partners with its suppliers to extend 
its environmental ambitions to its upstream supply chain.

•  Risks and mitigation actions are presented to the Board Audit & 

Risks Committee.

•  Schneider Electric’s global risk matrix takes into consideration 
the biggest environmental risks (on suppliers, products, sites, 
and customer projects).

Flagship programs to achieve these goals include:

•  Zero-CO2 sites (SSE #1), 
•  Delivering energy efficiency with EcoStruxure™ solutions  

(SSE #5), 

•  Powering facilities with renewable energy (SSE #3), 
•  Maximizing waste recovery through the ‘Waste-to-Resource’ 

program (SSE #9), 

•  Sustainably sourcing packaging (SSI #5), 
•  Focusing on water-stressed sites (SSE #11), 
•  Emphasizing the importance of local biodiversity (SSE #8), and
•  Reducing CO2 emissions generated by transportation (SSE #4). 

2.4.2.3  Environmental risk management 
and prevention

The Group takes a proactive approach to managing environmental 
liabilities and risks. Environmental regulatory compliance, 
environmental management systems, and continuous improvement 
are the foundation of the Group’s environmental risk management 
and prevention program for current, former, and prospective 
operations.

Key ongoing initiatives include:

•  The Integrated Management System (IMS) covers the Group’s 
plants, distribution centers, and large offices, and hosts ISO 
14001, ISO 50001, ISO 9001, and OHSAS 18000/ISO 45001 
compliance management systems. Each site is audited 
periodically, either externally by Bureau Veritas (every three 
years), or internally.

•  The Company-wide Look at Environmental Assessment and 

Risk Review program (CLEARR) was continued, with additional 
and updated surveys of select manufacturing sites that focused 
on historical and current potential environmental risks.

•  Environmental risks and provisions are reviewed with local  

and corporate finance, as well as legal functions.

•  As part of mergers, acquisitions, and disposals, thorough 
environmental due diligence of sites is conducted where 
chemicals are or have been used. Any environmental risks 
or liabilities identified are addressed through proper risk 
management activities.

Historical environmental liabilities are managed on a regional  
level to ensure local expertise, regulatory knowledge, and  
cultural awareness is applied. Using external consultants,  
known environmental issues are thoroughly investigated,  
and, if appropriate, remediated or otherwise managed through 
engineered or institutional controls to reduce potential risks to  
non-significant levels and in compliance with local regulations.

Additionally, Schneider uses third-party services to assess 
each of its key sites’ risk profile, in relation to a certain number 
of external risks such as fires, earthquakes, flooding, and other 
natural disasters. Through this process and its business continuity 
planning efforts, Schneider endeavors to gauge related risks and 
anticipate possible steps which would be required. With around 
244 ISO 14001 certified sites globally, the footprint is balanced 
geographically. Roughly 90 of the Group’s plants are in areas 
classified as ‘high’ or ‘extremely high’ baseline water stress, as 
defined by World Resources Institute’s (WRI) Aqueduct Water Risk 
Atlas. The nature of the Group’s manufacturing processes (mainly 
assembly) allows for the rebalancing of manufacturing lines in a 
fairly prompt manner, if needed.

During the year 2021, no new material environmental impacts  
were identified. Furthermore, no Schneider Electric sites are 
Seveso-classified. 

2.4.2.4  ISO 14001 and ISO 50001 
certification

ISO 14001 certification allows Schneider Electric to define and 
sustain robust environment governance on its sites, supporting 
continuous improvement to deliver environmental performance. As 
soon as the ISO 14001 environmental management standard was 
published in 1996, Schneider decided to certify its sites. The Group 
certifies all industrial and logistics sites comprised of more than 50 
employees within two years of their acquisition or creation, and all 
large tertiary sites of more than 500 employees. 244 sites are certified 
ISO 14001 as of the end of 2021, representing approximately 76% 
of the Group scope based on the share of site surfaces, 82% of the 
Group scope in terms of energy consumption, and over 85% of the 
Group scope in terms of water consumption, waste generation, and 
Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) emissions.

*  The scope of the single-use plastics ban for the biodiversity program is “consumer” plastics (e.g. cups, cutlery, gifts/souvenirs, etc.). “Industrial” plastics (e.g. primary/

secondary packaging, products) are covered in Schneider Electric’s SSI #4 and SSI #5 programs.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

151

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.4 Being efficient with Resources

The Group’s environmental reporting scope and targets are based 
on all ISO 14001 sites. Environment reporting metrics are shown in 
the table on page 226 and include energy consumption, Scope 1 
and 2 CO2 emissions, waste generation, water consumption, and 
VOC emissions at ISO 14001 sites.

Schneider Electric also leverages ISO 50001 certification to drive 
energy excellence, focusing on the highest energy-consuming 
sites. ISO 50001 certification is complementary to ISO 14001 
certification and enables us to define and sustain robust energy 
governance. With the support of this certification, the sites are 
equipped to understand and reduce their energy footprint. The 
Group aims to ISO 50001-certify all sites consuming over 5 GWh 
per year. By the end of 2021, 140 sites were certified ISO 50001. 

2.4.2.5 Waste to Resources

In 2021, global challenges with supply chains, material shortages, 
and increased visibility towards waste pollution such as ocean 
plastics have reaffirmed what Schneider Electric has known and 
strived towards for years: the depletion of the Earth’s resources 
in the current linear take-make-dispose models of resource 
consumption are not economically or environmentally sustainable 
and must be replaced with circular economy models.

In its previous program, Towards Zero Waste to Landfill, the Group 
put a strong emphasis on diverting waste from the landfills through 
alternative solutions. The Group achieved 206 sites meeting its 
stringent requirements of 99% metal waste recovery, 97% non-
metal waste recovery, and 100% hazardous waste recovery using 
the best available handling/treatment options available locally. This 
helped the Group to achieve 96% waste recovery across 
its operations overall.

Waste Recovery Performance

%
4
9

%
5
9

%
5
9

%
6
9

%
6
9

%
0
0
1

Resources

SSE #9

200 ‘Waste-to-Resource’ sites

Schneider Electric is driven to maximize the value of its 
resources, considering waste as a resource and ensuring 
its waste stays within a circular system. Beyond avoiding 
landfill and looking at traditional recycling solutions, 
Schneider strives to move up the waste hierarchy and find 
reduce and reuse solutions for its resources.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

120

126

200

In its new program, ‘Waste-to-Resource’, Schneider pushes even 
further with its waste recovery ambitions. Sites now must achieve 
99% recovery for all non-hazardous waste and still achieve 100% 
hazardous waste recovery using the best available handling/
treatment options locally. Additionally, to promote and emphasize 
the importance of circular economy, ‘Waste-to-Resource’ sites 
will not be allowed to use waste-to-energy solutions for more 
than 10% of their waste. This provides an opportunity for sites 
to work collaboratively within their internal supply chains, along 
with external suppliers and waste management providers to find 
innovative reduce, reuse, and recycle solutions.

‘Waste-to-Resource’ ambition at Schneider: maximising value 
recovered from waste in sites

Reduce, Reuse, 
Recycle

>90%

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2030

NAM
Europe
APAC
Rest of the World

Target

Waste to Energy

<10%

Landfill

<1%

152

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

  
      
Schneider Electric generated around 135,000 tons of waste  
in 2021, most of it being solid waste. Continuous improvement 
plans have been deployed to manage this waste, in line with the 
ISO 14001 certification. In 2021, the Group recovered 96% of 
total waste reported (recovery ratio includes material and energy 
recovery) and a 91% recycling rate without energy recovery.  
The recovery ratio has increased from 81% to 96% since 2009, 
thanks to site-by-site waste management action plans.

Schneider is committed to ensure that the potential adverse 
impacts of hazardous waste on environment and health are 
mitigated. Two main levers are investigated as part of the  
‘Waste-to-Resource’ program: first, all sites generating hazardous 
waste ensure visibility of handling and end-of-life treatment 
paths. They also seek to add value to waste as much as possible 
(through material or energy recovery) while neutralizing its 
hazardous nature. Second, top hazardous waste-generating sites 
work to reduce the volumes of waste generated in the first place, 
notably by implementing “Best Available Techniques” (BAT) in 
their industrial processes. Such BAT processes come along with 
superior performance from a resource efficiency perspective, and/
or chemical substances use, and/or emission reductions. By 2025, 
the ambition is to reduce hazardous waste intensity by 30% against 
the 2017 baseline. 

In 2021, hazardous waste generation intensity was 0.3 tonnes/
million EUR of revenue, an evolution of -30% versus 2017.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.4.2.6  Water consumption

Due to the nature of most of its industrial processes (manual and 
automatic assembly), water consumption is not generally a critical 
resource for Schneider Electric, and the Group has a minimal 
impact on water quality. The topic was considered not very material 
by both internal and external stakeholders during the sustainability 
materiality analysis. In 2021, water management and performance 
information was disclosed in the CDP Water program, and 
Schneider was awarded a B rating.

2.

However, Schneider fully realizes the importance of water in local 
communities, especially those that are located in water-stressed 
areas. Having approximately 90 ISO 14001 sites in areas classified 
as ‘high’ or ‘extremely high’ baseline water stress, as defined by 
World Resources Institute’s (WRI) Aqueduct Water Risk Atlas, the 
Group has set the ambition that 100% of its sites in water-stressed 
areas have a water conservation strategy and related action plan 
by 2025 (SSE #11).

Under this program, three types of actions can be implemented:

•  Standard actions which apply to all sites;
•  Conditional actions which apply to certain sites based  

on their type and volume of water usage; 

•  Site-specific actions. 

In 2021, the Group achieved 9% of its 2025 target.

In addition, Schneider’s aims to reduce water intensity (in m3 of 
water consumption per euro of turnover) by 35% in 2025 versus 
2017, with a focus on sites with high water consumption and within 
severely water-stressed areas. In 2021, water consumption intensity 
was 72 m3 per million euro of revenue, an evolution of -34% against 
the 2017 baseline.

Resources

SSE #11

100% of sites in water-stressed areas 
have a water conservation strategy 
and action plan

Schneider Electric has approximately 90 sites located  
in water-stressed areas all over the world. These include 
factories, distribution centers, and large offices, with water 
usages including process-based, HVAC, sanitary/canteen, 
and irrigation.

For instance, Schneider’s Benalla site in Australia has 
installed 130,000 Liters of rainwater storage, which allows 
the site to source 60% of its water needs from rainwater.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

0

9%

100

Schneider Electric’s Benalla site, Australia 

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

153

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.4 Being efficient with Resources

The Group provides a breakdown of water consumption per 
source, with details on water consumed from the public network, 
groundwater, surface water (lakes, rivers, etc.), and other sources 
of water (rain, recycled water, etc.). At Group level, water is 
primarily used for cooling and sanitary purposes and, on a few 
selected sites, for processes such as surface treatment. Water 
drawn for the sole purpose of cooling and immediately released 
without alteration is also monitored separately. For industrial water 
use, water discharge is subject to appropriate treatments to reduce 
pollutant potential and subject to a monitoring plan.

Global water intensity evolution (m3/million €)

8
0
1

5
0
1

4
9

7
7

2
7

0
7

  Water intensity

  Target

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2025

2.4.2.7 Biodiversity on sites 

Biodiversity is a local matter and actions are required at site level 
to reduce local impacts: the Group has committed to increase its 
biodiversity site actions and raise the awareness of employees. In 
fact, site activities such as energy and water consumption, building 
infrastructure, food, landscaping, waste generation, light, sound 
and other forms of pollution, exert a pressure on biodiversity that 
can be reduced. For example, manicured, non-native landscaping 
could potentially increase water consumption and promote invasive 
species that don’t support native wildlife. 

The objective is to achieve 100% of sites with a local biodiversity 
conservation and restoration program by 2025 (SSE #8). To meet 
this target, sites have to define and deploy a biodiversity program 
consisting of a ban of single-use plastics (related to office use)  
and at least one local action with significant ecological impact.

The program was launched in 2021 and many sites already 
started the journey, understanding the complexities of biodiversity, 
assessing their impact and identifying the right local stakeholders 
to involve in a preservation or restoration program.

As it takes time to build impactful and consistent biodiversity 
programs, a slow ramp up in terms of global performance of  
the indicator is expected, with an acceleration after 2023.

With the objective to get an overview on biodiversity priority 
sites, inform risk management, and address potential biodiversity 
impacts, the Group decided to run a multi-site report with the 
Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool (IBAT). Developed 
through a partnership with Bird Life International, Conservation 
International, International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) 
and United Nations Environment World Conservation Monitoring 
Centre (UNEP-WCMC), IBAT collects and enhances the underlying 
datasets and maintains that scientific information.

Resources

SSE #8

100% of sites with local biodiversity 
conservation and restoration 
programs

Schneider Electric is engaged to act at local level 
implementing on every site mitigation, preservation, or 
restoration initiatives. Every site will engage in at least one 
action pursuing an ecological impact with social benefits. 

In Scarborough (England, UK), the site started to restore 
a wasteland area to provide a friendly environment for 
local biodiversity (and employees). In alignment with local 
authorities, community network, volunteers and local nature 
specialists, the site performed an ecological assessment 
and has moved forward with the project.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

0%

0%

100%

The IBAT report enables users to assess the biodiversity-related 
features of multiple operational sites for corporate disclosure. In 
particular, the report is relevant for Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) 
standard GRI 304: Biodiversity. For each operational site, the report 
provides the counts of protected areas and Key Biodiversity Areas 
(KBAs) within a kilometer radius.

The results of the “IBAT multi-site Report, 2021*” include all 
Schneider Electric sites and show that, within 1-kilometer radius:

•  21% of its sites are in proximity of a protected area as defined 

by the IUCN, of which:
 − 8% are in category 1a, 1b and 2 (just 6 sites are in proximity 

of a category-1-protected area) 

 − 29% are in category 3 or 4 
 − 31% are in category 5 or 6
 − 32% are not applicable, not assigned or not reported

Among the sites in proximity of a protected area, 33% are either 
industrial sites (characterized by discrete industrial processes 
such as assembly lines) or distribution centers (warehouses and 
logistics); the remaining 66% are office buildings.

•  3% of the Group’s sites are in proximity of a key biodiversity area 
(defined by IBAT as either “Alliance for Zero Extinction (AZE)”  
or “Important Bird and Biodiversity Areas (IBAs)). 

All the concerned sites are invited to consider their proximity  
to natural areas in their biodiversity program.

* 

IBAT Multi-site Report. Generated under license 26614-25299 from the Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool on 15 December 2021 (GMT). www.ibat-alliance.org

154

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
2.4.2.8  Conditions of use and release  
into the soil

Schneider Electric sites are mainly located in urban or industrial 
areas. None of the Group’s businesses involve extraction or land 
farming. In 2021, Schneider manufacturing sites conducted their 
annual review of pollution risks as part of ISO 14001 monitoring.  
No significant spills or discharges were reported in 2021 with 
known harmful impacts regarding soil pollution.

Hazardous materials are stored, handled, and used in compliance 
with regulations and with appropriate pollution protection 
mechanisms. As part of the ‘Waste-to-Resource’ program, 
additional focus is brought on hazardous waste, with efforts to 
eliminate, substitute, or improve treatment (see section 2.4.2.5 
Waste to Resources, on page 152).

2.4.2.9  Discharge into the water and air

Because Schneider Electric is mainly an assembler, its discharge 
into the air and water is very limited. Schneider manufacturing 
sites are carefully monitored, as part of ISO 14001 certification. 
Discharges are locally tracked as required by current legislation. 
No significant spills or discharges were reported in 2021 with 
known harmful impacts in terms of water or air pollution.

Emissions of NOX and SOX and particles into the air are monitored 
at site level in accordance with applicable legal requirements; 
monitoring of these emissions is verified via ISO 14001 audits. 
Those emissions are not consolidated at Group level.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Schneider Electric is committed to preventing adverse health and 
environmental impacts from Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) 
emissions, and for this reason, the Group works to reduce VOC 
emissions from industrial activities by 10% every three years. 
VOC emissions are primarily linked to production. VOC emissions 
decreased from 29 kg/million EUR in 2017 to 17.4 kg/million Eur in 
2021 (-40%). The Group engages with each of its industrial sites 
that contribute the most to VOC emissions, and which together 
concentrate over 90% of the Group’s VOC emissions, in a Pareto 
law approach. For these sites, environment, health and safety,  
and industrialization teams, join hands and actively collaborate  
to ensure conditions of use are strictly adhered to and health  
and environmental risks are known and mitigated. Those top  
VOC-emitting sites also investigate opportunities to reduce 
and phase-out concerned chemicals from industrial processes 
wherever possible.

Finally, CFC and HCFC emissions are monitored locally, in 
accordance with applicable regulations. These emissions are 
mainly due to the operation of air conditioning systems and are  
not directly linked to Schneider industrial activities. These 
emissions are not consolidated at Group level.

2.4.2.10  Noise, odors, and light

All Schneider Electric sites comply with local regulations on noise 
and odor. Given the nature of its activities and distribution model, 
Schneider does not have any significant light pollution externality. 

2.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

155

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.4 Being efficient with Resources

2.4.3  Green offers

Schneider Electric products support customers every day, make 
their lives easier, and enable efficient operations. But because 
products also consume resources and energy, during their 
production and use, Schneider is committed to reducing their 
environmental impact.

Since 2003, a Product stewardship team has been dedicated 
to providing high environmental performance products to 
the Group’s customers as well as full transparency regarding 
environmental impact. Initially, efforts were focused on compliance 
with the most rigorous environmental regulations, then on data 
transparency (through Product Environmental Profiles and End of 
Life Instructions). Over the last few years, additional efforts have 
been made to develop a more customer-centric program, helping 
Schneider customers to better differentiate offers based on strong 
environmental value propositions.

With the Green Premium™ program and the EcoDesign Way™ 
process, Schneider reduces the environmental impact of its 
products using lower impact materials, drastically changing its 
packaging strategy as well as bringing circular value propositions 
to extend the durability of products.

2.4.3.1  Risks and opportunities

The increasing complexity of environmental regulations could 
slow down the Group’s innovation potential, and could phase 
out specific chemical substances or resources too quickly with 
no suitable alternative being found in a scalable manner. The 
complexity is directly linked to a “regionalization” of environmental 
regulations (e.g., California Prop 65 and China RoHS) while global 
resources are limited. 

With increasingly stringent environmental regulations year after 
year, there is a risk for Schneider Electric to have key materials 
and substances that could be utilized to deliver high performance 
to be regulated themselves. This would limit the innovation 
potential of products that would fall within the regulation radar 
with possible restrictions. There is also a risk to face contradictory 
recommendations due to regulations overlap (e.g., substances 
restriction versus circularity performance).

By its customers’ side, Schneider has observed a multiplication 
of external repositories to leverage product environmental 
performance, some being specific to a single customer. As such, 
there is a risk for Schneider products not to be systematically 
referenced externally.

To circumvent the risks stated earlier, Schneider relies on the 
completeness of the Green Premium™ program, enabling it to 
cover all relevant product-oriented environmental topics. Relying 
on the EcoDesign Way™ process and tools is also key to include 
environmental performance as soon as possible in the new 
product development process. This enables Schneider product 
development teams to innovate while delivering more Green 
Premium™ products that will differentiate themselves from those  
of competitors thanks to higher environmental performance.

The multiplication of environmental regulations requires a lot 
of information to be shared with the supply chain and updated 
regularly. Only the best-in-class suppliers will be able to answer 
this challenge. Also, it is an opportunity for the Group to put in 
place a strong interaction with those suppliers and ensure that 
future restrictions will be anticipated. 

Schneider reinforces a worldwide approach of environmental 
product stewardship directives fed by a regional and local 
environmental steward network, which strengthen its influence 
position towards regulators through Schneider professional 
associations.

From the customers’ perspective, Schneider relies 
on the “Check a Product” platform, a public website 
(https://checkaproduct.se.com/CheckProduct.
aspx?cskey=4b4b15ad9d8148759e39fcb1b346ad9f) providing  all 
relevant product environmental information. Thanks to “Check a 
Product”, the Group is in a good position to be well referenced  in 
external databases such as the SCIP (Substance of Concern  
in Products) database and in customers’ prescription tools.

In a commitment to go one step further, Schneider takes the 
necessary steps to digitize the environmental information of 
offers. Within a fully digitized ecosystem, the Group can provide a 
streamlined and efficient process to share environmental data with 
external third-party databases or customers’ own prescription tools.

RoHS

PEP

EoLI

EcoDesign Way™

RoHS

REACH

RoHS

REACH

2003

2007

European Union 
adopts RoHS

European Union 
adopts REACH

2008

2015

2018

2022

Green Premium introduced 
to provide transparent 
information on regulated 
substances and to share the 
environmental information of 
our products

EcoDesign Way launched 
our internal eco-design 
approach embedded in 
the offer creation process

Upgraded Green Premium 
program to include green 
claim differentiation

Enhanced environmental 
performance criteria  
Data Digitization 
acceleration

RoHS: Restriction of Hazardous Substances. REACH: Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals.  
PEP: Product Environmental Profile. EoLI: End-of-Life Instructions.

156

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.4.3.2  Group policy

Schneider Electric strives to distinguish itself through innovative 
green offers as mentioned in the Environment Policy. This ambition 
is articulated through:

In 2021, the main objectives for the Green Premium™ program 
were to:

• Ensure compliance with the latest regulations within an even

more demanding context;

• Develop new environmental claims within products for higher

• Designing energy-efficient, low CO2, serviceable, and safe

performance and a clearer differentiation;

offers;

• Helping customers improve their environmental performance;
• Providing digital environmental information on offers.

To reach such ambitions, Schneider is committed to:

• Invest in R&D to create energy-efficient and environment-

friendly solutions;

• Prepare the digitization of environmental information and ease

data sharing with partners;

• Prepare the future of product stewardship for the years to come

by developing competencies within the Company.

2.

Schneider Electric is redefining the program that will encompass 
three pillars in 2022: Trust, Transparency, and Performance:

• Create new eco-designed products and solutions and develop

• Trust means for Schneider to continue to be transparent with

lifecycle thinking;

• Invent circular offers and business models, through products
that can be reused, repaired, retrofitted, refurbished, and
recycled, as well as through end-of-life services;
• Provide transparent and digitized information on the
environmental information and benefits of offers;

• Deliver continuous improvement in product stewardship

through the Green Premium™ portfolio.

2.4.3.3  Green Premium™ 

Launched in 2008, Schneider Electric’s Green Premium™ program 
was created to provide its customers with more sustainable 
products and to be transparent with environmental information.

Since then, Green Premium™ has been the absolute warranty for 
the Group to deliver products that comply with RoHS and REACH 
regulations as well as being perfectly transparent by delivering 
environmental disclosures and end-of-life instructions.

The program has evolved over the last few years to integrate 
Schneider’s EcoDesign Way™ process as well as green value 
propositions for an enhanced differentiation. 

As an example, Schneider embedded new durability value 
propositions such as the “take-back” program in Green Premium™. 
Customers who have purchased one of the APC Uninterruptable 
Power Supplies (UPS) have access to complimentary recycling 
when the battery in the product reaches its end of usable life.  
In 2021, this service collected around 14,000 tonnes of batteries 
globally for recycling. 

customers providing RoHS and REACH substance information
and going beyond regulations by applying the same rules
regardless of the geographies. That is and will remain the core
of the Green Premium™ program.

• Transparency is the warranty from Schneider to disclose in
a digital way the environmental impacts of its products, their
end-of-life treatment, as well as any environment-related
attribute meaningful for customers. This is crucial in the Group’s
strategy, as the first step for improvement is measurement and
quantification.

• Performance is Schneider’s commitment to deliver products
with reduced environmental impact. Performance can take
several forms:
− Usage of lower impact materials (i.e., recycled plastics);
− Enhanced product recyclability to reduce waste and loss

of critical raw materials;

− Energy efficient products with at least 10% of improved
energy efficiency with respect to the market average or
to previous generations;

− Improved durability and the ability to function as required
under defined conditions of use, maintenance, and repair,
until a final limiting state is reached (which should be at least
5% higher than market average);

− The ability to provide SF6-free products;
− Repair parts of products easily.

Green Premium™ information, including conformity declaration, 
Product Environmental Profiles (PEP), and End of Life Instructions, 
are digitally available 24/7 for customers in the technical data sheet 
of the online catalog, in the mySchneider mobile app, and on the 
“Check a Product” website at https://checkaproduct.se.com/.

Trust

Transparency

Performance

Minimal use of hazardous substances in, 
and beyond, compliance with regulations 
(RoHS, REACH).

Digital environment disclosure (PEP)

Circularity Profiles to provide guidance 
on responsible product end-of-life 
treatments

Transparent environment attributes (ie. 
Mercury-/Lead-/PVC-free)

Sustainable packaging

Lower Impact 
Materials

Energy 
efficiency

SF6-free

Recyclability

Durability

Reparability

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

157

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.4 Being efficient with Resources

Today, 78% of Schneider Electric’s product sales come from  
Green Premium™ products and the ambition is to reach 80%  
by 2025 (SSE #6).

Resources

SSE #6

80% of product revenues covered  
by Green Premium™

In 2021, Schneider Electric received an increasing number 
of customer inquiries requesting detailed information 
regarding the material content and environmental impacts 
of its products. In response, the Industrial Automation 
Environmental Experts of the Group generated more than 
75 new Product Environmental Profile (PEP) documents. 
This has enabled the certification of a larger amount of 
products through the Green Premium™ program to deliver 
even more transparent information.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

77%

78%

80%

2.4.3.4  EcoDesign Way™

EcoDesign Way™ is Schneider Electric’s proprietary process, 
deployed on product development projects of more than  
EUR 300,000. It is fully integrated in the Group’s Offer Creation 
Processes (OCP), mandatory deliverables, and encompasses  
all involved functions: Marketing, Quality, Design, Supply Chain, 
and Project Manager. EcoDesign Way™ involves 3 steps: 

1 

Identification of relevant environmental performance for 
customers with inputs from marketing 

2  Research and assessment of alternative solutions to target  

the selected environmental performance 

3  Once performance is reached, draft of a marketing pitch.

The EcoDesign Way™ scorecard is fully aligned with all Green 
Premium™ value propositions. Moreover, several initiatives have 
been launched to embed EcoDesign Way™ earlier in the OCP with 
strong inputs from the Future Offer Manager to foster innovation 
and increase EcoDesign Way™’s positive impact. For instance,  
a simplified Life Cycle Assessment tool was deployed to assess t 
he environmental potential of incubated projects.

In 2021, Schneider Electric initiated a revamp of the EcoDesign 
Way™ process to better include the latest global sustainability 
programs such as Green Materials and Green Packaging. The 
new eco-design process is expected to be more integrated within 
the Agile framework Schneider is deploying globally. The process 
should also involve the assessment of CO2 emissions at a very early 
stage in the creation of new offers in order to encourage oriented 
investments. Moreover, the new eco-design process will not be 
limited to products but will also include systems/architectures. 
Finally, the revamping of ecodesign will be the opportunity to 
enhance sustainable innovation DNA by developing training  
and coaching modules for the project teams.

2.4.3.5  Green materials

Schneider Electric has committed to increase green materials use 
in its products to 50% by 2025, as part of Schneider Sustainability 
Impact (SSI #4). With that long-term commitment, the Group  
aims to:

•  Be a change agent to accelerate the transformation toward  
a low-carbon and circular economy of the material industry;

•  Reduce Scope 3 supply chain emissions, in line with the  

1.5°C carbon pledge;

•  Differentiate Schneider products from those of competitors  

in the eyes of customers by using low CO2, circular, and safer 
materials in products.

In 2021, Cross-functional experts at Schneider (Procurement, R&D, 
Environment) have worked in close relationship with suppliers to 
define the Green attributes for each commodity in scope, based on 
existing international schemes and standards. A green material is:

•  A material with a lower environmental footprint; and/or
•  A material that is the output of an industrial technology which  
is a key enabler for a 1.5°C climate scenario and/or a more 
circular economy.

Considering this definition, Schneider has identified two levers  
of action:

•  Build traceability in the value chain. This is a priority for  

metals today, where visibility on the environmental impact  
and technology-origin of procured metals is low.

•  Select green materials based on a lower environmental footprint.

The lower environmental footprint attributes are defined for each 
commodity in scope, as the environmental performance of metal 
cannot be based on the same attributes as plastic. In 2021, the 
scope of green materials focused on three types of commodities 
covering about a third of purchased materials in volume:

•  Thermoplastics (including both direct and indirect 

procurement). Thermoplastics are qualified as “Green” when the 
supplier is bringing evidence of a minimum recycled content, 
biobased content (minimum threshold depends on whether 
the compound is halogenated or not) or is using a green flame 
retardant. 

•  Steel (direct purchases). Steel is qualified as “Green” when the 
supplier is bringing evidence that the mill of origin is an Electric 
Arc Furnace (EAF) or has a Green certificate such as the ones 
delivered by Responsible Steel. 

•  Aluminum (direct purchases). Aluminum is qualified as “Green” 
when the supplier is bringing evidence that the product carbon 
footprint is below 8 tonnes of CO2 per ton of Aluminum, is using 
a minimum of 90% of recycled content in its product or that the 
mill of origin has a Green certificate such as the ones delivered 
by the Aluminum Stewardship Initiative.

Volume and distribution of green materials (in kt)

30

110

220

  Steel 
  Thermoplastics 
  Aluminum 

158

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Schneider Energy Management and Industrial Automation 
businesses are currently working on an implementation roadmap 
of the green materials in the projects portfolio. Some offers, like 
Odace Sustainable, are already out, and more are expected to 
come from 2022 onwards.

Resources

SSI #4

2.

Increase green material content  
in our products to 50%

The new Odace Sustainable offer from Schneider Electric 
is a range of stylish, smart switches and plug solutions for 
the residential market. Developed from recycled materials 
collected from electrical drop off centers and supermarkets, 
wasted plastics enter a circular economy loop using a 
WEEE (waste electrical and electronic equipment recycling) 
system, which transforms discarded materials into new 
products.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

7%

11%

50%

The example of the definition of “green thermoplastic” is provided 
in the illustration below.

A GREEN THERMOPLASTIC IS

REACH / RoHS / POP compliant(1) 
AND

Case 1

Case 2

If plastic is  
Halogen free(2)

If plastic is 
Halogenated(2)

Complies with at least one 
criteria below:

Complies with at least one 
criteria below:

≥ 50% of recycled 
content(3)

≥ 50% of biobased 
content(4)

≥ 20% of recycled 
content(3)

≥ 20% of biobased 
content(4)

Green Flame 
Retardant
For FR plastic only (5) 

(1)  List January 2021
(2)  According to EN 50642
(3)  According to ISO 14021 & EN 45557
(4)  According to EN 16785 or ASTM D6866
(5)  According to GreenScreen used in TCO Certification

At the end of 2021, 11% of materials in scope were qualified  
as “Green” under the definition described before.

The inclusion of other commodities like copper, thermoset, and 
indirect steel will be reassessed in next phases, as the program
maturity and the transparency of supply chains improve. Extending 
the Green materials scope to indirect procurement would allow to 
include new green criteria such as ‘lead-free alloy’, a substitution 
initiative Schneider Electric is working on to anticipate future 
regulation on lead. 

In January 2022, Schneider became a member of Responsible 
Steel, the world’s first global scheme for responsibly sourced and 
produced steel. Its mission is to enhance the responsible sourcing, 
production, use and recycling of steel. Schneider is one of the first 
steel products consumers outside of the automotive industry to join 
Responsible Steel. Being a member of Responsible Steel will allow 
the Group to have a voice to influence the scheme development 
while fostering opportunities to build strong partnerships with  
Steel manufacturers and consumers. In 2022, Responsible Steel 
will launch a standard for the certification of steel products.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

159

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.4 Being efficient with Resources

2.4.3.6  Green packaging

2.4.3.7  Product Environmental Footprint

Packaging is the first visible asset seen by customers and is 
associated with major environmental challenges such as resource 
depletion, CO2 emissions, waste generation, and marine pollution. 
Globally, a strengthening of the regulatory framework requires 
the development of new packaging alternatives to enhance 
recyclability and minimize the current and upcoming Polluter-Pays 
packaging taxes.

By 2025, Schneider has committed to make sure that:

•  100% of primary and secondary packaging uses recycled 

cardboard.

•  100% of our primary and secondary packaging is free of  

single-use plastic. 

In 2021, Schneider Electric Green Packaging Experts released 
a new sustainable packaging guideline to define Schneider’s 
requirements and best practices to foster improved environmental 
performance of packaging by minimizing waste generation and 
improving recyclability to make it an integrated part of a more 
circular economy.

In 2022, the focus will be put on:

•  Setting up partnerships with key suppliers to secure greener 

packaging options;

•  Building up traceability in the supply chain by collecting 

suppliers’ declarations and strengthening procurement systems 
to better track single-use plastic packaging;

•  Accelerating the implementation of the “green packaging” 

definition in the business projects portfolio to ensure new and 
legacy products switch to more sustainable packaging options.

Resources

SSI #5

100% of our primary and secondary 
packaging is free from single-use 
plastic and uses recycled cardboard

The newly launched Wiser IP Camera is delivered without 
any plastics in the box and a cardboard made with 70% of 
recycled content. In addition, the in box user guide contains 
mandatory information only and remaining content is fully 
accessible online through a QR Code.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

13%

21%

100%

More and more customers, green building standards, distributors, 
and electricians prefer offers with green credentials and request 
environmental data. Many building standards and local regulations, 
demand or promote offers providing Environmental Product 
Declarations. There is clearly a growing premium assigned to 
transparency.

An environmental footprint is a product or solution-related 
content that provides quantitative information based on Life 
Cycle Assessment (LCA, according to ISO 14040-44 standard). 
Environmental footprint enables the assessment of multiple 
environmental impact indicators, including the carbon footprint, for 
all product or solution lifecycle stages. The scope of this assessment 
is also referred as ‘cradle-to-grave’. Environmental footprint is a 
mandatory requirement in the Green Premium™ program.

Schneider Electric relies on Product Environmental Profiles (PEP) 
to fulfill this requirement. A PEP is defined as a product-oriented 
“summarized” version of a full LCA. It relies on Product Category 
Rules (PCR) or Product Specific Rules (PSR). 

At Schneider, there are two types of PEP available:

• 

•  Certified – a type III Environmental Declaration in compliance 
with ISO 14025. The certified PEP is externally reviewed by 
an accredited verifier and published by a program operator 
according to the rules provided by this operator (e.g., PEP 
Ecopassport). In 2021, 182 certified PEPs were published  
on the PEP Ecopassport association website.
Internal – the internal PEP follows the exact same rules 
as the certified one. However, an internal PEP is reviewed 
internally and therefore, cannot be registered through an 
independent program operator. A process of accreditation for 
internal verifiers guarantees the adequate level of internal PEP 
verifications. Verifiers check PEPs from other lines of business 
than their own, thus ensuring independence. Internal PEPs 
comply with the ISO 14021 self-completed declaration.

In 2019, 77.3% of Schneider’s product revenue was covered by a 
PEP, including 33.9% of ISO 14025 type III declarations and 43.4% 
of ISO 14021 type II self-completed declarations.

Environmental configurators
Beyond PEPs, Schneider Electric also relies on some offers’ 
environmental configurators which are better suited to assess the 
environmental footprint of systems and solutions. A configurator 
makes it possible to assess a dynamic environmental footprint 
that better reflects the specific situation of customers or end-
users. In 2021, a web configurator was developed to leverage 
the environmental benefits of the ECOFIT™ service. Schneider 
aims at supporting the creation and use of such configurators 
since they allow the Group to provide better environmental inputs 
to customers, facilitate the discussion around the environmental 
footprint of offers, and therefore ease the identification of 
meaningful eco-designed solutions. In 2021, Schneider 
accelerated the digitization of the PEP process in order  
to encourage the use of the configurator.

160

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Substances of Concern in Products (SCIP)
In the frame of the Waste Framework Directive, the European 
Chemicals Agency (ECHA) was mandated by the EU commission 
to put in place the database for information on Substances of 
Concern In Products (SCIP), beginning in 2021. Since 2021, 
manufacturers and importers of products containing substances  
of very high concern (SVHC) above the 0.1% threshold, must 
register those products into this SCIP database. Despite the 
difficulties to manually register Schneider’s products without any 
IT to IT systems, nor any easy solution provided by ECHA, the 
Group registered most of the relevant products by the end of 2021, 
being one of the top contributors, and reinforcing our transparency 
objective in this domain.

The environmental compliance IT system which allowed Schneider 
to have a competitive advantage in terms of transparency and 
substitution management, virtually throughout the last decade, 
must be replaced. 2021 was dedicated to specifying our needs  
in order to maintain and even improve this advantage at least 
for the next 10 years. This is a key element of our substance and 
regulation management strategy. 

TSCA
In the US, the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) regulation 
which restricts the use of chemicals was reinforced with the 
introduction of new substances. Schneider Electric worked  
hard to identify the use case of those substances and launch 
adequate actions. The TSCA restriction list will be fully integrated  
in Schneider Electric’s global substances strategy soon.

IEC 62474
Substances information data sharing is key to target substitutions. 
Schneider is very active in the development of data exchange 
formats on substances through the IEC 62474 standard.

Other substances under investigation
Among the different subjects investigated in 2021, the 
Polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) restriction proposal and  
Silver classification update were two points of focus. Lead 
substitution was also investigated in anticipation and will be 
promoted when possible.

PEP Ecopassport PCRed4
In 2021, Schneider Electric strongly contributed to the development 
of the new Product Category Rules of the PEP Ecopassport 
association (PCRed4 issued in September 2021), which are:

•  Compliant with the EN 50693:2019 standard: Product category 
rules for life cycle assessments of electronic and electrical 
products and systems – currently being mirrored in the IEC/
TC111 Working Group 15 (IEC 63366);

•  Fully aligned with the EN 15804+A2 standard: Sustainability  
of construction works – Environmental product declarations – 
Core rules for the product category of construction products;
Integrate key elements of the EU Product Environmental 
Footprint (PEF), such as mandatory impact indicators,  
end-of-life formulae, and quality ranking;

• 

•  Aligned with ISO 14067:2018: Greenhouse gases –  

Carbon footprint of products – Requirements and guidelines  
for quantification, integrating the latest requirements of the 
French regulatory texts from RE2020.

The application of PCRed4 enables electrical and electronic 
equipment manufacturers to produce product environmental 
declarations, in accordance with the best-known international 
standards, thus fostering cross-region and cross-industry 
recognition. Schneider aims at using this new PCR document  
to influence and strengthen the environmental footprint practices  
of the sector through standardization (TC111 Working Group,  
ZVEI initiative) and regulations (Sustainable Product Initiative  
of the European Commission, Green Taxonomy).

By relying on the PEP Ecopassport PCRed4 methodology  
on the one hand and on the acceleration of the environmental 
data digitization on the other hand, Schneider strives to 
provide systematically and seamlessly to customers quantified 
environmental footprint to differentiate the green offers, and 
therefore, be a change agent towards a low-carbon and  
circular economy.

2.4.3.8  Substances strategy

With increasing chemical substances regulations, raising 
standards from a well-being perspective, especially in the building 
space, and a growing number of questions from B2C and B2B 
customers on health matters, the ability to ensure compliance of 
several hundreds of thousands of product references has never 
been so critical. When such product traceability is mastered at 
scale, with robust processes and systems in place, clear business 
opportunities emerge, as digitization of such data is more and more 
needed. Schneider Electric seamlessly captures underlying data 
from suppliers, aggregate it, and disseminate it swiftly to customers 
who need that information.

REACH and RoHS
In Europe, the Regulation on Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation 
and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH) and the Restriction of 
Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment 
(RoHS) directive are engaged in a refit process and Schneider 
actively participated in the public consultations through the 
professional organizations, by making some key proposals to 
improve efficiency and limit the administrative burden.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

161

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.4 Being efficient with Resources

2.4.3.9  Circular business models

The risks that Schneider Electric sees are around the perception  
of “one size fits all” for circularity, as well as the temptation to see  
it through a waste or recycling lens, and the focus on developing 
the related guidelines, governance, and standards based on  
this perception.

•  Product durability versus shorter-term waste loops: all resources 
are not equal in their thermal, mechanical, or electromagnetic 
profiles. For the industrial sector, the biggest impact of the 
circular economy will come from the promotion of reparability, 
upgradability, “retrofitability”, extension of lifespan, and of 
related “product second- and third-life services”. Schneider’s 
products are highly technical in nature with a long lifespan and 
are highly unlikely to end up as ocean plastic waste, yet a risk 
that the emerging regulations may be too “resource/waste-
centric” can be seen. To meet quality and safety expectations, 
and adhere to stringent electric and electronic equipment 
standards, recycled materials are sometimes not available in 
either quantity and/or quality. The Group actively advocates 
sector-specific approaches.

•  Ensuring the safety of people and assets through qualified 
and certified services. Indeed, while promoting services to 
extend the products’ lifespan, Schneider grows the ranks of 
certified experts on its products (through thousands of Field 
Services Representatives). Leveraging the circular economy, 
there is a fantastic opportunity to enable more repair, retrofit, 
and recycling services, on condition that concerned product 
categories are adequately maintained and serviced by qualified 
and certified experts.

There are opportunities to leverage the circular economies, both 
externally with customers and internally in operations. Schneider’s 
value propositions have long delivered resource efficiency, 
enabling customers to “do more with less”.

Schneider’s deeply ingrained belief in the circular economy helps 
create a win-win-win-win ecosystem: good for the planet, good 
for customers (lower Total Cost of Ownership, lifespan of assets, 
etc.), good for the Company as a business (customer intimacy, 
stickiness, etc.), and good for its people (meaningful jobs, pride  
to take part in saving resources and energy, etc.).

Through circular capabilities such as local models of reuse, retrofit, 
repair, refurbish, and take-back, and by unleashing the potential of 
IoT, connecting and digitizing products (predictive maintenance, 
performance optimization, leasing, pay-per-use, performance 
contracting), Schneider creates shared value for its customers.

Most of Schneider’s new products are digital, connectable, ensure 
full product lifecycle management and predictive maintenance, 
and guarantee optimum performance, hence enabling the Group 
to move towards customer-intimate models like subscription, 
performance contracting, and leasing.

The first focus, before considering end-of-life, is to prolong  
the lifespan of products. Those solutions, using up to 60% less 
materials than using brand new equipment, enable pull-through 
and constant payback, increase customer stickiness, and long-
term relationships.

Schneider’s first circular distribution center
Since 2020, the Schneider Electric site in Bourguebus,  
France has supported the Group’s strategy to help accelerate  
its transformation towards the circular economy.

Bourguebus helps deliver on 4 key aspects of Schneider’s circular 
economy strategy including:

•  Repack: repackaging of new Schneider products whose 

packaging has been damaged.

•  Reuse: sorting, selecting, redistributing never-energized 

Schneider products that are unsold and/or returned by our 
customers under the “Circular Certified” label.

•  Refurbish: managing the supply chain for collecting used 

Schneider products and sending them to the Schneider Electric 
Privas, France partner site for repair and managing customer 
orders on our second-hand web platform.

•  Recycle: dismantling of products to recover and resell the 

valuable materials.

Schneider Electric’s Bourguebus site, France

Bourguebus’s innovative circular economy transformation, along 
with the added value proposition of the “Circular Certified” label, 
has led to saving 4M€ of stock in 2021 and has avoided 950 tonnes 
of CO2e. 

In 2022, the site will continue to grow circular industrial 
capabilities to support business innovation and differentiating 
offers to customers. This includes capabilities such as refurbish, 
remanufacture and reverse logistics. One particular customer-
centric project will include developing a website that will support 
the take-back of Schneider products at customer sites.

External engagement
Schneider Electric has been part of task forces on circular 
economy, playing leadership roles in multi-stakeholder dialogs. 
For example, the Group is active in France’s Circular Economy 
Roadmap and engaged in China with MIIT (Ministry of Industry 
and Information Technology) on circular strategy, leading AFEP, 
Gimélec, FIEEC, IGNES, and ORGALIM discussions for its 
sector on circular economy, publishing articles, and speaking at 
conferences (Greenbiz, Gartner, WEF, SCM World, peer-to-peer, 
EthicalCorp, and WindEurope, among others). 

162

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Here are some white papers and partnerships for circular economy 
to which Schneider contributed:

•  Enabling a Circular Economy for chemicals with a mass balance 

approach;

•  Remanufacturing: Designing new products for many lives;
•  Making manufacturing sustainable by design;
•  The need for sector-specific circularity; 
•  Partnership with Accenture for the Circulars Accelerators 

program. 

Schneider Circular Certified label
Schneider Electric launched the “Circular Certified” label for 
the French market in September 2020. The label is dedicated to 
the sale and promotion of products from the circular economy 
and in line with the Group’s circular economy strategy. Currently 
available for the French market, it is planned to be deployed more 
extensively in the near future.

Quantifying impact of circular offers
Under Schneider Sustainability Essentials, Schneider quantifies 
its Circular Economy efforts, such as repair, reuse, refurbish and 
recycling and targets to avoid 420,000 metric tons of primary 
resource consumption through “take-back at end-of-use” by 2025, 
cumulatively since 2017 (SSE #10). This program enables waste, 
material, energy consumption, CO2 emissions and/or water savings.

Activities in this program will enrich on the basis of the Group’s 
increasing focus on circularity business models, and are currently 
constituted of:

•  Batteries take back and recycling;
•  Volume of devices refurbished and repaired in our repair 

centers (such as UPS or Drives);

•  Volume of Medium Voltage, Low Voltage and Transformers 

refurbished or recycled in our ECOFIT™ Centers.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Resources

SSE #10

2.

420,000 metric tons of avoided 
primary resource consumption 
through “take-back at end-of-use” 
since 2017

Danone Evian wanted to upgrade its bottling facility to 
deliver natural mineral water more sustainably by reducing 
energy consumption at every stage of production. Among 
other upgrades, the LV switchgear were modernized within 
Schneider Electric’s ECOFIT™ solutions. 

By choosing equipment modernization with ECOFIT™ 
instead of immediate replacement, Danone Evian saved  
an estimated 315 metric tons of CO2 equivalent, 372 m3  
of water and 47 tonnes of raw materials. 

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

157,588

203,881

420,000

2.4.3.10  End-of-life product management 
and WEEE

Schneider Electric has been engaged for a long time in a process 
that protects the environment and the health of people in the 
treatment and recycling of its products at the end of their lifecycle.

In the context of the application of the Waste Electric and 
Electronic Equipment (WEEE) directive, Schneider implements 
product identification and selection actions, establishing recycling 
streams and pricing the taxes to be applied in compliance with the 
regulations of each country where the Group’s products are sold.

For products falling within the scope of the WEEE directive, a circularity 
profile including detailed end-of-life instructions is systematically 
provided through the “Check A Product” public website. 

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

163

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.5 Great People making Schneider Electric 
a great company

In this section

2.5.1   2025 people strategy and vision

2.5.2   Diversity, equity, inclusion, and well-being

2.5.3   Talent attraction and development

166

170

177

2.5.4   Compensation and benefits 

2.5.5   Social dialog and relations 

182

185

“We aspire to achieve our company purpose and mission by 
empowering and developing our people to their fullest potential. 
We act with agility and trust to innovate for our customers and 
strive to win in the market. With the 2025 people strategy, we aim 
to set the bar even higher to support business growth and our 
culture and leadership transformation.”
Charise Le, Chief Human Resources Officer

Context and goals

Great people make Schneider Electric a great company. The Group 
motivates its employees and promotes involvement by making 
the most of diversity, supporting professional development, and 
ensuring safe, healthy working conditions. Its ultimate ambition is to 
generate higher performance and employee engagement, through 
world-class people practices that are supported by a global/local 
and scalable model.

Schneider is a people company where employees come to work 
for a meaningful purpose and feel empowered to have an impact, 
empowering all to make the most of our energy and resources. 
All employees are treated equally based on their skills, notably 
regarding employment, recruitment, talent identification, training, 
and remuneration, thanks to common processes and policies.

Human resources thus plays a key role in supporting the 
performance and talent development of Schneider Electric in the 
changing context of its activities. Its growth is characterized by a 
sustained internationalization, numerous acquisitions, an increase 
of headcount dedicated to selling solutions and services, while 
maintaining a share of blue collars close to 50%. 

A lot of progress has been made on these fronts to Shape Our 
Future. From a new People Vision, to a unique multi-hub model and 
a leaner organization structure; from redefining talent management 
to widely acknowledged diversity, equity and inclusion initiatives; 
and from a global leadership development program to advancement 
in digital and functional learning.

By 2025, we commit to create equal opportunities and harness 
the power of all generations by ensuring all employees are uniquely 
valued in an inclusive work environment and by fostering learning, 
upskilling and development for each generation. In this report, we 
share our progress on the transformations engaged in 2021 under 
the Equal and Generations pillars of our Schneider Sustainability 
Impact and Schneider Sustainability Essentials programs.

164

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2021 Highlights

Glassdoor rating is on a steady 
growth, recognizing Schneider 
Electric as one of the Best 
Place to Work for 2021.

The Financial Times awarded 
Schneider Electric the title of 
‘Diversity leader’.

Schneider Electric in 
Universum’s Top-25 World’s 
Most Attractive Employers. 

For the fifth year in a row, 
recognition for our commitment 
to gender equality and building 
a culture of inclusion.

2.

Key targets and results

Progress against our 2021-2025 Sustainability commitments

Schneider Sustainability Impact
Long-term commitments 
aligned to UN SDGs

2021-2025 programs

Equal

8.

Increase gender diversity in hiring (50%), front-line management 
(40%) and leadership teams (30%)

Baseline(1)

2021 progress(2)

2025 Target

41/25/24

41/27/26

50/40/30

Generations

10. Double hiring opportunities for interns, apprentices and fresh 

4,939

x1.25

x2.00

graduates

Schneider Sustainability Essentials
Long-term commitments 
aligned to UN SDGs

2021-2025 programs

Equal

18. Reduce pay gap for both females and males

19.

Increase subscription in our yearly Worldwide Employee Share 
Ownership Plan (WESOP)

20. Pay our employees at least a living wage(3)

21. Multiply the number of employee-driven development 

interactions on the Open Talent Market 

Generations

22. Support the digital upskilling of our employees

23. Provide access to meaningful career development programs 

for employees during later stages of their career

24.

Increase our employee engagement level

Baseline(1)

2021 progress(2)

2025 Target

F: -1.73%
M: 1.00%

-1.61%

1.11%

<1%

53%

99%

5,019

41%

--

69%

61%

60%

100%

100%

x2.1

74%

In progress

71%

x4

90%

90%

75%

(1) Generally, the 2020 performance serves as a baseline for Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI) and Schneider Sustainability Essentials (SSE) 2021-2025 programs.
(2) Each year, Schneider Electric obtains a “limited” assurance on progress and methodology from an independent third party verifier for all of the SSI and SSE indicators, 
in accordance with ISAE 3000 assurance standard (see Independent verifier’s report on page 224). Please refer to page 206 for the methodological presentation of 
each indicator. The 2021 performance is also discussed in more details in this section.

(3) As of 31st December 2021, 99.99% of eligible employees, i.e. all Schneider employees treated as permanent workforce, were paid the living wage. The few remaining 
gaps were closed early 2022 so that all in scope Schneider Electric employees are now paid the living wage. The final KPI result for 2021 was rounded to 100%. 

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

165

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.5  Great People making Schneider Electric a great company

2.5.1  2025 people strategy and 
vision

The world is rapidly evolving and new mega-trends are emerging. 
Massive acceleration in the adoption of digital technologies 
and connectivity has changed the way we all live and work. The 
sense of urgency around climate change has intensified. Social 
aspirations, including demand for equality, have soared. New ways 
of organizing workforces have emerged. New capabilities are 
being developed to maximize the human-to-digital intersection. 
There has been a shift in the balance of the global versus local 
economies amidst geopolitical differences.

2.5.1.1  Schneider Electric’s People Vision – 
Employee Value Proposition, Core Values, 
and Leadership Expectations

People Vision 
Great people make Schneider Electric a great company.  
To transform our culture and create a great place to work for, 
we launched our new People Vision in 2018. 

The People Vision provided the impetus to change the way 
Schneider works and accelerate the cultural transformation at  
the Company. With an Employee Value Proposition (EVP), a set 
of Core Values and Leadership Expectations, there is a strong 
anchor to the people strategy.

During the pandemic, the People Vision helped us remain resilient 
and rebound on business performance.  

The People Vision consists of the following:

1 Our EVP is our commitment to engage existing  

and future talent. It’s the reason why people join, stay, 
and remain engaged and shows how we differentiate 
ourselves as an employer.

2 Our Core Values determine who we are, what we do, 

and define the way we work together and deliver on 
our EVP promises. Our values guide our choices and 
illustrate the behaviors we expect our employees  
to demonstrate.

3 Our Leadership Expectations show how we expect 

leaders to drive the Company for the future. They 
emphasize how our leaders will transform Schneider 
Electric by stepping up individually and collectively.

Employee Value Proposition
The Group is also looking to establish a strong name as an 
employer and communicate around its Employee Value Proposition, 
which is our promise to current and future employees.

We believe that great people make Schneider Electric a great 
company. We are driven by our meaningful purpose and 
continuously create an inclusive environment where employees 
are empowered to be at their best and innovate.

Our Employee Value Proposition continues to evolve in line 
with the business. Making the emotional connection as to “Why 
Schneider Electric?” is fundamental in the ability to not only attract 
the best talent and be an “employer of choice”, but also to have it 
resonate as authentic with employees as a form of encouragement, 
motivation and inspiration.

Employee Value Proposition

MEANINGFUL

INCLUSIVE

We empower all to make the most of  
their energy and resources, ensuring 
Life Is On everywhere, for everyone,  
at every moment.

Our mission is to provide energy 
and automation digital solutions for 
efficiency and sustainability.

We adhere to the highest standards of 
governance and ethics.

We want to be the most diverse, 
inclusive and equitable company, 
globally.

We value differences, and welcome 
people from all walks of life.

We believe in equal opportunities for 
everyone, everywhere.

EMPOWERED

Freedom breeds innovation.

We believe that empowerment generates 
high performance, personal fulfillment 
and fun. 

We empower our people to use 
their judgement, do the best for our 
customers, and make the most of  
their energy. 

166

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Future ready talent – a diverse, empowered, and digitally skilled 
team. All talents develop current and future skills through on-the-
job learning, exposure, and education to realize their potential.

Inclusive leadership – leaders drive greater disruption and 
acceleration. They build human connections by coaching,  
caring, and collaborating across teams to achieve together  
and deliver impact.

2.5.1.3  Organization

Since 2009, the Human Resources (HR) department has  
been structured around three principal roles to better respond 
to its missions:

HR Business Partners assist managers on a day-to-day basis  
in setting out their business strategies and in assessing the human 
resource requirements needed to meet business targets. They also 
play a pivotal role in anticipating skill requirements and employee 
development, and in the management of employee relations.

HR Solutions creates and develops comprehensive solutions 
for the organization’s strategic challenges in key areas, such as 
compensation, benefits, human capital development, learning,  
and performance management. Regional teams are leveraged  
to effectively support the Group’s globalized operations.

HR Services handles the logistics and administrative 
responsibilities relating to payroll, sourcing, mobility, and training 
programs, mainly through shared service centers designed to 
optimize efficiency and costs. Since 2015, the Group has put in 
place an HR Excellence initiative with the objective of creating HR 
teams ready to make the Leadership and Culture vision a reality 
while supporting the growth of the business. 

2.5.1.4  Governance

In 2020, Schneider Electric decided to further reinforce the 
governance of the Group, the professionalism of our processes, 
and our foundations for trust. 

A new global organization CGO (Corporate Governance Office) 
was created to support this aim. Human Resources followed  
suit with the creation of a governance role within the function  
to articulate corporate governance directions within the function 
and to reinforce its own governance. 

HR Governance acts as single point of contact to corporate 
organizations such as M&A, Internal Audit, Internal Control, Ethics 
& Compliance, and Data Privacy facilitating an agile response to 
corporate directions by the function. Similarly, HR Governance 
provides support to HR people around governance questions. 

Core Values define the way we work together

Customer First. Above and beyond for our Customers. We 
surprise and delight customers as we would be nowhere without 
them. So, not only do we put ourselves in their shoes, but we also 
anticipate their needs and go the extra mile. We champion our 
sales people, because they are the face of our Company. Whatever 
our role, we have an impact on the customer’s experience. 

Dare to Disrupt. Constantly in Beta. Innovation is our middle name. 
Good is never good enough, and that’s why we are constantly 
experimenting, taking risks, and disrupting the status quo. We think 
fast, and we act even faster. Setbacks don’t hurt us. They motivate 
us. That’s why we are not afraid to make our bets bigger and our 
decisions bolder to power the digital economy through energy 
management and automation. We, at Schneider, ensure Life Is On.

Embrace Different. Different is Beautiful. We are 100% committed 
to inclusion. “Exclusion” is not even in our vocabulary. We believe 
in equal opportunities for everyone, everywhere. This means 
welcoming people from all walks of life, ages, and cultures, 
embracing different perspectives and calling out bias when we  
see it, so that every person feels uniquely valued and safe to be  
at their best. To us, a stranger is simply a friend we haven’t met yet.

Learn Every Day. #Whatdidyoulearntoday? To stop learning is to 
stop growing. We are genuinely curious, never done with learning. 
To us, there is no such thing as knowing it all or having all the 
answers. We believe in life-long learning. Every minute of every  
day brings a new chance to listen, open up our minds, and widen 
our horizons. We are never too experienced to learn.

Act Like Owners. All in. Together. Entrepreneurs at heart,  
we take responsibility and ownership of everything we do.  
This is not somebody else’s company. It’s ours! We are individually 
empowered and collectively driven to collaborate and beat the 
competition together. In the end, we do what is right for Schneider 
first – always with integrity and honesty.

2.5.1.2  2025 People Strategy

During the pandemic, we successfully pivoted to digital interactions 
with customers and remote working with our teams. As we move 
towards the post-pandemic era, the nature of work, the workplace, 
and the relationship between companies, customers, and 
employees has dramatically changed.

In January 2021, our new People Strategy was launched, with the 
aim to set the bar higher to support business growth and culture/ 
leadership transformation. To deliver on this mission and shape the 
workforce of the future in the “next normal”, the strategy has three 
outcome-based themes:

Organizational agility – a growth and innovation culture, enabled 
by a flatter, leaner, and multi-hub/multi-local structure, customer 
proximity, and fast decision making, supported by new ways  
of working.

Core Values

CUSTOMER 
FIRST

DARE TO 
DISRUPT

EMBRACE 
DIFFERENT

LEARN 
EVERY DAY

ACT LIKE 
OWNERS

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

167

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.5  Great People making Schneider Electric a great company

2.5.1.5  Continuous listening and  
employee engagement 

In the context of COVID-19 and beyond, focusing on employees’ 
engagement is fundamental. Engaged employees are key to enable 
the organization to be at its best and support the achievement of 
the Group strategy together. People who understand and connect 
with the company’s purpose will feel more personally involved and 
more likely to deliver more than what is expected from them. 

Key updates in 2021
1.  In line with Group priorities and People Strategy, the 

Continuous Listening Strategy and particularly, annual employee 
engagement survey, OneVoice, was updated to reflect some of 
the key 2021-2025 ambitions and working in the next normal 
2.  There is an increased focus on action plans and follow-up 

based on these insights

3.  Leaders and Managers are more involved to drive the topic 

and ensure care towards employees

1. Refreshed questions to adapt to working in the  

next normal and align with Group’s 2025 ambition
First set up in 2009, the OneVoice internal survey was designed 
to measure employee satisfaction. In 2012, the survey evolved to 
include employee engagement to derive a more holistic view of 
employee expectations, commitment, and sentiment. 

As an inclusive company, all employees are asked to provide 
their honest feedback through a questionnaire evaluating their 
engagement and measuring the drivers of engagement such 
as diversity, learning, and new ways of working. This process 
helps the Group identify key avenues for improving employees’ 
engagement and their unique life at work.

In 2021, it was important to refresh the questions to make 
them more relevant due to the new working environment of 
employees, particularly regarding the new normal, flexibility at work, 
empowerment of the teams and inclusion. As rated by our employees:

New ways of working empowerment and inclusion are the  
Top 3 drivers of employee engagement

80%

feel they have 
flexibility to 
modify their work 
arrangements when 
needed.

79%

feel empowered to 
choose how best to 
complete their work.

78%

consider they 
are treated fairly 
regardless of 
their individual 
differences.

In 2021, despite global external predictions on the impact of 
pandemic fatigue on employees, Schneider Electric recorded its 
highest employee engagement score, 71%, + 7 points compared to 
2019 in the pre-COVID-19 context. This is evidence of a strong and 
lasting emotional bond between employees and the organization 
as well as confirmation that employees felt supported by the 
organization during challenging times. Schneider Electric tracks  
its own employee engagement index in relation to the industry  
and top-performing companies globally. The Company also has  
a Schneider Sustainability Essentials (SSE) ambition to achieve 
75% employee engagement score by the end of 2025.

2. Reinforce action planning to ensure meaningful 

outcomes

As internal and external research has demonstrated that the role 
of the manager has a significant impact on employees to drive 
engagement of their teams, the Company has focused on building 
awareness and knowledge among managers and following up 
to ensure that action plans were implemented at all levels of the 
organization. Schneider Electric carefully follows its own action 
plans, making sure that they are seriously implemented, and that 
good practice can be spread across the organization. In 2021,  
the Company strengthened its efforts at three pivotal levels: global, 
local, and team.

Global level: one of the key learning from the crisis was that 
employees recognized the support provided by the company 
during those times. As a concrete action taken at Group level,  
live sessions were organized for all employees every month,  
aiming at learning how to better take care of their Well-Being. 

Local level: the financial support provided to India through 
Tomorrow Rising fund had a very positive impact which was  
raised in the comments of our OneVoice annual survey as a 
delightful moment. 

Team level: Managers still played a key role and the recognition 
they gave to their team members had a positive impact on their 
team members. One of the concrete actions taken in Victoria’s  
plant in the United States is to empower collaborators to come  
to management team with ideas for recognition events. 

Key highlights for 2021
100% of employees were surveyed in May 2021 through a consistent and continued measurement of the employee engagement index but 
with a refreshed set of questions to better fit our ambition:

Participation

Comments analyzed

Engagement

Managers

Action plans

85%

108,904 responses

134k

71%

+2pts vs 2020 
+7pts vs 2019

4,716

have access to a 
customized report

1,000+

recorded since  
July 2021

168

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.

Generations

SSE #24

75% employee engagement score

Great progress was made in 2021 with 63% of employees 
feeling that collaboration between teams and entities is 
going well and that they receive fair recognition for their 
work achievement (+ 8 points for collaboration and + 5 
points for recognition versus 2019). 

Based on the feedback of its employees from both the 
2021 culture and leadership and the OneVoice surveys, 
Schneider Electric refreshed the Leadership expectations 
and introduced “Achieve Together” to build a strong focus 
on collaboration. In 2021, collaboration was the #1 topic 
raised by employees as a major driver contributing to their 
engagement. During difficult times, employees expressed 
their pride to feel recognized by their managers, customers, 
colleagues for a successful teamwork.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

69%

71%

75%

3. More involvement of leaders and managers
Following communication of the results, and with the support of 
their HR Business Partner, managers organized feedback sessions 
with their team to foster dialog and build relevant action plans, 
based on both qualitative and quantitative results. Acting with  
trust, empathy, and humanity, communicating to teams agilely 
and providing sincere support to employees is key in keeping 
people engaged.

As actions are important to demonstrate that feedback is acted 
upon and the company ‘walks the talk’, a “nudge” approach was 
introduced to remind managers to follow up on their action plans 
with their teams, while peer to peer sessions were introduced to 
provide managers with opportunities to share challenges and  
best practices on implementing improvement actions.

This year, to enhance action plans implementation and follow 
up reviews, the Company created a leader-led Advisory Board 
composed of business and HR leaders to act as a sounding 
board as well as an Operating Committee, composed of employee 
engagement and continuous listening partners, to pair with frontline 
managers to promote, share, and test any new initiatives.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

169

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.5  Great People making Schneider Electric a great company

2.5.2.3  Group policy

Schneider Electric’s overall aspiration to improve the lives of 
people everywhere in the world by developing sustainable energy 
solutions for its customers also extends to its diversity, equity, and 
inclusion (DEI) ambition. The DEI and Well-Being strategy focuses 
on engaging and impacting the individual, the organization, and 
society at large, via three pillars:

• “Sustain You”: Schneider Electric is committed to making sure
all employees feel safe to be their best selves in a culture that
fosters trust, respect, and flexibility. Employees are empowered
to prioritize their own well-being and mental health, invest in
healthy ways of working, and role-model inclusive behaviors.

• “Activate Schneider”: Schneider Electric is committed to

reflecting the diversity of the communities in which it operates.
The Company continues its efforts to hardwire equity and
inclusion at all stages of its Total Employee Experience, ensure
fairness in people processes and policies, and foster a culture
of care and inclusion at all levels.

• “Impact Society & Planet”: Schneider Electric is committed to

driving change within its broader ecosystem and society at large,
through advocacy and role-modelling. The Company works
closely with its strategic partners and suppliers and invests in
local actions through the Schneider Electric Foundation, with the
goal of addressing systemic inequities and becoming a leader
in corporate citizenship. Schneider Electric also engages in
coalitions and partnerships to influence policy and play its part in
building a society that embraces diversity, equity, and inclusion.

While DEI is increasingly driven by local and regional regulation, 
with which the Group complies, other countries where Schneider 
Electric operates are encouraged to tackle additional DEI and  
well-being challenges specifically relevant to their markets and 
tailored to their needs.

2.5.2  Diversity, equity, inclusion, 
and well-being 

2.5.2.1  Risks and opportunities

In a world where change is the new norm and innovation is critical 
to ongoing business success, Schneider Electric places a key 
emphasis on attracting and retaining diverse talents and building  
a high performing leadership pipeline.

The Group’s diversity, equity, and inclusion ambition is to offer 
equal opportunities to everyone everywhere. Schneider Electric 
wants its employees – no matter who they are, or where in the 
world they live – to feel uniquely valued and safe to contribute their 
best. The Group believes that diversity, equity, and inclusion is a 
moral as well as a business imperative, as a diversity of people 
and an environment of inclusion leads to greater engagement, 
performance, and innovation. 

Since 2015, Schneider Electric has also made well-being and 
mental health strategic priorities. The events of the last couple 
years have only confirmed that nurturing employees’ well-being 
and mental health is a critical business imperative, and that leaders 
must develop the right skills to support their teams’ well-being. 
Pandemic fatigue is real, as is the increase in employee burnout 
and mental health challenges across the globe. Companies have 
to accommodate these realities and strive to provide the support 
every individual needs. Recognizing that well-being and mental 
health matter is key to fostering an inclusive company culture  
where everyone feels safe to be their unique self.

2.5.2.2  Governance

The Global Diversity, Equity & Inclusion (DEI) Board is a group 
of top leaders from all markets, sponsored by the Executive 
Committee, which acts as a sounding board for the global DEI 
strategy as well as internal and external DEI champions. Board 
members are nominated by the Executive Committee to serve  
a two to three-year term.

All Schneider Electric entities develop action plans based on 
the feedback of employees while meeting local regulations and 
addressing country-specific situations. For DEI, leaders have been 
appointed in more than 30 countries/ zones and entities of the 
Group to lead these actions plans. This global network convenes 
bi-monthly to share progress and best practices. 

The well-being governance model consists of a structured network 
of more than 50 champions worldwide converting the global vision 
into customized local actions responding to the diversity and local 
needs of more than 100 countries. The well-being champions 
network convenes every six weeks to share progress, internal  
and external trends, as well as best practices. 

Beyond this governance structure, all employees at Schneider 
Electric are held accountable for our DEI and well-being 
transformation, through targets included in the Schneider 
Sustainability Impact (SSI) and Schneider Sustainability Essentials 
(SSE), the Group’s performance dashboards for sustainability.  
The SSI is factored into every employee’s short-term incentive plan. 
This ensures a high level of awareness and accountability from 
both employees and leaders.

170

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.

2.5.2.4  A diverse workforce

2.5.2.4.1  Gender balance
Schneider Electric is strongly committed to building a diverse 
organization at every level. In that context, the Group has identified 
increasing the share of women in its workforce and leadership as 
an absolute priority.

commitment to reach gender-balance in hiring and continues with 
efforts to promote and develop women internally. 

Schneider Electric is also committed to removing the structural and 
social barriers hindering women’s career progression through a 
holistic strategy promoting gender equality in STEM and within the 
organization, and through targeted career development initiatives.

Schneider Electric’s journey to become a more gender balanced 
organization began more than 10 years ago. The Group stated 
ambitions on increasing female representation in the overall 
workforce and in specific segments like leadership roles, and 
technical and sales functions. Because they are a key internal 
leadership talent pool, Schneider Electric has been focusing on 
hiring and including more women in sales and technical roles. As of 
end 2021, women made up 34% of IT roles with a hiring rate of 41%, 
and 17% of engineering roles, with a hiring rate of 27%. Similarly,  
as of end of 2021, women made up 21% of the sales population, 
with a 31% hiring rate. Overall, women account for 20% of revenue-
producing roles at Schneider Electric, with a hiring rate of 30%.

While significant progress has been made in the representation of 
women, especially on the Board and Executive Committee level 
(respectively, 42% and 44% female as of end of 2021), the Company 
recognizes that there is still a need to accelerate efforts at lower levels  
in the organization.

2025 gender diversity commitment 
In 2021, Schneider Electric renewed its commitment to gender 
balance with the 2021 – 2025 SSI gender balance KPI, 50/40/30 
– women representing 50% of all new hires, 40% of frontline 
managers, and 30% of senior leadership by 2025.

This new commitment is both a testament to the progress the 
Group has made so far and a clear signal that it intends to double-
down on its efforts to achieve more gender balance across all 
levels of the organization.

At the leadership level, we focus on 30% representation because 
research has shown that 30% is the tipping point for diversity to 
have a real impact on teams. This approach is informed by critical 
mass theory, which takes its roots in physics, where a minimum 
‘critical mass’ is needed to sustain a nuclear chain reaction. When it 
comes to diversity on teams, 30% has been identified as the critical 
mass number. To get to that level of representation in leadership, 
we need to build a strong pipeline for female talents to grow within 
the organization and access senior levels. This starts with a strong 

In 2019, the Company revitalized its commitment to gender equity 
in leadership roles and partnered with INSEAD to launch the 
Schneider Women Leaders’ Program (SWLP) – a global program 
with a common cause, enabling more women at their mid-career 
point to build the skills and confidence to step up their leadership 
capability and impact. The SWLP program is a seven-month 
coaching and virtual workshop experience, culminating in a three-
day virtual global summit, bringing the graduating women together 
with senior Schneider leaders and world-class business school 
faculty. Since its inception in 2019, more than 230 women have 
benefited from this targeted leadership development program.

In addition to SWLP, a new program called “How Women Rise” was 
launched for Schneider employees in several countries. Over the 
last couple of years, this leadership program has benefitted more 
than 1000 women.

Employee Resource Networks (ERNs) also play a large role in 
empowering women locally and helping drive efforts to advance 
women in leadership. As of the end of 2021, local ERNs have 
contributed to the Group’s efforts towards gender equality and 
inclusion in more than 40 countries.

Initiatives in France 
In France, Schneider Electric Industries and Schneider Electric France 
(SEI-SEF) continue to partner with Elles Bougent (an association of 
women engineers), C Génial Foundation (a foundation promoting 
STEM jobs), and MEDEF (union of employers) to promote technical 
roles in schools and break gender stereotypes around specific 
careers. Thanks to this French Women in Tech network set-up in 
2014, as of the end of 2021, more than 100 technicians and female 
engineers have been able to meet with over 12,000 pupils, on 
Schneider Electric sites or virtually.

In 2019, SEI-SEF also launched an annual year-long mentoring 
program where high potential women are paired with senior 
leaders. The focus of this program is to increase both the promotion 
of female talents and their access to leadership positions. From 
2019 to 2021, a total of 41 women have benefited from this initiative. 

Overall Workforce

Total New Hires*

Frontline management**

Leadership***

34%

41%

27%

26%

50%

2025 target

40%

2025 target

30%

2025 target

66%

59%

73%

74%

  Female
  Male

  Female 
  Male 

  Female 
  Male 

  Female 
  Male 

*  Total new hires – all new hires in 2021.
**  Frontline management – junior and mid-level management whose direct reports are individual contributors only.
***  Leadership – Vice-Presidents and above.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

171

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.5  Great People making Schneider Electric a great company

Initiatives in the US 
In the United States, Schneider Electric USA is a proud member 
of the Society of Women Engineers (SWE) Corporate Partnership 
Council. This relationship provides networking and alliances with 
other leading organizations working to create opportunities for 
women engineers and technologists. This partnership with SWE 
provides recruitment, development, exposure, and leadership 
opportunities for Schneider Electric USA employees. 

Initiatives in India
In India, through a program named “Her Second Innings”, 
Schneider Electric strives to leverage an untapped talent pool, 
by hiring women who are looking to re-enter the workforce after a 
career break. Schneider Electric Greater India also has a leadership 
development program, “URJA” (which translates to “Energy” in 
English), which is designed to harness the leadership skills of mid-
career women employees identified as solid potentials. As of the 
end of 2021, about 600 women have participated in the program.

Equal

SSI #8

Increase gender diversity in hiring 
(50%), front-line management (40%), 
and leadership teams (30%)

In line with its gender diversity goal, Schneider Electric is 
focused on building a robust female talent pipeline. The 
company has set bold 50/40/30 targets, committing to 
increase representation of women to reach 50% of all new 
hires, 40% of frontline managers, and 30% of leadership 
by 2025. This requires strategic planning, targeted talent 
development, accountability mechanisms, and most 
importantly, the support of everyone in the organization, 
starting with anyone involved in hiring or promotion 
decisions. This is why Schneider Electric ensures that its 
talent processes are fair and equitable, and the organization 
counts on each leader, when making a hiring or promotion 
decision, to help advance its overall goal to create a skilled 
and diverse workforce for the future. 

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

41/25/24

41/27/26

50/40/30

45%

2.5.2.4.2  Diversity of ethnicities and nationalities
Schneider Electric wants everyone, everywhere in the Company  
to have the same chance of success irrespective of their nationality, 
ethnicity, race, or location. The Group’s multi-hub model is key to 
deliver on this ambition. Schneider Electric believes in a multi-
local world with locally tailored solutions supported by diverse 
teams across the globe to best meet its customers’ needs with 
customization, quality, and speed. In the “next normal” world, 
with continued disruption and need for speed and agility, the 
multi-hub operating model is more relevant than ever. The 
opportunity for Schneider Electric to be the “most local of global 
companies” with a balanced multi-hub footprint to enable customer 
proximity, innovation, speed, collaboration, and diversity, is a key 
differentiator for Schneider’s long-term success. 

To continue to reinforce the “equity and equal opportunities” strategy 
and to reinforce its reputation as the most global of local companies, 
Schneider Electric ensures that its leadership footprint is in line 
with its business footprint. As of end of 2021, 34.5% of Schneider 
Electric’ leadership team is from new economies, and 84% of country 
presidents are from the country or region they are leading.

Schneider also has a global commitment on ethnicity and racial 
equity, with countries in the lead to drive ambition and actions.  
The goal set for racial equity and inclusion means:

•  Employee population is reflective of the communities operated 

by Schneider Electric, including at the leadership level;
•  Employees have equal opportunity for growth and training;
•  Everyone feels safe, valued, and respected for who they are,  

to be their authentic self.

In line with this goal, since 2021, Schneider Electric has been an 
active member of the Business for Inclusive Growth Partnership 
(B4IG) Working Group on Diversity, Equity and Inclusion, whose 
first order of business was to gather best practices and develop 
guidelines to advance ethnic diversity and inclusion in the 
corporate world. These “Operational Recommendations for Ethnic 
Diversity & Inclusion” were drafted collectively and endorsed by 
B4IG-participating CEOs in December 2021. They will serve as 
guidance while Schneider Electric continues to drive change in  
this area, at the global level.

Employees in New/Mature Economies

84%

55%

of Country Presidents are 
either local or regional 
(41 out of 49)

  New Economies
  Mature Economies*

*  Mature economies gather mainly Western Europe and North American 

countries.

172

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Race and ethnicity in the US
In the United States, the past couple years have driven strong 
visibility on racial and social injustices. Schneider Electric USA has 
committed to evolving the racial and ethnic diversity of its employee 
population, with specific representation targets in place. Schneider 
Electric USA continues to be a proud member of the National 
Society of Black Engineers (NSBE) Board of Corporate Affiliates 
(BCA), which provides recruitment, development, exposure, and 
leadership opportunities for its employees. To further accelerate 
progress, Schneider Electric USA launched a Racial Equity Task 
Force in June 2020. Under the stewardship of the Task Force, 
several projects have been developed in 2020/2021:

•  A sounding board team was created, examining how frontline 
manager hiring decisions are made and whether biases exist 
that create barriers to advancement for Black professionals;
•  The employee-led Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion task force 

worked on examining the current perceptions and experiences 
of diverse groups through quantitative and qualitative measures;

•  The Psychological Safety task force team identified a need 

for a “Safety Zone,” a safe and confidential space to support 
employees on topics impacting their psychological safety 
(racism, microaggressions, inequities, mental health, etc.).  
The “Safety Zone” will be implemented into a new US benefit  
for all US employees in 2022. 

•  Schneider Electric USA debuted partnerships with two 

Historically Black Colleges & Universities (HBCUs), Tennessee 
State University and North Carolina A&T University, with the goal 
of hiring more diverse early-career talents.

2.5.2.4.3  Generational diversity
For the five generations working at Schneider, the aim is to foster 
life-long career development and knowledge exchange for and 
across all generations to boost learning and innovation. Schneider 
is committed to creating new opportunities for the next generation 
(through, among other things, apprenticeships, internships, as 
well as its annual global student contest, Schneider Go Green in 
the City) and to harnessing the power of all generations, through 
tailored career development opportunities offered for each career 
stage (career week, coaching, development plans, reverse 
mentoring, etc.). For more information, see 2.5.3 Talent attraction 
and development, page 177.

Generation breakdown

7%

10%

47%

36%

  Gen Y (Millennials)
  Gen X
  Baby Boomers 
  Gen Z 

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.5.2.4.4  Accessibility and inclusion for  
People with disabilities 
Schneider Electric is strongly committed to the inclusion of  
people with disabilities. In January 2021, Schneider Electric joined 
the International Labour Organization (ILO) Global Business and 
Disability Network and signed their charter, committing to promote 
and include people with disabilities throughout their operations 
worldwide.

In October 2021, in line with its commitment to digital accessibility, 
the Company debuted a new, more accessible version of its 
official website. In December 2021, in honor of the International 
Day of People with Disabilities, Schneider Electric organized a 
week-long global awareness campaign on the topic of disability 
and accessibility, educating employees about the diversity of 
disabilities and the actions allies can take to build an inclusive 
environment for all. 

At Schneider Electric France, overall, employees with disabilities 
account for 5.25% of the direct workforce (as of end of 2020). 
Schneider Electric France worked closely with a diverse panel 
of partnerships to develop the employment of disabled people, 
internally and externally, including targeted schools or universities 
in order to develop the visibility of professional opportunities to 
young talents with disabilities. In 2021, the Company remained 
committed to the recruitment of people with disabilities, with the 
addition of 24 new apprentices and 11 new permanent workers. 
Schneider Electric France keeps a strong focus on raising 
awareness of invisible disabilities including cognitive disabilities 
and chronic diseases. The awareness campaign includes 
webinars, educational materials as well as specific web series.

A new Agreement on People with Disabilities has been signed 
with unions in December, giving means and objectives for 3 years 
focused on more recruitments (100 in 3 years), more accessibility 
(physical and digital) and more collaborative actions to allow 
employees facing health issues to work. 

To facilitate better communication in the context of the pandemic,  
all employees with hearing disabilities as well as their co-workers are 
still fitted with “inclusive masks” that allow visibility of the lower face. 

2.5.2.4.5  LGBT+ inclusion
In March 2018, Schneider Electric committed to the United Nations 
Free and Equal Standards of Conduct for Business on Tackling 
Discrimination against Lesbian, Gay, Bi, Trans and Intersex People, 
standing up for equal rights and fair treatment for LGBT+ people 
everywhere.

By adopting these standards, the Group pledges to respect and 
stand up for the human rights of LGBT+ workers, customers, and 
members of the public; to support our LGBT+ employees and to 
prevent discrimination, including workplace discrimination,  
against LGBT+ people. 

In June 2019, during Pride Month, the Company announced the 
launch of its global LGBT+ Employee Resource Network (ERN): 
Schneider LGBT+ and Allies. The Group is open to all – LGBT+ 
people and allies alike – with an interest to further inclusion in the 
workplace. In October 2020, in addition to its (virtual) celebration 
of Pride Month, Schneider Electric held its first global LGBT+ 
Awareness Month. Each week, video testimonials, podcasts, and 
educational materials were provided to all employees interested in 
learning and hearing from their LGBT+ colleagues. In June 2021, 
the Company celebrated Pride Month globally, with a campaign 
that focused on the concept of intersectionality.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

173

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.5  Great People making Schneider Electric a great company

In addition to signing the United Nations Free and Equal Standards, 
across the globe, Schneider Electric has also made public 
statements of support to advance LGBT+ inclusion: Schneider 
Brazil, Chile, Argentina, Colombia, and France have all signed 
LGBT+ equality charters. 

In the United States, since 2019, Schneider Electric USA proudly 
demonstrates allyship to the LGBT+ workforce by participating 
in the Human Rights Campaign’s Corporate Equality Index for 
LGBT+-inclusive workplace policies and practices. In 2022, 
Schneider Electric USA scored 90/100 on the Corporate Equality 
Index, the nation’s foremost benchmarking survey and report 
measuring corporate policies and practices related to LGBT+ 
workplace equality. Schneider Electric USA offers benefits to 
support LGBT+ community members including fertility and infertility 
care, adoption, surrogacy, gender reassignment surgeries, paid 
primary and secondary parental leave, and mental health support 
through free counseling sessions, online resources, digital therapy, 
coaching and more. All LGBT+ community members and allies are 
encouraged to present their authentic selves.

2.5.2.5  An equitable, inclusive,  
and caring environment

2.5.2.5.1  Being fair and equitable
Schneider Electric wants its talent processes to be fair and 
equitable. Talent decisions are based on skills, values, 
performance, and potential. The Company counts on each leader 
to be fair and equitable when making a hiring or promotion decision 
to help advance its overall goal to create a skilled and diverse 
workforce for the future. The Company has built in reminders to 
check hidden bias and mitigate them through inclusive tips into 
its major human resource programs, including performance and 
salary review processes.

Fair and equitable pay is a core component of the Group’s 
compensation philosophy, in line with the principle of equal pay for 
equal work. Since 2015, the Company has adopted a Global Pay 
Equity Framework – a global methodology to identify gender pay 
gaps within comparable groups of employees and lead a country-
driven approach to address gaps with appropriate corrective 
actions. With the help of this Framework, Schneider Electric has 
committed to reaching <1% pay gap for both females and males 
by 2025. As of end 2021, the pay gap was -1.61% for females and 
1.11% for males, on track with target. 

  To learn more, please see page 182. (cid:496)

2.5.2.5.2  Managing our unique lives and work
New Ways of Working 
Schneider Electric wants all employees to be able to manage their 
unique lives and work in the way that works best for them and has 
implemented several policies to this end.

In October 2020, Schneider Electric’s Global Flexibility@Work 
Policy was refreshed, making it a global standard to work from 
home (WFH) two days a week for all eligible employees, and one 
day for employees working in distribution centers and plants, 
starting in 2021(1). The new global standard came in response to 
feedback in the Company’s 2020 global employee survey in which 
a large proportion of employees stated that they preferred a hybrid 
work model (mix of WFH and “work from office”). Additionally, the 
policy addresses hybrid work holistically, providing employees 
with mental health resources and training on best practices. This 
new policy reflects the broader shifts of a global, digital, and ever-
changing environment, and contributes to a more agile, inclusive, 
empowered, and trusting Company culture. As part of this new 
Flexibility@Work Policy, countries can explore additional measures 
such as flexible working hours, flexible holidays, part-time work, 
and volunteering. Some examples of Schneider Electric countries 
raising the global standards with no fixed limit on the number of 
WFH days are Estonia, Finland, Latvia, Lithuania, Netherlands, 
Australia, New Zealand, Slovakia, Russia, Germany, the United 
Kingdom, and the United States, operating with a fully flexible, 
output driven philosophy.

At the end of 2021, 99% of the countries have implemented  
the new Flexibility@Work policy covering 88% of Schneider 
Electric’s workforce.

In addition to its Flexibility@Work Policy, Schneider Electric’s 
Global Family Leave Policy supports all employees globally with 
personal time at critical life stages and empowers them to manage 
their unique life and work so that they can be at their best. While 
the Group’s countries have flexibility to define eligibility and policy 
details per statutory/market requirements, the policy sets global 
minimum standards for paid parental leave (primary parent –  
12 weeks, secondary parent – 2 weeks), care leave (for sick/elderly 
relatives – 1 week); and bereavement leave (1 week). In 2020, 
the Group expanded its care leave from one to two weeks for our 
employees to care for their dependents diagnosed with COVID-19. 

  For more information on our Global Family Leave policy, see page 184 

“Global benefit standards”. (cid:496)

Lastly, Schneider Electric has also implemented global benefits 
standards for all its employees. Schneider Electric regularly  
reviews compliance with its global benefit policies and principles  
to ensure that its inclusive global benefit standards are delivered 
for everyone, everywhere. These standards cover healthcare, 
family leave, and life cover. 

  To learn more on this, please refer to page 184. (cid:496)

2.5.2.5.3  Promoting well-being and mental health
Well-being in our DNA 
Well-being has been a strategic priority since 2015. Schneider 
Electric’s well-being ambition is to create an environment where 
employees are empowered to manage their unique life and work  
by making the most of their energy. 

(1)  Eligibility is based on employee’s role and requirements for on-site work and is determined by country/territory with additional input from managers. Some essential 
roles, e.g., Plant & Distribution Center blue-collar workers, Field services engineers due to role specifications are excluded from this 2-day work-from-home policy. 
Recognizing that many critical roles need to be on site, this policy was adjusted to 1 day for the eligible Plant & Distribution Center specific roles.

174

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.

The holistic view of well-being (physical, mental, emotional, and 
social) and the joint effort between the Company, leaders, and 
employees, are key for the success of the program. The current 
strategy tackles three areas of impact:

First, the Company provides all employees with a playbook 
supported by a series of trainings in several languages to equip 
employees and managers with knowledge of how to deal with 
Mental Health challenges.

•  Overall Well-Being
•  Mental Health
•  New Ways of Working 

The deepening and acceleration of these key avenues is 
supporting the hardwire recovery and care into organizational 
structure – for sustained high performance. 2021 has shown 
how the expertise in well-being, gained in the past six years, 
has evolved and translated into an increase of internal demand 
for consulting to leaders’ teams to sustain and boost their 
performance.

Awareness and training are essentials for this transformation.  
Back in 2020, Schneider Electric achieved its goal to reach 90%  
of employees having access to a comprehensive well-being at 
work program (including access to medical coverage and  
well-being training). 

Employees have access to training in different topics such as  
new and smarter ways of working, the upside of stress, how to work 
in a hybrid world, mindfulness at work, energizing our people to 
perform, spotting the signs of mental health challenges, and using 
strengths to prevent burnout. 

Holistic Approach – 4 Dimensions

Physical
Physical well-being is what 
we do with and to our bodies: 
sleep, fitness, nutrition, regular 
rest and renewal. 

Emotional
Emotional well-being is about 
cultivating and generating 
positive emotions: optimistic, 
engaged, happy, joyful, 
confident, enthusiastic, 
present, peaceful, relaxed, 
comfortable, serene.

Mental
Mental well-being is the ability 
to manage and train your mind: 
relax your mind, concentrate 
and focus, observe your mind, 
thoughts, beliefs, perceptions. 

Social
Social well-being comes from 
connecting and supporting 
others, finding meaning in what 
you do, serving something 
larger than yourself, and living 
in alignment with your values.

Approach: Training and researched practical applications  
based on Emotional Intelligence, Positive Psychology, 
Neuroscience and Mindfulness

Mental health in the workplace
According to the World Economic Forum, the cost of mental health 
is projected to rise up to 230% by 2030. Beyond the economic 
aspect, it is imperative for corporations to tackle the mental health 
topics, even more so after the effects the pandemic. 

Since 2019, mental health is part of the global well-being agenda of 
Schneider Electric, raising awareness within the organization about 
its importance and aligning with the World health Organization’s 
definition and World Mental Health Day. 

In addition, for the third year, a global mental health campaign  
was organized during the month of October using the tagline 
“Mental Health Matters”:

• 

Internally, more than 10,000 employees worldwide participated 
in different activities and trainings to learn more about how to 
take care of their mental health and boost their resilience.
•  Externally, testimonies about personal practices from the 

Chairman & CEO, executive team, and Senior Vice-Presidents 
on social media using the hashtag #MentalHealthMatters 
reached over 300,000 people.
In addition, over the year, specific sessions have been held on 
“Spot the signs of Mental Health Challenges” for HR and Health 
& Safety people as the key support functions for this topic.

• 

Mindfulness practice is an important aspect of the mental health 
initiative. A global mindfulness team comprised of volunteers 
across the organization drives various events, globally and 
locally, to support employees. In 2021, during the October mental 
health campaign, 18 global Mindfulness practice sessions were 
organized, in English, Spanish, French, and Italian, and four 
regional sessions for South Eastern Europe and Central &  
South America. 

In 2022 the learning and awareness ambition will continue through 
a mandatory training for all employees “We All have Mental Health”, 
which consists in understanding what mental health means, 
learning to recognize the signs of mental health challenges,  
and how to act upon these signs. 

2.5.2.5.4  Building a culture of inclusion and 
respect
In 2018, with the launch of its Global Anti-Harassment Policy, 
the Group formalized its zero-tolerance stance on harassment. 
The policy explicitly prohibits any kind of harassment (sexual 
or non-sexual) in the workplace, and states that “no Schneider 
Electric employee shall be subjected to harassment, victimization 
or retaliation based on - including but not limited to - race, sex, 
national origin, religion, political opinion, age, medical status, 
disability, gender, marital status, pregnancy, sexual orientation or 
gender identity”. The policy sets clear and consistent expectations 
of workplace conduct, outlines the roles and responsibilities of 
employees, managers, and witnesses in creating a workplace 
free of harassment, and highlights the different reporting channels 
available to all to report incidents, while maintaining confidentiality 
and protection against retaliation. Lastly, the policy lays out the 
type of corrective or disciplinary actions that can be taken in  
case of discriminatory behavior or harassment, or failure to report 
such incidents.

  To learn more on the different reporting channels employees can use  
to report incidents, see section 2.3. “Ethics and Compliance” page 95. (cid:496)

In alignment with its Trust Charter, and Global Anti-Harassment 
Policy, Schneider Electric has developed a comprehensive 
education approach to build inclusive teams and leaders at every 
level. The Company’s goal to foster an environment where people 
feel a sense of inclusion, belonging, and psychological safety, 
begins with educating all employees:

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

175

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.5 Great People making Schneider Electric a great company

• First, the Company educates employees on hidden biases and 
how to overcome them. Through an e-workout on “Overcoming 
Hidden bias”, participants learn to understand what hidden 
bias means, explore clear steps to keep their decision-making 
objective, and learn how to proactively call out bias when they 
see it in others.

• In addition, Schneider Electric has also committed to the United 

Nations Women’s Empowerment Principles (WEPs) and in 
2019, became the first multinational company to achieve 100% 
commitment to the WEPs across its global leadership team. 
All new country leaders now make this commitment as part 
of their onboarding process.

• Since 2021, all employees are also required to take a mandatory 

• In 2021, the Company officially joined the World Economic 

e-learning on “Building a Culture of Respect” (30 minutes). 
Through this training, participants explore the importance of 
building a culture of respect, learn to recognize the different 
forms of harassment, and understand the actions they need 
to take (as employees and managers) when witnessing such 
conduct. At the end of 2021, 98% of employees had completed 
this training.

• Lastly, Schneider Electric frequently reminds employees of our 
diversity, equity, and inclusion values through specific nudges 
(articles, videos, white papers, etc.). These nudges build on 
the content of the aforementioned e-learnings and provide 
employees with practical tips and real-world examples to help 
them build inclusion.

2.5.2.5.5 Impacting society and advocating for 
diversity, equity, and inclusion 
Schneider Electric is committed to driving change within its broader 
ecosystem and society at large, through advocacy and role-
modelling. The Company works closely with its strategic partners 
and suppliers and invests in local actions through the Schneider 
Electric Foundation, with the goal of addressing systemic inequities 
and becoming a leader in corporate citizenship. Schneider Electric 
USA has committed to diversifying its supply chain through its 
Supplier Diversity program (see section “2.2.11.4.7 US diversity 
program with suppliers” page 123).

Schneider Electric is also very open in its journey to progress 
diversity, equity, and inclusion within the Company and beyond and 
shares its progress both internally and externally. 

Internally, this includes raising awareness by familiarizing 
employees with the Company’s data, commitments, and various 
partnerships and initiatives. In 2021, employees celebrated 
International Women’s Day, Pride Month, International Men’s Day, 
and Global Mental Health Day, and led awareness campaigns for 
LGBT+ inclusion and accessibility for people with disabilities. 

Schneider Electric is also engaged in various partnership to be an 
agent of change within the private sector and beyond:

• In May 2021, Schneider Electric renewed its long-standing 
partnership with United Nations Women through the newly 
launched Generation Equality Forum (GEF). The GEF is a global 
multi-stakeholder initiative that brings together representatives 
from the private sector, Member States, United Nations 
Entities, and civil societies, including youth organizations and 
networks, to accelerate progress for gender equality around 
the world. As part of the GEF “Economic Justice and Rights” 
Coalition, the Company has committed, through the Schneider 
Electric Foundation, to support the training of 5,000 women 
in the energy trades and their self-employment or access to 
jobs, through specialized partnerships, and to launch two new 
international initiatives to train and empower women in the 
energy field by end 2022. As part of the “Feminist Movements 
and Leadership” Coalition, and in alignment with its SSI 
50/40/30 target, Schneider has committed to reach 45/29/26; 
that is, women representing 45% of its new hires, 29% of its 
frontline managers, and 26% of its leaders by the end of 2022.

Forum’s Partnership for New Work Standards; a global, cross-
industry partnership aiming to pave the way in building a 
healthy, resilient, and equitable future of work.

• Lastly, since 2020, Schneider Electric is a member of the 

Gender and Diversity KPI Alliance (GDKA), a group of DEI 
advocates, corporations, academics, and trade organizations 
that support the adoption and use of a set of KPIs to measure 
gender and other types of diversity in their organizations.

2.5.2.6 Recognitions and awards

Schneider Electric has been included in the 2021 and 2022 
Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index (GEI) for the fourth and fifth year 
in a row. Schneider Electric scored above the GEI average overall 
as well as in data excellence, with the highest scores in equal pay 
and gender pay parity, and inclusive culture.

The Company was recognized as part of the Financial Times Diversity 
Leaders 2021 and 2022. The company ranked 66th overall and 5th
in its industry category, out of 850 European companies included 
in the annual ranking. This Financial Times ranking aims to assess 
companies’ success in promoting all types of diversity, including 
gender balance, disabilities, openness to all forms of sexual 
orientation, and an ethnic and social mix that reflects wider society.

Schneider Electric was named one of Fortune’s 2021 and 2022 
World’s Most Admired Companies for the fourth and fifth year 
in a row. This year, the Company ranked #3 in the electronics 
industry sector.

Schneider Electric ranked No. 48 on the Forbes America’s Best 
Employers in Diversity 2021 list and the best in our industry. 
The award recognizes the Company’s commitment to building 
a diverse and inclusive culture.

Schneider Electric’s Gulf well-being program won two awards in 
2021: Best workplace wellness program and happiest workplace 
– private sector; based on the well-being, diversity, equity, and 
inclusion, and sustainability team initiatives. This brings Schneider 
Middle East to a total of seven awards in the well-being sector since 
2017.

Schneider Electric Mexico has won, for the tenth time in a row, 
the national ERS (Socially Responsible Company) award, which 
includes the evaluation of well-being within the organization. On top 
of that, Schneider Electric Mexico has ranked among the Top 10 
Best Employers for Young Professionals. Finally, it has obtained the 
certification for TOP Employers 2022.

Schneider Electric South Eastern Europe (SEE) was recognized 
as “HR initiative of the Year”, granted by the Bucharest Arena 
Magazine for implementing an Employee Assistance Program 
(EAP) across SEE.

Schneider Electric Poland was elected as Firma Dobrze Widziana 
(a Company that is well seen) by the Business Center Club in 2021.

Awards

176

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

•  For specific groups of talent, there is a strong focus on high 
potentials, early career talent, and a new pilot program for 
talent who are in a later stage in their professional career. An 
annual talent review process operates across the Company 
to help ensure high potential talent, including technical and 
digital talent, is identified, recognized, and supported with 
an accelerated development path. There are also targeted 
programs for specific skills to support our commercial, digital, 
and leadership transformations and equip our blue-collar 
workers for the supply chain of the future. 

In the next normal, the role of leaders to transform culture, build 
great teams, and deliver impact is more critical than ever. The 
2021 Culture & Leadership survey of around 2,000 Schneider 
leaders validated steady progress on the overall Group leadership 
and culture transformation started in 2017. Key strengths include 
strong ethics and integrity, sense of purpose, and customer focus, 
as well as positive spirit and willingness to go above and beyond. 
Moving forward, the Group has identified four resets for leaders 
that require a renewed focus for the next normal. In this context, the 
Leadership Expectations were refreshed in Q4 2021 to emphasize 
the collective focus for leaders to disrupt, accelerate, coach, and 
collaborate.

2.5.3.3  Governance

The Executive Committee discusses the overall health of the 
leadership pipeline and succession strength for top positions on an 
annual basis. In addition, the Executive Committee meets regularly 
to make critical selection and succession decisions and review 
specific talent attraction and development strategies, for example 
digital talent and global top potential talent. This is supported by 
integrated HR information systems and analytics platforms which 
provide data and analysis in the areas of workforce planning and 
talent management. In addition, Regional, Business, and Function 
People Committees also meet regularly to review talent in their 
perimeter.

2.5.3.4  Attracting talent to shape the 
workforce of the future

In the next normal, attracting talent at all levels is more critical 
than ever to enable delivery of the Group strategy and continually 
innovate for our customers. To support the increased focus on 
talent acquisition, the Group invested in a new talent acquisition 
tool in 2021 which is enabling digital and borderless pipelines 
of talent and powering a seamless digital experience to help us 
compete in the market for top talent. So far, this has resulted in a 
1,000% increase in talent joining our talent network, and a 95% 
reduction in time to apply. Deployment will continue into 2022.

2.5.3  Talent attraction and 
development

2.5.3.1  Risks and opportunities

Attracting and developing talent is crucial to the ongoing success 
of Schneider Electric. The growth of the Group’s businesses in 
markets around the world, in conjunction with the rapidly evolving 
“next normal”, requires an acceleration of skill development 
to prepare for greater organizational agility, develop leaders 
who build human connections in a digital world, and shape the 
workforce of the future.

The Group strives to be recognized as an employer of choice 
to attract the best talent and to be a market leader for talent 
development for people of all walks of life, ages, and cultures. Key 
programs are in place to invest in the attraction and development 
of people, creating opportunities and the environment for 
people to learn and grow, while enabling employees to own their 
development, taking responsibility to build critical skills to keep up 
with the changing world, supported by their manager and enabled 
by digital tools. This mitigates the risk of skill gaps and supports 
overall retention of employees. Focusing on critical skills to drive 
results and innovation for customers helps keep the businesses 
ahead of the competition. The opportunity for Schneider Electric 
to have a balanced multi-hub footprint will be a key differentiator 
for talent attraction and retention, especially with regards to career 
development and opportunities for our local and regional talents.

2.5.3.2  Group policy 

Schneider Electric believes that all employees are talent and 
empowers people to grow to their fullest potential, developing new 
skills and building careers for today and tomorrow, enabled by our 
multi-hub organization. Establishing a strong brand as an employer 
is communicated in the EVP (Meaningful, Inclusive, Empowered); 
the promise to current and future employees, driven and anchored 
by a meaningful purpose. In addition, the Group invests in learning 
and development for the wider ecosystem, including universities 
and schools, partners, customers, and the wider community.

The Group has a two-pronged approach to talent development,  
in order to prepare the workforce of the future – for all employees 
and for specific target groups.

•  For all employees, the Group ensures there are tools 

and processes in place to set individual performance and 
development goals, access learning and development 
opportunities for their current role as well as future roles and 
explore diverse career paths around the world. #LearnEveryDay 
as one of the Core Values sets the tone for employees to be 
open to new challenges and continue to upskill for themselves, 
their teams, and their communities. In the OneVoice employee 
survey, 75% of employees were favorable to being able to renew 
their skills through learning and development opportunities  
at Schneider. 

Our Leadership Expectations 2.0

SHAPE OUR 
FUTURE

Disrupt ahead  
of the curve

FREE UP 
ENERGY

Accelerate  
and Simplify

BUILD THE 
BEST TEAM

ACHIEVE 
TOGETHER

USE YOUR 
JUDGEMENT

Coach and Care

Collaborate to Win

Empower and Trust

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

177

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.5  Great People making Schneider Electric a great company

Providing opportunities for the next generation is a key part of the 
strategy to harness the power of a multi-generational workforce, 
having five generations working side by side. As part of SSI #10, 
our five-year ambition is to grow the early-career pipeline by 
two times. This involves leveraging traditional approaches today 
but migrating to more digital, borderless, and self-paced offers, 
ensuring the Company can de-bias practices and create a 
more equal playing field for those interested in Schneider and 
sustainability. This will be achieved through flagship global 
programs and partnerships, supplemented by country-specific 
initiatives:

•  Schneider Global Virtual Student Experience: A completely 
digital experience designed to provide students with a way  
to engage with Schneider Electric through e-learning modules 
and on project simulations that mirror the skills and qualities that 
are important to our mission and when serving customers.
•  Schneider Go Green: an annual global competition for business 
and Science Technology Engineering Mathematics (STEM) 
students around the world to find innovative solutions for energy 
management and automation. Over the past ten years, Schneider 
Go Green has had over 117,400 registrants and more than 21,700 
students have submitted ideas from 172 countries. In 2021 
alone, more than 25,400 students registered with close to 2,800 
students submitted their ideas, proving that Go Green continues 
to be consistent in developing strong and increasing interest from 
students for this contest, especially from emerging economies.
•  Development programs around the world that are structured 
to help support the acceleration of early career talent through 
a robust training and development path including graduate 
programs, internships, apprenticeships, and co-ops.

•  Sponsorship initiatives, virtual Careers Fairs, office/site tours, 
Innovation Summit tours, digital and face-to-face speaking 
engagements and networking opportunities, mentoring 
relationships.

Generations

SSI #10

2x number of opportunities for 
interns, apprentices, and fresh 
graduate hires

Schneider Global Virtual Student Experience
In 2021, the Company ran a digital and borderless learning 
experience, providing opportunities to the next generation 
of talent broken into three phases: skills building through 
professional e-learning courses, project simulation using 
genuine business problems, and feedback and coaching 
from Schneider Electric employees. This resulted in 1.6 
million impressions and 5k+ registrations, growing the 
next generation pipeline of talent in key skill areas: digital, 
sustainability, services, supply chain, and electronics/R&D.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

4,939

x1.25

x2.00

2.5.3.5  Driving high performance 

Schneider Electric’s approach to performance and development 
is anchored by the Group’s Core Values, and for leaders, by the 
Leadership Expectations. The approach encourages learning and 
growth, enabling employees to reach their full potential individually, 
as teams, and as a Company. The Group’s robust process of 
setting individual performance and development goals annually 
with regular reviews during the year provides everyone with a 
clear roadmap to deliver with impact based on the “what” and the 
“how” to ultimately achieve collective success. Schneider Electric 
employees are encouraged to seek, give, and receive feedback, 
empowering them to take ownership for driving their individual 
performance, and managers are encouraged to support them with 
coaching and frequent conversations, driving the business forward. 
In 2021, 98% of eligible employees completed a performance and 
development review.

E m b r a ce Different

GOALS
Set clear 
expectations 
to drive high 
performance

D

a

r

e

t

o

D

i

s

r

u
p
t

Performance 
and 
Development

CHECK-IN
Regular review 
of progress 
and feedback

e r y D ay

v

n   E

r

L e a

er First

m
o
t
s
u
C

REVIEW
Summarize 
achievements 
and learnings

A

c

t

L

i
k

e

O

w

n

ers

2.5.3.6  Enabling sustainable careers

Developing employees in their current role and for future roles  
is critical to enable growth of the Group’s businesses. In line with 
the belief that all employees are talent, Schneider Electric believes 
that all employees should take ownership of their own unique 
career development, whatever the stage of their career, supported 
by their managers and enabled by digital tools. To empower and 
engage employees with this approach, Schneider Electric held 
its first Career Week for all employees in 2021. Over 250 events 
took place with employees participating from over 90 countries, 
sharing career stories, having career check-in conversations with 
their manager, learning about different roles and skills, and being 
equipped with tools and resources to develop, grow, and shape 
their future. 95% of employees surveyed were positive about the 
event, especially appreciating the time to discuss and learn about 
career development. 

178

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
 
Schneider Electric have several career development programs in 
place for groups of talent, supporting employees at all stages of  
their career and ensuring a strong pipeline of talent for the future.  
To harness the power of all generations, in addition to career 
programs for early talent, pilot programs for talent in the later stages 
of their professional career started in four countries in 2021. The 
intention is to support talent in the later stages of their professional 
career to have meaningful and fulfilling development and recognize 
and leverage their unique expertise and experience to boost learning 
and innovation across generations. The plan is to expand the pilot 
programs to more countries in 2022. This ambition is reflected in 
SSE #23.

Generations

SSE #23

Access to meaningful career 
development programs for >90% 
employees during later stages of  
their career

Schneider Electric want to recognize and support talent 
who are near the later stages of their professional career 
to strengthen key skills, leverage expertise and ensure 
knowledge exchange. The strategy and approach has 
been defined in 2021 and ‘personas’ based on employee 
motivations have been established. Ten entities have been 
identified to pilot the program in 2022 including France, 
Germany, Japan, Denmark, UK & Ireland, China, India  
and Australia. Programs will be anchored by a robust  
career plan and development options that may include 
flexible work, upskilling, career pivots, personal planning,  
or workplace adjustments.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

--

In progress

90%

An annual talent review process operates across the Company 
to discuss employee performance and potential, and their 
development. This process also ensures that high potential 
individuals are identified and supported with an accelerated 
development path to realize their full career potential. High potential 
individuals are identified by managers as demonstrating high 
levels of performance and career growth potential over time, 
with the ability to deliver transformational impact with others in a 
VUCA (volatile, uncertain, complex, ambiguous) world. Structured 
succession planning for leadership and critical roles helps to 
accelerate individual career development while maintaining 
continuity for the organization. In selecting and developing talent, 
an important consideration is also to foster diversity such as gender 
and nationalities (new economies as well as mature economies), 
as well as building the pipeline for leadership roles and technical 
expertise. Towards the end of the talent review process across 
the entities, there is an aggregated review with the Executive 
Committee to discuss the overall health of the leadership pipeline 
and succession strength for top positions.

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

The Group has an expert program to recognize individual 
employees who have demonstrated outstanding achievement, 
expertise, and leadership throughout the Company. Schneider 
Electric strongly believes that its position as a global technology 
and innovation company is driven by the innovative contributions  
of its creative employees. The expert program offers them a 
chance to continue to extend their contribution and increase their 
impact and exposure to the Group’s strategy. Employees in this 
program are identified as Level 1 – Expert, Level 2 – Senior Expert, 
or Level 3 – Master Expert. 

The Group actively promotes a learning and teaching culture by 
developing its internal trainer capability. There has been a strong 
focus on equipping internal trainers to develop and facilitate virtual 
classroom training, including using tools such as Klaxoon and 
BlendedX for additional interaction and engagement. A Global 
Virtual Internal Trainer Conference was organized in September with 
the purpose to recognize, develop, and connect internal trainers. It 
was a day-long conference providing sessions on facilitation skills, 
creating impactful presentations, and how to create impact virtually, 
with a Keynote speaker from MIT-Sloan. There are currently over 
5,500 identified internal trainers who collectively delivered over 
20,000 sessions in 2021, accounting for 71% of formal training. 
Additionally, the Company currently has over 250 communities 
of practice as part of the Communities@Work program. These 
communities promote a new way of working, with employees  
coming together to share activities on a specific professional topic, 
solving problems, innovating, and learning together.

2.5.3.7  Upskilling for today and tomorrow

The Group recognizes skills are rapidly becoming outdated, 
especially vital technical and digital skills required to accelerate 
our business growth. Roles requiring digital and human skills 
are growing due to the rise of AI, automation, and digitization. 
Purposeful renewal of skills is necessary to ensure sustainable 
careers and a resilient, future-ready business. To support this 
ambition, business, and function academies are in place to partner 
with the business in identifying learning needs and spotting gaps 
in core and future skills for relevant employee populations. They 
develop and promote learning and development opportunities 
based on the 3E model (education, exposure, and experience).  
Key programs include:

Consultative Selling:
The Commercial Excellence Academy has created a blended 
and fully digital learning curriculum to enable sales teams to build 
trusted advisor relationships with business decision makers. This 
consistent, repeatable & consultative approach drives sustainable 
& profitable growth, champions digitization and enables customer 
success. As such, this program is a key pillar in the overall 
customer-centric commercial transformation at Schneider Electric. 
At the heart of the Consultative Selling approach is understanding 
customers’ undiscovered pain points by conducting strategic 
sales dialogues through effective questioning strategy and then 
articulating outcome-based results and benefits to those customer 
challenges. This sales culture transformation is a paradigm shift 
in the way sales teams engage with customers and requires a 
robust learning intervention on skillset, toolset, and mindset, all of 
which are stitched together in the learning journey. Additionally, 
the program is complemented by a robust module for sales 
managers, named Coaching for Consultative Selling Approach, 
which ensures that the managers are able to coach and develop 
the team members constantly as they navigate this transformation, 
developing best-in class consultative mindset.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

179

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.5  Great People making Schneider Electric a great company

20,100+ employees completed the Boost Your Digital Knowledge 
assessment. Specifically for Global Supply Chain, a Digital 
Acumen Quiz has been designed according to the digital citizen 
competency requirement. This quiz recommends related e-learning 
if results are below a certain threshold. This quiz also helps to 
objectively measures an employee’s digital citizenship level 
within the function. For workers, the SSE #22 goal is to achieve 
>90% completion of two hours of training per year on digital 
transformation. 

Supporting these programs and available any time, the Digital 
Citizenship Learning Corner empowers employees to own their 
development as digital citizens by exploring and completing 
courses as needed by topic, persona, and/or function. In total, the 
Group had 171,800+ completions by over 29,700 employees on 
digital foundational knowledge. A special attention is given to the 
blue collars in the plants and distribution centers by implementing 
physical learning corners in each site with individual access to the 
learning platform with dedicated, multi-language content.

Generations

SSE #22

>90% of employees undergo digital 
upskilling through the Digital 
Citizenship program

In Europe Operations, a data science upskilling program 
was piloted in 2021. Data science skills are critical to the 
digital transformation. In 2021, 60 employees from across 
different functions, including marketing, sales, and IT, were 
identified for the eight-month program. They were provided 
with specialized learning experiences to accelerate their 
development including functional skills and technical skills 
provided on the Pluralsight platform. Participants also 
had the opportunity to practice their skills during a mini-
hackathon. The program will result in employees being 
skilled to take a Data Analyst or Data Engineer role in future. 

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

41%

74%

90%

By the end of 2021, 3,700 sales employees have been certified in 
Consultative Selling, almost 40% of the target population. 2022 will 
see continued strong deployment. As a result of the program, 93% 
of managers say they have observed the participants using the 
consultative approach consistently while engaging with customers. 
Given the success and impact of the program in 2021, the 
program has been adapted and extended to other teams including 
tendering, customer care and customer facing roles in Global 
Supply Chain to ensure adoption end to end of a more consultative 
approach to engage and interact with customers.

Leadership for Profitable Growth:
With a fast-changing, rapidly digitizing industry and customer 
base, Schneider Electric faces a challenge of transformation and 
performance. The Executive Committee committed to the market 
to significantly increase both top and bottom line and set a goal to 
rapidly align, educate, and mobilize the top 1,000 leaders across 
the company to drive for this outcome. As the COVID-19 pandemic 
hit the world, severely disrupting supply chains, customer 
engagements, business continuity and sales, through the design 
and rapid deployment of the “Leadership for Profitable Growth” 
program, Schneider was able to both continue to drive its business 
profitably in extraordinary circumstances, whilst delivering critical 
business, strategic, and financial acumen learning to its executive 
leadership in a 100% digital solution.

The Leadership for Profitable Growth executive masterclass 
combines:

•  Markets & Financial theory with a finance professor
•  Schneider applications in the context of the company’s three 

core business models 

•  A business game simulation designed to engage leaders in 
competitive learning for optimizing share price performance

The result has been above competitor performance, a substantial 
increase in business literacy, and a more commercially capable 
executive leadership population prepared to deliver in the most 
challenging market circumstances. The program has also been 
recognized by the industry at the 2021 Brandon Hall Group HCM 
Excellence Awards with the Leadership for Profitable Growth 
masterclass winning Gold in the ‘Best Unique or Innovative Learning 
and Development Program’ category and two Silver awards. 

Building on the 83% Learner Promoter Score, in 2021, the program 
has been progressively cascaded to other leadership levels in 
the Group. Almost 1,500 leaders in total have now completed the 
program. 

Foundational digital skills for all employees: 
Digital is a must to succeed in this VUCA (volatile, uncertain, 
complex, ambiguous) world and our employees are key to support 
the business transformation. The Group has set the goal to achieve 
>90% employees undergo digital upskilling through the Digital 
Citizenship program and digital transformation training by 2025 
(SSE #22). This commitment to growing the digital mindset and 
digital skills of all employees, enabling them to become “digital 
citizens” was introduced in the Digital Citizenship framework 
in 2018. This provided an understanding of the digital baseline 
of all employees. A smart learning solution “Boost Your Digital 
Knowledge” was launched in 2020, by the Digital Academy, 
designed for employees to self-assess and evaluate strength 
and development areas, followed by learning suggestions to 
upskill in key digital areas based on individual results. In 2021, 

180

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.5.3.8  Digitizing access to learning and 
development

•  More than 147,000 employees with access to the system;
•  More than 74,000 employees visiting MLL every month;
•  More than 24,000 modules of learning content available in more 

Schneider Electric launched a global career development platform, 
Open Talent Market (OTM), in 2020, available to all white collar 
employees globally. The tool leverages AI (Artificial Intelligence) to 
match the supply and demand of internal talent with a transparent, 
digital, and borderless approach, empowering employees to drive 
their own careers by discovering opportunities for mentoring, 
new positions, and part-time projects, as well as potential career 
paths. The ambition for usage is to increase 3x the number of 
employee-driven development interactions in the OTM by 2025 
(SSE #21). At the end of 2021, 71% of eligible employees are 
registered on the platform and 25% of those have engaged in some 
type of opportunity since registration. Through OTM in 2021, 553 
employees have been given visibility to over 1,100 open positions, 
3,229 mentoring relationships were formed and 3,248 part-time 
project roles were assigned. OTM’s Career Planning functionality 
was launched in June 2021 and almost 20,000 employees visited 
the feature before the end of the year.

Equal

SSE #21

4x the number of employee-driven 
development interactions on the 
Open Talent Market 

Testimonial from Randy Kesel, Customer Project Specialist, 
North America Operations.

‘Since OTM opened a couple of years ago, it has steadily 
grown as a user-friendly tool to help Schneider employees 
realize their potential. There are abundant opportunities 
for anyone that wants to take their career to the next level, 
whether that is participating in a project, finding a new 
position, or taking on a mentoring role. I really think the new 
Career Planning feature will be a game changer for anyone 
that wants to map out future role suggestions and how to 
get there. I’ve frequently used OTM to find new projects, 
such as the NAM OTM Champions Community, and to stay 
informed of open positions within the company.’ 

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

5,019

x2.1

x4

Schneider Electric also has an open learning ecosystem 
comprised of interconnected platforms at the center of which 
is My LearningLink (MLL). This platform integrates e-learning, 
webinars, social learning, classroom learning, assessments, and 
full certification paths. The Group continues to see an increase in 
usage and an increase in digital learning. In 2021 there were:

than one language;

•  Digital learning consumption at 73% for all employees and 79% 
for connected employees, stable compared to 2020 and an 
increase of 45% on 2019.

My LearningLink was made available to all employees on mobile 
in 2021 (as well as on desktop) and is also now integrated with 
MS Teams to enable learning in the flow of work. Schneider 
also continues the program to connect shop floor workers to 
the Schneider Electric network, either from a computer or kiosk 
installed in our facilities called “Digital Learning Corner” or from 
their mobile phone. 

2.

Online training content to Schneider Electric’s partners is also 
delivered via My LearningLink. The mySchneider Partner Portal 
is deployed in 140 countries and provides a customized learning 
experience with targeted training content that is most relevant to 
the different personas in partners’ businesses. The training portal 
is accessible to over one million Schneider Electric partners, 
distributors, resellers, and customers who have completed close to 
1.4 million courses since its inception in 2015.

2.5.3.9  Recognitions and awards

Schneider Electric achievements include:

•  Brandon Hall Excellence Awards in Learning Gold and Silver for 
the “Leadership for Profitable Growth” program dedicated to our 
top leaders.

•  Fortune recognized Schneider as one of the “World’s Most 

Admired Companies”, ranking #3 within the Electronics Industry 
in 2021.

•  Universum, university student specialized ranking, recognized 
Schneider as #24 in their “World’s Most Attractive Employers 
2021” ranking amongst engineering students.

•  Fortune ranked Schneider #40 on their “Change the World” list 

in 2021.

•  Great Place to Work certified Schneider Electric in the 

US, Colombia, Singapore, Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand, 
Philippines, and Vietnam.

•  Schneider Electric Chairman & CEO, Jean-Pascal Tricoire, was 

named as “Glassdoor Top CEOs 2021” ranking #2 in France and 
#8 in Canada. 

•  Schneider’s Glassdoor rating is on a steady growth, up to 4.2 at 
the end of 2021, recognizing Schneider Electric France as one 
of the Best Place to Work for 2021:
 − In 2016, Schneider’s rating was at 3.5 and increased to 3.7 

and 4.0 in subsequent years, leading to 4.2 at the end of 2021, 
out of a 5 points scale. The Glassdoor average is a 3.67.
 − Contributing to the overall Glassdoor rating, Schneider is 

rated as 4.3 in Culture & Values, 4 in Work/Life Balance, 3.9 
in Compensation & Benefits, and 4.4 in Diversity & Inclusion.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

181

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.5  Great People making Schneider Electric a great company

2.5.4.3.3  Equal pay for equal work
At Schneider Electric, the basic foundational principles of fairness, 
equity, ethics, and transparency are fully embedded in our 
values. Through reward policies and processes, employees are 
compensated fairly and equitably for the skill set they possess and 
value contributions as a business imperative. Over the past five 
years, proactive actions have been taken to not only close gender 
pay gaps, but to prevent new gaps from being created. 

To ensure accountability and transparency, Schneider Electric 
conducts quarterly reviews of compensation, both at country and 
global levels, leveraging analysis from HR data, which covers all 
key drivers of the employee lifecycle from hiring, performance 
assessment, and salary adjustment to career moves. Focusing on 
this Pay Equity Ecosystem allows Schneider Electric to proactively 
create offers for new hires and promotions that do not create 
pay gaps. The global pay equity framework was implemented 
in all countries by the end of 2020, covering 99.6% of Schneider 
Electric’s total workforce.

Given the progress made on pay equity and to support our 
inclusion philosophy, starting in 2021 the focus on pay equity 
has gone beyond gender. The ambition to attain and maintain a 
pay gap below 1% by 2025 for both females and males has been 
included as part of the SSE #18 for 2021 – 2025. Our baseline as 
of the end of 2020 is -1.73% and +1.00% for females and males 
respectively. As of the end of 2021, the pay gap was -1.61% for 
females and 1.11% for males, on track with target. Note that this 
measurement will differ from Country figures that may be required 
to be reported due to statutory requirements.

Equal

SSE #18

<1% pay gap for both females  
and males

A dedicated Pay Equity budget by country during 
salary review, education and training for leaders, HR 
and managers to create awareness of and eliminate 
unconscious biases, and established governance at the 
country level for HR and leaders to review progress have 
been put in place to facilitate the attainment of our ambition 
to achieve pay gaps of <1% for both females and males.

Baseline

Female

-1.73%

Male

1.00%

1.11%

2021 Progress

2025 target

-1.61%

<1%

<1%

2.5.4  Compensation and benefits

2.5.4.1  Risks and opportunities

To support Schneider Electric’s mission to create a great place  
to work and to cater for the diverse needs of its global existing  
and future workforce, the Company is committed to providing  
a competitive, inclusive compensation and benefits offering,  
which attracts, motivates, and retains talent.

2.5.4.2  Group policy

Schneider Electric takes its responsibility as a leading employer 
seriously and ensures its diverse global workforce is treated in a 
fair and ethical way. Its inclusive reward portfolio is designed to 
support employees to be at their best, and it goes beyond pay and 
benefits. It’s a meaningful mix of programs to engage employees, 
including recognition to celebrate great work, incentives to reward 
high performance, an award-winning employee share ownership 
plan, and benefits to suit employees and their dependents.

Schneider Electric ensures that all compensation and benefits 
decisions and policies are based on these above principles and 
follow local statutory and collective agreements.

Schneider Electric believes in rewarding, recognizing, and 
differentiating fairly employees who contribute to the success and 
live the values of the Company. By putting recognition at the center 
of a high-performance ambition, employees feel engaged and 
motivated to do more. Delivering high performance is rewarded 
by competitive market pay, incentive programs, employee 
shareholding, and opportunities to grow careers within  
Schneider Electric.

The Group offers a portfolio of benefits to care for employees’ 
needs at each life stage. Its diverse and multi-generational 
workforce is provided with meaningful choices covering a holistic 
range of well-being, flexibility, and financial protections to provide 
peace of mind to employees and their dependents.

2.5.4.3  Compensation

2.5.4.3.1  Our job architecture and compensation 
process
The Company has implemented a global job architecture to  
support HR processes and programs and to enable Schneider 
Electric to engage, develop, and move talents across different 
businesses and geographies. The job architecture provides 
alignment to market practice and organizational structure to  
ensure the reward package offered for a role is fair and 
competitive. This helps working towards creating greater 
transparency for career development and progression.

2.5.4.3.2  Pay competitively and pay-for-
performance
Schneider Electric employees are empowered to receive ongoing 
feedback, recognition, and coaching from their managers, and 
their individual performance is assessed in a fair manner based 
on their goals and behaviors. In line with the Group’s pay-for-
performance philosophy, the compensation structure typically 
includes fixed and variable (incentive) elements. Compensation 
programs and decisions are based on individual performance 
and behaviors, Company performance, and competitive market 
positioning.

182

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

2.5.4.3.4  Living wage
In line with its Human Rights Policy and Trust Charter, Schneider 
Electric believes earning a living wage is a basic human right and 
a key element to decent work. Schneider Electric is committed 
to paying all employees at or above the living wage to meet their 
families’ basic needs. By basic needs, the Group considers food, 
housing, sanitation, education, healthcare, plus discretionary 
income for a given local standard of living. 

In 2018, Schneider Electric started working with an independent 
advisor – Business for Social Responsibility (BSR) – to implement 
its living wage commitment as part of its fair and equitable policies. 
Schneider Electric has initiated a global process to analyze 
wage levels and employment practices against local living wage 
standards set by BSR. Moving forward into 2020, the COVID-19 
crisis highlighted even more strongly the need for a safety net 
to guarantee a minimum income level for employees. Given the 
complexity to evaluate and mitigate the macroeconomic impact of 
the crisis, the Group did not run a gap analysis that year. In 2021, 
the new gap analysis covered 63 countries (representing over 
99% of Schneider Electric footprint globally). As of December 31st, 
99.9% of in scope employees, i.e. all Schneider employees treated 
as permanent workforce, were paid at least a living wage. Where 
living wage gaps were identified, corrective actions were taken to 
ensure that all employees are paid a living wage and no new gaps 
are created. In addition to guaranteeing that all in scope employees 
are paid at least a living wage, Schneider continues to comply 
with all applicable federal, state and local regulations regarding 
minimum wage requirements.

From 2021 onwards, the Group reiterated its commitment to pay 
100% of employees at least a living wage as part of its SSE #20. 
This commitment will be audited annually with the support of an 
independent third party. Schneider Electric also continues to be 
part of leading corporate coalitions and notably became a Decent 
Work patron for the UN Global Compact. These global coalitions 
work together to implement living wage standards within their 
workforce and their entire ecosystem.

Equal

SSE #20

100% of employees paid at least  
a living wage

The UN Global Compact announced its new 2021-2023 
strategy, which aims to accelerate and scale up the global 
collective impact of business by upholding the Global 
Compact Ten Principles and the SDGs through accountable 
companies and enabling ecosystems. Given that Schneider 
Electric is a leader in providing and promoting a living 
wage, the UN Global Compact invited Schneider Electric to 
become a Patron of its Decent Work portfolio. The Group’s 
role will be key to raise the bar by advancing decent work for 
its ecosystem and other companies.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

99%

100%

100%

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.5.4.3.5  Short-term incentive
For employees, the annual short-term incentive is linked with  
the overall Company performance and individual objectives.  
It is designed to encourage and motivate employees to deliver 
on collective ambitions through accountability and collaboration, 
driving better performance collectively and individually. With a 
strong sustainability component, the annual short-term incentives 
for the Group’s executives and c. 64,000 eligible employees focus 
on what matters to Schneider Electric. Since 2011, sustainability 
performance criteria have been embedded in the incentive goals 
for Group executives. They are directly linked to the Schneider 
Sustainability Impact (SSI) targets. 

From 2019, the weight of the SSI criteria has increased from  
6% to 20% in the collective part of the annual short-term incentive 
highlighting further the importance of sustainability on Schneider 
Electric’s business agenda. In France, since 2012, the SSI has also 
been included in the profit-sharing incentive plan for the French 
entities, Schneider Electric Industries and Schneider Electric 
France. The reduction in the occupational accidents severity rate 
is also considered in the profit-sharing incentive plans of 24 other 
French entities.

To promote a superior sales culture where sales people go above 
and beyond to surprise and delight customers, Schneider Electric 
offers levels of differentiated reward for sales people to enhance 
motivation and results.

2.5.4.3.6  Long-term incentive
Schneider Electric’s long-term incentive plan offers share 
ownership opportunities to the Group’s key talents and critical 
roles to align their rewards with the interests and experience 
of Schneider Electric shareholders. Similar to the short-term 
incentive, a portion of the award under the long-term incentive 
plan is subject to the achievement of sustainability objectives. 
From 2020, the long-term sustainability performance is measured 
through the Schneider Sustainability External & Relative Index 
(SSERI), a combination of external indices which cover a range of 
environmental, social, and governance indicators wider than and 
different from the SSI criteria included in the annual incentive plan. 
See more details on SSERI in Chapter 4.2 “Compensation Report”, 
page 311. 

2.5.4.3.7  Recognition is in our DNA
Every day, Schneider Electric employees are making important 
contributions to help the organization achieve its mission and key 
business results. The global recognition portal “Step Up” gives 
employees a way to formally recognize and celebrate people who 
consistently demonstrate the Company’s Core Values and go 
above and beyond. Schneider Electric creates a culture where 
employees receive regular feedback and coaching from their 
managers and colleagues and encourages the recognition of  
small and big achievements by simply saying “thank you”.

In 2021, Schneider Electric celebrated five successful years of 
the Step Up program. Throughout the year, the recognition culture 
remained strong, with many employees continuing to utilize the 
dedicated platform to appreciate and recognize colleagues. 
In 2021, over 600,000 recognition moments were recorded, 
acknowledging Schneider Electric employees living the Core 
Values around the world.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

183

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.5  Great People making Schneider Electric a great company

2.5.4.4.2  Employee share ownership
The Worldwide Employee Share Ownership Plan (WESOP) is one 
of the Group’s recurring key annual reward programs, offering 
employees across the world an opportunity to become owners  
of the Company, at preferred conditions.

WESOP is strongly ingrained in the Group’s culture, as a cultural 
and reward differentiator with a positive impact on engagement, 
attraction and retention. Schneider Electric has strongly developed 
and reinforced its offer over the years in order to build a sustainable 
group of employee shareholders reflecting the workforce diversity, 
to create a strong feeling of belonging, and to link employees to 
the performance of the Company, acting like owners of Schneider 
Electric. In that spirit, WESOP has become part of the Group 
sustainability commitments towards its 2025 roadmap (SSE #19).

In participating countries, eligible employees have the chance to 
participate. All eligible country teams are collaborating to deploy 
WESOP and they made its success possible over the years. 

In 2021 the Group successfully reintroduced WESOP in 40 
countries for the 25th anniversary, after cancelling the plan in 2020 
due to the COVID-19 pandemic, achieving 59% subscription rate,  
a higher rate than in 2019 at 50%. 

As of December 31, 2021, the employee shareholding represented 
3.6% of Schneider Electric SE’s capital and 6.3% of the voting 
rights. 77% of the Group employee shareholders were located 
outside of France, of which 13% are in China, 15% in India, and 
10% in the US. This also includes employee shareholding resulting 
from the long-term incentives grants.

2.5.4.4  Benefits

Company provided benefits represent a considerable business 
commitment by Schneider Electric everywhere in the world. 
Schneider ensures that all employee benefits are locally and 
globally compliant, as well as market relevant. Because employee 
benefit plans vary significantly between countries due to different 
levels of social, tax, and legal regulations, Schneider Electric’s 
benefits portfolio is primarily country-driven and aims at providing 
similar benefits within a country territory.

2.5.4.4.1  Global benefit standards
Schneider Electric regularly reviews compliance with its global 
benefit policies and principles to ensure that its inclusive global 
benefit standards are delivered for everyone, everywhere. These 
standards cover healthcare, family leave, and life cover and are 
audited in the SSI.

One of Schneider Electric’s underlying benefit objectives is to 
ensure all its employees are equipped to manage their basic health 
and well-being and to provide adequate security to employees 
and their dependents. Health and well-being are embedded in 
the Schneider Electric strategic people priorities and contribute 
to its sustainability mission. The Group is committed to provide its 
employees access to a comprehensive well-being at work program 
– translated into a dual standard of access to healthcare and well-
being training programs (detailed further in subsection “Well-being 
in our DNA”, page 174). Access to an inclusive and comprehensive 
standard of healthcare coverage (outpatient, hospitalization, key 
health risks/chronic conditions, maternity, children) is defined by 
local regulations and employment agreements. Schneider Electric 
also supports its employees with personal time off at critical life 
stages and this is fully deployed in 100% of countries as detailed 
below. In addition, the Group commits to provide financial security 
to employee dependents, in the event of an employee’s death, in 
the form of a minimum standard of life assurance coverage of at 
least a multiple equivalent to one year’s salary.

Schneider Electric has reaffirmed and enhanced its existing global 
benefit standards outlined above for all our employees worldwide, 
for the duration of the COVID-19 crisis. This included a global 
extension of care leave from one to two weeks for our employees  
to care for their dependents diagnosed with COVID-19. 

Global Family Leave Policy
As part of being a caring and responsible employer, Schneider 
Electric launched its global family leave policy along with care 
leave in 2017. With its industry-leading Global Family Leave Policy, 
Schneider Electric supports employees with personal time at 
critical life stages and empowers everyone to manage their  
“unique life and work” so that they can be at their best. While the 
Group’s countries have flexibility to define eligibility and policy 
details per statutory/market requirements, the policy sets global 
minimum standards:

•  Fully paid parental leave (primary parent – 12 weeks,  

secondary parent – 2 weeks);

•  Care leave (for sick/elderly relatives – 1 week); and
•  Bereavement leave (1 week).

All benefits eligible employees have access to this global policy.

184

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Equal

SSE #19

60% subscription in yearly Worldwide 
Employee Share Ownership Plan 
(WESOP)

Schneider Electric commits to achieve a 60% subscription 
rate among eligible employees in the yearly WESOP by 
2025, as a key program to support Schneider Sustainability 
Essentials. Scope concerns 29 recurring participating 
countries, among the 40 participating countries representing 
91% of the eligible headcount.

From 53% subscription rate in the recurring countries in 
2019, WESOP has reached 60.5% achieving the 2025 
target four years ahead of the deadline. The Group aims 
to maintaining at least 60% subscription rate in the coming 
years in the recurring countries. 

With more than 80% subscription rate, India, and China 
outperformed and have become part of the major 
contributors of the 2021 capital increase, representing 
together more than one-quarter of 2021 total subscription. 

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

53%

61%

60%

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.5.5  Social dialog and relations

2.5.5.1  Risks and opportunities

Social dialog and freedom of association must be seen within the 
wider context of ethics and responsibility. As a global Company, 
Schneider Electric is convinced that its responsibility goes  
beyond compliance with local and international regulations and  
is committed to conducting its business ethically, sustainably,  
and responsibly.

2.

The Company is constantly interacting with all stakeholders 
throughout the world: its borders are expanding, its environment  
is changing ever faster, its activities are becoming globalized,  
and its social responsibilities are growing.

The challenge is to gain and maintain the highest confidence  
of its stakeholders. To support each employee in this approach,  
the Group emphasizes the importance of placing responsibility  
at the heart of its corporate governance.

The Group currently has around 128,000 employees worldwide. 
Following the Group’s various acquisitions, it has been able to 
integrate this exceptional professional and cultural diversity.

2.5.5.2  Group policy

Schneider Electric considers freedom of association and collective 
bargaining as fundamental rights that must be respected 
everywhere and therefore in its Trust Charter commits to complying 
with local laws in every country where it operates.

In its Human Rights Policy, Schneider confirms that it considers 
freedom of association as the basis of a regular dialog between a 
company and its employees. To that purpose, Schneider respects 
the individual right of its employees to freely join, participate in, 
or quit labor organizations to assert and defend their interests. 
Subsequently, Schneider guarantees that any employee wishing  
to do so shall be protected against any internal measure limiting  
his or her freedom of association such as discrimination of any kind, 
pay loss, or dismissal. Schneider also recognizes the importance of 
dialog with freely appointed employee representatives, employee 
representative bodies (such as Works Councils or employee 
forums), or organizations (like trade unions) and supports  
collective bargaining.

In addition, Schneider joined the Global Deal initiative in 2017. The 
Group is promoting social dialog as a means to foster decent work, 
quality jobs, increased productivity and, by extension, greater 
equality and inclusive growth.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

185

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.5  Great People making Schneider Electric a great company

2.5.5.3  Governance

2.5.5.5  Group Works Council, France

Social dialog is managed at country level by the HR leaders 
with the employee representative bodies and unions, and at 
transnational level with the European Works Council (EWC) which 
covers most of geographical Europe. Social dialog is also taken into 
consideration by the Group’s social reporting system, where local 
HR teams report on the presence of trade unions, works councils, 
and the Health and Safety Committee every year.

In 2014, while changing the corporate form of its parent company, 
Schneider Electric SA, into a European company (Société 
européenne), Schneider Electric negotiated an agreement with 
employee representatives of European countries about the 
involvement of these countries’ employees in the Company’s 
decision-making processes, thus reaffirming its commitment  
to promoting social dialog at international level.

Labor relations within Schneider Electric are based on respect and 
dialog. In this spirit, management, and employee representatives 
meet regularly to exchanges views, negotiate, sign agreements, 
and ensure that agreements are being implemented.

2.5.5.4  European Works Council (EWC)

The changes that were made in 2014 to the EWC in the framework 
of Schneider Electric SA’s transformation into a European company 
significantly enhanced the intensity and the impact of social  
dialog at European level. This European channel for dialog aims  
at enabling management to make more efficient decisions by  
giving employee representatives the opportunity to be informed  
of such decisions and to understand their reasons, as well as to  
put forward proposals to supplement or improve them.

It has also fostered the emergence of a strong identity, combining 
different cultures and having the common aim of working towards 
social and economic progress within the companies in the Group 
at European level. The EWC covers all European Economic Area 
countries (hence all EU member states) and Switzerland, for a  
total of 43,000 employees.

In 2017, Schneider Electric and IndustriAll Europe signed an 
innovative Europe-wide agreement, the European agreement 
on the anticipation and development of competencies and 
employment with respect to the Schneider business strategy. This 
agreement is a great opportunity to create a governance for jobs 
and skills at the Company by anticipating impact and evolution 
in business in line with current market trends and the Company’s 
ambition. It sets clear objectives for boosting employees’ 
employability, and for enriching the workforce by diversity and 
digital generation recruitment and reinforces constructive social 
dialog at European and local level within the Company.

Since the beginning of COVID-19 pandemic crisis, Schneider 
Electric has constantly increased its interactions with its employees 
and its representatives in order to contribute to helping create  
a stimulating work environment and participate in decisions  
aimed at improving the way we work and the need to adapt to  
our environment, all of which go hand in hand. For example, a  
new discussion space with EWC members has been set up to 
propose a collective improvement of the whistleblowing process. 

The digital June plenary session hosted presentations and 
discussions on the Company’s strategy with Executive Committee 
members including Schneider Electric’s Chairman & CEO.

Schneider Electric is organized in France through more than  
28 legal entities. However, with a coverage of 80% of employees, 
Schneider Electric Industries and Schneider Electric France SAS 
set the tone for social dialog in France mainly through the Group 
Works Council.

In 2021, we continued to limit the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic 
on the business through our proven practice of social dialog, such 
as negotiations about the flexible working hours agreement.

Several collective agreements were concluded with an objective 
to keep resiliency, strengthen Company performance, and at the 
same time maintain investments and employability of the workforce.

To anticipate and manage the consequences of the evolution  
of Schneider Electric’s strategy over the next three years, a 
strategic workforce planning agreement was negotiated with the  
trade unions. Every year, Schneider Electric will discuss with its 
employee representatives the evolution of skills and workforce, 
including the opportunity to enhance its commitment on 
apprenticeship programs and others disruptive actions. 

2.5.5.6  Social dialog in the United States

In the US, and more generally in North America, regular 
communication takes place with both union and non-union 
employees on key business topics and trends affecting their jobs. 
Company officials meet with key international union leaders and 
local union leadership on an ongoing basis, and formally on an 
annual basis, to advise and discuss competitive issues impacting 
the Company’s business, and to ensure alignment with the 
Company’s business strategies and challenges. In 2021, contract 
negotiations took place both locally and nationally resulting in 
successful contract ratification. Company officials have continued 
to partner with union representatives to discuss COVID-19 and 
ensure safety protocols are in place for employees, customers, and 
vendors. Recently, impact bargaining took place in November with 
union leaders regarding the Company’s “COVID-19 US Vaccination 
Policy” aligned with the federal mandate, Executive Order 14042. 

2.5.5.7  Social dialog in Mexico

In Mexico, Schneider Electric leaders conduct regular 
communication with employees on topics related to their jobs; 
this communication takes place in different ways, including 
large communication meetings and small group conversations. 
There is also continuous communication with the union leaders 
and delegates of four national unions which represent unionized 
employees. Schneider Electric informs them of internal and external 
issues impacting the Company’s results, listens to their concerns, 
and looks for alignment with the Company strategy and challenges. 
Moreover, Schneider and the unions review the collective contract 
every year. Social dialog has been a critical factor reinforced 
during the pandemic to ensure collaboration and optimal relations 
between Schneider and its unionized employees. Each site is 
empowered to lead its social actions according to local needs.

For over the past 10 years, Schneider Electric Mexico has been 
certified annually by the CEMEFI (Mexican Center for Philanthropy) 
as a Socially Responsible Company, recognizing the Group’s 
actions focused on labor relations, ethics and governance,  
human rights, community impact, and sustainability. 

186

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

The process of social dialog also includes monthly employee 
communication at plants level, as well as through Quarterly Town 
Hall communication on Company performance, strategy, and 
challenges. Special sessions were organized for employees’ 
family members on the world standard safety procedures at 
the workplace which boosted confidence and encouraged 
employees to return to work. To drive positive mental well-being, 
the Company leveraged the existing Employee Assistant Program 
(Saathi) for employees and family members, which became a huge 
support system. Experienced doctors and specialists facilitated 
COVID-19 safety and mental health sessions. Employees regularly 
connected with counsellors, read articles on relevant health topics, 
and attended webinars to augment their health preparedness. 
Employees were regularly involved in social and environmental 
protection initiatives through large scale tree plantation drives 
across the factory and at nearby locations. Campaigns on virtual 
engagement and collaboration, and leaders connecting in 
formal and informal settings, further ensured that a physical and 
psychologically safe environment for employees was created. 

2.5.5.10  Social dialog in Turkey

In 2021 the Company saw great benefits from the policies that  
were deployed in 2020. All COVID-19 actions continued to be 
followed systematically and more digitally by Health Safety & 
Environment and HR, and updated information was regularly 
shared with all employees. 

This year, Schneider Electric successfully renewed the union 
agreement which covers nearly 650 employees without any 
dispute. With this agreement, the private health insurance scope 
has been extended, and not only the employees but also the 
families have been taken under the coverage. Digital learning, 
which has been a priority for many years, was further encouraged 
during this time. The Digital Learning Corner project has been 
completed so all shop-floor employees can access digital learning, 
with a wide range of topics available from Schneider Essentials 
learning offer to digital technology trends, Lean Digitization 
Systems, and more.

2020 also, unfortunately, saw a serious forest fire in much of Turkey, 
especially the Aegean region. Schneider Electric and employees 
came together and provided support to the region. In 2021, 
Schneider Electric supported the project, which was initiated under 
the leadership of Bogaziçi University Climate Center and United 
Nations Sustainable Development Solutions Networks – SDNS 
Turkey, for the training of teachers within the scope of Turkey’s 
Climate Mobilization. Within the scope of the “Climate 2030: 
Special Education for Educators on Climate Change” project, it 
is aimed to inform about the basic concepts of climate change, 
its physical foundations, the reduction and adaptation dimension 
of climate change, its international processes, and sustainable 
climate actions. Istanbul innovation hub started to co-operate with 
selected universities in Turkey, giving young people the opportunity 
to see the digital solutions in energy management and the latest 
technologies applied by the Company, to expand their vision.

2.5.5.8  Social dialog in China

Schneider Electric China has over 30 legal entities and more than 
100 sites. In 2021, the Company fostered active social dialog with 
joint Group efforts. The HR department, in partnership with unions, 
facilitate active dialog with employee representatives on topics  
that cover employee lifecycle:

•  Mobile-enabled learning is extended to both office and plant 
workers, while virtual and on-site blended training with action 
learning is deployed in all talent programs ensuring generation 
and gender diversities. Employee average learning time has 
reached 18 hours. 

•  Leadership management continuously listens to employees with 
open communication, reflection, and action plans. Well-being 
bi-monthly live talks have attracted over 3,000 participants; 
topics cover mental health, stress management, parenting, etc. 

•  Sustainability practices are promoted through various events, 
for instance, Zero Carbon Run to increase carbon neutral 
knowledge and corporate commitments awareness. 

2.5.5.9  Social dialog in India

Schneider Electric India has a strong culture of social dialog with 
all employees, unionized and non-unionized. In 2021, Schneider 
Electric India maintained engaging in equitable industrial relations 
across its plants and associated establishments.

Industrial harmony has been achieved through a time-tested 
collective bargaining process involving unions or through worker 
representative committees. In some of the plants where there 
are no recognized unions, this bargaining process is conducted 
with elected employees on committees such as Welfare (Works 
Committee). There is also strong engagement with other 
committees like Health & Safety, Canteen, Sports, and Transport, 
including a special committee for women employees and a 
prevention of sexual harassment committee (fully compliant with 
the prevention of sexual harassment governance as per local laws), 
duly represented by employees and external women with specialist 
knowledge of the subject and with legal backgrounds. These 
committees provide a platform for employees to represent their 
concerns, collective grievances, and workplace-related issues  
to the management. All employee engagement programs are  
run through these committees with the active participation of  
every employee.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

187

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.6 Delivering social impact for a just transition

In this section

2.6.1   Offering better lives through access to

green electricity

2.6.2   Investing for high social impact

190

193

2.6.3   Empowering new generations with the
Schneider Electric Foundation 

2.6.4   Developing access to education 

and employment all over the world 

195

200

“Today’s young people are forward-thinking, creative and one 
of the largest demographics. They are committed to address 
the biggest challenges of our time. However, many of them lack 
access to education to unleash their true potential. Schneider 
Electric has a key role to play in supporting all young people 
and ensuring that they acquire the skills to build their future.”
Gilles Vermot Desroches, Senior Vice President Corporate Citizenship & Institutional Affairs

Context and goals

Schneider Electric has been building a sustainable development 
approach since the late 1990s thanks to the Schneider 
Sustainability Impact, measuring the Company’s objectives and 
progress every quarter. These objectives have always taken into 
account all dimensions of responsibility – environmental, social, 
territorial, and governance – encompassing all the Group’s 
stakeholders on a global scale.

In 2021, Schneider Electric was recognized by Corporate 
Knights as the World’s Most Sustainable Corporation out of 5,000 
companies surveyed. All of this prompted the Group to get moving, 
to think about the world of tomorrow by building scenarios, both 
in the environmental and climate fields – but without forgetting the 
social and territorial dimensions. If the transition is not inclusive 
and fair, it will not allow people in underserved communities to 
build their future and create their own business. Schneider Electric 
Corporate Citizenship division, created in early 2021, embodies this 
vision. The planet has to be saved, and its inhabitants too. 

Four main lines of action have been defined. The first one is to 
ensure that the Group’s business partners respect all human 
rights for everyone, everywhere, at any time and in any situation, 
from decent work standards to the creation of a social label for the 
Group’s products. 

The second line of action is to ensure that everyone is supported in 
building their future, regardless of their generation. Schneider has 
always played an active role in the economic development of the 
communities in which it has a presence, in particular where people 
have no or poor access to energy through dedicated products 
offers and socially responsible investments for impact. 

This focus is in line with the third major action, youth. There have 
never been so many young people on the planet, but many have 
no access to training. Yet it is young people who bring innovation. 
The Company has a role to play in supporting them and ensuring 
that they acquire the skills to build their future. This is the mission 
of the Schneider Electric Foundation, to give them the means to do 
so. The first of these means is training, the Foundation’s historical 
activity. It has already enabled more than 300,000 young people 
around the world to receive professional training in energy-related 
professions. These are essential jobs for the future in a world that is 
becoming increasingly electrified and digitized and where access 
to energy is still difficult for millions of people. 

The fourth approach is to make citizenship a collective commitment 
to co-construct the future in a dynamic way by learning and sharing 
with many different initiatives. 

188

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2021 Highlights

13,000 Mobiya solar lanterns distributed 
in Benin, Senegal, and Cameroon in 
partnership with ADEME.

150,000 Young people trained in 
energy management through UCEP 
Bangladesh and Schneider Electric 
Foundation partnership.

Partnership with Solar Impulse Foundation 
on its Efficient Solutions Label initiative 
to identify 1,000 solutions to fight 
climate change.

2.

24hr electricity to 150,000 people 
in 5 remote cities in Chad through a 
partnership with local entreprise ZIZ energy. 

+9,500 Days of Volunteering in 2021 
with increased participation from 
Schneider Electric employees.

The Schneider Electric Foundation has 
reached the bar of 300,000 young people 
trained in energy related professions.

Key targets and results

Progress against our 2021-2025 Sustainability commitments

Schneider Sustainability Impact
Long-term commitments 
aligned to UN SDGs

2021-2025 programs

Baseline(1)

2021 progress(2)

2025 Target

Equal

9.

Provide access to green electricity to 50 million people

30M

+4.2M

50M

Generations

11. Train people in energy management

281,737

328,359

1M

Schneider Sustainability Essentials
Long-term commitments 
aligned to UN SDGs

2021-2025 programs

Baseline(1)

2021 progress(2)

2025 Target

Local

25.

Increase the number of volunteering days since 2017 

18,469

27,981

50,000

(1) Generally, the 2020 performance serves as a baseline for Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI) and Schneider Sustainability Essentials (SSE) programs, except 

SSI #1, SSI #10, SSE #5, SSE #14, and SSE #20, which are measured against a 2019 baseline to mitigate COVID-19 impacts.

(2) Each year, Schneider Electric obtains a “limited” level of assurance on methodology and progress from an independent third party verifier for all the SSI and SSE 

indicators (except SSI #6, SSI #7, SSI #+1, SSE #12 and SSE #23, in 2021), in accordance with ISAE 3000 assurance standard (see Independent verifier’s report on 
page 224. Please refer to page 206 for the methodological presentation of each indicator. The 2021 performance is also discussed in more details in each section of 
this report.

Long term roadmap

2030

Give access to green electricity to 100 million people cumulated since the beginning of the program in 2009

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

189

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.6  Delivering social impact for a just transition

2.6.1  Offering better lives 
through access to green 
electricity

2.6.1.1  Risks and opportunities

Today, more than two billion people have little or no access  
to electricity, representing 25% of the world’s population.

Notable progress has been made on energy access in recent 
years, with the number of people living without electricity dropping 
to 759 million in 2019 from one billion in 2016(1). Nonetheless, 
as SEforAll(2) puts it, “electricity access is growing, but not for 
everyone”.

In sub-Saharan Africa, colossal additional efforts must be made  
to achieve universal access:

•  About 600 million people in sub-Saharan Africa do not have 
access to electricity, i.e., more than one in two inhabitants;

•  This trend is increasing, due to demographic pressure;
•  The COVID-19 pandemic will have further amplified the 

difficulties of access to electricity in the most fragile areas; 
according to SEforAll, the pandemic could increase the  
non-electrified population by 100 million in 2020;

•  By 2030, on the current trajectory, 85% of the remaining 

unelectrified world population will be in sub-Saharan Africa.

Asia-Pacific is approaching universal electrification with ambitious 
government off-grid electrification and grid extension programs:

•  Between 2000 and 2018, more than 1.4 billion people gained 

access to electricity worldwide, mainly in developing countries 
in Asia;

•  Nevertheless, the grid can be unreliable in remote areas, where 
it must be supplemented with solar-powered backup solutions;

•  The growing need for equipment and electrical appliances 

for productive use in rural areas must be met with renewable 
energy solutions.

In addition to the 759 million people without electricity access, an 
estimated one billion people have access to intermittent, unreliable, 
or dangerous electricity.

To achieve United Nations Sustainable Development Goal 7 
(SDG 7), access to affordable, reliable, sustainable, and modern 
energy must be a major objective, as the lack of energy affects 
the poorest: among the energy poor, three quarters are also 
multidimensionally poor in terms of human development2.

Access to green electricity offers a chance to live a better life, 
as it can have a positive multiplier effect on all socio-economic 
dimensions of the individual or community: livelihood, health, 
education, security, and empowerment of women, while fighting 
against climate change by replacing fossil solutions.

2.6.1.2  Group policy

Schneider Electric launched its Access to Energy program in 2009, 
with a unique approach combining three dimensions that enrich 
each other:

•  A training and entrepreneurship program aimed at 

developing skills in the electricity trades and supporting 
entrepreneurs in this area, in particular women, in order to 
promote sustainable and inclusive local development.

•  A social and inclusive business, with products and solutions 
for rural electrification (collective and individual, such as solar 
lanterns, solar home systems including Pay-As-You-Go features, 
solar water pumping systems, microgrids including plug 
and play containerized solutions, etc.), creating local jobs in 
distribution, energy services, electricity powered industries, etc.
Impact investment funds to support local economies in 
gaining access to modern energy and reducing energy poverty.

• 

The purpose of the Access to Energy social business is to 
bring clean electricity to populations in emerging markets both 
as a fundamental right and a means for social and economic 
development, with a safe, affordable, reliable, and sustainable 
energy offer. At Schneider, we call this Electricity for Life and 
Electricity for Livelihood. 

The ambition of the Access to Energy social business is to connect 
an additional 20 million people between 2021 and 2025, and  
70 million by 2030. 34 million people have already benefited from 
the Schneider energy access solutions between 2009 and 2021.

The impact investment funds will contribute to these targets, within 
the scope of the invested companies contributing to the mission  
of providing access to green electricity. More broadly, Schneider’s 
vision of impact investing is to fund high social impact initiatives, 
such as energy and digital services that enable all generations  
to contribute to a better future.

2.6.1.3  Access to energy social business

Schneider Electric develops products and solutions to meet a 
range of both individual and community needs across the energy 
chain, from solar lanterns and solar home systems to decentralized 
small power plants, water pumping systems, and street lighting. 
These offerings also make it possible to maintain a sustainable 
economic and social activity as well as include and involve local 
communities in projects.

2.6.1.3.1  Governance
A new governance of the Access to Energy business was put in 
place from 2021. It is placed under the responsibility of the Access 
to Energy Business Vice-President, reporting to the Sustainability 
Senior Vice-President. 
An advisory board dedicated to the subject has been set up, 
made up of the Chief Strategy & Sustainability Officer, the 
Energy Management Executive Vice-President, the International 
Operations Executive Vice-President, as well as the Sustainability 
Senior Vice-President and the Access to Energy Business  
Vice-President, and, once a year, the Chairman & CEO. 
The subject was also one of those reviewed in 2021 by the 
Schneider Electric Stakeholder Committee.

(1)  Source: Tracking SDG 7: The Energy Progress Report, produced by the International Energy Agency (IEA), the International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA), the 

United Nations Statistics Division (UNSD), the World Bank, and the World Health Organization (WHO).

(2)  Using the Global Multidimensional Poverty Index.

190

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
 
 
 
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.

Equal

SSI #9

Provide access to green electricity  
to 50 million people

Schneider Electric is equipping five remote cities with solar 
hybrid microgrids in Chad, providing electrical distribution 
and monitoring software. The five sites are currently grid-
connected but with only two hours of power per day on 
average and with priority given to productive hubs – homes 
are not connected. Thanks to this project, hybridization and 
batteries will make it possible to provide 24-hour energy to 
all 150,000 inhabitants.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

30M

+4.2M

50M

2.6.1.3.2  Electricity for Life 
Actions towards “Electricity for Life” focus on delivering access to 
green electricity for off-grid households and small businesses, and 
the humanitarian sector. Almost 800 million people live in off-grid 
areas, and our world has no less than 80 million people forcibly 
displaced. These people are in need for energy as a fundamental 
right answering to essential needs in homes (lighting, cooking, 
social connection, education, etc.).

Whether due to the geopolitical context, natural disasters, or 
climate change, emergency situations continue to rise in an 
increasingly uncertain world. With nearly 80 million people 
displaced in 2019, the United Nations High Commissioner for 
Refugees (UNHCR) has seen an unprecedented number of 
people uprooted by war, violence, or persecution worldwide. 
According to the NGO Oxfam, an estimated 23.5 million people 
were forced to leave their homes in 2016 due to extreme natural 
disasters. Since 2016, Schneider Electric has committed to offering 
energy access solutions in emergency situations and has been 
working closely with the UNHCR to find solutions that are suited 
to the specific needs of refugees or displaced persons. In 2018, 
Schneider and the UNHCR signed a memorandum of agreement 
to seal their commitment with the deployment of Mobiya lamps in 
refugee camps over a three-year period. This agreement has been 
extended to 2022. Schneider has provided camps around the 
globe with modern energy systems and services. Such systems 
and services range from Mobiya lamps to microgrids – including 
with connection to EcoStruxure™ for Energy Access – energy 
dispensers, solar streetlights, and training in electricity trades.

2.6.1.3.3  Electricity for Livelihood
Actions towards “Electricity for Livelihood” focus on delivering 
access to green electricity for households and small businesses 
connected to an unreliable grid, and for productive businesses. 
Around one billion people depend on an unreliable, intermittent 
grid, and are in need for quality energy with solar backup 
equipment. Micro-businesses and micro-industries in rural areas 
need solar power generation and storage equipment; for example, 
in agriculture where solar systems can power water pumping and 
processing activities. “Electricity for Livelihood” proves that energy 
is a driver of economic development and poverty reduction.

Electricity can make a real difference to the lives of farmers 
and ensure food security through irrigation, food storage, and 
processing, or linking to the market to ensure better prices, while 
allowing people to be the agents of their own transformation.

In India, the “Energy for Livelihood” Schneider initiative is 
transforming the lives of farmers, in particular women, through  
the innovative Villaya Agri-business solution. This project promotes 
sustainable livelihood activities in the farming, agri-enterprises, 
food processing, livestock, handicraft, and other micro-enterprises.

Sustainable and reliable electricity is also a prerequisite for 
enabling effective health services, especially in the fight against 
pandemics such as COVID-19. Providing local infrastructures 
with modern energy also contributes to socio-economic recovery 
through better health and a greater capacity to work and enhances 
rural appeal.

In Nigeria, the COVID-19 isolation facility of the Eleme General 
Hospital in Rivers State needed a reliable system to provide 
uninterrupted power supply to its medical equipment. Schneider 
Electric supplied a solar mini-grid and power storage.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

191

 
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.6  Delivering social impact for a just transition

A full range of products and solutions to provide green electricity

Mobiya

3 products

Portable, robust, and 
affordable solution for 
individual lighting and 
charging a cell phone

Mobiya Original: solar powered LED 
lamp with mobile charge, offering  
48 hours of lighting without recharging

Mobiya Lite: lighter solar powered 
portable LED lamp with mobile charger

Mobiya Front: head lamp

Homaya

3 products

Domestic electrification for 
access to quality, affordable, 
and uninterrupted power 

Homaya Family: solar home system 
including a solar panel and lamps

Homaya Family PAYG: solar home 
system including a solar panel and 
lamps, and Pay-As-You-Go function 
fully compatible with all mobile payment 
platforms

Homaya Hybrid: AC and DC, solar and 
grid home system

Villaya

6 solutions

Collective electrification 
solutions in remote sites, 
either 100% solar or 
hybrid

Villaya Community: solar or hybrid 
microgrid to power rural communities
Villaya Agri-Business: solar power plant 
to provide electricity and/or hot water to 
agriculture
Villaya Emergency: containerized solar 
or hybrid microgrid to provide electricity  
in emergencies
Villaya Water: solar water pumping 
system
Villaya Lighting: solar street lighting
Villaya Recharge: USB charging station
Including EcoStruxure™ for Energy Access, 
an affordable, flexible, and open platform 
using analytics to improve the profitability 
and efficiency of electricity microgrid.

Case Study: Schneider Electric, its Foundation and 
ADEME, the French Agency for Ecological Transition, 
partner to provide 45,000 solar lanterns to vulnerable 
women in Africa.

Objective: Distribute solar lanterns to women 
entrepreneurs in order to extend hours of activities 
and livelihood, as well as underprivileged women  
and families in order to enjoy lighting for nighttime 
home activities and limit the use of kerosene lamps.

Solution: Mobiya Original. An impact study will be 
conducted, measuring the benefits of the solution 
across the five African countries of the project: 
Kenya, Nigeria, Cameroon, Benin, and Senegal.

Case Study: 300,000+ people living in remote and 
rural areas of Cambodia have been provided access 
to clean and reliable electricity through Schneider 
Electric’s solar home systems, supplied under the 
government funded rural electrification program.

Objective: Provide access to energy for basic 
lighting for domestic needs, mobile charging,  
and rice cookers.

Solution: Homaya Family and other customized 
solar home systems.

Case Study: Schneider Electric and Entrepreneur 
du Monde (NGO) launched a project to bring reliable 
power for onion storage in Senegal.

Objective: Develop a low cost, decentralized 
generation of refreshed storage buildings that can 
conserve onions for several months as 30% to 60% 
of Senegalese onions’ production rot due to lack of 
storage.

Solution: Villaya Community 25 kW with sodium-
nickel batteries and Villaya Edge Control software 
in order to ensure reliable power supplying cooling 
system and some income generating activities.

Didactic

Offer

Educational tools for the 
vocational and higher 
education fields

Didactical benches for training 
electricians, installers, facility managers, 
entrepreneurs, and trainers, covering 
the management of high and low 
voltage, electrical distribution, building 
management, global energy management, 
and process and machine management.

Case Study: Schneider Electric and La Salle 
Solidarieta Internazionale ONLUS (NGO) join forces 
to empower local communities with competencies in 
energy management in Chad.

Objective: Train 250 students per year in electrical 
distribution, industrial control, and renewable 
energies focused on practical experience.

Solution: Didactic benches to equip electrical labs 
in training centers in N’djaména and Kélo in Chad.

192

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.6.2.4  Tackling energy poverty in Europe 
with Schneider Electric Energy Access 
(SEEA)

In July 2009, Schneider Electric created an Impact Investing 
structure in the form of a variable-capital SAS (simplified joint-stock 
company), Schneider Electric Energy Access (SEEA), certified as a 
social and solidarity investment company (ESUS certification) and 
open to French employee savings through the Group’s Employee 
Savings Plan (Schneider Energie Solidaire Fund).

2.

With a dedicated Schneider management team based in  
Rueil-Malmaison (France), SEEA invests primarily in equity and 
quasi-equity in start-ups that:

• Fight against energy poverty by promoting efficient affordable

housing and energy efficiency solutions:
− Six invested companies for a total of EUR 2.3 million

(Foncière Chênelet, Foncière du Possible, LVD Energie/
HomeBlok, Soliha BLI, Dorémi, Réseau Eco-Habitat)

• Promote digital and financial inclusion:

− Two invested companies for a total of EUR 644,000

(Sunfunder, SIDI)

• Provide access to affordable, clean and sustainable energy:

− Two invested companies for a total of EUR 940,000

(Okra Solar, Amped Innovations)

• Promote job creation and income generation:

− Three invested companies for a total of EUR 400,000
(Bretagne Ateliers, Incubethic, Envie Rhônes Alpes)

SEEA has invested in 21 companies and has exited eight. As of 
December 2021, SEEA had 13 companies in its portfolio: 10 in 
France, two operating in sub-Saharan Africa, and one operating 
in South-East Asia, and managed the following amounts:

• EUR 3,000,000 in capital invested by Schneider Electric;
• EUR 3,200,000 invested by Schneider Energie SICAV Solidaire
(including EUR 500,000 in capital), a mutual fund managing the
employee savings scheme for Schneider Electric employees
in France;

• EUR 200,000 of capital invested by Phitrust Impact Investors;
•  EUR 500,000 of capital invested by Mutuelle d’Entreprises

Schneider Electric (MESE).

SEEA brings together different stakeholders by encouraging 
Schneider Electric’s employees and business partners around 
the world to play an active role in this commitment. At the end of 
August 2021, 6,576 (past or present) Group employees in France 
have invested EUR 57 million in the Schneider Energie SICAV 
Solidaire fund.

2.6.2  Investing for high 
social impact

A pioneer in the corporate social investor space, Schneider Electric 
has been investing for impact since 2009:

• 2009 – Launch of Schneider Electric Energy Access (SEEA)
• 2011 – Investment in Livelihoods Carbon Fund #1
• 2015 – Launch of Energy Access Ventures (EAV)
• 2017 – Investment in Livelihoods Carbon Fund #2
• 2020 – Launch of Schneider Electric Energy Access Asia

(SEEAA)

• 2021 – Investment in Livelihoods Carbon Fund #3

Schneider Electric Impact Investing activities catalyze and facilitate 
multiple coalitions with different stakeholders (Schneider Electric 
Foundation, employees, DFIs, NGOs, social businesses, impact 
investors, asset management companies) to leverage Schneider 
Electric competencies towards a fair and inclusive transition.

2.6.2.1  Risks and opportunities 

Schneider Electric’s Impact Investing strategy aims to address  
the fundamental needs of underserved communities and minorities 
around the world. 

By investing in and supporting companies with high social and 
environmental impact, Schneider Electric contributes to bridging 
the energy gap, supporting local economies to get access to green 
energy and to reduce energy poverty. It also promotes digital and 
financial inclusion and the transition to a decarbonized world. 

2.6.2.2  Group policy 

The goal of Schneider Electric’s Impact Investing is to generate 
high social impact while protecting the assets under management. 
Accordingly, it has adopted strict management rules, such as:

• Always invest in partnerships with recognized players;
• Never take a majority stake;
• Always provide efficient company support (help develop a
business plan, provide technical advice, etc.) to deliver the
optimum social impact while minimizing risk; and

• Ensure that ethical business practices and rules are respected.

2.6.2.3  Governance

Each investment vehicle has its own governance structure 
generally composed of at least two bodies.

The first one is a Board of Directors or a Supervisory Board 
in charge of ensuring compliance with all legal and ethical 
regulations. In most cases investors are represented in this board.

The second one is a Management Investment Committee which 
can be either totally independent or composed by investors 
according to the legal structure. All Management Investment 
Committee members bring specific competencies and knowledge 
to assess investment decisions. In some cases, they can also rely 
on external experts. They are responsible for ensuring compliance 
with investment policies and are regularly updated on investment 
performance, both in terms of impact and finance.

In some cases, an investment vehicle can also rely on Advisory 
Committee or Strategic Committee to help them setting up and 
managing their investment strategies and policies.

All investment vehicles are supervised by independent auditors.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

193

With a dedicated Schneider management team based in 
Singapore, SEEAA invests primarily in equity in start-ups that 
work toward increasing quality of life and boosting economic 
development in Asia, thanks to access to affordable, clean,  
and sustainable energy. The goals of SEEAA are twofold:

1 

Increasing access to affordable and reliable energy primarily 
targets unprivileged communities where last mile energy 
access is not, or poorly, available. SEEAA aims at creating to 
social impact for these rural communities especially leveraging 
productive use of energy. 

2  Accelerating the transition of economies to clean and 

renewable sources and increasing the mix of renewables  
in total energy consumption. For instance, this can be 
achieved by investing in companies developing renewable 
energy assets.

As of December 2021, SEEAA had invested in four start-up 
companies for a total of EUR 2.5 million. Two companies are 
contributing to Goal 1, both operating in India: Frontier Markets 
and Oorja Development Solutions, and two are contributing to 
Goal 2, Freyr Energy and Xurya operating in India and Indonesia 
respectively.

India: a farmer irrigates his crop using water from a solar-powered 
pump operated by Oorja in Bahraich district, Uttar Pradesh. 
© Oorja Development Solutions India Private Limited

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.6  Delivering social impact for a just transition

2.6.2.5  Bringing access to green energy 
in Africa with Energy Access Ventures 
impact fund (EAV)

Schneider Electric initiated and supported Energy Access Ventures 
(EAV), a fund which manages EUR 75 million to be invested in 
companies transforming communities across Africa and stimulating 
economic development through energy access solutions. The fund 
is jointly backed by Schneider Electric, CDC group (on behalf of the 
UK Department for International Development, DFID), the European 
Investment Bank, FMO (Dutch development Bank), FISEA-
PROPARCO, OFID, and AFD-FFEM. 

At the end of 2021, EAV has invested in 15 companies and 
has exited one. EAV is now entering the seventh year and the 
independent management team based in Nairobi (Kenya) is now 
focusing on actuating on value creation in the portfolio, follow-on 
investments, and driving liquidity events.

EAV invests primarily in equity and quasi-equity in start-ups that:

• Provide access to affordable, clean, and sustainable energy

solutions:
− Five invested companies for a total of EUR 15.1 million

(Zola Electric in Tanzania, PEGAfrica in Ghana, Nuru in DRC,
Zonful Solar Energy in Zimbabwe, ZIZ Energy in Chad)

• Provide access to clean productive use energy:

− Six invested companies for a total of EUR 22.2 million

(ManoCap Energy in Ghana, Candi Solar in South Africa,
SolarX in Mali, PayGo Energy, SunCulture, and InspiraFarms
in Kenya)

• Promote digital and financial inclusion:

− Three invested companies for a total of EUR 8.9 million

(Mawingu, Solarise Africa, Palgo in Kenya)

2.6.2.6  Bringing access to green energy in 
South and South East Asia with Schneider 
Electric Energy Access Asia (SEEAA)

In recent years, electrification rates in Asia have improved due 
to strong government policies supporting national electrification. 
As Asian countries are now approaching universal access to 
electricity, the focus has been shifting to integrating renewable 
energy into the energy mix. However, at the micro level, there 
are still a considerable number of rural areas without access to 
electricity. Even when access is available, electricity is often not 
reliable as power grids struggle with load and connectivity issues.

Schneider Electric recognizes the gap and opportunities in this 
region and envisioned the SEEAA impact investing vehicle in 
2018 to help the region advance towards SDG 7 “Affordable and 
Clean Energy”. The vision convinced three other investors to join 
forces and the SEEAA was officially established in December 2019 
with four founding partners investing EUR 20.9 million: Schneider 
Electric (SEI SAS), the European Development Finance Institution 
Management Company (EDFI MC), Norwegian Investment Fund for 
Developing Countries (Norfund), and Amundi Finance et Solidarité 
(Amundi).

194

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

2.6.2.7  Contributing to decarbonize  
the world with the Livelihoods Funds

Schneider Electric is a founder member of the Livelihoods Carbon 
Fund: the first sustainable carbon fund with high social impact 
created in 2011, managed by an independent team based in Paris. 
In 2021, Schneider Electric invested EUR 25 million in Livelihoods 
Carbon Fund #3, in addition to the EUR 10 million invested in 
Livelihoods Carbon Funds #1 and #2 (EUR 5 million each).

A total of EUR 250 million, invested by private companies and 
financial investors, is dedicated to investing in high potential carbon 
clusters to generate positive impact for people and the planet. As 
at the end of 2021, three million tons of CO2 have been avoided or 
sequestrated and 1.5 million people have been positively impacted.

The Livelihoods Funds support three types of projects: 
reforestation, agroforestry, and agricultural practices, and rural 
energy (improved cookstoves). 

The Livelihoods Carbon Funds #1 and #2 have contributed to three 
mangrove reforestation projects in Senegal, India, and Indonesia. 
These projects have enabled local communities to improve their 
living conditions thanks to the restoration of the ecosystem (fish, 
crabs, etc.). Furthermore, the mangrove has provided efficient 
protection to the villages and crops during the last tornadoes  
that struck Asia recently.

Livelihoods Agroforestry projects enable farming communities  
to increase their revenues thanks to improved conditions for cash 
crops such as coffee or cocoa and the plantation of fruit trees such 
as mangoes. Furthermore, Livelihoods Funds contributes to the 
creation of new downstream activities such as food processing  
and commercialization.

Rural energy projects contribute strongly to improving women’s 
lives and create jobs thanks to the construction and the distribution 
of the cookstoves. The carbon credits from the Hifadi project in 
Kenya, supported by Schneider Electric, are used to offset all the 
carbon emissions generated by the Schneider Electric Marathon 
de Paris; the race has been carbon-neutral since 2019. 

All these projects are an integral part of Schneider Electric’s 
Carbon Pledge, ensuring that the compensation part has a real 
effect both on climate and on social development.

Senegal: the largest mangrove restoration program in the world – 
Artisanal fishing
© Hellio & Van Ingen/Livelihoods Funds

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.6.3  Empowering new 
generations with the  
Schneider Electric Foundation 

2.6.3.1 Risks and opportunities 

Today’s young people are forward-thinking, creative and one of 
the largest demographics. They need to be empowered with the 
necessary skills and supported to build a life aligned with their 
dreams and aspirations. 

2.

New social and environmental challenges have weakened social 
cohesion and blurred opportunities for the future, especially for the 
youth. They are going to be the first generation to feel the sting of 
issues such as climate change, and the last generation that can 
do something about it. Skilling and empowering the youth enables 
them to actively define their future and find their place in a complex 
and fast-paced world. 

2.6.3.2  Group policy 

In a world where ecological and social challenges are more 
widespread and more urgent than ever, the Schneider Electric 
Foundation, under the aegis of Fondation de France, supports 
innovative and forward-looking initiatives to empower youth with 
the energy they need to succeed.

Optimistically, the Foundation’s aim is to help build a fairer,  
lower-carbon society to give future generations the keys to 
transform our world.

2.6.3.3  Governance 

2.6.3.3.1  The Foundation fully in line with the 
Sustainable Development Goals 
For more than 20 years, the Schneider Electric Foundation has 
been deploying the Group’s philanthropic activities in coherence 
with its sustainability commitments. It contributes directly to the 
achievement of the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals 
(SDGs), and more specifically SDGs 1, 4, 7, 8, 10, 11, 13, and 17. 

In 2021, there were more than 100 projects, 46,817 young people 
receiving support, through 9,512 days of volunteering. With an 
annual budget of EUR 4 million, the Schneider Electric Foundation 
contributes to the partnerships that are completed by more than 
EUR 15 million in support from Schneider Electric’s entities.  
Group employees are also involved in these partnerships.  
In total, more than EUR 19.5 million has been invested to help  
local communities worldwide.

2.6.3.3.2  A foundation under the aegis of 
Fondation de France
Fondation de France is a non-profit organization that, since its 
creation in 1969, has been the bridge between donors, founders, 
and field structures in order to support projects in a range of 
general interest areas. It supports other foundations (916 in 2021) 
whose operations are governed separately, but who are legally 
part of Fondation de France. It is responsible for ensuring that 
their actions comply with its by-laws and the legal framework of 
the sponsorship. The Schneider Electric Foundation’s Executive 
Committee determines the major focuses of its actions and the 
projects it supports. It then informs Fondation de France of its 
decisions, and the latter verifies the projects’ compliance and 
implements them.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

195

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.6  Delivering social impact for a just transition

2.6.3.3.3  A governance that combines internal  
and external expertise
Since 2019, the composition of the Schneider Electric Foundation’s 
Executive Committee is as follows:

on skills to young people and giving them the means to support 
their families could, in the long term, boost the local electricity 
and electrotechnical sectors. This will improve their quality of 
life and create sustainable jobs. That is what the Training & 
Entrepreneurship program set up in 2009 is all about.

•  Chairman: Jean-Pascal Tricoire;
•  Members: Monique Barbut (external expert), Agnès Bouffard 

(employee representative, Schneider Electric), Bénédicte Faivre-
Tavignot (external expert), Christel Heydemann (Schneider 
Electric), Yoann Kassi-Vivier (external expert), David Lechat 
(employee representative, Schneider Electric), Pierre-François 
Mourier (external expert), Philippe Pelletier (external expert), 
and Luc Rémont (Schneider Electric).

Its missions are the following:

•  Define the strategic directions of the Foundation;
•  Validate the activity report and financial report;
•  Decide on the allocation of budgets by program;
•  Validate commitments exceeding EUR 200,000.

One to two Executive Committee meetings are organized  
each year.

The Schneider Electric Foundation organization has been 
reinforced with the creation of the zone/cluster foundation 
committees in 2019. These committees are made up of zone 
/cluster Presidents and aims to:

•  Share a quarterly activity report;
•  Validate the commitments/partners to join;
•  Specify the respective contribution levels (financial or in-kind 

donations, skills); 
•  Follow up on projects.

These committees meet two to three times a year.

The members of the operational team are:

The Schneider Electric Foundation encourages and provides 
long-term support for vocational and entrepreneurial training 
organizations. These include associations and electrical 
profession educational institutions. The vocational training and 
entrepreneurship program capture 67% of the funding allocated by 
the Foundation. All of these actions are monitored and measured 
on a quarterly basis within the scope of the Schneider Sustainability 
Impact (SSI #11): “1 million people trained in energy management 
by 2025”.

Since 2009, 328,359 underprivileged people have been trained  
in more than 45 countries.

2.6.3.4.2  Raising awareness of sustainability and 
the use of reliable, affordable, and clean energy
Contributing to meeting the United Nations SDGs also involves, 
amongst other things, raising awareness among as many people 
as possible, especially young people, about the challenges of the 
fight against climate change and of sustainability. 

The Schneider Electric Foundation therefore invests in emblematic 
and international programs by making available its knowledge of 
energy systems management, through donations in resources and/
or knowledge. It has made a four-year commitment to the Solar 
Impulse Foundation, which selects 1,000 solutions that contribute 
to the achievement of at least five SDGs: 

•  Clean, Accessible Water for All (SDG 6);
•  Affordable and Clean Energy (SDG 7);
• 
Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure (SDG 9);
•  Sustainable Cities and Communities (SDG 11); and
•  Responsible Consumption and Production (SDG 12).

•  Gilles Vermot Desroches, General Delegate; 
•  Patricia Benchenna, Corporate Philanthropy Director; 
•  Brigitte Antoine, Employee Engagement Leader; 
•  Morgane Lasserre, Administrative Assistant.

The selected solutions must meet the following criteria: technical 
feasibility, environmental benefits, and economic viability. 
Schneider Electric employees are mobilizing their skills to analyze 
the various solutions within their field of expertise. 

Lastly, the Foundation’s Selection Committee is composed of:

•  Gilles Vermot Desroches, General Delegate;
•  Patricia Benchenna, Corporate Philanthropy Director; 
•  François Milioni, Program Director, Training & Entrepreneurship.

2.6.3.4  Give all young people the means  
to build solutions for a better life

The Schneider Electric Foundation supports innovative initiatives 
all over the world that enable the most vulnerable, especially young 
people, to access the energy needed to succeed and build the 
world of tomorrow. To be relevant and effective, i.e., to have the 
greatest possible impact and respond specifically to the needs of 
the people concerned, it is essential that these initiatives combine 
education, technological innovation, social innovation, and 
entrepreneurship. These initiatives cover three main areas.

2.6.3.4.1  Vocational training for the youth, 
underprivileged persons, and entrepreneurship 
support
Training is the historical mission of the Schneider Electric 
Foundation. The energy sector, and more particularly electricity 
and renewable energies, offers a lot of potential, especially in 
areas where access to energy is difficult and growing. Passing 

The Solar Sound System project by Atelier 21, a Foundation partner, 
obtained two Solar Impulse Efficient labels: 

•  Solar sound systems for events powered by renewable energies 
(solar or bike-powered). With seven systems in place in France 
and Switzerland, Solar Sound System has set up solidarity 
projects in Haiti, Brazil, India, Taiwan, and Cameroon and has 
projects in Reunion, the United States, and South Africa.

•  Regenbox, the first do-it-yourself “non-rechargeable” alkaline 
battery charger. Regenbox aims to be ecological and anti-
planned obsolescence. This project is also an educational 
tool and a mean to raising awareness about a different use of 
batteries in order to reduce the amount of electronic waste so 
present in our daily lives.

Bertrand Piccard, Chairman of the Solar Impulse Foundation, will 
then promote this portfolio of solutions to corporate and political 
leaders worldwide. At the end of 2021, 1,000+ solutions had 
already received the Solar Impulse Efficient Solution label.  
These included insulating blocks made from hempcrete, wind 
turbine floats, and a web-based pallet exchange platform.

196

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.6.3.5  Responding to the COVID-19  
and post-COVID-19 emergency

In April 2020, the Schneider Electric Foundation set up the 
Tomorrow Rising fund in response to the COVID-19 health crisis. 
The purpose of this global initiative is to provide local responses  
to meet the challenges of the emergency, to promote the recovery 
of education and training of the most vulnerable young people  
and to boost resilience.

1  Response: an initial response to the emergency. Food bank, 
first aid, COVID-19 health kits, maintenance of access to 
education, etc. For example, a project in China to help low-
income students in technical schools to cope better with  
the crisis (SDG 1 and SDG 4);

2  Recovery: support to the Foundation’s partners in resuming 
their activities and helping them to roll-out new ones, in 
particular, the establishment of new partnerships to provide 
training in energy trades to young people. For example, a 
project in Brazil to provide young people with tablets and 
internet access (SDG 4 and SDG 10);

3  Resilience: the ability to continue to train and awareness-

raising actions using digital technologies.

KiMSO conducted an assessment of the Tomorrow Rising initiative, 
based on a three-stakeholders approach, covering all the regions 
where the initiative has been deployed. Interviews and online 
surveys took place between July and October 2020.

2.

Tomorrow Rising Impact study*

Project owners

Support

Impact on beneficiaries

Impact on project owners 
and NGOs

74 projects 
in 65 countries 
70% new partners  
of the Foundation

€5.5K to €65.5K
In a context where funding 
became scarce

More than 25% of the 
budget for 1/3 project

1.5 million of beneficiaries
of which 78% below the 
poverty line

Strong effects on their 
confidence and credibility 
in a context of uncertainty

Study findings

Study findings

Study findings

Study findings

89% answering to an 
emergency situation 

Crucial for 35% of the 
NGOs 

Quick and flexible
87% were able to fill In 
the funding request form 
easily

68% Specific projects 
created to face the 
COVID-19 health crisis 

75% addressing existing 
needs that have increased 
due to the COVID-19 
crisis** (food, education, 
housing…)

1.  Access emergency 

1.  Meet beneficiaries 

food aids

2.  Get digital tools for 

school/studies
3.  Keep hope about  

the future

4.  Access protective 

medical equipment  
or hygiene kits

needs for all

2.  Teams confidence  

and motivation

3.  New relationships  

with partners
4.  Greater visibility

*  This qualitative and quantitative study was conducted in 2020 by KIMSO, Research & Consulting in social impact assessment. The online survey covered all affected 

areas and resulted in a 60% response rate (37 answers). Scores “quite agree/completely agree” are bundled in % figures. 

**  Many project owners also mentioned emerging needs to due the crisis, such as employment and health. 

Priorities for project owners (Emergency aid should not replace long-term support)
•  54% more budget
•  51% unrestricted financial support (for project and running costs)
•  49% over-time fundings
•  46% to be put in contact with other funders

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

197

 
 
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.6  Delivering social impact for a just transition

2.6.3.6  Foundation actions worldwide

Other key programs include:

The Schneider Electric Foundation has actions in 100 countries on 
all continents, in particular Asia, the Americas, Africa, and Europe. 

2.6.3.6.1  Initiatives in North America
The Schneider Electric North America Foundation provides 
monetary support, product, expertise, and volunteers to non-profit  
organizations that align with business priorities, values and 
geographies.

The Schneider Electric Foundation North America offers employee 
programs to support efforts in their communities: 

•  Matching Gift provides a dollar match on employee donations  

to the non-profit of their choice

•  Dollars for Doers provides financial grants to organizations 

where employees volunteer their time

•  Sponsorship Grants offer financial and product donations  
to sponsor events, capital projects and employee missions
•  New Hire Program welcomes new employees with a gift to 

donate to a non-profit of their choice

•  Service Days and Volunteer events enables employees to 

donate time during their working hours

The Schneider Electric North America Foundation has strategic 
partnerships focusing to support the Schneider Electric Foundation 
areas: 

•  Disaster Relief – Provide support to those impacted by disasters 

through American Red Cross and the Footprint Project 

•  Habitat For Humanity – Support sustainable and transformative 
housing with product donations, financial support, and more 
than 2,500 hours of work done by volunteer employees
•  FIRST Robotics –Inspiring future leaders through STEM 
education with employee mentors and financial support

•  National Merit Society –Support the future with scholarships  

for children of employees

In 2021, the North America Foundation contributed over 5.3 million 
dollars in cash and product donations to over 1,619 charitable 
organizations.

2.6.3.6.2  Initiatives in India
In 2021, Schneider Electric India Foundation has been instrumental 
in supporting vocational training of 14,888 unemployed youth out  
of which 514 are women. 294 trainers were trained and recruited  
in the program to enhance the quality of training.

In the education field, 57 new electricity and renewable energy 
training centers were established. Upskilling of 1,232 electricians 
was done through solar training to enhance their employability in 
the current markets. 10 alumni meetings were conducted in 2021 
enabling 280 alumni from vocational skill development centers to 
share their professional journey and experiences as well as meet 
and recommend new trainees to their current organizations and 
businesses for placements. 85 aspiring entrepreneurs have been 
incubated this year to establish their own businesses. 

•  Under the Energy for Sustainable Livelihoods program,  

120 irrigation pumps powered by green energy were installed, 
thus supporting 2,400 farmers to switch from monocropping  
to multi-cropping.

•  Through Conserve My Planet, 50 schools have been registered 
across five cities taking the program forward with 100 Change 
Maker Teachers and sensitization of 5,035 Green Ambassadors 
towards environment and energy conservation, digitally. 
•  Taking another step forward towards a cleaner and greener 

tomorrow, SEIF has planted 30,060 saplings across 10 cities  
in India.

•  Facing COVID-19, through Healthcare initiatives, SEIF has 

reached 4,758 beneficiaries through free medical consultations 
and basic medicines. Also, to ensure preparedness towards the 
third wave of COVID-19, SEIF is supporting 12 hospitals across 
10 states by strengthening their infrastructure to save more lives. 

Volunteers from Schneider Electric India Foundation came forward 
to support of the Foundation causes like youth coaching through 
teachers’ missions, tree plantation, and donations, dedicating 413 
volunteering days, including 264 Teachers Missions where they 
shared their knowledge and skills with young people training as 
electricians. Most of these Teachers Missions were carried out 
remotely via a digital platform due to COVID-19 restrictions.

2.6.3.6.3  Initiatives in Australia 
The Schneider Electric Pacific Fund was established as a sub-fund  
of the Australian Communities Foundation in July 2021 to help 
facilitate Schneider Electric’s philanthropic giving in the region. Its 
purpose is to promote sustainability, enable access to energy, and 
tackle fuel poverty by forming engaged, long-term partnerships 
with organizations in Australia. 

In 2021, the Fund has contributed AU$ 315,000 to four major 
charity partners – Australian Wildlife Conservancy, Kokoda Track 
Foundation, Brotherhood of St Laurence, and the Centre for 
Appropriate Technology. Funds donated through the Schneider 
Electric Pacific Fund are supplemented by other programs run 
directly by Schneider Electric in the zone including matched 
donations for employees (up to AU$ 5,000/employee/year);  
21 hours of volunteering leave and charity funding in New Zealand 
continue to be funded directly.

2.6.3.7  Support grassroots initiatives:  
a network structure that acts locally

The Schneider Electric Foundation’s network structure is an original 
and very powerful means for engaging local, human, and lasting 
sponsorship. This network includes Schneider Electric employees, 
non-profit associations, public institutions such as the Education 
ministries of the countries concerned, and government agencies 
such as ADEME in France.

The Schneider Electric Foundation:

•  Has established partnerships with 90 NGOs and associations 
in 38 countries, such as Solar Impulse Foundation, Don Bosco 
Tech in India, etc.;

•  Works with ministries of education in 13 countries including 

France, Cambodia, and South Africa.

198

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

The delegates manage a digital platform, VolunteerIn, that groups 
together all the missions proposed by the Foundation locally and 
internationally. Available in eight languages, the platform can be 
accessed from anywhere in the world and enables employees to 
apply for volunteer assignments for the benefit of the Foundation’s 
partners and their beneficiaries.

Finally, the delegates co-ordinate the organization of the Schneider 
Electric Foundation’s campaigns for international mobilization such 
as the Tomorrow Rising fund. This showcases local initiatives to 
a global audience. They also engage in campaigns organized 
following natural disasters.

2.

An assignment campaign will be conducted in 2022 to renew  
the Foundation delegates’ mandates.

Each year, around 35,000 employees in 50 countries take part  
in these campaigns.

2.6.3.8.3  Standardize measurement to improve  
the impact and coherence of actions in favor  
of sustainability
The Schneider Electric Foundation is a groundbreaker in the 
measurement of the social impact of the actions that it supports. 
The idea is to enable its partners to better fulfill their missions by 
identifying areas for improvement.

The Schneider Electric Foundation is assisted in particular by 
KiMSO, a social impact assessment consulting firm. A first study 
was conducted in 2018, as part of the fight against energy poverty, 
to draw up an innovative methodology to assess the social impact 
of missions. This methodology is placed at the disposal of project 
sponsors. CLER, the Energy Transition Network, has used this 
methodology.

Generations

SSE #25

50,000 volunteering days since 2017

In 2021, employee participation in the activities of the 
Schneider Electric Foundation greatly increased.

The pandemic raised a lot of fragilities in our society. In 
this difficult period, volunteers at Schneider Electric have 
accelerated their contribution to initiatives aiming at access 
to food, education and health. Mainly through digital and 
remote missions, they demonstrated their ability to adapt 
and to help the most vulnerable; above all the youth in 
need of support and coaching. With more than 25,000 
volunteering days in 2021, over 50% of the 2025 target for 
this indicator has already been reached.

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

18,469

27,981

50,000

The Schneider Electric Foundation works almost exclusively 
with local structures. It is a guarantee of reliability and efficiency 
because only organizations that work most closely with the 
communities to be supported know their specific needs and 
constraints and can provide the appropriate solutions. The creation 
of the zone/cluster committees, since 2019, made up of Schneider 
Electric zone directors is a step in that direction.

Over and above financial, material, or logistics support for projects, 
the actions of the Schneider Electric Foundation aim to create 
bonds among partners, encourage structures to work together,  
and build relevant and innovative solutions with all stakeholders  
to raise the challenges of sustainability.

2.6.3.8  Group employees, spearheading 
the Schneider Electric Foundation’s 
actions

The Schneider Electric Foundation strongly focuses on the 
involvement of Group employees in all the actions it implements. 
Whether they are Foundation delegates or employee volunteers, 
they are the link between the Company, the Foundation, and 
the supported organizations. In 2012, the Schneider Electric 
VolunteerIn NGO was created to organize volunteer missions 
benefiting the Foundation’s partners. Wherever the Company is 
based, Schneider Electric VolunteerIn empowers people to be 
actors and ambassadors of societal commitments in the fields of 
education, access to energy, and the fight against energy poverty. 
In particular:

•  Employees volunteer their time and make their skills available;
•  Partners look for skills to support their activities, specify their 
needs, and support volunteers in carrying out their mission;

•  The Schneider VolunteerIn association as well as the Foundation 

delegates co-ordinate, connect, and organize the process 
and cover costs related to carrying out missions, in particular 
abroad;

•  The Schneider Electric entities host the volunteers when the 

mission takes place outside their country of habitual residence.

2.6.3.8.1  Governance
The Schneider Electric VolunteerIn Executive Board is composed 
of Schneider Electric leaders:

•  Charise Le (Chairman, Chief Human Resources Officer); 
•  Michel Crochon (Vice-President), 
•  François Milioni (Secretary, in charge of the Training & 

Entrepreneurship program);

•  Christophe Poline (Treasurer, in charge of the SEEA solidarity 

investment fund);

•  Emir Boumediene (Member, volunteer representative);
•  Gilles Vermot Desroches (Member, Senior Vice-President 

Corporate Citizenship).

One to two Executive Board meetings are organized each year.

2.6.3.8.2  100 delegates in 80 countries to catalyze 
the Schneider Electric Foundation’s actions
The Schneider Electric Foundation draws on a network of around 
100 volunteer employees, also known as delegates, covering 
80 countries. Their role is to select local partners in the fields of 
vocational training in the energy sector, entrepreneurship, and 
raising sustainability awareness. They inform the employees of their 
entity, as well as the Foundation. They follow the progress of the 
projects after they have been launched. Each proposed project is 
subject to a review process based on administrative and financial 
data by the Schneider Electric Foundation and by Fondation de 
France before funds are released.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

199

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.6  Delivering social impact for a just transition

2.6.4  Developing access to 
education and employment  
all over the world

2.6.4.1 Risks and opportunities 

Education is an essential catalyst for the youth inclusion in the 
social and environmental challenges. In 2021, for the second year 
in a row the COVID-19 pandemic has heavily impacted education 
systems and left millions of children and youth out of school. 
The youth unemployment rate is growing worldwide and there is 
an urgent need to create a better transition between education 
and access to employment, and to develop the tools to provide 
continuous education even in time of crisis.

Technical and Vocational Education and Training (TVET) play 
a vital role in national sustainable development for countries, it 
fosters employment and entrepreneurship, and promotes economic 
development. In order to have better impact and ensure life-long 
competencies, the TVET systems need partnership between the 
private and public sectors, and higher investments. 

2.6.4.2  Group policy

Schneider Electric and the Schneider Electric Foundation are 
committed to include all generations in the energy transition. For 
more than 10 years the Training & Entrepreneurship program has 
been supporting the development of TVET. Training in the energy 
field is a key that offers an inclusive answer to several challenges of 
the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). TVET 
plays two major roles regarding social and economic development. 
The first role is to provide training and career opportunities for 
people, in particular, those who are not in education, employment 
or training. The second role is to help build a generation of skilled 
manpower, which are needed at all levels of the economies. 
Furthermore, TVET can also be a valuable tool for sustainable 
development, as it allows the development of environmentally sound 
skills, critical for shifting toward a more sustainable economic model.

The program has a specific focus on impacting people not in 
education, employment, or training, the youth, refugees, women 
in vulnerable situations, and marginalized groups of people. The 
actions are always implemented in partnership with local players 
and/or national or international non-profit organizations (NGOs, 
governments, etc.) and with Schneider Electric’s local subsidiary.

Thanks to the ecosystem of partners, the program has supported 
the training of more than 300,000 people across Asia, South 
America, Africa, and Middle East since 2010. More than 5,000 
trainers and 4,000 entrepreneurs have also been supported. 
The COVID-19 pandemic has heavily impacted education and 
increased inequalities. We are committed to go further and 
faster by reaching one million people trained by 2025, 10,000 
entrepreneurs supported, and 10,000 trainers trained. From  
now on, the program will also operate in OECD countries. 

2.6.4.3  Governance 

The Training & Entrepreneurship program follows the rules and 
governance of the Schneider Electric Foundation and Fondation  
de France. 

To increase effectiveness in following up the partnerships and 
achieve the 2025 ambition, the program organizes every six 
months zone meetings with the zone President, the Foundation 
representatives, and the Training & Entrepreneurship program 
leaders. Each zone has a defined ambition up to 2025 and a 
pipeline of projects that is reviewed. Corrective actions are 
implemented if necessary. 

The program is led by zone representatives and in-country 
leaders that exchange on a daily basis. One global co-ordinator 
sets regular meetings to support the zone representatives and 
guarantee the progress of the program in each zone. 

The program is part of the Schneider Sustainability Impact.  
Every quarter, the zone representatives report on a central tool 
the impact of the program, and data are reviewed by an external 
auditor. With rare exceptions, all projects-initiated benefit from 
monitoring by employees of Schneider Electric entities operating  
in the countries concerned.

2.6.4.4  Actions supporting trainees and 
trainers’ skills development

The key challenge of training in the energy sector is to provide the 
youth with the knowledge and skills to be able to carry out a trade 
in a safe and responsible way, providing them and their families 
with the means for satisfactory subsistence. It will also give them 
the ability, should they wish, to sell and maintain energy solutions 
and to create their own small business in time. Furthermore, they 
are a vital and indispensable element for all responsible and 
sustainable rural electrification policies.

Schneider Electric’s strategy, backed by its Foundation, under  
the aegis of Fondation de France, for training people in the energy 
sector, includes three key priorities:

•  Basic training over a few months, which is free and accessible 
to many people and adapted as much as possible to the  
local situation. These training courses lead to the issuing  
of a certificate of competence by Schneider Electric;
•  Single or multi-year trainings leading to qualifications,  

in partnership with local Ministries of Education, or even  
under bilateral agreements; and

•  The training of trainers to support the effective and quality  

roll-out of training down the line.

The Training & Entrepreneurship program also provides valuable 
support to trainers involved in projects at its partners training 
centers. The aim is to help trainers thoroughly grasp the training 
approach and materials, enabling them to efficiently convey full and 
relevant knowledge to the students in short and long-term courses. 
Training of trainers ensures effective long-term transmission of 
quality, up-to-date knowledge finely tuned to the characteristics  
of today’s energy markets in the host country.

Training of trainers is supported by the VolunteerIn association  
via missions at the partners training centers: 

“I helped to create an entire training module using a pragmatic 
and realistic approach. I feel like I’ve contributed to a better future 
for a lot of young people in Vietnam.” Nathalie Nguyen, Manager, 
Customer Digital Experience Mission in 2019 as part of the IECD 
Seeds of Hope Program in VietnamIn 2021. Due to the COVID-19 
pandemic on sites missions were stopped, but via digital tools 
contact was kept with the training centers.

2.6.4.5  Actions supporting women 
integration in the energy trades

Since the beginning of the Training & Entrepreneurship program, 
female participation in the energy trainings has remained low. 
Indeed, the energy sector is still a male dominated environment, 
and young women are sometimes discouraged by social norms 
and even by their family to venture down this path. Moreover, for 
Schneider Electric and its Foundation, it is essential to include 
women in all stage of the energy value chain. Most programs 
today only include women in non-technical, such as selling solar 
products, and non-essential activities. 

200

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

To start this journey, in 2021 Schneider has collaborated with 
SENAR, an Augmented Reality platform development company,  
to develop digital twins of Schneider’s didactic equipment. Until 
now, three practical simulator exercises are ready and are being 
tested in Indonesia. 

The three simulators are about: 

•  Study bench for grounding schemes 
•  Motor starting
•  Microgrid for isolated areas

2.

Schneider Electric also has an in-house simulator-based training 
tool, the Augmented Operator Advisor (AOA), which is typically 
used to train customers in Industry 4.0. It has a builder feature 
which allows teams to build their own exercises and disperse them 
among learners. It is currently being tested with trainers in France 
to create practical exercises for vocational training.

2.6.4.8  Testimonies of people trained

In 2021, Schneider Electric continued to promote Tomorrow Rising, 
a five-episode docuseries made up of concrete testimonies. It 
presented the stories of four students who are building tomorrow’s 
energy world each in their own way:

•  Yéyé is the narrator and her ambition is to become a respected 
engineer. The documentary follows her from the beginning of 
her training in Lagos, Nigeria, to her diploma;

•  Pierre, in Senegal, has been trained to be a teacher and is  
now fighting to improve the future of youth in his country;
•  For Vitor, in Brazil, Schneider’s training has been a genuine 

lifeline helping him build a career in electricity;

•  Lastly, in India, Gurdeep, an ambitious young entrepreneur 
installs solar panels and employs young people, like him, 
benefiting from Schneider Electric training.

Resources

SSI #11

Train 1 million people in energy 
management

In 2021, a partnership with Ministry of Labor and Vocational 
Training of Cambodia was established through its subsidiary 
college, NTTI. The partnership aims to build 1 center of 
excellence and upgrade 21 schools across the nation,  
which will train 290 teachers and 7,300 students. 

Baseline

2021 Progress

2025 target

281,737

328,359

1M

Schneider Electric Foundation’s Training & Entrepreneurship 
Program supports local organizations specializing in skills 
development and women empowerment, which are two critical 
factors in achieving a sustainable change. These organizations 
create inclusive ecosystems offering training, mentoring, and 
funding to enable women to work in the energy sector and become 
entrepreneurs. Schneider Electric and its partners also raise 
awareness among local communities, promoting best practices 
and encouraging a bottom-up approach to gender equality. 
Through these initiatives, the Training & Entrepreneurship Program 
seeks to play a dual role, championing economic inclusion and 
gender equality. 

In 2017, in Ivory Coast, Schneider Electric and the Foundation, 
Mastercard Foundation, and International Rescue Committee have 
partnered to support 1,250 unemployed youth to acquire long-term 
competencies and start their own activity in electricity and solar 
energy; 60% of the total beneficiaries are women. In 2021, USAID 
joined force through their “Women’s Global Development and 
Prosperity Initiative” with the three existing partners, to expand the 
program targeting women and support two new training centers in 
Abidjan and Ferké.

In 2021, during the Generation Equality Forum, Schneider Electric 
and its Foundation took commitments under the Economic Justice 
and Rights Coalition. On one hand, to support the training of 5,000 
women in the energy trades and their self-employment or access 
to jobs by the end of 2022. On the other hand, to launch two new 
international initiatives around women training and empowerment  
in the energy field.

2.6.4.6  Actions towards entrepreneurs

Encouraged by the achievements of its training courses, the 
Training & Entrepreneurship program is going further by providing 
informal entrepreneurs and those trained in the electricity sector 
with support in setting up their own businesses. Employment 
markets in emerging economies are characterized by high 
proportions of informal sectors, underemployment and people 
holding multiple jobs to make ends meet. In addition to specific 
skills training, entrepreneurs need business startup support and 
access to funding, both being key factors in the creation of long-
lasting businesses.

Since 2017, 52 technical laboratories in electricity and energy 
management have been upgraded in Pakistan’s Punjab province. 
6,200 youths have been trained and 1,890 have become 
entrepreneurs. This project was financed by Schneider Electric and 
implemented in Pakistan by Muslim Hands Pakistan (as the lead 
agency) in partnership with the Technical Education and Vocational 
Training Authority (TEVTA) Punjab, and Punjab Vocational Training 
Council (PVTC), to improve and expand vocational training in 
Pakistan’s dynamic energy sector.

2.6.4.7  Actions towards digital trainings 

The digitization program strategy is to provide the current partners 
with online tools to deliver their training programs while also 
supporting new online programs. The online programs will allow  
to both study theory and practice related to the energy content  
and will deliver a certificate.

Schneider Electric and its Foundation have the objective to develop 
digital training to complement the training offer in energy and 
automation. Theoretical courses but also practical courses will be 
covered to deliver comprehensive training curriculum, that can be 
followed online only or through blended learning (a mix of in-class 
and online training).

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

201

 
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.6  Delivering social impact for a just transition

Training & Entrepreneurship program key figures and 2025 targets

People trained since 2009

Trainers trained since 2009

Entrepreneurs trained since 2009

328,359

5,879

4,789

1m 2025 target

10k 2025 target

10k 2025 target

Breakdown of people trained by geography since 2009

6,220

people trained
in 2021: 87

75,701

people trained
in 2021: 17,271

27,865

people trained
in 2021: 5,681

48,653

people trained
in 2021: 1,761

22,639

people trained
in 2021: 6,961

147,281

people trained
in 2021: 14,861

  Africa 

  Americas 

  China 

  Asia & Indonesia (excl. China, India) 

India 

  Middle East

2.6.4.9  Impact assessment of training 
actions

In 2019, the Schneider Electric Foundation launched a global 
initiative to assess the social impact of training actions in the 
energy sector. With its partner KiMSO, the Group built a  
guidebook intended to support its local partners in assessing,  
in a standardized way, the social impact of their training activities. 
The pilot phase was carried in several centers. The roll-out program 
was shelved because of the health crisis, leading to the temporary 
closure of many centers. KiMSO is a social impact assessment 
consulting firm that helps charities, NGOs, and Foundations to 
understand, measure and value their impact on key stakeholders.

The project covers both social impact assessment and results 
chain analysis.

Social impact consists of the direct or indirect, intended or 
unintended, effects of an organization’s actions on its stakeholders 
(i.e., beneficiaries, users, volunteers, partners) and on society  
in general.

Social impact assessment refers to the process of monitoring, 
analyzing, and managing those social consequences, which can be 
both positive and negative. This is an evaluative process aiming at 
answering the following key question: what changes thanks to us?

Results chain analysis establishes causal relationships from the 
resources used to conduct a program to the long-term effects 
following the end of the program. It sets out a logical and plausible 
outline of how a sequence of inputs and outputs interacts with 
individuals’ behavior and conditions to generate outcomes.

202

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

In 2019, to reinforce the link with the Group, the school changed 
its name to École Schneider Electric and a new vocational training 
has been added in the frame of the creation of its CFA (Centre de 
Formation d’Apprentis).

In July 2021, to meet the ever-increasing need for skills in the 
energy and electrical sectors, and in a context where there is 
growing concern about the professional future of young people, 
the CFA has taken a new step forward and expanded its range of 
training courses both geographically and in terms of content by 
forging new partnerships. In addition to the current BTS “Fluids 
Energies Home Automation” and the Licence professionnelle 
“Connected Buildings and Intelligent Energy Management” 
courses, which are currently offered by the CFA, there are: 

•  The BTS CRSA (Design and Production of Automatic Systems) 

with the Vaucanson High School in Grenoble (France);

•  The vocational baccalaureate MELEC (Electrical Trades and 
Connected Environments) with the Lycée Pablo Neruda in  
Saint-Martin-d’Hères (France);

•  The BTS FED Home Automation and Communicating Buildings, 

extended to a new geographical area, with the Lycée 
Maximilien-Perret in Alfortville (France). 

2.

2.6.4.10  Action towards employability  
in France

Wherever it operates, Schneider Electric makes a strong 
commitment to community partners and civil society through 
positioning itself in a way that is indispensable for a global 
enterprise that wants to keep in touch with the labor markets  
of its industrial locations. In France, numerous projects, broken 
down into four challenges: youth, planet, poverty, and territory, 
demonstrate Schneider Electric’s desire to be engaged, notably in 
the area of employability, and to contribute fully to local economic 
development. Based on their successes, some of them are planned 
to be deployed broadly in the frame of the long-term commitments 
in the Schneider Sustainability Impact; called “Empower local 
communities”. 

2.6.4.10.1  Schneider Electric School 
In 1929, Schneider Electric founded its own school – Paul-Louis 
Merlin – in Grenoble, to address the difficulty of recruiting skilled labor 
in the energy industry and help young people in precarious situations 
to access promising jobs. Today, it still focuses on vocational training 
in Schneider Electric areas of expertise, with innovative training 
approaches and close alignment with actual industry practices. 

Students leave with qualifications enabling them to continue in 
higher education or take employment in innovation-rich energy-
sector fields such as renewable energies, home automation,  
and smart buildings, as well as energy management.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

203

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.6  Delivering social impact for a just transition

2.6.4.10.2  Social integration of disadvantaged 
young adults 
Diversity of backgrounds, cultures, profiles, and experience is 
always a source of wealth, sharing new ideas and innovation. 
In priority urban areas, there is a huge amount of talent that is 
eager to grow. Recognizing this, Schneider Electric believes that 
companies have a role to play. It is their duty to act, particularly  
in the heart of the markets in which they operate. 

Convinced of the need to better support young people entering the 
workforce, Schneider Electric is involved in different ways: training, 
work/study programs for young adults from underprivileged 
backgrounds entering the workforce, partnerships with schools 
and associations, financial support for young students, and 
participation in technical or general training courses. Such is  
the scope of the initiatives implemented by Schneider Electric. 
These actions complement the partnerships established within  
the framework of the Schneider Electric Foundation.

The unemployment of young people, especially those living in 
priority employment neighborhoods, is unacceptable and efficient 
actions have been put in place to reduce this scourge, regardless 
of the economic, social, or industrial situation. 

Schneider Electric is involved in three major programs. Two of 
them are sponsored by the French Government: paQte (priority 
neighborhoods under the City Policy, QPV)) and the “La France, 
une chance. Les Entreprises s’engagent” program. The third 
program, “Le Collectif pour une Économie plus Inclusive,”  
is sponsored by companies. 

This group was initiated by the CEO of Danone at the end of 
2018. Schneider Electric joined the group and has developed the 
“inclusion focus” in France in 10 cities (Aubervilliers, Strasbourg, 
Rouen, Marseille, Lyon, Bordeaux, Nantes, Lille, Toulouse, and 
Grenoble). Within this framework and in conjunction with state 
employment stakeholders (the French Public Employment Service, 
Youth Employment Centers, and Maison de l’Emploi), it organized 
neighborhood-oriented forums, e-forums during the pandemic,  
and coaching sessions for the youth.

Lastly, there is the “100 opportunities – 100 jobs” system, which 
takes in more than 1,000 young people primarily from priority 
neighborhoods (as defined in the City Policy/QPV) and helps them 
to find long-term employment or training. Today it represents a 
collective of 1,500 companies located in 45 territorial areas. The 
relationship between all the local companies builds a melting pot 
that becomes the network for young people who have no network, 
in order to support them and structure their future project. It is a real 
public/private partnership that brings two worlds together for work. 

The “100 opportunities – 100 jobs” system was implemented for  
the first time in Chalon-sur-Saône in 2005, and by the end of 2021 
more than 8,600 young people had been involved, with 68% 
achieving positive exits, fixed-term contracts or interim contracts 
longer than six months, permanent contracts, or a qualification  
or diploma training.

Schneider Electric works to help inhabitants of the disadvantaged 
neighborhoods identified in the City Policy (QPV) and is naturally 
in line with the PaQte (Pact with Neighborhoods for all Companies) 
with respect to the four pillars of Raise Awareness, Train, Recruit, 
and Buy.

Schneider Electric in France includes integration clauses in 
contracts to encourage suppliers to become committed to an 
approach of vocational integration of persons who are outside the 
job circuit. Schneider Electric in France challenges employment 
agencies to put in place temporary occupational integration 
contracts (CIPI) and interim open-ended employment contracts 
(CDI-I), which accompany the unemployed toward long-term 
employment and encourage temporary work that integrates people.

Finally, Schneider Electric has partnered with many other structures 
or associations: École de la Deuxième Chance, les Entreprises 
pour la Cité, FACE, Télémaque, Fondation de la 2ème Chance, EPA, 
La Cravate Solidaire, Emmaüs Connect la Varappe, etc., and has 
made a commitment to double the number of its apprentices, 
interns, and doctoral students. 

2.6.4.10.3  Spirit of entrepreneurship for 
collaborators
For more than 27 years, Schneider Electric in France has supported  
employee projects to create businesses or business takeovers 
through Schneider Initiatives Entrepreneurs (SIE), through a 
dedicated structure (Pass Créations) demonstrating the Group’s 
commitment to its local labor markets: promoting actions to support 
local economic development and proposing and supporting 
volunteer employees in reliable career paths that are external to  
the Group. It comes resolutely within the development of a spirit  
of entrepreneurship.

SIE provides support for Schneider Electric employees at all  
stages of business creation, as well as afterward, with a follow-up 
period of three years. Sustainability rates at three years remain 
above 85%.

SIE’s dedicated team of seasoned managers and young work/
study participants are responsible for reviewing the financial, 
legal, technical, and commercial aspects of business creation 
or company purchase projects to ensure they are viable and 
sustainable.

Since 2010, 1,009 projects have been supported, and 537 of  
them have resulted in the creation or takeover of a business:  
these include electricians, bakers, organic trades, consultants, 
asset managers, and florists, creating more than 637 jobs 
(employees recruited by the founders to support company growth).

The SIE structure is represented directly or indirectly in local 
business networks and enhances the quality of services offered 
through partnerships with associations such as Réseaux 
Entreprendre, France Initiative, and other local structures.

204

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Thanks to SIE’s expertise in entrepreneurship, it is regularly called 
upon to develop training courses in this field. SIE is highly active in 
the promotion of spin-offs (business creation and takeover support 
for employees), in particular through the DIESE association made 
up of other major groups.

Since 2008, SEI teams have showcased and rewarded the six most 
creative projects for company creation or takeover by employees 
of the Group through the Vivez l’Aventure competition. This 
competition and the prize-giving bring together many managers 
from the Group as well as political and economic figures. This 
event is an opportunity to reaffirm the important role this scheme 
plays in the Group’s values and strategy.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

The SIE teams manage many actions to contribute to local 
economic development, for example:

•  Specific missions within the fabric of the local SMEs (small 
and medium enterprises) carried out by Schneider Electric 
senior experts or missions in the framework of skills-based 
sponsorship (Alizé system);

•  Pass Compétences, which allows experienced managers to 

take long-term assignments with SMEs. These experts invest  
in structuring and strategic development projects for SMEs;
•  Support for organizations dedicated to the creation of activities 
and companies (Réseau Entreprendre, France Initiative, etc.); 

•  Supports employees who want a career path external to the 
Group within the framework of a skills-based sponsorship 
system called Pass Associations. It enables employees to work 
on defining projects with partner associations or NGOs for one 
or two years. It encompasses all types of professions, and there 
are some 30 effective assignments each year. These specific 
systems are valued and taken into account in human resources 
processes and management in France.

2.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

205

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.7  Methodology and audit of indicators

In this section

2.7.1   Methodology elements on the  

published indicators  

2.7.4   Task-force for Climate Related Financial  

206

Disclosure (TCFD) correspondence table  

220

2.7.2   Methodology elements on EU taxonomy indicator 

216

2.7.5   Independent third party’s report on the  

2.7.3   Sustainability Accounting Standard (SASB) 

Correspondence table  

218

consolidated non-financial statement  
presented in the management report  

224

2.7.1  Methodology elements on the published indicators

2.7.1.1  Human Resources, safety and 
environment indicators

The Human Resources (HR), safety and environmental data 
come from our HR Analytics for the HR data, Resource Advisor 
for Environmental data and GlobES (Global Environment and 
Safety) for the safety data. Its consolidation is placed respectively 
under the Global Human Resources, the Global Environment and 
the Global Supply Chain functions. Data reliability checks are 
conducted at the time of consolidation (review of variations, inter-
site comparison, etc.). Details for data coverage are specified in 
tables page 232 for each topic and are generally well above 80%.

The safety data of the sites are included in the Group metrics after 
one complete calendar year following their creation or acquisition. 
A site joining the Group in year n will be included in the metrics 
on January 1, n+2, except in exceptional circumstances when an 
agreement stipulates that the safety data will not be included for 
two years.

The scope of environmental reporting is that of ISO 14001-certified 
sites, and certain non-certified sites on a voluntary basis and 
without interruption in time. All production and logistics sites with 50 
or more FTE employees must obtain ISO 14001 certification before 
the end of the third full calendar year of operation or membership 
of the Group. Administrative, R&D and sales sites with 500 FTE 
employees or more also have to obtain ISO 14001 certification. 
Other sites may seek certification and/or report on a voluntary 
basis. A difference can be thus recorded with respect to the scope 
of financial consolidation.

Schneider Electric has drawn up a frame of reference with 
reporting methods for Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI), 
Schneider Sustainability Essentials (SSE) indicators and for  
Human Resources, safety and environmental data.

This frame of reference includes the scope, collection and 
consolidation procedures and definitions of this information. As it is 
engaged in a process of constant improvement, Schneider Electric 
is gradually supplementing this work to adapt its frame of reference 
for sustainable development indicators to changes in the Group. 
This document is updated every year.

In keeping with its commitment to continuous improvement, 
Schneider Electric asked Ernst & Young to conduct a review in 
order to obtain a “limited” level of assurance for certain Human 
Resources, safety and environmental data indicators, and all 
of the key performance indicators from the SSI and SSE (see 
Independent verifier’s report on page 224). The audit work builds 
on that conducted since 2006.

As a general rule and subject to any particular exception to be set 
out in the universal registered document:

(i)  Schneider Electric reports extra-financial data at Group level 

for all entities over which it has operational control, within 2 
years of acquisition; 

(ii)  Data is consolidated over all fully integrated companies within 

the scope of financial consolidation;

(iii)  Companies accounted for by the equity method are not 

included in the reporting.

(iv)  Within the above scope, small entities may exceptionally be 

excluded if their collective exclusion does not exceed 5% 
of consolidated revenues or total number of employees, in 
agreement with external auditors.

Notable exclusions in 2021 (except for SSI #1):
•  AVEVA and OSIsoft. AVEVA remains a listed company and 

publishes its financial and extra-financial statements on regular 
basis. It acquired OSIsoft in March 2021.

•  Companies acquired in 2020 and 2021: Larsen & Toubro; RIB 

software; ETAP.

206

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

SSI #2:  Deliver 800 million tonnes of saved and 
avoided CO2 emissions to our customers
This indicator measures CO2 savings and avoidances delivered by 
Schneider Electric offers to customers.

CO2 savings and avoidances are calculated for global sales of 
the reporting year and cumulated over the offers’ lifetime. Net 
emissions are calculated as the difference between emissions 
with Schneider Electric’s offer and emissions in the reference 
situation. The ambition for this indicator has been increased in 2021 
with the definition of the new sustainability strategy: Schneider is 
committed to save and avoid 800 million metric tons of CO2 thanks 
to EcoStruxure™ for its customers.

2.

The difference between “saved” and “avoided” emissions is key: 
saved CO2 emissions correspond to brownfield sales that enable 
reduction of global CO2 emissions compared to previous years, 
and avoided CO2 emissions correspond to greenfield sales that 
enable a limitation of the increase of global emissions.

•  Brownfield sales correspond to the situation where the offer 
sold replaces or upgrades an existing system, leading to a 
change of GHG emissions of installed infrastructure versus the 
previous year. For “saved” emissions, the “brownfield reference 
situation” is defined as the situation before the new solution is 
sold and installed at the customer’s site.

•  Greenfield sales correspond to the situation where the solution 
is installed into a new system, allowing a better performance 
with respect to the market alternative.

The calculation of CO2 impact of offers over their lifetime is based 
on sales data per product range. The electricity emission factors 
are forward looking, integrating the decarbonization of the global 
energy mix as per scenario of the IEA. Market data and expert 
assumptions are used to determine the use-case scenario of offers 
and the associated CO2 impact. This methodology is associated to 
typical uncertainties of CO2 corporate accounting methodologies, 
and conservative assumptions are preferred.

More methodological details can be found in our website that has 
been made public in 2019.

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSI #3:  Reduce CO2 emissions from top 1,000 
suppliers’ operations by 50% 
Under this program, also called Zero Carbon Project, the Group 
partners with 1,000 of its suppliers, who commit to reduce their 
company’s CO2 emissions (mandatory Scope 1 & 2; Scope 3 
is optional) and not just on the proportion of sales to Schneider 
Electric. The active participation of upstream supply chain is critical 
because it represents multiple times GHG emission compared to 
Schneider Electric’s own operations. The top 1,000 suppliers come 
from 64 categories across direct material, indirect material and 
project procurement and have been nominated by the respective 
procurement teams.

2.7.1.2  Indicators from the  
Schneider Sustainability Impact

SSI #1:  Grow Schneider Impact revenues to 80%
Schneider Impact revenues are defined as offers that bring 
energy, climate, or resource efficiency to our customers, while 
not generating any significant harmful impact to the environment. 
Schneider Impact revenues are split into four categories described 
thereafter. Activities included are: 

1)  Energy efficiency architectures bringing energy and/or 
resource efficiency to customers. Offers include building 
management systems, power management systems, lighting 
and room control, thermal control, variable speed drives, 
Sustainability Business (SB), and industry automation. Neutral 
technologies such as signaling, racks and enclosures, access 
control, or emergency lighting are excluded.

2)  Grid reinforcement and smart grid architectures 

contributing to electrification and decarbonization. This 
includes all technologies and architectures contributing to 
a New Electric World, helping grid and electrification come 
to life: smart grid and microgrid technologies, EV charging 
infrastructures, medium voltage systems to upgrade electricity 
distribution networks, low voltage connectable offers enabling 
smart grid management and energy efficiency, secure power 
and switches that enable security, and security of supply; 

3)  Products with differentiating green performance, flagged 
thanks to our Green Premium program. Green Premium 
products offer environmental transparency (with digital life 
cycle analysis and circular end-of-life instructions), superior 
compliance to stringent environmental regulations, and 
differentiating environmental performance through specific 
environmental attributes (note: double-accounting with 
categories 1 or 2 is removed); 

4)  Services that bring benefits for circularity (prolonged 

asset lifetime and uptime, optimized maintenance operations, 
repair, and refurbish) and energy efficiency (maintenance to 
maintain the operational performance of equipment and avoid 
a decrease of energy efficiency over time). 

Additionally, revenues derived from activities with fossil sectors 
and others are systematically excluded, including Oil & Gas, 
coal mining, and fossil-power generation, in line with prevailing 
corporate responsibility reporting and sustainable finance 
practices, even though Schneider Electric’s technologies deliver 
resource and carbon efficiency in such sectors as well. In line with 
Schneider Electric’s strategy to phase out SF6 from offers by 2025, 
SF6-containing switchgear for medium voltage applications are 
also excluded. In addition, neutral technologies such as signaling, 
racks and enclosures, access control, or emergency lighting  
are excluded.

All revenues consolidated in financial accounts are taken into 
account. Calculation is based on revenues per line of business. 
Exclusion of fossil revenues is based on orders per customers’ 
end-segment, with extrapolation to estimate destination of 
transactional sales.

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

207

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.7  Methodology and audit of indicators

To ensure suppliers get adequate handholding during the 
implementation, several capacity building and engagement 
modules have been deployed. These initiatives sensitize the 
suppliers on various approaches and technical levers for 
decarbonization, including training on basic requirements and 
calculations. Moreover, Schneider attempts to support and  
drive collaborations with suppliers through services and 
EcoStruxure™ solutions.

As a first step in the long-term journey to decarbonize, top 1,000 
suppliers are required to quantify their carbon emissions and take 
ambitious reduction targets and deploy roadmap to achieve them. 
Suppliers are required to share the carbon emission performance 
via the dedicated Schneider Supplier Portal-Supplier Relationship 
Management (SSPSRM). To measure the carbon emission 
reduction achieved, we calculate the average carbon intensity 
reduction achieved by responding suppliers, multiplied by the 
percentage of suppliers reporting carbon emission data. Carbon 
intensity is calculated as Scope 1 & 2 CO2 emission divided by 
financial turnover.

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSI #4:  Increase green material content in our 
products to 50% 
A Green Material is defined as either of the following: 

•  a material with a lower environment footprint; 
•  a material that is the output of an industrial technology which  
is a key enabler for a 1.5°C climate scenario and/or a more 
circular economy. 

For 2021, the scope of this KPI covers commodities identified as 
relevant in terms of volume (circa 29% of total products volume 
in 2019), environmental impact (carbon footprint and biodiversity 
assessment) and industry readiness, meaning: 

•  Steel and aluminum direct purchases; 
•  Thermoplastic direct and indirect purchases. 

Overall, the materials in scope represent approximatively 400,000 
metric tons.

Cross-functional experts at Schneider Electric (Procurement, R&D, 
Environment) have worked in close relationship with suppliers to 
define the Green attributes for each commodity in scope, based on 
existing international schemes and standards. 

Thermoplastics are qualified as “Green” when the supplier is 
bringing evidence of a minimum recycled content, biobased 
content (minimum threshold depends on whether the compound is 
halogenated or not) or is using a green flame retardant. 

Steel is qualified as “Green” when the supplier is bringing 
evidence that the mill of origin is an Electric Arc Furnace (EAF)  
or has a Green certificate such as the ones delivered by 
Responsible Steel. 

Aluminum is qualified as “Green” when the supplier is bringing 
evidence that the product carbon footprint is below 8 tons of CO2 
per ton of Aluminum, is using a minimum of 90% of recycled content 
in its product or that the mill of origin has a Green certificate such 
as the ones delivered by the Aluminium Stewardship Initiative.

The scope will be yearly reassessed as the program maturity and 
the transparency of supply chains improve.

To consolidate the KPI, several sources of data are used. The 
volumes of green materials are identified using Prism extract for 
metals and Puma extract for thermoplastic, both tools are providing 
budgeted volumes. The total volume in scope (the denominator 

of the KPI) is determined using RMI extracts for thermoplastic, 
steel and aluminum providing purchased volumes in metric tons. 
For silicon steel there is no consolidation in RMI since silicon 
steel is not a market index, thus the volume is estimated based 
on a negotiation file RCM. Schneider Electric decided to identify 
reported and tracked Green Materials using ‘budgeted’ volume 
since the precision of the reporting tool is better compared to RMI 
extract. Actually, Prism and Puma allowed to track suppliers and 
material grade that make the two levers mentioned above possible 
to activate.

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSI #5:  100% of our primary and secondary 
packaging is free from single-use plastic and  
uses recycled cardboard 
This program has been designed to: 

•  Ensure legal compliance through the selection of our packaging 
materials and the availability of adequate take-back, collection 
and sustainable options for our customers.

•  Support the achievement of our 2025 Green packaging 

commitment:
 − 100% of our primary and secondary packaging uses 

recycled cardboard. 

 − 100% of our primary and secondary packaging is free from 

single-use plastic. 

 − Define the best practices to offer differentiating green 

packaging solutions to our customers.

The scope includes tier-one strategic suppliers with a direct 
purchase of cardboard and plastics in the Schneider Electric 
procurement system. Geographically, all regions under the global 
supply chain will be covered, as well as Equipment & Transformers.

Cardboard is considered as recycled when it includes at least 70% 
of recycled fiber by weight. Temporary exemption is made for NAM, 
where an average of 50% of recycled fiber by weight is required to 
be considered recycled.

Every reporting period, the spend on cardboard and plastics 
is extracted from the system and each element is classified as 
sustainable or none based on criteria mentioned above. Verification 
is done for sustainable declarations on the definitions already 
provided as well as certificates and other documentary evidence 
from suppliers. The list of eligible certificates/documents is 
continually updated to make it exhaustive and to cover countries 
specificities.

A global campaign is being run in all global supply chain regions to 
progressively move the spend to sustainable sources and remove 
single use plastic usage with sponsorship from top management.

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSI #6:  100% of our strategic suppliers provide 
decent work to their employees 
Schneider Electric has deployed a series of engagement on the 
topic of working conditions to correct mal practices, but also 
proactively work to implement measures which will prevent such 
violations in future. This philosophy is the foundation of the Decent 
Work program. 

208

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

This indicator was calculated for the first time in 2021 and reached 
an 81/100 performance. As such, this KPI is excluded from the 
2021 SSI score computation, and will be integrated in 2022.

The methodology for this indicator was reviewed by Ernst & Young.

SSI #8:  Increase gender diversity, from hiring 
(50%) to front-line managers (40%) and leadership 
teams (30%) 
Schneider Electric is strongly committed to building a diverse 
organization at every level, with a workforce that reflects the 
diverse markets in which we operate. This indicator measures 
female representation within Schneider, at the hiring, frontline 
manager, and leadership level. 

It covers all new hires within the company, including both non 
direct variable costs (NDVC i.e. white-collar) and direct variable 
costs (DVC i.e. blue-collar) positions; managers who are in NDVC 
positions, at the junior and mid-management level and whose 
direct reports are individual contributors only; and all leaders in 
Senior Vice Presidents & Vice Presidents positions.

This is a composite indicator: the progress of each metric (new 
hires, frontline managers, leaders) is being evenly weighted (1/3) to 
calculate the achievement of this commitment. 
At the end of each quarter, 

•  Percentage of female new hires: Count number of new hires 
that are women divided by total new hires in the current year 
*100.

•  Percentage of female frontline managers: Count number of 
frontline managers that are women divided by total frontline 
manager population *100

•  Percentage of female leaders: Count of women leaders 

divided by count total leaders *100

•  Blended achievement percentage: Weighted 1/3, based 
on annual % progression from Base Year to total 5-year 
achievement. 
 − 50% new hires progression: Subtract current period % of 

women who are new hires from 2020 base line and divide by 
targeted 5-year progression target (9%).

 − 40% frontline managers progression: Subtract current period 
% of women who are frontline managers from 2020 base line 
and divide by targeted 5-year progression target (15%).
 − 30% leaders progression: Subtract current period % of 

women who are leaders from 2020 base line and divide by 
targeted 5-year progression target (6%).

 − Calculate blended progression achievement %: 1/3 of each 

KPI current period progression 

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSI #9:  Provide access to green electricity  
to 50 million people 
Schneider aims to provide access to electricity from renewable 
sources to 50 million people, thanks to the products and solutions 
that are developed and/or commercialized under the Access to 
Energy (A2E) program, from 2009 to end-2025. 

Taking inspiration from the pioneering work of ILO, Schneider has 
defined 10 pillars of Decent Work:

1. Employment opportunities; 
2. Adequate earnings and productive work;
3. Decent working hours;
4. Stability and security of work;
5. Social dialogue and workplace relations; 
6. Fair treatment in employment; 
7. Safe work; 
8. Social protection; 
9. Purchasing practices; and 
10. Balancing work and family life. 

The program requires strategic suppliers to develop a pro-active 
policy and provide a safe, attractive, inclusive workplace to their 
employees, and treat all workers as we treat our own workforce. 
Criteria defined for each Decent Work pillar may overlap with 
ISO26000 standard and are validated by Global Procurement, 
Human Resources, Supply Chain and Sustainability teams. 

The suppliers will be assessed through remote questionnaires 
supported by relevant documentation as well as onsite visits, spot 
audits and their performance will be monitored by experts. All 
questions have a minimum acceptable answer defined. Suppliers 
responses will be evaluated against the minimum acceptable 
criteria to qualify as Decent Work compliant. Program deployment 
is ensured by Global Procurement Services to onboard, train and 
assess suppliers. 

Through Decent Work standard setting and compliance, Schneider 
employment aims to enhance social integration, equity, security, 
dignity, satisfaction and overall improvement in the quality of life 
for the workers, and their family. For each Decent Work issue 
identified, the Global Procurement team will ask for corrective 
actions to be undertaken and supported by documentation. If the 
supplier effectively deploys corrective actions, it can be counted in 
the KPI calculation. Otherwise, it is still counted as non-compliant 
regarding the requirements of the program. 

A pilot for this indicator will be launched early 2022. As such, this 
KPI is excluded from the 2021 SSI score computation, and will be 
integrated in 2022.

The methodology for this indicator was reviewed by Ernst & Young.

SSI #7:  Measure the level of confidence of our 
employees to report behaviors against our 
principles of Trust 
Speak-Up helps to maintain high standards, a strong reputation, 
and a healthy and productive working environment, and protects 
Schneider Electric and its employees from multiple risks. Misconduct 
situations will be less likely to occur if people, employees and 
stakeholders feel safe to speak up about concerns, dilemmas or 
issues in good faith, respectfully and without fear of retaliation.

Our Trust Charter and Ethics & Compliance program participate to 
transform this belief into practical actions, notably offering multiple 
fair, neutral and confidential reporting channels to our employees to 
make them feel confident to report an unethical conduct. 

In order to assess this KPI, the question “I can report an instance of 
unethical conduct without fear” is annually asked to all Schneider 
Electric employees included in the OneVoice survey scope. The 
percentage of “Agree” and “Strongly Agree” amongst the answers 
determines the level of confidence of Schneider Employees 
to report unethical conduct. Responses are anonymized and 
aggregated for compliance purposes.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

209

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.7  Methodology and audit of indicators

Geographical scope are countries where the A2E program is 
operating, in APAC, Africa, Middle East, and South America. Within 
these A2E countries, the impact is calculated based on:

Calculations are based on actual external requisition positions filled 
in the Global Applicant Tracking System and opportunities tracked 
via connect Candidate Relationship Management. 

• 

Individual and domestic electrification: the number of units 
sold is counted out of the defined list of references providing 
access to green electricity, and a coefficient is applied to 
translate into an estimated number of people impacted.
•  Collective electrification: the total power sold is counted 
out of the defined list of references giving access to green 
electricity; it is translated into a number of people impacted from 
an average energy consumption of a household in the targeted 
areas, estimated from external databases and studies.

•  Large A2E projects or electrification of public services: as 
an alternative to the above method, actual or statistical number 
of people connected can be taken into account. In this case, 
the technologies sold by Schneider can go beyond the strict 
A2E references, but their value must be at least equal to the 
estimated price of the project’s inverters.
Impact funds (SEEA, SEEA Asia and EAV): 100% of the impact 
of companies that contribute directly to the Schneider A2E 
mission of providing green and reliable electricity in Africa and 
in Asia are taken into account, as well as 50% of the impact of 
companies that contribute indirectly. To this result, we apply the 
percentage of participation of SE in the fund.

• 

An exhaustive list of products and solutions considered with 
reference codes is available and maintained. Considered products 
and solutions are those already available at the end of 2020, and the 
forthcoming products and solutions providing access to electricity. 
Products and solutions that are out of scope: A2E products and 
solutions that are sold out of A2E countries; other A2E products 
and solutions, not directly providing access to electricity (e.g. 
MPPT, EcoStruxure™ for Energy Access, batteries, etc.).

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young. The methodology and 
2021 performance was audited, not values cumulated before 2021.

SSI #10:  Create 2x opportunities for the next 
generation 
The purpose of this initiative is to ensure Schneider Electric has 
a sustainable talent strategy to develop a Next Generation (Next 
Gen) pipeline of talent through full-time, temporary, and self-
paced opportunities. Our goal is to provide access to professional 
opportunities for young adults, educating them about sustainability 
and how Schneider Electric plays a part in this endeavor. 

To achieve this ambition to double opportunities, the Group 
accounts for the various ways it interacts with talent considered 
to be part of the next generation pipeline, including Student 
Opportunities and Recent Graduate Hires: 

•  Student opportunities are defined as the workforce on the 
cusp of entering the job market, engaged in a temporary 
relationship with Schneider Electric with a defined start and end 
date at the onset (i.e.: Intern, learning event about Schneider 
and sustainability). 

•  Recent Graduate Hires are recent graduates or early career 
professionals hires from a formal education program whose 
relationship with Schneider has a defined start date but open-
ended end date (i.e.: Contract type: open ended contract, fixed 
term contract). 

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSI #11:  Train 1 million people in energy 
management 
The deployment of professional training programs in energy 
management enable people to acquire skills to pursue a career 
that offers them, as well as their families, the means for a decent 
standard of living. These courses must benefit to disadvantaged 
people. They are defined according to a local reference and 
justifiable by the partner who must be able to justify the BoP nature 
of the people trained, related to the defined local benchmark.

In partnership with local and international NGOs and local 
authorities, the Schneider Electric Foundation and the Company’s 
local entities provide direct and indirect contributions to 
professional training centers. The objective is to help them improve 
the level of vocational training courses with diploma or certification 
in energy management. As a technical partner, Schneider Electric 
does not pay operating expenses. 

The minimum duration of these courses is three months  
(or totaling 100 hours). Schneider’s Contributions may be 
(cumulative possible): 

• 

funding of electrical and didactic equipment, donation of 
request equipment, first generation, for practical work; 
•  knowledge transfer through trainer training, and support for 

future entrepreneur training. 

The KPI score is calculated with the number of students enrolled 
in trainings courses, supported by Schneider Electric through 
partnership agreement (supporting documents (list of young 
people) required).”

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSI #+1:  100% of Country and Zone Presidents 
define 3 local commitments that impact their 
communities in line with our sustainability 
transformation 
Since its creation in 2005, the former Planet & Society barometer 
(now Schneider Sustainability Impact), has focused on measuring 
progress against key sustainability performance indicators at 
worldwide level.

In SSI 2021-2025 Schneider Electric introduces a new component 
to measure local impact because:

•  There is a high internal demand for local communication 

on progress, as well as to locally empower collaborators to 
contribute to our meaningful purpose;

•  Sustainability priorities are highly dependent on local context 

therefore it makes sense to not only deploy worldwide 
programs, but also local actions close to local context and 
needs.

In order to boost local impact towards communities close to 
Schneider Electric, Countries with at least 100 employees have  
set 3 commitments aligned with the Group’s sustainability strategy, 
on different pillars: Climate, Resources, Trust, Equal, Generations 
and Local.

Progress against these commitments is measured by precise Key 
Performance Indicators (KPI). The assessment of this objective 

210

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

goes as follow: KPIs are validated by zone/ country presidents, 
and a local SSI lead is designated and communicated to the 
Sustainability Team. This local Lead is in charge of consolidating 
KPI performance on an annual basis.

This indicator was not audited by Ernst & Young and is not included 
in the SSI score.

2.7.1.3  Indicators from the Schneider 
Sustainability Essentials

SSE #1:  150 Zero-CO2 sites
A site achieves Zero CO2 site status if it emits zero greenhouse 
gas emissions related to energy consumption and has in place 
Digital Energy Monitoring. Additionally, the site must have no SF6 
leaks. Exclusions for energy-related greenhouse gas emissions are 
considered for small sources (<3%) of a site’s total energy where no 
feasible fossil-free solution exists today. Digital Energy Monitoring 
is defined as having energy data connected to a Schneider Electric 
solution (such as Power Monitoring Expert, EcoStruxure™ Building 
Operation, Resource Advisor, etc.). For larger sites, this requires 
a significant proportion of the site’s energy to be measured and 
monitored through real-time connected meters. For smaller sites, 
this requires energy invoices to be available in Schneider Electric’s 
Resource Advisor solution. This indicator relates to all sites within 
the Group’s full real estate footprint.

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSE #2:  100% substitution with SF6-Free medium 
voltage technologies 
This indicator measures the ability of Schneider Electric to offer 
to the market (i.e. SELL gate of our Offer Creation Process) 
industrialized SF6-Free solutions for all geographies. 

The range considered for the calculation of this KPI are Primary & 
Secondary switchgears up to 40.5 kV, Indoor only:

A  SF6 free ranges ready in 2020: Vaccuum components, 

Premset, primary AIS with vaccum CB, HVL, Masterclad…

B  SF6 ranges in 2020: RM6, FBX, Ringmaster, DVCAS, Flusarc, 

SM6, RN2C, GMA, GMAe GHA, WS, WSG, CGBS-0, CGBS-1, 
HVL-CC, Mcset, F400

C  SF6 free offers to be launched from 2021-2025: SM AirSeT, Air 
PacT, RM AirSeT, RingmasterX, GM AirSeT, HVLCCX, …

Products above 40.5kV (WI, CBGS-2, Kite), Outdoor Equipment 
such as Pole mounted, Reclosers, Sectionalizers, Instrument 
transformers, as well as ranges manufactured by JVs and local 
offers adaptation are excluded.

The performance is measured as the percentage of the quantity of 
SF6 free offer range available for order (A+C above) compared to 
the total quantity of the current ranges sold in the 2019 reference 
base (for both MV switchgears and components). The current 
range for 2019 reference base is defined as the sum of the current 
SF6 and non-SF6 (Air, Vaccum) ranges sold in quantities (A+B 
above).

For the calculation, as an example, 1 RMairSet =1 RM6.
Calculation: KPI % = (A + C) / (A + B). Reference Base: total 
quantities by range sold in 2019. 

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

SSE #3:  90% of electricity sourced from 
renewables
This program measures the share of renewable electricity in 
Schneider Electric electricity supply, on the scope of environmental 
reporting (industrial sites >50 employees and tertiary sites >500 
employees certified ISO 14001). 

Four different types of renewable sourcing are taken into account: 

•  Renewable electricity produced onsite and consumed onsite;
•  Renewable power purchase agreements (PPAs);
•  Green tariffs; and 
•  Renewable certificates (depending on the country: REC, iREC, 

GO, EAC, etc.). 

2.

Electricity purchased with no specific renewable electricity claim 
is not taken into account, even if the electricity mix of the supplier 
includes a share of renewable power. 

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSE #4:  15% CO2 efficiency in transportation
Transport within Schneider Electric is a significant generator of 
CO2 due to dependence on fossil-fuels. To achieve its net-zero 
target, the Group must engage with its transport providers on both 
efficiency opportunities as well as technical advancements in 
transport assets. 

This KPI measures the Group progress against an annual 3% CO2 
emissions for its paid transportation footprint for each of the next 
5 years, or 15% total reduction from 2020 to 2025. The scope of 
the program covers all shipments globally with all transportation 
providers and modes where the freight is paid by the Group. 
This equates to approximately two-thirds of the total freight CO2 
impact to the Group. The base calculation for CO2 efficiency uses 
an activity-based method of weight multiplied by distance and by 
mode/equipment CO2 factors. Progress is measured using CO2 
emissions per tonne shipped as unit.

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSE #5:  15% energy efficiency in our sites 
This program measures the normalized energy reduction of the 
Group’s largest energy-consuming sites against a baseline. The 
objective is to reduce energy consumption by ~3% each year, for 
a total reduction of 15% over the whole duration of the company 
program (2021-2025) using Schneider Electric solutions and 
services. The program focuses on Schneider sites within the scope 
of environmental reporting that consume >3 GWh of total energy, 
along with other sites the Group considers strategic (213 sites in 
2021). Energy savings are calculated versus a baseline year (2019) 
for the whole duration of the company program. In order to ensure 
a fair calculation of the savings, the actual consumption of a site is 
normalized versus the baseline year. This normalization is based 
upon a site-specific linear regression model enabling climate and 
changes in production levels to be taken into account. All energy 
consumption that can be modelled is taken into account and 
converted into MWh. 

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSE #6:  80% of product revenues covered by 
Green Premium™ 
Schneider Electric provides environmentally conscious products to 
customers that support their sustainability goals and ambitions. The 

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

211

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.7  Methodology and audit of indicators

2025 target is a transformation of the existing program, for products 
focused on green materials, low CO2, circularity and digitization  
of data.

Each site reports initiatives at completion. At Group level, 
performance is calculated by dividing completed initiatives by total 
required initiatives.

Green Premium products provide detailed information on their 
regulatory compliance, material content, environmental impact and 
circularity attributes. They deliver market driven value propositions 
through third-party labels, such a Green Building and product 
certifications, that support our customers’ sustainability ambitions. 
All globally sold products are within the scope of Green Premium. 
The product must be identifiable by an individual commercial 
reference number sold under a recognized brand of Schneider 
Electric. The Group provides resources efficient products (energy 
at usage, low CO2, material efficiency) whose footprints are fully 
available through the ‘Product Environmental Profile’ relying on 
Life Cycle Assessment; Green Premium offers also come with 
‘Circularity profiles’, providing information on a product’s Circularity 
through product end-of-life instructions and take-back services. 
Green Premium offers are regulatory compliant. Schneider is going 
beyond regulatory compliance with step-by-step substitution 
of certain materials and substances from our products. All this 
information is provided digitally to our customers.

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSE #7:  One-third of corporate vehicle fleet 
comprised of electric vehicles 
Schneider Electric has joined the EV100 initiative of Climate Group 
to reduce its carbon emissions by committing to electrify 100% 
of its fleet by 2030. The fleet reporting structures the fleet carbon 
emissions calculations, the calculation of EVs share in the fleet 
and allows to support countries in the transition. As a mid-term 
objective, by 2025, Schneider commits to switch a third (1/3) of its 
fleet to electric vehicles (EV).

Schneider Electric uses the definition by the Climate Group for 
electric vehicles, including:

•  Battery Electric Vehicle (BEV),
•  Plug-in hybrids (PHEV): Extended Range vehicle (EREV) 

and Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle (FCEV) - with at least 50km of 
electrical autonomy

Vehicles’ count is a picture at 31/12. The share of electric vehicle in 
fleet is calculated by dividing EV count by total vehicle count

Fleet leasers are the source of information; global leasers operate 
the largest share of Schneider Electric’s fleet and provide data 
on multiple countries by region. A detailed reporting is asked to 
all countries to eventually correct, complete or complement the 
information (considering for instance vehicles under local leasers).

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSE #8:  100% of sites with local biodiversity 
conservation and restoration programs 
This program measures, for each site in scope, the percentage 
completion of a set of biodiversity-related actions. The scope is 
Schneider Electric sites within full real estate footprint that have >50 
people. 

Initiatives are defined as “eliminate single-use plastic”, and “local 
biodiversity action” (2 required for large ISO14001 sites, 1 for  
small sites).

This indicator is audited annually by Ernst & Young.

SSE #9:  200 ‘Waste-to-Resource’ sites 
A site achieves ‘Waste-to-Resource’ status if it recovers more 
than 99% (by weight) of its non-hazardous waste while leveraging 
waste-to-energy solutions for less than 10% of its non-hazardous 
waste. Additionally, if a site generates hazardous waste, it must 
ensure 100% proper handling and treatment of that waste. Proper 
handling and treatment of hazardous waste means that hazardous 
waste shall be handled as per Schneider Electric’s requirements 
and local regulations, whichever is the most restrictive. Waste is 
considered as recovered if it is reduced, reused, or sent to a waste 
provider for recycling or disposal in any manner except landfill 
and incineration without energy recovery. Waste composting and 
energy recovery systems qualify as recovered. This indicator 
relates to all sites within the Group’s full real estate footprint.

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSE #10:  420,000 metric tons of avoided primary 
resource consumption through ‘take-back at  
end-of-use’ since 2017
The aim of this KPI is to measure Schneider Electric’s Circular 
Economy efforts, meaning all the industrial activities that contribute 
to the Circular Economy model, such as repair, reuse, refurbish and 
recycling, thus avoiding waste, material & energy consumption, 
CO2 emissions and/or water depletion. 

Activities in this KPI will enrich on the basis of SE increasing focus 
on circularity business models, and are currently constituted of

•  Batteries take back and recycling;
•  Volume of devices refurbished and repaired in our repair 

centers (eg UPS, Drives);

•  Volume of MV, LV and Transformers refurbished or recycled in 

our Ecofit Centers.

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSE #11:  100% of sites in water-stressed areas 
have a water conservation strategy and related 
action plan
This program measures the percentage completion of a set of 
water conservation actions that sites in water-stressed areas must 
complete. The scope is Schneider Electric sites within the scope of 
environmental reporting that are classified as ‘high’ or ‘extremely 
high’ baseline water stress, as defined by World Resources Institute 
(WRI) Aqueduct Water Risk Atlas. Actions are defined based on the 
amount of water that a site consumes along with the application(s) 
that the site uses water for. At the Group level, performance is 
calculated by totaling all completed site actions and dividing by the 
total required actions.

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

212

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

2.

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

SSE #12:  Deploy a ‘Social Excellence’ program 
through multiple tiers of suppliers 
This indicator has not yet been deployed by Schneider Electric. 

observation or counselling; the conduct of diagnostic procedures, 
such as x-rays and blood tests, including the administration of 
prescription medications used solely for diagnostic purposes (e.g. 
eye drops to dilate pupils); or first aid.

SSE #13:  100% of employees trained every year  
on Cybersecurity and Ethics
As per to our Ethics & Compliance and Cybersecurity programs, 
training of employees on ethics, corruption risks (for eligible 
employees) and cybersecurity is mandatory. To do so, Schneider 
Electric launched 3 new trainings as part of the Global Schneider 
Essentials training campaign reconducted every year with  
new content:

•  Since 2018: Training on the Principles of Responsibility (PoR 
document replaced in September 2021 by Trust Charter 
Schneider’s Electric Code of Conduct) and Anticorruption.

•  Since 2020: Training on Cybersecurity.

The scope of this KPI is all employees registered in TalentLink 
(legal entities integrated in Talent Link, Core HR data system) 
as of November 15:

•  Principle of Responsibility and Cybersecurity e-learnings: 

all active employees with Open Ended Contracts (OEC) 
(exception: Chinese and Bulgarian Fix Term Contracts – FTC – 
are included), present in the Group on December 31st and hired 
before December 1st 

•  Anticorruption e-learning: exposed employees identified 
based on the job description (Schneider Electric System of 
Reference – description of functions), active, with connectivity 
type online-corporate credentials, with OEC (exception: Chinese 
and Bulgarian FTC) present in the Group on December 31st and 
hired before December 1st 

This KPI is calculated as followed: the number of employees who 
completed all required e-learnings assigned based on defined 
criteria (2 or 3) divided by the number of employees x 100.

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSE #14:  0.38 or below Medical Incident rate
Safety is one of the 5 pillars of Schneider Trust Charter, which 
emphasizes the importance Schneider Electric is placing on 
its employees, customers, and contractors. Schneider works 
with many VIP global customers, and they demand the highest 
standards of Health & Safety management and performance before 
they engage and continue to do business with Schneider Electric.

Moreover, at Schneider Electric our mission is to protect 
Occupational Health and Safety of employees, customers, 
contractors, and visitors to our locations. The Group also strives 
to provide employees safe, pleasant, and efficient workplaces for 
enhanced wellbeing and effectiveness. As such, we aim to reduce 
the Medical Incident Rate (MIR) to 0.38 by 2025.

The MIR is the number of work incidents requiring medical 
treatment per million hours worked (i.e. average hours of 500 
employees working for one calendar year). Work related injuries 
and occupational illnesses requiring medical treatment are 
included. Work incidents may or may not have resulted in time  
off work.

All work-related incidents reported on Schneider Electric sites 
are counted (including therefore incidents affecting Schneider 
employees and other employees working under the supervision 
of Schneider, i.e. temporary workers). All Schneider sites within 
scope are considered. Medical incidents do not include: visits to a 
physician or other licensed healthcare professional solely for 

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSE #15:  Reduce by 50% scrap from safety units 
recalled
Schneider Electric’s priority is to delight its customers with an 
outstanding end-to-end experience. The Group strives to ensure 
our products’ reliability, safety and cybersecurity to secure 
customers’ business continuity and protect their people, assets 
and data. Quality is every customer’s right and every employee’s 
responsibility. By rationale, with an enhanced emphasis on quality, 
Schneider products henceforth should have minimal recall. In 
addition, safety in using Schneider products is of utmost priority 
and therefore we set this target with the mindset to ensure that our 
products remain safe for use for our customers. 

In the unfortunate event of a recall, the Group aims to encourage a 
circular economy by reusing any parts from the recalled product as 
possible instead of scrapping it.

This KPI is based on all Problem (PRB) opened with Go decision 
from the Offer Safety Alert Committee (OSAC). Target of weight of 
scrap need to be included in the OSAC presentation and decision.

The used definition of ‘recall’ is a product recalled from Customer 
sites to Schneider’s premises. Products remediated at customer’s 
site without physical recall to SE’s premises is excluded. The 
scope of this KPI includes all physical products sold by Schneider. 
Software are by definition excluded. Also, safety recalls bound by 
Non-Disclosure Agreement is excluded.

The weight of scrapped materials (in kilograms) is estimated by 
multiplying the number of physical products scrapped following a 
safety recall multiplied by the weight of product. The % reduction 
is calculated by comparing the weight of scrapped materials in the 
reporting year to that of the baseline (4,202 kilograms in 2020).

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSE #16:  In the Top 25% in external ratings for 
Cybersecurity performance
Schneider Electric is continuously and consistently monitoring the 
security of its digital footprint with the support of cyber scoring 
agencies and this discipline is applied across the extended 
ecosystem* (e.g. integrated and non-integrated entities). 

Our primary scoring agency is BitSight which rates company 
security maturity between 300 to 820. This rating is calculated in 
real time with a proprietary algorithm that examines two classes of 
externally observable data: 
•  configuration information, which represents how diligent a 
company is in implementing best practices to mitigate risk.
•  observed security events, which are evidences of cyber events 

like system compromises or data breaches etc. 

Security incidents or identified vulnerabilities can negatively impact 
the company’s rating. They are addressed in a timely manner and 
the Group strives to maintain the score above 800.

*Bitsight scores for non-integrated entities (e.g. Aveva) are not 
included and are monitored separately.

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

213

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.7  Methodology and audit of indicators

SSE #17:  4,000 suppliers assessed under our 
‘Vigilance Program’
Schneider Electric seeks to be a role model in its interactions with 
customers, partners, suppliers, and communities, when it comes to 
ethics and the respect and promotion of human rights. The Group’s 
vigilance plan reflects this ambition. It also complies with the 
provisions of 2017 French law on Corporate duty of vigilance: Duty 
of Vigilance introduced a new legal framework by which French 
authorities could hold corporations accountable.

Risks within our Supply Chain are multiple: potential violations of 
human rights and fundamental freedoms, serious bodily injury, 
Environmental damage, Health and Safety risks, etc. Impact are 
therefore quite various: reputation impacts, legal impacts, people 
health & safety, environmental pollution…

To mitigate these risks with suppliers, the 2021-2025 plan is to 
deploy on site and remote audits for 4,000 suppliers: 

•  1,000 identified in “high risk” level (by a 3rd party methodology, 

RBA or other) with one site audits; and 

•  3,000 others through remote self-declarative assessment. 

Suppliers answering are counted, removing, if any, suppliers 
that have been audited in the current year or in past.

The KPI adds the total number of audits performed. The baseline 
takes into account on site audits performed between 2018 and 
2020 (i.e. 374 audits); this value has been audited and validated by 
Ernst & Young in the previous years.

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSE #18:  <1% pay gap for both females and males
Over the last five years, Schneider Electric has proactively 
worked to identify and address female pay gaps with appropriate 
corrective actions through a country driven approach. Given 
the progress made on Pay Equity and to support its inclusion 
philosophy, starting in 2021, Schneider Electric has engaged in 
best practices to maintain a pay gap below 1% by 2025 for both 
females and males. 

Measurement of the individual pay gap is achieved by comparing 
each employee to a universal median total target salary “TTC” 
(base salary + target short term incentive) for all genders. In other 
words, an individual’s TTC is assessed against the median TTC 
of their comparator group (individual TTC/median of comparator 
group TTC – 1). The comparator group is defined by the drivers of 
job level (grade) and salary structure within a country. 

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSE #19:  60% subscription in our yearly Worldwide 
Employee Share Ownership Plan (WESOP)
The World Employee Share Ownership Plan (WESOP) is one 
of the Group’s recurring key annual reward programs, offering 
employees across the world an opportunity to become owners of 
the Company, at preferred conditions. Schneider Electric commits 
to achieve a 60% subscription rate among eligible employees in the 
yearly WESOP by 2025. 

The scope concerns 29 recurring participating countries, 
representing 91% of the eligible headcount, which are all long-term 
employees of countries participating in WESOP with seniority of 
3 month in the company. The KPI is calculated by collecting the 
number of subscribers from the subscription tool, divided by the 

number of eligible employees in the 29 countries as per data from 
our global HRIS system. 

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSE #20:  100% of employees paid at least  
a living wage
In line with its Human Rights Policy and Trust Charter, Schneider 
Electric believes earning a living wage is a basic human right. 
Schneider Electric is committed to paying 100% of employees at or 
above the living wage to meet their families’ basic needs. By basic 
needs, the Group considers basic household expenditures (food, 
housing, clothing, sanitation, education, healthcare, transport), plus 
discretionary income for a given local standard of living. 

There is no universal benchmark or methodology on how to 
calculate a living wage, which is why Schneider Electric has been 
working with an external consultant since 2018 to calculate living 
wages for all its locations worldwide. To calculate a living wage, the 
external consultant estimates the basic household expenditures of 
employees, as well as the number of persons earning a wage in a 
“typical” household based on various sources of cost of living and 
macroeconomic data (national statistics, OECD, United Nations 
agencies, etc.). 

To measure compliance with the living wage, a gap analysis is 
conducted every year post salary review for all our Schneider 
Electric employees treated as permanent workforce (employee 
scope coverage was 99% in 2021 and will be extended to 100% 
in 2022). The Reward team centrally compiles and analyses 
total employee remuneration data (base salary, bonus, and 
allowances) to compare it with agreed living wage. Employees 
are benchmarked to their work location living wage. To calculate 
employee remuneration, the Reward team uses data available in its 
global HRIS system, as well as local payroll. For final reporting of 
the year end results, Schneider Electric can disclose a final score 
that considers living wage gaps closed by countries until the end of 
the year after they have been identified. 

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSE #21:  4x the number of employee-driven 
development interactions on the Open Talent 
Market
The purpose of this initiative is to create an integrated and digital 
Open Talent Market (OTM) that enables employees to drive their 
own career development. The platform is borderless, neutral, and 
uses AI to help achieve best matches. The ambition is to multiply 
the number of employee-driven interactions within OTM by 4 in the 
next 5 years.

Interactions are tracked in the tool for each feature of OTM. At the 
start of 2021, current features available to employees are:

•  Positions; 
•  Projects; and 
•  Mentorships. 

These 3 features work best when employee profiles are robust and 
rate a 3/4 for completeness. The scope of this initiative extends 
to the connected population of Schneider Electric as defined in 
January 2021, thus excluding non-connected workers (ie: plant), as 
well as contractors, and interns/apprentices.

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

214

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

SSE #24: 75% employee engagement score 
A high Employee Engagement index is linked to higher sales 
growth, higher operating income and ultimately higher customer 
satisfaction and loyalty toward the company. This index is 
calculated once a year through a survey called OneVoice, sent to 
100% of Group employees, and serves a starting point to adapt the 
Group’s people strategy, and action plans.

The computation of this KPI includes all Schneider employees 
treated as permanent workforce (i.e. open ended and fixed term 
contracts over 3 months), thus excluding interns or third party 
contractors. 

2.

The Kincentric employee engagement model is used, composed of 
6 questions, 2 per item (SAY, STAY, STRIVE), scored on a 6 points 
scale by employees:

•  Employee Engagement Index: is the percentage of people for 

which the average of the 6 questions is equal or higher than 4.5
•  Employee Disengagement: percentage of people for which the 

average of the 6 questions is equal or lower than 3.5

•  Neutral: is the percentage of people for which the average of the 

6 questions is scored between 3.5 and 4.5

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSE #25: 50,000 volunteering days since 2017 
Schneider Electric employees’ volunteering activities mainly take 
place in vocational or educational NGOs (vocational and technical 
training, schools, universities, etc.), and companies supported by 
the Schneider Electric Access to Energy Fund and more globally in 
all organizations referenced by the Schneider Electric Foundation 
delegates in their countries. They principally fall into actions 
benefiting young people, underprivileged families, the environment 
and are organized depending on the personal or professional skills 
of the volunteers as well as the needs identified by the supported 
organizations (specialized or non-specialized needs). Missions 
are posted on a dedicated digital and multilingual platform called 
VolunteerIn enabling Group employees to apply for volunteer 
missions among the Foundation’s partners. Local and spontaneous 
initiatives organized by the Schneider Electric Foundation 
delegates and their partners in which employees engage are also 
taken into account.

In 2021, the Schneider Electric Foundation and partner NGOs 
increased the number of digital missions offered to employees, 
enabling employees to continue on engaging even under 
restrictions due to the pandemic. One day of volunteering is 
counted when a staff member dedicates five hours of his or her 
time to one of these partner organizations. The indicator also 
includes the training missions organized abroad for a period of five 
days minimum. However, due to the pandemic this type of mission 
has not been organized in 2021 for safety reasons. Only missions 
lasting a minimum of 0.5 days are considered. 

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSE #22:  >90% of employees undergo  
digital upskilling 
The Group is committed to growing employee digital citizenship 
and aims to achieve digital upskilling for >90% employees by  
2025. The progress combines white collars and workers 
populations KPIs. 

•  For white collars, the Group aims to achieve >90% eligible 

employees reaching Intermediate, Advanced or Expert Digital 
Citizenship level by 2025. The Digital Citizenship level of all 
employees will be assessed by their managers each year. 
Eligible employees in 2021 are active employees hired before 
January 31 2021, Open-ended and fixed-term contracts, 
and excludes employees in non-integrated entities & further 
exclusion defined by country.

•  For workers, the Group aims to achieve >90% workers 

complete 2 hours of training per year offered by the GSC 
Academy on digital transformation, such as Smart factory 
program, Cybersecurity, Digital knowledge. The scope covers 
active workers populations and plant team leaders defined 
by specific job codes and hired before January 31 2021, 
Open-ended and fixed-term contracts (China only) in relevant 
operating units, and excludes workers on extended leave 
of more than 6 months during the year and factories which 
planned to be closed before Q2 of the following year.

The scope and exclusions of this indicator will be reviewed at the 
beginning of each year. 

The KPI is an aggregated % based on the % of employees 
meeting the target defined for white collars and workers to the total 
employee population in scope (white collars & workers).

This indicator was audited by Ernst & Young.

SSE #23: 90% of employees have access to a 
program that supports meaningful development  
in the later stages of their professional career 
This indicator aims to support and recognize talent who are near 
or at the later stages of their professional career through a robust 
career plan and development options, in order to strengthen key 
skills, leverage expertise and ensure knowledge exchange. 

In 2021, the strategy and approach were defined. Pilot programs 
will start fully in 2022. As such, this indicator was not measured  
in 2021.

From 2022, the indicator will be calculated as total headcount in the 
countries which meet the global minimum standard for a program, 
compared with overall Schneider Electric headcount. All countries 
with >250 employees are in scope. The minimum standard for a 
program include:

•  Training, coaching or one to one support available for 

employees (and their managers) in the later stages of their 
professional career enabling them to have a career check-in/
next-step conversation that results in a meaningful career 
development plan.

•  A selection of support options available in the employees’ 
country that may include flexible work, upskilling and career 
growth options, career pivot options, personal planning options 
or workplace adjustments. 

The methodology for this indicator was reviewed by Ernst & Young.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

215

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.7  Methodology and audit of indicators

2.7.2  Methodology elements on 
EU taxonomy indicators

For the remaining 14% of revenues (related to entities having their 
own reporting frameworks), analysis is conducted separately 
following a review of each entity’s product line reporting.

Regarding the calculation of the proportion of activities considered 
eligible in accordance with Article 1(5) of the Disclosure Delegated 
Act in turnover, capital (CapEx) and operational expenditures 
(OpEx), Schneider Electric provides the following additional details:

Calculation of Taxonomy-eligible turnover 
As detailed in Annex 1 of the Delegated Act on Article 8, the 
denominator of Taxonomy eligible turnover is equal to the net 
turnover recognized pursuant to IAS 1.82(a) after removal of intra-
group transactions. At Schneider Electric, this represents EUR 
28,905 million, as disclosed in the first line of the consolidated 
statement of income in this Universal Registration Document (URD, 
page 344).

For 86% of revenues (excluding entities having their own reporting 
framework), eligibility calculation combines two approaches:

• An offer-based (by nature of technology) approach, whereby
workshops are conducted with offer management teams
for each line of business to define whether products are in
line with the definition of economic activities included in the
EU Climate Delegated Act. The analysis is performed at the
level of each product category, which enables a granular
segmentation between Taxonomy-eligible and Taxonomy-non-
eligible revenues. For example, Building Management Systems
(BMS) generally include energy efficiency systems, which are
Taxonomy-eligible, and fire safety and access control systems,
which are not. In this example, the analysis enables to account
only for energy efficiency systems installed as part of a BMS. An
eligibility ratio is then consolidated for each product line (which
includes multiple product categories).

• An end-segment-based approach, whereby commercial teams
indicate for each product line the amount of revenues generated
from Taxonomy-eligible end-segments (Green Transport and
Renewables mainly).

Double-counting between offer-based approach and end-
segment-based approaches are removed before consolidation.

The following assumptions are made:

• At the granularity level of product categories, data is based

on orders instead of revenues. Therefore, the eligibility ratio is
calculated by dividing the amount of eligible orders by the total
amount of orders, and then applied to the net turnover.

• At the granularity level of product categories, a non-significant
share of orders (<5%) is not allocated per product category.
These are not considered in the calculation of Taxonomy
alignment per product line (the product line’s average eligibility
ratio is applied).

• End-segment sales data is based on orders. A correction factor
is applied to assess the value of net revenues per end-segment.

Calculation of Taxonomy-eligible Capital 
Expenditure (CapEx) 
As per specification of CapEx as detailed in Annex 1 of the 
Delegated Act on Article 8, the denominator of Taxonomy-eligible 
CapEx KPI is equal to additions to tangible and intangible assets of 
the financial year 2021 (including IFRS 16 rights of use), considered 
before depreciation, amortization and any re-measurement and 
including those resulting from revaluations and impairments for 
the financial year 2021 and excluding fair value changes. The 
denominator also covers additions to tangible and intangible assets 
resulting from business combinations that occurred during the 
financial year 2021.

At Schneider Electric, total tangible assets resulting from  
the above definition represents EUR 581 million, including  
EUR 536 million from additions, as disclosed in the note 11 of the 
Group financial statements in this URD, and EUR 45 million from 
business combinations.

The total covered IFRS 16 rights of use over 2021 represents  
EUR 402 million, as disclosed in the note 11 of the Group financial 
statements (page 369), including EUR 349 million from additions 
and EUR 53 million from business combinations.

The total intangible assets resulting from the above definition 
represents EUR 1,782 million. This amount is split as follows:  
EUR 333 million from additions, as disclosed in the note 10 of the 
Group financial statements (page 367) – this includes EUR 307 
millions of capitalized Research and Development (R&D) projects, 
as disclosed in the note 10 of the Group financial statements, and 
EUR 1,449 million from business combinations.

As per specification of CapEx as detailed in Annex 1 of the 
Delegated Act on Article 8, all costs based on IFRS 16 related 
to long-term leasing of buildings are eligible. CapEx related to 
assets or processes associated with Taxonomy-eligible activities, 
including R&D CapEx, were calculated using allocation keys of 
eligible turnover per business and operations. In 2021, CapEx for 
eligible individual measures was not evaluated, however the Group 
is working to implement the reporting process to do so next year.

Calculation of Taxonomy-eligible Operational 
Expenditure (OpEx) 
Only non-capitalized costs related to Research and Development 
(R&D) are reported. OpEx related to building renovation measures, 
short-term leases, maintenance and repair and other expenditures 
relating to the day-to-day servicing of assets represent less than 
EUR 116 million and are therefore considered as non-material for 
Schneider Electric business, and therefore excluded from the KPI 
calculation. 

The denominator of Taxonomy eligible OpEx KPI represents  
EUR 1,276 million, corresponding to non-capitalized Research and 
Development costs of the Group for EUR 1,232 million presented 

216

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

before offsetting with the R&D Tax Credit for EUR 44 million, as 
disclosed in the note 4 of the Group financial statements in this 
URD (page 365). 

Taxonomy eligible OpEx KPI numerator corresponds to R&D OpEx 
related to assets or processes associated with Taxonomy-eligible 
activities. R&D OpEx dedicated to Taxonomy-eligible activities 
were calculated using allocation key of eligible turnover per 
business and operations.

Double-counting between offer approach (by nature of technology) 
and segment approach (by nature of customers and infrastructure 
built such as renewable and low-carbon transport) are removed 
before consolidation.

The Group provides below a mapping of Schneider activities 
eligible under the current EU Taxonomy in order to provide a better 
understanding for its stakeholders.

2.

Activity name as specified 
in Annex 1 of the EU Climate 
Delegated Act

3.1  Manufacture of renewable 
energy technologies

3.5  Manufacture of energy 

efficiency equipment for 
buildings

3.6  Manufacture of low carbon 

technologies

4.15 District heating/cooling 

distribution

4.9  Transmission and distribution 

of electricity

6.15 Infrastructure enabling low-
carbon road transport and 
public transport

6.16 Infrastructure enabling low-
carbon water transport

7.5  Installation, maintenance 
and repair of instruments 
and devices for measuring, 
regulation and controlling 
energy performance of 
buildings

9.3  Professional services related 
to energy performance of 
buildings

Activity definition as specified in Annex 1  
of the EU Climate Delegated Act

Corresponding business activities  
of Schneider Electric

Manufacture of renewable energy technologies, 
where renewable energy is defined in Article 2(1) 
of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.

•  Manufacture of renewable energy 

technologies, equipping wind and solar 
power generation capacities

Manufacture of energy efficiency equipment for 
buildings.

Manufacture of technologies aimed at substantial 
GHG emission reductions in other sectors of 
the economy, where those technologies are not 
covered in activities 3.1 to 3.5 of the Annex.

Construction, refurbishment and operation 
of pipelines and associated infrastructure for 
distribution of heating and cooling, ending at the 
sub-station or heat exchanger.

Construction and operation of transmission 
systems that transport the electricity on the extra 
high-voltage and high-voltage interconnected 
system.
Construction and operation of distribution 
systems that transport electricity on high-voltage, 
medium-voltage and low-voltage distribution 
systems.

Construction, modernization, maintenance and 
operation of infrastructure that is required for zero 
tailpipe CO2 operation of zero-emissions road 
transport, as well as infrastructure dedicated to 
transshipment, and infrastructure required for 
operating urban transport.

Construction, modernization, operation and 
maintenance of infrastructure that is required 
for zero tailpipe CO2 operation of vessels or the 
port’s own operations, as well as infrastructure 
dedicated to transshipment.

•  Building management systems  

(except fire safety and access control)
•  Power metering systems for buildings
•  Smart monitoring and regulation of 

electricity or heat in buildings, such as 
thermostats and controls for lighting 
systems 

•  Cooling systems

•  Manufacture of variable speed drives
•  Manufacture of medium voltage switchgear 

SF6-free technology

•  Control, measurement and supervision 
systems for heat and cold networks

•  Equipment and projects for the 

construction of transmission and 
distribution infrastructure

•  Services for the operation of transmission 

and distribution infrastructure

•  Communication and control technologies 
for the controllability and observability of 
the electricity system, such as advanced 
automation software

•  Electric vehicles charging stations and 

supporting grid reinforcement technologies

•  Electrical infrastructure for urban and 

suburban public transport

•  Port infrastructure for shore-side electrical 

power to vessels at berth and electrification 
and efficiency of ports’ operations

Installation, maintenance and repair of 
instruments and devices for measuring, regulation 
and controlling energy performance of buildings.

•  Service plans related to building 

management and power metering systems 
in buildings

Professional services related to energy 
performance of buildings.

•  Technical consultations such as energy 

audits, simulations and trainings

•  Energy management services
•  Energy performance contracts

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

217

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.7  Methodology and audit of indicators

2.7.3  Sustainability Accounting Standard (SASB)  
Correspondence table

Topic

Accounting metric

Category

Unit of measure

Code

Energy
Management

Hazardous
Waste
Management

(1) Total energy consumed

(2) percentage grid electricity

(3) percentage renewable

Amount of hazardous waste generated, percentage 
recycled

Number and aggregate quantity of reportable spills, 
quantity recovered

Quantitative

Quantitative

Gigajoules (GJ)

Percentage (%)

Metric tons (t), 
Percentage (%)

Number,  
Kilograms (kg)

RT-EE-130a.1

RT-EE-150a.1

RT-EE-150a.2

Number of recalls issued, total units recalled

Number

RT-EE-250a.1

Product Safety

Quantitative

Total amount of monetary losses as a result of legal 
proceedings associated with product safety

Percentage of products by revenue that contain IEC 
62474 declarable substances

Reporting
currency

Percentage (%)
by revenue

Product
Life cycle
Management

Percentage of eligible products, by revenue, that meet 
ENERGY STAR® criteria

Quantitative

Revenue from renewable energy-related and energy 
efficiency-related products

Reporting
currency

Description of the management of risks associated with 
the use of critical materials

Discussion  
and Analysis

n/a

RT-EE-250a.2

RT-EE-410a.1

RT-EE-410a.2

RT-EE-410a.3

RT-EE-440a.1

Materials
Sourcing

Business  
Ethics

Description of policies and practices for prevention of:  
(1) corruption and bribery and
(2) anti-competitive behavior

Discussion  
and Analysis

n/a

RT-EE-510a.1

Total amount of monetary losses as a result of legal 
proceedings associated with bribery or corruption

Total amount of monetary losses as a result of legal 
proceedings associated with anticompetitive
behavior regulations

Number of units produced by product category

Quantitative

Quantitative

Reporting
currency

Activity metrics

Number of employees

Quantitative

Number

RT-EE-510a.2

RT-EE-510a.3

RT-EE-000.A

RT-EE-000.B

218

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Response/ Data/ Reference

The following KPIs covers our measured energy consumption (about 81% of Group energy consumption):
(1) 3,889,318 GJ (1,080,366 MWh)
(2) 37.0% (399,564 MWh)
(3) 58.3% (629,844 MWh)

Topic

Energy
Management

2.

Hazardous waste generated: 8,549 tons.
Hazardous waste channeled according to Schneider Electric expectations: 8,549 tons.

Zero reportable spills in 2021, therefore no recovered quantity to report.

14 product recalls have been issued in 2021. Schneider Electric has an Offer Safety Alert (OSA) process to alert the 
relevant Line of Business and other interested parties as soon as it is suspected that customers’ health or property safety 
may be put at risk by Schneider products, solutions, or projects. The Offer Safety Alert Committee (OSAC) is a permanent 
corporate committee that oversees and regulates the management of OSA. Its mission is to ensure all OSA are managed 
with the due diligence and urgency to minimize safety risks to customers. Its independent, multi-discipline nature allows 
the OSAC to make decisions in our customers’ best interest.

No material loss at the Group level.

Around 60 to 70% of our products (by turnover) contain IEC 62474 substances (which covers 37 worldwide regulations 
and about 160 substance families). With the current information collected from our supply chain, we manage to cover 
nearly all substances and regulations. Information disclosed for our Green Premium products covers these substances. 
More details on Green Premium in section 2.4.3 “Green offers” page 156.

This metric is not relevant at global level as it is only applicable in US and Canada. Revenues derived from ENERGY STAR 
UPS are included in our Impact Revenues measure (see below).

Schneider Electric measures “Impact revenues” (previously “Green revenues”), ie revenues coming from offers that 
bring energy, climate, or resource efficiency to our customers, while not generating any significant harmful impact to the 
environment. In 2021, 71% of Group revenues qualify as Impact revenues. The Group aims to grow its Impact revenues to 
80% by 2025 as part of SSI 2021-2025.

Details regarding our sustainable procurement practices are provided in section 2.2.11 “Sustainable relations with 
suppliers” page 117, in particular our Vigilance plan, Conflict Minerals and cobalt programs. When the country of origin 
is known to be in the conflict zone, 100% of the smelters and refiners were verified conformant. Therefore, the Group has 
no reason to believe that any conflict minerals the Group sourced, have directly or indirectly financed or benefitted armed 
conflict in the covered countries. 
The Group is exposed to fluctuations in energy and raw material prices, in particular steel, copper, aluminum, silver, lead, 
nickel, zinc and plastics. The Group has implemented certain procedures to limit exposure to rising non-ferrous and 
precious raw material prices. The Purchasing departments of the operating units report their purchasing forecasts to the 
Corporate Finance and Treasury department. Purchase commitments are hedged using forward contracts, swaps and, to 
a lesser extent, options.

As stated in its Trust Charter and Anti-Corruption Code of Conduct, Schneider Electric is committed to comply with all 
applicable laws and regulations, such as the OECD’s Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in 
International Business Transactions, the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), the UK Bribery Act, and the French 
Sapin II law. Schneider Electric applies a zero-tolerance policy towards corruption and other unethical business practices 
and considers that “doing things right” is a key value-creation driver for all its stakeholders. We count on our employees 
and third parties to promote business integrity. A thorough description of our policies and practices is provided in sections 
‘Prohibit any Form of Corruption” and “Require Third-Party Integrity” of the Trust Charter.

Hazardous
Waste
Management

Product Safety

Product
Life cycle
Management

Materials
Sourcing

Business  
Ethics

No material losses.

No material losses.

A breakdown of revenues by activity is provided in business model page 20 and page 404.

128,384 (spot 2021 year-end headcount, excluding supplementary workforce). 
More workforce statistics in section 2.7.2 “Social Indicators” page 232.

Activity metrics

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

219

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.7  Methodology and audit of indicators

2.7.4  Task-force for Climate Related Financial Disclosure (TCFD) 
correspondance table

Climate Change has been clearly identified as crucial to both Schneider Electric’s internal and external stakeholders during the various 
materiality assessments that took place in 2014, 2017 and 2020. It is also one of the pillars of the Group’s Code of Conduct (Trust Charter). 
Overall, transformations linked to climate change are a source of opportunities for Schneider Electric, the main risk being to fail leading 
by example and thereby lose traction with customers, investors, new talents and collaborators in the company. Concrete climate-related 
programs to either grab opportunities, or mitigate risks are deployed every 3 to 5 years in our Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI) and 
complement the Group’s Climate Pledge – our short-term (2025), mid-term (2030) and long-term (2040, 2050) objectives, aligned with a 
1.5°C trajectory. We present below our main climate-related disclosures in line with TCFD recommendations.

Recommended  
Disclosure

CDP Climate Change  
& URD 2021 references

Brief description (please refer to CDP Climate Change response and other sections of this  
Universal Registration Document for further details)

1. Governance: Disclose the organization’s governance around climate-related risks and opportunities.

1. a) Describe the
board’s oversight of
climate-related risks and
opportunities.

1. b) Describe
management’s role in
assessing and managing
climate-related risks
and opportunities.

CDP – C1.1b
URD – chapter 2 (2.1.4; 
2.3.1); chapter 3 (3.1.4)

CDP – C1.2, C1.2a
URD – chapter 2 (2.1.6, 
2.3.1)

The process for designing a new Schneider Sustainability Impact program (SSI) 
includes a sustainability risks and opportunities assessment (including climate), 
which leads to the design of concrete transformation initiatives to align the company 
on the challenges identified. The risks and opportunities are then monitored and 
managed on a continuous basis. Several governance bodies are involved in this 
process:

• The Board of Directors has oversight of climate-related issues notably through

its Human Resources & CSR Committee. This Committee has 6 Director
members who report to the Board of Directors, and reviews Schneider’s CSR
strategy, SSI performance and the Group’s positioning vs. its peers.

• The Executive Committee has a dedicated Group Sustainability Committee,
which gathers 6 Executive Committee members (1 level below the Chairman
& CEO) and is chaired by the Chief Strategy & Sustainability (Chairman of the
Committee). This Committee meets two to three times a year and decides on the
sustainability strategy and validates the SSI and carbon pledge.

• The SSI Steering Committee was formed in 2020 to propose precise and

measurable transformation programs for the 2021 – 2025 SSI, which were then
submitted to the Group Sustainability Committee for approval.

• The Sustainability Department coordinates the overall sustainability strategy of

the Group and rollout of action plans.

• A Carbon Committee is in charge of continuously assessing climate-related
risks and opportunities, steering the Group carbon pledge and proposing a
strategy and management plan to the Group Sustainability Committee.

Additionally, environmental transformations are driven by a network of leading 
experts in various environmental fields such as eco-design, energy efficiency, 
circular economy, or CO2. Environment leaders coordinate a network of more than 
600 managers responsible for the environmental management of sites, countries, 
product design and marketing.

Read more in section 2.3.1 “Climate governance” page 128.

2. Strategy: Disclose the actual and potential impacts of climate-related risks and opportunities in the organization’s businesses,
strategy and financial planning where such information is material.

2. a) Describe the
climate-related risks
and opportunities the
organization has identified
over the short, medium,
and long term.

2. b) Describe the impact
of climate-related risks
and opportunities on the
organization’s business,
strategy, and financial
planning.

CDP – C2.1a, C2.2a, 
C2.3, C2.3a, C2.4, C2.4a
URD – chapter 2 (2.1.6, 
2.3.1)

CDP – C2.3a, C2.4a, 
C3.1, C3.2, C3.2a, C3.3, 
C3.4, C3.4a
URD – Chapter 2 (2.3)

The growing demand for greener, low-carbon products and services creates a 
strong business opportunity for Schneider Electric. The Group is uniquely positioned 
to grab these opportunities because it acts on both sides of the equation: 

• The solutions Schneider Electric brings to the market are directly linked to

activities to mitigate, adapt, and improve humanity’s resilience to climate change;
• At the same time, Schneider Electric acts to reduce its end-to-end CO2 footprint,
aiming for a net-zero CO2 supply chain by 2050, with precise steps for 2025,
2030 and 2040.

In 2021, 71% of the Group revenues qualify as Impact revenues, following Schneider 
Electric’s definition, meaning revenues from offers that bring energy, climate, or 
resource efficiency to customers, while not generating any significant harmful 
impacts to the environment. The Group aims to grow its Impact revenues to 80% 
by 2025. Additionally, maintaining the best offers on the market for greener, 
more efficient products and services that support the transition to a low-carbon 
economy needs adapted investments in Research and Development in the short 
term. Schneider Electric invest about 5% of its annual revenues in R&D each year. 
It is estimated that more than 90% of its innovation projects contribute to solutions 
contributing to climate change mitigation.

220

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Recommended  
Disclosure

CDP Climate Change  
& URD 2021 references

Brief description (please refer to CDP Climate Change response and other sections of this  
Universal Registration Document for further details)

2. a) and 2. b) (continued)

Schneider Electric has identified the following main climate-related risks:

CDP – C3.2, C3.2a
URD – chapter 2 (2.3)

2. c) Describe the 
resilience of the 
organization’s strategy, 
taking into consideration 
different climate-related 
scenarios, including a 2°C 
or lower scenario.

2.

•  Failure to meet 1.5°-aligned GHG reduction emissions targets: missing its 
decarbonization commitments could trigger greater financial costs than 
anticipated for Schneider due for instance to locked-in emissions of assets with 
long operating lifetime or long-term leases, or reputational impacts and loss of 
trust from customers investors and employees.
Inadequate evolution of the supply chain footprint: volatility of energy and 
commodity prices as well as regulation strengthening will generate increasing 
and volatile operating and investment costs along Schneider’s value chain, 
impacting both Schneider’s expenditures and those of its suppliers. This can 
translate into an increase of the cost of goods sold and reduced margins.

• 

•  Transition risks: given the relatively low level of the Group’s Scope 1 and 2 carbon 
emissions, future carbon pricing regulations would have rather indirect impacts, 
resulting in increased supply chain costs, especially regarding the purchase of 
raw materials and manufactured components containing metals and plastics. 

•  Workplace disruptions: extreme weather events, floods, droughts, and other 
climate impacts will increasingly put pressure onto supply chains. Shortages 
of all kinds can translate directly into revenue loss (missed orders), increased 
costs (urgent shipping), and increased working capital requirements (stock 
management). Extreme events can also cause damage to property and assets. 

To further tie climate-related issues to financial planning, Schneider Electric 
successfully launched the first-ever sustainability-linked convertible bonds, linked 
to 3 SSI targets including the objective to save and avoid 800 million tons CO2 on 
customers’ end by 2025, since 2018.

Read more in section 2.3.1 “Climate governance” page 128 and 2.3.2 “Roadmap towards a 
1.5°C climate trajectory” page 130..

Schneider Electric has a dedicated Strategy Prospective & External Affairs SVP 
attached to the Chief Strategy & Sustainability Officer, in charge of climate and 
environment scenario analysis. Several scenarios to 2050 were developed in 2019, 
which included critical reviews of the geopolitical landscape, commodity and 
resources availability, economic and financial evolutions, climate sensitivity and 
evolving policies, energy transition pathways and technology developments, among 
others, with consequences quantified, looking at ten regions and a number of 
sectors individually, framing the business landscape in which Schneider operates.

In 2021, Schneider Electric published a set of scenarios exploring the feasibility of 
a 1.5°C trajectory in a report called “Back to 2050”, demonstrating that a net-zero 
carbon future, aligned with IPCC’s 1.5°C scenarios, is still possible, and the Group 
is uniquely positioned to embark its ecosystem onto an inclusive, zero-carbon 
transition. 

Key findings are regularly cross-checked with new publications, particularly the 
ones from the International Energy Agency, BNEF, the IRENA, among others. 

Governance is well in place, under the leadership of the Chief Strategy & 
Sustainability Officer, and both short- and long-term analysis are shared internally 
and used to inform strategic priorities across business and operations. 

As part of the analysis, the Group identified that a growing demand for greener, low-
carbon products and services creates a strong business opportunity for Schneider 
Electric. Key takeaways from the analysis is the dominant role of: 

•  Electrification: the world is becoming more electric, with demand growing 

potentially up to 3x by 2050; 

•  Digitization: with the increase in connectivity, complemented by real-time 

information and competitive computing capabilities, digital technologies play 
a major role in reaching decarbonization targets while augmenting economic 
productivity, notably around efficiency in energy and resource use and 
circularity, as well as increased resiliency and security.

All these findings, and their potential financial impact on its business have helped 
the Group to fine-tune key development areas that will allow its active contribution 
to the low-carbon transition, enabling notably the development of its sustainability 
portfolio of offers. 

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

221

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.7  Methodology and audit of indicators

Recommended  
Disclosure

CDP Climate Change  
& URD 2021 references

Brief description (please refer to CDP Climate Change response and other sections of this  
Universal Registration Document for further details)

3. Risk Management Disclose how the organization identifies, assesses, and manages climate-related risks.

CDP – C2.1, C2.1a, 
C2.1b, C2.2, C2.2a
URD – chapter 2 (2.1, 
2.3)

CDP – C2.1, C2.2
URD – chapter 1 (1.7), 
chapter 2 (2.1, 2.3)

CDP – C2.1, C2.2
URD – chapter 1 (1.7), 
chapter 2 (2.1, 2.3)

3. a) Describe the
organization’s processes
for identifying and
assessing climate-related
risks.

3. b) Describe the
organization’s processes
for managing climate-
related risks.

3. c) Describe how
processes for identifying,
assessing, and managing
climate-related risks
are integrated into the
organization’s overall risk
management.

Environment and climate-related risks are included in Schneider’s unique risk 
taxonomy (more details in section 2.3.1.3 Risk management, page 129). Risks are 
identified and assessed at Group level through interviews with experts and leaders, 
run by the Internal Audit Department and the Group Risk Management Department 
each year. In 2021, around 40 of the Group’s top managers were interviewed in 
addition to board members. In addition, a materiality analysis is conducted by the 
Sustainability department every 3 years to identify and prioritize material ESG issues 
through engagement with various stakeholders.

The different governance bodies involved in the definition and monitoring of 
Schneider’s Sustainability roadmap and programs (SSI), and in particular the 
Carbon committee, are in charge of defining strategic mitigation programs in 
response to the risks and opportunities identified. Strategic programs defined 
at Group level are then cascaded into business divisions down to the sites for 
implementation and are monitored through our digital platform EcoStruxure™ 
Resource Advisor. Performance against those programs is tracked and published 
quarterly in the Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI), and annually in the Schneider 
Sustainability Essentials (SSE) and URD. Each program of the SSI has a dedicated 
pilot in charge of driving the transformation and is sponsored at the Senior Vice 
President and Executive Committee level to ensure management control  
and oversight.

Climate adaptation risks are also studied and mitigated at site level for our industrial 
sites. Our Property Damage and Business Interruption program, inspired from 
ISO 22301 standard, maps substantive risks of financial impact on the business, 
including asset destruction (buildings, equipment, inventories) and profit loss due 
to business interruption. An example of a risk analyzed at site level is flooding risks. 
Risk analysis of industrial sites includes an analysis of interdependencies, study 
of alternative supply, and estimation of time to recover in case of damage, etc. 
Typically, all critical industrial sites are externally audited onsite at least every 
two years.

In addition, an Integrated Management System (IMS) covers the Group’s main 
plants, distribution centers, and large offices, and hosts ISO 14001, ISO 50001, ISO 
9001, and OSHAS 18000/ISO 45001 ––– management systems. Each site is audited 
periodically, either externally by Bureau Veritas (every three years), or internally.

With suppliers, sustainability risks (including natural and climate-related hazards), 
are embedded into Supplier Risk Assessment. This process enables to define 
risk mitigation action plans with suppliers, as well as prioritize double sourcing 
strategies. Leveraging external data providers, the Group monitors events across 
10,000 nodes (such as ports and critical supplier locations) to shorten reaction time 
when events occur and minimize business impact.

At present, the impact of climate-related matters is not material to the Group’s 
financial statements.

222

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Recommended  
Disclosure

CDP Climate Change  
& URD 2021 references

Brief description (please refer to CDP Climate Change response and other sections of this  
Universal Registration Document for further details)

4. Metrics and Targets Disclose the metrics and targets used to assess and manage relevant climate-related risks and 
opportunities where such information is material.

4. a) Disclose the metrics 
used by the organization 
to assess climate-related 
risks and opportunities in 
line with its strategy and 
risk management process.

4. b) Disclose Scope 1,  
Scope 2, and if 
appropriate, Scope 3  
greenhouse gas (GHG) 
emissions, and the related 
risks.

4. c) Describe the targets 
used by the organization 
to manage climate-related 
risks and opportunities 
and performance  
against targets.

CDP – C4.2, C4.2a, 
C4.2b, C9.1
URD – chapter 2 (2.1, 
2.3, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8)

CDP – C6.1, C6.2, C6.3, 
C6.5
URD – chapter 2 (2.3, 
2.7, 2.8)

Each year, Schneider Electric measures and discloses transparently its end-to-
end carbon footprint (Scope 1, 2 and 3) and obtains a “limited assurance” from an 
independent third party verifier on all figures. The carbon footprint of the Group 
helps to pinpoint and understand the magnitude of climate-related risks and 
opportunities, and is also used to monitor progress. Scope 3 emissions represent 
more than 99% of the Group’s carbon footprint, of which 87% are due to the use 
phase and the products’ end of life, and around 11% come from the purchase of 
raw materials, equipment, and services. Emissions induced, saved, and avoided 
by Schneider’s products and services during their use phase and end-of-life are 
also quantified. Key metrics over the last four years (from publication year) on GHG 
emissions are published page 230 of this document.

2.

CDP – C4.1, C4.1a, 
C4.1b, C4.2, C4.2a, 
C4.2b
URD – chapter 2 (2.1, 
2.3, 2.6, 2.7)

Emissions calculations are done with GHG Protocol methodology. The carbon 
footprint methodology is compliant with ISO 14069 principles. The results are 
calculated in tons of CO2 equivalent, taking into account all greenhouse gases 
included in the Kyoto Protocol.

The Group has launched several concrete programs aiming at either directly or 
indirectly reducing GHG emissions, under the Climate and Resources pillars of 
its 2025 strategy. These programs are presented under Schneider Sustainability 
Impact (SSI) and Schneider Sustainability Essentials (SSE) 2021-2025 programs 
in pages 63 to 65 of this document. These programs cover the performance of the 
Group’s operations (such as energy efficiency, renewable electricity procurement, 
fleet electrification), suppliers (such as The Zero Carbon Project, green materials or 
sustainable packaging) and customers (Green Premium offers, SF6-free alternative 
offers, CO2 savings and avoidance quantification on customer’s end thanks to 
EcoStruxure™).

The overall performance of the SSI represents 20% in the short-term incentives 
for 64,000+ employees worldwide (collective share). The Schneider Sustainability 
External and Relative Index (SSERI), which measures Schneider’s performance in 4 
major ESG external ratings (CDP Climate Change, Vigeo Eiris, DJSI and EcoVadis), 
also impacts 25% of the long-term incentives (LTI) for 2,300+ top leaders.

In addition, Schneider is committed to embed a carbon pricing of EUR 30-130  
/metric ton (depending on time horizons) in strategic supply chain and R&D 
decisions, to assess the performance and resiliency of operations as well as to 
assess whether the investment and reduction efforts are in line with the cost of  
CO2 externality.

Schneider Electric is a signatory of the Business Ambition for 1.5°C initiative aimed 
at setting Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions reduction targets in line with the global 
effort to limit warming to 1.5°C. 

Group short to medium-term targets:
•  Before 2025, demonstrate that Schneider Electric is carbon positive together with 
its customers and partners, thanks to CO2 savings delivered by EcoStruxure™;
•  On the Group’s operations (scope 1 and 2): be carbon neutral by 2025 (allowing 

CO2 offsets) and net-zero CO2 emissions by 2030;

•  On indirect emissions (scope 3) in its supply chain and with customers: reduce 
emissions by -35% by 2030 (versus 2017), by actively engaging suppliers to 
accelerate their climate strategy, by sourcing greener materials and by proposing 
more efficient solutions to its customers.

The Group’s 2030 targets (net-zero CO2 emissions on scope 1 and 2, and -35% on 
scope 3) have been validated 1.5°C-aligned by the Science-Based Target initiative 
in 2019.

Group long-term targets
•  Become carbon neutral on the Group’s full end-to-end footprint by 2040 (scope 
1, 2, and 3), 10 years ahead of 1.5 °C trajectory. This means that all Schneider 
Electric’s products will be carbon neutral in 2040;

•  Engage with suppliers to move towards a net-zero CO2 supply chain by 2050.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

223

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.7  Methodology and audit of indicators

2.7.5  Independent third party’s report on consolidated non-financial 
statement presented in the management report

To the General Assembly,

In our quality as an independent third party, accredited by the 
COFRAC under the number n° 3-1681 (scope of accreditation 
available on the website www.cofrac.fr), and as a member of the 
network of one of the statutory auditors of your entity (hereinafter 
“entity”), we conducted our work in order to provide a conclusion 
expressing a limited level of assurance on the compliance of the 
consolidated non-financial statement for the year ended 31st 
December, 2021 (hereinafter the “Statement”) with the provisions 
of Article R. 225-105 of the French Commercial Code (Code 
de commerce) and on the fairness of the historical information 
(whether observed or extrapolated) provided pursuant to 3° of 
I and II of Article R. 225-105 of the French Commercial Code 
(hereinafter the “Information”) prepared in accordance with the 
entity’s procedures (hereinafter the “Guidelines”), included in the 
management report pursuant to the requirements of articles  
L. 225 102-1, R. 225-105 and R. 225-105-1 of the French 
Commercial Code (Code de commerce).

Conclusion
Based on the procedures performed, as described in “Nature and 
scope of the work”, and on the elements we have collected, we did 
not identify any material misstatements that would call into question 
the fact that the consolidated non-financial statement is not 
presented in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements 
and that the Information, taken as a whole, is not presented fairly in 
accordance with the Guidelines, in all material respects.

Preparation of the non-financial performance statement
The absence of a generally accepted and commonly used framework 
or established practices on which to base the assessment and 
measurement of information allows for the use of different, but 
acceptable, measurement techniques that may affect comparability 
between entities and over time. 

Therefore, the Information should be read and understood with 
reference to the Guidelines, the significant elements of which are 
presented in the Statement.

Limitations inherent in the preparation of the Information
The information may be subject to uncertainty inherent in the state 
of scientific or economic knowledge and the quality of external 
data used. Certain information is sensitive to the methodological 
choices, assumptions and/or estimates made in preparing it and 
presented in the Statement.

The entity’s responsibility
It is the responsibility of the Board of Directors to:
•  select or establish appropriate criteria for the preparation of the 

Information;

•  prepare a Statement in accordance with legal and regulatory 

requirements, including a presentation of the business model, a 
description of the main non-financial risks, a presentation of the 
policies applied with regard to these risks as well as the results 
of these policies, including key performance indicators;
•  and to implement the internal control procedures it deems 

necessary to ensure that the Information is free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

The Statement has been prepared in accordance with the entity’s 
procedures, the main elements of which are presented in the 
Statement (or which are available on request at the entity’s  
head office).

• 

Responsibility of the independent third party
On the basis of our work, our responsibility is to provide a report 
expressing a limited assurance conclusion on:
• 

the compliance of the Statement with the requirements of article 
R. 225-105 of the French Commercial Code;
the fairness of the information provided in accordance with 
article R. 225 105 I, 3° and II of the French Commercial Code, 
i.e., the outcomes, including key performance indicators, and 
the measures implemented considering the principal risks.
As it is our responsibility to form an independent conclusion on the 
Information as prepared by management, we are not permitted 
to be involved in the preparation of the Information, as this could 
compromise our independence.

However, it is not our responsibility to comment on :
• 

the entity’s compliance with other applicable legal and 
regulatory requirements, in particular the French duty of care 
law and anti-corruption and tax avoidance legislation;
the compliance of products and services with the applicable 
regulations.

• 

Regulatory provisions and applicable professional standards
The work described below was performed in accordance with the 
provisions of articles A. 225-1 et seq. of the French Commercial 
Code, as well as with the professional guidance of the French 
Institute of Statutory Auditors (“CNCC”) applicable to such 
engagements and with ISAE 3000(1).

Independence and quality control
Our independence is defined by the requirements of article  
L. 822-11-3 of the French Commercial Code and the French Code 
of Ethics (Code de déontologie) of our profession. In addition, 
we have implemented a system of quality control including 
documented policies and procedures regarding compliance 
with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, the ethical 
requirements and French professional guidance.

Means and resources
Our verification work mobilized the skills of eight people and took 
place between October 2021 and March 2022 on a total duration  
of intervention of about twenty-three weeks.
We conducted several interviews with the people responsible for 
the preparation of the Statement.

Nature and scope of the work
We planned and performed our work taking into account the risks 
of material misstatement of the Information. 
In our opinion, the procedures we have performed in the exercise 
of our professional judgment enable us to provide a limited level of 
assurance:
•  we obtained an understanding of all the consolidated entities’ 
activities and the description of the principal risks associated; 
•  we assessed the suitability of the criteria of the Guidelines with 
respect to their relevance, completeness, reliability, neutrality 
and understandability, with due consideration of industry best 
practices, where appropriate; 

•  we verified that the Statement includes each category of social 

and environmental information set out in article L. 225 102 1 III of 
the French Commercial Code;

•  we verified that the Statement provides the information required 
under article R. 225-105 II of the French Commercial Code, 
where relevant with respect to the principal risks, and includes, 
where applicable, an explanation for the absence of the 
information required under article L. 225-102-1 III, paragraph 2 
of the French Commercial Code; 

(1)  ISAE 3000 – Assurance engagements other than audits or reviews of historical financial information

224

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

• 

and assessed the data collection process to ensure the 
completeness and fairness of the Information;
for the key performance indicators and other quantitative 
outcomes that we considered to be the most important 
presented in Appendix 1 , we implemented:
 − analytical procedures to verify the proper consolidation of 
the data collected and the consistency of any changes in 
those data;

 − tests of details, using sampling techniques, in order to verify 
the proper application of the definitions and procedures 
and reconcile the data with the supporting documents. This 
work was carried out on a selection of contributing entities 
and covers between 14% and 49% of the consolidated data 
relating to the key performance indicators and outcomes 
selected for these tests (18% of worked hours, 21% of 
headcount, 28% of energy consumption, 32% of total waste 
generated, 49% of hazardous waste generated, 14% of water 
consumption);

•  we assessed the overall consistency of the Statement based on 

our knowledge of all the consolidated entities.

We believe that the work carried out, based on our professional 
judgement, is sufficient to provide a basis for our limited assurance 
conclusion; a higher level of assurance would have required us to 
carry out more extensive procedures.

2.

Paris-La Défense, 11 March 2022

French original signed by:

Independent third party
EY & Associés

Eric Mugnier
Partner, Sustainable Development

•  we verified that the Statement presents the business model 
and a description of principal risks associated with all the 
consolidated entities’ activities, including where relevant 
and proportionate, the risks associated with their business 
relationships, their products or services, as well as their policies, 
measures and the outcomes thereof, including key performance 
indicators associated to the principal risks;

•  we referred to documentary sources and conducted interviews to

 − assess the process used to identify and confirm the principal 
risks as well as the consistency of the outcomes, including 
the key performance indicators used, with respect to the 
principal risks and the policies presented, and 

 − corroborate the qualitative information (measures and 

outcomes) that we considered to be the most important 
presented in Appendix 1; concerning certain risks (anti-
corruption policy, cybersecurity, products safety, raw 
materials scarcity), our work was carried out on the 
consolidating entity, for the others risks, our work was carried 
out on the consolidating entity and on a selection of entities: 
Uniflair (Italy), Execution Stezzano (Italy), SEII Stezzano 
Galileo M&L V (Italy), Transfo Services Chateaubourg 
(France), Master TECH (France), Schneider Electric France, 
Schneider Electric Mexico;

 − concerning the indicators of the Schneider Sustainability 

Impact (SSI) and Schneider Sustainability Essentials (SSE), 
tests of details, using sampling techniques, in order to verify 
the proper application of the definitions and procedures and 
reconcile the data with the supporting documents, except for 
indicators SSI 6, SSI 12, SSE 12, SSE 23. Depending on the 
indicators, the selected sample ranges between 15 % and 
100 % of the consolidated data;

•  we verified that the Statement covers the scope of consolidation, 
i.e. all the consolidated entities in accordance with article L. 
233-16 of the French Commercial;

•  we obtained an understanding of internal control and 

risk management procedures the entity has put in place 

Appendix 1: The most important information

Quantitative Information (including key performance indicators)

Qualitative Information (actions or results)

Social Information

Five Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI) indicators and eleven 
Schneider Sustainability Essentials (SSE) indicators related to 
health and safety, equity, diversity and inclusion, creating equal 
opportunities and living up to Schneider Electric principles of trust.
Other indicators:
•  Headcount (including by gender), hires and departures,
•  Number of training hours,
•  Medical incident rate, lost-time accident and lost-time days rate, 

occupational illnesses frequency rate.

Environmental Information

The five Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI) indicators and eleven 
Schneider Sustainability Essentials (SSE) indicators related to climate, 
resources efficiency and environment.
Other indicators:
•  Weight of generated and recovered waste, per waste category,
•  Water and energy consumption, per energy source,
•  Sulfur hexafluoride (SF6) consumption and related leaks,
•  Full greenhouse gases emissions, as per GHG Protocol guidance 
(scope 1, scope 2 market-based, scope 2 location-based, all 
scope 3 categories),

•  Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) emissions.

Societal Information

Two Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI) indicators and three 
Schneider Sustainability Essentials (SSE) indicators related to ethics 
and development, harnessing the power of all generations and 
empowerment of local communities.

Results of policies related to health and safety at work, equity 
diversity and inclusion, well-being at work, talent acquisition and 
retention.

The results of the policies related to:
•  Environmental management,
•  Greenhouse gases emissions,
•  Natural resources and raw materials management,
•  Pollution prevention,
•  Biodiversity management.

The results of policies related to cybersecurity and data protection, 
product safety, harnessing the power of all generations and 
empowerment of local communities.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

225

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.8  Indicators

In this section: 

2.8.1   Environmental and climate indicators 

2.8.2   Social indicators 

2.8.3   Societal indicators 

226

232

240

2.8.1  Environmental and climate indicators

2.8.1.1  Key performance indicators from the Schneider Sustainability Impact and 
Schneider Sustainability Essentials

Schneider Sustainability Impact
Long-term commitments 
aligned to UN SDGs

2021-2025 programs

Climate

1.  Grow Schneider Impact revenues(3)

2.  Help our customers save and avoid millions of tonnes of CO2 

emissions

Baseline(1)

2021 progress(2)

2025 Target

70%

263M

71%

347M

3.  Reduce CO2 emissions from top 1,000 suppliers’ operations

0%

1%

Resources

4. 

Increase green material content in our products

5.  Primary and secondary packaging free from single-use plastic 

and using recycled cardboard

7%

13%

11%

21%

80%

800M

50%

50%

100%

Schneider Sustainability Essentials
Long-term commitments 
aligned to UN SDGs

2021-2025 programs

Climate 

1.  Decarbonize our operations with Zero-CO2 sites

2.  Substitute relevant offers with SF6-Free medium voltage 

technologies

3.  Source electricity from renewables 

4. 

Improve CO2 efficiency in transportation

Resources

5. 

Improve energy efficiency in our sites

6.  Grow our product revenues covered by Green Premium™

7.  Switch our corporate vehicle fleet to electric vehicles

8.  Deploy local biodiversity conservation and restoration programs in 

our sites

9.  Give a second life to waste in ‘Waste-to-Resource’ sites

Baseline(2)

2021 progress(3)

2025 Target

30

0%

80%

0%

0%

77%

1%

0%

120

51

38%

82%

-1%

6.6%

78%

7.7%

0%

126

150

100%

90%

15%

15%

80%

33%

100%

200

10.  Avoid primary resource consumption through ‘take-back at end-

157,588

203,881

420,000

of-use’ since 2017 (metric tons)

11.  Deploy a water conservation strategy and action plan for sites in 

0%

9%

100%

water-stressed areas

(1)  Generally, the 2020 performance serves as a baseline for SSI and SSE programs, except SSI #1, SSI #10, SSE #5, SSE #14, and SSE #20, which are measured against 

a 2019 baseline to mitigate COVID-19 impacts.

(2)  Each year, Schneider Electric obtains a “limited” level of assurance on methodology and progress from an independent third party verifier for all the SSI and SSE 

indicators (except SSI #6, SSI #7, SSI #+1, SSE #12 and SSE #23, in 2021), in accordance with ISAE 3000 assurance standard (see Independent verifier’s report on 
page 224). Please refer to page 206 for the methodological presentation of each indicator. The 2021 performance is also discussed in more details in each section of 
this report.

(3)  For the reporting requirements under the European Taxonomy Regulation, please refer to page 68 and page 216.

226

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

The indicators below concern all entities where Schneider Electric has operational control, and integrated in the Group for more than 2 years.

Within the Group perimeter, given the complexity to obtain robust and meaningful data, in particular for small leased offices, estimated 
coverage indicators are provided for each reporting table.

All Group industrial and logistics sites, in addition to certain major tertiary sites are covered. As per the Group’ s Environmental Policy, all 
industrial and logistics sites with more than 50 people and tertiary sites with more than 500 people must be ISO 14001 certified within 2 years 
after their acquisition or creation.

A difference can, therefore, be noted with respect to the scope of financial consolidation. Comments on the indicators are included in the 
corresponding chapters.

2.

2.8.1.2  Perimeter and Environmental Management Systems (ISO 14001)

Indicators

ISO 14001 certified Sites(1)

Industrial and logistics sites

Tertiary sites

% of sites certified ISO 14001(2)

Units

#

#

#

%

2021

244

211

33

87%

2020

232

212

20

90%

2019

241

220

21

89%

2018

253

230

23

86%

(1)  ISO 14001 certification is systematic for all large industrial, logistics and tertiary sites within two years of acquisition. A reduction in the number of ISO 14001 certified 

sites usually results from sites closing during the year.

(2)  the percentage of sites certified ISO 14001 is calculated based on waste generation from certified sites vs total sites, as the majority of sites - in number - are small 

leased offices where certification is not relevant.

2.8.1.3  Group site consumption, emissions and waste

Materials

GRI

301-2

301-2

Indicators

SSI #4 – Green material content in our 
products(1)

SSI #5 – Primary and secondary packaging 
free from single-use plastic using recycled 
cardboard(2)

SSE #6 – Product revenues covered by Green 
Premium™

SSE #10 – Metric tons of avoided primary 
resource consumption through ‘take-back at 
end-of-use’

SSE #15 – Reduce scrap from safety units 
recalled

Units

%

%

%

2021

11% 

21% 

2020

7%

13%

2019

UP

UP

2018

UP

UP

78% 

77%

55%

46%

metric tons

46,293 

60,149

53,867

43,572

kg

4,024 

 4,202 

 UP 

UP

  2021 audited indicators. UP = Unpublished

(1)  SSI #4 coverage is about 30% of purchased materials volume for our products
(2)  SSI #5 coverage is about 87% of total packaging purchases

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

227

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.8  Indicators

Waste 

GRI

Indicators

Estimated coverage (% waste generation)

Units

%

2021

87%

2020

90%

2019

89%

2018

86%

306-3

Total waste generated

metric tons

136,816

125,292

152,171

154,940

Total waste generated/Turnover

metric tons/  

 4.73 

 4.98 

 5.60 

 6.02 

million €

306-3

Non-hazardous waste generated

metric tons

128,267 

of which reused or recycled

metric tons

115,550 

 117,607 

 113,211 

 143,149 

 145,391 

 136,316 

 137,500 

306-5

306-2

306-3

306-2

306-3

306-3

of which incinerated with energy recovery

metric tons

of which landfilled or incinerated without 
energy recovery

Non-hazardous waste reduction(1)

Share of non-hazardous waste recovered or 
reduced(2)

Hazardous waste generated

Hazardous waste channeled according to 
Schneider Electric expectations(3)

Hazardous waste generated/Turnover

Hazardous waste intensity reduction against 
2017(4)

# and aggregate quantity of reportable spills

Quantity of spills recovered

Number of significant fines (> EUR 10,000) 
related to environmental or ecological issues

metric tons

metric tons

%

metric tons

metric tons

metric tons/  

million €

%

kg

kg

#

6,964 

5,753 

13,667 

95.9% 

8,549 

8,549 

0.30

-30%

0

NA

0

4,396

6,833

7,891

7,729

96.5%

 7,685 

 7,667 

3,265

95.3%

 9,022 

 8,727 

 0.30 

 0.33 

-27%

-21%

0

 NA 

0

 UP 

 UP 

 UP 

UP

UP

9,549

9,239

0.37

-12%

UP

UP

UP

2021 audited indicators. UP = Unpublished. NA = Not Applicable

(1)  Waste reduction measures specific, targeted projects which reduce/avoid waste. Examples of waste reduction projects include creating a closed-loop system for 

pallets between the site and the supplier, or reducing packaging waste from incoming shipments. Normal operational decreases of waste due to reduced activity do
not count as waste reduction.

(2)  Non-hazardous waste recovered or reduced is calculated as the ratio between waste reused/recycled, incinerated with energy recovery and reduced, divided by the
total non-hazardous waste generated and waste reduced. The Group’s waste recovery% without waste reduction is: 95.5%, 96.3%, and 95.2% for 2021, 2020, and 
2019, respectively.

(3)  ‘Schneider Electric expectations’ for hazardous waste means: 1) Waste meets/exceeds all local legal requirements for handling/treatment, and either 2a) waste is
neutralized of its hazardous nature, or b) waste is handled/treated using the feasibly best available technique which provides the most environmentally beneficial 
impact.

(4)  2017 hazardous waste intensity was 0.42 metric tons per million euros of revenues.

Biodiversity

GRI

304-1

Indicators

Number of sites owned, leased or managed 
in or adjacent to protected areas and/or key 
biodiversity areas (KBA)(1)

of which industrial sites or distribution centres

of which office buildings

2021 audited indicators. UP = Unpublished.

Units

#

#

#

2021

260

107

153

2020

UP

UP

UP

2019

UP

UP

UP

2018

UP

UP

UP

(1)  Within 1-kilometre radius, 21% of our sites are in proximity of a protected area as defined by the IUCN and 3% of our sites are in proximity of a key biodiversity area 

(defined by IBAT as either “Alliance for Zero Extinction (AZE)” or ”Important Bird and Biodiversity Areas (IBAs)).

Atmospheric pollutions

GRI

Indicators

Estimated coverage (% VOC emissions)

305-7

305-7

VOC emissions (estimates)

VOC/Turnover (estimates)

2021 audited indicators.

Units

%

kg

2021

90%

2020

90%

2019

90%

2018

90%

501,455 

 440,442 

 653,502 

664,352

kg/million €

17.3

17.5

24.1

 25.8 

228

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Water

GRI

Indicators

Estimated coverage (% water withdrawal)

Total water withdrawals

303-3-a-i

of which surface water

303-3-a-ii

of which groundwater

303-3-a-v

of which third party sources

of which other sources(1)

303-3

Water withdrawn for cooling and restituted w/o 
impact(2)

Units

2021

86%

2020

88%

2019

88%

2018

86%

2,072,263 

1,928,032

2,554,428

2,700,674

19,156 

513,631 

 17,461 

 17,074 

 17,993 

 452,602 

 501,163 

 490,563 

1,507,606 

 1,446,391 

 2,021,168 

 2,163,276 

31,870 

879,602 

 11,578 

 15,023 

 28,842 

 780,201 

 880,276 

1,376,335

2.

%

m3

m3

m3

m3

m3

m3

303-3

Water withdrawal/Turnover(3)

m3/million €

71.7

303-3-b

303-1

Water withdrawal intentisy reduction vs 2017(3)

Total water withdrawals from areas with water 
stress(4)

SSE #11 – Sites in water-stressed areas with a 
water conservation strategy and related action 
plan(4)

  2021 audited indicators. UP = Unpublished.

%

m3

%

-33.6%

930,603

8.5% 

76.5

-29.1%

UP

UP

94.1

-12.9%

UP

UP

105.0

-2.8%

UP

UP

(1)  Other water sources include sources such as grey water and rainwater
(2)  Water withdrawn for cooling and restituted without impact (i.e. returned back to the source with only a very small temperature change) are measured separate from 

total water withdrawals and excluded from performance calculations

(3)  excluding water withdrawn for cooling restituted without impact. The 2017 baseline value is 108.0 m3/million €
(4)  Schneider Electric’s ISO 14001 sites are designated as water stress sites based on the World Resources Institute’s Aqueduct Water Risk Atlas. Using Baseline Water 

Stress criteria, a site is designated as water stressed if it is located in an area classified as ‘high’ or ‘extremely high’ stress.

Energy

GRI

Indicators

Estimated coverage (% energy consumption)

ISO 50001 Certified Sites

Units

%

#

2021

99%

140

2020

100%

150

2019

100%

153

2018

100%

168

302-1,  
302-4

302-1,  
302-4

302-1,  
302-4

Estimated total energy consumption

MWh

1,325,491

 1,204,381 

 1,442,841 

 1,540,831 

of which measured energy consumption

MWh

1,080,366 

 1,021,539 

 1,192,508 

1,258,081

of which estimated energy consumption for 
sites out of reporting perimeter(1)

MWh

245,125

 182,842 

 250,333 

282,750

Estimated total energy consumption/turnover

MWh/million €

45.9

47.9

53.1

59.9

Estimated total energy productivity

€/MWh

 21,803 

Estimated total improvement in energy 
productivity vs 2005(2)

Estimated total energy consumption from 
renewable sources

%

75.7%

MWh

670,287

Estimated total percentage of renewable energy

%

50.6%

MWh

655,204

%

49.4%

 20,924 

68.6%

 21,335 

71.9%

 19,070 

53.7%

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

Estimated total energy consumption from  
non-renewable sources

Estimated total percentage of non renewable 
energy

Measured energy consumption by source

grid electricity

purchased renewable electricity(3)

self generated renewable electricity

district heating

fuel oil

gas

coal

renewable fuel and heat

Measured renewable electricity generated on 
site and sold back to the grid

MWh

MWh

MWh

MWh

MWh

MWh

MWh

MWh

MWh

132,771 

612,752 

15,861 

33,830 

6,967 

 148,969 

 406,200 

 585,495 

 402,363 

 12,464 

 27,602 

 6,941 

 9,161 

 75,253 

 8,595 

584,721

257,356

5,388

84,263

9,672

276,954 

 251,377 

 298,319 

320,153

0 

1,231 

2,558 

0

 1,155 

2,734

0

 1,778 

2,149

0

 1,916 

1,370

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

229

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.8  Indicators

GRI

Indicators

SSE #3 – Measured electricity sourced from 
renewables

Estimated energy consumption by source(1)

grid electricity

purchased renewable electricity(3)

self generated renewable electricity

district heating

fuel oil

gas

coal

renewable fuel and heat

2021 audited indicators. UP = Unpublished.

Units

%

MWh

MWh

MWh

MWh

MWh

MWh

MWh

MWh

2021

82% 

2020

80%

2019

50%

2018

30%

148,720

40,443

0

5,491

797

49,674

0

0

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

(1)  For sites below size thresholds for mandatory environmental reporting, energy consumption by source is estimated by multiplying site surface (m2) with energy

intensity ratios (kWh/m2) measured in larger sites. For sites located in countries with country-level renewable electricity contracts, 100% of the estimated electricity
consumption of the site is counted as renewable, as such supply contracts cover all sites within a country.

(2)  2005 estimated energy productivity is 12,408 € per MWh
(3)  Renewable electricity reported here includes renewable electricity purchased through Power Purchasing Agreements (PPA) or green tariffs, and electricity covered

by Energy Attributes Certificates (EAC). The 2021 EAC account for 43.5% of total purchased renewable electricity measured.

Greenhouse gas (GHG)

GRI

Indicators

Estimated coverage (% GHG emissions)

Estimated Total scopes 1 and 2 GHG emissions 
(market-based)(1)

305-1, 
305-2

305-5

305-4

Units

%

2021

99%

2020

100%

2019

100%

2018

100%

TCO2e

294,051 

 287,865 

 437,293 

570,431

Absolute reduction vs base year (2017)(2)

%

-57.9%

Total scopes 1 and 2 per euro turnover

TCO2e/  
million €

10.2

-58.8%

11.4

-37.4%

16.1

-18.4%

22.2

305-1

Direct (scope 1) GHG emissions(1)

of which fuel oil

of which gas

of which coal

of which vehicle fleet

of which SF6 emissions(3)
SF6 leakage rate
Target SF6 leakage rate

of which estimated scope 1 GHG emissions 
of sites out of reporting perimeter(4)

305-2

 Energy indirect (Scope 2) GHG emissions(1)

of which grid electricity (market-based)

of which renewable electricity  
(market-based)(5)

of which district heating

of which estimated scope 2 GHG emissions 
of sites out of reporting perimeter (market-
based)(4)

Other relevant indirect (scope 3) GHG emissions

Absolute variation vs base year (2017)(2)

Total scope 3 per euro turnover

305-3

305-5

305-4

TCO2e
TCO2e
TCO2e
TCO2e
TCO2e
TCO2e
%

%

TCO2e

TCO2e
TCO2e
TCO2e

TCO2e
TCO2e

140,936 

 142,658 

 180,751 

 189,870 

4,520 

56,776 

0 

62,683 

6,104 

0.10%

0.19%

10,853 

153,115 

66,692 

701 

14,714 

71,008 

 4,451 

 52,197 

0

 73,229 

 7,557 

0.14%

0.25%

 5,224 

 5,748 

 61,733 

0

 91,169 

 13,601 

0.24%

0.25%

 8,499 

 6,626 

 65,631 

0

 94,287 

 13,010 

0.26%

0.25%

 10,316 

 145,207 

 256,542 

 380,561 

 70,145 

 134,122 

 258,975 

 694 

 795 

219

 11,550 

 62,818 

 35,020 

 86,605 

39,541

81,825

TCO2e 68,901,866 
2.2%

%

TCO2e/  
million €

 2,384 

65,921,222

74,256,245

70,765,244

-2.2%

2,620

10.2%

2,733

5.0%

2,750

230

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

GRI

305-3

Indicators

Units

2021

2020

2019

2018

Other relevant indirect (scope 3 upstream) GHG 
emissions

TCO2e

 8,237,192 

 6,966,062 

 8,610,739 

8,903,363

1. Purchased goods and services

2. Capital Goods

3. Fuel- and energy-related activities (not 
included n Scope 1 or Scope 2)

4. Transportation of good paid by the Group

5. Waste generated in operations

6. Business travel

7. Employee commuting

305-3

Other relevant indirect (scope 3 downstream) 
GHG emissions

TCO2e
TCO2e
TCO2e

 7,278,733 

 6,137,388 

 7,388,926 

7,605,700

 62,876 

 53,167 

 63,863 

 55,151 

 64,398 

 67,993 

 42,760 

 616,519 

TCO2e
TCO2e
TCO2e
TCO2e
TCO2e  60,664,674 

 152,359 

 30,778 

 497,761 

 753,253 

 31,872 

 33,304 

 39,710 

 139,054 

 146,723 

 157,405 

58,955,160

65,645,506

61,861,881

2.

64,000

72,775

816,888

44,000

140,000

160,000

9. Transportation of goods not paid by the 
Group

11. Use of sold products(6)

12. End-of-life treatment of sold products

SSE #1 – Number of Zero-CO2 sites
Saved GHG emissions thanks to sold products 
and services(7)

Avoided GHG emissions thanks to sold products 
and services(7)

SSI #2 – Cumulative CO2 saved and avoided 
thanks to sold products and services since  
2018(7)

TCO2e

 485,877 

 371,159 

 449,507 

462,695

TCO2e  55,224,389 
 4,954,408 
TCO2e
#

51 

TCO2e  49,708,425 

 53,998,500 

 60,447,799 

57,158,727

 4,585,501 

 4,748,200 

4,240,459

 30 

 UP 

UP

 46,964,497 

 50,994,695

57,501,195

TCO2e  33,930,803 

 28,605,883 

 39,406,306 

39,849,166

TCO2e  346,960,969 

263,321,741

187,751,362

97,350,361

  2021 audited indicators. UP = Unpublished.

Note than Schneider Electric carbon footprint has been updated in 2021 to reflect changes in Global Warming Potential (GWP) values for SF6 gaz published by the 
IPCC in its 6th Assessment Report. Previous GWP value of 23,500 (AR5) has been updated to 25,200 (AR6) for 2021 and historical emissions and impacts scope 1 
and scope 3 CO2 equivalent emissions.

(1)  The CO2 emissions linked to energy consumption are considered estimates, because the indirect emissions are calculated on the conversion factors per country. 

Scope 1 and 2 CO2 emissions from energy consumption are quantified using energy reporting data, in MWh of energy per energy source.  
Scope 2 emissions are quantified with the market-based methodology and the location-based methodology, following GHG Protocol scope 2 guidance. Location-
based scope 2 electricity emissions on energy reporting perimeter are equal to 327,653 tCO2e (audited value), and 413,683 tCO2e on total estimated perimeter. Total 
scope 1 and 2 (location-based) CO2 emissions (energy, vehicles, and SF6 emissions in tCO2e) on full perimeter are equal to 554,619 tCO2e (audited value). 
Electricity emissions calculated with market-based and location-based methodologies should not be added. Market-based electricity emissions are calculated using 
residual electricity emissions factors (source AIB, 2017) for European countries, and average country emission factors for other countries (IEA, 2017);

(2)   In 2017, direct (scope 1) emissions, energy indirect (scope 2) emissions and other relevant indirect (scope 3) emissions amounted to 187,477, 511,602 (699,079 total 

scope 1+2) and 67,413,029 TCO2e respectively;

(3)  13 sites in 2021, 14 sites in 2020 and 2019; 16 sites in 2018;
(4)  CO2 emissions for sites not included in the energy reporting perimeter are estimated based on site surface and average CO2 intensity of sites per region from our 

energy reporting. 

(5)  Greenhouse gas emissions from renewable electricity are due to CH4 and N2O emissions of renewable electricity from biomass. In addition, biogenic CO2 emissions 
are due to the consumption of renewable electricity from biomass, and are not reported in scope 2 emissions following GHG protocol guidance. These emissions are 
of 17,215 tCO2b in 2021.

(6)  Emissions of products sold by Schneider Electric during the year of reporting, and cumulated over their lifetime. These emissions are due to electricity consumption of 

products, either due to internal consumption or due to heat dissipation (Joule effect);

(7)  CO2 savings are calculated for sales of the reporting year and cumulated over the offers’ lifetime. Emissions are calculated as the difference between emissions with 

Schneider Electric’s offer and emissions in the reference situation. The methodology distinguishes “saved” and “avoided” emissions: saved CO2 emissions correspond 
to brownfield sales that enable reduction of global CO2 emissions compared to previous years, and avoided CO2 emissions correspond to greenfield sales that enable 
a limitation of the increase of global emission. Each year, new methodologies are developed, and CO2 saved and avoided from those offers is quantified for sales that 
occurred since 2018, and counted fully in the performance of the reporting year. In 2021, out of the 83.6 MTCO2e saved and avoided, 7.8 MT (9%) came from 2018-
2020 backdated performance. 

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

231

 
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.8  Indicators

2.8.2  Social indicators

2.8.2.1  Key performance indicators from the Schneider Sustainability Impact and 
Schneider Sustainability Essentials

Schneider Sustainability Impact
Long-term commitments 
aligned to UN SDGs

2021-2025 programs

Baseline(1)

2021 progress(2)

2025 Target

Trust

Equal

6.

7.

8.

Strategic suppliers who provide decent work to their employees

--

In progress

Level of confidence of our employees to report unethical conduct

81%

+0pts

100%

+10pts

Increase gender diversity in hiring (50%), front-line management
(40%) and leadership teams (30%)

41/25/24

41/27/26

50/40/30

Generations

10. Double hiring opportunities for interns, apprentices and fresh

4,939

x1.25

x2.00

graduates

Schneider Sustainability Essentials
Long-term commitments 
aligned to UN SDGs

2021-2025 programs

Baseline(1)

2021 progress(2)

2025 Target

Trust

12. Deploy a ‘Social Excellence’ program through multiple tiers of

--

In progress

suppliers(3)

13. Train our employees on Cybersecurity and Ethics every year

14. Decrease the Medical Incident rate

90%

0.79

96%

0.65

15. Reduce scrap from safety units recalled

4,202

4,024

--

100%

0.38

2,101

16. Be in the top 25% in external ratings for Cybersecurity

Top 25%

Top 25% Top 25%

performance

17. Assess our suppliers under our ‘Vigilance Program’

Equal

18. Reduce pay gap for both females and males

19.

Increase subscription in our yearly Worldwide Employee Share
Ownership Plan (WESOP)

20. Pay our employees at least a living wage(4)

21. Multiply the number of employee-driven development

interactions on the Open Talent Market

Generations

22. Support the digital upskilling of our employees

23. Provide access to meaningful career development programs

for employees during later stages of their career

24.

Increase our employee engagement level

374

1,203

F: -1.73%
M: 1.00%

-1.61%

1.11%

4,000

<1%

53%

99%

5,019

41%

--

69%

61%

60%

100%

100%

x2.1

74%

In progress

71%

x4

90%

90%

75%

(1)  Generally, the 2020 performance serves as a baseline for SSI and SSE programs, except SSI #1, SSI #10, SSE #5, SSE #14, and SSE #20, which are measured against

a 2019 baseline to mitigate COVID-19 impacts.

(2)  Each year, Schneider Electric obtains a “limited” level of assurance on methodology and progress from an independent third party verifier for all the SSI and SSE 

indicators (except SSI #6, SSI #7, SSI #+1, SSE #12 and SSE #23, in 2021), in accordance with ISAE 3000 assurance standard (see Independent verifier’s report on 
page 224). Please refer to page 206 for the methodological presentation of each indicator. The 2021 performance is also discussed in more details in each section of
this report.

(3)  SSE #12 ‘Social Excellence’ program currently under development and will be deployed in 2023.
(4)  As of 31st December 2021, 99.99% of eligible employees, i.e. all Schneider employees treated as permanent workforce, were paid the living wage. The few remaining 
gaps were closed early 2022 so that all in scope Schneider Electric employees are now paid the living wage. The final KPI result for 2021 was rounded to 100%.

232

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

Indicators below have a Group scope.

HR data cover about 93% of the workforce from consolidated companies (excluding 6,300 AVEVA and OSIsoft employees and 5,100 
employees from companies not integrated to the Group’s information system tools). According to our extra-financial reporting principles,  
8,000 employees from new acquisitions (including RIB Software and L&T) are also excluded from 2021 figures. Total Group average workforce 
(including supplementary employees) for all entities is 166,025 employees.

The calculation methodology of the absenteeism rate varying from one country to another, in this domain Schneider Electric communicates at 
Group level the number of lost days and the number of hours worked (Safety data). The precisions on the variations of scope are contributed at 
the end of the tables below and indicated by footnotes. The comments on the indicators are given in the corresponding chapters and indicated 
in the tables below.

2.

2.8.2.2  General disclosure

Spot workforce at year-end

GRI

Indicators

Units

2021

2020

2019

2018

Spot workforce at year-end including 
supplementary employees*(1)

Spot workforce at year-end excluding 
supplementary employees*

Open-ended contract

Fixed-term contract

year-end HC

 147,468 

 147,349 

 150,828 

151,019

year-end HC

 128,384 

 128,770 

 135,307 

137,534

%

%

87.2%

12.8%

87.3%

12.7%

 18,548 

23.7%

87.3%

12.7%

 15,456 

21.6%

87.2%

12.8%

13,480

20.6%

Spot supplementary employees* at year-end

year-end HC

 19,084 

102-8

Share of temporary personnel (fixed-term 
contracts and supplementary personnel*)

%

24.0%

 2021 audited indicators. 

*  Supplementary employees are employees under short-term contracts to supplement short-term activities and work peaks.
(1) Based on data tracked in our global TalentLink tool, excluding supplementary employees, recent acquisitions, entities not integrated to the Group’s information system 

tools and interns (128 384 employees, i.e. around 87% of employees excluding supplementary employees);

Workforce composition(1)

GRI

102-8

401-1

401-1

Indicators

Organization of working time

Full-time

Part-time

Hires(2)

Departures(2)

Layoffs

Resignations

Other (retirement, end of contract, etc.)

401-1

Total employee turnover 

Voluntary turnover

102-8

Breakdown of workforce by region

Asia-Pacific

Western Europe

North America

Rest of the world

102-8

Breakdown of workforce by country (the most 
significant countries)

United States

France

China

Mexico

India

Germany

Russian Federation

Spain

Indonesia

United Kingdom

Australia

Units

2021

2020

2019

2018

%

%

HC

HC

HC

HC

HC

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

98%

2%

 27,189 

 22,877 

 7,114 

 11,944 

 3,819 

18.1%

9.5% 

31%

27%

26%

16%

14%

11%

11%

10%

8%

4%

3%

3%

3%

3%

2%

97%

3%

 19,536 

 20,840 

 5,626 

 8,729 

 6,485 

16.1%

6.9%

32%

27%

24%

17%

13%

12%

11%

10%

10%

3%

3%

3%

3%

3%

2%

98%

2%

 25,131 

 23,381 

 8,190 

 10,600 

 4,591 

17.6%

8.0%

35%

26%

20%

19%

13%

11%

10%

7%

10%

3%

6%

3%

3%

3%

2%

98%

2%

23,228

24,036

7,680

11,595

4,761

17.0%

8.4%

32%

27%

22%

20%

13%

11%

10%

7%

10%

3%

6%

3%

3%

3%

2%

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

233

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.8  Indicators

GRI

Indicators

Brazil

102-8

Annual change in workforce by country (the 
most significant countries)

Units

%

2021

1%

United States

France

China

Mexico

India

Germany

Russian Federation

Spain

Indonesia

United Kingdom

Australia

Brazil

102-8

Women in our workforce

Overall workforce 

Board of Directors

Executive Committee

All management (junior, middle, leadership)

Leadership teams

Front line management 

Middle management 

Junior management

Management positions in revenue-
generating functions

Sales

STEM

White collar

Men

Women

Blue collar

Men

Women

102-8

Breakdown of workforce by age(3)

< 30 years 

30-50 years

> 50 years

102-8

Breakdown of workforce by seniority

< 5 years

5/14 years

15/24 years

25/34 years

> 34 years

102-8

Breakdown of workforce by function

Marketing

Sales

Services and projects

Support

Technical

Industrial

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

5%

-2%

8%

7%

8%

9%

0%

6%

-3%

-9%

-2%

-8%

34% 

42%

44%

33%

26% 

27% 

23%

37%

16%

21%

19%

51%

66%

34%

49%

66%

34%

23%

59%

18%

40%

34%

16%

7%

3%

4%

13%

19%

24%

10%

31%

2020

2%

-5%

-2%

-2%

36%

-3%

-9%

-51%

-5%

-9%

-6%

-7%

-12%

33%

42%

38%

23%

24%

25%

23%

34%

UP

19%

21%

50%

67%

33%

50%

67%

33%

23%

59%

18%

46%

33%

13%

6%

2%

4%

13%

19%

29%

7%

28%

2019

2%

-4%

-2%

-2%

1%

0%

-1%

-5%

2%

-7%

-2%

-5%

-6%

33%

42%

25%

23%

23%

24%

22%

33%

UP

19%

20%

51%

67%

33%

49%

68%

32%

22%

59%

18%

46%

33%

13%

6%

2%

4%

13%

19%

30%

6%

28%

2018

2%

-3%

-7%

0%

-4%

-3%

-3%

-10%

1%

0%

-1%

-10%

-7%

32%

38%

25%

UP

22%

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

51%

68%

32%

49%

68%

32%

23%

59%

18%

44%

36%

12%

6%

2%

3%

12%

19%

28%

6%

32%

234

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

 2021 audited indicators. UP = Unpublished.

(1)  Based on data tracked in our global TalentLink tool, excluding supplementary employees, recent acquisitions, entities not integrated to the Group’s information system 

tools and interns (128,384 employees, i.e. around 87% of employees excluding supplementary employees);

(2)  Acquisitions/disposals and supplementary employees not taken into account in the calculation;
(3)  Excluding data for the US and Canada due to local regulation of non-disclosure of birth data of employees.

Indicators

Units

2021

2020

2019

2018

Hires(1)(2)

GRI

401-1

Breakdown by type of contract

Permanent contract

Fixed-term contract

401-1

Breakdown by category

White collar

Blue collar

401-1

Breakdown by gender

Men

Women

401-1

Breakdown by age(3)

< 30 years

30-50 years

> 50 years

401-1

Breakdown by region

Asia-Pacific

Western Europe

North America

Rest of the world

GRI

401-1

Breakdown by type of contract

Open-ended contract

Fixed-term contract

401-1

Breakdown by category

White collar

Blue collar

401-1

Breakdown by Region

Asia-Pacific

Western Europe

North America

Rest of the world

2.

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

64%

36%

34%

66%

59% 

41% 

64%

34%

2%

34%

13%

42%

12%

62%

38%

19%

81%

59%

41%

UP

UP

UP

26%

9%

55%

10%

70%

30%

37%

63%

60%

40%

UP

UP

UP

44%

12%

29%

15%

63%

37%

39%

61%

62%

38%

UP

UP

UP

35%

16%

33%

16%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

70%

30%

22%

78%

33%

9%

47%

10%

72%

28%

20%

80%

28%

8%

50%

14%

79%

21%

33%

67%

30%

8%

44%

18%

80%

20%

35%

65%

23%

10%

42%

24%

 2021 audited indicators. UP = Unpublished.

(1) Based on data tracked in our global TalentLink tool, excluding supplementary employees, recent acquisitions, entities not integrated to the Group’s information system 

tools and interns (128 384 employees, i.e. around 87% of employees excluding supplementary employees);

(2) Acquisitions/disposals and supplementary employees not taken into account in the calculation;
(3) Excluding data for the US and Canada due to local regulation of non-disclosure of birth data of employees.

Layoffs (1)(2)

Indicators

Units

2021

2020

2019

2018

(1) Based on data tracked in our global TalentLink tool, excluding supplementary employees, recent acquisitions, entities not integrated to the Group’s information system 

tools and interns (128 384 employees, i.e. around 87% of employees excluding supplementary employees);

(2) Acquisitions/disposals and supplementary employees not taken into account in the calculation.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

235

 
Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.8  Indicators

Resignations(1)(2)

GRI

401-1

Indicators

Breakdown by seniority

< 1 year

1/4 years

5/14 years

15/24 years

25/34 years

> 34 years

Units

2021

2020

2019

2018

%

%

%

%

%

%

41%

36%

19%

4%

1%

0%

41%

39%

16%

3%

1%

0%

40%

34%

17%

5%

2%

2%

39%

37%

20%

3%

1%

0%

(1)  Based on data tracked in our global TalentLink tool, excluding supplementary employees, recent acquisitions, entities not integrated to the Group’s information system 

tools and interns (128 384 employees, i.e. around 87% of employees excluding supplementary employees);

(2)  Acquisitions/disposals and supplementary employees not taken into account in the calculation.

Departures(1)(2)

GRI

401-1

Indicators

Breakdown by gender

Men

Women

401-1

Breakdown by age(3)

< 30 years

30-50 years

> 50 years

401-1

Breakdown by region

Asia-Pacific

Western Europe

North America

Rest of the world

Units

2021

2020

2019

2018

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

62%

38%

50%

38%

12%

31%

15%

41%

13%

63%

37%

UP

UP

UP

30%

17%

39%

14%

62%

38%

UP

UP

UP

34%

15%

35%

16%

61%

39%

UP

UP

UP

33%

16%

34%

18%

UP = Unpublished.
(1)  Based on data tracked in our global TalentLink tool, excluding supplementary employees, recent acquisitions, entities not integrated to the Group’s information system 

tools and interns (128 384 employees, i.e. around 87% of employees excluding supplementary employees);

(2)  Acquisitions/disposals and supplementary employees not taken into account in the calculation;
(3)  Excluding data for the US and Canada due to local regulation of non-disclosure of birth data of employees.

Average supplementary employees*

GRI

102-8

Indicators

Breakdown by category

White collar

Blue collar

102-8

Breakdown by region

Asia-Pacific

Western Europe

North America

Rest of the world

Units

2021

2020

2019

2018

%

%

%

%

%

%

8%

92%

67%

16%

6%

11%

10%

90%

64%

15%

7%

14%

*  Supplementary employees are employees under short-term contracts to supplement short-term activities and work peaks.

2.8.2.3  Dialog and social relations

GRI

Indicators

Coverage

102-41

Employees represented by

Unions

Works Council

403-1

102-41

102-41

Health and Safety Committee

Number of collective agreements

Employees covered by collective bargaining 
agreements

Units

%

%

%

%

#

%

2021

92%

80%

63%

81%

 150 

72%

2020

85%

66%

70%

89%

 78 

69%

11%

89%

64%

16%

7%

13%

2019

92%

64%

68%

86%

 81 

70%

7%

93%

62%

18%

8%

11%

2018

90%

67%

68%

86%

138

75%

236

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.8.2.4  Health and safety of employees and subcontractors

GRI

Indicator

Number of ISO 45001 sites

Percentage of operational facilities that are ISO 
45001 certified

Units

#

%

2021

180

77%

403-2

Number of medical incidents(1)

of which Schneider Electric employees

of which temporary workers

403-2

Number of lost-time accident(1)

of which Schneider Electric employees

of which temporary workers

403-2

Number of fatal accidents

of which Schneider Electric employees

of which temporary workers

#

#

#

#

#

#

#

#

#

186 

152 

34 

96 

76 

20 

2

2

0

2020

184

80%

 154 

 133 

 21 

 85 

 74 

 11 

 1 

 1 

0

2019

UP

UP

 233 

 193 

 40 

 116 

 94 

 22 

 1 

 1 

0

403-2

SSE #14 Medical Incident Rate(2)

per million 

 0.65 

 0.58 

 0.79 

hours worked

of which Schneider Electric employees

per million 

 0.63 

 0.58 

 0.77 

hours worked

of which temporary workers

per million 

 0.73 

 0.55 

 0.91 

hours worked

403-2

Lost-Time Injury Rate (LTIR)(2)

per million 

 0.33 

 0.32 

 0.39 

hours worked

of which Schneider Electric employees

per million 

 0.32 

 0.32 

 0.38 

hours worked

of which temporary workers

per million 

 0.43 

 0.29 

 0.50 

hours worked

2.

2018

UP

UP

277

225

52

136

105

31

1

1

0

0.94

0.90

1.10

0.46

0.42

0.66

403-2

Lost-Time Day Rate (LTDR)(2)

per million 

 15.58 

 13.74 

 16.69 

13.69

hours worked

of which Schneider Electric employees

per million 

 16.47 

 14.92 

 17.69 

14.39

hours worked

of which temporary workers

per million 

 11.00 

 6.61 

 10.96 

9.54

hours worked

403-2

Number of lost days

of which Schneider Electric employees

of which temporary workers

#

#

#

 4,477 

 3,963 

 514 

 3,662 

 3,412 

 250 

 4,909 

 4,427 

 482 

4,025

3,579

446

403-2

Number of hours worked

#  287,369,013 

 266,582,055 

 294,202,028 

294,001,927

of which Schneider Electric employees

#  240,649,594 

 228,742,624 

 250,235,482 

248,633,265

of which temporary workers

#  46,719,419 

 37,839,431 

 43,966,546 

45,368,662

403-2

Occupational Illness Frequency Rate (OIFR)(2)

per million 

 0.017 

0.019

0.014

0.020

hours worked

of which Schneider Electric employees

per million 

 0.021 

0.022

0.016

0.024

hours worked

of which temporary workers

per million 

0.000 

0.000

0.000

0.000

hours worked

  2021 audited indicators. UP = Unpublished.

(1)  Includes business travel, excludes home/workplace travel.
(2)  LTIR = Number of incidents with lost days x 1,000,000/number of hours worked. International standard indicator comparable to the accident frequency rate.  

LTDR = Number of lost days x 1,000,000/number of hours worked. International standard indicator comparable to the accident severity rate (the latter, however, is 
calculated per thousand hours worked). MIR = Number of accidents requiring medical treatment x 1,000,000/number of hours worked.  
Occupational Illness Frequency Rate (OIFR) is based on 1 million hours worked (The number of Occupational illness X 1,000,000 Hours/Total Hours Worked).  
Note that the Medical Incident Rate (MIR) consists of both medical incidents + Occupational Illnesses and is based on 1 million hours worked.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

237

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.8  Indicators

2.8.2.5  Talent development and training

GRI

Indicator

Coverage

404-1

404-1

Number of training hours

Average hours of training per person by 
category and gender

White collar

Blue collar

Men

Women

404-1

Breakdown of hours by category(1)

White collar

Blue collar

404-2

Employees taking one day training  
(7 hours or more)

Breakdown by country

United States

France

China

Mexico

India

Germany

Russian Federation

Spain

Indonesia

United Kingdom

Australia

Brazil

Percentage of the eligible workforce who 
received training on anti-corruption practices

SSE #13 – Employees trained every year on 
Cybersecurity and Ethics

Breakdown of hours by training type(1)

Health, safety and environment

Technical

Languages

IT

Products, Solutions and Services

Management and Leadership

Personal Development

Functional

Mandatory/Compliance

Supply Chain

Wellbeing

Agile

Total Learning & Development spend(2)

million €

Units

%

2021

91%

2020

90%

2019

92%

2018

87%

#

#

#

#

#

#

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

2,881,627 

 2,869,111 

 3,117,348 

 3,283,492 

24.5

25.1

24.0

24.9

23.7

53%

47%

83%

75%

77%

81%

97%

86%

70%

97%

85%

96%

72%

79%

91%

97%

96% 

17%

5%

0%

6%

12%

6%

7%

25%

9%

12%

1%

1%

56.8

 24.5 

 25.0 

 27.5 

 24.9 

 24.0 

 25.1 

 23.2 

 27.1 

 22.9 

 25.6 

 23.7 

 30.5 

 24.1 

 28.3 

 25.6 

52%

48%

81%

76%

69%

84%

74%

90%

79%

98%

84%

93%

65%

80%

95%

94%

90%

20%

6%

0%

8%

12%

4%

11%

24%

4%

9%

2%

UP

54%

46%

81%

78%

71%

86%

87%

84%

80%

93%

83%

76%

69%

78%

92%

UP

UP

22%

5%

5%

8%

13%

6%

8%

27%

6%

UP

UP

UP

 44.2 

 52.3 

58%

42%

86%

82%

76%

89%

93%

97%

86%

95%

88%

80%

80%

81%

90%

UP

UP

20%

5%

1%

10%

24%

5%

16%

14%

3%

UP

UP

UP

UP

238

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

GRI

Indicator

Units

2021

Learning & Development cost per employee

€/employee

425.8

2020

 356.1 

2019

 386.6 

Breakdown of costs by category(1)

White collar

Blue collar

Breakdown of costs by training type(1)

Products, Solutions and Services

Personal Development

Health, safety and environment

Management and Leadership

Functional

Technical

IT

Languages

Mandatory/Compliance

Supply Chain

Wellbeing

Agile

404-3

Employees having had a performance review(3)

Breakdown by category

White collar

Blue collar

Breakdown by gender

Men

Women

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

64%

36%

12%

6%

31%

13%

15%

9%

6%

2%

0%

4%

1%

1%

98%

76%

26%

71%

29%

52%

48%

10%

10%

39%

12%

9%

10%

3%

1%

1%

5%

0%

UP

98%

75%

25%

72%

28%

68%

32%

28%

5%

9%

18%

12%

4%

11%

13%

0%

UP

UP

UP

98%

76%

24%

72%

28%

2.

2018

UP

72%

28%

21%

19%

15%

14%

11%

6%

3%

3%

0%

UP

UP

UP

96%

76%

24%

73%

27%

  2021 audited indicators. UP = Unpublished.

(1)  Based on spot workforce at year-end.
(2)  Includes Learning and development teams, travel and expenses as well as vendors costs - Sources: Schneider Electric TalentLink Employee data and Procurement  

tracking system - Excludes training sold to customers

(3)  The data relates to the eligible workforce for Performance interview at 12/31/2021 (TalentLink).

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

239

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

2.8  Indicators

2.8.3  Societal indicators

Indicators are published on the basis of declarative information submitted by Foundation delegates. It covers 80% of Schneider Electric 
employees and highlights the importance of company and employee participation in the Foundation’s approach to involvement towards 
local communities. With EUR 19.5 million in 2021, the amount of budget for the Foundation’s actions includes the Foundation’s intervention 
budget, the amount of the donations from entities, employees and partners, and the amount of donations in kind.

2.8.3.1  Key performance indicators from the Schneider Sustainability Impact and 
Schneider Sustainability Essentials

Schneider Sustainability Impact
Long-term commitments 
aligned to UN SDGs

2021-2025 programs

Baseline(1)

2021 progress(2)

2025 Target

Equal

9.  Provide access to green electricity to 50 million people

30M

+4.2M

50M

Generations

11.  Train people in energy management

281,737

328,359

1M

Schneider Sustainability Essentials
Long-term commitments 
aligned to UN SDGs

2021-2025 programs

Baseline(1)

2021 progress(2)

2025 Target

Local 

25.  Increase the number of volunteering days since 2017

18,469

27,981

50,000

(1)  Generally, the 2020 performance serves as a baseline for SSI and SSE programs, except SSI #1, SSI #10, SSE #5, SSE #14, and SSE #20, which are measured against 

a 2019 baseline to mitigate COVID-19 impacts.

(2)  Each year, Schneider Electric obtains a “limited” level of assurance on methodology and progress from an independent third party verifier for all the SSI and SSE 

indicators (except SSI #6, SSI #7, SSI #+1, SSE #12 and SSE #23, in 2021), in accordance with ISAE 3000 assurance standard (see Independent verifier’s report on 
page 224). Please refer to page 206 for the methodological presentation of each indicator. The 2021 performance is also discussed in more details in each section of 
this report.

2.8.3.2  Breakdown of the Foundation’s financial commitments

Indicator

Foundation's intervention budget

Breakdown by program

Training and entrepreneurship

Energy poverty

Raising awareness about sustainable development

Employees’ volunteering/skills-based sponsorship

Emergency

Breakdown by region

Africa & Middle East

America

Asia & Pacific

Europe

Cross countries

Units

€

2021

2020

2019

4,000,000

4,000,000

4,000,000

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

75%

3%

17%

1%

4%

8%

10%

48%

18%

16%

63%

7%

10%

1%

19%

25%

4%

45%

20%

6%

51%

28%

17%

4%

UP

31%

6%

11%

44%

8%

240

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 2 – Sustainable development

Strategic Report

2.8.3.3  Breakdown of contributions from employees and Schneider Electric entities to 
the Foundation’s actions

Indicator

Total financial contribution

From employees

From the Schneider Electric entity

From partners

Units

2021

2020

2019

€

€

€

€

7,045,158

9,287,805

7,715,663

1,121,092

 1,454,801 

 827,682 

5,893,925

 7,413,102 

 6,659,701 

30,141

 419,902 

 228,280 

2.

2.8.3.4  Breakdown of total contributions (Employees, Schneider Electric entities and 
Schneider Electric Foundation) to the Foundation’s actions

Indicator

Breakdown by region

Africa & Middle East

America

Asia & Pacific

Europe

Cross countries

Donations in products or services for a partner/project of the Foundation

Number of employees involved in the Foundation’s actions

UP = Unpublished.

2.8.3.5  Total budget for the Foundation’s actions

Units

2021

2020

2019

%

%

%

%

%

€

#

3%

34%

29%

31%

3%

8%

31%

27%

30%

4%

11%

38%

21%

30%

UP

8,444,800

6,927,700

8,062,248

35,000

35,000

35,000

Indicator

Units

2021

2020

2019

Foundation budget, financial contributions and donations in kind

€

19,489,958

20,215,505

19,777,911

To access all Schneider Electric ESG data, please download the disclosure dashboard on se.com: 
https://go.schneider-electric.com/WW_202105_In-the-interest-of-transparency-and-to-simplify-access-to-ESG-data_EA-LP. 
html?source=Content&sDetail=In-the-interest-of-transparency-and-to-simplify-access-to-ESG-data_WW&&

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

241

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

We believe a strong resilience is a key element 
for sustainable growth, one of our core values. 
It includes the way we identify, assess and 
manage risks.

242

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

Strategic Report

3

How we manage risk 
at Schneider Electric

3.

3.1 Definition and objectives 
of internal control and 
risk management

3.1.1 Definition and objectives

3.1.2 Scope of this report

244

244

244

3.2 Organization and management

244

3.2.1 Group values

3.2.2 General internal control and risk management 

principles: our three lines of defense

3.2.3 Governing bodies

244

245

246

3.3 Risk management mechanism

249

3.3.1 One unique risk taxonomy is established to 

have a common risk language

3.3.2 Different mechanisms to identify, assess, 

and mitigate risks

3.3.3 Each Risk Overseer is in charge of moving 

the risk flywheel for his/her respective domain

3.3.4 Risk identification and management

3.4 Key risks

3.5 Insurance

249

250

251

252

254

265

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

243

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

3.1 Definition and objectives of internal control 
and risk management 

3.1.1 Definition and objectives

3.1.2 Scope of this report

The system is designed to cover the Group, defined as the 
Schneider Electric SE parent company and the subsidiaries 
over which it exercises exclusive control.

Acquired companies are integrated progressively into the 
internal control and risk management systems.

The Group’s internal control and risk management systems 
focus on:

• protecting the Group’s value, assets, and reputation;
• identifying and measuring the major risks to which the Group

is exposed;

• anticipating and foreseeing changes in these risks; and
• implementing risk prevention and transfer measures.

The Group’s risk management systems are designed to ensure:

• Risks are properly and timely identified, assessed,

and prioritized;

• Risks and vulnerabilities are properly monitored;
• Risks are efficiently mitigated.

The Group’s internal control procedures are designed to ensure:

• compliance with laws and regulations;
• application of instructions and guidelines issued by Group

Senior Management;

• the proper functioning of the Company’s internal processes;
• the reliability of financial reporting; and
• more generally, internal control helps the Group manage

its businesses, run efficient operations, and use its
resources efficiently.

3.2 Organization and Management

3.2.1 Group values

Resilience as a top value

Hybrid risk management model

Schneider Electric has placed significant importance on resilience 
within the values and principles which guide and inspire its actions 
and, in particular, its business practice. Indeed, resilience is one of 
the fundamental elements of sustainable growth and belongs directly 
to the Group’s Sustainability value. All Group entities, along the three 
lines of defense described hereafter, are encouraged to:

• Develop a culture promoting resilience for the Group;
• Raise resilience awareness and best practices, within their

scope of work;

• Implement initiatives aimed at increasing the Group resilience,
by decreasing the risk exposure and/or increasing its level
of preparedness.

Schneider Electric uses a hybrid risk management model. It means 
that there are Central functions and experts in charge of setting risk 
management mechanisms, establishing policies, and other activities, 
but that the ownership of the risks belongs to the Business Units and 
Operating Divisions who are responsible for deploying the central 
framework to manage their risks. The section hereafter (3.2.2) goes 
over our three lines of defense and gives more detail about our hybrid 
risk management model. 

244

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

Strategic Report

3.2.2 General internal control and risk management principles:  
our three lines of defense

The three lines model

Board of Directors and Audit & Risks Committee

Accountable to stakeholders for organizational oversight

Governing body roles: Integrity, leadership and transparency

3.

Delegation, direction, 
resources oversight

Accountability, 
reporting

Management

Actions (including managing risk) to achieve organizational objectives

1st line roles:
Business and risk owners,  
provide products/services to 
customers and manage risk

•  Divisions, Business Units
•  Zones, Clusters, Countries

2nd line roles:
Global Functions Leaders and 
Experts, oversee risks, set 
guardrails (policies, process, 
control), advise and monitor 1st line

•  Cyber Security
•  Compliance
•  Quality
...
• 

Alignment, 
communication, 
coordination, 
collaboration

Internal Audit

Independent assurance

3rd line roles:
Advice on the adequacy and 
effectiveness of governance  
and risk management

•  Global Internal Audit

Corporate culture

Figure 1: The three lines model

1st line of defense: Business and risk owners

Among other responsibilities, Operating Divisions and Business 
Units have a duty to preserve good faith and trust. As business  
and risk owners, they must:

•  Embed risk management into first line processes;
•  Execute risk strategy in line with risk appetite and standards;
•  Complete risk assessments and provide supporting data;
• 

Identify and control risks relating to their own environment,  
in compliance with the rules and procedures implemented  
and communicated by the Group functional department;

•  Design and implement remediation actions.

More specifically, Operating Division and Business Unit 
management supplement and adapt the Enterprise Risk 
Management framework drafted by the Group management, by 
drawing up detailed policies and internal control procedures which 
comply with the relevant laws, regulations, and customer practices 
in the country they operate, to exercise control more effectively 
over risk specific to their local market and culture.

2nd line of defense: Risk Overseers

Risk Overseers and expert Functions
The various Group functional departments and Risk Overseers 
assist the Enterprise Risk Management body with the identification 
and ranking of risks. Each department defines and rolls out risk 
management systems in its activity sector and ensures the

consistency of actions undertaken in the Business Units and 
Operating Divisions. It assists all Group entities by facilitating the
sharing of risk management and internal control best practice. 

Depending on the risk category, Risk Overseers must:

• 

• 

Identify and manage adoption of regulatory and  
legal standards;
Initiate first risk identification as a base for risk-specific 
programs design;

•  Own risk-specific policies;
•  Define risk-specific processes and controls.

Enterprise Risk Management body
In the current context of an acceleration towards a more complex 
and fragmented world, the Group has engaged in a restructuration 
of its Enterprise Risk Management body, with the help of experts. 
It has started in 2021, with most of the deployment scheduled in 
2022. The objective is to strengthen the overall risk management 
at Schneider Electric, with a more robust Enterprise Risk 
Management to implement and deploy advanced mechanisms, 
support the first and second lines of defense, and consolidate and 
report to the Executives and the Board of Directors. It will ensure 
that the maturity level and effectiveness of the governance and 
organization, management systems, processes and controls,  
and communication and training will all increase. Engaging in  
this journey until 2024, the Group expect to reach optimized 
maturity level in the way we develop and maintain a Group risk 
appetite framework.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

245

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

3.2 Organization and Management

A more robust description on the Group internal audit is presented 
in section 3.2.3, hereafter.

3rd line of defense: Internal audit

In accordance with professional standards governing this activity, 
the internal audit independently assesses the effectiveness of 
internal control and risk management procedures given that, 
irrespective of how well they are implemented and how strictly 
they are deployed, these procedures can only provide reasonable 
assurance – and not an absolute guarantee – against all risks.

3.2.3 Governing bodies

The Group’s corporate governance bodies supervise the 
development of internal control and risk management systems.  
The Audit & Risks Committee has particular responsibility for following 
up on the efficiency of internal control and risk management systems 
and reports to the Board of Directors.

Board of Directors

The Board is informed about the efficiency of the internal control and risk management systems.

Senior Management

Audit Committee

Follows-up on the efficiency of 
internal control and risk management 
systems and reports to the board 
thereon (see chapter 4, section 4.1.4, 
page 300).

Global Finance  
Department

Organizing control and ensuring 
compliance with procedures.

Responsible for designing and leading the overall internal control system including  
the oversight, identification and assessment, and mitigation of risk at Group level  
as well as Business Unit level and across key Group functional areas.

Internal Audit

Internal Control

Annual internal audits and control 
missions. Embedding risk and control 
concerns. Monitoring implementation 
of recommendations.

Organizing and monitoring self-
assessment campaigns and the 
implementation of set action plans.

Operating Divisions  
and business units

Within each business unit, the 
management team organizes 
control of operations, ensures that 
appropriate strategies are deployed 
to achieve objectives, and tracks 
business performance.

Global Functions

Decision-making and risk 
management at corporate level. 
Issue, adapt, and distribute policies, 
target procedures, and instructions  
to units and individuals assigned  
to handle specific duties.

246

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

Strategic Report

Senior Management

Internal Control department

Senior Management is responsible for designing and leading 
the overall internal control system, with support from all key 
participants, in particular the Group Internal Audit and Internal 
Control departments.

It also monitors the Group’s performance during business reviews 
with the Operating Divisions and Global Functions. These reviews 
cover business trends, action plans, current results, and forecasts 
for the quarters ahead.

Similar reviews are carried out at different levels of the Group prior 
to Senior Management’s review.

Internal Audit

The Internal Audit department reports to Senior Management.  
It had an average headcount of 18 auditors and 23 regional  
internal controllers in 2021. The internal auditors are responsible  
for ensuring that, at the level of each Business Unit:

The Internal Control department, which reports to the Reporting 
and Consolidation unit, is responsible for, in particular:

•  defining and updating the list of Key Internal Controls in close 

co-operation with the Global Functions and other subject matter 
experts in line with the recommendations of the French Financial 
Market Authorities (AMF) reference framework;

•  maintaining and leading a network of around 14 local 

internal controllers who are responsible for supporting local 
management on internal control topics and acting as process 
owners for certain key areas such as the chart of authority and 
segregation of duties; and

•  organizing and monitoring the roll-out of self-assessment 

campaigns and implementation of set action plans following 
self-assessments.

The team continues to improve the internal control process and 
adapt its procedures following the results of self-assessments  
and changes in the business environment or organization.

3.

the identification and control of risks is performed;

• 
•  significant financial, management, and operating information 

Global Finance department

is accurate and reliable;

•  compliance with laws and regulations and with the Group’s 

policies, standards, and procedures is ensured;

•  compliance with the instructions of the Chairman & CEO  

is ensured;

•  acquisition of resources is carried out at a competitive cost, 

and their protection is ensured;

•  expenses are properly engaged and monitored;
•  correct integration and control of acquisitions are ensured.

Annual internal audit and internal control plans are drawn up based 
on a combination of a risk-based and audit universe coverage-
based approach. The risk-based dimension is embedding risk 
and control concerns identified by Senior Management, taking 
into account the results of past audits, the results of Key Internal 
Control self-assessments returned by the Business Units, and other 
indicators such as the evolution of a set of financial metrics, the 
Corruption Perception Index, or the Employees Disengagement 
Index. When necessary, the audit plan is adjusted during the year 
to include special requests from Senior Management. 

After each internal audit, a report is issued setting out the auditors’ 
findings and recommendations for the Business Unit or Function 
audited. The management of audited entities or audited domains 
is requested to define for each recommendation an action plan 
aiming at implementing corrective actions. Measures are taken  
to monitor implementation of the recommendations and specific 
follow up audits are conducted if necessary.

Audit reports and the implementation of their recommendations 
are distributed to Senior Management. An executive summary is 
sent to the Chairperson of the Audit Committee as well as to the top 
management. A synthesis of the main takeaways and conclusions 
from a selected number of audit missions is presented to the Audit 
Committee for each committee session (five times per year).

These reports are subject to regular exchange with the  
Group’s auditors.

The Head of Internal Audit has direct access to the Chairperson of 
the Audit Committee and meets her on a regular basis throughout 
the year.

The Global Finance department is actively involved in organizing 
control and ensuring compliance with financial procedures.

Within the department, the Reporting and Consolidation unit plays 
a key role in the internal control system by:

•  drafting and updating instructions designed to ensure that 

statutory and management accounting practices are consistent 
throughout the Group and compliant with applicable regulations;

•  organizing period-end closing procedures;
•  analyzing performance and tracking the achievement of targets 

assigned to the Operating Divisions and Business Units.

The Reporting and Consolidation unit is responsible for:

• 

• 
• 
• 

the proper application of Group accounting principles  
and policies;
the integrity of the consolidation system database;
the quality of accounting and financial processes and data;
training for finance staff by developing and leading specific 
seminars on the function; and

•  drafting, updating, and distributing the necessary documents 

for producing quality information.

The Reporting and Consolidation unit drafts and updates:

•  a glossary of terms used by the Reporting and Consolidation 

unit, including a definition of each term;
the chart of accounts for reporting;

• 
•  a Group statutory and management accounting standards 
manual, which includes details of debit/credit pairings;

•  a Group reporting procedures manual and a system  

user’s guide;

•  a manual describing the procedures to be followed to integrate 
newly acquired businesses in the Group reporting process;

•  an intercompany reconciliation procedures manual; and
•  account closing schedules and instructions.

The Reporting and Consolidation unit monitors the reliability of data 
from subsidiaries and conducts monthly reviews of the various 
Business Units’ primary operations and performance.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

247

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

3.2 Organization and Management

Within the Global Finance department, the Tax team oversees  
tax affairs to provide comprehensive management of these risks.

The Financing and Treasury department is responsible for:

•  centralized management of cash and long-term Group 

financing;

•  centralized management of currency risk and non-ferrous 

metals risk;

•  monitoring of Group trade accounts receivable risk and  
the definition of the credit policy to be implemented;
the distribution of rules for financial risk management and  
the security of payments:
 − define guidelines and contribute to the definition of  

• 

Key Internal Control indicators relating to treasury and  
credit management,

 − review the related risks of complex projects as a subject 

matter expert,

 − select Group tools for credit, trade, and cash management; 

and

• 

the annual financial review meetings with the Group companies 
to assess the financial structures, financial risk management,  
as well as capital allocation.

Procedures for managing financial risk are described in “Key risks” 
on page 254.

Global Functions and Operating Divisions

In addition to specific processes or bodies such as the Group 
Acquisitions Committee for making and implementing strategic 
decisions and centralization of certain functions within the Global 
Finance department (see above), Schneider Electric centralizes 
certain matters through dedicated Global Functions, thus 
combining decision making and risk management at the  
corporate level.

A Technology Community, namely the Chief Technology Officers 
(CTO) community, grouping all Divisional and Business Unit 
Chief Technology Officers as well as key Corporate Technology 
Functions involved in Offer Creation & Research, meets on a 
regular basis to ensure cross-divisional co-ordination in setting 
the strategic direction for innovation and driving end-to-end 
architectures, and defining next generation platforms and systems. 
Additionally, this community partners closely with the senior 
business leaders. This has been done to ensure a simple structure 
so that technology can be close to business and to maintain 
consistency across all divisions of Schneider Electric.

The Human Resources department is responsible for deploying 
and ensuring the application of procedures and compliance with 
HR regulations concerning employee development, promoting 
diversity, and well-being. The department is also responsible for 
establishing guidelines on rewards and compensation, hiring,  
on and off boarding, and learning, amongst other human 
resources-related duties.

The Procurement department within the Supply Chain Function is 
responsible for establishing guidelines concerning the procurement 
organization and procedures, relationships between buyers and 
vendors, and procedures governing product quality, level of 
service, and compliance with environmental and safety standards.

Global Functions and Operating Divisions also issue, adapt,  
and distribute policies, target procedures, and instructions to 
Business Units and individuals assigned to handle their specific 
duties. Global Functions have correspondents who work with the 
Internal Control department to establish and update the  
Key Internal Controls deployed across the Group.

248

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

Strategic Report

3.3 Risk management mechanisms

3.3.1 One unique risk taxonomy is established to have a common 
risk language

One of the core assets of the Group risk management practice is a unique risk taxonomy, used by the different domains within the 
organization (Sales Regions, Business Units, Global Functions). It is key to ensure all the Group entities speak the same risk language  
and collaborate efficiently on decreasing the risk exposure. This document is updated once a year based on the relevance and 
characteristics of identified risks in a business context. The taxonomy contains several levels, described in the illustration below. 

3.

Each risk is mapped to the pieces of the flywheel (see section 3.3.3, page 251) to ensure there are no gaps in the Group monitoring  
and mitigation of the risk universe. 

Risk nature

Differentiation between event 
triggered risks, strategic risks 
and management practice risks

Highest structure of risk for  
Executive reporting & visualization 
granularity of the Risk Matrix

e.g. Third party screening and 
sanctions compliance

Risk category

RISK MATRIX

ENTERPRISE RISK 
MANAGEMENT

Accountable risk level: for each 
risk type a risk owner is identified

Risk type

Detail available on risk zooms in the 
risk matrix

e.g. Export control

Operational risk level, managed 
by the domain/function in charge  
of the risk

e.g. Supplies from countries  
under sanction

Figure 2: Risk taxonomy structure

Risk vector

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

249

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

3.3 Risk management mechanisms

3.3.2 Different mechanisms to identify, assess, and mitigate risks

The Group recognizes that each risk nature is unique, and therefore requires a unique approach in the way it is identified, assessed, 
monitored, and mitigated. The figure below brings a few definitions and examples for each risk nature and shows the parameters that  
allow to differentiate them: Expected reward for risk and controllability. 

Trend driven risk

Risk resulting from organizational  
strategic and operational choices  
intended to generate value
Or
Risk resulting from long term business,  
market, political and economic disruptions

(e.g. sustainability as a business,  
economic cycles)

Controllability
(Ability of org. to reduce 
the uncertainties 
creating risks)

Management  
practice risk

Risk resulting from day-to-day  
operations, behaviours and decisions  
from constituents

(e.g. P&L management,  
Rewards & benefits, IT systems)

Expected reward for risk
(Value for the org. to take on risk)

Rewarded risk

Event triggered risk

Risk originating from uncontrollable  
and unavoidable external factors

(e.g. Cyber attacks,  
workplace disruptions, frauds)

Unrewarded risk

Figure 3: Three risk nature and their unique approaches

For the trend-driven risks, the objective is to reduce the business 
impact cost-effectively and prepare to turn a disrupted environment 
into opportunities. We identify, assess, and monitor the risks 
through frequent organization leaders and external stakeholders 
interviews. This is complemented with specific strategy cadences.

For the event triggered risks, the objective is to reduce the risk 
exposure and increase the level of preparedness. Here are 
a few examples of the assets used to achieve this goal: crisis 
management and business continuity planning, strong policies and 
procedures adoption, and continuous risk and incidents monitoring.

For management practice risks, the objective is to avoid or eliminate 
occurrences cost-effectively with a risk culture and compliance 
model embedded in Operating Divisions, strong policies and 
procedures adoption, and an effective set of internal controls.

250

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

Strategic Report

3.3.3 Each Risk Overseer is in charge of moving the risk flywheel  
for his/her respective domain

Risk taxonomy

Yearly risk reviews

The Group established a unique risk taxonomy to have a common 
language with all stakeholders. All risk categories included are 
mapped to a Risk Overseer who is responsible for all assets and 
processes around the risk flywheel (see figure below). The risk 
taxonomy is reviewed once per year, with inputs from the three 
lines of defense. 

Trust Charter

The Trust Charter is the Group code of conduct. Each section  
is mapped to the risk taxonomy and has the goal, among others, 
to bring a level of awareness to employees that will contribute to 
decreasing the Group risk exposure. See more details about the 
Trust Charter in Chapter 2, section 2.2.1.

Policies

A policy is an official statement and process description produced 
and supported by the leadership team and states where the 
organization stands on important topics or issues. They create the 
backbone of an organization and are important for all stakeholders 
to enable and reinforce trust. Each Risk Overseer is responsible to 
ensure needed policies are written and published. Then, that they 
are implemented, communicated, and their implementation is  
being monitored. See more details about policies in Chapter 2, 
section 2.1.4.4.

Mandatory PMI(1) tasks

The Enterprise Risk Management framework applies not only to its 
core and legacy activities, but also to recently acquired companies 
as part of the post-acquisition integration process. Trust Standards 
are defined to ensure the integration process is addressing risks 
and compliance matters, meeting legal obligations, creating a more 
standardized back-end, and providing clarity regarding integration 
requirements across the portfolio of companies. 

Key Internal Controls

The Group uses a set of internal controls that is reviewed and 
updated annually, with the feedback of the Risk Overseers 
(among others). One of the goals of internal controls is to assess 
the effectiveness of the mitigation put in place to address a risk. 
For the controls that are risk specific, the outcome of the yearly 
self-assessment campaign is twofold: provide a high-level view 
of the situation to the top management and Risk Overseers, and 
provide action plans to the risk owners to improve their mitigation, 
if relevant.

Key risk metrics

Risk metrics are defined to measure the Group risk exposure for 
each risk category. They are defined by the Risk Overseers and 
reviewed on a regular basis. Defining risk thresholds helps to  
foster a risk centric culture and take business decisions based  
on risk appetite.

(1) PMI = Post-Merger Integration

3.

The Group’s entities are performing frequent risk reviews.  
There are three types:

•  Zone or country risk reviews, where the leadership team  

and risk owners review the top risks affecting their territory  
and legal entities, as well as the mitigation in place. 

•  Function or risk category reviews, where the leadership team 
and Risk Overseers review the risks affecting their domain of 
expertise, as well as the mitigation they put in place.

•  Consolidated risk reviews, performed by the Audit & Risks 
Committee aiming, in particular, to review and assess the 
internal control framework and risk management system 
effectiveness.

Risk maturity assessments

In a spirit of continuous improvement, Risk Overseers perform 
risk maturity self-assessments on a regular basis. It helps drive 
constant improvements to the ways in which the risk is managed 
within the Group. Among other things, it ensures the Group takes 
the right steps towards an optimized risk maturity level including:

•  Governance and organization with dynamic resource allocation; 
•  Management systems are aligned and optimized across all 

three lines of defense;

•  Processes and controls rely on digital and advanced analytics 

to optimized effectiveness and efficiency;

•  Communication and training are adapted to specific needs,  

with a measured impact.

Risk
Taxonomy

Risk Maturity
Assessment

Trust
Charter

Yearly Risk
Review

Policies

Key Risk
Metrics

Mandatory
PMI Tasks

Key Internal
Controls

Figure 4: Risk flywheel

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

251

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

3.3 Risk management mechanisms

3.3.4 Risk identification and management

The network of Solution Risk Managers assess the risks and 
mitigations related to major projects in conjunction with the subject 
matter experts and Tender Managers during the preparation of 
offers. Solution Risk Managers then provides a comprehensive, 
360-degree view on project risk and mitigations to support the 
opportunity approval process.

Risk management by the Legal department

The Legal department oversees the legal affairs and manages the 
risks relating to legal matters.

The Financial Risk Insurance team contributes to the internal control 
system by defining and deploying a Group-wide insurance strategy, 
as defined in “Insurance”, section 3.5 on page 265. The insurance 
strategy includes the identification and quantification of the main 
insurable risks, the determination of levels of retention, and the  
cost benefit analysis of the transfer options. The Risk and Insurance 
department also defines, proposes, and implements action plans  
to prevent these risks and protect assets.

Risk management by the  
Global Security department 

The Group’s Global Security department defines corporate 
governance regarding loss prevention in the area of willful acts 
against property and people.

The Global Security Group Committee was created in 2017, uniting 
the Zone Security Leaders. Some of these leaders report directly 
to the Global Security department and some to local management 
with functional reporting to Global Security. In close co-operation 
with the Compliance department and the Risk and Insurance 
department, Global Security is involved in assessing the nature 
of risk to our people, as well as defining adequate prevention and 
protection measures.

General risks at the Group level

The Internal Audit and Group Risk Management departments 
conduct interviews to update the list of general risks at Group level 
each year. In 2021, around 40 of the Group’s top managers were 
interviewed in addition to external financial analysts and Board 
members. Since 2016, individualized risk matrices by Operating 
Division or by Business Unit have been created.

The risks identified through these interviews are ranked by a risk 
score (comprising impact and likelihood of occurrence) and level  
of mitigation.

Risk factors related to the Group’s business, as well as procedures 
for managing and reducing those risks, are described in “Key 
risks”, section 3.4 on page 254. These procedures are an integral 
part of the internal control system.

The risk matrix and the analysis of changes from one year to the 
next contribute to the development of an internal audit plan for the 
following year. Around two-thirds of the risk categories identified in 
the Group’s risk matrix are audited by the Internal Audit department 
over a period of five to six years to assess action plans for 
managing and reducing these risks.

Local risks related to the Company’s 
business at the Business Unit level

Local risks related to the Company’s business are managed first 
and foremost by the Business Units in liaison with the Operating 
Divisions, based on Group guidelines (particularly via the Key 
Internal Controls). Each subsidiary is responsible for implementing 
procedures that provide an adequate level of internal control.

The Operating Divisions implement cross-functional action plans 
for key risks related to the Company’s business identified as being 
recurrent in the Business Units or as having a material impact at the 
Group level, as appropriate. The internal control system is adjusted 
to account for these risks.

Risks related to the Solutions business

The Solutions Risk Management department defines and implements 
principles and tools designed to manage the contractual (such as 
limitation of liabilities), technical (such as technical discrepancy 
versus customer specifications), and financial risks (such as factors 
that may impact margin at solution execution phase).

252

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

Strategic Report

3.

Global Security provides support to local teams for any security 
issues (site audit, expatriates or local employee security, security 
on assignments, etc.). The team also:

•  publishes internally, a table of “Country Risks” for use in security 
procedures that are mandatory for people traveling, expatriates, 
and local employees;

•  provides daily co-ordination with the Group’s worldwide partner 
in the field of medical and security assistance (International SOS 
& Controls Risks – start of contract in January 2011);

•  organize, as needed, psychological support in some crisis 

context (Eutelmed – start of contract in April 2015).

It brings its methodology to develop emergency plans (evacuation 
plans, crisis management plans, etc.) and co-ordinates the 
corporate crisis team (SEECC – Schneider Electric Emergency 
Coordination Center, created in 2009) each time that it is activated. 
Global Security also participates in crisis management, in 
managing the corporate crisis cell, and in supporting local entities 
(to limit the consequences of the occurrence of certain risks 
such as civil war, weather events, pandemics, attacks on people, 
terrorism, etc.). In addition, it regularly organizes Security Audits 
(R&D centers, head offices, sensitive plants, etc.).

Global Security sits on the Group Operations Compliance 
Committee (previously named Fraud Committee) alongside 
Compliance, Internal Audit, and the Legal department. Global 
Security supports internal investigators as well as contributing  
to the Group’s methodology and procedures to conduct 
investigations properly and in accordance with the law.

Management of cyber and product  
security and associated risks across 
Schneider Electric

The Cybersecurity and Product Security Functions inside the 
Governance organization define the Company’s cyber and 
product security strategies and approaches. The departments 
are accountable for protecting Schneider Electric’s business 
operations; securing the digital assets and offers for Schneider 
Electric and subsidiaries; managing the Cyber Risk Register; 
driving cybersecurity awareness across the Company; owning 
the creation, maintenance, and enforcement mechanisms of cyber 
and product security policies; ensuring the execution of cyber 
and product security initiatives across Schneider Digital Functions 
and entities; and managing the Cybersecurity Incident Prevention, 
Detection, and Response process.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

253

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

3.4 Key risks

Principal risks

The Group risk inventory is organized in three categories and includes 17 key risks identified. 

The key risks selected and presented below are the risks considered by the Group as specific to its business and identified as having  
the potential to affect its activity, its image, its financial situation, its results, or the achievement of its objectives. 

However, the Group may be exposed to other non-specific risks, or risks of which it may not be aware, or risks of which it may be 
underestimating the potential consequences, or other risks that may not have been considered by the Group as being likely to have 
 a material adverse impact on the Group, its business, financial condition, reputation or outlook.

In each category, risks are assessed in terms of potential impact for the Group according to 3 levels (red, yellow, green), the first one 
being the most likely to affect the Group. The assessment is the result of the process performed as part of the overall risk management 
mechanism described in “Risk identification and management”, section 3.3.4 on page 252. The impact considered for the assessment is the 
potential net impact which corresponds to the potential gross impact (financial/human/legal/reputation), after having taken in consideration 
the current mitigation measures, as well as the probability of occurrence of this risk. The assessment by Schneider Electric of this level of 
materiality may be changed at any time, in particular should new facts, whether external or specific to the Group, come to light.

Categories and Risks

Event triggered risks

Risk of cybersecurity on the Schneider Electric infrastructure and its digital ecosystem

1

1.1

1.2

Export controls

1.3

Strengthening of chemical and resource-related regulations in the Electric and Electronic Equipment space

1.4

Corruption linked to B2B and project business

1.5

Human rights, environmental, and safety issues through the value chain

1.6

Schneider Electric connected products used as a gateway to attack Group’s customers and partners

1.7

Product quality

1.8

Competition laws

1.9

Counterparty risk

1.10 Currency exchange risk

2

Trend driven risks

2.1 World deglobalization and fragmentation

2.2 New players such as digital giants, software players, and energy majors entering the energy efficiency and 

renewable energy space

2.3

Supply chain resilience

2.4

Digital evolution and software offers

2.5

Attracting and developing talent with a focus on critical skills

3

Management practice risks

3.1

IT systems management

3.2

Pricing strategy

Potential  
net impact Page

255

255

256

256

257

258

259

259

260

260

261

261

262

262

262

263

264

Key to symbols

  High impact

  Medium impact

  Low impact

254

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

Strategic Report

1. Event triggered risks

1.1 Risk of cybersecurity on the Schneider Electric infrastructure and its  
digital ecosystem

Risk description

Schneider Electric, like other organizations with a similar global 
footprint and presence, is exposed to the risk of cyberattacks  
and data privacy breaches. 

As an industrial and technology company, the Group has IT and 
Operational Technology activities spread over more than 25 sites, 
with dozens of R&D sites, and more than 200 production and 
logistic units. On those sites, Operational Technology systems are 
converging more and more with IT systems, especially through the 
use of Internet of Things (IoT) expanding the overall attack surface.

Additionally, the move from a product-centered business model  
to a service-oriented business model with software (e.g., digital 
offers like “Advisors” software suites or managed digital services) 
and augmented data naturally increases cybersecurity risks, such 
as data breaches and intellectual property theft.

Risk monitoring and management

The NIST framework (Identify, Protect, Detect, Respond, and 
Recover) is used with a Cyber Risk Register and High-Value  
Assets program: 

1.2 Export controls

Risk description

International, foreign, and national export control laws and 
regulations govern the transfer of goods, services, and 
technologies within a country or between countries and/or their 
nationals. Elements that may trigger restrictions and licensing 
requirements may include, but are not limited to, countries, parties, 
product, and end-uses.

Schneider Electric being a Multi-National Corporation (MNC) with 
international operations spanning across more than 100 different 
countries worldwide, must constantly ensure full compliance to 
such laws and regulations by implementing a robust corporate 
export control compliance program. Any implications may result in 
a significant impact on the Group’s businesses, results, reputation, 
and financial position.

Albeit that Schneider Electric’s product portfolio only has a limited 
product range that may have dual-use goods features as well as 
non-dual-use goods (e.g., breakers) that may be used in sensitive 
applications; restriction or licensing requirements may apply to 
these products, especially if associated with politically sensitive 
countries and destinations.

•  Cyber threats are mitigated by implementing cyber practices 

and capabilities, policy-driven controls, and enforcing 
mechanisms. For example, the Group implemented a Data 
Protection program, Source Code Management framework,  
and System & Solution security program.

•  Global Cyber incident management and response process is 

in place. Events and incidents are monitored through a Security 
Operations Center, driven jointly with the Group’s partners.
•  99% of employees were trained on cybersecurity in 2021. 

Specific employee categories received mandatory trainings  
for risks linked to their activity.

•  Multiple cyber risk assessments were completed in 2021 by  
the Group’s cybersecurity consulting partners. Furthermore,  
the Group is conducting regular crisis simulation exercises  
on different scenarios. 

•  Schneider Electric’s posture is continuously revisited and 

adapted through “reality checks”, including emergency and 
improvement plans across the Company and cyber scoring 
platforms.
Independent “reality checks” were performed: three cross-
cutting internal audits and external assessments. 

• 

3.

Risk monitoring and management

Schneider Electric has comprehensive policies and processes 
to ensure compliance with applicable export control laws and 
regulations (“Schneider Electric Export Control Program”) and 
to mitigate the above described risks. The Global Export Control 
Center of Excellence, as part of the Schneider Electric Global  
Legal and Risk Management Function, oversees the monitoring  
and enforcement of the Schneider Electric Export Control Program.

The Schneider Electric Export Control Program may include,  
but is not limited to, embargo and restricted country, denied party, 
dual-use goods, and sensitive end-users screenings; incorporation 
of Export Control provision in the main sales and procurement 
contractual template; and conducting of regular awareness and 
online and classroom training sessions for all relevant Schneider 
Electric employees.

The Schneider Electric Export Control Program will continue its 
enhancement and updates to ensure compliance with applicable 
export control laws and regulations.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

255

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

3.4 Key risks

1. Event triggered risks

1.3 Strengthening of chemical and resource-related regulations in the  
Electric and Electronic Equipment space

Risk description

Schneider Electric’s plants and products are subject to strict 
environmental laws and regulations.

Many countries have increased legal requirements for the use of 
chemicals and resources, both in manufacturing processes and  
in the bill of materials of products.

Key Product Environmental regulations were strengthened in 2019, 
especially those specific to Electric and Electronic Equipment 
(EEE): RoHS (restriction of hazardous substances in electrical 
and electronic equipment) and WEEE (waste electrical and 
electronic equipment). RoHS bans ten chemical substances used 
in many product categories sold by Schneider Electric: this may 
require substitutions and may represent a considerable risk of 
non-compliance. WEEE concerns the Group Extended Producer 
Responsibility and obliges an active role in the framework of 
products end life, particularly in terms of financing the collection 
channels. In 2021, Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) introduced 
restrictions on additional substances.

Regulations could phase out specific chemical substances or 
resources too quickly, with no suitable alternative being found  
in a scalable manner.

In relation with Mergers and Acquisitions (M&A) Schneider  
Electric needs to critically assess environmental risks of 
all acquired companies’ product portfolios to ensure strict 
environmental compliance of all their products, in every market 
where they are traded.

In addition, as described in Note 21 (see “Notes to the consolidated 
financial statements”, section 5 of chapter 5, page 381), provisions 
of EUR 350 million are set aside to cover environmental risks. These 
provisions are primarily funded to cover clean-up costs related to 
sites (not potential penalties). The estimation of the expected future 
outflows is based on reports from independent experts.

French “Duty of Care” and country-specific initiatives (e.g., China) 
have reaffirmed the expectations towards engaging suppliers in 
environmental de-risking efforts.

Local regulations could force a percentage of recycled  
content in some product categories, where neither the relevant 
recycled resources may be available, nor the product certified  
or accepted – with recycled content – by IEC, NEMA, or any  
other electrical standards.

Risk monitoring and management

The Group’s Integrated Management System (IMS), which 
covers safety, energy, quality, and environment, continues to be 
deployed across all industrial sites and major commercial offices. 
Environmental and Safety compliance audits, conducted by third-
party consultants or internal specialists, take place periodically 
across countries.

Offer Creation Process (OCP) is strict, and each step and 
deliverable embed EcoDesign ambitions and principles: selection 
of resources, identification of critical substances, life cycle 
assessment, and then production of REACH and RoHS reports.

The Group’s community of EcoDesign business partners train the 
R&D teams in all new and upcoming environmental regulations and 
assist them with precise guidance.

Schneider Electric has been part of taskforces on the circular 
economy, playing leadership roles in multi-stakeholder dialogues in 
Europe, China, and the USA, to discuss opportunities and hurdles: 
regulations, environmental impacts, protection of customers’ 
interests, and job creation. Schneider Electric is active in France’s 
Circular Economy Roadmap and engaged in China with MIIT on 
circular economy. The Group engages in discussions on circular 
economy relating to its sector with FIEEC, Gimélec, IGNES, 
ORGALIM, and other various circles.

1.4 Corruption linked to B2B and project business

Risk description

The exposure of the Group to corruption risk has been increasing 
for several years, due to the expansion of the Group’s activities 
in new economies, especially in Asia and Africa, through organic 
growth, and mergers and acquisitions.

The business model of the Group relies on a large ecosystem  
of partners, including more than 52,000 suppliers throughout  
the world representing a procurement volume in excess of  
EUR 12 billion, and also, resellers and distributors. This ecosystem 
may represent a risk for the Group, being accountable for activities 
performed on its behalf, and in regards to potential conflicts of 
interest or unethical solicitations.

In addition, the Group is participating in complex projects involving 
a large range of partners in sectors at risk, such as oil and gas,  
and with end-users from the public sector in countries at risk.

Over the past years, the increase of law enforcement by public 
authorities, higher press coverage of fines imposed on companies, 
and new regulations requiring a strong compliance program have 
significantly changed the potential impact of corruption risks.

Risk monitoring and management

To mitigate this risk, Schneider Electric has built a dedicated Group 
Compliance Team, composed of corporate compliance counsels 
and regional compliance officers. Since August 2020, a new Ethics 
& Compliance department has been created, overseeing – among 
others – the Fraud Examination Team.

256

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

Strategic Report

A global whistleblowing system, available to employees and 
external stakeholders, is also managed to combat this risk.  
In 2021, 585 employee and 70 external stakeholder alerts  
have been received and managed through follow-up inquiries.

In addition, the Group Ethics Charter, the Principles of 
Responsibility, was updated in September 2021 and renamed 
the Trust Charter, acting as the new Group Code of Conduct, 
reinforcing guidance regarding anti-corruption commitments. 
Beyond the recent updates of the Business Agents Policy  
(August 2019) and of the Anti-Corruption Policy (November 2019), 
the new Conflict of Interest Policy was deployed in 2021 and two 
further policies were finalized at the end of 2021, for deployment 
early 2022: the updated Gift & Hospitality Policy and the new 
Philanthropy Policy.

Furthermore, a Group-wide Ethics & Compliance risk assessment 
was carried-out in the second half of 2021, which led to regional 
and Group level risk maps on corruption matters. Action plans 
related to global and regional corruption risks were deployed 

in 2021, and internal controls and internal audit missions were 
reinforced on compliance risks with several audits performed.

98% of employees exposed to corruption risks have been  
trained thanks to the yearly mandatory Anti-corruption e-learning. 
The content of this e-learning is updated each year.

A new project to screen the Group’s third parties on anti-corruption 
matters has been initiated in 2021, with a gradual geographic 
deployment in waves planned until end 2022; the first wave of 
screening has been carried-out in Q4 2021.

A system built-in segregation of duties control is in place in the 
Group’s main ERPs.

3.

All compliance-related aspects are part of the due diligence 
undertaken by the Group for mergers and acquisitions, in line  
with the specific M&A Compliance framework put in place in 
February 2020.

1.5 Human rights, environmental, and safety issues through the value chain

Risk description

The exposure of the Group to human rights risks has been 
increasing for several years, due to the expansion of the Group’s 
activities in countries with lesser regulatory framework regarding 
human rights.

Specifically, Schneider Electric’s procurement volume represents 
more than EUR 12 billion with more than 52,000 suppliers. As part 
of the Duty of Vigilance program in the supply chain, Schneider 
Electric has performed a risk analysis through its network of 
suppliers and identified potential risks in the following areas:

•  Human rights
•  Environment
•  Ethical business conduct
•  Cybersecurity and data privacy

The occurrence of these risks with third parties may result in the 
following impacts on Schneider Electric:

Reputation
Schneider Electric’s image may be negatively impacted by third 
parties who:

•  Do not respect human rights or safety rules for their workers;
•  Are responsible for pollution and damage to the environment;
•  Are conducting business in a non-compliant or illegal manner.

Disruption of supply chain 
It may occur due to:

•  Short-term termination of relations with a supplier;
•  Events resulting from a lack of safety or insufficient protective 
measures (e.g., fire prevention) that may affect the supply  
of components;

•  Damage to data exchanged with suppliers or digital systems 

(e.g., virus, malware).

Legal
Over the past two years, laws regarding human rights protection, 
such as modern slavery matters in Australia, or the European 
Union’s new framework on restrictive measures against serious 
human rights violations and abuses, have increased. Higher 
coverage of fines imposed on companies, and new regulations 
requiring a strong compliance program have significantly changed 
the impact of human rights violations risks.

Schneider Electric expects that the exposure will continue to grow, 
in reference to the current drafting of a Duty of Vigilance directive 
at European level, as well as the European Action Plan on Human 
Rights and Democracy 2020-2024, which sets out ambitions and 
priorities for the next five years in this field. In addition, the current 
discussions on human rights due diligence framework at United 
Nations level, supported by the Global Compact that Schneider 
Electric is part of, will certainly increase the pressure on the private 
sector to tackle human rights challenges in the supply chain.

2021 Specific events

The competent court regarding Duty of Vigilance cases was 
determined on October 21, 2021 by the joint commission in France 
(commission composed of seven deputies and seven senators). 
The judicial court will have jurisdiction over such cases, which is 
composed of dedicated professional lawyers. 

Regarding the cases related to non-compliance with the Duty of 
Vigilance, there has been no update on the substance of the cases, 
the question of jurisdiction competency being pending.

In 2021, a group of associations and NGOs filed a complaint in 
France against four companies in the textile sector (excluding 
Schneider Electric) regarding their potential involvement, via 
suppliers/subcontractors, in human rights violations in China.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

257

 
Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

3.4 Key risks

1. Event triggered risks

1.5 Human rights, environmental, and safety issues through the value chain 
(continued)

Risk monitoring and management

Human rights are part of the Ethics & Compliance program which 
is managed by the Ethics & Compliance Committee, and Legal 
and Corporate Citizenship departments. More specifically, human 
rights are managed by the Corporate Citizenship department with 
the support of the Ethics & Compliance Committee in regards to 
risk identification through risk assessment as well as risk detection, 
with the whistleblowing system available for employees and for 
external stakeholders.

Regarding training, e-learning on the Trust Charter is mandatory 
for all employees and, in 2021, focused on human rights amongst 
other ethics and compliance topics. 93% of employees completed 
the training by the end of 2021.

Suppliers are selected according to the “Schneider Electric 
Supplier Quality Management” system, which includes sustainable 
development criteria weighing 15% of the total evaluation of a 
supplier. These criteria include human rights topics.

In 2019, Schneider Electric organized the Global Suppliers Day. 
During this day, the Trust Charter was introduced to suppliers.

As part of the Group’s five-year objective for 2021 – 2025, strategic 
suppliers are requested to submit themselves to an ISO 26000 
evaluation. Consistent with a continuous improvement effort, 
these suppliers have achieved on average a +6.3 points increase 

between 2018 and 2020 and a +1.2 points increase in 2021 to 
reach an average score of 58.6.

Schneider Electric has built a supplier vigilance plan in which 
risky suppliers are identified using criteria that take into account 
the geographical location of the supplier, the technologies, and 
the processes used. An audit plan is then built to perform either 
on-site supplier audits or remote self-assessments. When non-
conformances are identified, corrective actions are deployed. 
The suppliers are then re-audited to verify that the actions have 
remediated the non-conformances. In 2021, in the scope of 2021 
– 2025 SSE objective #17 “4,000 suppliers assessed under our 
‘Vigilance Program’”, the Group conducted 180 on-site audits  
and 629 remote self-assessments. At the end of 2021, 94% of non-
conformances from 2020 have been closed. The supplier vigilance 
plan also includes an internal training program for Schneider 
Electric Procurement teams and workshops with suppliers.

The Group has also defined, in 2021, a specific program with  
the objective to ensure that 100% of Schneider Electric’s strategic 
suppliers provide decent work to their employees, in the scope of 
SSI indicator #6. The program will be launch in 2022. 

Schneider Electric is also currently developing a program to ensure 
“social excellence” for the Group’s suppliers.

1.6 Schneider Electric connected products used as a gateway to attack  
Group’s customers and partners

Risk description

The Energy Management and Industrial Automation sectors,  
like many others, are becoming more digital with pervasive IoT 
usage and augmented data being major accelerators for mobility, 
the cloud, pervasive sensing, big data, and analytics.

The digitalization of products, including native connectivity, is 
increasing the exposure to cybersecurity risk, where connected 
products and digital offers (e.g., remotely managed services like 
“Advisor”) at Schneider Electric or customers sites could be used 
as a gateway for malicious cyberattacks.

Schneider Electric Exchange is an ecosystem collaboration 
platform with over 50,000 users, approximately 300 leverageable 
applications, more than 150 service providers, and around 
100 communities. These types of digital offers and platforms, if 
compromised, could negatively impact a customer’s business and 
consequently affect the service quality, profitability, and reputation 
of Schneider Electric.

Risk monitoring and management

The Product & Systems Security Office (PSO) is reinforced with 
a strong mandate of developing products and securing the 
ecosystem in conformity with cybersecurity standards (such as the 

ISO 27000 suite and IEC 62443). As an illustration, the IoT Cloud 
Platform (EcoStruxure™ Technology Platform) has implemented 
controls that are mappable against the ISO 27001 standard.

Schneider Electric follows a Secure Development Lifecycle  
process to build cybersecurity into its products, even before  
the design stage. In 2019, security and privacy design were 
enhanced with a new Secure Development Lifecycle and certified 
to IEC 62443-4-1. Since 2020, all digital offers (mainly “Advisor” 
software suites) were assessed in the framework of digital security 
and privacy conformance.

Schneider Electric enforces digital security and privacy 
conformance for products, systems, software, platforms, 
applications, and digital offers through security reviews and,  
when applicable, the Digital Certification process.

Schneider Electric addresses cybersecurity vulnerabilities affecting 
products, software, and systems to support the security and safety 
of our customers. Schneider Electric works collaboratively with 
researchers, Cyber Emergency Response Teams (CERTs), and 
asset owners to ensure that accurate information is provided in  
a timely fashion to adequately protect customer installations.  
In case of a cyber incident, a process of response, connecting,  
and debriefing is organized with partners and customers.

258

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

Strategic Report

1.7 Product quality

Risk description

Schneider Electric has more than 260,000 references produced  
in 191 factories, spread across 46 countries around the world.

Operating in essential industries, product quality and safety is 
a critical topic for the Group as product malfunctions or failures 
could result in Schneider Electric incurring liabilities for tangible, 
intangible damages, or personal injuries. The failure of a product, 
system, or solution may involve costs related to the product recall, 
result in new development expenditure, and consume technical 
and economic resources.

Schneider Electric’s products are also subject to multiple quality 
and safety controls and regulations and are governed by both 
national and supranational standards. New or more stringent 
standards or regulations could result in capital investment or  
costs of specific measures for compliance.

The above-mentioned costs could have a significant impact on 
the profitability and cash equivalent of the Group. The business 
reputation of Schneider Electric could also be negatively impacted. 
Indeed, the Group has been impacted by several recalls recently, 
more or less ranging from EUR 10 million to EUR 40 million, 
depending on the case.

1.8 Competition laws

Risk description

Schneider Electric’s products are sold in markets worldwide  
and are subject to national and supranational competition laws  
and antitrust regulations.

Some Group entities worldwide including, but not limited to,  
entities in Pakistan, Belgium, France, and Spain have been directly 
or indirectly cited in antitrust proceedings or investigated.

In Pakistan and Belgium, the Group inherited, and subsequently 
discontinued, local operations from AREVA. These operations were 
investigated and sanctioned by the World Bank and the Belgium 
Competition Authority respectively.

In France, investigations were performed in September 2018 
by the French police and antitrust authorities at Schneider 
Electric’s head office and other premises concerning electrical 
distribution activities in France. Schneider Electric is co-operating 
with the French authorities in their investigations. As with any 
investigation, it is possible that these investigations could lead to 
formal proceedings against the Group in the future. While such 
proceedings and the possible outcomes cannot be determined  
at this time, it is possible it could be material in nature.

In Spain, the local subsidiary was indicted for anti-competitive 
behavior related to a previously owned subsidiary. The 
investigation was concluded in February 2020 without any 
significant consequence for the Group.

Risk monitoring and management 

In 2019, the Group launched a specific program called Phoenix  
to continue to strengthen manufacturing tools and processes. This 
is extended to logistic processes and suppliers, and leverages 
processes digitization at suppliers’ sites and in our own entities.

To ensure improvement in the area of design, the Group launched 
in mid-2020, a dedicated program, ReeD (Reliability End To End  
by Design), to secure fundamentals and ensure full integration of 
new customer expectations (from Quality to Reliability).

3.

To continue to protect our customers, the Group first defined five 
critical products ranges, and now 15 where some internal “Nets” 
are implemented. The objective is to identify internal weaknesses 
and ensure our customers avoid facing those. 

The Group grows its new design offer through constant learning, 
insights from the current offer, and leverage methodologies such  
as “Agile” to embed quality in each and every design step.

Thanks to advanced analytics, the Group is starting to proactively 
listen for weak signals from internal captures or from customer 
experiences.

Risk monitoring and management

The whistleblowing system of Trust Line for employees and  
external stakeholders such as suppliers is managed to identify  
any inappropriate practice or behavior with competitors or 
business partners that may be reported.

Furthermore, internal controls and internal audit missions have 
been reinforced on compliance risks, including in respect of 
competition and antitrust risks.

A revised compliance due diligence program for mergers and 
acquisitions was issued to strengthen upfront identification of 
compliance issues with potential acquisition targets.

The Group deployed the Trust Charter in September 2021, with 
reinforced guidance regarding competition and antitrust rules,  
and issued various other policies and directives related to 
competition and anti-corruption.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

259

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

3.4 Key risks

1. Event triggered risks

1.9 Counterparty risk

Risk description

The Group has a particularly wide international presence (more 
than 115 countries), with revenue almost equally spread across the 
four regions (Asia Pacific, Western Europe, North America, Rest of 
the World), and 43% of the revenue generated in new economies.

The Group is therefore facing multiple counterparty risks, as 
any economic downturn could lead to local liquidity issues with 
consequences in terms of cash collection and delay of payments 
from the customers, affecting adversely the Group’s cash 
conversion rate.

The Group is also exposed to counterparty risks coming from 
financial operation with financial institutions. It includes activities 
such as deposits and asset management and transactions implying 
flows in future value dates.

As of December 31, 2021, 10.8% of trade receivables were 
overdue, of which 2.5% by more than three months (refer to  
Note 16 in “Notes to the consolidated financial statements”,  
section 5 of Chapter 5, page 373).

1.10 Currency exchange risk

Risk monitoring and management
Financial transactions are entered into with carefully selected 
counterparties and adapted terms and conditions are included in 
contracts with customers.

Banking counterparties are chosen according to the customary 
criteria, including the credit rating issued by an independent rating 
agency. Group policy consists of diversifying counterparty risks 
and periodic controls are performed to check compliance with the 
related rules.

In addition, the Group takes out substantial credit insurance 
and uses other types of guarantees (letters of credit and bank 
guarantees) to limit the risk of losses on trade accounts receivable.

As of December 31, 2021, the amount of the provision for 
receivables impairment is EUR 498 million (as described in Note 
16 in “Notes to the consolidated financial statements”, section 5 of 
Chapter 5, page 373).

Risk description

Risk monitoring and management

The Group’s international operations and the particularly wide 
international presence expose it to the risk of fluctuation of 
exchange rates.

Fluctuations in exchange rates between the reporting currencies of 
the Group entities and the currencies of transactions can have an 
impact on the Group’s results and distort year-on-year performance 
comparisons. The same applies to the fluctuations between euro 
and the reporting currencies, in a more significant proportion.

The main exposure of the Group in terms of currency exchange 
risks is related to the US dollar, Chinese yuan, and currencies 
linked to the US dollar.

In 2021, revenue in foreign currencies amounted EUR 23.01 billion, 
including around EUR 7.4 billion in US dollars and EUR 4.4 billion  
in Chinese yuan.

The Group estimates that in the current structure of its operations, 
a 10% appreciation of the euro compared to the US dollar would 
have a translation effect of around minus EUR 96 million on 
adjusted EBITA.

The result of exchange gains and losses of 2021 amounts to  
EUR -8 million (as described in Note 7 in “Notes to the consolidated 
financial statements”, section 5 of Chapter 5, page 366).

The Group manages its exposure to transactional currency risk 
to reduce the sensitivity of earnings to changes in exchange 
rates. Receivables and payables of the Group’s subsidiaries 
denominated in currency other than their functional currency  
are hedged primarily by means of rebalancing assets and liabilities 
per currency (natural hedge).

More than 20 currencies are involved, with the US dollar, the 
Singapore dollar, the Chinese yuan, Russian ruble, Japanese 
yen, Mexican peso and Canadian dollar representing the most 
significant sources of those risks.

Depending on market conditions, risks in the main currencies  
may be hedged based on cash-flow forecasting using contracts 
that expire in 12 months or less.

The financial instruments used to hedge exposure to fluctuations 
in exchange rates are described in Note 23 in “Notes to the 
consolidated financial statements”, section 5 of Chapter 5,  
page 383.

260

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

Strategic Report

2. Trend driven risks

2.1 World deglobalization and fragmentation

Risk description

Stable trade is beneficial for economic growth. Trends of  
increased mercantilism is leading towards regionalization of  
trade around the United States, China, Russia, Europe, and Indian 
poles. Regionalized, rather than globally balanced government 
regulations and policies on, but not limited to, digitization, 
circularity, carbon, supply chain management, and others could 
handicap offer development efficiency through redundant efforts. 
These offer development duplication efforts can potentially 
impact Schneider Electric’s profitability. In addition to the trade 
regionalization trend, technology decoupling, specifically between 
the USA and Chinese poles, have been observed through 
increased regulations.

Furthermore, this acceleration of regional versus global trade 
and technology policies is increasing the pressure on the supply 
chains of global companies in the forms of both tariff and non-tariff 
barriers. As such, trade wars could disrupt Schneider Electric’s 
operations and global supply chain. The above-mentioned 
combination of both nationally orientated tariff and non-tariff 
burden could increase the cost to market and potentially adversely 
impact the Group profitability.

Risk monitoring and management
To mitigate the risk on supply chain efficiencies and tariff impacts, 
Schneider Electric has implemented a multi-hub organization. 
The Group has R&D and supply chain activities, suppliers, and 
commercial networks in the main international hubs, which are 
North America, EMEA, and Asia. In this multi-local context, 
Schneider Electric can rebalance its activities across geographies.

This setup has proved pertinent as the Group has demonstrated  
a solid resilience in 2020 and 2021.

Schneider Electric uses prospective scenarios planning, focusing 
on geopolitics and trade. While the pace of external changes 
continues at a historically unprecedented scale regionally, global 
teams are working across stakeholders from Business Units, 
Regional Operations, and Transversal Functions (i.e., Finance, 
Supply Chain, Legal, Marketing, R&D, HR).

3.

2.2 New players such as digital giants, software players, and energy majors 
entering the energy efficiency and renewable energy space

Risk description

Risk monitoring and management

Schneider Electric operates in the energy market which attracts 
new players and creates a new competitive landscape. Indeed, 
the energy industry is undergoing major transformations and 
disruptions driven by the following main trends:

•  A net-zero world: pressure on climate change and sustainability 

call for a change in business practices;

•  An all-electrical world: oil majors urged to reduce their impacts 

on carbon emissions;

•  An all-digital world: increasing influence of digital giants and 

software players.

In this context, Schneider Electric’s competition landscape is 
evolving, and the Group can now see some digital giants, software 
players, or large companies such as energy majors positioning 
themselves – directly or indirectly – as providers of energy 
efficiency, which may compete with the digital services Value 
Propositions currently developed by the Group.

The Group is driving competition performance analysis and follow-
up of organizational changes and M&A news, and reviewing its 
competitors peer group and all key players in its environment.

To anticipate these changes in the competitive landscape, the 
Group is communicating more widely its values and positioning  
on climate change and sustainability.

Schneider Electric also reinforces its offer portfolio with acquisitions 
or investments in software companies, such as RIB Software in 
2020, and OSIsoft with AVEVA in 2021.

Schneider Electric provides a full portfolio of solutions for 
customers (hardware and software) – as EcoStruxure™ solutions  
– and energy and automation digital solutions for efficiency  
and sustainability.

It is also developing the Group’s network of partners and 
reinforcing its Strategic Technology Alliances.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

261

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

3.4 Key risks

2. Trend driven risks

2.3 Supply chain resilience

Risk description

The Group is exposed to supply chain dependency and business 
continuity risk.

Since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, constrained labor 
availability, global shortages of raw materials, and unreliable 
transportation have challenged suppliers and put pressure on 
global and regional supply chains across industries. Due to 
market dynamics, these constraints are unlikely to abate in the 
first half of 2022, particularly in electronic components such as 
semiconductors.

Risk monitoring and management

The Group’s supply chain strategy team is responding to the  
global supply chain crisis to ensure supply chain flexibility and 
resilience is continually improved.

2.4 Digital evolution and software offers

Risk description

Major transformation in several areas is impacting the markets  
in which Schneider Electric operates, including the digitization  
of the Energy industry.

In the age of IoT, customers expect ever smarter products with 
open interfaces enabling them to be tightly integrated into more 
and more complex software-based solutions and benefit from new 
services leveraging artificial intelligence and advanced algorithms.

The Group is investing in its digital transformation journey and as 
such is increasing the share of its digital offers. In 2021 software 
and digital services had a strong growth. As such, Schneider 
Electric is focusing on offering more digital services, generating 
more recurring revenues, and increasing customer retention.

Also, in 2021, the Group has acquired ETAP, which is a 
fundamental brick of the digitization of electrical distribution 
network. This acquisition will accelerate Schneider Electric’s 
journey to build a network digital twin software portfolio and  
reach a leadership position in digital and sustainable solutions.

The Group is working closely with its suppliers and research  
and development teams to qualify alternate components to  
support increased demand and improve continuity of supply.  
More than 80% of selected capex is engaged in the Power of 
Two in Manufacturing project, leveraging multiple factories and 
suppliers to bolster greater resiliency. 84% of top risks are secured 
with strategic stock, and 51% of top risks secured under a specific 
multi-sourcing project.

Leveraging its network of more than 190 factories and 90 
distribution centers globally, and network of seven control towers 
(in each region), the Group is able to monitor global transport 
reliability, labor availability, and overall market dynamics in real 
time, adjusting lead times as necessary, while enacting mitigating 
actions to ensure lead times are as short as possible. 

Teams are empowered to proactively communicate with customers 
to continue to support them and their operations.

The transformation risk will be linked to the monetization and scale 
of this new digital portfolio in order to generate a steady revenue 
stream from this mass customers and products connectivity.

Risk monitoring and management 

The Group has launched several initiatives including but not  
limited to:

•  creation of a new organization dedicated to the growth of digital 
services with a clear ambition to leverage a robust strategy,  
a structured offer portfolio, and a segment market approach;
•  monetizing critical connected assets with advanced Advisor 
offer through installed base, using Artificial Intelligence and 
algorithms;

•  definition of a consistent connectivity path for partners and 

direct go-to-market;

•  acceleration of the attachment of digital services from CapEx  

to OpEx business.

2.5 Attracting and developing talent with a focus on critical skills

Risk description

The growth of the Group’s businesses in markets around the world, 
the digital transformation, and the rapidly evolving context of the 
“next normal” requires an increased focus on talent. Shaping 
the workforce of the future depends on the Group’s ability to 
attract, hire, onboard, develop, and retain the best talent. Critical 

skills, especially in the areas of technologies, software, services, 
sustainability, supply chain, and electronics must be prioritized.  
In addition to critical skills, workforce diversity, equity, and  
inclusion – especially gender, generation, and nationality/ethnicity –  
also needs to be a priority to ensure equal opportunities for 
everyone, everywhere. 

262

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

Strategic Report

Competition for attracting and recruiting talent in a tight labor 
market is intense, in particular for critical digital and technical skill 
sets in key markets. Accelerating skill development (upskilling and 
reskilling) of employees and the development of leaders who can 
build human connections in a digital world is also necessary to 
reduce the risk of skill gaps and bring greater organizational agility.

Risk monitoring and management

The Group has a number of initiatives and programs in place  
to mitigate these risks, anchored in the Group’s People Strategy, 
at the heart of which is the Employee Value Proposition, the Core 
Values and Leadership Expectations 2.0. Schneider’s approach 
focuses on the end-to-end talent pipeline from hiring to rewarding 
to developing for all employees as well as critical talent segments 
from a workforce size, quality, diversity, and velocity perspective. 
This systematic approach allows for data-driven monitoring of  
key gaps and risks. Supporting initiatives and programs include:

•  Annual performance and development goal setting and reviews, 
as well as talent reviews – culminating in year-end reviews of 
pipeline, succession, diversity, and skills by each entity with 
the Chairman & CEO and Chief Human Resources Officer. 
Overall health of the talent attraction and development strategy, 
leadership pipeline, as well as succession of key people and 
positions is reviewed monthly with the Executive Committee;
•  A five-year ambition to grow the early-career pipeline by 2x 
including internships, trainees, apprenticeships, and fresh 
graduates. For example, the Schneider Global Student 
Experience and the Schneider Go Green annual competition 
each year attracts thousands of university talents; 

3. Management practice risks

3.1 IT systems management

Risk description

The Group operates either directly or through service providers, 
a wide range of highly complex information systems, including 
servers, networks, data repositories, applications, and databases 
with three targeted landing zones, on premise, co-location hubs, 
and in the cloud, that are essential for the efficiency of its sales 
and manufacturing processes, as well as platforms to enable 
digital offers such as EcoStruxure™. The Group is deploying 
various applications aimed at enhancing commercial experience, 
employee experience, and supply chain efficiency as well as 
enabling digital commercial offers.

Significant failure in fulfilment by a service provider or a major 
network outage, hardware and/or system failure could adversely 
affect the quality of service offered by Schneider Electric.

• 

Investing in a new talent acquisition platform to manage 
prospective talents and the hiring processes, providing a 
seamless digital experience and enabling the Group to compete 
in the market for top talent. To date this has resulted in a 1,000% 
increase in talents joining the talent network;

•  An 50/40/30 ambition towards gender: 50% of women in hiring, 
40% in frontline management, and 30% in leadership (Vice-
President and above);

•  Policies for family leave, pay equity, and flexible “new ways  

of working”, supplemented with a strong program of activities  
to accelerate the diversity, equity, and inclusion agenda and 
focus on employee well-being, especially mental health;
•  A multi-hub operating model enabling customer proximity, 
innovation, speed, collaboration, and diversity of talent 
opportunities;

•  Career development focus for all employees, leveraging  
Open Talent Market for internal mobility and anchored in  
an annual performance and development review;

•  Programs for specific segments of talent including early talent, 
experts, high-potential talent, and talent in the later stages of 
their professional career;

•  Upskilling for today and tomorrow with a strong focus on digital 
skills, technical skills, commercial excellence, and functional 
expertise, led by Global learning academies of experts; 

•  A collective focus for leaders to disrupt, accelerate, coach, and 
collaborate in order to transform culture and build great teams;
•  Continuous listening strategy to seek feedback from employees 

throughout their employment lifecycle.

3.

In addition, the provision of safe and secure foundational 
Information Systems is critical to the ongoing expansion of digital 
offers and customer interactions. As the Group moves towards 
more digital offers, services, and software, the variety of legacy 
systems makes it harder and more complex to evolve and scale.

Despite the Group’s policy of establishing governance structures 
and contingency plans, there can be no assurance that information 
systems projects will not be subject to technical problems and/
or execution delays. While it is difficult to accurately quantify the 
impact of any such problems, data loss, or delays, they could 
have an adverse effect on inventory levels, service quality, and, 
consequently, on the Group’s financial results.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

263

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

3.4 Key risks

3. Management practice risks

3.1 IT systems management (continued)

Risk monitoring and management

The Group regularly examines alternative solutions to protect 
against those risks, performs regular compliance checks on 
service provider service level agreements, performs system 
monitoring, and has developed contingency plans and incident 
response capabilities to mitigate the effects of any information 
system failure.

The Group undergoes constant evolution and planning pertaining 
to its information systems, which encompasses but is not limited to:

•  ERP transformation and the evolution of the Group’s financial 

systems to prepare for digital offers;

•  Elimination of legacy IT applications and associated hardware 

to simplify the landscape and mitigate risks linked to 
obsolescence;

3.2 Pricing strategy

Risk description

Not only has raw material and foreign exchange rate fluctuation 
impacted our cost base significantly, but it has also resulted in 
a sharp increase in freight rates and a shortage of components 
worldwide. Such fluctuations, if not offset by tactical pricing 
decisions in compliance with national and international laws,  
can negatively impact the Group’s profitability. The Group was 
able to overcome these cost impacts by reacting adequately over 
the cycle. In addition, our strategic pricing program contributed a 
substantial amount.

•  Build and operate regional co-location hubs for high availability 
in an effort to ensure the sustainability of the IT landscape with 
ongoing focus on business continuity and disaster recovery 
planning for hardware and software.

All new applications are subject to certification testing,  
attempting to remove system vulnerabilities. These systems are 
housed either in data centers (either managed by the Group 
internally or by service providers), in co-locations hubs, or are 
cloud-based applications.

In 2021, the Group continued to reduce legacy IT applications 
through a dedicated “Technical Debt Reduction” program.

Risk monitoring and management

To anticipate negative impact on profitability, the Group has 
reinforced its comprehensive global pricing program with robust 
compliance, commercial policy, pricing, and quotation tools.

2021 Specific events – COVID-19

In the continuity of 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic has accentuated and accelerated this regionalization trend. The multiple waves of 
the pandemic have impacted the different global regions in complex ways. In 2021, the Group has seen a few indirect consequences 
on the supply chain; for example, with the many shortages and shipping delays. This complex new environment is requiring  
strong resilience. 

2022 Specific events – Russia – Ukraine

As a consequence of the hostilities, which commenced at the end of February, 2022 between Russia and Ukraine, and the unstable 
geopolitical situation, the Group has seen several direct and indirect impacts on its employees, stakeholders and business. Continuous 
risk identification, assessment and mitigation is being performed. It focuses, first, on the humanitarian aspects including the support 
provided by the Group to the Group employees and their families. Further, it encompasses, in no particular order: the financial and 
operational impacts resulting from sanctions and counter-sanctions, the cybersecurity increased threats on both the Group assets and 
its customers’ safety and products, and the potential unavailability or loss of critical suppliers. In 2021, Ukraine represented a revenue 
of 70M€ and Russia a revenue of about 640M€. It is a total of around 2% of the Group’s global revenues, with no significant impact on 
the Group’s balance sheet. As of February 2022, and to answer to this fast evolving environment, the Group activated its crisis cells 
and preparedness plans in order to be in a position to respond effectively to a wide range of scenarios.

264

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 3 – How we manage risk at Schneider Electric

Strategic Report

3.5 Insurance

Schneider Electric transfers high severity, low frequency risks to leading insurance companies. The Risk and 
Insurance department reviews the current pricing and coverage conditions of the external insurance market  
in implementing the most efficient insurance program.

3.

•  For transportation risks, the lessons learned from losses 
are communicated across the Group to improve the risk 
management of shipments and the Insurance department  
liaise closely with Logistic and Planning teams to minimize 
incident impact.

•  Employee safety and a safe work environment are priority  
topics at all site management meetings. Safety training for  
new employees combined with regular reviews ensure 
continuous learning and improvement in the recognition  
and elimination of hazards.

Self-insurance

As part of the overall insurance strategy the Group self-insures 
certain risks through two captive insurance and reinsurance 
companies located in Europe and North America.

Examples of the policies reinsured by the Group, include  
property damage and business interruption, general liability,  
and transportation.

The total amount retained for these risks is capped at  
EUR 20 million (except for USA and Canada). 

The cost of the self-insured risks is not considered material  
at the Group level. 

The Group assumes a deductible at a site/entity level –  
though this is not regarded as self-insurance.

Cost of insurance programs

The cost (including tax) of the Group’s main global insurance 
programs, excluding premiums paid to captives, totaled around 
EUR 24 million in 2021.

These policies are arranged on a global basis for all Group 
subsidiaries over which Schneider Electric has operational control. 
These policies are in all countries where the Group operates and 
are compliant with local regulations. All insurance companies  
used by Schneider Electric must meet certain credit and  
security requirements.

All insurance policies have aggregate limits determined based 
upon loss scenarios and available capacities on the market. 
However, there is the risk that an extreme claim could exceed  
the amount of insurance purchased. 

The insurance policies that are purchased cover varying exposures 
including, but not limited to:

•  General liability risks arising from events where the Group is 
liable for damages to a third party as a result of the activities  
of its people or its products;

•  Property damage and business interruption resulting from an 

insured risk such as fire, flood, or earthquake at a Group site or, 
to a lesser extent, a customer or supplier location;

•  Risks associated with the transportation of assets by land, sea, 

or air;

•  Damage to equipment being installed at customer locations  

or construction sites;

•  Risks arising from data breaches and attacks on IT systems;
•  Local compulsory policies for employee safety and automobiles;
•  Liabilities of Executive Directors and Officers;
•  Environmental risks;
•  Emergency assistance and repatriation for employees travelling.

Insurable risk mitigations

The Group identifies and measures the impact of the main 
insurable risks with a view to reducing or eliminating their impact.

• 

In order to minimize the risks of damage and protect our 
production capacity, protection standards (including for  
the sites managed by third parties) are defined, and main 
industrial sites are audited by an independent loss prevention 
company with a process to action any recommendations from 
these audits.

•  Business continuity plans are implemented, reviewed, and 
tested, in particular for the Group’s main sites and critical 
suppliers. These plans are developed to identify internal 
alternative manufacturing and storage solutions to reduce  
the disruption to the business.

•  Crisis management tools are implemented in conjunction with 
the Group’s Global Security department. These are tested on  
a systematic basis. Regular exercises are performed to identify 
areas for improvement.

•  Hazard and vulnerability studies are carried out to protect our 

people and our equipment.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

265

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

A robust system of corporate governance is 
essential for long-term success. The governance 
structure implemented by the Board of Directors 
has supported the successful execution of 
Schneider Electric’s strategy in 2021, resulting 
in the delivery of record results.

266

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Report4

Corporate 
Governance 

4.

4.1 Governance Report

4.1.1 Composition of the Board of Directors

4.1.2 Organizational and operating procedures 

of the Board of Directors

4.1.3 Board activities

4.1.4 Operating procedures and activities of the 

Board committees

4.1.5 Report of the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent 

Director of the Board of Directors

4.1.6 Senior management

4.1.7 Regulated agreements and commitments

4.2 Compensation Report

4.2.1 Overview

4.2.2 Report on the compensation granted or paid 

during the 2021 fiscal year (say on pay ex-post)

4.2.3 Compensation policy for the 2022 fiscal year 

(say on pay ex-ante)

4.2.4 Compensation of Group Senior Management 

(excluding Corporate Officers)

4.2.5 Long-term incentive plans

268

270

287

299

300

308

309

310

311

311

313

325

336

337

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

267

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1 Governance Report

Vice-Chairman & Lead 
Independent Director’s 
introduction

Fred Kindle
Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director

Dear Shareholders,

2021 was a record year and has set the foundation for ongoing 
sustainable growth with all-time high revenues, adjusted EBITA 
margin and net income. These strong results, achieved amidst 
ongoing sanitary and supply constraints, were testament to the 
success and robustness of the strategy implemented under the 
leadership of Jean-Pascal Tricoire, Chairman & CEO. This then 
led the Board to propose a dividend of €2.90, the 12th year of 
consecutive dividend progression.

2021 was also the year where we were recognized by Corporate 
Knights as the world’s most sustainable corporation. In the 
year, the Board, in its commitment to continually raising the bar 
on sustainability, launched our new and ambitious Schneider 
Sustainability Impact 2021-25 program. We are off to a strong 
start achieving a score of 3.92 against a year-one target of 3.75.

During the year, the Board continued to improve and reinforce its 
composition, and invites you to support the appointment of Ms. Nive 
Bhagat as a new Independent Director at the Shareholders’ Meeting. 
On February 16, 2022, Ms. Nive Bhagat was appointed by the Board 
as an Observer upon the recommendation from the Governance & 
Remunerations Committee who conducted the search process for 
new candidates. Ms. Nive Bhagat is currently Global Chief Executive 
Officer for Global Cloud Infrastructure Services of Capgemini and 
a member of their Group Executive Committee. She will bring to 
the Board her experience and an additive skillset derived from her 
wide-ranging finance and business background in the digital space. 
She will further strengthen the Schneider Board through her excellent 
knowledge of the Asian market. I invite you also to renew the terms 
of office of Independent Directors Linda Knoll and Anders Runevad, 
both of them bringing many complementary skills to the Board.

Throughout 2021, I had the opportunity to discuss our 
compensation policy and practices, engaging with many 
of Schneider Electric’s shareholders, as well as investor 
representative bodies. I will continue this dialogue into 2022.

For 2021, the Board decided again to use the discretion clause 
provided in the existing Compensation Policy on annual variable 
compensation. Targets set at the beginning of 2021, which did not 
appear to be applicable anymore, were upgraded due to the much 
higher market growth than initially anticipated. This decision has 
been made to make targets more challenging and ensure a better 
alignment with the shareholder’s experience.

For 2022, the Board of Directors wishes to maintain the overall 
stability of the Compensation Policy, which has markedly driven the 
right behaviors. It appears balanced, provides market competitive 
pay, ensures a strong link between pay and performance, solidifies 
alignment with both employees and shareholders, and incentivizes 
long-term focus. However, after taking into account shareholders’ 
feedback, the Board also proposes to implement the following 
changes to the 2022 Compensation Policy: (i) strengthening the 
LTIP vesting scale relating to the relative TSR criterion, with no 
vesting below median; (ii) committing to disclose ex-post the 
LTIP targets inherent to adjusted earnings per share, which will 
allow shareholders to better assess their stringency as well as 
the link between pay and performance; and (iii) expressing the 
LTIP cap related to the Corporate Officer as a percentage of 
his remuneration instead of a number of shares as previously 
provided. The Board hopes that these improvements will garner 
strong support among shareholders on the two resolutions that are 
submitted in relation to (i) the Say on Pay on the Chairman & CEO 
Compensation Policy, and (ii) the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

In addition, you will be asked to approve the merger of our 
Company with its listed subsidiary IGE+XAO. This approval is 
requested in order to proceed with the plan to integrate IGE+XAO 
into the Schneider Electric Group following on the simplified public 
tender offer that was launched on the shares of IGE+XAO in 
November 2021.

Further to this letter, I invite you to read the governance and 
compensation report as well as the notice of meeting. They 
provide more details on the governance structure of the Company 
as well as all draft resolutions you are asked to approve at the 2022 
Shareholders’ Meeting. After these two last Shareholders’ Meetings 
held digitally, I count on your attendance at this Shareholders’ 
Meeting this year which will be held physically unless new pandemic-
related restrictions arise by then. We look forward to a successful 
AGM and sincerely hope that many of you will take part in the 
Company’s decisions by voting on the resolutions submitted to your 
approval and by expressing your views during the Q&A session.

Thank you for your support and your trust,

Fred Kindle
Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director

This corporate governance report has been approved by the Board of Directors at its meeting of February 16, 2022.
Corporate Governance Code
The Company applies all the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code that are available online at medef.com.

268

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Governance structure 

Read more in section 4.1.4 (cid:496)

5 

members

5 

meetings

Digital
Committee

100% 

attendance

75% 

independence*

5 

members

6 

meetings

Audit & Risks
Committee

100% 

attendance

80% 

independence

15

Directors including: 
9 independent Directors
2 Employee Directors
1 Employee Shareholder Director

Board of Directors
97% 
7 

75% 

independence*

meetings
in 2021

attendance 
rate
in 2021

4.

6 

members

7 

meetings

Governance & 
Remunerations
Committee

94% 

attendance

67% 

independence

5

executive sessions
in 2021

6 

members

3 

meetings

Investment
Committee

89% 

attendance

80% 

independence*

6 

members

4 

meetings

Human Resources
& CSR Committee

100% 

attendance

75% 

independence*

Directors’ nationality

Board diversity

Board tenure

Canada

Portugal

Germany

Singapore

China

Switzerland

USA

Sweden

France

1
1
1
1
1
2

2

2

4

7
Women

8
Men

2
< or equal to 1 year
2
> than 12 years

3
6–12 years

8
1–5 years

* 

 Employee Directors and 
Employee Shareholders Director 
excluded as prescribed by 
the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate 
Governance Code.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

269

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1 Governance Report

4.1.1 Composition of the Board of Directors

4.1.1.1 Board members

As of December 31, 2021, the Board of Directors consisted of 15 Directors. Mrs. Nive Bhagat was appointed as an Observer by the Board 
of Directors on February 16, 2022 with the intent to submit her candidacy at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be held on May 5, 2022.

Jean-Pascal Tricoire
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Fred Kindle
Vice-Chairman 
& Lead Independent Director

C

Léo Apotheker
Director

C

Cécile Cabanis
Independent Director

Rita Felix
Employee Director

Willy R. Kissling
Director

Linda Knoll
Independent Director

C

Jill Lee
Independent Director

C

Xiaoyun Ma
Employee Shareholders Director

Anna Ohlsson-Leijon
Independent Director

Fleur Pellerin
Independent Director

Anders Runevad
Independent Director

Gregory Spierkel
Independent Director

Lip-Bu Tan
Independent Director

Bruno Turchet
Employee Director

Nive Bhagat
Observer

C

Board committees

Governance & 
Remunerations 
Committee

7 

meetings*

6 

members

Fred Kindle
Léo Apotheker
Willy R. Kissling
Linda Knoll
Anders Runevad
Gregory Spierkel

Audit & Risks 
Committee

Investment 
Committee

Digital 
Committee

Human Resources 
& CSR Committee

6 

meetings*

5 

members

Jill Lee
Cécile Cabanis
Willy R. Kissling
Anna Ohlsson-Leijon
Fleur Pellerin

3 

meetings

6 

members

Léo Apotheker
Fred Kindle
Anders Runevad
Gregory Spierkel
Lip-Bu Tan
Bruno Turchet

5

meetings*

5 

members

Gregory Spierkel
Léo Apotheker
Xiaoyun Ma
Fleur Pellerin
Lip-Bu Tan

4 

meetings*

6 

members

Linda Knoll
Rita Felix
Willy R. Kissling
Xiaoyun Ma
Fleur Pellerin
Anders Runevad

*

Including joint meetings with other committees.

270

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Overview of the composition of the Board of Directors as of the date of this Universal 
Registration Document

Personal information

Position within the board

Attendance rate 
in 2021

Participation in Board committees 

Age Gender

Natio- 
nality

Number of  
directorships  
in listed  
companies*

Number 
of Schnei-
der Electric 
shares held

Indepen-
dence

First  
appoint- 
ment**

Term  
end

Seniority  
on the  
Board**

Board

Commit-
tee

Gover-
nance  
& Remuner-
ations  
Committee

Human  
Resources  
& CSR  
Committee

Audit 
& Risks  
Committee

Investment  
Committee

Digital 
Committee

Jean-Pascal Tricoire, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

58

M

2

793,239

2013

Fred Kindle, Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director

62

M

3

40,000

2016

Léo Apotheker, Non-independent Director

68

M

3

3,093

2008

Cécile Cabanis, Independent Director

50

F

4

1,000

2016

Rita Felix, Employee Director

39

F

1

0

2020

Willy Kissling, Non-independent Director

77

M

1

1,600

2001

Linda Knoll, Independent Director

61

F

3

1,000

2014

Jill Lee, Independent Director

58

F

2

1,000

2020

AGM 
2025

AGM 
2024

AGM 
2023

AGM 
2024

AGM 
2024

AGM 
2022

AGM 
2022

AGM 
2024

Xiaoyun Ma, Director representing the employee shareholders

58

F

1

29,531

2017

Anna Ohlsson-Leijon, Independent Director

53

F

2

1,000

2021

Fleur Pellerin, Independent Director

48

F

3

1,000

2018

Anders Runevad, Independent Director

62

M

3

1,000

2018

Gregory Spierkel, Independent Director

65

M

3

1,000

2015

Lip-Bu Tan, Independent Director

62

M

4

1,000

2019

Bruno Turchet, Employee Director

48

M

Nive Bhagat, Observer

50

F

1

1

732

0

2021

AGM 
2025

AGM 
2025

AGM 
2022

AGM 
2022

AGM 
2023

AGM 
2023

AGM 
2025

8

5

100%

–

100% 83.5%

C

4.

13

100% 100%

C

5

1

100% 100%

100% 100%

20

100% 100%

7

1

4

86% 91.5%

C

100% 100%

C

100% 100%

<1

100% 100%

3

3

6

2

71.5% 100%

100% 82.5%

100% 100%

100% 100%

<1

100% 100%

C

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Including Schneider Electric SE directorship.

* 
**  As a Director or member of the Supervisory Board (if any, the period of presence at the Board as an Observer is not taken into account).

 Governance & 
Remunerations 
Committee

 Audit & Risks 
Committee

 Investment 
Committee

 Digital  
Committee

 Human 
Resources &  
CSR Committee

C  

 Committee  
Chair

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

271

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1 Governance Report

Changes in the composition of the Board of Directors in 2021 and until the date of this 
Universal Registration Document

Directors whose term of office was renewed at the 
2021 AGM*

Name

Gender

Nationality

Date of appointment

Term end

Jean-Pascal Tricoire

M 

April 2013

AGM 2025

Directors who left the Board of Directors in 2021

Patrick Montier

Directors who joined the Board of Directors in 2021

Anna Ohlsson-Leijon
Bruno Turchet

Observer who joined the Board of Directors in 2022

Nive Bhagat

M

F 
M

F

September 2017

AGM 2021

April 2021
April 2021

AGM 2025 
AGM 2025

February 2022

AGM 2022

*

Annual General Shareholders’ Meeting.

4.1.1.2 Biographies of the Board members

List of directorships and other functions of the members of the Board of Directors as of the date of this 
Universal Registration Document

Experience and qualifications
Jean-Pascal Tricoire has been successively Chairman of the Management Board and Chairman & CEO of 
Schneider Electric since 2006. Prior to that, he spent his early career with Alcatel, Schlumberger, and Saint-Gobain and 
joined the Schneider Electric Group (Merlin Gerin) in 1986. From 1988 to 2001, he occupied operational functions within 
Schneider Electric abroad, in Italy, China, South Africa and the US. He held corporate positions from 1999 to 2001 
including Director in charge of Strategic Global Accounts and the strategic plan. From January 2002 to the end of 2003, 
he joined the Executive Committee as Executive Vice-President of Schneider Electric’s International Division. In October 
2003, he was appointed Deputy CEO before becoming Chairman of the Management Board of Schneider Electric SA 
on May 3, 2006. On April 25, 2013, following the change in mode of governance of the Company, he was appointed 
Chairman & CEO. Jean-Pascal Tricoire is a graduate of ESEO Angers and obtained an MBA from EM Lyon.

Term of office
First appointed: 2013/Term ends: 2025

Current external directorships
Other directorships at listed companies:
Director of Qualcomm, Inc. (USA).

Other directorships:
Co-Chairman of the France-China Business Committee; 
Director of the Board of the United Nations Global 
Compact (USA); Member of the Board of Trustees of 
Northeastern University (USA).

Other internal directorships: 
Chairman of the Board of Directors of Schneider Electric 
Industries SAS; Director of Delixi Electric Ltd; Director 
of Schneider Electric USA, Inc.; Chairman of the Board 
of Directors of Schneider Electric Asia Pacific Ltd; 
Chairman of the Board of Directors of Schneider Electric 
Holdings Inc.

Skills

Jean-Pascal Tricoire
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of 
Schneider Electric SE

Age: 58 years 
Nationality: French
Business address: Schneider Electric 
35, rue Joseph Monier, 92500 Rueil-
Malmaison, France
793,239(1) Schneider Electric SE 
shares

Attendance rate at:
Board meetings

100%

Honorary Chairman: Mr. Didier Pineau-Valencienne

An independent Director within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code.

*
(1) Held directly or through the FCPE.
Note: bold indicates the names of companies whose securities are listed on a regulated market.

Board committees

 Governance & 
Remunerations 
Committee

 Audit & Risks 
Committee

 Investment 
Committee

 Digital 
Committee

 Human 
Resources & 
CSR Committee

C  

 Committee 
Chair

272

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
 
 
Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Experience and qualifications
Fred Kindle, who currently is the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director of Schneider Electric SE, is the former 
CEO of ABB. He began his career in the Marketing Department of Hilti AG in Liechtenstein from 1984 to 1986. From 
1988 to 1992, he worked as a consultant at McKinsey & Company in New York and Zurich. He then joined Sulzer AG 
in Switzerland where he held various management positions. In 1999, he was appointed CEO of Sulzer Industries 
and in 2001, he became CEO of Sulzer AG. After joining ABB Ltd in 2004, Fred Kindle was appointed CEO of the 
ABB Group, a position which he held until 2008. He then became a partner at Clayton, Dubilier & Rice LLC, a private 
equity fund based in London and New York. He is now an independent consultant and Director at several companies. 
Board member of Schneider Electric SE since 2016, he was appointed Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director 
in April 2020. Fred Kindle graduated from the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH) in Zurich and holds an 
MBA from Northwestern University, Evanston, USA.

Term of office
First appointed: 2016/Term ends: 2024

Current external directorships
Other directorships at listed companies:
Chairman of the Board of Directors of VZ Holding 
AG (Switzerland) and Director of Stadler Rail AG
(Switzerland).

Other directorships:
None.

Previous directorships 
Previous directorships held in the past five years:
Director of Exova Plc. (United Kingdom); Partner of 
Clayton Dubilier & Rice Llc. (USA); Chairman of 
the Board of Directors of Exova Group Plc. (United 
Kingdom); Chairman of the Board of Directors of 
BCA Marketplace Plc. (United Kingdom); Director 
of Rexel SA (France); Member of the Development 
committee of the Royal Academy of Engineering 
(London); Vice-Chairman of Zurich Insurance Group 
Ltd. (Switzerland); Chief Executive Officer of Kinon AG
(Switzerland).

Skills

4.

Experience and qualifications
Léo Apotheker, former CEO of SAP and Hewlett-Packard, began his career in 1978 in Management Control. He 
then held management and executive responsibilities in several firms specializing in information systems including 
SAP France & Belgium, where he was Chairman and CEO between 1988 and 1991. Léo Apotheker was founding 
Chairman and CEO of ECsoft. In 1995, he returned to SAP and, after various appointments within SAP as Regional 
Director, he was appointed in 2002 as a member of the Executive Committee and President of Customer Solutions 
& Operations, then in 2007 as Deputy CEO of SAP AG and in 2008 CEO of SAP AG. In 2010, he became CEO and 
Chairman of Hewlett-Packard, a position he held until the fall of 2011. Board member of Schneider Electric SE since 
2008, Léo Apotheker served as Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director from 2014 to April 2020. In 2020, he 
launched a SPAC (Special Purpose Acquisition Company) called Burgundy Technology Acquisition Corporation, 
listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, which intends to focus on public and private opportunities in the technology 
sector, particularly companies in enterprise software or technology-enabled services. Léo Apotheker graduated 
with a degree in International Relations and Economics from the Hebrew University in Jerusalem.

Term of office
First appointed: 2008/Term ends: 2023

Current external directorships
Other directorships at listed companies:
Director of NICE-Systems Ltd (Israel); Chairman 
and Co-CEO of Burgundy Technology Acquisition 
Corporation (USA).

Other directorships:
Chairman of the Board of Directors of Unit 4 NV 
(Netherlands); Chairman of Syncron International AB 
(Sweden); Director of P2 Energy Solutions (USA); 
Director of Taulia (USA), Director of MercuryGate (USA).

Previous directorships 
Previous directorships held in the past five years:
Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Signavio GmbH 
(Germany); Director and Chairman of the Board of KMD 
A.S. (Denmark), Member of the Supervisory Board of 
Steria (France).

Skills

Fred Kindle*
Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent 
Director of Schneider Electric SE

Age: 62 years
Nationality: Swiss
Business address: Schneider Electric 
35, rue Joseph Monier, 92500 Rueil-
Malmaison, France
40,000 Schneider Electric SE shares

Board committees

C

Attendance rate at:
Board 
meetings

Committee 
meetings

100%

83.5%

Léo Apotheker
Company Director

Age: 68 years 
Nationality: French/German
Business address: Schneider Electric, 
35, rue Joseph Monier, 92500 Rueil-
Malmaison, France
3,093 Schneider Electric SE shares

Board committees

C

Attendance rate at:
Board 
meetings

Committee 
meetings

100%

100%

An independent Director within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code.

*
Note: bold indicates the names of companies whose securities are listed on a regulated market.

Skills

Public Company 
Management

Law, Governance, Ethics & 
Compliance

www.se.com

Corporate Finance

International Markets

Industry Knowledge

Sustainability

Digital & Technology

Accounting, Audit & Risk

Employee perspective and 
knowledge of the Group

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

273

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1 Governance Report

Experience and qualifications
Cécile Cabanis is currently Deputy Chief Executive Officer of Tikehau Capital. She began her career in 1995 at 
L’Oréal in South Africa, where she worked as Logistics Manager and Head of Management Control before working in 
France as an internal auditor. In 2000, she joined Orange as Assistant Director in the Group’s Mergers-Acquisitions 
Division. Cécile Cabanis move to Danone in 2004 as Corporate Financial Officer, then Head of Development. 
In 2010, she was appointed Chief Financial Officer of the Fresh Dairy Products Division. From 2015 to February 
2021, she has been Danone’s Chief Financial Officer Technology & Data, Cycles & Procurement. Since 2018, she 
has been a member of the Board of Directors of Danone SA and was appointed Vice-Chairwoman in December 
2020. In 2021, she joined Tikehau Capital and serves as Deputy Chief Executive Officer of the Group where she 
oversees the Human Capital, ESG/CSR, Communications and Brand Marketing functions of the Group. She is also 
the Chairwoman of the Board of Directors of Livelihoods Fund SICAV SIF, a fund created to accelerate its partners’ 
actions in favor of the climate and the most vulnerable people. Cécile Cabanis is an engineer graduated from 
Agro Paris Grignon.

Term of office
First appointed: 2016/Term ends: 2024

Current external directorships
Other directorships at listed companies:
Deputy Chief Executive Officer of Tikehau Capital
(France); Vice-Chairwoman of the Board of Directors of 
Danone SA (France); Member of the Supervisory Board 
of Unibail-Rodamco-Westfield SE.

Other directorships:
Vice-Chairwoman, member of the Supervisory Board 
of Mediawan (France); Member of the Supervisory 
Board of Société Editrice du Monde (France), Director 
of France Médias Monde.

Previous directorships 
Previous directorships held in the past five years:
Director of Michel et Augustin SAS (France); 
Chairwoman and member of the Board of Directors of 
Livelihoods Fund (SICAV, Luxembourg); Chairwoman 
and Director of 2MXOrganic (France); Director of 
Central Danone (Morocco), Fromagerie des Doukkala 
(Morocco), Danone Djurdura (Algeria), Produits Laitiers 
Frais Iberia (Spain), Danone SA (Spain), Compagnie 
Gervais Danone (France), Dan Trade (Russia), Danone 
Limited (United Kingdom), Danone Industria LLC 
(Russia), JSC Danone Russia (Russia), Danonewave 
(Public Benefit Corporation – USA); Member of the 
Supervisory Board of Danone Sp.z.o.o (Poland); 
Toeca International Company B.V. (the Netherlands); 
Chief Executive Officer of Danone CIS Holdings B.V. 
(Netherlands).

Skills

Experience and qualifications
Rita Felix has been an Employee Director designated by the European Work Council since 2020. She began her 
career in consulting at Deloitte, where she worked from 2006 to 2008. After that she joined the Marketing Department 
of COSEC (a credit insurance company partially owned by Euler Hermes). Rita Felix came to Schneider Electric 
Portugal in 2012 as Business Excellence. In 2017, she was appointed Project Management Officer (PMO) for Global 
Marketing, International Operations at Schneider Electric Group. From 2020 to 2021 she has been working as a 
PMO, Inside Sales Director and recently appointed to a new position as Market and Competitive Intelligence leader. 
Since July 2020, she was designated Director representing the employees of Schneider Electric SE. Rita Felix is 
graduated from ISCTE – IUL (University Institute of Lisbon) including six months in the Vrije Universiteit (Amsterdam). 
She also holds a master’s degree in Marketing Management (2012). During November 2020, she attended the High 
Performance Boards at IMD Business School and recently, has successfully completed the Strategy in the Age of 
Digital Disruption training from Insead.

Term of office
First appointed: 2020/Term ends: 2024

Current external directorships
Other directorships at listed companies:
None.

Other directorships:
None.

Previous directorships 
Previous directorships held in the past five years:
None.

Skills

Cécile Cabanis*
Deputy Chief Executive Officer of 
Tikehau Capital

Age: 50 years
Nationality: French
Business address: Tikehau Capital, 
32 rue de Monceau, 75008 Paris, France
1,000 Schneider Electric SE shares

Board committees

Attendance rate at:
Board 
meetings

Committee 
meetings

100%

100%

Rita Felix
Market Segmentation and Competitive 
Intel Leader

Age: 39 years 
Nationality: Portuguese
Business address: Schneider Electric, 
Av. do Forte 3, Ed. Suécia IV, Piso 3, 
2794-038 Carnaxide, Portugal
0(1) Schneider Electric SE shares

Board committees

Attendance rate at:
Board 
meetings

Committee 
meetings

100%

100%

An independent Director within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code.

*
(1) Held directly or through the FCPE. 
Note: bold indicates the names of companies whose securities are listed on a regulated market.

Board committees

 Governance & 
Remunerations 
Committee

 Audit & Risks 
Committee

 Investment 
Committee

 Digital 
Committee

 Human 
Resources & 
CSR Committee

C  

 Committee 
Chair

274

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
 
 
Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Experience and qualifications
Willy R. Kissling, currently Company Director, is the former CEO of Landis+Gyr Corporation. He began his career at 
Amiantus Corporation and then joined Rigips, a plasterboard manufacturer, in 1978. He was appointed to the Rigips 
Executive Committee in 1981 and subsequently became CEO. From 1987 to 1996, Willy R. Kissling served as CEO 
of Landis+Gyr Corporation, a provider of services, systems and equipment for energy management, building control 
and payment systems for payphone operators. From 1998 to 2005, he was Chairman of Oerlikon Bührle Holding AG 
(renamed OC Oerlikon Corp.) and of SIG Holding Ltd, and Vice-Chairman of Holcim Ltd (renamed LafargeHolcim 
Ltd). Willy R. Kissling has also been a member on various Board of Directors including those of Kühne&Nagel 
International Ltd and European Advisory Board member of Pratt&Whitney and Booz Allen Hamilton. Willy R. Kissling 
is a graduate from the Universities of Bern (Dr. Rer.pol) and Harvard (P.M.D).

Term of office
First appointed: 2001/Term ends: 2022

Current external directorships
Other directorships at listed companies:
None.

Previous directorships 
Previous directorships held in the past five years:
None.

Skills

4.

Experience and qualifications
Linda Knoll, currently Company Director, is the former Chief Human Resources Officer of Fiat Chrysler Automobiles. 
After a career in the Land Systems Division of General Dynamics, Linda Knoll joined CNH Industrial in 1994. She 
held various positions there, culminating in her appointment to multiple senior management positions. In 1999, she 
became Vice-President and General Manager of the Group’s Crop Production Global Product Line. From 2003 to 
2005, she was Vice-President for North America Agricultural Industrial Operations. She then served as Executive 
Vice-President for Worldwide Agricultural Manufacturing until 2007, managing 20 plants in 10 countries, before being 
appointed Executive Vice-President Agricultural Product Development, President Parts and Service (ad interim) 
and Executive Vice-President Worldwide Agricultural Manufacturing. Linda Knoll has been Chief Human Resources 
Officer in CNH Industrial (from 2007 to 2019) and Fiat Chrysler Automobiles (from 2011 to March 2021). Linda Knoll 
holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Business Administration from Central Michigan University.

Term of office
First appointed: 2014/Term ends: 2022

Current external directorships
Other directorships at listed companies:
Director of Iveco Group N.V. (Netherlands).

Other directorships:
Director of Comau S.p.A.

Previous directorships 
Previous directorships held in the past five years:
Chief Human Resources Officer and member of the 
Group Executive Council of Fiat Chrysler Automobiles 
N.V. (Netherlands); Chief Human Resources Officer 
and member of the Group Executive Council of CNH 
Industrial N.V. (Netherlands).

Skills

Willy R. Kissling
Company Director

Age: 77 years 
Nationality: Swiss
Business address: Schneider Electric, 
35, rue Joseph Monier, 92500 Rueil- 
Malmaison, France
1,600 Schneider Electric SE shares

Board committees

Attendance rate at:
Board 
meetings

Committee 
meetings

100%

100%

Linda Knoll*
Company Director

Age: 61 years 
Nationality: American
Business address: Schneider Electric, 
35, rue Joseph Monier, 92500 Rueil- 
Malmaison, France
1,000 Schneider Electric SE shares

Board committees

C

Attendance rate at:
Board 
meetings

Committee 
meetings

86%

91.5%

An independent Director within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code.

*
Note: bold indicates the names of companies whose securities are listed on a regulated market.

Skills

Public Company 
Management

Law, Governance, Ethics & 
Compliance

www.se.com

Corporate Finance

International Markets

Industry Knowledge

Sustainability

Digital & Technology

Accounting, Audit & Risk

Employee perspective and 
knowledge of the Group

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

275

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1 Governance Report

Jill Lee*
Group Chief Financial Officer of 
Sulzer Ltd

Age: 58 years 
Nationality: Singaporean
Business address: Sulzer Ltd,
Neuwiesenstrasse 15, Winterthur 8401, 
Zurich, Switzerland
1,000 Schneider Electric SE shares

Board committees

C

Attendance rate at:
Board 
meetings

Committee 
meetings

100%

100%

Xiaoyun Ma
Chief Financial Officer for Schneider 
Electric’s China Operations

Age: 58 years 
Nationality: Chinese
Business address: Schneider Electric, 
8F, Schneider Electric Building, No. 6, 
East WangJing Rd. Chaoyang District 
Beijing 100102, China
29,531(1) Schneider Electric SE shares

Board committees

Attendance rate at:
Board 
meetings

Committee 
meetings

100%

100%

Experience and qualifications
Jill Lee is currently Chief Financial Officer of Sulzer Ltd. She began her career in finance in 1986 at Siemens, AT&T 
and Tyco Electronics in Singapore. She pursued her career within Siemens where she held a number of leadership 
positions from 1997 to 2010 (including Chief Financial Officer) and Senior Vice-President of Siemens in Singapore, CFO 
and Senior Executive Vice-President of Siemens in China, Group Chief Diversity Officer), then Senior Vice-President, 
Finance, Strategy and Investments for Neptune Orient Lines in Singapore (2010 to 2011) and later ABB from 2012 to 
2018 where she was Senior Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer for ABB China and North Asia Region and then 
Group Senior Vice-President and Head of Next Level Program Management of ABB. Since April 2018, Jill Lee serves 
as Group Chief Financial Officer of Sulzer Ltd, a company where she had been previously a member of the Board of 
Directors for seven years and Chairwoman of the Audit Committee. Jill Lee holds a Bachelor’s Degree of Business 
Administration from National University of Singapore and an MBA from Nanyang Technological University in Singapore.

Term of office
First appointed: 2020/Term ends: 2024

Current external directorships
Other directorships at listed companies:
Non-executive Director of medmix AG (Switzerland).

Other directorships:
Advisory Board Member of Nanyang Business School 
(Singapore); Foundation Board Member of IMD Business 
School (Switzerland) (both being advisory roles for the 
university with max. two meetings/year).

Previous directorships 
Previous directorships held in the past five years:
Observer of Schneider Electric SE; Member of the 
Supervisory Board of Signify N.V. (formerly Philips 
Lighting); Non-executive Director of Sulzer Ltd.

Skills

Experience and qualifications
Xiaoyun Ma, currently Director representing the Employee Shareholders, is the Chief Financial Officer for Schneider 
Electric’s China Operations, in charge of China daily finance operations, organization, simplification and internal 
digital transformation. Graduated from top Chinese universities and holding a Chinese Public Accountant Certificate, 
she started her career as a finance professional at an audit firm (PWC). She joined Schneider Electric in 1997 as 
the Controller of Schneider (Beijing) Medium Voltage Co., Ltd. in Beijing China. Since then, she has worked in many 
different controller and Chief Financial Officer positions, covering manufacturing, supply chain and front office, 
in the China and Asia Pacific zone, while getting an MBA from New York City University in 2004.

Term of office
First appointed: 2017/Term ends: 2025

Current directorships
Other directorships at listed companies:
None.

Other directorships within Schneider Electric Group:
Chairwoman of the Board of Directors of Schneider 
Electric IT (China) Co., Ltd.; Vice-Chairwoman of the 
Board of Directors of Citic Schneider Smart Building 
Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd., Beijing BipBop Efficiency 
and Automation Application Technology Center (China); 
Director of Full Excel (Hong Kong) Limited (Hong Kong), 
Schneider Electric (China) Co., Ltd., Schneider Shanghai 
Power Distribution Electrical Apparatus Co., Ltd., 
Schneider Shanghai Low Voltage Terminal Apparatus 
Co., Ltd., Schneider Shanghai Industrial Control Co., 
Ltd., Schneider Busway (Guangzhou) Ltd., Schneider 
(Beijing) Medium and Low Voltage Co., Ltd., Schneider 
Merlin Gerin Low Voltage (Tianjin) Co., Ltd., Schneider 
Shanghai Apparatus Parts Manufacturing Co., Ltd., 
Schneider Wingoal (Tianjin) Electric Equipment Co., Ltd., 
Shanghai ASCO Electric Technology Co., Ltd. (formerly 
known as Schneider Automation Solutions (Shanghai) 
Co., Ltd.), Schneider (Shaanxi) Baoguang Electrical 
Apparatus Co., Ltd., Schneider Switchgear (Suzhou) 
Co., Ltd., Schneider Smart Technology Co., Ltd.; 
Supervisor of Zircon Investment (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.; 
Executive Director of Beijing Leader Harvest Energy 
Efficiency Investment Co., Ltd. (China).

Other directorships or functions outside Schneider 
Electric Group:
Vice-Chairwoman of the Board of Directors of Sunten 
Electric Equipment Co., Ltd. (China). 

Previous directorships 
Previous directorships held in the past five years:
Chairwoman of the Board of RAM Electronic Technology 
and Control (Wuxi) Co., Ltd., Beijing Chino Harvest Wind 
Power Technology Co., Ltd., Schneider Electric Trading 
(Wuhan) Co., Ltd.; Vice-Chairwoman of the Board of 
Directors of Schneider Electric (Xiamen) Switchgear Co., 
Ltd., Schneider Electric (Xiamen) Switchgear Equipment 
Co., Ltd.; Director of Telvent Control Systems (China) 
Co., Ltd., Schneider Automation & Control Systems 
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Ennovation Systems Control Co., 
Ltd., Schneider (Suzhou) Transformer Co., Ltd., Telvent-
BBS High & New Tech (Beijing) Co., Ltd., Beijing Leader 
Harvest Electric Technologies Co., Ltd., Schneider 
Electric Equipment and Engineering (Xi’an) Co., Ltd., 
Shanghai Foxboro Co., Ltd., Shanghai Invensys Process 
Systems Co., Ltd., Schneider Great Wall Engineering 
(Beijing) Co., Ltd., Tianjin Merlin Gerin Co., Ltd., 
Schneider (Beijing) Medium Voltage Co., Ltd., Shanghai 
Schneider Electric Power Automation Co., Ltd., Tianjin 
Wingoal Electric Equipment Co., Ltd., Schneider South 
China Smart Technology (Guangdong) Co. Ltd., Clipsal 
Manufacturing (Huizhou) Co., Ltd. 

Skills

An independent Director within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code.

*
(1) Held directly or through the FCPE.
Note: bold indicates the names of companies whose securities are listed on a regulated market.

Board committees

 Governance & 
Remunerations 
Committee

 Audit & Risks 
Committee

 Investment 
Committee

 Digital 
Committee

 Human 
Resources & 
CSR Committee

C  

 Committee 
Chair

276

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
 
 
Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Experience and qualifications
Anna Ohlsson-Leijon is currently Chief Executive Officer Europe and Executive Vice-President of AB Electrolux. 
Anna Ohlsson-Leijon began her career in 1993 at PricewaterhouseCoopers where she held various positions advising 
high-tech, industrial and media companies. In 2000, she joined Kimoda, an e-commerce platform, as Chief Financial 
Officer, before joining in 2001 AB Electrolux (Sweden) as Director of Project Management. Anna Ohlsson-Leijon 
then held various senior positions in corporate functions including Director Internal Audit & Global Program Manager 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act from 2003 to 2005, Head of Management Assurance & Special Assignments until 2008, Group 
Treasurer until 2011, Head of Corporate Control & Services until 2013 and Chief Financial Officer Major Appliance 
EMEA thereafter. She was then promoted to Chief Financial Officer of AB Electrolux in 2016 before taking her current 
position of Chief Executive Officer Europe and Executive Vice-President of AB Electrolux in 2018. Anna Ohlsson-Leijon 
holds a Bachelor of Sciences Degree in Business Administration and Economics from Linköping University (Sweden).

Term of office
First appointed: 2021/Term ends: 2025

Current external directorships
Other directorships at listed companies:
Director of Atlas Copco AB (Sweden).

Other directorships:
None.

Previous directorships 
Previous directorships held in the past five years:
Observer of Schneider Electric SE; Director of 
Alfa Laval AB (Sweden).

Skills

4.

Experience and qualifications
Fleur Pellerin is the Founder and currently the CEO of Korelya Capital. Fleur Pellerin became a magistrate at the 
Court of Auditors in the early 2000s. In addition, she worked for the United Nations as an external auditor. In 2007, 
she joined “Club XXIe Siècle”, a not-profit association dedicated to diversity and equal opportunities, and served 
as President between 2010 and 2012. She took over as French Minister for SMEs, Innovation and Digital Economy 
in 2012 where she launched a program for the development of French start-ups referred to as “French Tech”. In 
April 2014, she was appointed Secretary of State for Foreign Trade, Tourism Development and French people 
residing abroad, a position that she held till August 2014 when she became Minister for Culture and Communication. 
Additionally, Fleur Pellerin is a lecturer at the ENA and was a Director of the Public Sénat channel from 2011 to 2012. 
In 2016, she left politics and founded Korelya Capital, an investment fund with €330 million under management which 
promotes and supports investments in technology start-ups in France and in Europe. Fleur Pellerin graduated from 
the Ecole Supérieure des Sciences Economiques et Commerciale (ESSEC), the Paris Institut d’Etudes Politiques 
(IEP-Sciences-Po), and the Ecole Nationale d’Administration (ENA).

Previous directorships 
Previous directorships held in the past five years:
Director of Reworld Media (France), of Naver France 
(France) and of Snips (France).

Skills

Term of office
First appointed: 2018/Term ends: 2022

Current external directorships
Other directorships at listed companies:
Director of I2PO (France); Member of the Supervisory 
Board of KLM Royal Dutch Airlines (the Netherlands).

Other directorships:
Director and CEO of Korelya Consulting, Korelya 
Capital, Korelya Fondateurs (France); Director of Korelya 
Portfolio companies (Devialet, Ledger, Synapse); 
Director of Stanhope Capital LLP (United Kingdom); 
Member of the Strategic orientations committee of 
Talan (France); Member of the Board or Supervisory 
committee of following Associations: Canneseries, 
Eurockéennes, and France Digitale (France).

Anna Ohlsson-Leijon*
Chief Executive Officer Europe and 
Executive Vice-President of AB 
Electrolux

Age: 53 years 
Nationality: Swedish
Business address: AB Electrolux,
St Göransgatan 143, 105 45 Stockholm, 
Sweden
1,000 Schneider Electric SE shares

Board committees

Attendance rate at:
Board 
meetings

Committee 
meetings

100%

100%

Fleur Pellerin*
Founder & Chief Executive Officer of 
Korelya Capital

Age: 48 years 
Nationality: French
Business address: Korelya Capital, 
87 rue Réaumur, 75002 Paris, France
1,000 Schneider Electric SE shares

Board committees

Attendance rate at:
Board 
meetings

Committee 
meetings

71.5%

100%

An independent Director within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code.

*
Note: bold indicates the names of companies whose securities are listed on a regulated market.

Skills

Public Company 
Management

Law, Governance, Ethics & 
Compliance

www.se.com

Corporate Finance

International Markets

Industry Knowledge

Sustainability

Digital & Technology

Accounting, Audit & Risk

Employee perspective and 
knowledge of the Group

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

277

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1 Governance Report

Experience and qualifications
Anders Runevad, currently Company Director, is the former CEO of Vestas Wind Systems A/S. He started his career at 
Ericsson in 1984 as a Design Engineer before holding various management positions in Sweden, Singapore, Brazil, UK 
and USA. In 1998, he was appointed President of Ericsson Singapore. From 2000 to 2004, he served as Vice-President 
Sales and Marketing of Ericsson Mobile Communications AB. In 2004, he was appointed President of Ericsson Brazil. 
From 2007 until 2010, he served as Executive Vice-President and member of the Board at Sony Ericsson Mobile 
Communications AB. He then became President of Western & Central Europe at Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson 
(public company) in 2010. In 2013, he left Ericsson to join Vestas Wind Systems A/S as Chief Executive Officer and 
Group President, a position from which he stepped down in 2019. Anders Runevad holds a Master of Science Degree 
in Electrical Engineering from the University of Lund (Sweden), where he also studied business and economy.

Anders Runevad*
Company Director

Term of office
First appointed: 2018/Term ends: 2022

Current external directorships
Other directorships at listed companies:
Vice-Chairman of the Board of Vestas Wind Systems 
A/S (Denmark); Chairman of the Board of Peab AB
(Sweden).

Other directorships:
Director of Copenhagen Infrastructure Partners (CIP) 
(Denmark); Chairman of the Board PGA National 
Sweden (Sweden).

Age: 62 years 
Nationality: Swedish
Business address: Schneider Electric, 
35, rue Joseph Monier, 92500 Rueil- 
Malmaison, France
1,000 Schneider Electric SE shares

Board committees

Attendance rate at:
Board 
meetings

Committee 
meetings

100%

82.5%

Previous directorships 
Previous directorships held in the past five years:
Director of Nilfisk Holding A/S (Denmark); President & 
CEO of Vestas Wind Systems A/S (Denmark); Member 
of the General Council of the Confederation of Danish 
Industry; Member of the Industrial Policy Committee of 
the Confederation of Danish Industry, Director of NKT 
A/S (Denmark) (2018).

Skills

Experience and qualifications
Gregory Spierkel, now Company Director, is the former CEO of Ingram Micro Inc. He began his career working for 
Bell Canada in sales and product development, followed by a period with Nortel Inc. in market research. For four years, 
he served as Managing Director of Mitel Telecom with responsibilities over Europe and Asia. He then spent five years 
at Mitel Corp. where he served as President of North America and President of Global Sales and Marketing. In August 
1997, he joined Ingram Micro as a Senior Vice-President Asia-Pacific. In June 1999, he was appointed as Executive 
Vice-President and President of Ingram Micro Europe. He was promoted to President of the Ingram Micro Inc. Group 
in 2004, before assuming the role of CEO of Ingram Micro Inc. from 2005 to 2012. Gregory Spierkel holds a Bachelor’s 
Degree in Commerce from Carleton University (Ottawa) and a Master’s Degree in Business Administration from 
Georgetown University. He also attended the Advanced Manufacturing program at INSEAD.

Previous directorships 
Previous directorships held in the past five years:
None.

Skills

Gregory Spierkel*
Company Director

Term of office
First appointed: 2015/Term ends: 2023

Current external directorships
Other directorships at listed companies:
Director of MGM Resorts International (USA); 
Director of PACCAR Inc. (USA).

Other directorships:
Member of McLaren Advisory Group (McLaren 
Technology Group) (United Kingdom).

Age: 65 years 
Nationality: Canadian
Business address: Schneider Electric, 
35, rue Joseph Monier, 92500 Rueil- 
Malmaison, France
1,000 Schneider Electric SE shares

Board committees

C

Attendance rate at:
Board 
meetings

Committee 
meetings

100%

100%

An independent Director within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code.

*
Note: bold indicates the names of companies whose securities are listed on a regulated market.

Board committees

 Governance & 
Remunerations 
Committee

 Audit & Risks 
Committee

 Investment 
Committee

 Digital 
Committee

 Human 
Resources & 
CSR Committee

C  

 Committee 
Chair

278

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
 
 
Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Experience and qualifications
Lip-Bu Tan, currently Executive Chairman of Cadence Design Systems, Inc., held management positions at EDS 
Nuclear and ECHO Energy before being Vice-President of Chappell & Co. He also serves as Chairman of Walden 
International, a venture capital firm he founded in 1987. After joining the Board of Cadence Design Systems, Inc. 
in 2004, Lip-Bu Tan was appointed as CEO in 2009, a position that he held until December 2021. At that time, he 
transitions to his current role of Executive Chairman of Cadence Design Systems, Inc. He holds a Master of Science 
Degree in Nuclear Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, an MBA from the San Francisco 
University, and a Bachelor of Science Degree from the Nanyang University of Singapore.

Previous directorships 
Previous directorships held in the past five years:
CEO of Cadence Design Systems (USA), Director of 
Hewlett Packard Enterprise (USA); Board member 
of Habana Labs Ltd. (Israel), Tagore Technology, Inc. 
(USA), WekaIO, LTD (Israel), Aquantia Corporation
(USA), Semiconductor Manufacturing International 
Corporation (China), SINA Corporation (China), 
Quantenna Communications, Inc. (USA) and 
Ambarella Inc. (USA).

Skills

4.

Lip-Bu Tan*
Chairman of Cadence Design Systems, 
Inc.

Age: 62 years 
Nationality: American
Business address: One California Street, 
Suite 1750, San Francisco, CA 94111, 
United States
1,000 Schneider Electric SE shares

Board committees

Attendance rate at:
Board 
meetings

Committee 
meetings

100%

100%

Term of office
First appointed: 2019/Term ends: 2023

Current external directorships
Other directorships at listed companies:
Chairman of Cadence Design Systems, Inc. (USA), 
Chairman of the Board of Credo Technology Group 
Holding Ltd. (Cayman Islands); Director of Softbank 
Group Corp. (Japan).

Other directorships:
Director of Advanced Micro-Fabrication Equipment 
Inc (Shanghai), CNEX Labs, Inc. (USA), Fungible, Inc. 
(USA), Innovium, Inc. (USA), Komprise (USA), RF Pixels, 
Inc.(USA), LightBits Labs (Israel), Movandi Corporation 
(USA), NuVia, Inc. (USA), Oryx Vision (Israel), Prosimo, 
Inc. (USA), Proteantecs (Israel), Rosetal System 
Information Ltd. (Israel), Vayyar Imaging (Israel), 
HiDeep, Inc. (South Korea), Silicon Mitus, Inc. (South 
Korea), SambaNova Systems, Inc. (USA), The Electronic 
System Design Alliance (ESD Alliance), Member of the 
board of trustees and the School of Engineering Dean’s 
Council at Carnegie Mellon University (CMU), Global 
Advisory board Member of METI Japan, Member of the 
board of Global Semiconductor Alliance (GSA), Member 
of The Business Council and Committee 100.

Experience and qualifications
Bruno Turchet, currently Employee Director, began his career in 1999 as Electromechanical Engineer for Assystem 
Technologies (French consulting and engineering company) and held the role of Key Account Manager for the 
industry market (2001 – 2005). He joined Schneider Electric in 2005 and has been working in different operations. 
He started as Project Technical Leader for Low Voltage Equipment in France for two years, before expatriation to 
Schneider Electric China as Low & Medium Voltage Equipment R&D Manager for three years. Back in France in 2011, 
he led the Productivity Department of one of the main divisions of the Group and deployed there the sustainability 
program. From 2016 to 2021, he was New Products Industrialization Director of Final Distribution Line of Business. 
Since July 2021, Bruno Turchet is Vice-President Industrialization for Home & Distribution Europe Division. In April 
2021, he has been appointed Director of the Board representing the employees of Schneider Electric SE. Bruno 
Turchet holds a Master of Science Degree in Engineering & Quality from the University of Besancon (France). He also 
attended the High Performance Boards program at IMD Business School of Lausanne (Switzerland) in October 2021.

Term of office
First appointed: 2021/Term ends: 2025

Current external directorships
Other directorships at listed companies:
None.

Other directorships:
None.

Previous directorships 
Previous directorships held in the past five years:
None.

Skills

Bruno Turchet
Vice-President Industrialization for Home 
& Distribution Europe Division

Age: 48 years 
Nationality: French
Business address: Schneider Electric, 
31 rue Pierre Mendès France, 38320 
Eybens, France
732(1) Schneider Electric SE shares

Board committees

Attendance rate at:
Board 
meetings

Committee 
meetings

100%

100%  

An independent Director within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code.

*
(1) Held directly or through the FCPE.
Note: bold indicates the names of companies whose securities are listed on a regulated market.

Skills

Public Company 
Management

Law, Governance, Ethics & 
Compliance

www.se.com

Corporate Finance

International Markets

Industry Knowledge

Sustainability

Digital & Technology

Accounting, Audit & Risk

Employee perspective and 
knowledge of the Group

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

279

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1 Governance Report

Experience and qualifications
Nivedita Krishnamurthy Bhagat, also known as Nive Bhagat, is currently Global Chief Executive Officer for 
Global Cloud Infrastructure Services of Capgemini and a member of its Group Executive Committee. Nive began 
her career in articling with PricewaterhouseCoopers before joining KPMG’s Corporate Finance team. She later joined 
Infosys Technologies where she held several leadership positions including Head of Enterprise Solutions EMEA 
and head of its Proximity Development Centre in London. In 2010, Nive joined Capgemini and held senior executive 
positions including Chief Operating Officer of its Application Business in the UK and European Head of the Cloud 
Infrastructure Services business before taking her current global position of leading Capgemini’s global Cloud, 
Cyber and Infrastructure business. Nive has a Bachelor’s degree in Economics and is a Chartered Accountant 
from the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. 

Nive Bhagat
Chief Executive Officer Cloud 
Infrastructure Services of CapGemini

Age: 50 years 
Nationality: British
Business address: CapGemini, 
40 Holborn Viaduct, London, EC1N, 
United Kingdom
0 Schneider Electric SE shares

Term of office
Co-optation as Observer member: February 2022

Candidate for appointment as a Director: May 2022

Current external directorships
Observer of Schneider Electric SE.

Other directorships at listed companies:
None.

Other directorships:
Director of Capgemini UK plc. (United Kingdom), 
CGS Holdings Ltd. (United Kingdom), 
Capgemini Outsourcing Services GmbH (Germany).

Previous directorships 
Previous directorships held in the past five years:
Non-executive director of Mitie Plc. (United Kingdom) 
(2017 – 2022); Member of Audit & Nomination 
Committees of Mitie Plc. (United Kingdom).

Skills

Note: bold indicates the names of companies whose securities are listed on a regulated market.

Board committees

 Governance & 
Remunerations 
Committee

Skills

Public Company 
Management

 Audit & Risks 
Committee

 Investment 
Committee

 Digital 
Committee

 Human 
Resources & 
CSR Committee

C  

 Committee 
Chair

Corporate Finance

International Markets

Industry Knowledge

Sustainability

Law, Governance, Ethics & 
Compliance

Digital & Technology

Accounting, Audit & Risk

Employee perspective and 
knowledge of the Group

280

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
 
 
4.1.1.3  Skills and diversity

Diversity policy within the Board of Directors  
and within the management of the Company
The Board of Directors pays due attention to its composition and 
that of its committees. It relies on the works of the Governance & 
Remunerations Committee which reviews regularly and proposes  
as often as required, the relevant changes to the composition of  
the Board of Directors and its committees depending on the  
Group’s strategy.

In that respect, in conformity with its internal regulations, the Board 
of Directors ensures through its proposals and its decisions that:

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

its composition reflects the international nature of the Group’s 
activities and of its shareholders by having a significant number 
of members of non-French nationality;
it protects the independence of the Board through the 
competence, availability, and courage of its members;
it ensures open and unrestricted speech;
it pursues its objective of diversifying the Board of Directors 
in compliance with the legal principle of attaining balanced 
representation between men and women on the Board;
it appoints persons with the expertise required for developing 
and implementing the Group strategy while considering 
the objectives of diversity based on criteria such as age, 
professional skills, nationalities, and background;

•  employee shareholders and employees shall continue to be 

• 

represented on the Board in compliance with the provisions set 
forth in Articles 11.3 and 11.4 of the Articles of Association; and
it preserves the continuity of the Board by changing some of its 
members at regular intervals, if necessary, by anticipating the 
expiry of members’ terms of office.

The gender diversity ratio of the Board of Directors, should the 
appointment of Mrs. Nive Bhagat be confirmed in the 2022 Annual 
Shareholder’s Meeting, will reach 45% (excluding the employee 
Directors and the representative employee shareholders Director).

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Schneider Electric is deeply committed towards diversity in general 
and gender diversity in particular. Schneider Electric focuses on 
taking proactive measures to encourage a balanced representation 
of men and women at the leadership level: the portion of women at 
the Executive Committee had been increased from 38% in 2020 to 
44% in 2021. For the leadership pool comprising of the top leaders 
(around 1,000 employees), the female representation is 26%  
(+2% vs. 2020).

At its meetings of December 15, 2021 and February 16, 2022, 
the Board of Directors reviewed senior management’s ambitions 
regarding the balanced representation of men and women at the 
leadership level and noted that the objectives are set to: 

•  at least 40% of women at the Executive Committee;
•  at least 30% of women among the Leadership (VP and above, 

around 1,000 employees).

4.

To achieve these objectives and further improve gender diversity, 
the Group aims at attracting female talents by offering a training 
leadership program and dedicated mentoring, an equal treatment 
policy and a tailored family leave policy.

Skills within the Board of Directors
The Board of Directors undertook a review of the skills to include in 
its skills matrix in order to meet the Company’s strategic needs and 
some peer comparisons. It reviews its composition and expertise 
to identify skills that could be strengthened in the future or would 
deserve a stronger disclosure/narrative. 

Schneider Electric’s Board, assessed against these skills, 
appears strong and balanced, and globally well positioned. The 
Board comprises individuals from diverse and complementary 
professional and cultural backgrounds, true to the Group’s history 
and values. This enables it to perform its duties collectively and 
constructively.

The experience and expertise brought to the Board by each 
director at the date of this Universal Registration Document can  
be summarized as follows.

l

i

e
d
n
K
d
e
r
F

l

a
c
s
a
P
-
n
a
e
J

e
r
i
o
c
i
r
T

s
l
l
i

k
S
d
e
k
r
a
m
h
c
n
e
B

Public Company Management

Corporate Finance

Accounting, Audit & Risk

International Markets

Industry Knowledge

Employee perspective and Knowledge 
of the Group

Digital & Technology

Law, Governance, Ethics & Compliance

Sustainability

r
e
k
e
h
t
o
p
A

o
é
L

i

s
n
a
b
a
C

e

l
i

c
é
C

x

i
l

e
F
a
t
i

R

g
n

i
l

i

s
s
K
y

l
l
i

W

l
l

o
n
K
a
d
n
L

i

e
e
L

l
l
i

J

n
o

j
i

e
L
-
n
o
s
s
h
O

l

a
n
n
A

n
i
r
e

l
l

e
P
r
u
e
F

l

a
M
n
u
y
o
a
X

i

d
a
v
e
n
u
R

s
r
e
d
n
A

y
r
o
g
e
r
G

l

e
k
r
e
p
S

i

n
a
T
n
u
B

-
p
L

i

o
m
u
r

B

t
e
h
c
r
u
T

Total

11

12

5

13

8

4

4

4

4

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

281

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1  Governance Report

Skills

Definition

Public Company Management

Corporate Finance

Accounting, Audit & Risk

International Markets

s
l
l
i
k
S
e
r
o
C

Directors with experience in executive leadership positions of public companies.  
These positions include industry CEOs (6 among the 14 Board members excluding the 
Chairman & CEO are former CEO of listed Companies: F. Kindle, L. Apotheker, W. Kissling, 
A. Runevad, G. Spierkel and Lip-Bu Tan) as well as other top executive positions  
(e.g. CFO, COO) and top management roles (regional or divisional leadership).

Directors who have gained experience in banking, investments, restructuring or M&A. 
Also, those high-level executives with responsibilities for financial management  
(e.g. CEO, CFO).

Directors from an auditing, or internal finance role (e.g. financial reporting responsibilities). 
As well as this, expertise in risk management gained from subject matter expertise or 
responsibility for corporate risk management (note: non-executive positions are not taken 
into consideration).

Directors who have spent a large portion of their career in, or have been directly 
responsible for, foreign markets. Schneider Electric’s Board expertise is well balanced 
between US, Asian and European markets experience:
•  European market: JP. Tricoire, F. Kindle, L. Apotheker, C. Cabanis, W. Kissling, J. Lee, 

A. Runevad, A. Ohlsson-Leijon, G. Spierkel;

•  US market: L. Apotheker, L. Knoll, G. Spierkel, LB. Tan; and
•  Asian market: JP. Tricoire, J. Lee, X. Ma, F. Pellerin, A. Runevad.

Industry Knowledge

Directors who have gained experience in energy sectors. 

Employee perspective and Knowledge 
of the Group

Directors who are also employee of the Group and have gained a deep and inside 
knowledge of the Group.

Digital & Technology

Directors who have gained technical or managerial experience directly in information 
technology, digitization, data and innovative technologies in relevant industries. 

Law, Governance, Ethics & Compliance Directors with advanced and relevant legal qualification or experience in a corporate legal 

Sustainability

setting, direct career exposure to relevant regulators, or governmental organisations. 
Also includes directors who have a proven track record contributing to ethical business 
practices and governance. 

Directors who have made significant contributions to either sustainability in business,  
or have notoriety for promotion of sustainable business in the wider economy. This skill 
does include experiences such as technical experience in innovative green technologies.

4.1.1.4  Independence and conflict of interests

Independent Directors
Each year, as provided under the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code, the Board of Directors, on the report of the Governance & 
Remunerations Committee, dedicates one of the points on its agenda to the qualification of its members as independent with regard to the 
criteria for independence set out in Article 9.5 of this Code and presented in the table below.

Criterion 1: employee or Corporate Officer within the previous five years
Not to be and not to have been within the previous five years:
•  an employee or executive Corporate Officer of the Company;
•  an employee, executive Corporate Officer, or Director of a company consolidated with the Company;
•  an employee, executive Corporate Officer, or Director of the Company’s parent company or a company consolidated with this 

parent company.

Criterion 2: cross-directorships
Not to be an executive Corporate Officer of a company in which the Company holds a directorship, directly or indirectly, or in which  
an employee appointed as such or an executive Corporate Officer of the Company (currently in office or having held such office within 
the last five years) holds a directorship.

Criterion 3: significant business relationships
Not to be a customer, supplier, commercial banker, investment banker, or consultant:
• 
•  or for which the Company or its group represents a significant portion of its activity.

that is significant to the Company or its group;

The assessment of the significance or otherwise of the relationship with the Company or its group must be debated by the Board and 
the quantitative and qualitative criteria that led to this evaluation (continuity, economic dependence, exclusivity, etc.) must be explicitly 
stated in the annual report.

282

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Criterion 4: family ties
Not to be related by close family ties to a Corporate Officer.

Criterion 5: auditor
Not to have been an auditor of the Company within the previous five years.

Criterion 6: period of office exceeding 12 years
Not to have been a Director of the Company for more than 12 years. Loss of the status of independent Director occurs on the date  
of the 12th anniversary.

Criterion 7: status of non-executive Corporate Officer
A non-executive Corporate Officer cannot be considered independent if he or she receives variable compensation in cash or in the 
form of securities or any compensation linked to the performance of the Company or Group.

4.

Criterion 8: status of the major shareholder
Directors representing major shareholders of the Company or its parent company may be considered independent, provided these 
shareholders do not take part in the control of the Company. Nevertheless, beyond a 10% threshold in capital or voting rights, the 
Board, upon a report from the Governance & Remunerations Committee, should systematically review the qualification as independent 
in light of the Company’s shareholding structure and the existence of a potential conflict of interest.

Upon recommendation from the Governance & Remunerations 
Committee, the Board of Directors, during its meeting of 
February 16, 2022, reviewed the independence of each  
Board member in regard of the criteria reminded above.

•  With regard specifically to independence in terms of business 

relations, the Board of Directors noted that, due to:
(i)  The absence of business relations between the Directors 

and Schneider Electric;

(ii) The nature of Schneider Electric activities and those of the 
companies in which members of the Board of Directors are 
employed or serve as Directors;

(iii) The amounts, either unitary or global, of operations 

performed or that may be performed between Schneider 
Electric and these companies that are agreed at arm’s length 
and that are by no means likely to be referred to the Board  
of Directors;

the existing business relations between Schneider Electric and 
these companies in which the members of the Board of Directors 
are employed or serve as officers are not likely to prejudice their 
independence, indeed, when such operations exist, they are 
agreed at arm’s length and their amounts, representing less than 
0.1% of the consolidated turnover of each group, are without a 
doubt insignificant for each party, in particular with regard to 
respective size of the groups concerned.

  Among 15 Directors, 9 are independent according to 

the definition prescribed by the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate 
Governance Code: Mrs. Cécile Cabanis, Mr. Fred Kindle, 
Mrs. Linda Knoll, Mrs. Jill Lee, Mrs. Anna Ohlsson-Leijon, 
Mrs. Fleur Pellerin, Mr. Anders Runevad, Mr. Gregory Spierkel, 
and Mr. Lip-Bu Tan.

•  Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire, as Chief Executive Officer, 

Mrs. Xiaoyun Ma, as employee shareholders representative, 
Mrs. Rita Felix and Mr. Bruno Turchet as employee Directors, 
Mr. Léo Apotheker, and Mr. Willy Kissling, who have served 
on the Board for over 12 years, are not considered to be 
independent Directors under the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate 
Governance Code.

•  The AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code recommends 

that, in non-controlled companies, the Board comprises at least 
50% independent Directors (Directors representing employee 
shareholders and employees are not computed in calculating 
this percentage). The proportion of independent Directors of 
the Company, excluding Mrs. Xiaoyun Ma, Mrs. Rita Felix and 
Mr. Bruno Turchet, is therefore 75%. The proportion would rise 
to 82% should the renewal of Mrs. Linda Knoll and M. Anders 
Runevad, and the appointment of Mrs. Nive Bhagat be voted in 
the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting per respectively the 11th, 12th, 
and 13th resolutions.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

283

 
Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1  Governance Report

The following table shows the status of each Director with regard to the criteria for independence set out in Article 9.5 of the AFEP-MEDEF 
Corporate Governance Code.

g
n

i
l

i

s
s
K
y

l
l
i

W

l
l

o
n
K
a
d
n
L

i

e
e
L

l
l
i

J

)
4
(
a
M
n
u
y
o
a
X

i

l

n
o
s
s
h
O
a
n
n
A

n
o

j
i

e
L

n
i
r
e

l
l

e
P
r
u
e
F

l

d
a
v
e
n
u
R

s
r
e
d
n
A

y
r
o
g
e
r
G

l

e
k
r
e
p
S

i

n
a
T
u
B

-
p
L

i

)
5
(
t
e
h
c
r
u
T
o
n
u
r

B

l

i

e
d
n
K
d
e
r
F

l

a
c
s
a
P
-
n
a
e
J

)
2
(
e
r
i
o
c
i
r
T

r
e
k
e
h
t
o
p
A
o
é
L

i

s
n
a
b
a
C
e

l
i

c
é
C

)
3
(
x

i
l

e
F
a
t
i

R

Criteria(1)

Criterion 1: 
Employee or corporate officer within the 
past five years

Criterion 2: 
Cross-directorships

Criterion 3: 
Significant business relationships

Criterion 4: 
Family ties

Criterion 5: 
Auditor

Criterion 6: 
Period of office exceeding 12 years

Criterion 7: 
Status of non-executive Corporate Officer

Criterion 8: 
Status of the major shareholder

Conclusion

 signifies that a criterion for independence is satisfied and 

(1)  In this table, 
(2)  Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire is Chairman & Chief Executive Officer of Schneider Electric SE, Chairman of the Board of Directors of Schneider Electric Industries SAS, 
Director of Delixi Electric Ltd, Chairman of the Board of Directors of Schneider Electric Holdings Inc., Director of Schneider Electric USA Inc. and Chairman of the 
Board of Directors of Schneider Electric Asia Pacific Ltd.

 signifies that a criterion for independence is not satisfied.

(3)  Mrs. Rita Felix has an employment contract with Schneider Electric Portugal Lda.
(4)  Mrs. Xiaoyun Ma has an employment contract with Schneider Electric (China) Co., Ltd.
(5)  Mr. Bruno Turchet has an employment contract with Schneider Electric Industries SAS.

Declarations concerning the situation 
of the members of the administrative, 
supervisory, or management bodies

Service contracts
None of the Directors has a service contract with the Company or 
any of its subsidiaries providing for benefits under such contract.

Absence of conviction or incrimination
To the best of the Company’s knowledge, in the last five years, 
none of the Directors or the Chairman & CEO have been:

• 

the subject of any convictions in relation to fraudulent offenses 
or of any official public incrimination and/or sanctions by 
statutory regulatory authorities;

•  disqualified by a court from acting as a member of the 

• 

administrative, management, or supervisory bodies of an issuer or 
from acting in the management or conduct of the affairs of an issuer;
involved, as a member of an administrative, management, or 
supervisory body or a partner, in a bankruptcy, receivership,  
or liquidation.

Family ties
To the best of the Company’s knowledge, none of the Directors and/or 
the Chairman & CEO of the Company are related through family ties.

Conflicts of interest
To the best of the Company’s knowledge, there are no 
arrangements or understandings with major shareholders, 
customers, suppliers, or others pursuant to which a Director or 
the Chairman & Chief Executive Officer has been selected as a 
member of an administrative, management, or supervisory body  
or a member of senior management of the Company.

To the best of the Company’s knowledge, there are no conflicts 
of interest between the duties of any Directors and the Chairman 
& Chief Executive Officer with respect to the Company in their 
capacity as members of those bodies or their private interests  
and/or other duties.

To the best of the Company’s knowledge, the Directors and the 
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer have no restrictions on the 
disposal of their Company shares aside from those stipulated in 
Performance Share plans (see section 4.2.5 of Chapter 4 of the 2021 
Universal Registration Document) for the Chairman & Chief Executive 
Officer and a minimum 1,000 shareholding requirement for Directors.

4.1.1.5  Director’s holding in the Company’s 
share capital 

Article 11 of the Company’s Article of Association provides that 
Directors are each required to hold at least 250 Schneider Electric 
shares during their term of office. Moreover, in accordance with 
Article 6 of the Board Internal Regulations, each Board member 
shall hold 1,000 Schneider Electric shares.

The Board of Directors has set a retention target of shares 
representing five years of base salary for the Chairman & CEO. 
Calculation of the number of shares held is based on Schneider 
Electric SE shares and the equivalent in shares of the corporate 
mutual fund units invested in Schneider Electric shares held by 
the beneficiary. He has to retain at least 50% of the Performance 
Shares granted to him until this number of shares is reached.

The shareholding target described above is largely met by  
Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire who owns 793,239 Schneider Electric’s 
shares.

284

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

To the Company’s knowledge, the Directors’ shareholdings in the Company’s registered capital as of the date of December 31, 2021 are  
as follows:

Board member

Jean-Pascal Tricoire

Fred Kindle

Léo Apotheker

Cécile Cabanis

Rita Felix

Willy Kissling

Linda Knoll

Jill Lee

Xiaoyun Ma

Anna Ohlsson-Leijon

Fleur Pellerin

Anders Runevad

Gregory Spierkel

Lip-Bu Tan

Bruno Turchet

TOTAL

Schneider Electric shares

793,239

40,000

3,093

1,000

0

1,600

1,000

1,000

29,531

1,000

1,000

1,000

1,000

1,000

732

876,195

4.

The members of the Board of Directors directly held 0.15% of the share capital as of December 31, 2021.

The table below shows the transactions in Schneider Electric securities carried out during fiscal year 2021 and notified to the Autorité des 
marchés financiers (AMF) in accordance with Article 19 of Regulation n° 594/2014 of April 16, 2014 on Market Abuse and Article L. 621-18-2 
of the French Monetary and Financial Code:

First name and last name

Transaction date

Transaction type

Description of the financial instrument

Jean-Pascal Tricoire

26/03/2021

Acquisition

LTIP – Plans 30 & 31

Xiaoyun Ma

26/03/2021

Acquisition

LTIP – Plan 31

Jean-Pascal Tricoire

17/06/2021

Pledge

Ordinary shares

Bruno Turchet

06/07/2021

Subscription

Shares in Schneider Electric FCPE

Number of 
securities/
instruments

Unit price  
(in euros)

Amount of the 
transaction  
(in euros)

58,909

6,418

19,550

68.38

–

–

–

–

–

–

110.19

110.19

7,534.79

410,070.98

Jean-Pascal Tricoire

06/07/2021

Subscription

Shares in Schneider Electric FCPE

3,721.49

Jean-Pascal Tricoire

06/07/2021

Subscription

Shares in Schneider Electric FCPE

1,369.51

110.19

150,906.31

Anna Ohlsson-Leijon

13/08/2021

Acquisition

Ordinary shares

1,000

152.62

152,620.00

See details regarding Performance Shares granted to Executive Directors in section 4.2.5 of Chapter 4 of this Universal Registration 
Document.

4.1.1.6  Renewal and appointment at  
the next Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Board members
The Board of Directors shall have at least three and up to eighteen 
members, all of whom must be natural persons elected by the 
shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting. However, in case of 
death or resignation of a member, the Board may co-opt a new 
member. This appointment is then subject to ratification at the  
next Shareholders’ Meeting.

Directors are appointed for four-year terms (renewable). However, 
from the age of 70, Directors are re-elected or appointed for a 
period of two years. No more than one-third of the Directors may  
be 70 years old or over.

Mrs. Xiaoyun Ma represents the employee shareholders in 
accordance with the provisions of Articles L. 225-23 and  
L. 22-10-5 of the French Commercial Code. She was elected  
at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting upon the recommendation  
of the supervisory boards of the FCPEs.

Mrs. Rita Felix and Mr. Bruno Turchet represent the employees  
in accordance with the provisions of Article L. 225-27-1 of the 
French Commercial Code. They were appointed respectively by  
the European works council and by the most representative trade 
union organization in France in pursuance of Article 11.4 of the 
Articles of Association.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

285

 
Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1  Governance Report

Directors selection process
The Independent Director selection process is led by the Vice-
Chairman & Lead Independent Director and Chairman of the 
Governance & Remunerations Committee. When one or more 
directorships become vacant, or more broadly when the Board 
of Directors wishes to expand or modify its composition, the 
Governance & Remuneration Committee documents and ranks 
the selection criteria for potential candidates, taking into account 
of the desired balance and diversity in the Board’s composition. 
The Committee takes into account the diversity policy and the 
objectives defined by the Board of Directors in term of skillset.

Based on these criteria, the Committee steers the search for and 
selection of new directors, where appropriate with the assistance  
of an external consultant, and conducts the necessary verifications. 
The members of the Governance & Remunerations Committee then 
interview the candidates and issue a recommendation to the Board 
of Directors.

In preparation of the 2022 Shareholders’ Meeting, the Governance 
& Remunerations Committee focused on furthering the international 
diversification of the Board of Directors and increasing the number 
of women directors, as well as adding digital expertise. A specific 
selection process exists for directors representing employees and 
directors representing employee shareholders, in accordance with 
prevailing regulations.

Succession planning of corporate officer
Succession plans at Schneider Electric correspond to a systematic, 
structured process for identifying and preparing employees with 
potential to fill key organizational positions, should the position 
become vacant. This process applies to all key positions including 
the Chairman & CEO position. Succession plans aim at ensuring a 
continued effective performance of the organization by providing 
for the availability of experienced and capable employees who 
are prepared to assume these roles as they become available. 
Succession plans are necessary processes to reduce risk of 
vacant positions or skill gap transitions, create a pipeline of future 
leaders, ensure full business continuity and improve employee 
motivation and engagement.

The mission of the Governance & Remunerations Committee 
includes preparing for the future of the Company’s executive 
bodies, in particular through the establishment of a succession 
plan for the executive officers. The plan, which is reviewed 
at meetings of the Governance & Remunerations Committee, 
addresses various scenarios:
•  unplanned vacancy due to prohibition, resignation or death; 
•  planned vacancy due to retirement or expiration of term  

of office.

Through its work and discussions, the Committee seeks to  
devise a succession plan that is adaptable to situations arising  
in the short, medium or long term. The Governance & 
Remunerations Committee:
•  provides the Board with progress reports, in particular at 

executive sessions;

•  works closely with the Chairman & Chief Executive Officer  
to (i) ensure the plan is consistent with the Company’s own 
practices and market practices, (ii) ensure high-potential 
internal prospects receive appropriate support and training,  
and (iii) check there is adequate monitoring of key posts likely  
to fall vacant;

•  meets with key executives.

The succession plan is being reviewed and examined in light  
of the wish expressed last year by the Board to separate the  
roles of Chairman & Chief Executive Officer during Mr. Tricoire’s 
current term.

Proposals to the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting  
on the composition of the Board of Directors
Mr. Willy Kissling, member of the Board of Directors for twenty-one 
years, and Mrs. Fleur Pellerin, member of the Board of Directors 
since 2018, have decided not to seek the renewal of their terms  
of office which expire at the closing of this Shareholders’ Meeting. 
The Board of Directors expressed its gratitude to Mr. Willy Kissling’s 
and Mrs. Fleur Pellerin’s dedication to the Board of Directors’ work 
and to their long-term commitment.

As part of the Board’s continuous review of its composition, 
the Board of Directors asked the Governance & Remuneration 
Committee to make some recommendation on the renewal 
of Mrs. Linda Knoll and Mr. Anders Runevad, and search for 
complementary candidates in line with the skillset highlighted  
by its Board skills matrix and the challenges of the Company.

In that respect, the Committee has analyzed Mrs. Linda Knoll’s 
and Mr. Anders Runevad’s situation with regards to their time 
commitment and availability to fulfill their duties. Neither of them 
holds an excessive number of directorships, and their individual 
attendance rates at Board and Committee meetings are high as 
indicated in their biography (see section 4.1.1.2 of this Chapter 
4 of the 2021 Universal Registration Document). The Board also 
assessed their respective contributions to the work of the Board 
and of the Committees to which they belong, and decided that 
keeping them as directors was in the interests of the Company  
and consistent with the targeted composition of the Board as 
identified in the process described above. As a Director,  
Mrs. Linda Knoll brings the Board of Directors experience  
in senior Human Resources executive roles with international 
groups. Mr. Anders Runevad brings to the Board the benefit of  
his experience as the former CEO of Vestas Wind Systems A/S  
and a strong profile on sustainability matters.

The Governance & Remunerations Committee also identified 
the skills that would be necessary to diversify and strengthen 
the Board composition and hired an external recruitment firm 
(Heidrick & Struggles) to search for suitable candidates. Among 
these candidates, the Governance & Remuneration Committee 
preselected a short list and the members of the Committee 
interviewed the short-listed candidates. Following these interviews, 
the Committee recommended a candidate to the Board of Directors, 
Mrs. Nivedita Krishnamurthy Bhagat, also known as Nive Bhagat, 
who, on February 16, 2022, was appointed as an Observer 
with the aim to propose her appointment to the Shareholders’ 
Meeting. Mrs. Nive Bhagat, a British citizen, is currently Global 
Chief Executive Officer for Global Cloud Infrastructure Services of 
Capgemini and a member of its group executive committee. The 
board has analysed her situation with regards to her global time-
commitment and concluded she has sufficient time to dedicate 
and fulfill her role at the Board. She will bring to the Board the 
experience and additional skillset based on her wide-ranging 
finance and business background especially in the field of digital 
and will further add to the gender diversity of the Board of Directors. 
She will also strengthen the profiles of the Schneider Electric Board 
by her excellent knowledge of the Asian market. She will qualify as 
an independent Director with regard to all the criteria set by Article 
9.5 of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code and,  
if appointed, will join the Digital Committee.

286

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

If all proposals submitted to the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting are approved by the Shareholders, the Board of Directors would comprise:

Board member nationality

Board expertise 

Directors

14

Employee Directors

3

Independent Directors*

Average age of Directors

9

(82%)

Women Directors*

45%

57

  Europe (6)
  France (4)
  North America (3)
  Asia (2)

  Public company management (11)
  Corporate finance (11)
  International markets (12)
  Industry knowledge (7)
  Sustainability (3)
  Law, governance, ethics & 

compliance (3)

  Digital & technology (4)
  Accounting, audit & risk (5)
  Employee perspective knowledge 

of the Group (4)

4.

*  Excluding the Director representing the employee shareholders and the Directors representing the employees.

All these considerations conducted the Board to renew  
Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire’s office as Chairman & CEO further to  
his reappointment as a Director by the Annual General Meeting  
held on April 28, 2021 where 94.92% of the shareholders supported 
his re-election.

The Chairman & Chief Executive Officer represents the Company 
in its dealings with third parties. He is vested with the broadest 
authority to act in any and all circumstances in the name and 
on behalf of the Company. He exercises this authority within the 
limits of the corporate purpose, except for those matters that are 
reserved by law expressly to the Annual Shareholders’ Meetings  
or the Board of Directors.

In addition, the internal regulations of the Board of Directors 
provide that the Chairman & Chief Executive Officer must submit 
for approval to the Board any acquisition transactions or disposal  
of assets amounting to more than €250 million as well as any 
strategic partnership agreement.

4.1.2  Organizational and 
operating procedures of the 
Board of Directors

4.1.2.1  Governance structure

The Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
The Company is a European company with a Board of Directors. 
The functions of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer are 
carried out by Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire, who was appointed 
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer on April 25, 2013 and renewed 
on April 25, 2017 and lastly on April 28, 2021.

The performance by Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire of the duties of 
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer seems particularly appropriate 
to the Board of Directors for all the following reasons:

•  The results of the external Board assessment conducted in 

October 2020 and the internal one performed in 2021 that both 
confirmed that (i) all Board members individually support the 
current leadership structure and (ii) the level of transparency 
between management team and the Board of Directors is 
considered as excellent;

•  Jean-Pascal Tricoire’s profile, his excellent track record within 
the Company, his leadership, and his openness to the Board 
members’ recommendations;

•  The governance mechanisms in place to safeguard the balance 
of power between the Board and the management (appointment 
of a Lead Independent Director with specific powers, high rate 
of independent Directors within the Board (75%), independence 
of the committees mainly chaired by independent Directors, 
executive session proposed systematically at the end of each 
Board meeting);

•  The requirement for the Board to deliberate each year on the 
unification of the functions of Chairman and Chief Executive 
Officer in pursuance of its internal regulations.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

287

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1  Governance Report

Powers and responsibilities of the  
Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director
Article 1 of the internal regulations of the Board of Directors defines 
the duties and missions of the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent 
Director who is mandatorily appointed when the Board decides to 
unify the functions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.  
As such, the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director: 

• 

is informed of major events in the life of the Group within the 
framework of regular contacts and monthly meetings with the 
Chairman, as well as through contacts that he/she can have with 
managers of Schneider Electric and possible visits to the Group’s 
sites he/she can undertake. In addition, he/she can attend all 
meetings of committees of which he/she is not a member;

•  can answer shareholders’ questions or meet them on 

governance issues when it is considered that he/she is the  
most appropriate spokesperson;

•  sets the agenda for Board meetings with the Chairman;
•  chairs the Governance & Remunerations Committee which, 

starting from the evaluation of the functioning of the Board and 
that of the CEO, proposes each year to the Board either the 
continuation or separation of the unified functions of Chairman  
& Chief Executive Officer and, as needed, makes proposals  
for a successor in one or both functions;

•  chairs the “executive sessions”, i.e., meetings of the Board of 

Directors not in the presence of any executive member, namely 
the CEO and Deputy CEO(s), if any;

•  reports to the Chairman on the results of the “executive sessions”;
• 
• 

leads the annual evaluations of the Board of Directors;
informs the Chairman & CEO and the Board of any conflicts  
of interest which could be identified or which may be reported  
to him/her;

•  reports on his/her activities during the Annual Shareholders’ 

Meeting.

It is reminded that at its meeting of February 19, 2020, the Board of 
Directors designated Mr. Fred Kindle, whose biography is provided 
in section 4.1.1.2 of Chapter 4 of the 2021 Universal Registration 
Document to become Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director 
of Schneider Electric SE. In application of Article 10 of the internal 
regulations which prescribes that the Governance & Remunerations 
Committee shall be presided by the Vice-Chairman & Lead 
Independent Director, Mr. Fred Kindle chairs this Committee.

The charter for the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director 
is found in section 4.1.2.4 of Chapter 4 of the 2021 Universal 
Registration Document. As every year, the Vice-Chairman & Lead 
Independent Director, Mr. Fred Kindle, reported on the missions  
he carried out in 2021 in line with his functions (see section 4.1.5  
of Chapter 4 of the 2021 Universal Registration Document).

4.1.2.2  Missions and powers of the  
Board of Directors

Specific powers are vested in the Board of Directors under  
French law and the Company’s Articles of Association as well  
as the Internal Board Regulations.

The Board of Directors
Powers vested by law
•  determine the Group’s strategic directions and ensures their 

implementation, in doing so, the Board shall act in accordance 
with the corporate interest and shall take into account social  
and environmental matters;

•  examine all matters related to the efficient operation of the 
business and make decisions about any and all issues 
concerning the Company, within the limits of the corporate 
purpose, except for those matters which, by law, can only be 
decided on by the shareholders in a Shareholders’ Meeting;
•  approve the corporate and consolidated financial statements;
•  carry out all audits and controls that it deems necessary;
•  authorize any regulated agreements on a preliminary basis;
•  co-opt Directors whenever necessary;
•  determine the method of exercising the senior management  

of the Company;

•  appoint executive Corporate Officers and also remove them 

from office (Chief Executive Officer and Deputy Chief Executive 
Officers, if any), and subject to shareholders’ control, set their 
compensation and the benefits granted to them as well as the 
compensation policy applicable to them;

•  set the Directors’ remuneration within the total maximum amount 
determined by the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting as well as the 
compensation policy applicable to them;

•  call Annual Shareholders’ Meetings and approve all reports 

submitted to shareholders;

•  decide on the use of authorizations granted by the 

Shareholders’ Meetings, more particularly for increasing 
Company capital, buying back the Company’s own shares, 
carrying out employee shareholding transactions, implementing 
Long-Term Incentive Plan through the granting of Performance 
Shares and canceling shares;
•  authorize the issue of bonds;
•  authorize the issue of sureties, endorsements, and guarantees.

Additional powers arising from Articles of Association 
or Internal Board Regulations
•  may appoint a Vice-Chairman;
•  may appoint up to three Board Observers;
•  regularly review, in relation to the strategy it has defined, the 
opportunities and risks, such as financial, legal, operational, 
social and environmental risks, as well as the measures taken 
accordingly;

•  ascertain the implementation of a process aimed at preventing  

and detecting corruption and influence peddling;

•  checks that the executive Corporate Officers implement a policy 
of non-discrimination and diversity, notably with regard to the 
balanced representation of men and women on executive bodies;

•  shall give prior authorization for:

 − all disposals or acquisitions of holdings or assets by the 

Company or by a Group company for a sum of more than  
€250 million,

 − concluding any strategic partnership agreement;

•  shall review every year its composition, its organization and its 

mode of operation;

•  shall be consulted prior to acceptance by the Chief Executive 
Officer or Deputy Chief Executive Officers of any corporate 
appointment in a listed company outside the Group;

•  shall be informed about market developments, competitive 

environment and the most important challenges the company 
has to face, including in the area of social and environmental 
responsibility.

288

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

4.1.2.3 Internal regulations and procedures of the Board of Directors

On April 25, 2013, the Board of Directors adopted its own internal regulations. These were later modified on December 11, 2019 to reflect 
the regulatory changes which took place in 2019. These internal regulations include the rules of procedure of the board committees and  
the Directors’ charter as recommended by the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code. The regulations are reproduced hereafter  
and available on the Company’s website, www.se.com.

Article 1 – Method of exercising general management – chairmanship and vice-chairmanship of the 
Board of Directors
A.  Method of exercising general management
1.  General management of the company is under the responsibility of either the chairperson of the Board of Directors, who will then 
go by the title of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, or of another natural person appointed by the Board of Directors going by 
the title of Chief Executive Officer.

2.  The Board of Directors decides between these two methods of exercising general management at the time when the Chairman of 
the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer is appointed or when renewing their terms of office. If the Board of Directors 
has decided to combine the functions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, it will deliberate on this choice every year.

4.

3. 

In order to maintain continuity in the company’s operation if the Chairman serving as CEO leaves his role or is prevented from 
doing so, the Deputy CEO(s) shall take the interim responsibility for general management functions in the company, unless 
otherwise decided by the Board, until such time as a new CEO is appointed. The Vice-Chairman shall temporarily take the  
Chair of the Board of Directors.

B.  Chairperson of the Board of Directors
1.  The Board of Directors shall elect a chairperson amongst its members (“Chairman”). The Chairman shall be appointed for a  
period that can be no longer than his/her term of office as a Director. The Chairman is eligible for re-election. He/she may be 
removed from office by the Board of Directors at any time.

2.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors organizes and manages the Board’s activities, and reports thereon at the Annual General 

Shareholders Meeting.

3.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors sets the agenda and the schedule for Board meetings with assistance from the  

Vice-Chairman Lead Director.

4.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors ensures that the different corporate bodies operate correctly and especially that  

the Directors are in a position to fulfill their mission. The Chairman may request any document or item of information useful  
to enlighten the Board of Directors when preparing its meetings.

C. Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors – Lead Independent Director
1.  The Board of Directors may appoint a Vice-Chairman. The Vice-Chairman shall be appointed for a period that may not be any 
longer than his term of office as a Director. The Vice-Chairman is eligible for re-election. The Vice-Chairman may be removed  
from office by the Board of Directors at any time.

2.  The Vice-Chairman shall preside over Board meetings in the absence of the Chairman.

The Vice-Chairman shall be called upon to replace the Chairman of the Board of Directors in the event of any temporary inability  
of the latter to fulfill his/her functions or in the event of death. In the event of the Chairman’s inability to fulfill his/her functions, he/ 
she will be replaced by the Vice-Chairman as long as his/her inability may last and, in the case of death, until the election of a  
new Chairman.

3. 

In exception to 1 above, and in compliance with Article 12.2 of the Articles of Association, the appointment of a Vice-Chairman  
is compulsory if the roles of Chairman and CEO are combined. In this case, the Vice-Chairman also takes on the role of 
independent Director. In this respect:

•  The Vice-Chairman is kept informed of major events in Group life through regular contacts and monthly meetings with the 

Chairman serving as CEO;

•  The Vice-Chairman is consulted by the Chairman serving as CEO on the agenda and the sequence of events for every Board 

meeting as well as on the schedule for Board meetings;

•  At the end of every Board meeting, the Vice-Chairman convenes executive sessions with non-executive members of the Board of 
Directors, over which he will preside. It is the Vice-Chairman’s responsibility to appreciate for each topic discussed whether the 
employee Directors should leave the meeting till the topic is closed. In addition, the Vice-Chairman may convene an executive 
session between two Board meetings. Any Director may ask the Vice-Chairman to convene additional executive sessions;

•  The Vice-Chairman shall promptly report to the Chairman serving as CEO on the conclusions of executive sessions;
•  The Vice-Chairman shall draw the attention of the Chairman and of the Board of Directors to any possible conflicts of interest 

that he may have identified or which may be reported to him;

•  The Vice-Chairman is the chairperson of the Governance and Remunerations Committee;
•  Like any other member of the Board, the Vice-Chairman may attend any meetings of committees of which he is not a member;

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

289

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1  Governance Report

Article 1 – Method of exercising general management – chairmanship and vice-chairmanship of the 
Board of Directors continued
C. Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors – Lead Independent Director continued

In order to complement his knowledge, the Vice-Chairman may meet the Group’s leading managers and visit company sites;

• 
•  The Vice-Chairman carries out annual assessments of the Board of Directors and, in this context, assesses the actual 

contribution of every member of the Board to the Board’s activities;

•  The Vice-Chairman shall report on his actions at Annual General Shareholders’ Meetings;
•  The Vice-Chairman shall meet any shareholder who wishes so and inform the Board of their concerns on governance matters.

4.  The Vice-Chairman Lead Director must be an independent member of the Board, as defined in accordance with the criteria 

published by the company.

Article 2 – Roles and powers of the Board of Directors
1.  The Board of Directors shall determine company business policies in accordance with its social interest and while considering  
its social and environmental aspects, and ensure that they are implemented. Subject to the powers expressly conferred to  
Annual General Shareholders’ Meetings and within the limit of the corporate purpose, it shall deal with any issue affecting the 
company’s efficient operation and take business decisions within its remit.

The Board regularly reviews, in relation to the strategy it has defined, the opportunities and risks, such as financial, legal, 
operational, social, and environmental risks, as well as the measures taken accordingly. To this end, the Board of Directors 
receives all of the information needed to carry out its task, notably from the executive Corporate Officers (Chief Executive Officer, 
Deputy Chief Executive Officers).

The Board ascertains the implementation of a process aimed at preventing and detecting corruption and influence peddling.  
It receives all of the information required for this purpose.

The Board also checks that the executive Corporate Officers implement a policy of non-discrimination and diversity, notably  
with regard to the balanced representation of men and women on the governing bodies.

2. 

In accordance with legal or statutory provisions, it is the Board of Directors’ responsibility to:

•  Determine the method of exercising general management of the company;
•  Appoint executive Corporate Officers and also remove them from office as well as to set their remuneration and the benefits 

granted to them;

•  Co-opt Directors whenever necessary;
•  Convene Annual General Shareholders’ Meetings;
•  Approve corporate and consolidated accounts;
•  Draw up management reports and reports for Annual General Shareholders’ Meetings;
•  Draw up management planning documents and the corresponding reports;
•  Draw up the corporate governance report as provided for in Article L. 225-37 of the French Commercial Code;
•  Decide on the use of the delegations of authority granted at Annual General Shareholders’ Meetings, more particularly  

for increasing company capital, redeeming the company’s own shares, carrying out employee shareholding operations,  
and cancelling shares;

•  Authorize the issue of bonds;
•  Decide on the handing out of options or restricted/Performance Shares within the limits of authorizations given at Annual 

General Shareholders’ Meetings;

•  Authorize statutory conventions (conventions covered by Article L. 225-38 and following of the Commercial Code);
• 

Implement a process to regularly assess that the rules used to qualify a related party transaction as regulated agreement  
or not, are relevant and effective;

•  Authorize the issue of sureties, endorsements, and guarantees;
•  Decide on the constitution of study committees and designate their members;
•  Decide on the dates for the payment of dividends and any possible down-payments on dividends;
•  Distribute Directors’ remuneration allocated at the Annual General Shareholders’ Meeting amongst members of the  

Board of Directors.

In compliance with the provisions set forth in the Commercial Code, the Board of Directors delegates all powers to the Chairman 
serving as CEO (or the CEO if appropriate):

•  For issuing, with the possibility of sub-delegating, sureties, endorsements, or guarantees within a maximum annual sum  

of 500 million euros, limited per surety, endorsement, or guarantee to:

(i)  EUR150 million for commitment guarantees made by Group subsidiaries for Group financial optimization operations,

(ii)  EUR 250 million for commitment guarantees made by Group subsidiaries, for taking over the company’s commitments 

whenever acquisition operations are made on companies or business activities,

(iii)  EUR 100 million for other guarantees.

The above limits are not applicable to any sureties, endorsements, and guarantees that may be issued with regard to tax or 
customs authorities.

•  For formally recording any increases in capital following conversions of convertible bonds, exercising warrants and stock 

options, as well as subscribing to capital securities or shares giving access to company capital in the context of increases  
in capital reserved for employees and carrying out all prior and subsequent formalities related to any such changes in capital 
and to any modifications to the Articles of Association.

290

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

4.

3.  To enable the Board to exercise its duties as defined in 1 and beyond its specific powers summarized in 2, the Board of Directors:

•  Shall be informed by its Chairman or by its committees of any significant event concerning the company’s efficient operation  

as well as the successful conclusions of any significant projects;

•  Shall give prior authorization for:

 − All disposals or acquisitions of holdings or assets by the company or by a Group company for a sum of more than 

250 million euros,

 − Concluding any strategic partnership agreement;

•  Shall review every year its composition, its organization and its mode of operation;
•  Shall be consulted prior to acceptance by the Chief executive officer or Deputy Chief executive officers of any corporate 

appointment in a listed company outside the Group;

•  Shall be informed about market developments, competitive environment and the most important challenges the company  

has to face, including in the area of social and environmental responsibility.

4.  The activities of the Board of Directors and its committees shall be described in the corporate governance report.

Article 3 – Membership of the Board of Directors
In the proposals it makes and the decisions it takes, the Board of Directors shall ensure:

•  That it reflects the international nature of the Group’s activities and of its shareholders by having a significant number of members  

of non- French nationality;

•  That it protects the independence of the Board through the competence, availability and courage of its members;
•  That it pursues its objective of diversifying the Board of Directors in compliance with the legal principle of attaining balanced 

representation between men and women on the Board;

•  That it appoints persons with the expertise required for developing and implementing the Group strategy while considering the 

objectives of diversity based on criteria such as age, professional skills and experiences;

•  That employee shareholders and employees shall continue to be represented on the Board in compliance with the provisions set 

forth in Articles 11.3 and 11.4 of the Articles of Association;

•  That it preserves the continuity of the Board by changing some of its members at regular intervals, if necessary by anticipating  

the expiry of members’ terms of office.

Article 4 – Meetings of the Board of Directors
1.  The Board of Directors shall meet whenever the interests of the company so require and at the least six times a year, including  

one meeting for examining strategy in detail.

Notices to attend shall be issued by all means, including verbally. They shall be sent via the secretary of the Board.

2.  Board meetings shall be convened by the Chairman or, if such person is unable to do so, by the Vice-Chairman.

Moreover, if no Board meeting takes place for over two months, the Chairman must convene a meeting of the Board at a date  
no later than fifteen days after at least one-third of the members of the Board have made a justified request for this purpose.  
If the request goes unheeded, the person or persons requesting the meeting may convene a meeting himself or themselves, 
stating the agenda of the proposed meeting.

Similarly, the Chief executive officer, if he is not Chairman of the Board of Directors may also address a request to the Chairman  
to convene a meeting on any given agenda.

The person responsible for convening the meeting shall set its agenda. The agenda may be modified or completed at the time  
of the meeting.

Board meetings shall be held at the company’s registered offices or at any other place specified in the notice of the meeting, 
whether in France or abroad.

3.  Any member of the Board may appoint another member to represent him at a Board meeting by means of a proxy form.

During the same meeting, each member of the Board may only use one proxy form that he has received further to the foregoing 
paragraph.

Members of the Board may attend Board meetings by videoconference or telecommunication links, which allow them to be 
identified and which guarantee their effective participation. In such a case, they are counted among the members present 
to the meeting. However, in accordance with applicable laws, for the purposes of checking and controlling annual accounts, 
consolidated accounts and the management report, the members of the Board of Directors who attend the meeting by video 
conference or telecommunication links shall not be taken into account for the purposes of determining the quorum or the majority.

Deliberations of the Board of Directors shall only be valid if at least half of the Directors are present. However, in application of 
Article 15 of the Articles of Association, the Board of Directors may only deliberate validly on the methods for exercising general 
management if two-thirds of the Directors are present or represented.

Decisions shall be taken on a majority vote by the Directors present or represented. In the event of equality of votes, the Chairman 
of the meeting shall have the casting vote.

4.  Besides the secretary of the Board, the Deputy CEO in charge of finance shall attend Board meetings.

The Board of Directors shall hear operational managers concerned by major issues submitted to examination by the Board.

The Board of Directors may authorize persons who are not members of the Board to attend Board meetings including by 
videoconference or by telecommunication links.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

291

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1  Governance Report

Article 4 – Meetings of the Board of Directors continued
5.  An attendance register shall be kept at the registered office.

The proceedings of the Board of Directors shall be recorded in minutes.

The secretary of the Board shall be authorized to certify copies or excerpts from the minutes of the Board’s proceedings.

Article 5 – Information for the Board of Directors
Members of the Board of Directors shall be provided with all the information necessary to enable them to carry out their duties and  
this within time limits that enable them to familiarize themselves with this information in a meaningful way. They may procure any 
documents they require for this purpose prior to meetings.

Any request for information made by members of the Board on specific subjects shall be addressed to the Chairman serving as CEO 
(and, if appropriate, to the CEO), who will reply thereto as promptly as possible.

In order to provide members of the Board of Directors with complete information, visits to sites and customers shall be organized for 
them. Members of the Board of Directors shall have the right to meet the main company executives. They shall inform the Chairman 
serving as CEO (and, if appropriate, the CEO) thereof.

The Chairman serving as CEO shall meet each member of the Board individually once a year.

Article 6 – The status of members of the Board of Directors
1.  Members of the Board of Directors shall represent all the shareholders and shall act in the interests of the company in all 

circumstances.

2.  Members of the Board of Directors shall attend Board meetings and meetings of the committees of which they are members.

Any member, who has not attended at least half of the meetings held during the year, unless there are exceptional reasons,  
shall be deemed to wish to terminate his term of office and shall be invited to resign from the Board of Directors or the committee 
concerned, as appropriate.

3.  Members of the Board of Directors shall be bound by a general confidentiality obligation with respect to the deliberations of 

the Board and the committees and with respect to information which is not in the public domain, which they receive further to 
performing their duties.

4.  Directors may not exercise more than 4 other terms of office in listed companies outside the Group.

5.  Members of the Board of Directors shall have a duty to inform the Board of Directors of any office they may hold or no longer hold 

in other companies.

6.  Members of the Board of Directors have a permanent duty to ensure that their personal situation shall not give rise to a conflict  

of interest with the company. In this respect, they shall disclose:

• 

the existence of any conflict of interest, even a potential one, upon assuming their duties and then each year in response  
to a request made by the company at the time of preparation of its Universal Registration Document;

•  upon occurrence of any event which would render the statement above mentioned totally or partially inaccurate.

Any member of the Board of Directors having a conflict of interest, even a potential one, has a duty to notify it to the Vice-Chairman 
Lead Director who shall in turn inform the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall rule upon the conflict of interest and may 
request to the member(s) of the Board of Directors concerned to correct his/her situation. The member of the Board of Directors 
having a conflict of interest, even a potential one, shall not take part to the discussions nor to the vote of the corresponding 
decision and shall leave the meeting of the Board of Directors when the decision is debated.

7.  During their term of office, members of the Board of Directors, to the exclusion of the Directors representing employees, shall 
possess at least 1,000 shares in Schneider Electric SE. For applying this obligation, except for the 250 shares which must be 
held to comply with Article 11.1 of the Articles of Association, shares held via a company mutual fund essentially invested in the 
company shares can be taken into account. The Schneider Electric shares that they hold shall either be in purely registered 
(nominatif pur) or in managed registered (administré) form.

8.  Members of the Board of Directors shall inform the French financial market authority within three business days from the 

completion of the operation, by e-mail at the following address: https://onde.amf-france.org/RemiseInformationEmetteur/Client/ 
PTRemiseInformationEmetteur.aspx, as well as the secretary of the Board, of any acquisition, sale, subscription or exchange 
concerning shares issued by Schneider Electric SE or any operation on financial instruments linked thereto, conducted on their 
own account or on their behalf.

8A.  Members of the Board of Directors shall provide the secretary of the Board with the list of the persons closely associated with 

them as defined by the European Regulation n°596/2014 (“Market Abuse Regulation”), whom they shall notify of their individual 
duties to inform the French financial market authority and Schneider Electric SE (to the attention of the secretary of the Board), 
similar to those applicable to themselves pursuant to paragraph 8 above.

9.  Members of the Board of Directors undertake to abide by the compliance Code governing stock-market ethics, of which they  

have received a copy, with respect to their personal financial transactions. In consequence, members of the Board of Directors 
may not acquire or dispose of options or any other derivative relating to Schneider Electric SE shares, except authorized hedging 
of stock- options plans in order to hedge stock option plans (e.g., hedging of shares subscribed upon exercise of options).

292

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Members of the Board of Directors shall refrain from carrying out any transaction involving company’s listed shares during the  
31 days before the day following publication of annual or half-yearly accounts, and during the 16-day period before the day 
following publication of quarterly information. The same principle applies when they hold insider information, i.e., precise 
information concerning the company, which has not been made public and which, if it were made public, could have a marked 
impact on share price or on any financial instrument related to them.

10.  Members of the Board of Directors shall attend Annual General Shareholders’ Meetings.

11.  Members of the Board of Directors shall be remunerated by the payment of an annual fixed amount allocated at Annual General 

Shareholders’ Meetings. The said amount will be distributed by the Board of Directors to its members.

The Board of Directors may grant exceptional remuneration for assignments or offices conferred upon Directors.

12.  Travelling expenses, notably including hotel and restaurant expenses, incurred by the members of the Board of Directors in 

relation to the performance of their duties, shall be borne by the company on presentation of supporting documents.

13.  Members of the Board of Directors shall complete the on-boarding programme offered to them at the beginning of their first term.

Article 7 – Non-voting Directors
The non-voting Directors shall attend Board meetings in a consultative capacity.

They shall receive the same information as the other members of the Board. They may be appointed as members of committees, 
except for the Audit Committee.

They shall act in the interest of the company under all circumstances.

They shall be bound by the same general confidentiality obligation as the members of the Board of Directors and shall be subject  
to the same limitations regarding transactions involving the company’s shares. Their remuneration shall be determined by the  
Board of Directors.

4.

Article 8 – The committees of the Board of Directors
1.  The committees created by the Board of Directors shall be as follows:

•  Governance and Remunerations Committee;
•  Audit and Risks Committee;
•  Human Resources and Corporate Social Responsibility Committee;
• 
•  Digital Committee.

Investment Committee;

2.  The role of these committees shall be to research and prepare certain matters to be considered by the Board of Directors.  

They shall make proposals, give recommendations and issue opinions, as appropriate, in their area of competence.

Created by virtue of Article 13 of the Articles of Association, they shall only have a consultative role and shall act under the 
authority of the Board of Directors.

3.  The chairpersons and members of the committees shall be appointed by the Board of Directors. However, the Vice-Chairman 

Lead Director shall preside over the Governance and Remunerations Committee. They shall be appointed in a personal capacity 
and may not be represented.

The terms of office of committee members shall coincide with their terms of office as members of the Board of Directors.  
The terms of office of committee members may be renewed.

As a matter of good governance and to the exclusion of the Governance and Remunerations Committee chaired by the Vice- 
Chairman Lead Director, committee chairs should be rotated and not exceed four-years for a given committee. The Board of Directors 
shall deliberate annually on the chairmanship of the concerned committee whenever such four-year limit is reached or exceeded.

4.  Committees shall meet on the initiative of their chairperson or on request from the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the CEO.

5.  The Chairman serving as CEO or the CEO shall be kept informed of committee meetings. He/she shall be in regular contact  

with committee chairmen.

6.  Committee meetings shall be held at the company’s registered offices or any other place decided upon by the chairperson  
of the committee with an agenda prepared by the latter. If necessary, they may be held by audio or video conference.

Members of the Board of Directors may attend meetings of committees of which they are not a member. Only the members  
of the committee shall take part in the committee’s discussions.

A secretary will prepare the minutes of the meetings, which shall be recorded in an ad hoc register specific to each committee  
by the secretary of the Board.

A report on each committee’s activities shall be given by the committee’s chairperson or one of its members at the next Board 
meeting. Minutes of committee meetings shall be provided for the members of the Board of Directors.

After referring the matter to the Chairman of the Board, every committee may request studies from external consultants.  
Every committee may invite any person of its choice to its meetings, as and when required.

7.  Other than the permanent specialist committees that it has created, the Board of Directors may also decide to set up any ad hoc 

committees for specific operations or assignments.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

293

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1  Governance Report

Article 9 – The Audit and Risks Committee
1.  Membership and operation of the Audit Committee

The Committee shall be comprised of at least three members, two-thirds of whom must be independent members of the Board 
of Directors. At least one of the members must possess special skills concerning matters of finance and accountancy and be 
independent with regard to specified, published criteria.

The Deputy CEO in charge of finance shall act as the Audit Committee’s contact. The head of internal audit shall act as secretary 
to the Audit Committee.

The Committee shall meet at least five times a year. The chairperson of the Committee shall draw up agendas for meetings.

The meetings shall be attended by members of the finance department and of the company’s internal audit department and,  
with respect to meetings devoted to examining accounts, by the statutory auditors. The Committee may invite any person it  
wishes to hear to its meetings. It may also require the CEO to provide any documents it deems to be useful.

Outside the presence of company representatives, the Committee shall regularly hear the statutory auditors and the head  
of the internal audit.

2.  The duties of the Audit Committee

The Audit Committee monitors questions on drawing up and controlling accounting, financial, and extra-financial information.  
It prepares the Board of Directors’ decisions in these domains. It issues recommendations to the Board for the purpose of 
ensuring the integrity of the financial and extra-financial information and gives advices. For this purpose:

• 

It shall prepare for annual and half-yearly accounts to be approved by the Board and therefore, more particularly:
 − Checks the appropriateness and consistency of the accounting methods used for drawing up consolidated and corporate 
accounts, as well as checking that significant operations on Group level have been dealt with appropriately and that rules 
relating to the consolidation perimeter have been complied with;

 − Examines off-balance-sheet risks, including those of a social and environmental nature, and commitments as well as the 

cash situation;

• 

• 

 − Examines the process for drawing up financial and extra-financial information.
It examines the draft annual report, which bears the status of Universal Registration Document and contains the information on 
internal control, the draft half-yearly report and, where applicable, any remarks made by the French Financial Market Authority 
(AMF) concerning these reports, as well as the other key financial information documents.
It handles follow-up on legal control of annual and consolidated accounts made by statutory auditors, notably by examining  
the external audit plan and results of controls made by statutory auditors.

•  After a consultation process, it shall suggest reappointing the existing statutory auditors or appointing new statutory auditors.
It shall check the independence of statutory auditors, especially at the time of examining fees paid by the Group to their firm  
• 
or their network, and by giving prior approval to any missions that are not strictly included in the scope of the statutory audit.
It monitors the efficiency of internal control and risk management systems. For this purpose:
 − It shall examine the organization and resources used for internal audit, as well as its annual work program. It shall receive 
summaries of reports produced on audits on a quarterly basis. However, the chairperson of the Committee shall receive 
these reports in full;

• 

 − The Committee shall examine operational risk-mapping and make sure that measures exist for preventing or minimizing risks;
 − It shall examine how to optimize risk coverage on the basis of reports requested from internal audit;
 − It shall examine Group internal control measures and look into the results of entities’ self-assessments with respect to 
internal control. It shall ensure that a relevant process exists for identifying and processing incidents and anomalies;

 − It shall ascertain the existence of Group compliance policies notably concerning competition, anti-bribery, ethics, and data 

protection and the measures implemented to ensure that these policies are circulated and applied.

The Audit Committee shall examine proposals for distribution as well as the amount of financial authorizations submitted for 
approval at Annual General Shareholders Meetings.

The Audit Committee reports to the Board on the implementation of Schneider Electric SE’s Charter on the related party 
transactions and on the relevance of the criteria to qualify related party transactions as regulated agreements or not.

The Audit Committee shall examine all financial and accounting questions and questions related to risk-management submitted  
to it by the Board of Directors.

The Audit Committee reports to the Board on the findings of its works and how they contributed to the integrity of the financial and 
extra-financial information. It informs the Board of the follow-up actions that it proposes to take. The chairperson of the Audit Committee 
shall keep the Chairman and the Vice-Chairman Lead Director promptly informed of any difficulties encountered by the Committee.

Article 10 – Governance and Remunerations Committee
1.  Membership and operation of the Governance and Remunerations Committee

The Committee shall be comprised of at least three members.

The Governance and Remunerations Committee shall be presided by the Vice-Chairman Lead Director. Failing this, the Board 
shall appoint the chairperson of the Committee.

294

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

The secretary of the Board shall be the secretary of the Governance and Remunerations Committee.

The Committee shall meet at the initiative of its chairperson. The agenda shall be drawn up by the chairperson of the Committee 
after consultation with the Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Committee shall meet at least three times a year.

In order to carry out its assignments, the Committee may hear any person it wishes.

2.  The Governance and Remunerations Committee’s duties:

The Committee will formulate proposals to the Board of Directors in view of any appointment made:

(i)  To the Board of Directors:

•  Directors or non-voting Directors,
•  Chairman of the Board of Directors, Vice-Chairman and Vice-Chairman Lead Director,
Chairpersons and members of committees;

(ii)  For general management of the company. The Committee will also give its opinion to the Board on nominations for any Deputy CEOs.

The Committee shall formulate proposals to the Board of Directors on the compensation policy of the executive Corporate Officers 
(Chairman of the Board of Directors and/or CEO, Deputy CEO), ensuring in particular its alignment with the corporate interest. The 
Committee shall prepare annual assessments of the persons concerned and make recommendations to the Board of Directors 
concerning the determination of the components of the compensation due to executive Corporate Officers in accordance with  
the compensation policy. To this end, it uses the works of the Human Resources and CSR Committee.

4.

The Committee shall prepare the draft corporate governance report of the Board of Directors.

When the Committee reports to the Board on these matters, the Board of Directors debates and deliberates without the presence 
of the executive Corporate Officers.

The Committee shall propose measures to the Board of Directors that will reassure both shareholders and the market that the 
Board of Directors carries out its duties with all necessary independence and objectivity. For this purpose, it will organize for 
yearly assessments to be made of the Board of Directors. It shall make proposals to the Board of Directors on:

•  Determining and reviewing Directors’ independence criteria and Directors’ qualifications with regard to these criteria;
•  Missions carried out by the committees of the Board of Directors;
•  The evolution, organization, and operation of the Board of Directors and its committees;
•  The company’s use of national and international corporate governance practices;
•  The total amount of Board members’ remuneration proposed at Annual General Shareholders’ Meetings together with  

its allocation amongst them.

Article 11 – Human Resources and Corporate Social Responsibility Committee
1.  Membership and operation of the Human Resources and Corporate Social Responsibility Committee. 

The Committee shall be comprised of at least three members.

The Director of Human Resources for the Group shall be the secretary to the Human Resources and Corporate Social 
Responsibility Committee.

The Committee shall meet at the initiative of its chairperson. The agenda shall be drawn up by the chairperson of the Committee 
after consultation with the Chairman serving as CEO. The Committee shall meet at least three times a year.

In order to carry out its assignments, the Committee may hear any person it wishes.

2.  The Committee’s duties:

The Committee shall formulate proposals to the Board of Directors on setting up share subscription/purchase options plans  
and free/Performance Shares plans.

The Committee shall formulate projects on proposals made by general management on:

•  Compensation of the members of the Executive Committee;
•  Principles and criteria for determining the compensation of Group executives.

The Committee shall be informed of any nomination of members of the Executive Committee and of the main Group executives.  
It shall examine succession plans for key Group executives.

The Committee shall prepare the Board of Directors’ deliberations on (i) expansion of employee shareholding, (ii) review by the 
Board on social and financial impacts of major re-organization projects and major human resource policies, (iii) monitoring risks 
management in relation to human resources, and (iv) examining the different aspects of the “CSR” Group policy.

Article 12 – Investment Committee
1.  Membership and operation of the Investment Committee

The Committee shall be comprised of at least three members.

The Director of Group Strategy will be secretary to the Investment Committee.

The Committee shall meet at the initiative of its chairperson. The agenda shall be drawn up by the chairperson of the Committee 
after consultation with the Chairman serving as CEO. The Committee shall meet three times a year, less or more depending on  
the circumstances.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

295

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1  Governance Report

Article 12 – Investment Committee continued

In order to carry out its assignments, the Committee may hear any person it wishes and call upon the Group M&A Director.

2.  The Investment Committee’s duties:

The Committee prepares the Board of Directors’ deliberations on investment policy. To this purpose, the Committee:

•  Shall elaborate recommendations for the Board on major capital deployment decisions;
•  Shall advise the management team on capital deployment strategies;
•  May launch, at the Board’s request, or suggest research projects leading to material investments for the company, typically  

for capital deployment decisions of EUR 250 million or above;

•  May investigate matters of smaller scale, if the strategic significance warrants it or the Board/Chairman of the Board specifically 

requires it;

•  Shall provide recommendations on major merger, alliances, and acquisition projects;
•  Shall pay special attention to reconfiguration or consolidation scenarios happening in the sectors the company is operating  

in or likely to operate in;

•  Shall examine portfolio optimizations and divestment projects of financial or strategic significance;
•  Shall support the management in the elaboration of investment policies linked to the long-term positioning of Schneider 

Electric, such as innovation and R&D strategies or any major organic growth investments;

•  Shall present to the Board social and environmental aspects of the strategic projects submitted to it such as M&A projects.

Article 13 – Digital Committee
1.  Membership and operation of the Digital Committee

The Committee shall be comprised of at least 3 members.

The Chief Digital Officer or the Chief Information Officer will be secretary to the Digital Committee.

The Committee shall meet at the initiative of its chairperson. The agenda shall be drawn up by the chairperson of the Committee 
after consulting with the Chairman & CEO. The Committee shall meet at least three times a year, including a joint review on 
cybersecurity risks with the Audit and Risks Committee.

In order to carry out its assignments, the Committee may hear any person it wishes.

2.  The Digital Committee’s duties:

The purpose of the Digital Committee is to assist the Board in digital matters in order to guide, support and control the Group  
in its digitization efforts. The Digital Committee prepares the Board of Directors’ deliberations on digital matters.

For this purpose, the Digital Committee will review, appraise, and follow-up projects and, generally, advise, inter alia on 7 areas:

1.  Development and growth of the EcoStruxure™ digital business, including (i) enhancing Core Businesses with Connectivity  
& Analytics, (ii) building new digital offers & business models, (iii) establishing its contribution to and consistence with the 
overall strategy;

2.  Improvement and transformation of the Group’s Digital Customers & Partners Experience;

3.  Improvement of Schneider Electric’s Operational Efficiency through the effective use of Information Technology and digital 

automation capabilities;

4.  Assessment of cyber risks and enhancement of the Group’s cybersecurity posture (jointly with the Audit Committee);

5.  Assessment of the contribution of potential M&A operations to the Group’s Digital strategy;

6.  Monitoring and analysis of the digital landscape (competitors and disrupters, threats, and opportunities);

7.  Checking that the company is equipped with the right pool of talents for digital transformation.

Article 14 – Perimeter of internal regulations
The present internal regulations have been unanimously approved by the Board of Directors. A purely internal act, their objective  
is to complete the Articles of Association by stipulating the main conditions of organization and operation of the Board of Directors. 
Their purpose is not to replace the Articles of Association. They may not be relied upon by shareholders or third parties for use against 
members of the Board of Directors, the company, or any company in the Schneider Electric Group. They may be modified at any time 
solely by deliberation of the Board of Directors.

296

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

4.1.2.4  Charter of the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director

The Board of Directors adopted the Charter of the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director which is reproduced hereafter and available 
on the Company’s website, se.com.

1.  The Board of Directors may appoint a Vice-Chairman. The Vice-Chairman shall be appointed for a period that may not be any 
longer than his term of office as a Director. The Vice-Chairman is eligible for re-election. The Vice-Chairman may be removed  
from office by the Board of Directors at any time.

2.  The Vice-Chairman shall preside over Board meetings in the absence of the Chairman.

The Vice-Chairman shall be called upon to replace the Chairman of the Board of Directors in the event of any temporary inability  
of the latter to fulfill his functions or his death. In the event of the Chairman’s inability to fulfill his functions, he will be replaced by 
the Vice-Chairman as long as his inability may last and, in the case of his death, until the election of a new Chairman.

3. 

In exception to 1 above, and in compliance with Article 12.2 of the Articles of Association, the appointment of a Vice-Chairman 
is compulsory if the roles of Chairman and CEO are combined. In this case, the Vice-Chairman also takes on the role of Lead 
Independent Director. In this respect:

4.

• 

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

the Vice-Chairman is kept informed of major events in Group life through regular contacts and monthly meetings with the 
Chairman serving as CEO;
the Vice-Chairman is consulted by the Chairman serving as CEO on the agenda and the sequence of events for every Board 
meeting as well as on the schedule for Board meetings;
the Vice-Chairman may convene executive sessions with non-executive members of the Board of Directors, over which he will 
preside. An executive session shall be included on the agenda of every Board meeting. It is the Vice-Chairman’s responsibility 
to decide whether it should be held or not. It is therefore held as decided by the Vice-Chairman, either directly before or after 
each Board meeting. In addition, the Vice-Chairman may convene an executive session between 2 Board meetings. Any 
Director may ask the Vice-Chairman to convene an executive session;
the Vice-Chairman shall promptly report to the Chairman serving as CEO on the conclusions of executive sessions;
the Vice-Chairman shall draw the attention of the Chairman and of the Board of Directors to any possible conflicts of interest 
that he may have identified;
the Vice-Chairman is Chairman of the Governance Committee;
like any other member of the Board, the Vice-Chairman may attend any meetings of committees of which he is not a member;
in order to complement his knowledge, the Vice-Chairman may meet the Group’s leading managers and visit company sites;
the Vice-Chairman carries out annual and biennial assessments of the Board of Directors and, in this context, assesses the 
actual contribution of every member of the Board to the Board’s works;
the Vice-Chairman shall report on his actions at Annual General Shareholders’ Meetings;
the Vice-Chairman shall meet any shareholder who wishes so and inform the Board of their concerns on governance matters.

4.  The Vice-Chairman Lead Director must be an independent member of the Board, as defined in the criteria published by the 

company.

4.1.2.5  Information and training of the 
Board of Directors and its members

Information given to Directors
To ensure that the Board of Directors is well informed at all times, 
Schneider Electric SE applies the following rules: members of the 
Board have access, via a secure dedicated platform, in principle, 
ten days before every Board meeting, to the agenda for the 
meeting and to the draft minutes of the last meeting and, four  
to five days before, to the Board’s file. 

Executive Committee members are invited, depending on 
the subject, to present the major issues within their areas of 
responsibility. Statutory auditors attend the portion of the Board’s 
meetings at which the full year and half year financial statements 
are reviewed.

In addition, each year a Board meeting called “strategy week” 
is held in the form of a seminar and invites key executives of the 
Group to contribute to Board discussions. These seminars also 
enable directors to constantly refine their understanding of the 
challenges facing the Group through themed-based presentations 
and site visits.

Furthermore, the Board organizes a range of specific training 
sessions throughout the year to help directors increase their
knowledge of the Group (through presentations of its ecosystem, 
challenges, businesses and certain of its regions) and its 
competitive environment, as well as recent market disruption  
trends and technological developments. In 2021, four training 
sessions were organized on subjects like Climate change,  
Talents or Supply Chain.

Between each meeting of the Board of Directors, aside from 
meetings that they may have with the Chairman & CEO, Directors 
receive information through relevant financial analysts’ reports,  
and other documents. Board members also have the opportunity  
to meet informally with key members of senior management.

Board of Director dinners are organized in order to offer more 
opportunities to interact with investors, customers, experts, etc. 
These dinners are meant to provide the Board members with 
external views on the Group, to increase their understanding of 
the changes in its business environment, and to gain more insight 
on the needs and motivations of all stakeholders. In 2021, due to 
COVID-19 sanitary crisis and the lockdown in France, only two 
dinners were organized.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

297

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1  Governance Report

On-boarding program of new Directors
A complete on-boarding program is provided to any new Director 
in order to help him/her to get a deep understanding of the 
business, the challenges and priorities of Schneider Electric as well 
as its governance and values. As such, new Directors are offered 
a training and information program on the Group’s strategy and 
businesses designed around a common core which comprises of:

In addition, the Directors representing employees, Mrs. Rita Felix 
and Mr. Bruno Turchet, benefit from a training program compliant 
with legal requirements and approved by the Board of Directors. In 
pursuance of new French regulations coming from law n° 2019-486 
of May 22, 2019 relating to companies’ growth and transformation, 
known as PACTE law, the Director representing the employee 
shareholders, Mrs. Xiaoyun Ma, was offered a tailored training 
session to address her needs.

•  a set of documents including, in particular, the last registration 
document and integrated report, the Company’s Articles of 
Association, the internal regulations of the Board of Directors, 
the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code, the compliance 
Code governing stock- market transactions (see below), the 
minutes of the Board’s and committees’ meetings for the period 
starting from the appointment back to the full year before, 
Directors’ and officers’ liability master policy and the last  
three periodic information letters;

•  a summary relating to the Group organization;
•  working meetings with the Chief Financial Officer and Executive 
Vice-Presidents of Strategy, Energy Management, Industrial 
Automation, and other EVPs as the case may be;

•  a work session with the secretary of the committee(s) he/she  

will join;

• 

•  concerning governance and values: work session with the Vice-
Chairman & Lead Independent Director; the Chief Governance 
Officer, the Secretary of the Board of Directors, as well as with 
the persons in charge of compliance and ethics and sustainable 
development;
to know more about Schneider Electric’s shareholding structure 
and shareholders’ expectations, an interview with the senior 
Vice-President Investors Relations;
training on the use of the secure dedicated platform on which  
all the Board’s files are filed and kept;
the designation of a mentor for any new Director to facilitate his/
her integration;

• 

• 

•  as the case may be, visits to sites which are particularly 

illustrative of Schneider Electric’s activities.

Compliance Code governing stock-market 
transactions
Schneider Electric has adopted a compliance Code governing 
stock-market transactions for members of the Board of Directors 
and Group employees designed to prevent insider trading. Under 
these provisions, both Directors and relevant employees are barred 
from trading in the Company shares and shares in companies for 
which they have inside information that has not yet been made 
public. In addition, they may not trade in Schneider Electric SE 
shares during the 31 days preceding the day following publication 
of the annual and interim financial statements, nor during the 
16 days preceding the day following publication of a quarterly 
update, nor may they engage in any type of speculative trading 
involving Schneider Electric SE shares (including margin trading, 
purchasing, and selling shares in a period of less than four months). 
In addition, in accordance with the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate 
Governance Code, Corporate Officers also undertake not to enter 
into hedges of shares resulting from exercise of options and of 
Performance Shares they are required to hold (see section 4.1.1.5 
of Chapter 4 of the 2021 Universal Registration Document). These 
restrictions supplement the prohibition against hedging unvested 
stock options and Performance Shares during their vesting period.

The compliance Code governing stock-market transactions was 
revised when the European “Market Abuse Regulation” nº 2014/596 
of April 16, 2014 entered into force, and subsequently updated 
in December 2018. The regulation obliges companies to draw up 
insider lists, and market operators to put in place mechanisms 
aimed at preventing and detecting suspicious transactions, 
enabling them to report to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers 
those that seem to them to constitute insider dealing.

4.1.2.6  Self-assessment of the Board of Directors

Pursuant to its internal regulations, Schneider Electric SE’s Board of Directors annually reviews its composition, organization, and 
operations, as well as those of its committees. This yearly assessment is carried out through a written questionnaire sent to Board members 
or an interview with the Board member. The evaluation is conducted under the leadership of the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent 
Director by the Secretary of the Board of Directors. In addition, as per the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code, the Board of 
Directors shall undertake at least once every three years, a formal self-assessment, which may be conducted with the assistance of an 
external consultant.

Internal self-assessment conducted in September and October 2021

An internal assessment was conducted by the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director, who guaranteed the confidentiality of opinions 
expressed, based on (i) a questionnaire answered anonymously by Board members and (ii) another anonymous questionnaire answered  
by Executive Committee members to know better their expectations toward the Board of Directors.

The report was presented and discussed in detail at the Governance & Remunerations Committee on October 25, 2021 and a summary 
report was presented to the Board of Directors on October 26, 2021. The Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director provided individual 
feedback on the assessments of the effective contribution of each Director.

Themes
(i) Membership and dynamics of the Board; (ii) Mission, organization, and operation of the Board; (iii) Works of the committees;  
(iv) On-boarding program of the new members; (v) 2022 top Board priorities; and (vi) Effective contribution of each Director.

298

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Key findings
• 

Involvement and contribution of Board members is perceived as very high. Excellent leadership and contribution of the Chairman & CEO 
who is described as open, engaging, transparent, charismatic, and driven by vision

•  Perfect fit between the Chairman & CEO and the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director who have a strong relationship and is 

considered as very open and truly independent

•  Quality of relations between the Board and the management is unanimously seen as trustful and supportive (everyone feels free to 

express his/her opinion)

•  Board members are satisfied with the agendas, which are well designed and balanced between business, financial, and governance 

topics

•  Social and environmental dimensions are systematically taken into account in all discussions with the board
•  All committees operate properly, and their work is satisfactory and useful to the Board decision-making process
•  Overall, the on-boarding program is considered as very valuable by all the new Board members
•  The one-to-one meetings between Board members and Executive Committee members are perceived as very valuable and useful.

Areas for improvement
•  Majority of Board members considers that the span of skills brought to the Board is adequate but could be reinforced in Digital  

4.

and Software and in Asian market knowledge

•  Progress could be made by dedicating more time on competitive landscape or R&D expenses (investment and KPIs measurement) 
•  Possibly a little bit more time during the meeting should be devoted to debate vs. presentation
• 
•  Rhythm of interactions between Board members and Executive Committee members could be increased.

Information should be provided more in advance of Board meetings and could be more synthetic

4.1.3  Board activities

The Board held seven meetings in 2021 (versus. twelve in 2020 due to the COVID-19). The meetings lasted six hours and twenty minutes on 
average with an average participation rate of Directors of 97% (same as in 2020). Thirteen Directors have an attendance rate of 100% and 
none have an attendance rate less than 71.5% as shown in the table summarizing the Directors’ individual attendance at Board meetings.  
All absences were legitimate and excused.

The Board of Directors devoted most of its activities to the Company’s business, strategy, and corporate governance as detailed below:

Business and financial results

•  review and approval of the 2020 financial statements based on the Audit & Risks Committee’s report and the report by the statutory 

auditors, who were present at the meeting;

information, at each meeting, on the business situation;

•  review and approval of the financial statements for the first half of 2021;
•  review of the first and third quarterly results and reports prepared by the senior management;
•  review of the Group’s 2021 guidance set in February and of the new guidance issued in April and July 2021;
•  proposal to the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting that the dividend be set at €2.60 per share;
• 
•  review of the Audit & Risks Committee’s report on the works of the Group’s internal audit and internal control teams;
•  review of the 2021 risk matrix, the framework design and the deployment status of the Enterprise Risk Management;
•  selection of the statutory auditors;
•  review of the Group “Ethics & Compliance System”;
•  monitoring of the implementation of the share buyback;
•  review of the liquidity;
•  authorization of the CEO to issue of sureties, endorsements, and guarantees.

Strategy

• 

thorough review of the Group strategy, as every year, as part of a meeting of four days named “Strategy session”, held physically  
and remotely from August 30 to September 2, 2021, specifically dedicated to the topic;

•  review, during this Strategy session, on an in-depth strategy analysis of North America, India, software strategy;
•  authorization or review of external growth operations (such as Uplight, Qmerit)
•  review of the portfolio;
• 

information about moves and changes concerning competitors of Schneider Electric.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

299

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1  Governance Report

Corporate governance & Sustainability

•  deliberation on the composition of its membership and that of its committees and the principle of balanced representation of men and women;
•  deliberation on whether to maintain the unification of the functions of Chairman & CEO;
•  deliberation, at its meeting of October 26, 2021, on its self assessment;
•  deliberation on and review of the principles and criteria relating to the compensation of the Corporate Officers and approval of the 

• 

compensation and benefits of all types that may be or have been granted;
information on the meetings with major shareholders conducted by the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director on governance 
topics;
information on the salary review of members of the Executive Committee;

• 
•  review of the Group’s Diversity & Inclusion program;
•  decision on the implementation of the 2021 Long-term incentive plan;
•  recorded the calculation of the level of achievement of performance conditions applicable to Performance Share plans n° 30, 31, 31bis, 

32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, and 37bis;

•  decision of capital increases reserved for employees;
•  reviewed the CSR strategy, results of the Schneider Sustanability Impacts 2018-2020 and targets of the Schneider Sustanability Impacts 

2021-2025 ;

•  review of the opportunity to introduce a Say on Climate;
•  approval of the corporate governance report as provided for in Article L. 225-37 of the French Commercial Code;
•  approval of the management report as provided for in Article L. 225-100 of the French Commercial Code;
•  review of the regulated agreements and commitments;
•  review of the assessment process relating to the qualification of the related party agreements as “current” or “regulated”;
• 

thorough review, as every year, of the succession planning of the Corporate Officers and top management.

2021 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

The Board approved the agenda and draft resolutions of the 2021 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, and its report to the shareholders at the 
meeting. It was informed of the positions expressed by the shareholders met during the preparation of the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting 
and took note of the proxy-advisors’ reports. It approved the responses to the written questions.

Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, and in order to protect all shareholders, guests, and organizers, the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting was 
held behind closed doors, without the physical attendance of shareholders and other persons entitled to attend, in pursuance of the order 
n° 2020-321 of March 25, 2020 (as extended and amended by governmental order n° 2020-1497 of December 2, 2020), and governmental 
decree n° 2020-418 of April 10, 2020 (as extended and amended by governmental decrees n° 2020-1614 of December 18, 2020 and n° 2021-
255 of March 9, 2021), at the Company’s headquarters. It approved all resolutions supported by the management, including those relating to 
the composition of the Board of Directors, the compensation of the Corporate Officers, and the renewal of financial authorizations.

In application of the provisions of Article 1.C.3 of the internal regulations, the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director convenes 
executive sessions of the Board of Directors (without the Corporate Officers) at the end of each Board meeting. In 2021, the Board of 
Directors held five “executive sessions”, vs. three in 2020.

In addition, when the Board debated and determined the compensation of the Chairman & CEO, the interested party was not present,  
as prescribed by Article 10.2 of the internal regulations, unless solicited to provide information on specific issues.

4.1.4 Operating procedures and activities of the Board committees

In its internal regulations, the Board defined the functions, missions, and resources of its five study committees: the Audit & Risks Committee, 
the Governance & Remunerations Committee, the Human Resources & CSR Committee, the Investment Committee, and the Digital Committee.

Committee members are appointed by the Board of Directors on the proposal of the Governance & Remunerations Committee. Committees 
may open their meetings to the other Board members.

The Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director may attend any meetings of committees of which he is not a member. The committees may 
commission research from external consultants after having consulted with the Chairman of the Board of Directors. They may invite anybody 
they wish to meetings, as necessary. Secretaries of the Board committees organize and prepare the work of the committees. They draft the 
minutes for the meetings of the committees which, after their approval, are sent to all members of the Board of Directors. The secretaries of  
the committees are members of Group management teams and specialists in the subject matters of each committee.

300

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

4.1.4.1  Audit & Risks Committee

The members, operating procedures, and responsibilities of the Audit & Risks Committee are compliant with the recommendations 
included in the Audit & Risks Committee final report as updated by the AMF in July 2010.

6 

meetings in 2021*

5 

members

80% 

of independent Directors

100% 

average attendance rate

Composition as of December 31, 2021

The internal regulations and 
procedures of the Board of 
Directors stipulate that the  
Audit & Risks Committee must 
have at least three members.

•  Cécile Cabanis

Chairwoman

•  Willy Kissling

•  Jill Lee

Member

Member

Independent

Non-independent

Independent

4.

Two-thirds of the members must 
be independent and at least one 
must have in-depth knowledge of 
accounting standards combined 
with hands-on experience in 
applying current accounting 
standards and producing  
financial statements.

•  Anna Ohlsson-Leijon

Member since April 28, 2021

Independent

•  Fleur Pellerin

Member

Independent

As demonstrated by their career records, summarized in section 4.1.1.2 of the 2021 Universal 
Registration Document the Audit & Risks Committee members all have recognized expertise 
in finance, economics, and accounting. In addition to their in-depth financial and accounting 
knowledge, Mrs. Cécile Cabanis also brings her extensive knowledge of the challenges of a 
major French group in the CAC 40, Mr. Willy Kissling his knowledge of the building industry and 
Schneider Electric, Mrs. Jill Lee an in-depth knowledge of Schneider Electric’s activities and of 
the Asian markets, Mrs. Anna Ohlsson-Leijon her professional experience and skills based on 
her wide-ranging finance and business background, and Mrs. Fleur Pellerin her economic and 
financial skills in the field of technologies.

Changes in the composition in 2021

•  Chairpersonship: Mrs. Jill Lee was appointed as Chairwoman of the Committee as from January 1st, 2022 in replacement  

of Cécile Cabanis who remains member of the Committee.

•  Membership: following her appointment as a Director by the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting of April 28, 2021,  

Mrs. Anna Ohlsson-Leijon was appointed as a member of the Committee.

Individual attendance rate in 2021

•  Cécile Cabanis 100%
•  Willy Kissling 100%

Operating procedures

•  The Committee meets at the initiative of its Chairperson  

or at the request of the Chairman & CEO.

•  At least five meetings are held during the year.
•  The Head of Internal Audit is the secretary of the Audit & 

Risks Committee.

•  The Committee may invite any person it wishes to hear to  

its meetings.

•  The statutory auditors attend meetings at which financial 
statements are reviewed and, depending on the agenda,  
all or some of the other meetings.

•  Jill Lee 100%
•  Anna Ohlsson-Leijon 100%
•  Fleur Pellerin 100%

• 

It may also require the CEO to provide any documents  
it deems to be useful.
It may also commission studies from external consultants.
• 
•  The Committee presents its findings and recommendations 

to the Board. The Chairperson of the Audit & Risks 
Committee keeps the Chairman & CEO and the Vice-
Chairman & Lead Independent Director promptly informed  
of any difficulties encountered.

* 

Including the joint meeting with the Digital Committee relating to cybersecurity risk review.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

301

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1  Governance Report

Responsibilities
The Audit & Risks Committee is responsible for preparing the work of the Board of Directors by making recommendations on financial, 
extra-financial, accounting, internal control, internal audit, compliance, and risk management issues. Accordingly, its missions are as 
follows:

Items

Details of missions

Preparation for the 
annual and interim 
financial statements to be 
approved by the Board

•  To check the appropriateness and consistency of the accounting methods used for drawing up 

consolidated and corporate accounts, as well as to check that significant operations on Group level 
have been dealt with appropriately and that rules relating to the scope of consolidation have been 
complied with

•  To examine off-balance sheet risks (including those of a social and environmental nature) and 

commitments as well as the cash situation

•  To examine the process for drawing up financial and extra-financial information
•  To review the Universal Registration Document as well as the reports on the interim financial 

statements and other main financial documents

Issues related to statutory 
auditors

•  To make recommendations concerning the appointment or reappointment of the statutory auditors
•  To handle follow-up on legal control of consolidated and statutory accounts made by statutory auditors, 

Following-up on the 
efficiency of internal 
control, risk management 
systems, and compliance 
program

notably by examining the external audit plan and results of controls made by statutory auditors
•  To verify the auditors’ independence, in particular by reviewing fees paid by the Group to their firm 

and network and by giving prior approval for assignments that are not strictly included in the scope  
of the statutory audit

•  To examine the organization and resources used for internal audit, as well as its annual work 
program; to receive a quarterly summary report on the findings of the audits carried out

•  To review operational risks mapping and its year-on-year evolution; to ensure procedures are 

implemented to prevent and reduce them

•  To review risk mitigation and coverage optimization
•  To review the rollout of the Group’s internal control system and to acknowledge the outcome of 

entities’ self-assessment regarding internal control; to ensure that procedures are implemented  
to identify and handle anomalies

•  To ascertain the existence of Group compliance policies notably concerning competition, anti-

bribery, ethics and data protection, and the measures implemented to ensure that these policies  
are circulated and applied

•  To report to the Board on the implementation of Schneider Electric SE’s charter on related party 

transactions and on the relevance of the criteria to qualify related party transactions as regulated 
agreements or not

•  To examine all financial, accounting, and extra-financial questions and questions related to risk 

management, including those of a social and environmental nature, submitted to it by the Board  
of Directors

Activity in 2021
The Audit & Risks Committee reported on its work at the Board’s meetings of February 10, July 29, September 2, and  
December 15, 2021.

Items

Details of missions

Financial statement 
and financial 
disclosures

Internal audit, 
internal control,  
risk management, 
and compliance

Statutory auditors

•  Review of the annual and interim financial statements and of the reports on the financial statements
•  Review of goodwill, the Group’s tax position, provisions and pension obligations, or similar obligations
•  Review of investor relations’ documents concerning the annual and interim financial statements
•  Review of the Group’s scope of consolidation
•  Review of pension commitments

•  Review of the risk mapping
•  Review of the 2022 audit and control missions plan
•  Review of the main internal audits performed in 2021
•  Review of risks covered by insurance
•  Status report on the Enterprise Risk Management System
•  Review the Ethics and Compliance program
•  Update on the “duty of care” program and human rights-related topics
•  Cybersecurity risk review (jointly with the Digital Committee)
•  Review of the management report
•  Review of the main litigations

•  Review of the fees paid to the statutory auditors and to their networks
•  Review of the 2022 external audit program
•  Selection of the external statutory auditors

Corporate 
governance

•  Recommended dividend for 2021
•  Review of the financial authorizations and proposition for their renewal by the Annual Shareholders’ 

Meeting of April 28, 2021

302

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

4.1.4.2  Governance & Remunerations Committee

7 

meetings in 2021*

6 

members

67% 

of independent Directors

94% 

average attendance rate

Composition as of December 31, 2021

The Board of Directors’ internal 
regulations and procedures 
provide that the Governance & 
Remunerations Committee must 
have at least three members.

•  Fred Kindle

•  Léo Apotheker

•  Willy Kissling

•  Linda Knoll

Chairman

Member

Member

Member

Independent

Non-independent

Non-independent

Independent

4.

It is chaired by the Vice-Chairman 
& Lead Independent Director.

•  Anders Runevad

Member since February 10, 2021

Independent

•  Greg Spierkel

Member

Independent

Changes in the composition in 2021

•  Chairpersonship: no change.
•  Membership: Mr. Anders Runevad was appointed as a member of the Committee on February 10, 2021.

Individual attendance rate in 2021

•  Fred Kindle 100%
•  Léo Apotheker 100%
•  Willy Kissling 100%

Operating procedures

•  Linda Knoll 83%
•  Anders Runevad 80%
•  Greg Spierkel 100%

•  The Committee is chaired by the Vice-Chairman & Lead 

Independent Director.

•  The Committee shall meet at least three times a year.
•  The Committee may seek advice from any person it feels  

•  The Committee meets at the initiative of its Chairperson  

will help it with its work.

or at the request of the Chairman & CEO.

•  The Secretary of the Board of Directors is the secretary  

•  The agenda is drawn up by the Chairperson, after consulting 

of the Committee.

with the Chairman & CEO.

Responsibilities

Items

Details of missions

Appointments

•  To formulate proposals to the Board of Directors in view of any appointment made:

(i)  within the Board of Directors as a Director or Observer, Chairman of the Board of Directors, Vice-
Chairman or Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director, chairperson, or committee member

(ii) at the Company’s senior management; particularly, to advise the Board on proposals for the 

appointment of any Corporate Officer

•  To formulate proposals to the Board of Directors on the compensation policy of executive Corporate 

Officers (Chairman of the Board of Directors and/or CEO, and Deputy CEOs if any) and of the  
Board members

•  To make recommendations to the Board of Directors concerning the determination of the components 

of the compensation due to executive Corporate Officers in accordance with the compensation 
policy approved by the shareholders and based on the contribution of the concerned persons  
to the performance of the Group

•  To organize for yearly assessments to be made of the Board of Directors
•  To make proposals to the Board of Directors on:

 − determining and reviewing Directors’ independence criteria and Directors’ qualifications with 

regard to these criteria

 − missions carried out by the committees of the Board of Directors
 − the evolution of the organization and mode of operation of the Board of Directors
 − the application by the Company of national and international corporate governance practices
 − the total amount of Board members’ remuneration proposed to the Annual Shareholders’ Meetings 

together with its allocation rules

 − the compensation of the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director

Compensation of 
Corporate Officers

Missions aiming at 
reassuring both
shareholders and 
the market that the 
Board of Directors 
carries out its duties 
with all necessary 
independence and 
objectivity

* 

Including the joint meeting with the Human Resources & CSR Committee relating to the 2022 - 2025 Long-term incentive plan of the Corporate Officer.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

303

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1  Governance Report

Activity in 2021
The Governance & Remunerations Committee reported on its work at the Board’s meetings of February 10, April 27, July 29,  
October 26, and December 15, 2021.

Items

Details of missions

Proposals to the Board  
of Directors

•  Composition of the Board of Directors and its committees
•  Status of the members of the Board with regard to independence criteria
•  Mode of exercising the functions of Chairman and CEO
•  Compensation of Corporate Officers (amount and structure of 2021 compensation, 2021 objectives 
and level of achievement of 2020 objectives) and allocation to them of performance shares as part  
of the Long-term incentive plan

•  Definition of the criteria for short-term (STIP) and long-term (LTIP) compensation of Corporate 

Officers (jointly with the Human Resources & CSR Committee)

•  Presentation of “Say on Pay” 2020 and the principles and criteria proposed for 2021 to the Annual 

Shareholders’ Meeting
•  Directors’ remuneration
•  Training program of the Directors representing the employees for 2021
•  Opportunity to introduce a Say on climate

Reports to the Board  
of Directors

•  Review of the succession plan for the Chairman & CEO
•  Draft corporate governance report of the Board of Directors

Self-assessment of the 
Board of Directors

Shareholder engagement

•  Leading of the self-assessment of the Board of Directors

•  Reporting on the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director’s meetings with governance analysts 
within the main shareholders: 24 meetings were held, covering about 35% of the share capital.  
These meetings reflect the importance given by the Company to dialogue and the direct commitment 
of Directors towards shareholders (see “Report of the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director  
of the Board of Directors”, section 4.1.5 of Chapter 4 of this Universal Registration Document)

4.1.4.3  Human Resources & CSR Committee

4 

meetings in 2021*

6 

members

75% 

of independent Directors**

100% 

average attendance rate

Composition as of December 31, 2021

The Board of Directors’ internal 
regulations and procedures 
provide that the Human  
Resources & CSR Committee  
must have at least three members.

•  Linda Knoll

•  Rita Felix

•  Willy Kissling

•  Xiaoyun Ma

•  Fleur Pellerin

•  Anders Runevad

Chairwoman

Member

Member

Member

Member

Member

Independent

Employee Director

Non-independent

Employee Director

Independent

Independent

Changes in the composition in 2021

•  Chairmanship: no change.
•  Membership: no change.

Individual attendance rate in 2021

•  Linda Knoll 100%
•  Rita Felix 100%
•  Willy Kissling 100%

Operating procedures

•  Xiaoyun Ma 100%
•  Fleur Pellerin 100%
•  Anders Runevad 100%

•  The Committee meets at the initiative of its Chairperson  

or at the request of the Chairman & CEO.

•  The Committee shall meet at least three times a year.
•  The Committee may seek advice from any person it feels  

•  The agenda is drawn up by the Chairperson, after consulting 

will help it with its work.

with the Chairman & CEO.

•  The Chief Human Resources Officer, Mrs. Charise Le,  

is the secretary of the Committee.

Including the joint meeting with the Governance & Remunerations Committee relating to the 2022 – 2025 Long-term incentive plan of the Corporate Officer.

* 
**  Employee Directors excluded as prescribed by the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code.

304

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Responsibilities

Items

Details of missions

Employee shareholding 
schemes and share 
allocation plans

•  To formulate proposals to the Board of Directors on the implementation of employee shareholding 
schemes and allocation of free or Performance Shares, and on the volume of shares granted to all  
of the eligible Corporate Officers, including executive Corporate Officer(s)

Compensation of 
Group managers

Succession plan 
for key Group 
executives

Human resources 
and CSR policy

•  To formulate projects on proposals made by general management on:

 − compensation for members of the Executive Committee
 − principles and conditions for determining the compensation of Group executives
 − pay-equity ratio

•  To examine succession plans for key Group executives
•  The Committee shall be informed of any nomination of members of the Executive Committee and  

of main Group executives

•  To prepare for the Board of Directors’ deliberations on:

 − employee shareholding development
 − reviews made by the Board on social and financial impacts of major re-organization projects  

and major human resources policies

 − monitoring management of risks related to human resources
 − examining the different aspects of the Group’s CSR policy
 − diversity and inclusion policy, including the policy on the equal treatment of men and women

4.

Activity in 2021
The Human Resources & CSR Committee reported on its work at the Board’s meetings of February 10, October 26, and  
December 15, 2021.

Items

Details of missions

Proposals to the Board of 
Directors

•  2021 annual Long-term incentive plan and implementation of specific Performance Share plans  

to support the recruitment and the retention policy

Reports to the Board 
of Directors

•  Definition of the criteria for short-term (STIP) and long-term (LTIP) compensation of top managers  

and executive Corporate Officers (jointly with the Governance & Remunerations Committee)

•  Review of the compensation, performance, and succession plans of Executive Committee members
•  2022 Long-term incentive plan
•  Review of equal opportunity, gender pay equity, and diversity & inclusion policy
•  Review of the CSR strategy and performance and of the Group’s positioning vs. its peers

4.1.4.4  Investment Committee

3 

meetings in 2021

6 

members

Composition as of December 31, 2021

80% 

of independent Directors*

89% 

average attendance rate

The Board of Directors’ internal 
regulations and procedures 
provide that the Investment 
Committee must have at least 
three members.

•  Léo Apotheker

Chairman

Non-independent

•  Fred Kindle

•  Anders Runevad

•  Greg Spierkel

•  Lip-Bu Tan

Member

Member

Member

Member

Independent

Independent

Independent

Independent

•  Bruno Turchet

Member since April 28, 2021

Employee Director

Changes in the composition in 2021

•  Chairmanship: no change.
•  Membership: Mrs. Xiaoyun Ma left the Committee following her appointment as a member of the Digital Committee.  

Mr. Bruno Turchet was appointed as a member of the Committee with effect on April 28, 2021 in replacement of Mr. Patrick Montier.

*  Employee Directors excluded as prescribed by the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

305

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1  Governance Report

Individual attendance rate in 2021

•  Léo Apotheker 100%
•  Fred Kindle 67%
•  Anders Runevad 67%

Operating procedures

•  Greg Spierkel 100%
•  Lip-Bu Tan 100%
•  Bruno Turchet 100%

•  The Committee meets at the initiative of its Chairperson  

•  The Committee shall meet three times a year, less or more 

or at the request of the Chairman & CEO.

•  The agenda is drawn up by the Chairperson, after consulting 

• 

with the Chairman & CEO.

depending on the circumstances.
In order to carry out its assignments, the committee may  
hear any person it wishes and call upon the Chief Strategy  
& Sustainability Officer.

•  The Chief Strategy & Sustainability Officer, Mr. Olivier Blum,  

is the secretary of the Committee.

Responsibilities

Items

Details of missions

Preparation of the Board 
of Directors’ deliberations 
on investment policy

•  The Committee:

 − Elaborates recommendations for the Board on major capital deployment decisions
 − Advises the management team on capital deployment strategies
 − Launches, at the Board’s request, or suggests research projects leading to material investments 

for the Company, typically for capital deployment decisions of EUR 250 million or above
 − Investigates matters of smaller scale, if the strategic significance warrants it or the Board/ 

Chairman of the Board specifically requires it

 − Provides recommendations on major merger, alliances, and acquisition projects
 − Pays special attention to reconfiguration or consolidation scenarios happening in the sectors  

the Company is operating in or likely to operate in

 − Examines portfolio optimizations and divestment projects of financial or strategic significance
 − Supports the management in the elaboration of investment policies linked to the long-term 

positioning of Schneider Electric, such as innovation and R&D strategies or any major organic 
growth investments

 − Presents to the Board, social and environmental aspects of the strategic projects submitted  

to it such as M&A projects

Activity in 2021
The Investment Committee reported on its work at the Board’s meetings of February 10, July 29, and December 15, 2021 and during 
the Strategy session.

Items

Details of missions

Proposals to the Board of 
Directors

•  Follow-up of investment projects and opportunities
•  Strategic minority investment in Uplight
•  Acquisition of Qmerit, squeeze-out of RIB’s minority shareholders and merger with IGE+XAO
•  Portfolio review

4.1.4.5  Digital Committee

5 

meetings in 2021*

5 

members

Composition as of December 31, 2021

75% 

of independent Directors**

100% 

average attendance rate

The Board of Directors’ internal 
regulations and procedures 
provide that the Digital Committee 
must have at least three members.

•  Greg Spierkel

•  Léo Apotheker

•  Xiaoyun Ma

•  Fleur Pellerin

•  Lip-Bu Tan

Chairman

Member

Independent

Non-independent

Member since February 10, 2021

Employee Director

Member

Member

Independent

Independent

* 
Including the joint meeting with the Audit & Risks Committee relating to cybersecurity risk review.
**  Employee Directors excluded as prescribed by the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code.

306

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Changes in the composition in 2021

•  Chairmanship: no change.
•  Membership: Mrs. Xiaoyun Ma was appointed as a member of the Committee on February 10, 2021.

Individual attendance rate in 2021

•  Greg Spierkel 100%
•  Léo Apotheker 100%
•  Xiaoyun Ma 100%

Operating procedures

•  Fleur Pellerin 100%
•  Lip-Bu Tan 100%

•  The Committee meets at the initiative of its Chairperson  

•  The Committee shall meet at least three times a year, 

or at the request of the Chairman & CEO.

•  The agenda is drawn up by the Chairperson, after consulting 

with the Chairman & CEO.

including the joint review of cybersecurity risks with the  
Audit & Risks Committee.
In order to carry out its assignments, the Committee may 
hear any person it wishes.

• 

•  The Chief Digital Officer, Mr. Peter Weckesser, is the 

secretary of the Committee.

4.

Responsibilities

Items

Details of missions

•  To assist the Board in 
digital matters in order 
to guide, support, and 
control the Group in its 
digitization efforts

•  To prepare the Board of 
Directors’ deliberations 
on digital matters

•  For this purpose, the Digital Committee will review, appraise, and follow-up projects and, generally, 

advise, inter alia on seven areas:
 − Development and growth of the EcoStruxure™ digital business, including (i) enhancing Core 

Businesses with Connectivity & Analytics, (ii) building new digital offers and business models, 
and (iii) establishing its contribution to and consistency with the overall strategy

 − Improvement and transformation of the Group’s Digital Customers & Partners Experience;
 − Improvement of Schneider Electric’s Operational Efficiency through the effective use of 

Information Technology and digital automation capabilities;

 − Assessment of cyber risks and enhancement of the Group’s cybersecurity posture (jointly with  

the Audit & Risks Committee);

 − Assessment of the contribution of potential M&A operations to the Group’s Digital strategy;
 − Monitoring and analysis of the digital landscape (competitors and disrupters, threats, and 

opportunities);

 − Ensuring that the Company is equipped with the right pool of talents for digital transformation.

Activity in 2021
The Digital Committee reported on its work at the Board’s meetings of February 10, July 29, October 26, and December 15, 2021.

Items

Details of missions

Proposals and 
reports to the Board 
of Directors

•  EcoStruxure™ Openness
•  Product Lifecycle Management
•  End to End Digital Customer Experience
•  AI & Scale Program
•  ERP strategy
•  Joint review with the Audit & Risks Committee of the cybersecurity risks
•  General updates on Schneider Digital

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

307

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1  Governance Report

4.1.5  Report of the  
Vice-Chairman & Lead 
Independent Director of  
the Board of Directors

Mr. Fred Kindle hereby reports on the work he carried out in 2021  
as part of his responsibilities as Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent 
Director. He was appointed as Vice-Chairman on April 23, 2020 in 
replacement of Mr. Léo Apotheker.

The Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director is appointed by 
the Board of Directors in pursuance of Article 12 of the Articles of 
Association, which provide for the appointment of a Vice-Chairman 
with the function of a Lead Independent Director if the roles of 
Chairman & CEO are combined. In compliance with Article 12 of 
the Articles of Association, the duties of the Vice-Chairman & Lead 
Independent Director are defined by the internal regulations of the 
Board of Directors. Those internal regulations and the charter for 
the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director can be found on 
section 4.1.2.4 of Chapter 4 of this Universal Registration Document.

Information of the Vice-Chairman & Lead 
Independent Director
To be able to carry out his duties, the Vice-Chairman & Lead 
Independent Director must have excellent knowledge of the Group 
and be particularly well informed about its business performance.

As such, the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director is 
apprised of current events and the performance of the Group 
through weekly exchanges with the Chairman & CEO. He meets 
regularly with members of the Group Executive Committee and 
pursues regular interactions with managers and other employees  
of the Group in various sites of Schneider Electric.

He is continuously kept informed of the evolution of the 
competitive environment, technological breakthroughs, and 
business opportunities. Additionally, he is the Chairperson of the 
Governance & Remunerations Committee and a member of the 
Investment Committee.

Participation in the preparation of the meetings  
of the Board
The Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director participated in 
the preparation for meetings of the Board of Directors. As a result, 
he has participated in all the “pre-Board” meetings. As a matter of 
fact, each meeting of the Board of Directors is preceded by one 
or two pre- Board meetings, in which the Chairman & CEO, the 
Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director, the Chief Financial 
Officer, the Chief Governance Officer, and the Secretary of the 
Board of Directors review the topics and issues addressed by the 
committees, and establish the agenda prepared by the Chairman  
& CEO and the content of the meeting file.

Executive sessions
The Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director chairs the 
executive sessions (i.e., the meetings where Board members meet 
without the presence of the Corporate Officer), convened at the 
end of each Board meeting. The employee Directors are invited  
to attend all executive sessions following meetings of the Board  
at which they are present.

The Board of Directors held five executive sessions in 2021 during 
which its members expressed their views and observations on, 
among others, the Group’s strategic options and the succession 
planning of the Corporate Officer. The Vice-Chairman & Lead 
Independent Director reported the conclusions thereof to the 
Chairman & CEO.

Interaction with shareholders
The Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director is the designated 
contact for the shareholders on matters pertaining to corporate 
governance. He carried out two shareholder engagement 
campaigns in 2021: one before the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting 
to present to those who so wished, the resolutions submitted to 
the shareholders’ approval; the other one, in the fall semester, to 
freely exchange views on topical themes of corporate governance 
that do not materialize in resolutions submitted to the shareholders’ 
approval and thus, are excluded from the usual dialog. On this 
occasion, the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director 
explained to the investors’ representatives the growing importance 
of social and environmental topics at the Board of Directors and 
their reflection in the Corporate Officers’ compensation. Overall, 
these two campaigns comprised 24 face-to-face or phone 
meetings with analysts from a wide range of corporate governance 
cultures and covered around 35% of the share capital. The 
conclusions of these discussions have been reported in detail to 
the Governance & Remunerations Committee and contributed to its 
on-going thought process on governance matters. A report thereon 
was subsequently made to the Board.

Other duties
The Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director conducted the 
annual deliberation of the Board on its composition, organization, 
and operations as well as those of its committees. In 2021, this 
self-assessment was carried out internally. The conclusions of 
this assessment, which highlighted the quest for continuous 
improvement, are presented in section 4.1.2.6 of this Universal 
Registration Document.

The Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director has also had 
frequent contacts with each of the Directors. He ensured that there 
was no conflict of interest within the Board of Directors, which he 
would have been responsible for bringing to the attention of the 
Chairman.

308

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

4.1.6  Senior management

The senior management of Schneider Electric SE consists of the Chairman & Chief Executive Officer supported by the Executive Committee.

The Executive Committee
The operational organization of the senior management of the Group is supported by the Executive Committee, which is chaired by the 
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer. The Executive Committee meets every month to analyze and evaluate the financial performance of  
the Group’s various businesses compared with the budget, strategic developments, and major events affecting the Group.

As of April 1st, 2022, the Executive Committee comprises of the 16 following members. As per its Diversity & Inclusion Policy, Schneider Electric  
pays a lot of attention to the composition of its Executive Committee, in particular to ensure a diversity of culture and gender. Thus, six 
nationalities from three continents are part of the Executive Committee. According to the objective to comprise at least 40% of women,  
the Executive Committee includes 44% of women (vs. 38% previously).

Name of Executive Committee member

Gender

Age

Nationality

Responsibility

4.

Jean-Pascal Tricoire
Gwenaelle Avice-Huet
Laurent Bataille
Olivier Blum
Annette Clayton
Hervé Coureil
Philippe Delorme
Barbara Frei
Charise Le
Chris Leong
Hilary Maxson
Nadège Petit
Luc Rémont
Mourad Tamoud
Peter Weckesser
Zheng Yin

M
F
M
M
F
M
M
F
F
F
F
F
M
M
M
M

58
42
43
51
58
51
51
51
49
54
44
42
52
50
53
50

French
French
French
French
American
French
French
Swiss
Chinese
Malaysian
American
French
French
French
German
Chinese

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
Chief Strategy & Sustainability Officer
Executive Vice-President France Operations
Executive Vice-President Energy Management
Executive Vice-President North America Operations
Chief Governance Officer & Secretary General
Executive Vice-President Europe Operations
Executive Vice-President Industrial Automation
Chief Human Resources Officer
Executive Vice-President Chief Marketing Officer
Chief Financial Officer
Chief Innovation Officer
Executive Vice-President International Operations
Executive Vice-President Global Supply Chain
Chief Digital Officer
Executive Vice-President China Operations

The Business Pulse community
The Business Pulse community includes the Executive Committee members and approximatively 1,000 leaders of Schneider Electric’s main 
functions and business operations respectively. Its responsibilities are to ensure cascading of the Group’s objectives, help ensure rapid, 
responsive decision-making, as well as smooth, efficient implementation of such decisions. The Business Pulse community met digitally  
seven times in total in 2021 to exchange on these matters.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

309

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.1  Governance Report

4.1.7  Regulated agreements  
and commitments

4.1.7.1  Review of the Regulated Agreements 
and Commitments entered into by 
Schneider Electric SE

No agreement were concluded during the year that should 
have required to be approved by the Annual General Meeting in 
accordance with article L. 225-38 of the French Commercial Code.

4.1.7.2  Procedure for assessing agreements 
relating to ordinary business operations 
concluded under normal conditions

The Board of Directors, at its meeting of December 11, 2019, 
established a procedure for regularly assessing whether agreements 
relating to ordinary business operations concluded under normal 
conditions meet these conditions. Any persons directly or indirectly 
concerned by any of these agreements shall not participate in  
its assessment.

The procedure is comprised of two phases:

• 

• 

the assessment of the application of Schneider Electric SE’s 
internal charter for regulated agreements approved by the Board 
of Directors on February 19, 2020, which results in an annual 
business report drawn up jointly by the legal department and the 
Secretary of the Board of Directors. This report is made available 
to the Audit & Risks Committee for preparing the evaluation report 
it draws up for the Board of Directors;
the assessment by the Board of Directors of criteria for qualifying 
agreements relating to ordinary business operations concluded 
under normal conditions which deliberates on the basis of the 
above-mentioned assessment report drawn up by the Audit & 
Risks Committee.

According to this procedure, the Governance & Remunerations 
Committee reviewed at its meeting of December 13, 2021, the 
relevance of criteria for qualifying agreements relating to ordinary 
business operations concluded under normal conditions as defined 
by the procedure and decided not to amend it.

4.1.7.3  Statutory auditors’ report on related 
party agreements

To the Shareholders,

In our capacity as statutory auditors of your Company, we hereby 
present to you our report on related party agreements.

We are required to inform you, on the basis of the information 
provided to us, of the terms and conditions of those agreements 
indicated to us, or that we may have identified in the performance of 
our engagement, as well as the reasons justifying why they benefit 
the Company. We are not required to give our opinion as to whether 
they are beneficial or appropriate or to ascertain the existence of 
other agreements. It is your responsibility, in accordance with Article 
R. 225-31 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce),  
to assess the relevance of these agreements prior to their approval.

We are also required, where applicable, to inform you in  
accordance with Article R. 225-31 of the French Commercial Code 
(Code de commerce) of the continuation of the implementation, 
during the year, of the agreements previously approved by the 
Annual General Meeting.

We performed those procedures which we deemed necessary in 
compliance with professional guidance issued by the French Institute 
of Statutory Auditors (Compagnie Nationale des Commissaires aux 
Comptes) relating to this type of engagement.

Agreements submitted for approval to the  
Annual General Meeting
We hereby inform you that we have not been notified of any 
agreements authorized during the year to be submitted to the Annual 
General Meeting for approval in accordance with Article L. 225-38 of 
the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce). 

Agreements previously approved by the  
Annual General Meeting
We hereby inform you that we have not been notified of any 
agreements previously approved by the Annual General Meeting, 
whose implementation continued during the year.

Paris-La Défense, March 11, 2022 

The Statutory Auditors
French original signed by

MAZARS  
Loïc Wallaert    Mathieu Mougard          Alexandre Resten

             ERNST & YOUNG et Autres

310

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

4.2  Compensation Report

4.2.1  Overview

Throughout 2021, the Board continued to discuss compensation 
policy and approach with many of Schneider Electric’s largest 
shareholders, as well as investor representative bodies. The 
Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent Director met with 24 
investors, representing ~35% of the share capital during two 
shareholders engagement campaigns dedicated to Governance 
and Remuneration topics, one in March ahead of the AGM and one 
in the fall, and reported back to the Governance & Remunerations 
Committee and to the Board thereafter. This dialogue will be 
pursued in 2022 to ensure that the Board takes the feedback  
into account to determine the compensation policy of the  
Corporate Officers.

The compensation paid or granted to the Corporate Officer in 
2020 was approved by more than 87% of our shareholders at the 
2021 Annual General Meeting and the 2021 compensation policy 

Key changes proposed in the Compensation policy

was supported by 81% of the shareholders at the 2021 Annual 
Shareholders’ meeting. The Board listened carefully to some 
comments made by the shareholders during the subsequent 
engagement with the shareholders. No major concerns were 
raised. Institutional shareholders have different guidelines  
and sensitivities which the Board tries to incorporate as much  
as possible.

For 2022, the Board of Directors wishes to maintain the overall 
stability of the compensation policy which demonstratedly 
drives the right behaviours, appears balanced, provides 
market competitive pay, ensures a strong link between pay 
and performance, strong alignment with both employees and 
shareholders, and long-term focus, while at the same time taking 
into account the shareholders’ feedbacks. The Board proposes  
the following changes for 2022:

4.

Stringency of the TSR criterion  
for the LTIP

The vesting for the criterion of TSR compared to a bespoke industry panel of 11 companies would  
be made more stringent, with no vesting at ranks 7 and below in the bespoke peer group. No vesting 
under the median of the group would be allowed.

Disclosure of the targets set for 
the improvement of the adjusted 
Earnings per share criterion for  
the LTIP

Cap of the LTIP granted to the 
Corporate Officer

The Board is also committing to disclose ex-post the targets of improvement of the adjusted  
Earnings per share which will allow shareholders to assess their stringency and the link between  
pay and performance.

The cap of long-term instruments that could be granted to the Corporate Officer was previously 
expressed in number of shares, no more than 60,000 shares. The Board proposes that the cap be now 
expressed as a percentage of his remuneration (fixed and variable short-term compensation at target). 
Notably, the long-term instruments granted to the Corporate Officer, valued in accordance with IFRS 
standards, should not represent a disproportionate percentage of his overall compensation, and should 
be no more than 200% of the combined fixed and short-term variable compensation at target.

Group’s strategic priorities

How the strategy links to the Corporate Officers’ variable compensation

Organic growth

Value for customers

Sustainability

Continuous efficiency

Annual incentive plan

Delivering strong execution and creating value for customers and shareholders every year 
to contribute to Schneider Electric’s long-term success, in line with the financial objectives 
communicated to the market

Group organic  
sales growth 

40%

Group adjusted 
EBITA margin 
improvement

30%

Group cash 
conversion  
rate 

10%

Schneider 
Sustainability  
Impact

20%

Long-term incentive plan

Building an integrated and leading company with strong sustainability focus and attractive 
returns to shareholders

Value & returns to 
shareholders

Adjusted Earnings  
Per Share

Relative Total  
Shareholder Return

Schneider Sustainability 
External & Relative Index

40%

35%

25%

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

311

 
Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.2  Compensation Report

2021 performance highlights

Business performance
2021 was a record year setting foundation for ongoing sustainable growth with all-time high Revenues, Adj. EBITA margin and Net Income.

Revenue

€28.9bn

Cash conversion

87%

Adjusted EBITA (organic)

€4.9bn

Progress on Schneider Sustainability Impact

3.92

Positioning in relation to the Company’s performance 

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer compensation vs. shareholder value creation – share price and enterprise value growth over  
10 years (base 100).

2
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
n
o
d
e
t
s
e
v
n

i

0
0
1
€
f
o
e
u
a
V

l

333

292

131

€108bn

€140

€32bn
€48

m
1
.
4
€

m
7
.
4
€

m
9
.
4
€

m
7
.
4
€

m
9
.
4
€

m
0
.
6
€

m
7
.
5
€

m
8
.
5
€

m
3
.
6
€

m
8
.
4
€

100

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021

   Total Awarded Compensation (salary + actual Annual Incentive + performance shares granted in the year of reference according to IFRS valuation)
   SE share price
   Enterprise value (shares in issue + net debt + minority interests + net pension liability)

Note: LTI grants for 2020 and 2021 are presented “at target”.

Summary of the compensation realized during the year 2021

Jean-Pascal Tricoire, Chairman and CEO (Euros)

1,000,000

Salary

1,990,300

STIP

10,022,858(1)

LTIP

629,578

Other

(1)  LTIP represents realized value of shares vested in 2021 (LTIP 2019).

312

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

4.2.2  Report on the compensation granted or paid during the  
2021 fiscal year (say on pay ex-post)

4.2.2.1  Pillars and principles

The principles and criteria determining the 2021 compensation described in this section were supported by the shareholders at the 
Annual Shareholders’ Meeting on April 28, 2021. They are deemed to constitute the last policy approved by the shareholders in the 
meaning of Article L. 22-10-8 of the French Commercial Code and govern the entirety of the compensation granted by the Group to  
the Corporate Officers until the next policy is approved by the shareholders.

Pillar

How It is reflected in the Group 2021 Compensation Policy

Pay-for-performance

Principle 1: Prevalence of variable components: circa 80% for CEO (at target).
A prevalent part of the Corporate Officer target package shall be variable; the 2021 target package 
thus consists of approximately 80% variable pay component (excluding pension payments).

4.

Chairman and Chief executive officer:  
On target pay mix

Fixed  
18%

Annual 
incentive 23%

Performance shares 
59%

18%

82%

Principle 2: Performance evaluated via economic and measurable criteria.
Performance is evaluated via criteria that are mainly economic (80% of variable cash compensation 
and 75% of multi-year Performance Shares) and measurable, which are selected based on KPIs 
used in the market communication and drivers of the Group’s strategy. All criteria have measurable 
targets approved by the Board at the beginning of the performance period, ensuring targets are 
achievable but demanding.

Principle 3: Financial and Sustainability objectives are fairly balanced  
and distributed between short-term (annual incentive) and medium-term  
(long-term incentive) components.
2021 Annual Incentive (80% financial/  
20% sustainability):
•  40% Group organic sales growth
•  30% Adjusted EBITA margin (organic) 

2021 Long-term incentive (75% financial/  
25% susutainability):
•  40% Adjusted Earning per Share (EPS) 
•  35% Relative Total Shareholder Return
•  25% Schneider Sustainability External &  

improvement

•  10% Group cash conversion rate
•  20% Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI)

Relative Index (SSERI)

Alignment with 
shareholders’  
interests

Principle 4: Significant proportion of the total compensation delivered in shares.
The Corporate Officer’s target package consists of approximately 60% long-term share-based 
compensation, meaning their compensation is subject to the same share price volatility that 
shareholders experience.

Principle 5: Performance conditions aligned to shareholders’ expectations and 
Schneider Electric’s strategic priorities.
Performance criteria were selected from financial indicators that are most representative of Group 
performance and that are closely linked to shareholder value creation. Performance levels required 
to reach targets were set at the beginning of the performance period in line with the objectives 
disclosed to the market at the same time as the results of the previous fiscal year and were 
supplemented by factors that enable the Group to offer a long-term and satisfactory development 
outlook for all stakeholders in the Company’s success.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

313

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.2  Compensation Report

Competitiveness

Principle 6: To benchmark the Corporate Officer’s compensation package  
“at target” in the median range of the Company’s peer group.
Schneider Electric competes for talent in a global marketplace. Most of the Group’s key competitors 
are headquartered outside France. To reflect this, the International Peer group consists of 24 
French, European, and US companies that are comparable to Schneider Electric in size or industry 
sector, or that represent a potential source of recruitment or attrition. Compensation levels for 
Corporate Officer are reviewed annually and benchmarked by reference to the median of this 
peer group to ensure they remain reasonable and appropriately competitive. This benchmarking 
is primarily used to establish a frame of reference for what competitors are paying to comparable 
roles, rather than as the main factor for making compensation decisions.

The 2021 peer group comprises European and US-based companies:
•  Business competitors (in particular, those identified in the Long-term incentive plan as 

performance peers for TSR comparison purposes);

•  Talent competitors for operational and functional roles; and
•  “Acceptance” peers (i.e. similar groups in terms of size, business, or structure).

For 2021, the Board decided to replace Thyssenkrupp by BASF which size and geographical 
markets are more similar to Schneider Electric.

Group 1: 
European 
(Capital Goods)

Group 2: 
European 
(Construction)

ABB 
Atlas Copco 
Legrand 
Siemens  
CNH Industrial

ACS 
Lafarge Holcim 
Saint-Gobain 
Vinci

Group 3: 
European 
(Technology 
Hardware 
& Software)

Dassault 
Systèmes 
Hexagon 
SAP 
TE Connectivity

Group 6: 
US 
(Technology 
Hardware 
& Software)

Autodesk 
PTC

Group 4: 
European 
(Industrial B2B)

Group 5: 
US 
(Capital Goods)

Airbus Group 
Air Liquide 
Bayer 
BASF

Eaton 
Emerson 
Honeywell 
Johnson 
Controls 
Rockwell 
Automation

Principle 7: To reference the CAC 40 third quartile and the Stoxx Europe 50 median.
The Board reviews Corporate Officer’s compensation with reference to the upper quartile of the 
CAC 40 companies and the median of the Stoxx Europe 50 companies, in line with the Group’s 
position within these panels.

Positioning relative to the market benchmarks

Chairman and CEO compensation relative 
to the market benchmarks

CAC40

Company
Peer Group

Stoxx
Europe 50

75%

50%

25%

Compa 
Ratio

l

.

70 116
vs Q3
y
p
r
m
a
a
o
S
C
e
s
a
B

a
t
o
T

l

3rd
quartile 

Median

1st
quartile 

75

85

65

86

vs Median

vs Median

l

y
r
a
a
S
e
s
a
B

.

p
m
o
C

l

a
t
o
T

l

y
r
a
a
S
e
s
a
B

.

p
m
o
C

l

a
t
o
T

Total compensation includes base salary, annual incentive at target, and IFRS value of Performance 
Shares granted during the year.

314

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

4.2.2.2  Chairman & CEO’s compensation in relation to the 2021 fiscal year

At its meeting on February 16, 2022, after examining the suitability and fairness of the outcome of the 2021 compensation policy for the 
Corporate Officer and its alignment with the Group’s performance, upon recommendation of the Governance & Remunerations Committee,  
the Board determined the Corporate Officer’s compensation for 2021 in accordance with the principles and criteria previously approved  
by the shareholders in April 2021 at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting. The outcome is detailed and commented hereinafter along with  
the performance results for each component of the compensation.

Table summarizing the compensation paid or granted to the Chairman and CEO in 2021
The following table summarizes the compensation and benefits awarded or paid to the Chairman and CEO for the fiscal years 2021 and 2020, 
presented on a reported basis in accordance with AFEP-MEDEF guidelines as well as on a realized basis, where performance conditions 
assessment have ended in the reported fiscal year.

Jean-Pascal Tricoire 
Chairman & Chief executive officer

(Euro)

A – CASH COMPENSATION

Fixed compensation
Annual variable compensation(1)
Compensation in relation to the Director’s office
SUBTOTAL (A) (CASH)

B – LONG TERM INCENTIVE

Valuation of the Performance Shares
SUBTOTAL (B) LONG TERM INCENTIVE

C – PENSION CASH BENEFIT

Compensation & benefits  
awarded for fiscal year

Compensation & benefits  
realized in fiscal year

2021

2020

2021

2020

4.

1,000,000
1,990,300
0
2,990,300

875,000
1,048,775
0
1,923,775

1,000,000
1,990,300
0
2,990,300

875,000
1,048,775
0
1,923,775

3,326,329(2)
3,326,329

2,897,700(2)
2,897,700

10,022,858(3)
10,022,858

6,968,935(3)
6,968,935

Complementary payment for pension building (fixed)
Complementary payment for pension building (variable) 
SUBTOTAL (C) PENSION CASH BENEFIT

191,600
381,341
572,941

191,600
229,652
421,252

191,600
381,341
572,941

191,600
229,652
421,252

D – OTHER BENEFITS

Other benefits(4)
SUBTOTAL (D) OTHER BENEFITS

56,637
56,637

36,124
36,124

56,637
56,637

36,124
36,124

TOTAL COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS (A)+(B)+(C)+(D)

6,946,207

5,278,851

13,642,736

9,350,086

(1)  The annual incentive for the fiscal year 2020 was paid in 2021 after approval by the shareholders at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting of April 28, 2021 of the 6th 

resolution relating to the compensation paid, due, or awarded to Jean-Pascal Tricoire in respect of the 2020 fiscal year. Hence, the total compensation in cash actually 
paid in the fiscal year 2021 to Jean-Pascal Tricoire amounts to €2,470,027 (2021 fixed compensation + 2020 annual incentive + fixed portion of pension benefit for 
2021 + variable portion of pension benefit for 2020). Likewise, in accordance with Article L.22-10-34 II of the French Commercial Code, the variable elements in cash 
awarded to Jean-Pascal Tricoire for the financial year 2021 will only be paid in 2022, subject to their prior approval by the shareholders at the Annual Shareholders’ 
Meeting of May 5, 2022 under the 8th resolution.

(2)  Value of Performance Shares granted during fiscal year – As per AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code methodology, compensation is presented on 
a reported basis. Long-term incentives for the fiscal year include Performance Shares granted during the fiscal year, the performance period of which has not 
elapsed. The value of Performance Shares corresponds to the number of shares granted, before reduction on account of performance, multiplied by the share price 
determined in line with IFRS accounting standards.

(3)  Value of Performance Shares deemed vested during the fiscal year – In order to facilitate the analysis, the Long-term incentives are also presented on realized 
value basis, where the value of Performance Shares corresponds to the actual number of shares (granted in previous years) deemed vested at the end of the fiscal 
year, after reduction for performance conditions, multiplied by the share price on December 31, 2020 or 2021, as the case may be.

(4)  Other benefits include company car, employer matching contributions to capital increase for employees or contributions to Employee Saving Plan and to collective 

Pension Saving Plan (PERCO) as well as benefits from French profit-sharing plan.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

315

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.2  Compensation Report

Say on pay table relating to the compensation paid or granted to the Chairman and CEO in 2021
The fixed, variable, and exceptional components of the total compensation and benefits paid or awarded for the fiscal year 2021 to  
the Corporate Officer, as detailed below, will be submitted to the shareholders for approval at the 2022 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting  
of May 5, 2022 under the 8th resolution.

The tables below summarize the compensation paid during the past fiscal year and compensation awarded for the past fiscal year,  
along with a description of how each component was calculated in compliance with the compensation policy in force.

Elements of 
compensation 
submitted to 
the vote

Fixed 
compensation

Amounts

Description

€1,000,000
(amount due 
for 2021 paid
in 2021)

Reminder: 
€875,000  
(amount due  
for 2020 paid  
in 2020)

Reminder of the 2021 compensation policy
In 2020, as a practical expression of solidarity with the Group employees affected by 
the COVID-19 crisis, Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire volunteered to contribute 25% of his 2020 
fixed compensation payed for six months to the Tomorrow Rising Fund. Hence, his fixed 
compensation paid during and for the fiscal year 2020 amounted to €875,000.

For the fiscal year 2021, his theoretical gross annual fixed compensation was set by  
the Board of Directors at €1,000,000 upon recommendation from the Governance & 
Remunerations Committee.

Annual 
variable 
compensation

€1,990,300 
(amount due 
for 2021 to be 
paid in 2022)

Reminder: 
€1,048,775 
(amount due 
for 2020 paid in 
2021)

For 2021, the Board decided not to award a 
salary increase to the Corporate Officer. The fixed 
compensation is reviewed at long intervals by the 
Board in accordance with the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate 
Governance Code. Base salary element represents 
approximately 20% of total target compensation for 
Corporate Officer.

Salary increase 
over the last 5 years

2021

Nil

2020

Nil

2019

Nil

2018

5%

2017

Nil

Application of the 2021 compensation policy
Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire received in 2021 a fixed compensation of €1,000,000.

Reminder of the 2021 compensation policy
The annual variable compensation rewards achievement of the short-term financial,  
and sustainability (corporate and social responsibility) objectives of the Group.

The pay-out opportunity is as follows:
•  at threshold performance: 0% of the fixed compensation;
•  at target: 130% of the fixed compensation;
•  at maximum over-performance: 260% of the fixed compensation.

The payment of the variable annual cash compensation is conditional upon approval  
by shareholders of the compensation granted to the concerned Corporate Officer.

The structure of the 2021 Annual variable compensation focuses on what matters to  
Schneider Electric in delivering value to shareholders. 100% of the variable compensation 
depends on measurable objectives:
•  80% depends on Financial criteria which closely align pay outcomes for the Corporate 

Officer to Schneider Electric’s financial performance:
 − organic sales growth (40%),
 − adjusted EBITA margin improvement (30%), and 
 − cash conversion rate (10%);

•  20% depends on Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI) highlighting the importance  

of sustainability on Schneider Electric’s business agenda.

The Board also ensured that stringent targets were set for the annual variable compensation with 
maximum award only payable if a strong performance is delivered on each performance metric.

316

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Annual 
variable 
compensation 
(continued)

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Application of the 2021 compensation policy
The annual incentive due for 2021 was determined by the Board at the meeting of February 16, 
2022, based on the attainment rate of the objectives set for fiscal year 2021 as follows:

Weight (%)

Performance Range

Achievement

Achievement  
rate  

Threshold 
0%

Target 
100%

Maximum 
200%

2021  

Results

(non-
weighted)

Achievement  
rate  

(weighted)

2021 performance criteria

Group financial 

indicators (80%)
Organic Sales growth
Adjusted EBITA margin  
improvement (org.)
Cash Conversion rate

Sustainability (20%)
Schneider 

Sustainability Impact 
(score)

40%

8% 10%

12%

12.7%

200.0%

80.0%

30% 0.9pts 1.3pts
10%

85% 100% 115%

1.5pts +1.4pts
87%

150.0%
13.3%

45.0%
1.3%

4.

20%

3.25

3.75

4.25

3.92

134.0%

26.8%

Total

100%

153.1%

Overall, 2021 annual variable compensation resulted in a total achievement rate of 153.1%, 
above target, reflecting record levels in revenues and adjusted EBITA, and good free cash-flow 
delivered by Schneider Electric in 2021 and the exceptional achievement of ambitious targets.

Indeed, after having set the compensation targets on February 10, 2021, aligned with the 
targets disclosed to the market published at that time, the Board decided on April 27, 2021  
to use the discretion clause provided in the 2021 Compensation policy approved by 
shareholders at the 2021 Annual General Meeting. The targets set at the beginning of 2021  
did not appear adequate anymore considering the market’s growth which was much higher 
than expected. Therefore, the Board resolved to adjust and increase the targets linked to 
revenue growth and Adjusted EBITA margin improvement in order to align them with the new 
guidance announced to the market at that time:
•  Revenue growth of +8% to +11% organic;
•  Adjusted EBITA margin up +90bps to +130bps organic.

This decision has been made to ensure a better alignment with the shareholders experience.

The 2021 results having exceeded the targets disclosed to the market in April 2021, the total 
achievement rate of the annual variable compensation of the Corporate Officer was set by  
the Board at 153.1% of the targeted variable compensation, reflecting strong performance  
of Schneider Electric in 2021 as was also reflected in the excellent Total Shareholder Return  
of Schneider Electric.

When the targets disclosed to the market were, once again, upgraded in July 2021, the Board 
resolved not to review the compensation targets as it was considered that this new guidance 
could not anymore be attributed to external factors, such as improved market conditions, but 
was instead linked to the company’s intrinsic performance.

Detailed achievement of each criterion:
•  Organic Sales growth: The Group delivered an organic sales growth of +12.7%,  

which was above the guidance communicated to the market in April 2021 of +8% to +11%.  
Therefore, this good performance resulted in the maximum achievement rate of this 
criterion, i.e., 80% on the range between 0% to 80%.

•  Adjusted EBITA margin improvement: In 2021, Adjusted EBITA margin rate improved by 

+140bps organically to reach 17.3%, thanks to a combination of strong top line performance, 
pricing actions and productivity. This performance is above the guidance objective of 
+90bps to +130bps communicated to the market in April 2021. As a result, the achievement 
rate on this criterion is set at 45% on a scale from 0% to 60%.

•  Cash conversion: free cash-flow was €2.8bn with operating cash flow impacted by working 
capital requirements, as trade receivables rebounded and inventory increased both as a 
consequence of the strong external demand environment, and the supply chain pressures 
(some components shortages leading to higher safety stocks). Therefore, cash conversion 
was only 87% in 2021 which represented an achievement rate of 1.3% on this criterion,  
on a scale from 0% to 20%.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

317

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.2  Compensation Report

Annual 
variable 
compensation 
(continued)

Long-term 
incentive 
(Performance 
shares)

37,903
Performance 
Shares
granted in 
March 2021 
(€3,326,329
according 
to IFRS 
valuation)

Reminder: 
60,000
Performance 
Shares granted 
in March 2020 
(€2,897,700 
according to 
IFRS valuation)

•  Schneider Sustainability Impact: The Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI), is the 

translation of our six long-term commitments into a selection of 11 highly transformative and  
innovative sustainability programs. It’s the Group’s five-year (2021-2025) plan with progress  
tracked and published quarterly, as well as audited annually. In 2021 the SSI achieved a  
great score of 3.92/10 exceeding its 3.75/10 target for the year, representing an 
achievement rate of 26.8% on a scale from 0% to 40%.

As a result, the 2021 Annual variable compensation pay-out for the Corporate Officer was 
calculated on the base of his fixed compensation as follows:

At Target pay-out

Achievement rate

2021 Actual pay-out

as a % of salary

Amount (€)

as a % of target

as a % of base salary

Amount (€)

130%

€1,300,000

153.1%

199%

€1,990,300

In compliance with Article L.22-10-34 II of the French Commercial Code, the payment of this 
Annual variable compensation is subject to approval by the shareholders of the compensation 
granted to the Corporate Officer for the fiscal year 2021 (see 8th resolution to be submitted to 
the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting of May 5, 2022).

As a reminder, an amount of €1,048,775 was paid in 2021 to Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire for  
the Annual variable compensation due for the fiscal year 2020 after the approval of the  
6th resolution by the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting on April 28, 2021 (see page 269 of the  
2020 Universal Registration Document).

Reminder of the 2021 compensation policy
The 2021 Compensation policy provided:
•  a maximum annual award to the Chairman and CEO of 60,000 shares;
•  a vesting period of three years with an additional mandatory one year holding period  

for 30% of shares granted under the plan reserved to the Corporate Officer;

•  performance conditions as follows:

40%
Improvement 
of Adjusted 
Earnings Per 
Share (EPS)

Average of the annual rates of achievement of Adjusted EPS improvement 
targets for the 2021 to 2023 fiscal years. Adjusted EPS performance is 
published in the external financial communications and its annual variance 
will be calculated using adjusted EBITA at constant FX from year N-1 to 
year N. Foreign exchange impacts below adjusted EBITA will be taken 
in full. Significant unforeseen scope impact could be restated from this 
calculation upon decision of the Board.

35%
Relative TSR

17.5% vs. CAC 40 
companies

•  0% below median
•  50% at median (rank 20)
•  100% at rank 10
•  120% at ranks 1 to 4*
linear between these points

•  0% at rank 8 and below
•  100% at rank 4
•  150% at ranks 1 to 3*
linear between these points

•  0%: not in World
•  50%: included in World
•  100%: sector leader

17.5% vs. a panel of  
11 peer companies 
(ABB, Legrand, Siemens, 
Eaton, Emerson, Honeywell, 
Johnson Controls, Rockwell 
Automation, Fuji Electric, 
Mitsubishi Electric, and 
Yokogawa)

6.25% DJSIW

6.25% Euronext Vigeo

•  0%: out
•  50%: included in World 120 or Europe 120
•  100%: included in World 120 & Europe 120

6.25% Ecovadis

6.25% CDP Climate 
Change

•  0%: Silver medal or less
•  50%: Gold medal
•  100%: Platinum medal

•  0%: C score
•  50%: B score (25% at B-)
•  100%: A score (75% at A-)

25%
Schneider 
Sustainability 
External & 
Relative Index 
(SSERI)

*   The over-achievement of relative TSR performance condition can off-set the under-achievement of the objectives 

under the adjusted EPS performance condition.

318

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Long-term 
incentive 
(Performance 
shares) 
(continued)

Application of the 2021 compensation policy
The volume of the maximum annual award was set in consideration of:
•  The market practice and competitive positioning of the Chairman and CEO’s  

compensation package;

•  The Group’s resilient performance;
•  The structure of performance measurement governing the final acquisition  

of LTIP awards;

•  The culture of ownership deeply rooted in Schneider Electric’s DNA.

Pension 
benefits

€572,941
(amount due 
for 2021 
(fixed portion 
of €191,600 
paid in 2021 
and variable 
portion of 
€381,341 to 
be paid in 
2022))

Reminder: 
€421,252 
(amount due 
for 2020 (fixed 
portion of 
€191,600 paid 
in 2020 and 
variable portion 
of €229,652 paid 
in 2021))

4.

Considering the continuous increase in the Company’s stock price and in the spirit of 
maintaining a culture of moderation in an uncertain economic environment, the Board decided 
to reduce the number of shares granted to Jean-Pascal Tricoire markedly below the maximum 
allowed by the compensation policy, which would represent 60,000 performance shares.

According to the authorization given by the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting on April 25, 2019 
in its 21st resolution, the Board of Directors, during its meeting of March 25, 2021 decided to 
grant Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire a total of 37,903 Performance Shares (representing 0.006% of 
Schneider Electric’s share capital) subject to the performance criteria described above and 
measured over a period of three years:
•  11,371 Performance Shares under Plan n° 38 in his capacity as Chairman and CEO of 

Schneider Electric SE;

•  26,532 Performance Shares under Plan n° 39 in his capacity as Regional Asia President  

and Chairman of Schneider Electric Asia Pacific.

Reminder of the 2021 compensation policy
Complementary payments are intended to take account of the fact that, following the decision 
of the Board of Directors on February 18, 2015 to remove the benefit of the defined-benefit 
pension scheme (Article 39) for Corporate Officers, Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire is personally 
responsible for building up his pension. He undertook to redirect these complementary 
payments, net of taxes, to investment vehicles devoted to financing his additional pension.  
To determine this authorized complementary compensation, the Board of Directors sought  
the recommendation of an independent expert, namely the firm Willis Towers Watson, and 
ensured that the mechanism implemented therefore, was in line with shareholders’ interests.

Accordingly, Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire is entitled to receive annually a complementary 
component, split into a fixed and variable portion as follows:

Fixed portion

Target (% of Fixed)

Minimum

At target

Maximum

Total at Target

€191,600

130%

€0

€249,080

€498,160

€440,680

Variable portion

The variable part is dependent on performance criteria aligned with the variable annual 
compensation (see above).

Application of the 2021 compensation policy
At the meeting held on February 16, 2022, the annual complementary variable portion for 
pension for 2021 to be paid after the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting if the latter approves it,  
was set by the Board of Directors at 199% of the annual complementary fixed portion,  
i.e. an achievement rate of 153.1%.

For 2021, Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire is entitled to receive:

Fixed amount

€191,600

Target achievement rate

Variable amount(1)

Total due for 2021

130%

€ 381,341

€ 572,941

(1)  Calculated by applying to the fixed compensation above the percentage of target achievement determined for 

the calculation of the 2021 annual variable compensation, i.e. 153.1%.

In compliance with applicable law, the payment of the variable amount will be subject to 
shareholders’ approval (see 8th resolution submitted to the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting  
of May 5, 2022).

Reminder: an amount of €229,652 was paid in 2021 to Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire for  
the variable portion of his pension due for the fiscal year 2020 after its approval by the  
Annual Shareholders’ Meeting on April 28, 2021 (see page 273 of the 2020 Universal 
Registration Document).

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

319

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.2  Compensation Report

Other  
benefits

€56,637
received in 
2021

Reminder:
€36,124 received 
in 2020

Reminder of the 2021 compensation policy
The Compensation policy provides that the Chairman and CEO may benefit from:
• 
• 
•  a company car;
•  supplementary Life & Disability scheme.

the employer matching contributions;
the profit-sharing;

Application of the 2021 compensation policy
For the fiscal year 2021, the Chairman and CEO was eligible for profit-sharing and the 
employer matching contributions paid to Employee Saving Plan subscribers. In addition,  
he was eligible for the employer matching contributions paid to subscribers to the collective 
pension fund (PERCO) for the retirement of workers in France. The use of a company car in 
2021 represented an equivalent cost of €44,931.

Employer matching 
contributions to  

Employee Saving Plan

Employer matching 
contributions to collective 
pension saving plan 
(PERCO)

Profit-sharing

Company car

Total 2021 benefits

€1,404

€800

€9,502

€44,931

€56,637

The Chairman and CEO is eligible for (i) the collective welfare plan applicable to employees 
of Schneider Electric SE and Schneider Electric Industries SAS covering the risks of illness, 
incapacity, disability, and death and (ii) additional coverages conditional on the fulfilment of 
some conditions as described in the compensation policy (see Chapter 4, section 2.3.1 of the 
Universal Registration Document).

Termination 
benefits

No payment

Involuntary Severance Pay
The Chairman and CEO is entitled to involuntary termination benefits in case of change of 
control or strategy and taking into account the non-compete compensation described below, 
is capped at twice the arithmetical average of his annual fixed and variable compensation paid 
over the last three years (see Chapter 4, section 2.3.1 of the Universal Registration Document).

Non-compete compensation
The Chairman and CEO is entitled to non-compete compensation for a period of one year 
capped at 6/10ths of his average gross compensation (i.e. including annual complementary 
payments – fixed and target variable) over the last 12 months of service (see Chapter 4,  
section 2.3.1 of the Universal Registration Document).

For 2021, Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire was not awarded nor 
benefited from multi-annual variable compensation, exceptional 
compensation, stock options, welcome bonus, or Directors’ fees.

Employer social contributions paid by the Group’s companies in 
respect of Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire’s compensation amounted to 
€324,278.92 in 2021.

Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire is granted 30% of his cash compensation 
described above (fixed compensation, annual variable 
compensation and pension complementary payments) in 
consideration for his duties as a Corporate Officer (Chairman 
& CEO) of Schneider Electric SE exclusively. The remainder is 
granted to him for the discharge of his operational duties as 
Regional Asia President, Chairman of Schneider Electric Asia 
Pacific and executive Director of Schneider Electric USA Inc.

Details relating to the 2019 Long-term Incentive Plan 
realized in 2021 (LTIP 2019)
The performance period for shares granted in 2019 finished  
on December 31, 2021 and shares under the Plans n° 32 and 33 
are therefore deemed vested. Their final acquisition is, however,  
still subject to the satisfaction of the presence condition at the 
delivery date.

At its meeting of February 16, 2022, the Board assessed the 
achievement rate of the performance criteria based on the Group’s 
performance over the three-year period 2019 – 2021 and set the 
final rate of achievement at 96.86%, i.e. a reduction of 3.14% in 
relation to the number of shares originally granted.

The Chairman and CEO was conditionally granted 18,000 shares 
under Plan n° 32 and 42,000 shares under Plan n° 33. After 
applying the reduction for performance not achieved, the resulting 
outcomes were as follows:

Corporate Officer

Jean-Pascal Tricoire

Vesting date

Number of Shares 
(Plan n° 32)(1)

Number of Shares  

(Plan n° 33)

Number of shares  
deemed vested

No of shares  

lapsed

Value of deemed  
vested shares(2)

18,000

42,000

58,117

1,883

€10,022,858

March 28, 2022

March 28, 2022

(1)  Plan n° 32 – Performance Shares granted under this plan to Corporate Officer is subject to one-year holding period following vesting, therefore shares will only 

become unrestricted on March 27, 2023.

(2)  Vested shares are valued at the closing share price of December 31, 2021, i.e. €172.46.

320

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Shares granted under the 2019 LTIP were subjected to performance conditions as follows:

40%

Organic adjusted EBITA 
margin improvement

Average 
achievement rate for 
2019, 2020 & 2021
2019
Actual result: +0.7pts 
Achievement rate: 100%

2020
Actual result: +0.2pts 
Achievement rate: 40%

2021
Actual result: +1.4pts 
Achievement rate: 100%

25%

Cash conversion rate

Average 
achievement rate for 
2019, 2020 & 2021
2019
Actual result: 121%

2020
Actual result: 159%

2021
Actual result: 87%

20%

Schneider Sustainability 
Impact

Note in 2019, 2020  
& 2021
2019
Actual result: 7.77

2020
Actual result: 9.32

2021
Actual result: 3.92

15%

Relative TSR

Ranking vs. peer 
group in December
2021
Actual result: Rank 1st

4.

Weighted rate: 31.5%

Weighted rate: 37.5%(1)

Weighted rate: 16.86%

Weighted rate: 22.5%(1)

(1) The good level of cash conversion exceeded the initial target and the over-performance of the relative TSR condition off-set the under-performance of the adjusted 

EBITA condition (for 8.5%).

2021 was the final year of performance measurement for the LTIP 
2019. Schneider Electric ranked 1st on relative TSR, delivering 
213% return to shareholders over the same three-year period, 
demonstrating a strong value creation for the shareholders. 
Schneider Electric delivered robust organic adjusted EBITA margin 
improvement year-on-year, largely beating initial targets, exceeding 
the cash conversion rate three-year target, and demonstrating 
consistent progress on the Group’s sustainability targets which are 
at the heart of the Group’s strategy. These strong results across the 
range of performance criteria led to a vesting outcome of 96.86% 
out of 100%.

LTIP 2019 Performance criteria achievement

0%

Achievement Scale

100%

Adjusted EBITA margin (organic)
improvement (40%)

Cash conversion Rate (25%)

Relative TSR (15%)

Schneider Sustainability Impact (20%)

Total weighted achievement rate

31.5% 8.5%

25%

15%

16.86%

96.86%

•  Organic adjusted EBITA margin improvement (40%) – During 
the 3 years plan, the adjusted EBITA organic margin improved 
by more than +0.7pts on average, reflecting the successful 
execution of the strategy combining top line growth, positive net 
pricing, better mix, industrial productivity, and better efficiency 
to reduce SFCs. Overall, the achievement rate for this criterion 
was 31.5% (out of 40%).

•  Cash conversion (25%) – Our efforts on cash management 
delivered outstanding results consistently over the three-
year period with an average cash conversion rate c. 122.3%, 
outperforming the target of 100% average cash conversion.  

The achievement rate for this criterion was set at 37.5%, 
including the over-performance of 12.5%, which contributed 
to the offsetting of the non-achievement of the adjusted EBITA 
margin criterion.

•  Relative TSR (15%) – The Group’s performance was 

acknowledged by the market and reflected in the stock price 
increase, which, combined with a robust dividend distribution 
policy and consistent share buy-back program to balance the 
dilution coming from allocation of Performance Shares and 
employee shareholding schemes, generated strong returns 
to shareholders over the period. Schneider Electric’s TSR was 
ranked 1st versus the selected peers (ABB, Legrand, Siemens, 
Eaton, Emerson, Honeywell, Johnson Controls, Rockwell 
Automation, Fuji Electric, Mitsubishi Electric, and Yokogawa). 
The achievement rate for this criterion was set at 22.5%, 
including the over-performance of 7.5%, which contributed to 
the offsetting of the non-achievement of the adjusted EBITA 
margin criterion.

•  Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI) (20%) – The SSI 

provides, on a scoring scale of 10, an overall measure of the 
Group’s progress on sustainability issues. Over the last three 
years, Schneider Electric demonstrated strong delivery and 
continuous improvement on its sustainability programs. The 
SSI reached a score of 3.92/10 end of 2021 exceeding  
its 3.75/10 target set by the Board for this criterion, which 
resulted in an achievement rate of 80.2% for 2021 with overall 
16.86% shares vesting out of 20% allocated to this criterion.

The fact that the compensation mechanism has materialized 
this year does not create any disconnection between pay and 
performance considering that the payout rate actually reflects 
the good performance of the Company over the last 3 years and 
the strong 2021 results. In addition, this result is aligned with the 
shareholders’ experience, the TSR being 213% over this period.

Historical vesting of the Corporate Officers’ Performance Share plans:

LTIP 2019 
96.86%

LTIP 2018
98.18%

LTIP 2017
99.54%

LTIP 2016
91.46%

LTIP 2015
71%

LTIP 2014
78%

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

321

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.2  Compensation Report

4.2.2.3  Non-executive Directors’ compensation in relation to the 2021 fiscal year

Amounts granted to non-executive Directors are determined 
by taking into account the Board member’s responsibilities, the 
expected commitment for the role and the competitive market 
rates among international peers. Besides the fixed base amount, 
Directors’ compensation mostly depends upon the said Directors’ 
attendance at Board and committee meetings.

Upon the recommendation from the Governance & Remunerations 
Committee, the Board of Directors is responsible for setting 
the allocation of the Directors’ fees among Board members 
accordingly with the maximum annual amount of Directors’ fees 
that can be paid to the Board members is set at €2,500,000 by 
the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting held on April 25, 2019; and the 
2021 compensation policy approved by the Annual Shareholders’ 
Meeting held on April 28, 2021 which provides that the allocation 
rules of the fees to the non- executive Directors are as follows:

•  Non-executive Directors are paid:

 − an amount of €4,000 per Committee meeting attended;
 − an amount of €5,000 (for intercontinental travel) or €3,000 
(for intra-continental travels) per Board session physically 
attended.

•  Additional annual payments are made to non-executive 
Directors who chair a Committee to reflect the additional 
responsibilities and workload:
 − Audit & Risks Committee: €20,000;
 − Human Resources & CSR Committee, Digital Committee, 

and Investment Committee: €15,000; and

 − Vice-Chairman and Lead Independent Director, who is 
also the Chairman of the Governance & Remunerations 
Committee: €250,000.

•  For an observer, an annual fixed payment of €20,000 is paid, 
unless they become a non-executive Director at the next 
General Meeting. In this case, they will receive the same  
fees for attending the Board and committee meetings as  
non-executive Directors.

 − a fixed basic amount of €25,000 for membership  

•  All payments are pro-rated for time served during the year  

of the Board;

 − an amount of €7,000 per Board meeting attended;

and are paid in cash.

Directors’ compensation earned in 2020 and 2021 was as follows, noting that Jean-Pascal Tricoire, Chairman of the Board, and Xiaoyun Ma 
who represents the employee shareholders, waived the payments of the compensation they were entitled to as members of the Board:

Léo Apotheker
Cécile Cabanis
Rita Felix(3)
Fred Kindle
Willy Kissling
Linda Knoll
Jill Lee
Xiaoyun Ma(3)(4)
Patrick Montier(5)
Anna Ohlsson-Leijon
Fleur Pellerin
Anders Runevad
Gregory Spierkel
Lip-Bu Tan
Bruno Turchet(3)(6)

Total

Directors’ compensation (in euros)

Other compensation & benefits (in euros)

Total (in euros)

2021(1)

2020(2)

2021(1)

2020(2)

2021(1)

2020(2)

155,000
118,000
90,000
368,000
144,000
121,000
104,000
–
33,082
100,000
112,000
120,000
152,000
106,000
52,986

272,479
147,000
47,753
353,973
192,000
174,000
133,000
–
129,000
–
166,000
152,000
205,000
150,000
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

155,000
118,000
90,000
368,000
144,000
121,000
104,000
–
33,082
100,000
112,000
120,000
152,000
106,000
52,986

272,479
147,000
47,753
353,973
192,000
174,000
133,000
–
129,000
–
166,000
152,000
205,000
150,000
–

1,776,068

2,122,205

1,776,068

2,122,205

(1)  Awarded for the fiscal year 2021 and paid in 2022.
(2)  Awarded for the fiscal year 2020 and paid in 2021.
(3)  Employee Directors are separately entitled to the compensation granted to 

(4)  Xiaoyun Ma waived the payment of the sum of €110,000 she was entitled to.
(5)  Board member whose term of office ended in 2021.
(6)  Bruno Turchet waived the payment of 30% of the sum he was entitled to,  

them for the performance of their duties as an employee, such compensation 
is not affected by their office as a Director and is not disclosed.

i.e. €15,896, in favor of the trade union which appointed him.

The total amount awarded to the Board members for 2021 was €1,776,068 compared to €2,122,205 for 2020 due to the return to a normal 
rhythm of meetings and a wider use of digital meetings in 2021. Excluding the special fee paid to the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent 
Director, the amount is composed of approximately 25% fixed compensation and 75% variable.

322

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

4.2.2.4  Pay Equity ratio

Employees experience at Schneider Electric
Delivery of the strategy, both short term and long term, depends upon Schneider Electric’s success in attracting and engaging a highly 
talented workforce, and on equipping people with the skills for the future. The Group is committed to fair pay, which is at the forefront  
of the Group’s and executives’ agenda, ensuring that all Schneider Electric employees are appropriately and fairly rewarded for their 
contribution. The progress is monitored via the Schneider Sustainability Impact Indicators. More information can be found in the  
Sustainable Development (chapter 2) of the Universal Registration Document.

Pay Equity

Living wage

Recognition

Well-being

Engagement

Fair and equitable 
pay is a core 
component of 
the Group’s 
compensation 
philosophy. Since 
2015, the Company 
has adopted a 
Global Pay Equity 
Framework. 
With the help of 
this Framework, 
Schneider Electric 
has committed to 
reaching <1% pay 
gap for both females 
and males by 2025. 
Furthermore, the pay 
equity adjustment 
is fully integrated 
into the annual 
global salary review 
and its principles 
leveraged during the 
promotion and hiring 
processes.

Schneider Electric 
believes earning a 
decent wage is a 
basic human right 
and a key element 
to decent work. The 
Group is committed 
to paying employees 
in the lower salary 
ranges at or above 
the living wage to 
meet their family’s 
basic needs. By 
basic needs, the 
Group considers 
food, housing, 
sanitation, education, 
and healthcare, plus 
discretionary income 
for a given local 
standard of living.

Schneider Electric 
is committed to 
creating a culture 
where employees 
receive regular 
feedback and 
coaching from 
their managers 
and colleagues, 
celebrating people 
who constantly 
demonstrate the 
Company’s Core 
Values and go above 
and beyond – using 
global recognition 
portal “Step Up” 
and encouraging 
the recognition 
of small and big 
achievements by 
simply saying  
“Thank you”.

Health and well- 
being are embedded 
in the Schneider 
Electric strategic 
people priorities 
and contribute to its 
core sustainability 
mission. The 
Company has a 
commitment to 
comprehensive 
well-being at work 
program translated 
into dual standard of 
access to healthcare 
and well-being 
training programs.

4.

The Group listens 
to employees 
through a number of 
different channels, 
both formally and 
informally. Two of the 
Board directors are 
employees of the 
Company, appointed 
through a formal 
designation process. 
the Group runs 
OneVoice internal 
survey designed to 
measure employee 
satisfaction and 
engagement;
the Group also 
recognizes the 
importance of 
dialog and engages 
with the local 
work councils on 
compensation 
matters on a regular 
basis.

Pay Equity Ratio
Equity pay ratio measures the ratio between the level of 
compensation of the Chairman and CEO and the average  
and median compensation of the employees, as required by  
Article L.22-10-9-3 6° and 7° of the French Commercial Code.

Calculation methodology
The compensation comparisons and pay ratios set out below 
were calculated based on the fixed and variable compensation 
paid and relevant benefits during the fiscal years indicated, and 
Performance Shares granted during the same periods valued at 
their fair value (IFRS) on the grant date. The calculation includes 
employees who were continously employed during the financial 
years concerned. For part-time employees, compensation was 
established on a full-time equivalent basis.

Scope
France perimeter:
The legal scope, the issuer, comprises of only one employee, 
therefore, an alternate “relevant scope” was defined to reflect a 
larger representative employee population in France as prescribed

by article 26.2 of AFEP-MEDEF Code. It is based on the French 
holding entity Schneider Electric Société Européenne (SESE) 
(the issuer) as well as all employees in France of the operational 
company Schneider Electric Industries (SAS). This group of 
employees is employed on comparable terms to the Corporate 
Officer and represents more than 4,000 employees in France  
on a full time equivalent basis.

Global perimeter:
In addition, from 2021 the Board of Directors, upon 
recommendation of the Governance & Remunerations Committee 
and of the Human Resources & CSR Committee, decided to 
voluntarily report the evolution of the pay ratio between the 
Chairman and CEO and the average and median compensation of 
the employees on a broader scope which includes approximately 
117,000 Schneider Electric employees across the top 30 countries 
(“Global Scope”). This represents circa 84% of all Schneider 
Electric employees globally. There is no historical data for this  
ratio as the HR Information System was not ready before to report 
on this extended scope.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

323

 
Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.2  Compensation Report

Evolution of the Corporate Officer and employees’ compensation, pay ratios, and Group’s performance over five years

FY2017

FY2018

FY2019

FY2020

FY2021

  Adj EBITA
  Revenue

French Perimeter

Mr. Tricoire total compensation paid in FY
% change in total compensation

Pay ratio – average compensation
% change in average pay ratio

Pay ratio – median compensation
% change in median pay ratio

106

104

100

116

108

107

102

137

117

5,789,994
22%

6,184,007
7%

5,754,154
-7%

5,525,324
-4%

5,430,941
-2%

65
14%

81
15%

68
5%

84
4%

64
-6%

78
-7%

60
-6%

73
-6%

57
-5%

70
-4%

Employees average compensation
% change in employment average compensation

88,551
6%

91,127
3%

90,369
-1%

92,861
3%

94,950
2%

Global perimeter

Pay ratio – average compensation 

Pay ratio – median compensation 

110

156

324

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

4.2.3  Compensation policy for the 2022 fiscal year  
(say on pay ex-ante)

The compensation policy intention is to provide a clear link between delivery of Schneider Electric’s strategy and the Corporate 
Officers’ compensation, while reflecting outcomes for shareholders. Set out below is the Corporate Officer and non-executive 
Directors’ compensation policy for 2022. It will be submitted to the shareholders at the 2022 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting (9th and 10th 
resolutions) and, subject to shareholders approval, will remain in force until the next policy is approved by the shareholders.

4.2.3.1  Executive Compensation policy

Schneider Electric follows a rigorous process for determining executive compensation, under the leadership of committed and 
independent Directors.

4.

Role of the Governance & Remunerations Committee

The general principles and criteria forming part of the 
compensation policy for Corporate Officer, and their individual 
compensation packages are prepared and reviewed by 
the Governance & Remunerations Committee which makes 
recommendations to the Board of Directors for decision. The Board 
receives inputs and recommendations from the Human Resources 
& CSR Committee on the incentive structure and performance 
criteria (annual variable compensation and Long-term incentive 
plan) applied to the members of the Executive Committee (see 
section 4.2.4 of the Universal Registration Document), as well as 
the Group’s other employees.

To help the Board in the decision process, the Governance & 
Remunerations Committee and the Human Resources & CSR 
Committee are authorized to call upon external experts for specific 
topics, benchmarking data and analyses. The Committees hold 
at least one joint meeting every year to discuss the compensation 
structure applicable to Corporate Officer and other employees  
of the Group. 

These joint committee meetings are attended by one of the two 
employee Directors and the Director representing the employee 
shareholders who are members of the Human Resources &  
CSR Committee. 

As part of its preparatory work for its proposals to the Board, the Committee: 

Defines performance criteria

Benchmarks Corporate  
Officers’ pay

Engages with shareholders

Defines performance criteria based 
on Schneider Electric’s executive 
compensation pillars and business 
strategy. Targets are determined at the 
beginning of the performance period 
in accordance with the goals of the 
Strategic Plan.

Based on circumstances and 
priorities, the targets also 
encompass risks raised by the Audit 
& Risks Committee as well as the 
recommendations of the Human 
Resources & CSR Committee.

Benchmarks Corporate Officer’s 
pay against the median of a peer 
group consisting of 24 French and 
international companies that are 
comparable to Schneider Electric 
in terms of market capitalization, 
revenue, and industry, or that 
represent a potential source of 
recruitment or attrition.

This benchmarking is used as an 
indicator, not as a target, and is done 
ex-post only for reference.

Relies on the Vice-Chairman &  
Lead Independent Director to directly 
engage with shareholders to ensure 
their perspectives and feedbacks on 
Schneider Electric’s compensation 
policy are heard and considered in 
decision-making.

The topic of Corporate Officer’s 
compensation is usually discussed 
at four Board meetings every year. 
Corporate Officers do not take part in 
the debates of the Board concerning 
their own compensation.

This process ensures consistency and alignment between the compensation policy applied to the other executives and employees and  
the compensation policy applied to Corporate Officer. They share the same objectives and priorities and their rewards are aligned with  
the Group’s performance and shareholder value creation.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

325

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.2  Compensation Report

Use of discretion
In determining executive compensation, the use of discretion  
is limited, and an appropriate disclosure on the use of discretion 
would be provided, if any, so that shareholders understand the 
basis for the Board’s decisions. This discretion is available to the 
Board to ensure successful execution of the policy and to reflect 
the fact that there are no qualitative objectives in Corporate 
Officer’s compensation:

•  Flexibility to take into account unexpected changes in the 

industry environment and in compensation practice generally, 
this allows to respond to changes in circumstances, for example 
in modifying the benchmarking peer groups.

•  Exercise discretion, upwards or downwards, to adjust the 

formulaic outcome for annual or long-term incentive awards 
resulting from the strict application of the approved policy, 
where a qualitative assessment of performance is required 
to ensure that the awarded compensation is fair in light of the 
Corporate Officer’s actual contribution to the Company’s overall 
performance, its positioning vs. competition, and the outcomes 
for shareholders and employees.

Changes in the 2022 Compensation policy
The Committee has reviewed the existing policy and reassessed 
the pillars and principles formulated in 2018, the compensation 
elements and criteria considering the feedback of shareholders 
received during the shareholder engagement process 
described above. Upon recommendations of the Governance & 
Remunerations Committee, the Board wishes to overall maintain the 
stability of the compensation policy which appears balanced and 
provides market competitive pay, ensuring a strong link between 
pay and performance, strong alignment with both employees and 
shareholders, and long-term focus, while at the same time taking 
into account the shareholders’ feedbacks. 

Balance between compensation elements

Therefore, based on the Committee’s analyses and 
recommendations, the Board proposes to implement the following 
changes for the 2022 Compensation policy:

•  Stringency of the TSR criterion for the LTIP: The vesting scale 
of the criterion of TSR compared to a bespoke industry panel 
consisting of 11 companies would be made more stringent,  
with no vesting at ranks 7 and below in the bespoke peer group, 
no vesting below the median of the group would therefore  
be allowed;

•  Disclosure of the targets set for the improvement of the 

adjusted Earnings per share criterion: the Board would also 
commit to disclose ex-post the targets of improvement of the 
adjusted Earnings per share set by the Board which will allow 
shareholders assess their stringency and the link between  
pay and performance;

•  Cap of the LTIP granted to the Corporate Officer: The cap of 
long-term instruments that could be granted to the Corporate 
Officer was previously expressed in number of shares, capped 
at 60,000 shares. The Board proposes that the cap be now 
expressed as a percentage of his remuneration (fixed and 
variable short-term compensation at target). Notably, the 
long-term instruments granted to the Corporate Officer, valued 
in accordance with IFRS standards, should not represent a 
disproportionate percentage of his overall compensation,  
and should be no more than 200% of the combined fixed  
and short-term variable compensation at target.

18%

Not linked to 
performance

41%

Paid in cash

41%

Short-term

18% 
Fixed 
compensation

23% 
Target annual 
variable 
compensation 
130% of fixed(2)

59%
LTIP(1) 

(1)  LTIP granted during 2021 fiscal year valued in accordance with IFRS standards
(2)  Between 0% and 260%

82%

Linked to 
performance

59%

Paid in shares

59%

Long-term 
(minimum 3 years + 
presence condition)

326

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Group’s strategic priorities

How the strategy links to the Chairman and CEO’s variable compensation

Organic growth

Value for customers

Sustainability

Continuous efficiency

Value & returns to 
shareholders

Annual variable compensation

Delivering strong execution and creating value for customers and shareholders every 
year to contribute to Schneider Electric’s long-term success

Group organic 
sales growth  

40%

Group adjusted 
EBITA margin 
improvement 
(organic)

30%

Group cash 
conversion  
rate  

Schneider 
Sustainability 
Impact 

10%

20%

Long-term incentive plan

Building an integrated and leading company with strong sustainability focus and 
attractive returns to shareholders

Adjusted Earnings  
Per Share

Relative Total  
Shareholder Return

Schneider Sustainability 
Relative & External Index

40%

35%

25%

4.

How are performance criteria linked to  
Schneider Electric strategic priorities?
Variable pay is linked to performance metrics designed to deliver 
Schneider Electric strategy. At the start of each year, the Board 
reviews the measures, targets, and weightings to ensure they 
remain consistent with the annual priorities and Group strategy.  
For the annual variable compensation and the Performance Shares,  
the approach to performance measurement is intended to provide 
a balance of measures to assess performance focusing on 
execution of the Group’s strategic priorities.

Considerations of wider workforce  
compensation and shareholders’ views
The Board monitors and reviews the effectiveness of the 
compensation policy for Corporate Officer and senior management 

and has regard to its impact and consistency with compensation 
policies in the wider workforce. During the year, the Board 
is provided with information and context on pay in the wider 
workforce and various HR initiatives to enable its decision-making. 
This includes the approach to gender pay gap and living wage 
programs rolled out globally, the annual variable compensation 
results, and the total cost of LTIP awards.

The Board is committed to an open and transparent dialogue with 
Schneider Electric’s shareholders through the Vice-Chairman & 
Lead Independent Director. Where appropriate, Schneider Electric 
actively engages with shareholders and shareholder representative 
bodies, taking their views into account when making any decisions 
about the Corporate Officers’ compensation. The Vice-Chairman & 
Lead Independent Director is also available to answer questions at 
the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting.

2021 Compensation Pillars and Principles 

Pay for Performance

Alignment with shareholders’ 
interest

Competitiveness

•  Principle 1: Prevalence of variable 
components: circa 80% for CEO 
(at target).

•  Principle 2: Performance is 
evaluated via economic and 
measurable criteria.

•  Principle 3: Financial and 

Sustainability objectives are fairly 
balanced and distributed between 
short-term (annual variable 
compensation) and medium-term 
(long-term incentive) components.

•  Principle 4: Significant proportion 
of the total compensation delivered 
in shares.

•  Principle 5: Performance 

conditions support Schneider 
Electric’s strategic priorities and 
are aligned with shareholders’ 
expectations.

•  Principle 6: To benchmark the 

Corporate Officer’s compensation 
package “at target” in the median 
range of the Company’s updated 
peer group.

•  Principle 7: To reference the  
CAC 40 third quartile and the  
Stoxx Europe 50 median.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

327

 
Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.2  Compensation Report

Fixed compensation

The fixed compensation is reviewed at long intervals by the Board in accordance with the  
AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code, unless there are specific circumstances that  
would warrant a salary increase, for example a major change in the duties. The Board ensures 
that the Chairman and CEO’s salary is set reasonably compared to similar roles in the market.

Considering the positioning of the Corporate Officer’s salary on the relevant markets, the 
Company performance, and also pay conditions for other employees, the Board decided  
that there were no special circumstances that would call for a salary increase in 2022.

Salary increase over the last 
5 years

2022

Nil

2021

Nil

2020

Nil

2019

Nil

2018

5%

Corporate Officer

Jean-Pascal Tricoire, Chairman and CEO

Annual variable compensation

FY 2022
(January 1, 2022)

FY 2021  

(January 1, 2021)

€1,000,000

€1,000,000

% Change

0%

Annual variable compensation provides variable cash compensation which rewards achievement of the short-term financial and 
sustainability targets of the Group.

At the start of the fiscal year, financial and sustainability performance criteria, weightings, and annual targets are reviewed in detail 
by the Committee and recommended to the Board for approval. Outcomes will be determined based on performance against each of 
those targets. The Board has the flexibility to review targets during the year to ensure continuous alignment with shareholders’ interests.

The payment of the annual variable compensation is conditional upon approval by shareholders of the compensation granted to the 
Chairman and CEO. The Company does not operate a clawback policy.

The pay-out opportunity at threshold performance is 0%, with 50% of maximum annual variable compensation payable for achieving 
target. The maximum annual variable compensation will only be earned where a strong performance is delivered on each performance 
metric. Pay-outs between threshold and target, and between target and maximum, are determined on a straight-line basis.

Schneider Electric does not operate a deferral program.

2022 Annual variable compensation opportunity at target and maximum (no change vs. the 2021 policy):

Minimum

At target

Maximum

0% of fixed compensation

130% of fixed compensation

260% of fixed compensation

Nil

€1,300,000

€2,600,000

For 2022, the Board proposes that the measurable financial performance criteria determine 80% and sustainability criteria, 20% of the 
variable cash compensation of Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire as follows:

Performance criteria

Description and link to strategy

40% Group organic sales growth

Fostering organic growth through deployment of strategic priorities in key markets

30% Adjusted EBITA organic margin improvement

Enabling shareholder value creation through continuous efficiency

10% Group cash conversion

Enabling returns to shareholders

20% Schneider Sustainability Impact

Promoting continuous progress towards more sustainability and value for 
customers

For business confidentiality reasons and as in previous year, the targets cannot be disclosed; however, the targets have been set 
precisely by the Board at the meeting of February 16, 2022 and will be communicated ex-post.

328

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

4.

Performance shares (Long-term incentive plan – LTIP)

LTIP links the largest part of the Chairman and CEO’s 
compensation with the long-term performance of the Group  
and the actual outcome varies with performance against  
criteria linked directly to strategic priorities.

Shares granted are subject to a vesting period of three years  
with an additional mandatory one year holding period for  
30% of shares which are granted under the Plan reserved  
to the Corporate Officers.

For threshold performance, 0% of shares granted will vest, 
 for maximum, 100% will vest. Vesting will normally operate  
on a straight-line basis between these points.

LTIP time horizon

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Long-term
incentive 
plan

1 year 
holding 
period

Shares 
released

Perfomance period

30% of shares 
that vest

Shares 
granted

Performance assessed 
& shares vest (70% released)

The 2022 LTIP criteria will remain the same as in 2021, in line with Company’s objectives and the proposals approved by shareholders 
under the LTIP resolution at the 2019 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting on April 25, 2019 (21st resolution) with two changes regarding the 
vesting scale of the criterion of TSR compared to a bespoke industry panel of 11 companies which would be made more stringent  
(no vesting under the median of the group would be allowed) and the disclosure of the targets set for the improvement of the adjusted 
Earnings per share criterion which will be disclose ex-post allowing shareholders to ensure the stringency of the targets set by the Board.

In order to align the interests of the Group’s executives to those of the shareholders, in 2022, the Board will allocate Performance 
Shares to more than 3,500 Group executives and Senior Management, leaders, and key talents (Plans n° 40 and 41). For Group Senior 
Management, 100% of shares allocated will be subject to performance conditions measured over three years.

The maximum annual award to the Corporate Officer for 2022, valued in accordance with IFRS standards, will be now capped at 200% 
of the combined fixed and target short-term variable compensation at the date of grant to ensure that it does not represent  
a disproportionate percentage of his overall compensation.

The volume of the annual award will be set in consideration of:
•  The market practice and competitive positioning of the Chairman and CEO’s compensation package;
•  The Group’s performance in 2021, acknowledged by the market;
•  The performance criteria applicable to the final acquisition of LTIP awards;
•  The culture of ownership deeply rooted in Schneider Electric’s DNA.

In the context described above, the Board decided that the number of shares granted to the Chairman and CEO continues to  
be reasonable in terms of quantum and market practice for comparable roles; it rewards the Company’s resilient performance  
in a challenging year and supports the culture of ownership strongly promoted by Schneider Electric.

Performance conditions

100% measurable and quantifiable criteria

75% Financial & TSR and 25% Sustainability

Performance conditions and weightings applicable to the 2022 LTIP:

•  40%, improvement of Adjusted Earning per share;
•  35%, relative TSR performance of Schneider Electric:

 − 17.5% measured vs. a bespoke panel of 11 companies: ABB, Legrand, Siemens, Eaton, Emerson, Honeywell, Johnson Controls, 

Rockwell Automation, Fuji Electric, Mitsubishi Electric, and Yokogawa,

 − 17.5% measured vs. CAC 40 companies;

•  25%, based on Schneider Sustainability External & Relative Index (SSERI).

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

329

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.2  Compensation Report

•  Adjusted EPS (40%)

Adjusted EPS is a key long-term performance metric which promotes the execution of Schneider Electric’s strategy to deliver profitable 
growth, thus reinforcing alignment with shareholders. Performance Shares could vest subject to the achievement of the following 
targets as set by the Board of Directors at the beginning of each year:
•  a minimum Adjusted EPS improvement threshold under which there will be no vesting;
•  an intermediary targeted Adjusted EPS improvement objective that the Company will have to achieve in order to vest 75% of the 

shares under this condition;

•  a targeted Adjusted EPS improvement objective that the Company will have to achieve in order to vest all shares under this condition;
the Performance Shares will vest progressively, on a linear basis, if the Adjusted EPS improvement is between these objectives.
• 

As explained above, the Board commits to disclose ex-post, at the end of each Long-Term Incentive Plan, the minimum Adjusted EPS 
improvement thresholds and the targeted Adjusted EPS improvement objectives.

Adjusted EPS performance is published in the external financial communications and its annual variance will be calculated using 
adjusted EBITA at constant FX from year N-1 to year N. Foreign exchange impacts below adjusted EBITA will be taken in full. Significant 
unforeseen scope impact could be restated from this calculation upon decision of the Board.

•  Relative TSR (35%)

This criterion strengthens the alignment between the shareholders’ interests and compensation of the Corporate Officer.
•  For 17.5% of the shares, Schneider Electric TSR will be compared to a bespoke industry panel consisting of 11 companies  

(ABB, Legrand, Siemens, Eaton, Emerson, Honeywell, Johnson Controls, Rockwell Automation, Fuji Electric, Mitsubishi Electric  
and Yokogawa) with a vesting scale as follows: 0% at rank 7 or below, 50% at median (rank 6), 100% at rank 4, 150% for ranks 3 to 1,  
and linear between these points, as explained above, the Board proposes to strengthen the vesting scale for a better alignment  
with performance.

•  For the remaining 17.5%, Schneider Electric TSR will be compared with the TSR of the companies in CAC 40 index to reflect 

the macro-economic and stock-market specific trends which influence the performance of the share and in turn, the return to 
shareholders with a vesting scale as follows: 0% below median, 50% at median (rank 20), 100% at rank 10, 120% in ranks 1 to 4,  
and linear between these points.

In case of over-performance, if Schneider Electric’s TSR ranks first to third of the bespoke industry panel or within top 9 of the CAC 40 
companies, this criterion may compensate the under-performance under the Adjusted EPS criterion up to the same number of shares. 
If the Schneider Electric TSR is closely clustered with that of other companies in the panel, then the Board of Directors will apply its 
judgment to decide whether Schneider Electric’s TSR shall be deemed to be ranked in the same position as those companies.

•  Schneider Sustainability External and Relative Index (SSERI) (25%)

The Schneider Sustainability External and Relative Index measures the long-term sustainability performance of the Group in terms 
of relative performance, through a combination of external indices which cover a range of environmental, social, and governance 
indicators wider than and different from the Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI). Using external indices would also ensure that the 
sustainability priorities governing the assessment of the long-term sustainability performance of the Group are at all times those which 
matter the most to the stakeholders. As their content is dynamic and includes new and more relevant topics as they emerge, it forces 
participants to constantly anticipate the most demanding trends in global sustainability. The Board has selected some of the most 
challenging external indices which are objective, recognized, and independent, covering main geographies in line with the Group’s 
global footprint and which complement each other as they cover different sustainability dimensions:
•  DJSI World which covers three dimensions: economic, environmental, and social;
•  Euronext Vigeo which covers environment, community involvement, business behavior, human rights, corporate governance,  

and human resources;

•  Ecovadis which covers four dimensions: environment, labor and human rights, sustainable procurement and ethics; and
•  CDP Climate Change which covers climate change, water, and forests and represents a major reference for climate change 

leadership globally.

330

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

4.

The table below summarizes the Performance Conditions that will apply to the plan:

40% Improvement of adjusted  
Earnings Per Share (EPS)

•  0% at the minimum Adjusted EPS improvement threshold
•  75% at the intermediary Adjusted EPS improvement 

objective

•  100% at the targeted Adjusted EPS improvement 

35% Relative TSR

17.5% vs. CAC 40

25% Schneider Sustainability 
External & Relative Index  
(SSERI)

17.5% vs. a panel of 11 companies 
(ABB, Legrand, Siemens, Eaton, 
Emerson, Honeywell, Johnson 
Controls, Rockwell Automation,  
Fuji Electric, Mitsubishi Electric  
and Yokogawa)

6.25% DJSIW

6.25% Euronext Vigeo

6.25% Ecovadis

6.25% CDP Climate Change

objective

Vesting linear between these points

•  0% below median
•  50% at median (rank 20)
•  100% at rank 10
•  120% at ranks 1 to 4
Vesting linear between these points

•  0% at rank 7 and below 
•  50% at median (rank 6) 
•  100% at rank 4 
•  150% at ranks 3 to 1 
Vesting linear between these points

•  0%: not in World 
•  50%: included in World 
•  100%: sector leader

•  0%: out 
•  50%: included in World 120 or Europe 120 
•  100%: included in World 120 & Europe 120

•  0%: Silver Medal or less 
•  50%: Gold Medal (top 5%) 
•  100%: Platinum Medal (top 1%)

•  0%: C score 
•  50%: B score (25% at B-) 
•  100%: A score (75% at A-)

For each grant, the performance conditions will be determined by the Board and, although the Board favors stability, they could be 
adapted from the ones presented above. Depending on the evolution of the Group’s strategic objectives, should they cease to be 
relevant or new criteria be deemed more appropriate based on their review by the Board of Directors, the latter would elect for criteria 
with similar long-term stringency, that will ensure a strong link between pay and performance.

Pension benefits

The Chairman & CEO receives complementary cash payments in lieu of participation in the defined benefit pension scheme (Article
39) (“Top Hat”), which was discontinued for Corporate Officers following the decision of the Board of Directors on February 18, 2015.

The purpose of the pension cash payments is to provide a competitive retirement benefit in a way that is cost effective to the Company 
and that allows the Chairman & CEO to continue building his retirement benefits independently. The cash payments are a combination 
of fixed and variable payments that are considered “other benefits” to ensure consistency and comparability with other French or 
international companies. The maximum annual Complementary Pension Cash Benefit for 2022 remains unchanged and is detailed 
in the table below. Variable portion is subject to the same performance criteria and targets as the annual variable compensation. 
The Chairman & CEO has committed to depositing these additional payments, after taxes, into investment vehicles dedicated to the 
supplementary financing of their pensions.

Corporate Officer

Fixed portion

Target 
(% of fixed 
compensation)

Minimum

At target

Maximum

Total at target

Jean-Pascal Tricoire, Chairman and CEO

€191,600

130%

€0

€249,080

€498,160

€440,680

Variable portion

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

331

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.2  Compensation Report

Other benefits

Schneider Electric aims to provide an appropriate level of benefits considering market practice and the level of benefits provided for 
other employees in the Group. The benefits currently provided are described below, but may also include, for example, relocation 
assistance if required and subject to the Board’s decision.

Employer Matching Contributions and Profit-Sharing
The Chairman and CEO is eligible for profit-sharing and the employer matching contribution paid to subscribers to the capital increase 
reserved for employees. He is also eligible for the employer matching contribution paid to subscribers to the collective pension fund 
(PERCO), for the retirement of employees in France.

Company Car
The Corporate Officer may use the cars made available to Group Senior Management with or without chauffeur services. In addition, 
the Chairman and CEO is provided with a company car.

Tax assistance
The Corporate Officer may benefit from a tax assistance.

Health, Life and Disability schemes
The Corporate Officer is eligible for:
i. 

The collective welfare plan applicable to employees of Schneider Electric SE and Schneider Electric Industries SAS covering  
the risks of illness, incapacity, disability, and death;

ii.  Additional coverage of the Group’s French executives for risks of illness, incapacity, disability, and death. The main features  

of this coverage are:

1)  In case of illness or accident resulting in a temporary stoppage or incapacity (of any category), the Corporate Officer shall  
be entitled to continue to receive 18 months’ worth of his compensation (fixed and target variable) authorized by the Board,

2)  In case of death, the policyholder’s beneficiaries shall be entitled to the compensation (fixed and target variable) authorized 
by the Board of Directors for the current month, along with a death benefit equal to 6 months of the average compensation 
authorized by the Board of Directors (monthly average of the fixed and variable compensation paid during the last 12 months  
of employment);

iii.  The entitlement to a life annuity pension paid to the surviving spouse in the event of death before his retirement, or if he left the 

Company after the age of 55 without returning to work, equal to 60% of 25% of the average of compensation paid during the three 
years before the date of death, with a deduction made from the theoretical pension payment that may be obtained under insurance 
conditions from the additional payments that will have been made;

iv. 

In the event of disability causing the Corporate Officer to completely stop working, the right to pension payments (payable to the 
surviving spouse at a rate of 60%) beginning from his retirement equal to 25% of the average of the total cash compensation paid 
over the three years preceding the date of disability minus 1.25% per quarter of absence so as to obtain a full rate of pension and 
minus the amount of additional compensation that may be obtained under insurance conditions at the time the disability occurred;

v. 

In the event of an accident, the Group insurance covering the executive’s accident risk, stipulating the payment of a benefit the 
sum of which may be up to four times the annual compensation based on the type and circumstances of the accident.

Eligibility for benefits (ii) through (v) above is conditional on the fulfilment of one of the following conditions:
• 
• 

the average of the net income of the last five fiscal years preceding the event is positive;
the average of the free cash flow of the last five fiscal years preceding the event is positive.

Director’s fee

The Chairman and CEO has waived the attendance fees to which he is entitled in his capacity of Board member.

Extraordinary awards

The Compensation policy does not include any provisions for extraordinary payments. The Board decided to maintain the prohibition  
of one-off payments that are not provided for in the compensation policy approved by the shareholders.

332

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Post-mandate benefits

Listening carefully to the concerns raised by the shareholders and taking their feedback into account, the Board changed in the 2020 
Compensation policy the Chairman and CEO’s post-mandate benefits:
•  Complementary payments for pension are now excluded from the severance indemnity calculation;
•  A resignation may qualify as a forced departure only if the resignation was requested, which may include reasons such as change  

in strategy, voluntary resignation does not qualify as a forced departure;

•  Prorata rule now applies as a principle to determine the Chairman and CEO’s right to keep unvested shares after their constraint 

departure.

The table below presents a summary of the benefits that could be granted to the Chairman and CEO on leaving office depending on 
the terms of the departure. The information provided in this summary is without prejudice to any decisions that may be made by the 
Board. In determining overall termination arrangements, the Board will ensure that termination benefits shall be granted only in case of 
forced departure and regardless of the form of the departure. In any case, Involuntary Severance Pay will not be paid if the resignation 
is a consequence of wrongful or gross misconduct.

4.

Voluntary resignation/Removal from 
office for wrongful or gross misconduct

Forced departure

Involuntary  
Severance Pay

Not applicable

Maximum Amount = twice the arithmetical 
average of the Corporate Officer’s annual 
fixed and variable cash compensation, to 
the exclusion of complementary pension 
payments, paid over the last 3 years 
taking into account the non-compete 
compensation, if any, and subject to the 
attainment of performance conditions.

Retirement or change of 
assignment within the Group

Not applicable

Non-compete indemnity

If not waived by the Board, 60% of annual fixed and target variable 
compensation (excluding pension payments)

Retention of unvested  
share awards

Forfeited in full

Rights retained on prorata basis to 
presence within Schneider Electric

Not applicable

Rights retained in full

•  The termination benefits only become payable if the departure of the Chairman and CEO is forced, including requested resignation, 

in the following cases;
 − Dismissal, non-renewal or requested resignation of the Chairman and CEO, within the six months following a material change  

in Schneider Electric’s shareholder structure that could change the membership of the Board of Directors;

 − Dismissal, non-renewal or requested resignation of the Corporate Officer, in the event of a reorientation of the strategy pursued 
and promoted by the Chairman and CEO until that time, whether or not in connection with a change in shareholder structure as 
described above; and

 − Dismissal, non-renewal or requested resignation of the Chairman and CEO, although, on average, two-thirds of the Group 

performance criteria have been achieved for the last four fiscal years from the day of departure.

•  Payment of the Involuntary Severance Pay is subject to fulfilment of the following performance conditions based on the average 
rate of achievement of the Group’s performance criteria used in the annual variable compensation for the last three fiscal years 
preceding the date of the Board’s decision:

Group criteria achievement

Severance payment

< 66%

66%–100%

>100%

No payment

75%–100% of the Maximum Amount, calculated on a straight line basis

100% of the Maximum Amount

•  The aggregate amount of the Involuntary Severance Pay and the non-compete compensation, if any, shall not exceed the Maximum 

Amount.

•  Non-compete: the Chairman and CEO is bound by a non-compete agreement in case of departure. The one-year agreement calls 
for compensation to be paid at 60% of annual fixed and target variable parts (excluding complementary payments). In line with the 
recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code, the Board will determine whether to apply the non-compete 
clause at the time of departure of the Corporate Officer.
If the Chairman and CEO leaves the Group in circumstances of a forced departure, he will be entitled to retain unvested 
Performance Shares, which would typically vest at the end of the relevant vesting period, subject to the applicable performance 
conditions, and which will be pro-rated for the time the Corporate Officer remained with the Group in any capacity during the vesting 
period. In case of retirement or change of assignment within the Group, the Chairman and CEO will keep his right to the unvested 
Performance Shares granted to him previously, subject to the applicable performance conditions and without any prorata.

• 

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

333

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.2  Compensation Report

In conformity with the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code:
•  The entitlement to involuntary severance pay is subject to strict performance conditions, assessed over a period not lesser  

than two years;

•  Only circumstances of a forced departure, regardless of the form of the departure, could trigger the entitlement to involuntary 

severance pay;

•  Together with the non-compete indemnity, if any, the involuntary severance pay could not exceed twice the average of the  

Corporate Officer’s annual compensation (fixed and variable part, to the exclusion of the pension benefits);

•  The Board shall determine unilaterally whether or not to apply the non-compete clause at the time of the departure of the  

Corporate Officer;

•  The Corporate Officer shall not be entitled to Involuntary Severance Pay in the case that he is entitled to benefit from his/her  

pension rights.

Corporate Officer

Employment contract

Top-Hat pension benefits

Payments or benefits that 
may be due in the event of 
termination of assignment

Payments in relation to a 
non-compete agreement

Jean-Pascal Tricoire, Chairman and CEO NO

NO(1)

YES

YES

(1)  The Board of Directors of February 18, 2015, decided to put an end to the benefits of the top-hat pension plan for Corporate Officers.

Recruitment policy

On appointment of a new Corporate Officer, the Board expects any new Corporate Officer to be engaged on terms that are consistent 
with, and in no case more favorable than the policy approved by the shareholders at the last Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, until the 
next policy is approved. However, it is recognized that all circumstances in which Corporate Officer may be appointed cannot be 
anticipated. The Board will aim to set compensation that is appropriate to attract, motivate, retain, and reward an individual of the 
quality required to run the Group successfully, while avoiding paying more than is necessary. If the Board determines that it is in the 
best interests of the Company and shareholders to secure the services of a particular individual not promoted within the Group, it may 
require considering the terms of that individual’s existing employment and/ or their personal circumstances.

The table below summarizes the policy on appointment of a new Corporate Officer.

Fixed compensation

Salaries are set by the Board, taking into consideration a number of factors including the current 
pay for other Corporate Officers, the experience, skill and current pay level of the individual, and 
external market forces. The Board may choose to set the salary below that of the market or the 
other Corporate Officers with the intention of applying staged increases as the individual gains 
experience in the role.

Annual variable compensation

Annual variable compensation will be awarded within the parameters of the policy in force.

Pension

Other benefits

Buy-out awards

Relocation

Internal promotion

The Board would set the pension cash supplementary payments at the appropriate level based  
on an individual’s circumstances.

The Board would expect any new Corporate Officer to participate in the benefit schemes that are 
open to other senior employees (where appropriate, referencing the candidate’s home country) 
but would take into account the individual’s existing arrangements, market norms, and their status 
as a Corporate Officer.

The Board may offer compensatory payments or buy-out awards where an individual forfeits 
outstanding variable pay opportunities or contractual rights as a result of their appointment. 
The specifics of any buy-out awards would be dependent on the individual circumstances of 
recruitment and would be determined on a case-by-case basis. On assessing such awards, the 
Board will seek to make awards on a like-for-like basis to ensure that the value awarded would be 
no greater than the value forfeited by the individual. The Board may choose to apply performance 
conditions to these awards.

Where an individual is relocating in order to take up the role, the Board may approve certain 
one-off benefits such as reasonable relocation expenses, accommodation for a defined period 
following appointment, assistance with visa applications or other immigration issues, and ongoing 
arrangements such as tax equalization, annual flights home, and a housing allowance.

Where an existing employee is appointed to the Board, he/she will be required to resign from 
his/her employment contract and the Board will consider all existing contractual commitments 
including any outstanding share awards or pension entitlements.

In making any decision on the compensation of a new Corporate Officer, the Board would balance shareholder expectations, current 
best practice and the circumstances of any new Corporate Officer. It would strive not to pay more than is necessary to recruit the right 
candidate and would give full details in the next remuneration report.

334

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

4.2.3.2  Non-executive Directors compensation policy

At the 2019 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, the shareholders approved under the 13th resolution the maximum total amount  
of the annual compensation that can be paid to the members of the Board which since then stands at €2,500,000. It is proposed:
•  To maintain the cap of annual total compensation payable to the members of the Board at €2,500,000; and
•  To review the allocation rules as detailed below.

Director’s individual compensation

•  Non-executive Directors will be paid:

 − a fixed basic amount of €25,000 for membership of the Board;
 − an amount of €7,000 per Board meeting attended;
 − an amount of €4,000 per Committee meeting attended;
 − an amount of €25,000 for the yearly strategy week (half in case of digital assistance);
 − an amount of €5,000 (for intercontinental travel) or €3,000 (for intra-continental travels) per Board session physically attended.

•  Additional annual payments are made to non-executive Directors who chair a Committee to reflect the additional responsibilities  

and workload:
 − Audit & Risks Committee: €20,000;
 − Human Resources & CSR Committee, Digital Committee, and Investment Committee: €15,000; and
 − Lead Independent Director, who is also the Chairman of the Governance & Remunerations Committee: €250,000.

4.

•  For an observer, an annual fixed payment of €20,000 is paid, unless they become non-executive Director at the next General Meeting.  

In this case, they will receive the same fees for attending the Board and committee meetings as non-executive Directors.

•  All payments are prorated for time served during the year and are paid in cash.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

335

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.2  Compensation Report

4.2.4  Compensation of Group Senior Management  
(excluding Corporate Officers)

Compensation paid in 2021
Gross compensation, including benefits in kind, paid by Group 
companies in 2021 to the members of Group Senior Management 
other than Corporate Officers, amounted to €25.2m, including
€5.5m in variable compensation paid in the 2021 fiscal year.

The performance objectives for the annual incentive for the  
fiscal year 2021 were:

Improvement of Group adjusted EBITA margin (organic);

•  Group organic sales growth;
• 
•  Group cash conversion rate;
•  Schneider Sustainability Impact.

Long-term incentive plans
Performance shares were granted in 2021 to the Group Senior 
Management. As of December 31, 2021, as part of the Long-term 
incentive plan, Group Senior Management (other than Corporate 
Officers), held:

•  696,839 conditional performance shares;
•  0 options;
•  0 Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs).

Pension benefits
Schneider Electric policy concerning pension benefits states that:
the Group’s Senior Management who are not subject to the 
• 
French Social Security System are covered by pension plan 
arrangements in line with local practices in their respective 
countries;
the Group’s Senior Management subject to the French Social 
Security system, with the exception of Corporate Officers, are 
covered by the additional defined-contribution pension (Article 
83) plans for employees, and/or Group Senior Management. 
Their defined-benefit pension plan (Article 39) was canceled  
on March 22, 2016.

• 

Scope of Senior Management in 2021
On December 31, 2021, Group Senior Management is composed  
of 15 Executive Committee members. The Executive Committee  
is chaired by the Chairman and CEO and includes:

•  Executive Vice-Presidents of Corporate Functions: Finance, 
Supply Chain, Digital, Strategy & Sustainability, Innovation, 
Governance, Marketing, Human Resources.

•  Executive Vice-Presidents of Operations: North America 

Operations, China Operations, France Operations, Europe 
Operations, International Operations;

•  Executive Vice-Presidents of Activities: Industry Automation, 

Energy Management.

With the appointment of the new Group Chief Innovation Officer  
(in May 2021) to the Executive Committee, 44% of the Group Senior 
Management (including Chairman and CEO) is composed of 
women (versus 38% in 2020).

Compensation policy
The compensation principles of Group Senior Management 
(excluding the Corporate Officer) and their individual analyses 
are reviewed by the Human Resources & CSR Committee for 
information and consultation with the Board of Directors. The
Human Resources & CSR Committee may consult external experts 
for specific analyses.

The compensation policy of the Group Senior Management  
follows the principles of competitiveness, pay-for-performance,  
and alignment with shareholders’ long-term interests, aligned with 
the principles applicable to the Corporate Officers as described  
in this report, with the following variations:
•  The competitiveness of the Group Senior Management 

compensation is considered using a relevant geographical 
panel and the scope of responsibilities as prepared by the 
consultancy firm Willis Towers Watson;

•  The proportion of variable components within their on target 
compensation package is around 70% versus around 80%  
for the Corporate Officer.

On target compensation pay mix – 2021 

30%

70%

   Variable Part
   Fixed Part

336

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

Beneficiaries include members of Group Senior Management, top 
managers, high-potential managers and employees in all countries 
whose performance was judged remarkable. The grants made in 
2021 are characterized by:

•  A total of 3,416 beneficiaries in the 2021 LTIP (vs. 3,100 

beneficiaries in the 2020 LTIP);

•  Allocations to Executive Committee members, including the 
Corporate Officer, represented 14.0% of the total attributions 
in the framework of the 2021 LTIP (similar to the proportion 
prevalent (14.5%) in the framework of the 2020 LTIP);

•  28.4% of the beneficiaries were women in the 2021 LTIP to 

whom 26,7% of the shares were granted (vs. 26.0% of women  
in the 2020 LTIP to whom 24.5% of the shares were granted).

4.

Corporate Officers formally undertake, for each grant of shares,  
not to engage in hedging transactions until the end of their duties 
as executive Officers.

4.2.5  Long-term incentive plans

Grant policy
As part of its overall staff pay policy, Schneider Electric sets up a 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) every year. These plans allow the 
Group to ensure the competitiveness of the compensation offered 
by the Group, in dynamic and competitive international markets, 
and in sectors where the ability to attract talent is a key factor to 
success. These plans also aim at mobilizing Schneider Electric’s 
management for the achievement of the Group’s long-term 
objectives and align their interest with those of our shareholders.

The Long-term incentive plans are based on an allocation  
of Performance Shares. No stock options or SARs have been 
granted since December 2009 and the last plan of stock options 
implemented expired on December 31, 2019.

These plans are granted by the Board of Directors, based on the 
recommendation from the Human Resources & CSR Committee.

Past share plans (as of December 31, 2021)

Plan number

Plan 30, 31, 31bis

Plan 32, 33, 34, 35

Plan 36, 37, 37bis

Plan 38, 39, 39bis, 39ter

Date of Annual Shareholders’ Meeting Apr. 25, 2016

Apr. 25, 2016

Apr. 25, 2019

Apr. 25, 2019

LTIP 2018

LTIP 2019

LTIP 2020

LTIP 2021

Date of the grant by the Board

Mar. 26, 2018
Oct. 24, 2018

Number of shares at grant of which:
– Jean-Pascal Tricoire
– Top ten employee beneficiaries

2,371,940
60,000
205,200

Vesting/delivery date

Mar. 26, 2021
Oct. 24, 2021

Mar. 26, 2019
Jul. 24, 2019
Oct. 23, 2019

2,444,010
60,000
214,700

Mar. 28, 2022
Jul. 25, 2022
Oct. 24, 2022

Mar. 24, 2020
Oct. 21, 2020

2,216,791
60,000
218,500

Mar. 24, 2023
Oct. 23, 2023

Mar. 25, 2021
July 29, 2021
Oct. 26, 2021

1,557,170
37,903
141,866

Mar. 25, 2024
July 29, 2024
Oct. 26, 2024

End of holding period

Number of rights outstanding  
as of Dec. 31, 2020

Mar. 25, 2022 for  
Plan 30  
(only for  
25,800 shares of  
which 18,000 shares 
granted to  
Jean-Pascal Tricoire)

Mar. 27, 2023 for  
Plan 32  
(only for  
25,800 shares of  
which 18,000 shares 
granted to  
Jean-Pascal Tricoire)

Mar. 24, 2024 for  
Plan 36  
(only for  
18,000 shares  
granted to  
Jean-Pascal Tricoire)

Mar. 25, 2025 for  
Plan 38  
(only for  
11,371 shares  
granted to  
Jean-Pascal Tricoire)

2,138,056

2,307,769

2,189,851

N/A

Number of rights granted in 2021

N/A

Number of shares delivered in 2021

2,091,053

Number of rights canceled in 2021

47,003

N/A

1,800

97,540

Number of rights outstanding  
as of Dec. 31, 2021

0

2,208,429

Total number of rights outstanding as 
of Dec. 31, 2021

5,863,887

N/A

800

75,510

2,113,541

1,557,170

0

15,253

1,541,917

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

337

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.2  Compensation Report

LTIP 2018

Plan number

Plan 30

Plan 31

Plan 31bis

Date of Annual Shareholders’ Meeting Apr. 25, 2016

Apr. 25, 2016

Apr. 25, 2016

Date of the grant by the Board

Mar. 26, 2018

Mar. 26, 2018

Oct. 24, 2018

Number of shares at grant  
of which:
– Jean-Pascal Tricoire

Number of rights outstanding  
as of Dec. 31, 2020

25,800

18,000

23,417

Number of shares delivered in 2021

22,992

Number of rights canceled in 2021

Number of rights outstanding as of 
Dec. 31, 2021

425

0

2,318,140

28,000

42,000

2,086,639

2,043,374

43,265

0

28,000

24,687

3,313

0

Vesting date/vesting period

End of holding period

Presence condition

Mar. 26, 2021
3 years

Mar. 26, 2021
3 years

Oct. 24, 2021
3 years

Mar. 25, 2022

N/A

N/A

Yes

Performance conditions 

•  Yes for 70% of the shares/100% for the Corporate Officers and Executive Committee 

members

•  2018, 2019, 2020 adjusted EBITA average achievement rate (40%)
•  2018, 2019, 2020 cash conversion rate average (25%)
•  TSR ranking at end of 2020 (15%)
•  2018, 2019, 2020 Planet & Society barometer index (20%)

% achievement of the Performance 
conditions

98.18%

Detailed achievement of the 
Performance conditions

At its meeting of February 10, 2021, the Board of Directors assessed the achievement rate 
of performance criteria for Plans n° 30, 31 and 31bis granted in 2018 based on the Group’s 
performance over the three-year period 2018- 2020 and set the final rate of achievement  
at 98.18%, i.e. a reduction of 1.82% in relation to the number of shares originally granted.

Performance conditions

Group organic adjusted EBITA 
achievement rate

Reference  
period

Weight (%)

Actual 
achievement

Pay-out rate

Weighted 
pay-out rate

2018

2019

2020

13.3% +0.5 pts

100%

32.00%

13.3% +0.7 pts

100%

13.3% +0.2 pts

40%

Group cash conversion average rate 2018-2020 25%

123.3%

150%*

37.50%*

Relative TSR

2018-2020 15%

1st rank

150%*

22.50%*

Planet & Society barometer/ 
Schneider Sustainability Impact 

Total

2018

2019

2020

6.10

7.77

9.32

6.6%

6.6%

6.6%

100%

100%

18.18%

93.10%

79.60%

98.18%

*  The good level of cash conversion exceeded the initial ambition and the over-performance of the relative TSR 

performance condition off-set the under-performance of the adjusted EBITA condition (for 8%).

LTIP 2019

Plan number

Plan 32

Plan 33

Date of Annual Shareholders’ Meeting Apr. 25, 2016

Apr. 25, 2016

Plan 34

N/A

Plan 35

N/A

Date of the grant by the Board

Mar. 26, 2019

Mar. 26, 2019

Jul. 24, 2019

Oct. 23, 2019

Number of shares at grant of which:
– Jean-Pascal Tricoire

Number of rights outstanding as of  
Dec. 31, 2020

Number of shares delivered in 2021

Number of rights canceled in 2021

25,800
18,000

20,817

0

0

2,313,650
42,000

2,185,422

1,800

94,170

87,110

84,080

0

3,370

17,450

17,450

0

0

338

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

LTIP 2019 continued

Plan number

Number of rights outstanding as of  
Dec. 31, 2021

Vesting date/vesting period

End of holding period

Presence condition

Plan 32

20,817

Plan 33

2,089,452

Plan 34

80,710

Plan 35

17,450

Mar. 28, 2022
3 years

Mar. 28, 2022
3 years

Mar. 27, 2023

N/A

Jul. 25, 2022
3 years

N/A

Oct. 24, 2022
3 years

N/A

Yes

Performance conditions

•  Yes for 70% of the shares/100% for 

•  Yes for 70% of the shares/100% for 

the Corporate Officers and Executive 
Committee members

the Corporate Officers and Executive 
Committee members

•  2019, 2020, 2021 adjusted EBITA average 

•  2020, 2021 Adjusted EPS improvement 

achievement rate (40%)

average achievement rate (40%)

•  2019, 2020, 2021 cash conversion rate 

•  TSR ranking at end of 2021 vs. bespoke 

average (25%)

peer group and CAC 40 (30%)

•  TSR ranking at end of 2021 (15%)
•  2019, 2020, 2021 Planet & Society 

•  2019, 2020, 2021 Schneider Sustainability 

External and Relative Index (30%)

barometer index (20%)

4.

% achievement of the Performance 
conditions

96.86% for Plan 32 and 33
88% for Plan 34 and 35

Detailed achievement of the 
Performance conditions of  
Plan 32 and 33

At its meeting of February 16, 2022, the Board of Directors assessed the achievement 
rate of performance criteria for Plans n° 32 and 33 granted in 2019 based on the Group’s 
performance over the three-year period 2019-2021, and set the final rate of achievement  
at 96.86%, i.e. a reduction of 3.14% in relation to the number of shares originally granted.

Detailed achievement of the 
Performance conditions of  
Plan 34 and 35

Performance conditions of Plan 32 and 33

Adjusted EBITA margin average 
achievement rate

Reference  
period

Weight (%)

Actual 
achievement

Pay-out rate

Weighted 
pay-out rate

2019

2020

2021

13.3% +0.7 pts

100%

31.5%

13.3% +0.18 pts

36%

13.3% +1.4 pts

100%

Group cash conversion average rate 2019-2021 25.0% 122.3%

150%*

37.5%*

Relative TSR

2019-2021 15.0% 1st rank

150%*

22.5%*

Planet & Society barometer/ 
Schneider Sustainability Impact 

Total

2019

2020

2021

7.77

9.32

3.92

6.6%

6.6%

6.6%

100%

93.1%

16.86%

79.6%

80.2%

96.86%

*  The good level of cash conversion exceeded the initial ambition and the over-performance of the relative TSR 

performance condition off-set the under-performance of the adjusted EBITA condition (for 8.5%).

At its meeting of February 16, 2022, the Board of Directors assessed the achievement 
rate of performance criteria for Plans n° 34 and 35 granted in 2019 based on the Group’s 
performance over the three-year period 2019-2021, and set the final rate of achievement  
at 88%, i.e. a reduction of 12% in relation to the number of shares originally granted.

Performance conditions of Plan 34 and 35

Reference  
period

Weight (%)

Actual 
achievement

Pay-out rate

Weighted 
pay-out rate

Adjusted Earnings per Share (EPS) 
improvement rate

2020

2021

20%

20%

-4.86%

0%

20%

+31.77% 100%

Relative Total 
Shareholder Return 
(TSR)

vs. CAC 40 
companies

vs. Panel of peer 
companies

Schneider Sustainability External and 
Relative Index (“SSERI”)**

Total

2019-2021 15%

4th rank

120%*

18%*

2019-2021 15%

1st rank

150%*

22.5%*

2019

2020

2021

87.5%

100%

87.5%

10%

10%

10%

100%

87.5%

27.5%

100%

87.5%

88%

Plan n° 34 and 35 have not been granted under the legal framework of the Performance Shares provided by Article L. 225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code. 
Consequently, the shares to be delivered will be only existing shares acquired through the buy-back program.
*  The over-performance of the two relative TSR performance condition off-set the under-performance of the adjusted Earnings per Share (EPS) improvement 

condition (for 10.5%).

**  Plan rules n° 34 and 35 have been modified to replace FTSE4GOOD which is decommissioned by Ecovadis for 2021.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

339

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

4.2  Compensation Report

LTIP 2020

Plan number

Plan 36

Date of Annual Shareholders’ Meeting Apr. 25, 2019

Date of the grant by the Board

Mar. 24, 2020

Number of shares at grant of which:
– Jean-Pascal Tricoire

Number of rights outstanding as of  
Dec. 31, 2020

18,000
18,000

18,000

Number of shares granted in 2021

Number of shares delivered in 2021

Number of rights canceled in 2021

0

0

0

Number of rights outstanding as of  
Dec. 31, 2021

18,000

Vesting date/vesting period

End of holding period

Presence condition

Performance conditions 

Mar. 24, 2023
3 years

Mar. 24, 2024

Yes

Plan 37

Apr. 25, 2019

Mar. 24, 2020

2,095,740
42,000

2,068,990

0

800

71,400

1,996,790

Mar. 24, 2023
3 years

N/A

Plan 37bis

Apr. 25, 2019

Oct. 21, 2020

103,051

102,861

0

0

4,110

98,751

Oct. 23, 2023
3 years

N/A

•  Yes for 70% of the shares/100% for the Corporate officer and Executive Committee
•  2020, 2021, 2022 Adjusted EPS improvement average achievement rate (40%)
•  TSR ranking at end of 2022 vs. bespoke peer group and CAC 40 (35%)
•  2020, 2021, 2022 Schneider Sustainability External and Relative Index (25%)*

Achievement of the Performance 
conditions

To be assessed by the Board of directors in February 2023

*  Plan rules n° 36, 37 and 37bis have been modified to replace FTSE4GOOD which is decommissioned by Ecovadis for 2021 and 2022.

LTIP 2021

Plan number

Plan 38

Plan 39

Plan 39bis

Plan 39bter

Date of Annual Shareholders’ Meeting Apr. 25, 2019

Apr. 25, 2019

Apr. 25, 2019

Apr. 25, 2019

Date of the grant by the Board

Mar. 25, 2021

Mar. 25, 2021

Jul. 29, 2021

Oct. 26, 2021

Number of shares at grant of which:
– Jean-Pascal Tricoire

Number of rights outstanding as of  
Dec. 31, 2020

11,371
11,371

N/A

Number of shares granted in 2021

11,371

Number of shares delivered in 2021

Number of rights canceled in 2021

0

0

Number of rights outstanding as of  
Dec. 31, 2021

11,371

1,463,997
26,532

N/A

1,463,997

0

14,873

1,449,124

48,720

33,082

N/A

48,720

0

380

48,340

N/A

33,082

0

0

33,082

Vesting date/vesting period

End of holding period

Presence condition

Performance conditions

Mar. 25, 2024
3 years

Mar. 25, 2024
3 years

Mar. 25, 2025

N/A

Jul. 29, 2024
3 years

N/A

Oct. 26, 2024
3 years

N/A

Yes

•  Yes for 70% of the shares/100% for the Corporate officer and Executive Committee
•  2021, 2022, 2023 Adjusted EPS improvement average achievement rate (40%)
•  TSR ranking at end of 2023 vs. bespoke peer group and CAC 40 (35%)
•  2021, 2022, 2023 Schneider Sustainability External and Relative Index (25%)

Achievement of the Performance 
conditions

To be assessed by the Board of directors in February 2024

340

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 4 – Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance

4.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

341

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

We believe access to energy and digital is a basic 
human right. Our generation is facing a tectonic 
shift in energy transition and industrial revolution 
catalyzed by a more electric world.

342

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

5

Consolidated  
financial statements  
at December 31, 2021

5.

5.1  Consolidated statement of income  344

5.2  Consolidated statement of  

cash flows 

5.3  Consolidated balance sheet 

5.4  Consolidated statement of  

changes in equity 

5.5  Notes to the consolidated  
financial statements 

346

347

349

350

5.6  Statutory auditors’ report on the 

consolidated financial statements  397

5.7  Extract of the management  
report for the year ended  
December 31, 2021 

402

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

343

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.1  Consolidated statement of income

(in millions of euros except for earnings per share)

Note

Full Year 2021

Full Year 2020

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Research and development
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Adjusted EBITA*
Other operating income and expenses
Restructuring costs
EBITA**
Amortization and impairment of purchase accounting intangibles
Operating income
Interest income
Interest expense
Finance costs, net
Other financial income and expense
Net financial income/(loss)
Profit from continuing operations before income tax
Income tax expense
Share of profit/(loss) of associates

PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

  attributable to owners of the parent
  attributable to non-controlling interests
Basic earnings (attributable to owners of the parent) per share (in euros per share)
Diluted earnings (attributable to owners of the parent) per share (in euros per share)

3

4

3
6

5

7

8
12

19
19

28,905
(17,062)
11,843
(855)
(6,001)
4,987
(21)
(225)
4,741
(410)
4,331
4
(99)
(95)
(81)
(176)
4,155
(966)
84

3,273

3,204
69
5.76
5.67

25,159
(15,003)
10,156
(718)
(5,512)
3,926
(210)
(421)
3,295
(207)
3,088
14
(126)
(112)
(166)
(278)
2,810
(638)
66

2,238

2,126
112
3.84
3.81

*  Adjusted EBITA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Amortization of Purchase Accounting Intangibles). Adjusted EBITA corresponds to operating profit before amortization 

and impairment of purchase accounting intangible assets, before goodwill impairment, other operating income and expenses and restructuring costs.

**   EBITA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes and Amortization of Purchase Accounting Intangibles). EBITA corresponds to operating profit before amortization and impairment 

of purchase accounting intangible assets and before goodwill impairment.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

344

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

Other comprehensive income

(in millions of euros)

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income:
Translation adjustment
Cash-flow hedges
Income tax effect of cash flow hedges
Net gains/(losses) on financial assets
Income tax effect of gains/(losses) on financial assets
Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans
Income tax effect of actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax
  of which to be recycled in income statement
  of which not to be recycled in income statement

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR

  attributable to owners of the parent
  attributable to non-controlling interests

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

Note

Full Year 2021

Full Year 2020

3,273

2,238

19

19
20
19

1,839
130
(7)
40
(9)
451
(105)
2,339
1,962
377

5,612

5,212
400

(1,649)
(125)
(18)
(5)
1
(123)
21
(1,898)
(1,792)
(106)

340

271
69

5.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

345

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.2  Consolidated statement of cash flows

(in millions of euros)

Note

Full Year 2021

Full Year 2020

Profit for the year
Share of (profit)/losses of associates
Income and expenses with no effect on cash flow:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortization of intangible assets other than goodwill
Impairment losses on non-current assets
Increase/(decrease) in provisions
Losses/(gains) on disposals of business and assets
Difference between tax paid and tax expense
Other non-cash adjustments
Net cash provided by operating activities
Decrease/(increase) in accounts receivables
Decrease/(increase) in inventories and work in progress
(Decrease)/increase in accounts payable
Decrease/(increase) in other current assets and liabilities
Change in working capital requirement

TOTAL I – CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from disposals of property, plant and equipment
Purchases of intangible assets
Net cash used by investment in operating assets
Acquisitions and disposals of businesses, net of cash acquired & disposed
Other long-term investments
Increase in long-term pension assets
Sub-total

TOTAL II – CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Issuance of bonds
Repayment of bonds
Sale/(purchase) of own shares
Increase/(decrease) in other financial debt
Increase/(decrease) of share capital
Transaction with non-controlling interests*
Dividends paid to Schneider Electric’s shareholders
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

TOTAL III – CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES

TOTAL IV – NET FOREIGN EXCHANGE DIFFERENCE

INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN NET CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS: I +II +III +IV

Net cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year
Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

NET CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF THE YEAR

3,273
(84)

726
688
34
(54)
(184)
(38)
108
4,469
(577)
(955)
418
261
(853)

3,616

(543)
59
(333)
(817)
(4,231)
16
(136)
(4,351)

(5,168)

–
(600)
(262)
(444)
216
(418)
(1,447)
(138)

(3,093)

346

(4,299)

6,762
(4,299)

2,463

2,238
(66)

698
512
54
266
(10)
(137)
96
3,651
326
(153)
344
267
784

4,435

(485)
55
(332)
(762)
(2,393)
11
(106)
(2,488)

(3,250)

2,444
(500)
(50)
1,032
43
1,141
(1,413)
(112)

2,585

(403)

3,367

3,395
3,367

6,762

11
10

21

11

10

2

22
22

19
2
19

18

18

* 

* 

In 2020, the Group received EUR 1,141 million of cash from AVEVA’s minority interests, following the increase of capital realized by the latter, to finance the acquisition  
of OSIsoft (Note 2).
In 2021, transactions with non-controlling interests mainly relates to RIB Software SE (Note 2).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

346

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

5.3  Consolidated balance sheet

Assets

(in millions of euros)

NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
Goodwill, net
Intangible assets, net
Property, plant and equipment, net
Investments in associates and joint ventures
Non-current financial assets
Deferred tax assets

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
Inventories and work in progress
Trade and other operating receivables
Other receivables and prepaid expenses
Current financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

TOTAL ASSETS

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

Note

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

9
10
11
12
13
14

15
16
17

18

24,723
6,486
3,826
1,234
1,034
1,820

39,123

3,971
6,829
1,998
4
2,622

15,424

54,547

19,956
5,033
3,619
598
776
1,984

31,966

2,883
5,626
2,094
18
6,895

17,516

49,482

5.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

347

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.3  Consolidated balance sheet

Liabilities

(in millions of euros)

EQUITY:
Share capital
Additional paid in capital
Retained earnings
Translation reserve
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Non-controlling interests

TOTAL EQUITY

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Pensions and other post-employment benefit obligations
Other non-current provisions
Non-current financial liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Other non-current liabilities

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Trade and other operating payables
Accrued taxes and payroll costs
Current provisions
Other current liabilities
Current debt

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

Note

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

19

20
21
22
14

21

22

2,276
2,456
19,694
14
24,440
3,669

28,109

1,395
1,091
7,554
997
1,179

2,268
2,248
17,648
(1,541)
20,623
3,104

23,727

1,708
930
8,196
917
1,109

12,216

12,860

5,715
3,694
933
1,685
2,195

14,222

54,547

4,664
3,413
1,000
1,558
2,260

12,895

49,482

348

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

5.4  Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Translation
reserve

Equity
attributable
to owners of
the parent

Non-
controlling
interests

Total

65

21,561

1,579

23,140

(in millions of euros)

Dec. 31, 2019

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Comprehensive income for 

the year

Capital increase
Exercise of performance shares
Dividends
Change in treasury shares
Share-based compensation 

expense

Other

Dec. 31, 2020

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Comprehensive income for 

the year

Capital increase
Exercise of performance shares
Dividends
Change in treasury shares
Share-based compensation 

expense

Other

Dec. 31, 2021

Number
of shares
(thousands)

582,069

–
–

–
–
–
–
(15,000)

–
–

Additional
paid-in
capital

3,134

Capital

2,328

–
–

–
–
–
–
(60)

–
–

–
–

–
43
–
–
(929)

–
–

Retained
earnings

16,034

2,126
(249)

1,877
–
–
(1,413)
939

140
71

–
(1,606)

(1,606)
–
–
–
–

–
–

2,126
(1,855)

271
43
–
(1,413)
(50)

140
71

567,069

2,268

2,248

17,648

(1,541)

20,623

–
–

–
1,964
–
–
–

–
–

–
–

–
8
–
–
–

–
–

–
–

–
208
–
–
–

–
–

3,204
453

3,657
–
–
(1,447)
(262)

145
(47)

569,033

2,276

2,456

19,694

1,555

1,555
–
–
–
–

–
–

14

3,204
2,008

5,212
216
–
(1,447)
(262)

145
(47)

112
(43)

69
–
–
(112)

5
1,563

3,104

69
331

400
–
–
(138)
–

16
287

2,238
(1,898)

340
43
–
(1,525)
(50)

145
1,634

23,727

3,273
2,339

5,612
216
–
(1,585)
(262)

161
240

5.

24,440

3,669

28,109

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

349

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Contents
Note

1  Accounting policies 
2  Changes in the scope of consolidation 
3 
Segment information 
4  Research and development 
5 

Impairment losses, depreciation and amortization  
expenses 

Income tax expenses 

6  Other operating income and expenses 
7  Other financial income and expenses 
8 
9  Goodwill 
10 
11  Property, plant and equipment 
12 
13  Non-current financial assets 
14  Deferred taxes by Nature 

Intangibles assets 

Investments in associates and joint ventures 

Note

352
362
364
365

365
365
366
366
366
367
369
370
372
372

15 
373
Inventories and work in progress 
16  Trade and other operating receivables 
373
17  Other receivables and prepaid expenses 
374
18  Cash and cash equivalents 
374
19  Shareholder’s equity 
374
20  Pensions and other post-employment benefit obligations  378
21  Provisions for contingencies and charges 
381
22  Total current and non-current financial liabilities 
381
23  Classification of financial instruments 
383
24  Employees 
388
25  Related party transactions 
389
26  Commitments and contingent liabilities 
389
27  Subsequent events 
389
28  Statutory Auditors’ fees 
390
29  Consolidated companies 
390

All amounts in millions of euros unless otherwise indicated.

The following notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

The Schneider Electric Group’s consolidated financial statements for the financial year ended December 31, 2021 were authorized for issue by  
the Board of Directors on February 16, 2022. They will be submitted to shareholders for approval at the Annual General Meeting of May 5, 2022.

The Group’s main businesses are described in Chapter 1 of the Universal Registration Document.

350

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

COVID-19 pandemic

Impact of the COVID-19 on the Group’s activities

The COVID-19 pandemic and the actions taken by governments in response to its spread have resulted in disruptions to the Group’s 
business operations, and supply chain in the course of 2020. Fiscal year 2021 saw a return to growth in business activity, in a context  
of continued global supply chain pressures.

Risks and uncertainties

The Group demonstrated the agility and resilience of its global supply chain while coordinating and regionally managing supply chain 
organization to maintain quick decision making and flexibility in 2021.

Balance sheet positions

The Group working capital was assessed with the same accounting policies, principles and methodologies used for the full year 2020 
consolidated financial statements. There was no material impairment booked in the income statement as at December 31, 2021.

Impairment of assets

The Group performed the annual impairment test of all the Cash Generating Units (CGUs) using the same methodology as the one used  
on previous periods, and described in Note 1.11. Following the performance of these tests, the Group concluded that there was no risk  
of impairment at December 31, 2021.

5.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

351

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 1: Accounting policies

1.1 – Accounting standards

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in compliance with the international accounting standards (IFRS) as adopted  
by the European Union as of December 31, 2021. The same accounting methods were used as for the consolidated financial statements  
for the year ended December 31, 2020.

The following standards and interpretations that were applicable during the period did not have a material impact on the consolidated 
financial statements as of December 31, 2021:

•  amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 – Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2;
•  amendments to IFRS 16 – Leases COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions;

The Group did not apply the following standards and interpretations for which mandatory application is subsequent to December 31, 2021:

•  standards adopted by the European Union:

 − amendments to IFRS 16 – Leases COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions beyond 30 June 2021;
 − amendments to IFRS 3 – Business Combinations: Reference to the Conceptual Framework;
 − amendments to IAS 16 – Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use;
 − amendments to IAS 37 – Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets: Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract;
 − Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020.

•  standards not yet adopted by the European Union:

 − amendments to IAS 1 – Presentation of Financial Statements: Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current – Deferral of Effective 

Date;

 − amendments to IAS 1 – Presentation of Financial Statements and IFRS Practice Statement 2: Disclosure of Accounting policies;
 − amendments to IAS 8 – Accounting policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors: Definition of Accounting Estimates;
 − amendments to IAS 12 – Income Taxes: Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction;

The Group is currently assessing the potential effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements of the standards not yet applicable  
as of December 31, 2021. At this stage of analysis, the Group does not expect any material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

The Group is also looking at the potential effect of the final agenda decision issued by the IFRIC in the first half of 2021 with regards to 
recognition of the cost of configuring and customising software provided in the cloud as part of a software as a service (SaaS) agreement.

At this stage of analysis, the Group does not expect any material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 – Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2
On September 26, 2019 and August 27, 2020, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 related to the 
reform of interest rate benchmarks used in many financial instruments. Those amendments are divided into two phases:

•  phase 1, applicable starting January 1, 2020, allows uncertainties about the future of reference rates to be disregarded while assessing  

the effectiveness of hedging relationships and/or while evaluating the highly probable nature of the hedged risk;

•  phase 2, applicable starting January 1, 2021, specifies the accounting impacts of the effective replacement of interest rate benchmarks. 
The application of phase 2 has no impact for the Group in the absence of any effective change in the benchmark indexes in the Group’s 
contracts as of December 31, 2021. The transition to the new benchmarks will not have a material impact on the Group financial statements.

IFRIC decision – Attribution of benefits to periods of service IAS 19 – Employee Benefits
The Group has taken into account the impact of the IFRIC agenda decision issued in April 2021 when measuring employee benefit 
obligations. This decision clarifies the periods over which employee benefits should be attributed in allocating the IAS 19 expense.  
The impact as of December 31, 2021 represents a non-material decrease in this commitment (Note 20).

COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions amendments to IFRS 16 – Leases
On May 28, 2020, the IASB issued COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions amendment to IFRS 16 – Leases. The amendment provides relief 
to lessees from applying IFRS 16 guidance on lease modification accounting for rent concessions arising as a direct consequence of the 
COVID-19 pandemic.

On March 31, 2021, the IASB published a second amendment to IFRS 16, extending by one year the period of application of the COVID-19-
Related Rent Concessions amendment to IFRS 16 – Leases published in May 2020. The amendment applied to annual reporting periods 
beginning on or after January, 1, 2021.

As a practical expedient authorized by the amendment, the Group elected, for the concessions that meet the amendment’s criteria,  
not to assess whether a COVID-19 related rent concession from a lessor is a lease modification.

This amendment had no significant impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

352

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

Climate-related matters
The impacts of potential climate-related matters (including risks & opportunities, and legislation changes) which may affect the measurement 
of assets & liabilities in the financial statements, as well as the impacts from the group Carbon Pledge to reach carbon neutral operations in 
2025, have been analysed. The Group will adjust the key assumptions used in value-in-use calculations and sensitivity, should a change be 
required. At present, the impact of climate-related matters is not material to the Group’s financial statements.

1.2 – Basis of presentation

The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for derivative instruments and certain financial assets, which 
are measured at fair value. Financial liabilities are measured using the amortized cost model. The book value of hedged assets and liabilities, 
under fair-value hedge, corresponds to their fair value, for the part corresponding to the hedged risk.

1.3 – Use of estimates and assumptions

The preparation of financial statements requires Group and subsidiary management to make estimates and assumptions that are reflected 
in the amounts of assets and liabilities reported in the consolidated balance sheet, the revenues and expenses in the statement of income 
and the commitments created during the reporting period. Actual results may differ.

These assumptions mainly concern:

5.

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

the measurement of the recoverable amount of goodwill, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (Note 1.8 and 1.9)  
and the measurement of impairment losses (Note 1.11);
the measurement of the recoverable amount of non-current financial assets (Note 1.12 and 13);
the realizable value of inventories and work in progress (Note 1.13);
the recoverable amount of trade and other operating receivables (Note 1.14);
the valuation of share-based payments (Note 1.20);
the calculation of provisions or risk contingencies (Note 1.21);
the measurement of pension and other post-employment benefit obligations (Note 1.19 and Note 20);
the recoverability of deferred tax assets related to tax loss carryforward (Note 14).

1.4 – Consolidation principles

Subsidiaries, over which the Group exercises exclusive control, either directly or indirectly, are fully consolidated.

Group investments in entities controlled jointly with a limited number of partners, such as joint ventures and companies over which the 
Group has significant influence (“associates”) are accounted for by the equity method. Significant influence is presumed to exist when  
more than 20% of voting rights are held by the Group.

Companies acquired or sold during the year are included in or removed from the consolidated financial statements as of the date when 
effective control is acquired or relinquished.

Intra-group balances and transactions are eliminated.

The list of consolidated main subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates can be found in Note 29.

The reporting date for all companies included in the scope of consolidation is December 31, with the exception of certain immaterial 
associates accounted for by the equity method. For the latter however, financial statements up to September 30 of the financial year  
have been used (maximum difference of three months in line with the standards).

1.5 – Business combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method, in accordance with IFRS 3 – Business Combinations. Acquisition 
costs are presented under “Other operating income and expenses” in the statement of income.

All acquired assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are recognized at their fair value at the acquisition date, the fair value can be adjusted 
during a measurement period that can last for up to 12 months from the date of acquisition.

The excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s share in the fair value of assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition is recognized 
in goodwill. When the cost of acquisition is lower than the fair value of the identified assets and liabilities acquired, the badwill is immediately 
recognized in the statement of income.

Goodwill is not amortized, but tested for impairment at least annually and whenever there is an indication that it may be impaired (see  
Note 1.11 below). Any impairment losses are recognized under “Amortization expenses and impairment losses of purchase accounting 
intangible assets”.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

353

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1.6 – Translation of the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in euros.

The financial statements of subsidiaries that use another functional currency are translated into euros as follows:

•  assets and liabilities are translated at the official closing rates;
• 

income statement, backlog and cash flow items are translated at average annual exchange rates.

Gains or losses on translation are recorded in consolidated equity under “Cumulative translation reserve”.

The Group applies IAS 29 – Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies to the Group’s subsidiaries in hyperinflation countries 
(Venezuela and Argentina). The impacts are not significant for the Group in 2021.

1.7 – Foreign currency transactions

Foreign currency transactions are recorded using the exchange rate in effect at the transaction date or at the hedging rate. At the balance 
sheet date, monetary items in foreign currency (eg. payables, receivables, etc.) are translated into the functional currency of the entity at the 
closing rate or at the hedging rate. Gains or losses on translation of foreign currency transactions are recorded under “Net financial income/ 
(loss)”. Foreign currency hedging is described below, in Note 1.23.

However, certain long-term receivables and loans to subsidiaries are considered to be part of a net investment in a foreign operation,  
as defined by IAS 21 – The effects of changes in foreign exchange rates. As such, the impact of exchange rate fluctuations is recorded  
in equity and recognized in the statement of income when the investment is sold or when the long-term receivable or loan is reimbursed.

1.8 – Intangible assets

Intangible assets acquired separately or as part of a business combination
Intangible assets acquired separately are initially recognized in the balance sheet at historical cost. They are subsequently measured  
using the cost model, in accordance with IAS 38 – Intangible Assets.

Intangible assets (mainly trademarks, technologies and customer lists) acquired as part of business combinations are recognized in the 
balance sheet at fair value at the combination date, appraised externally for the most significant assets and internally for the rest, and that 
represents its historical cost in consolidation. The valuations are performed using generally accepted methods, based on future inflows.

Intangible assets are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful life or, alternatively, over the period of legal protection. 
Amortized intangible assets are tested for impairment when there is any indication that their recoverable amount may be less than their 
carrying amount.

Amortization expenses and impairment losses on intangible assets acquired in a business combination are presented on a separate 
statement of income line item, “Amortization expenses and impairment losses of purchase accounting intangible assets”.

Trademarks
The trademarks fair value is determined using the royalty method at the date of acquisition.

Trademarks acquired as part of a business combination are not amortized when they are considered to have an indefinite life.

The criteria used to determine whether or not such trademarks have indefinite lives and, as the case may be, their lifespan, are as follows:

•  brand awareness;
•  outlook for the brand in light of the Group’s strategy for integrating the trademark into its existing portfolio.

Non-amortized trademarks are tested for impairment at least annually and whenever there is an indication they may be impaired.  
When necessary, an impairment loss is recorded.

Internally-generated intangible assets
Research and development costs
Research costs are expensed in the statement of income when incurred. Development costs for new projects are capitalized if, and only if:

• 
• 

• 
• 

the project is clearly identified and the related costs are separately identified and reliably monitored;
the project’s technical feasibility has been demonstrated and the Group has the intention and financial resources to complete the project 
and to use or sell the resulting products;
the Group has allocated the necessary technical, financial and other resources to complete the development;
it is probable that the future economic benefits attributable to the project will flow to the Group.

354

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

Development costs that do not meet these criteria are expensed in the financial year in which they are incurred.

Before the commercial launch, capitalized development projects are tested for impairment at least annually. From the date of the 
commercial launch, capitalized development projects are amortized over the lifespan of the underlying technology, which generally  
ranges from three to ten years. The amortization expenses of such capitalized projects are included in the cost of the related products  
and classified into “Cost of sales” when the products are sold.

As for development-related assets which are in the amortization period, they are tested for impairment in case an impairment risk has  
been identified.

Software implementation
External and internal costs relating to the implementation of Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) applications are capitalized when they 
relate to the programming, coding and testing phase. They are amortized over the applications’ useful lives. In accordance with paragraph 
98 of IAS 38, the SAP bridge application currently being rolled out within the Group is amortized using the production unit method to reflect 
the pattern in which the asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed. Said units of production correspond to the number 
of users of the rolled-out solution divided by the number of target users at the end of the roll-out.

1.9 – Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is primarily comprised of land, buildings and production equipment and is carried at cost, less accumulated 
depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses, in accordance with the recommended treatment in IAS 16 – Property, plant and 
equipment.

Each component of an item of property, plant and equipment with a useful life that differs from that of the whole item is depreciated 
separately on a straight-line basis. The main useful lives are as follows:

5.

•  buildings: 20 to 40 years;
•  machinery and equipment: 3 to 10 years;
•  other: 3 to 12 years.

The useful life of property, plant and equipment used in operating activities, such as production lines, reflects the related products’ 
estimated life cycles.

Useful lives of items of property, plant and equipment are reviewed periodically and may be adjusted prospectively if appropriate.  
The depreciable amount of an asset is determined after deducting its residual value, when the residual value is material.

Depreciation is expensed in the period and included in the production cost of inventory or the cost of internally-generated intangible assets. 
It is recognized in the statement of income under “Cost of sales”, “Research and development costs” or “Selling, general and administrative 
expenses”, as the case may be.

Items of property, plant and equipment are tested for impairment whenever there is an indication they may be impaired. Impairment losses 
are charged to the statement of income under “Other operating income and expenses”.

Since 2019, property, plant and equipment also includes right-of-use assets, in accordance with the recommended treatment in IFRS 16 
Leases, and as described in the following note.

1.10 – Leases

The Group has adopted IFRS 16 – Leases on January 1, 2019, according to the modified retrospective approach.

Scope of the Group’s contracts
The lease contracts identified within all the Group entities fall under the following categories:

•  real estate: office buildings, factories, and warehouses;
•  vehicles: cars and trucks;
• 

forklifts used mainly in factories or storage warehouses.

The Group has retained the exemption for low-value assets (i.e. assets with a cost lower than USD 5,000). Thus, the defined scope does 
not include small office or IT equipment, mobile phones or other small equipment, which all correspond to low-value equipment. Short term 
contracts (i.e. less than 12 months without purchase option) are also exempted under the standard. In this case, for example, for occasional 
vehicle or accommodation rentals.

Rental obligation:
At the inception date of the lease, the Group recognizes the lease liabilities, measured at the present value of the lease payments to be 
made over the term of the lease. The present value of payments is calculated mainly using the marginal borrowing rate of the contracting 
entity’s country, at the contract starting date.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

355

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Rental payments include fixed payments (net of rental incentives receivable), variable payments based on an index or rate and amounts that 
should be paid under residual value guarantees. Besides, the simplification allowing not to split services components has not been elected 
by the Group. Therefore, only the rents are taken into account in the lease payments.

Lease payments also include, when applicable, the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised by the Group 
and the payment of penalties for the termination of a lease, if the term of the lease takes into account the fact that the Group has exercised 
the termination option.

Variable lease payments that are not dependent on an index or rate are recognized as an expense in the period in which the event or 
condition that triggers the payment occurs.

After the start date of the contract, the amount of rental obligations is increased to reflect the increase in interest and reduced for lease 
payments made.

In addition, the carrying amount of the lease liabilities is revalued in the event of a reassessment or modification in the lease (e.g. change  
in the term of the lease, change in lease payments, application of annual indexation, etc.).

The obligation is recorded under other current and other non-current liabilities.

Right-of-use assets:
The Group accounts for the assets related to the right-of-use on the lease starting date (i.e. the date on which the underlying asset is available).

Assets are measured at cost, less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for the revaluation of lease liabilities.

The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities, initial direct costs incurred and lease payments made on or before  
the effective date, minus lease inducements received. They are recognized as tangible assets, in the Balance Sheet.

Unless the Group is reasonably certain that it will become the owner of the leased asset at the end of the lease term, the recorded right-of-
use assets are depreciated using the linear method over the shortest period of time between estimated life of the underlying asset and the 
duration of the lease. The assets related to the right-of-use are subject to depreciation.

Determining the duration of contracts:
The duration of the Group’s contracts varies according to geographies.

The real estate contracts have variable durations depending on the countries and local regulations. Vehicles and forklifts are generally 
contracted between 3 and 6 years.

In certain geographies, the Group’s real estate contracts offer unilateral options for termination of contracts (particularly in France with 
contracts 3-6-9).

According to the recommendation of IFRIC, on a case by case analysis and based on Real Estate teams’ expertise, experience strategy 
and projects, the Group is determining the most probable duration to perform our calculations. In most of cases, the duration chosen is  
the enforceable duration of the real estate contracts, in particular on the most strategic buildings and factories.

IFRS 16 debt by maturity:

(in millions of euros)

2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029 and beyond

TOTAL

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

–
248
235
181
132
102
72
50
112

250
208
165
122
86
67
55
39
86

1,132

1,078

356

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

1.11 – Impairment of assets

In accordance with IAS 36 – Impairment of Assets, the Group assesses the recoverable amount of its long-lived assets as follows: 

• 

for all property, plant and equipment subject to depreciation and intangible assets subject to amortization, the Group carries out a review at 
each balance sheet date to assess whether there is any indication that they may be impaired. Indications of impairment are identified based 
on external or internal information. If such an indication exists, the Group tests the asset for impairment by comparing its carrying amount to 
the higher of fair value minus costs to sell and value in use;

•  non-amortizable intangible assets and goodwill are tested for impairment at least annually and whenever there is an indication that the 

assets may be impaired.

Value in use is determined by discounting future cash flows that will be generated by the tested assets. These future cash flows are 
based on Group management’s economic assumptions and operating forecasts presented in business plans over a period generally not 
exceeding five years, and then extrapolated based on a perpetuity growth rate. The discount rate corresponds to the Group’s Weighted 
Average Cost of Capital (WACC) at the measurement date. The WACC stood at 6.8% at December 31, 2021 (6.8% at December 31, 2020). 
This rate is based on (i) a long-term interest rate of 0.0%, corresponding to the average interest rate for 10-year OAT treasury bonds over  
the past year, (ii) the average premium applied to financing obtained by the Group in 2021, and is completed by, for CGUs WACC only,  
(iii) the weighted country risk premium for the Group’s businesses in the countries in question.

The perpetuity growth rate is 2.0%, unchanged from the previous financial year.

5.

Impairment tests are performed at the level of the Cash-Generating Unit (CGU) to which the asset belongs. A cash-generating unit is the 
smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash flows from other assets or groups of assets. 
The cash-generating units are Low Voltage, Medium Voltage, Industrial Automation and Secure Power. CGUs net assets were allocated  
to the CGUs at the lowest possible level on the basis of the CGU activities to which they belong; the assets belonging to several activities 
were allocated to each CGU (Low Voltage, Medium Voltage and Industrial Automation mainly).

The WACC used to determine the value in use of each CGU was 7.5% for Low Voltage, 7.8% for Medium Voltage, 7.6% for Secure Power, 
and 7.6% for Industrial Automation.

Goodwill is allocated when initially recognized. The CGU allocation is done on the same basis as used by Group management to monitor 
operations and assess synergies deriving from acquisitions.

Where the recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is lower than its book value, an impairment loss is recognized for the excess of the book 
value over the recoverable value. The recoverable value is defined as the highest value between the value in use and the fair value less 
costs to sell. Where the tested CGU comprises goodwill, any impairment losses are firstly deducted from goodwill.

1.12 – Non-current financial assets

Investments in non-consolidated companies are initially recorded at their cost of acquisition and subsequently measured at fair value.  
The fair value of investments listed in an active market may be determined reliably and corresponds to the listed price at balance sheet date 
(Level 1 from the fair value hierarchy as per IFRS 7).

IFRS 9 standard allows two accounting treatments for equity instruments:

•  change in fair value is recognized through “Other Comprehensive Income” in the comprehensive income statement, and in equity under 

“Other reserves” in the balance sheet, with no subsequent recycling in the income statement even upon sale.

•  change in fair value, as well as gain or loss in case of sale, are recognized in the income statement.

The election between those two methods is to be made from inception for each equity investment and is irrevocable.

Venture capital (FCPR)/Mutual funds (SICAV) are recognized at fair value through income statement, in accordance with IFRS 9.

Loans, recorded under “Non-current financial assets”, are carried at amortized cost. In accordance with IFRS 9, a depreciation is booked 
from inception to reflect the expected credit risk losses within 12 months. In case of significant degradation of the credit quality, the initial 
level of depreciation is modified to cover the entire expected losses over the remaining maturity of the loan.

1.13 – Inventories and work in progress

Inventories and work in progress are measured at the lower of their initial recognition cost (acquisition cost or production cost generally 
determined by the weighted average price method) or of their estimated net realizable value.

Net realizable value corresponds to the estimated selling price net of remaining expenses to complete and/or sell the products. Inventory 
impairment losses are recognized in “Cost of sales”.

The cost of work in progress, semi-finished and finished products, includes the cost of materials and direct labor, subcontracting costs, all 
production overheads based on normal manufacturing capacity and the portion of research and development costs that are directly related 
to the manufacturing process (corresponding to the amortization of capitalized projects in production and product and range of products 
maintenance costs).

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

357

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1.14 – Trade and other operating receivables

Trade and other operating receivables are depreciated according to the simplified IFRS 9 model. From inception, trade receivables  
are depreciated to the extent of the expected losses over their remaining maturity.

The credit risk of trade receivables is assessed on a collective basis country by country, as the geographical origin of receivables  
is considered representative of their risk profile. Countries are classified by risk profile using the assessment provided by an external 
agency. The provision for expected credit losses is evaluated using (i) the probabilities of default communicated by a credit agency,  
(ii) historical default rates, (iii) aging balance, (iv) as well as the Group’s assessment of the credit risk considering actual guarantees  
and credit insurance.

Once it is known with certainty that a doubtful receivable will not be collected, the doubtful account and its related depreciation are written 
off through the income statement.

Accounts receivable are discounted in cases where they are due in over one year and the discounting impact is significant.

1.15 – Assets held for sale and liabilities of discontinued operations

Assets held for sale are no longer amortized or depreciated and are recorded separately in the balance sheet under “Assets held for sale” 
at the lower of its amortized cost and net realizable value.

1.16 – Deferred taxes

Deferred taxes, related to temporary differences between the tax basis and accounting basis of consolidated assets and liabilities, are 
recorded using the balance sheet liability method, based on tax rates and tax rules enacted before the balance sheet date. The effect of 
any change in the tax rate is recognised in the income statement, apart from changes relating to items initially recognised directly in equity.

Future tax benefits arising from the utilization of tax loss carry forwards (including amounts available for carry forward without time limit) are 
recognized only when they can reasonably be expected to be realized. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is tested for impairment 
at each balance sheet date and an impairment loss is recognised to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will 
be available against which the deferred tax asset can be fully or partially offset.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted and are recorded in the balance sheet under non-current assets and liabilities. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities related to the same unit and which are expected to reverse in the same period are offset.

1.17 – Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents presented in the balance sheet consist of cash, bank accounts, term deposits of three months or less and 
marketable securities traded on organized markets. Marketable securities are short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily 
convertible to known amounts of cash at maturity. They notably consist of bank deposits, commercial paper, mutual funds and equivalents. 
Considering their nature and maturities, these instruments represent insignificant risk of changes in value and are treated as cash 
equivalents.

1.18 – Treasury shares

Schneider Electric SE shares held by the parent company or by fully consolidated companies are measured at acquisition cost and 
deducted from equity.

Gains/(losses) on the sale of own shares are canceled from consolidated reserves, net of tax.

1.19 – Pensions and other employee benefit obligations

Depending on local practices and laws, the Group’s subsidiaries participate in pension, termination benefit and other long-term benefit 
plans. Benefits paid under these plans depend on factors such as seniority, compensation levels and payments into mandatory retirement 
programs.

Defined contribution plans
Payments made under defined contribution plans are recorded in the income statement, in the year of payment, and are in full settlement  
of the Group’s liability. As the Group is not committed beyond these contributions, no provision related to these plans has been booked.

In most countries, the Group participates in mandatory general plans, which are accounted for as defined contribution plans. 

Defined Benefit plans
Defined Benefit plans are measured using the projected unit credit method.

358

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

Expenses recognized in the statement of income are split between operating income (for service costs rendered during the period)  
and net financial income/(loss) (for financial costs and expected return on plan assets).

The amount recognized in the balance sheet corresponds to the present value of the obligation, and net of plan assets.

When this is an asset, the recognized asset is limited to the present value of any economic benefit due in the form of plan refunds or 
reductions in future plan contributions.

Changes resulting from periodic adjustments to actuarial assumptions regarding general financial and business conditions or demographics 
(i.e., changes in the discount rate, annual salary increases, return on plan assets, years of service, etc.) as well as experience adjustments 
are immediately recognized in the balance sheet as a separate component of equity in “Other reserves” and in comprehensive income as 
“Other comprehensive income/loss”.

Other commitments
Provisions are funded and expenses recognized to cover the cost of providing health-care benefits for certain Group retirees in Europe and 
the United States. The accounting policies applied to these plans are similar to those used to account for Defined Benefit pension plans.

The Group also funds provisions for all its subsidiaries to cover seniority-related benefits (primarily long service awards for its French 
subsidiaries). Actuarial gains and losses on these benefit obligations are fully recognized in profit or loss.

5.

1.20 – Share-based payments

The Group grants performance shares to senior executives and certain employees.

Pursuant to the application of IFRS 2 – Share-based payments, these plans are measured on the date of grant and an employee benefits 
expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, in general three or four years depending on the country in which  
it is granted.

The Group uses the Black & Scholes model to measure these plans.

For performance shares and stock options, this expense is offset in the equity. In the case of stock appreciation rights, a liability is recorded 
corresponding to the amount of the benefit granted, re-measured at each balance sheet date.

As part of its commitment to employee share ownership, Schneider Electric gave its employees the opportunity to purchase shares at a 
discounted price (Note 19).

1.21 – Provisions and risk contingencies

A provision is recognized when it is probable that the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event,  
it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the  
amount of the obligation. If the loss or liability is not likely and cannot be reliably estimated, but remains possible, the Group discloses  
it as a contingent liability. Provisions are calculated on a case-by-case or statistical basis, and discounted when the impact from  
discounting is significant.

Provisions are primarily set aside to cover:

•  economic risks: these provisions relate to probable tax risks arising on positions taken by the Group or its subsidiaries. Each position  
is assessed individually and not offset, and reflects the best estimate of the risk at the end of the reporting period. Where applicable,  
it includes any late-payment interest and fines. In accordance with IFRIC 23 – Uncertainty over income tax treatments, provisions covering 
uncertainties over income tax treatment are presented under “Accrued taxes and payroll costs” as of 1st of January 2019;

•  customer risks: provisions for customer risks mainly integrate the provisions for losses at completion for some of long-term contracts. 

Provisions for expected losses are fully recognized as soon as they are identified;

•  product risks: these provisions comprise

 − statistical provisions for warranties: the Group funds provisions on a statistical basis for the residual cost of Schneider Electric  
product warranties not covered by insurance. The provisions are estimated with consideration of historical claim statistics and  
the warranty period;

 − provisions to cover disputes concerning defective products and recalls of clearly identified products.

•  environmental risks: these provisions are primarily funded to cover clean-up costs. The estimation of the expected future outflows is 

based on reports from independent experts;

•  restructuring costs, when the Group has prepared a detailed plan for the restructuring and has either announced or started to implement 

the plan before the end of the year. The estimation of the liability includes only direct expenditure arising from the restructuring.

1.22 – Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities primarily comprise bonds, commercial paper and short and long-term bank borrowings. These liabilities are initially 
recorded at fair value, from which any direct transaction costs are deducted. Subsequently, they are measured at amortized cost based  
on their effective interest rate.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

359

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1.23 – Financial instruments and derivatives

Risk hedging management is centralized. The Group’s policy is to use derivative financial instruments exclusively to manage and hedge 
changes in exchange rates, interest rates or prices of certain raw materials. The Group uses instruments such as foreign exchange 
forwards, foreign exchange options, cross currency swaps, interest rate swaps and commodities future, swaps or options, depending  
on the nature of the exposure to be hedged.

All derivatives are recorded in the balance sheet at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in the statement of income, except when 
they are qualified in a hedging relationship.

Cash flows from financial instruments are recognized in the consolidated statement of cash flows in a manner consistent with the underlying 
transactions.

Foreign currency hedges
The Group periodically enters into foreign exchange derivatives to hedge the currency risk associated with foreign currency transactions.

Whenever possible, monetary items (except specific financing items) denominated in foreign currency carried in the balance sheet of Group 
companies are hedged by rebalancing assets and liabilities per currency through foreign exchange spots realized with Corporate Treasury 
(natural hedge). The foreign exchange risk is thus aggregated at Group level and hedged with foreign exchange derivatives. When foreign 
exchange risk management cannot be centralized, the Group contracts foreign exchange forwards to hedge operating receivables and 
payables carried in the balance sheet of Group companies. In both cases, the Group does not apply hedge accounting because gains and 
losses generated on these foreign exchange derivatives naturally offset within “Net financial income/(loss)” with gains or losses resulting 
from the translation at end-of-year rates of payables and receivables denominated in foreign currency.

The Group also hedges future cash flows, including recurring future transactions and planned acquisitions or disposals of investments. 
In accordance with IFRS 9, these are treated as cash flow hedges. These hedging instruments are recognized at fair value in the balance 
sheet. The portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is accumulated in equity, under 
“Other reserves”, and then recognized in the income statement when the hedged item affects profit or loss.

The Group also hedges foreign exchange risk financing receivables or payables (including current accounts and loans with subsidiaries) 
using foreign exchange derivatives than can be documented either in Cash Flow Hedge or Fair Value Hedge depending on the nature of  
the derivative.

The Group may also designate foreign exchange derivatives or borrowings as hedging instruments of its investments in foreign operations 
(net investment hedge). Changes of value of those hedging instruments are accumulated in equity and recognized in the statement of 
income symmetrically to the hedged items.

The Group documents foreign exchange derivative based on the spot rate. The Group adopted the cost of hedging option offered by IFRS 9 
to limit volatility in the statement of income related to forward points:

•  For foreign exchange derivatives hedging an item on the balance sheet: Forward points are amortized in statement of income on a straight-
line basis. Forward points related to foreign exchange derivatives hedging financing transactions are included in “Finance costs, net”;
•  For foreign exchange derivatives hedging future transactions not yet recorded on the balance sheet: Forward points are recorded in the 

statement of income when the hedged transaction impacts the statement of income.

Interest rate hedges
Interest rate swaps allow the Group to manage its exposure to interest rate risk. The derivative instruments used are financially adjusted to 
the schedules, rates and currencies of the borrowings they cover. They involve the exchange of fixed and floating-rate interest payments. 
The differential to be paid (or received) is accrued as an adjustment to interest income or expense over the life of the agreement. The Group 
applies hedge accounting as described in IFRS 9 for interest rate swaps. Gains and losses on re-measurement of interest rate swaps at fair 
value on the balance sheet are recognized in equity (for Cash Flow Hedges) or in profit or loss (for Fair Value Hedges).

Borrowings hedged by an interest rate derivative in a fair value hedge are reevaluated at fair value for the portion of risk being hedged,  
with offsetting entry in the statement of income.

Cross-currency swaps may be presented both as foreign exchange hedges and interest rate hedges depending on the characteristics  
of the derivative.

Commodity hedges
The Group also purchases commodity derivatives including forward purchase contracts, swaps and options to hedge price risks on all  
or part of its forecast future purchases. Under IFRS 9, these qualify as cash flow hedges. These instruments are recognized in the balance 
sheet at fair value at the period-end (mark to market). The effective portion of the hedge is recognized separately in equity (under “Other 
reserves”) and then recognized in income (gross margin) when the underlying hedge affects consolidated income. The effect of this 
hedging is then incorporated in the cost price of the products sold.

1.24 – Revenue recognition

The Group’s revenues primarily include transactional sales and revenues from services, and system contracts (projects).

360

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

Some contracts may include the supply to the customer of distinct goods and services (for instance contracts combining build followed 
by operation and maintenance). In such situations, the contract is analyzed and segmented into several components (“performance 
obligations”), each component being accounted for separately, with its own revenue recognition method and margin rate. The selling price 
is allocated to each performance obligation in proportion to the specific selling price of the underlying goods and services. This allocation 
should reflect the share of the price to which Schneider Electric expects to be entitled in exchange for the supply of these goods or services.

Revenue associated with each performance obligation identified within a contract is recognized when the obligation is satisfied,  
i.e. when the control of the promised goods or services is transferred to the customer.

The following revenue recognition methods can be applied:

Recognition of revenue at a point of time
Revenue from sales is recognized at a point of time, when the control of the promised goods or services is transferred to the customer.  
This method is applicable for all transactional sales and for specific services such as spare parts deliveries, or on-demand services. 

Recognition of revenue over time
To demonstrate that the transfer of goods is progressive and recognize revenue over time, the following cumulative criteria are required:

the goods sold have no alternative use, and

• 
•  enforceable right to payment (corresponding to costs incurred, plus a reasonable profit margin) for the work performed to date exists,  

in the event of early termination for convenience by the customer.

When these criteria are fulfilled, revenue is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method, based on the percentage of costs 
incurred in relation to total estimated costs of the performance obligation. The cost incurred includes direct and indirect costs relating  
to the contracts.

5.

Expected losses on contracts are fully recognized as soon as they are identified.

Penalties for late delivery or for the improper execution of a contract are recognized as a deduction from revenue.

This method is applicable for systems contracts (projects) as the constructed assets are highly customized, and thus the Group would incur 
significant economic losses to redirect the built solutions to other customers.

Revenue from most services contracts is recognized over time, as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the 
services provided. When costs incurred are stable over the contract’s period, revenue is linearized over the contract’s length.

Provisions for the discounts offered to distributors are accrued when the products are sold to the distributor and recognized as a deduction 
from revenue. Certain Group subsidiaries also offer cash discounts to distributors. These discounts and rebates are deducted from sales.

Consolidated revenue is presented net of these discounts and rebates.

Backlog and balance sheet presentation
Backlog (as disclosed in Note 3) corresponds to the amounts of the selling price allocated to the performance obligations that are 
unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) at closing date.

The cumulated amount of revenue accounted for, less progress payments and accounts receivable (presented on a dedicated line of the 
balance sheet) is determined on a contract-by-contract basis. If this amount is positive, the balance is recognized under “contract assets”  
in the balance sheet. If it is negative, the balance is recognized under “contract liabilities” (see Note16). Reserves for onerous contracts  
(so called reserves for loss at completion) are excluded from contract assets and liabilities and presented among the “provisions for 
customer risks” item.

1.25 – Earnings per share

Earnings per share are calculated in accordance with IAS 33 – Earnings Per Share.

Diluted earnings per share are calculated by adjusting profit attributable to equity holders of the parent and the weighted average number 
of shares outstanding for the dilutive effect of the exercise of stock options outstanding at the balance sheet date. The dilutive effect of stock 
options is determined by applying the “treasury stock” method, which consists of taking into account the number of shares that could be 
purchased, based on the average share price for the year, using the proceeds from the exercise of the rights attached to the options.

1.26 – Statement of cash flows

The consolidated statement of cash flows has been prepared using the indirect method, which consists of reconciling net profit to net cash 
provided by operations. The opening and closing cash positions include cash and cash equivalents, comprised of marketable securities, 
net of bank overdrafts and facilities.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

361

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 2: Changes in the scope of consolidation

The list of main consolidated companies can be found in Note 29.

2.1 – Scope variations

Acquisitions & disposals of the period
Acquisitions
OSIsoft LLC.
As announced on March 19, 2021, Schneider Electric’s majority-owned subsidiary, AVEVA Group Plc, has completed the acquisition of 
OSIsoft, for a consideration of EUR 4.5 billion (USD 5.1 billion). OSIsoft is fully consolidated since the acquisition date, and reports within  
the Industrial Automation reporting segment.

The consideration paid was funded by EUR 3.9 billion (USD 4.4 billion) of cash, and by a EUR 0.5 billion (USD 0.6 billion) issue of 13,655,570 
ordinary shares from AVEVA Group Plc to Estudillo Holdings Corp.

The purchase accounting as per IFRS 3R is not completed as of December 31, 2021. OSIsoft carrying value at acquisition date for net 
identifiable assets was EUR (1) million. The net adjustment of the opening balance sheet is EUR 1,460 million, resulting mainly from the 
booking of identifiable intangible assets (technology for EUR 998 million, customer relationship for EUR 288 million and trademark for  
EUR 150 million) and from a decrease in contract liabilities for EUR 71 million resulting from the remeasurement at fair value of the  
deferred revenue following the business combination under IFRS 3R. The preliminary goodwill recognized amounts to EUR 3,001 million  
at acquisition date.

ETAP
On June 28, 2021, the Group completed the transaction to purchase a controlling stake in Operation Technology Inc. (“ETAP”). As of June 
30, 2021, the Group has acquired 80% of the capital of ETAP for a consideration of EUR 216 million, fully paid in cash. ETAP is consolidated 
within Energy Management reporting segment. The Group holds an agreement to acquire the remaining 20% minority interests in 2025.  
The related debt has been recognised in “Other non-current liabilities”.

The purchase accounting as per IFRS 3R is not completed as of December 31, 2021. ETAP carrying value at acquisition date for net 
identifiable assets was EUR 13 million. The net adjustment of the opening balance sheet is EUR 26 million, resulting mainly from the booking 
of a preliminary amount of identifiable intangible assets (technology, customer relationship and trademark). The preliminary goodwill 
recognized amounts to EUR 260 million at acquisition date and includes the forward agreement for the acquisition of the remaining 20% 
minority interests in 2025.

Uplight Inc.
The Group completed the acquisition of 29.6% of Uplight Inc. on July 27, 2021 for a consideration of EUR 378 million. In October 2021,  
the Group subscribed to a capital increase EUR 20 million for the acquisition of Agentis by Uplight Inc., resulting in a dilution of the Group’s 
interest to 29.4%. Uplight Inc. has been accounted for by the equity method since August 1, 2021. 

I.G.E + X.A.O.
On November 24, 2021, the simplified tender offer for the shares of IGE+XAO, submitted to the AMF, has been closed. At the end of the 
tender offer, the Group owns 83.93% of IGE+XAO’s share capital.

Qmerit
On December 20, 2021, the Group acquired 85.85% of the capital of Qmerit, fully consolidated in Energy Management reporting segment. 
Qmerit is accelerating the shift away from traditional fossil fuel-powered systems, toward more sustainable, resilient electric technologies. 
The Group holds an agreement to acquire the remaining 14.15% minority interests. The related debt has been recognised in “Other 
noncurrent liabilities”. The purchase accounting as per IFRS 3R is not completed as of December 31, 2021.

Disposals
In 2021, the Group recorded a total amount of EUR 196 million of gain on business disposals, mainly related to the following:

Cable Support
On April 27, 2021, the Group announced the signing of the agreement to divest the Cable Support business which was consolidated  
within Energy Management reporting segment. The transaction was finalized, on June 30, 2021.

IMServ
On July 28, 2021, the Group completed the sale of IMServ, a provider of metering and data services to the energy market. It was 
consolidated within Industrial Automation reporting segment.

US Motion
On July 9, 2021, the Group completed the sale of the US Motion industrial, a manufacturer of motion control components for automation 
equipment. It was consolidated within Industrial Automation reporting segment.

362

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

Follow-up on acquisitions and divestments occurred in 2020 with significant effect in 2021
Acquisitions 
RIB Software SE
On February 13, 2020, the Group announced its intention to launch a voluntary public tender for the acquisition of 100% of the shares of RIB 
Software SE for a total valuation of EUR 1.5 billion. On March 25, 2020, the Group acquired approximately 9.99% of the capital of the company, 
outside the takeover offer. On July 10, 2020, the Group announced the successful completion of the voluntary public takeover offer. As of 
December 31, 2020, the Group owned 87.64% of the capital of RIB Software, fully consolidated within Energy Management reporting segment. 
The Group held a put option agreement on 9.1% of minority interests, valued at EUR 137 million, with a maturity date in 2024.

On June 10, 2021, the Group purchased 9.1% of the non-controlling interests for a consideration of EUR 223 million. The previous put 
agreement and related debt have been cancelled.

On July 5, 2021, the Group submitted the formal request to RIB Software SE that the General Meeting of RIB Software SE shall resolve 
to transfer the shares of the remaining shareholders (minority shareholders) to Schneider Electric Investment AG for an appropriate cash 
compensation (so-called squeeze out under stock corporation law).

As of December 31, 2021, the squeeze out has been completed and the Group owns 100% of RIB Software SE.

The purchase accounting resulting from the acquisition is completed at the closing date. As of December 31, 2021, the purchase accounting 
adjustments amount to EUR 211 million, and resulted mainly in the identification of intangible assets (technologies, trademark and customer 
relationship). The Goodwill recognized amounts to EUR 1,128 million as of December 31, 2021.

5.

Larsen & Toubro
On May 1st, 2018, Schneider Electric, partnering with Temasek, a global investment company headquartered in Singapore, reached  
an agreement to buy Larsen & Toubro’s Electrical & Automation business.

On August 31, 2020, the Group completed the transaction to combine Schneider Electric India’s Low Voltage and Industrial Automation 
Products business and Larsen and Toubro (“L&T”) Electrical and Automation business, for a consideration paid of EUR 1,571 million.

Temasek took 35% stake in the combined business for EUR 530 million. The partnership with Temasek resulted in the dilution of the Group’s 
interests within Schneider Electric India’s Low Voltage and Industrial Automation Products business, and in the recognition of a gain of  
EUR 191 million in the Group’s share of equity in 2020.

L&T is fully consolidated since September 1, 2020, and reports within both Energy Management and Industrial Automation reporting 
segments.

The purchase accounting as per IFRS 3R is completed as of December 31, 2021. At acquisition date, the net adjustment of the opening 
balance sheet is EUR 286 million. The main identifiable intangible assets recognized as of December 31, 2021 are technology for  
EUR 111 million, customer relationship for EUR 380 million and trademark for EUR 83 million. Contingent liabilities assumed mainly  
relates to environment, health and safety (EHS) risk for EUR 78 million as of December 31, 2021. The goodwill recognized amounts to  
EUR 1,117 million as of December 31,2021.

2.2 – Impact of changes in the scope of consolidation on the Group cash flow

Changes in the scope of consolidation at December 31, 2021, decreased the Group’s cash position by a net EUR 4,231 million outflow,  
as described below:

(in millions of euros)

Acquisitions

of which OSISoft LLC
of which RIB Software SE
of which L&T
of which Uplight
of which ETAP
of which others

Disposals

FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS NET OF DISPOSALS

Full Year 2021

Full Year 2020

(4,577)
(3,534)
–
–
(398)
(205)
(440)
346

(4,231)

(2,441)
–
(1,075)
(983)
–
–
(383)
48

(2,393)

OSIsoft acquistion results in a net cash outflow for EUR 3,534 million including EUR 3,709 cash paid and a EUR 175 million net cash acquired 
for full year 2021. The remaining cash outflow is due to Qmerit and other individually unmaterial acquisitions. Cash inflows is mainly due to 
the disposals described in Note 2.1.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

363

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 3: Segment information

The Group is organized into two reporting segments as follows:

Energy Management leverages a complete end-to-end technology offering enabled by EcoStruxure™ and gathers three operating 
segments: Low Voltage, Medium Voltage and Secure Power that all share the same objective of managing efficiently and reliably the energy 
and have similar economic characteristics. The Group’s go-to-market is oriented to address customer needs across its four end-markets of 
Buildings, Data Centers, Industry and Infrastructure, supported by a worldwide partner network.

Industrial Automation includes Industrial Automation and Industrial Control activities, across discrete, process & hybrid industries.

Expenses concerning General Management that cannot be allocated to a particular segment are presented under “Central functions  
& digital costs”.

Operating and reporting segment data is identical to that presented to the board of directors, which has been identified as the main 
decision-making body for allocating resources and evaluating segment performance. Performance and decisions on the allocation  
of resources are assessed by the board of directors and are mainly based on Adjusted EBITA.

Share-based payment is presented under “Central functions & digital costs”.

The board of directors does not review assets and liabilities by business.

The same accounting principles governing the consolidated financial statements apply to segment data.

Details are provided in the Management Report.

3.1 – Information by reporting segment

Full Year 2021

(in millions of euros)

Backlog
Revenue
Adjusted EBITA
Adjusted EBITA (%)

Energy 
Management

Industrial 
Automation

Central functions 
& digital costs

9,088
22,179
4,501
20.3%

2,688
6,726
1,242
18.5%

–
–
(756)

On December 31, 2021, the total backlog to be executed in more than a year amounted to EUR 640 million.

Full Year 2020

(in millions of euros)

Backlog
Revenue
Adjusted EBITA
Adjusted EBITA (%)

Energy 
Management

Industrial 
Automation

Central functions 
& digital costs

7,231
19,344
3,634
18.8%

1,765
5,815
992
17.1%

–
–
(700)

Total

11,776
28,905
4,987
17.3%

Total

8,996
25,159
3,926
15.6%

On December 31, 2020, the total backlog to be executed in more than a year amounted to EUR 639 million. 

3.2 – Information by region

The geographic regions covered by the Group are:

•  Western Europe;
•  North America (including Mexico); 
•  Asia-Pacific;
•  Rest of the World (Eastern Europe, Middle East, Africa, South America).

Non-current assets include net goodwill, net intangible assets and net property, plant and equipment.

364

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

(in millions of euros)

Revenue by country market
Non-current assets as of Dec. 31, 2021

(in millions of euros)

Revenue by country market
Non-current assets as of Dec. 31, 2020

Western
Europe

7,382
12,779

Western
Europe

6,636
12,676

of which
France

1,749
2,604

of which
France

1,512
1,889

Asia-
Pacific

8,995
5,866

Asia-
Pacific

7,509
5,517

of which
China

4,701
1,154

of which
China

4,009
960

North
America

8,267
15,094

North
America

7,241
9,103

of which
USA

Rest of the
World

7,148
12,721

of which
USA

6,303
6,651

4,261
1,296

Rest of the
World

3,773
1,312

Total

28,905
35,035

Total

25,159
28,608

The increase in non-current assets in both North America and the USA in 2021 is mainly attributable to the acquisition of OSIsoft. 

Moreover, the Group follows the share of new economies in revenue:

(in millions of euros)

Revenue – Mature countries
Revenue – New economies

TOTAL

Full Year 2021

Full Year 2020

16,590
12,315

28,905

57%
43%

100%

14,763
10,396

25,159

59%
41%

100%

5.

Mature countries gather mainly Western Europe and North American countries.

Note 4: Research and development

Research and development costs are as follows:

(in millions of euros)

Research and development costs in costs of sales
Research and development costs in R&D costs*
Capitalized development costs

TOTAL RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS**

Full Year 2021

Full Year 2020

(377)
(855)
(307)

(378)
(718)
(311)

(1,539)

(1,407)

Including EUR 44 million of research and development tax credit in full year 2021 and EUR 50 million in full year 2020

* 
**  Excluding amortization of R&D costs capitalized

Amortization expenses of capitalized development booked in the cost of sales, amounted to EUR 239 million in 2021 and EUR 245 million  
in 2020.

Note 5: Impairment losses, depreciation and amortization expenses

(in millions of euros)

Depreciation and amortization included in cost of sales
Depreciation and amortization included in selling, general and administrative expenses
Amortization expenses of purchase accounting intangible assets
Impairment losses of purchase accounting intangible assets

Full Year 2021

Full Year 2020

(539)
(486)
(389)
(21)

(534)
(469)
(207)
–

IMPAIRMENT LOSSES, DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSES

(1,435)

(1,210)

The impairment booked in 2021 is mainly related to intangible assets (developed technology and customer relationships) associated with 
the announcement from AVEVA to retire its steel fabrication software in July 2021.

Note 6: Other operating income and expenses

Other operating income and expenses are as follows:

(in millions of euros)

Gains/(losses) on assets disposals
Gains/(losses) on business disposals & assets impairment
Costs of acquisitions and integrations
Others

OTHER OPERATING INCOME AND EXPENSES

Full Year 2021

Full Year 2020

(11)
175
(166)
(19)

(21)

(4)
(13)
(169)
(24)

(210)

In 2021, the costs of acquisitions and integrations are mainly related to the recent and ongoing acquisitions of the year. The gains on 
disposals mainly relate to the 2021 divestments described in Note 2.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

365

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 7: Other financial income and expenses

(in millions of euros)

Exchange gains and losses, net
Financial component of defined benefit plan costs
Dividends received
Fair value adjustment of financial assets
Financial interests – IFRS16
Other financial expenses, net

OTHER FINANCIAL INCOME AND EXPENSES

Note 8: Income tax expenses

Full Year 2021

Full Year 2020

(8)
(39)
3
8
(38)
(7)

(81)

(36)
(47)
5
(3)
(37)
(48)

(166)

Wherever the regulatory environment allows it, the Group entities file consolidated tax returns. Schneider Electric SE files a consolidated tax 
return with its French subsidiaries held directly or indirectly through Schneider Electric Industries SAS.

8.1 – Analysis of income tax expense

(in millions of euros)

Current taxes
Deferred taxes

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

8.2 – Tax reconciliation

(in millions of euros)

Profit attributable to owners of the parent
Income tax expense
Non-controlling interests
Share of profit of associates
Profit before tax
Geographical weighted average Group tax rate
Theoretical income tax expense
Reconciling items:
Tax credits and other tax reductions
Impact of tax losses
Other permanent differences

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

EFFECTIVE TAX RATE

Full Year 2021

Full Year 2020

(861)
(105)

(966)

(785)
147

(638)

Full Year 2021

Full Year 2020

3,204
(966)
(69)
84
4,155
23.1%
(959)

89
(55)
(41)

(966)

23.2%

2,126
(638)
(112)
66
2,810
23.2%
(652)

31
8
(25)

(638)

22.7%

The Company’s consolidated income from continuing operations being predominantly generated outside of France, theoretical tax expense 
from continuing operations is reconciled above from the Company’s weighted-average global tax rate (rather than from the French domestic 
statutory tax rate).

Note 9: Goodwill

9.1 – Main items of goodwill

Group goodwill is broken down by CGUs as follows:

(in millions of euros)

Energy Management:
Low Voltage
Medium Voltage
Secure Power
Industrial Automation

TOTAL GOODWILL

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

13,944
8,496
2,245
3,203
10,779

24,723

12,831
7,981
1,780
3,070
7,125

19,956

The Group performed the annual impairment test of all the Cash Generating Units (CGUs) using the same methodology as the one used  
on previous periods, and described in Note 1.11.

Impairment tests performed in 2021 did not trigger any impairment losses on the CGUs’ assets.

366

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

The sensitivity analysis on the test hypothesis shows that no impairment losses would be recognized in each of the following scenarios,  
for each CGU:

•  a 0.5 point increase of the discount rate;
•  a 1.0 point decrease in the growth rate; 
•  a 0.5 point decrease in the margin rate.

9.2 – Movements during the year

The main movements during the year are summarized as follows:

(in millions of euros)

Net goodwill at opening
Acquisitions
Disposals
Reclassifications
Translation adjustment

NET GOODWILL AT END OF PERIOD

including cumulative impairment

Acquisitions & Disposals
Movements from acquisitions and disposals are described in Note 2.1.

Other changes
Translation adjustments mainly concern goodwill in US dollar and UK pound sterling.

Note 10: Intangibles assets

10.1 – Change in intangible assets

Gross value

(in millions of euros)

Dec. 31, 2019

Acquisitions
Translation adjustments
Reclassifications
Changes in scope of consolidation and other

Dec. 31, 2020

Acquisitions
Translation adjustments
Reclassifications
Changes in scope of consolidation and other

Trademarks

Software

Development
Projects (R&D)

Acquired
technologies
and customer
relationships

3,315

2,691

2,590

–
(166)
–
71

2,495

–
162
41
163

918

19
(31)
53
5

964

22
17
19
19

311
(100)
(64)
16

3,478

307
61
(14)
(9)

–
(223)
–
824

3,292

4
338
(101)
1,253

4,786

Dec. 31, 2021

2,861

1,041

3,823

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

19,956
3,717
(118)
–
1,168

24,723

(367)

18,719
2,287
–
–
(1,050)

19,956

(367)

5.

Other

202

2
(48)
11
(1)

166

–
18
28
4

Total

9,716

332
(568)
–
915

10,395

333
596
(27)
1,430

216

12,727

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

367

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Amortization and impairment

(in millions of euros)

Dec. 31, 2019

Amortizations
Impairments
Translation adjustments
Reclassifications
Changes in scope of consolidation and other

Trademarks

Software

Development
Projects (R&D)

Acquired
technologies
and customer
relationships

(420)

(801)

(2,111)

(1,538)

(4)
–
–
–
–

(53)
–
23
–
(3)

(245)
(8)
72
–
–

(201)
–
93
–
(3)

Other

(199)

(9)
(9)
54
–
–

Total

(5,069)

(512)
(17)
242
–
(6)

Dec. 31, 2020

(424)

(834)

(2,292)

(1,649)

(163)

(5,362)

Amortizations
Impairments
Translation adjustments
Reclassifications
Changes in scope of consolidation and other

Dec. 31, 2021

Net value

(in millions of euros)

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2020

Dec. 31, 2021

(30)
–
(3)
(29)
–

(59)
–
(13)
38
10

(241)
(3)
(45)
(74)
1

(353)
(20)
(143)
90
6

(5)
–
(8)
2
–

(688)
(23)
(212)
27
17

(486)

(858)

(2,654)

(2,069)

(174)

(6,241)

Trademarks

Software

Development
Projects (R&D)

2,170

2,071

2,375

117

130

183

1,204

1,186

1,169

Acquired
technologies
and customer
relationships

1,153

1,643

2,717

Other

3

3

42

Total

4,647

5,033

6,486

In 2021, change in intangible assets is mainly related to the acquisitions of OSIsoft and ETAP.

The amortization expenses and impairment losses of intangible assets other than goodwill restated in statutory cash flow are as follows:

(in millions of euros)

Amortization expenses of intangibles assets other than goodwill
Impairments losses of intangible assets other than goodwill

TOTAL*

Full year 2021

Full year 2020

688
23

711

512
17

529

* 

Includes amortization & impairment of intangible assets from purchase price allocation for EUR 410 million for the year 2021 (EUR 207 million in 2020)

10.2 – Trademarks

At December 31, 2021, the main trademarks recognized were as follows:

(in millions of euros)

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

APC (Secure Power)
Clipsal (Low Voltage)
OSIsoft (Industrial Automation)
Asco (Low Voltage)
Aveva (Industrial Automation)
Invensys – Triconex and Foxboro (Industrial Automation)
L&T (Low Voltage/Medium Voltage/Industrial Automation)
Digital (Industrial Automation)
Other

TRADEMARKS

1,637
163
146
110
91
49
65
42
72

2,375

1,512
160
–
102
78
45
58
43
73

2,071

In 2021, the Group reviewed the value of the main trademarks in accordance with valuation model describe in Note 1.8 – Intangibles 
assets. Particularly, APC brand was tested using the royalty relief method. The future cash flows used are based on Group management’s 
economic assumptions and operating forecasts presented in Secure Power’s business plan, and then extrapolated based on a perpetuity 
growth rate of 2%.

Impairment tests carried out on main trademarks in 2021 did not show any impairment risk.

368

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

The sensitivity analysis on the test hypothesis shows that no impairment losses would be recognized in the following scenarios:

•  a 0.5 point increase in the discount rate;
•  a 1.0 point decrease in growth rate; 
•  a 0.5 point decrease in the royalty rate.

Note 11: Property, plant and equipment

Changes in property, plant and equipment in 2021 are mainly related to the scope changes mentioned in the Note 2 and include  
the impacts of IFRS 16 – Leases.

Gross value

(in millions of euros)

Dec. 31, 2019

Acquisitions
Disposals
Translation adjustments
Reclassifications
Changes in scope of consolidation and other

Dec. 31, 2020

Acquisitions
Disposals
Translation adjustments
Reclassifications
Changes in scope of consolidation and other

Buildings

1,943

Machinery and
equipment

4,565

44
(41)
(79)
66
57

91
(158)
(183)
193
89

Rights of use  
of assets  
(IFRS 16)

1,407

296
(57)
(71)
–
44

Other

1,154

361
(78)
(64)
(262)
35

Total

9,210

795
(336)
(409)
(5)
278

5.

1,990

4,597

1,146

1,619

9,533

32
(81)
64
48
(10)

102
(198)
170
150
(26)

401
(109)
52
(234)
(3)

349
(113)
61
–
53

885
(504)
354
(32)
23

Land

141

3
(2)
(12)
(2)
53

181

1
(3)
7
4
9

Dec. 31, 2021

199

2,043

4,795

1,253

1,969

10,259

Amortization and impairment

(in millions of euros)

Dec. 31, 2019

Depreciation and impairment
Reversals
Translation adjustments
Reclassifications
Changes in scope of consolidation and other

Land

(18)

(1)
1
(3)
–
(2)

Buildings

Machinery and
equipment

(1,070)

(3,568)

(85)
29
29
(4)
(21)

(245)
137
130
2
(49)

Other

(582)

(67)
46
25
10
(24)

Dec. 31, 2020

(23)

(1,122)

(3,593)

(592)

Depreciation and impairment
Reversals
Translation adjustments
Reclassifications
Changes in scope of consolidation and other

Dec. 31, 2021

Net value

(in millions of euros)

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2020

Dec. 31, 2021

Reclassifications primarily correspond to assets put into use.

(7)
1
(1)
1
1

(93)
67
(35)
2
14

(255)
178
(125)
26
30

(79)
77
(23)
(2)
11

(28)

(1,167)

(3,739)

(608)

Land

123

158

171

Buildings

Machinery and
equipment

873

868

876

997

1,004

1,056

Rights of use  
of assets  
(IFRS 16)

1,115

1,035

1,078

Other

572

554

645

Rights of use  
of assets  
(IFRS 16)

(292)

(306)
4
16
–
(6)

(584)

(310)
18
(14)
–
(1)

(891)

Total

(5,530)

(704)
217
197
8
(102)

(5,914)

(744)
341
(198)
27
55

(6,433)

Total

3,680

3,619

3,826

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

369

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The cash impact of purchases of property, plant and equipment in 2021 was as follows:

(in millions of euros)

Increase in property, plant and equipment
Of which non-cash impact related to IFRS 16
Changes in receivables and liabilities on property, plant and equipment

TOTAL

Full year 2021

Full year 2020

(885)
349
(7)

(543)

(795)
296
14

(485)

The depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment restated in the statement of cash flows were as follows:

(in millions of euros)

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Impairment of property, plant and equipment

TOTAL

Full year 2021

Full year 2020

726
18

744

698
6

704

Note 12: Investments in associates and joint ventures

Investments in associates and joint ventures can be analyzed as follows:

(in millions of euros)

% of interest
Dec. 31, 2020
Dec. 31, 2021

CLOSING VALUE DEC. 31, 2019

Net Income/(loss)
Dividends distribution
Perimeter changes
Translation impacts & others

CLOSING VALUE DEC. 31, 2020

Net Income/(loss)
Dividends distribution
Perimeter changes
Translation impacts & others

CLOSING VALUE DEC. 31, 2021

Delixi
Sub-Group

Uplight

Planon

Fuji
Electrics

Electroshield
Samara

Sunten
Electric
Equipments

Other

Total

50.0%
50.0%

320

73
(18)
–
(8)

367

81
(22)
–
38

464

29.4%

25.0%

–

–
–
–
–

–

(7)
–
398
(1)

390

–

–
–
–
–

–

(1)
–
113
–

112

36.8%
36.8%

141

5
(2)
–
(4)

140

13
(2)
–
–

151

60.0%
60.0%

25.0%
25.0%

–

(15)
–
33
(8)

10

(4)
–
–
1

7

42

4
–
–
(2)

44

2
(2)
–
(6)

38

30

(1)
(2)
3
7

37

–
(3)
–
38

72

533

66
(22)
36
(15)

598

84
(29)
511
70

1,234

In July 2021, Schneider Electric acquired a 29.6% strategic stake in Uplight for a consideration of EUR 378 million. In October 2021, 
Schneider Electric subscribed to a EUR 20 million increase in capital in order to finance the acquisition of Agentis by Uplight, leading  
to the dilution of Schneider Electric’s stake to 29.4%.

12.1 – Main entities consolidated under the equity method:

Delixi Electric Ltd.
In 2007, Schneider Electric joined Delixi Group to establish a win-win partnership in a joint-venture, Delixi Electric Ltd., aka “Delixi Electric”.

Delixi Electric is a specialist in manufacturing, retail and distribution of low voltage products.

370

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

The key financial indicators for the Delixi Electric subgroup (on a 100% basis) are as follows:

(in millions of euros)

Non-current assets
Current assets

TOTAL ASSETS

Equity
Non-current liabilities
Current liabilities

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

Revenue
Adjusted EBITA

PROFIT FOR THE PERIOD

Dividends paid

Financial Statements

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

895
677

1,573

586
168
819

1,573

1,418
201

162

45

690
409

1,099

408
17
675

1,099

1,145
170

145

36

Uplight
Schneider Electric acquired a strategic stake in Uplight as part of its digitization and growth strategy. Uplight offers a comprehensive digital 
platform for utility customer engagement and provides software and services to world’s leading electric and gas utilities, mainly in the U.S., 
with the mission of motivating and enabling energy users and providers to transition to cleaner energy ecosystems.

5.

Uplight’s financial results are driven by the rate of growth of new customers and the extension of additional services to existing customers.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

371

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 13: Non-current financial assets

Non-current financial assets, primarily comprising investments, are detailed below:

(in millions of euros)

LISTED FINANCIAL ASSETS:
Gold Peak Industries Holding Ltd
Others (Unit gross value lower than 

EUR 3 million)

TOTAL LISTED FINANCIAL ASSETS

UNLISTED FINANCIAL ASSETS:
Funds
Foundries
FCPR Aster II (part A, B, C and D)
Sensetime & Stalagnate Fund China
FCPR SEV1
SICAV SESS
FCPI Energy Access Ventures Fund
SICAV Livehoods Fund SIF
Direct investments
Planon
Alpi
Star Charge
Raise Fundation
Schneider Electric Energy Access
Itris Automation
Others (Unit gross value lower than 

EUR 3 million)

TOTAL UNLISTED FINANCIAL 

ASSETS

PENSIONS ASSETS

OTHER

TOTAL NON-CURRENT FINANCIAL 

ASSETS

% of interest

Acquisitions
disposals

Dec. 31, 2021

Fair value

through  

P&L

Fair value

through  
Equity

4.4%

38.3%
51.0%
100.0%
63.1%
28.6%
15.2%

25.0%
100.0%
1.5%
4.8%
81.1%
100.0%

–

–

–

98
2
–
(5)

–
1

–
–
–
–
1
–

–

97

17

4

118

–

–

–

22
(5)
–
(9)
–
1
(1)

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

8

(5)

–

3

–

–

–

29
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
11
–
–
–

–

40

193

–

233

FX &
others

–

13

13

(17)
–
4
–
–
–
–

(113)
(26)
3
–
–
(3)

(6)

(158)

19

30

Dec. 31, 2020

Fair value

Fair value

2

13

15

278
33
44
6
11
14
3

–
–
29
9
5
–

2

434

370

215

2

–

2

146
36
40
20
11
13
3

113
26
15
9
4
3

8

447

146

181

776

(96)

1 034

The fair value of investments quoted in an active market corresponds to the stock price on the balance sheet date.

“Others” include mainly loans to non-consolidated companies, and security deposits.

Note 14: Deferred taxes by Nature

Deferred taxes by type can be analyzed as follows:

(in millions of euros)

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

Tax loss carryforwards (net)
Provisions for pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations (net)
Non-deductible provisions and accruals (net)
Differences between tax and accounting depreciation on tangible assets (net)
Differences between tax and accounting amortization on intangible assets (net)
Differences on working capital (net)
Other deferred tax assets/(liabilities) (net)

TOTAL NET DEFERRED TAX ASSETS/(LIABILITIES)

of which total deferred tax assets
of which total deferred tax liabilities

689
240
515
10
(1,040)
187
222

823

1,820
997

738
371
405
37
(934)
171
279

1,067

1,984
917

Deferred tax assets recorded in respect of tax losses carried forward at December 31, 2021 essentially concern France (EUR 500 million).
These deficits can be carried forward indefinitely, and have been activated using the rate of 25.83%, in accordance with the applicable rate 
in the expected consumption horizon of 7 years. Unrecognised deferred tax losses amount EUR 143 million as of December 31, 2021, and 
are mainly related to Spain.

372

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

Note 15: Inventories and work in progress

Inventories and work in progress changed as follows:

(in millions of euros)

COST:
Raw materials
Production work in progress
Semi-finished and finished products
Finished goods
Solution work in progress

INVENTORIES AND WORK IN PROGRESS AT COST

IMPAIRMENT:
Raw materials
Production work in progress
Semi-finished and finished products
Finished goods
Solution work in progress

IMPAIRMENT LOSS

NET:
Raw materials
Production work in progress
Semi-finished and finished products
Finished goods
Solution work in progress

INVENTORIES AND WORK IN PROGRESS, NET

Note 16: Trade and other operating receivables

(in millions of euros)

Accounts receivable
Unbilled revenue
Notes receivable
Advances to suppliers
Accounts receivable at cost
Impairment

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

On time
Less than one month past due
One to two months past due
Two to three months past due
Three to four months past due
More than four months past due

5.

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

1,832
295
1,323
696
199

4,345

(187)
(9)
(165)
(8)
(5)

(374)

1,645
286
1,158
688
194

3,971

1,240
235
1,085
516
167

3,243

(191)
(6)
(151)
(8)
(4)

(360)

1,049
229
934
508
163

2,883

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

5,141
1,500
510
176
7,327
(498)

6,829

6,091
324
163
79
100
72

4,482
1,231
308
115
6,136
(510)

5,626

4,906
389
150
85
46
50

Accounts receivable result from sales to end-customers, who are widely spread both geographically and economically. Consequently,  
the Group believes that there is no significant concentration of credit risk.

In addition, the Group takes out substantial credit insurance and uses other types of guarantees to limit the risk of losses on trade  
accounts receivable.

Changes in provisions for impairment of short and long-term trade accounts receivable were as follows:

(in millions of euros)

Provisions for impairment on January 1
Additions
Utilizations
Reversal of surplus provisions
Translation adjustments
Changes in scope of consolidation and other

PROVISIONS FOR IMPAIRMENT ON DECEMBER 31

Full year 2021

Full year 2020

(510)
(82)
30
67
(25)
22

(498)

(459)
(141)
91
51
37
(89)

(510)

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

373

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The contracts assets and liabilities, respectively reported within the “Trade and other operating receivables” and “Trade and other operating 
payables”, are as follows:

(in millions of euros)

Unbilled revenue (contract assets)
Contract liabilities

NET CONTRACT ASSETS

Note 17: Other receivables and prepaid expenses

(in millions of euros)

Other receivables
Other tax receivables
Derivative instruments
Prepaid expenses

OTHER RECEIVABLES AND PREPAID EXPENSES

Note 18: Cash and cash equivalents

(in millions of euros)

Marketable securities
Negotiable debt securities and short-term deposits
Cash
Total cash and cash equivalents
Bank overdrafts

NET CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

1,500
(1,570)

(70)

1,231
(1,193)

38

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

550
1,227
48
173

1,998

632
1,198
107
157

2,094

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

551
438
1,633
2,622
(159)

2,463

1,942
2,275
2,678
6,895
(133)

6,762

Non-recourse factorings of trade receivables were realized in 2021 for a total amount of EUR 50 million, compared with EUR 100 million in 2020.

Note 19: Shareholder’s equity

19.1 – Capital

Share capital
The company’s share capital at December 31, 2021 amounted to EUR 2,276,133,768 represented by 569,033,442 shares with a par value  
of EUR 4, all fully paid up.

At December 31, 2021, a total of 595,320,658 voting rights were attached to the 569,033,442 issued shares. Schneider Electric’s capital 
management strategy is designed to:

•  ensure Group liquidity;
•  optimize its financial structure;
•  optimize the weighted average cost of capital.

The strategy must also ensure the Group has access to different capital markets under the best possible conditions. Factors taken into 
account for decision-making purposes include objectives expressed in terms of earnings per share, ratings or balance sheet stability.

Finally, decisions may be implemented depending on specific market conditions.

Changes in share capital and cumulative number of shares
Changes in share capital since December 31, 2019 were as follows:

(in number of shares and in euros)

CAPITAL AT DEC. 31, 2019

Cancellation of own shares*
Employee share issue

CAPITAL AT DEC. 31, 2020

Cancellation of own shares
Employee share issue

CAPITAL AT DEC. 31, 2021

*  Cancellation of 15 million treasury shares on May 31, 2020

Cumulative
number of shares

Share capital

582,068,555 2,328,274,220

(15,000,000)
–

(60,000,000)
–

567,068,555 2,268,274,220

–
1,964,887

–
7,859,548

569,033,442

2,276,133,768

374

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

On May 31, 2020, the Group decided to cancel 15 million of treasury shares, decreasing the share premium account by EUR 929 million.  
On November 24, 2020, the Group issued a sustainability-linked convertible bond (convertible into or exchangeable for a new or existing 
shares (OCEANEs)), with a nominal amount of EUR 650 million. This zero-coupon bond of maturity date in 2026 offers investors a premium 
(0.5% of nominal amount) in case the company underperforms sustainability objectives. The equity component of this convertible bonds 
has been valued at EUR 43 million and has been recognised in “Additional paid-in capital”.

In 2021, the share premium account increased by EUR 208 million following the increases in capital.

19.2 – Earnings per share

(in thousands of shares and in euros per share)

Issued shares (Net of treasury shares and own shares)
Performance shares
Bonds convertible into shares

AVERAGE WEIGHTED NUMBER OF SHARES

Earnings per share before tax

EARNINGS PER SHARE

19.3 – Dividends paid and proposed

Full Year 2021

Full Year 2020

Basic

Diluted

Basic

Diluted

556,432
–
–

556,432

7.47

5.76

556,432
4,566
3,684

564,682

7.36

5.67

553,767
–
–

553,767

5.07

3.84

553,767
135
3,684

557,586

5.04

3.81

5.

In 2021, the Group paid out the 2020 dividend of EUR 2.60 per share, for a total of EUR 1,447 million.

At the Shareholders’ Meeting of May 5, 2022, shareholders will be asked to approve a dividend of EUR 2.90 per share for fiscal year 2021. 
At December 31, 2021 Schneider-Electric SE had distributable reserves in an amount of EUR 2,856 million (versus EUR 4,126 million at the 
previous year-end), not including profit for the year.

19.4 – Share-based payments

Current stock grant plans
The Board of Directors of Schneider Electric SE and later the Management Board have set up performance shares plans for senior 
executives and certain employees of the Group. The main features of these plans were as follows at December 31, 2021:

Plan no.

Plan 30
Plan 31
Plan 31 bis
Plan 32
Plan 33
Plan 34
Plan 35
Plan 36
Plan 37
Plan 37 bis
Plan 38
Plan 39
Plan 39 bis
Plan 39 ter

TOTAL

Date of the
Board Meeting

03/26/2018
03/26/2018
10/24/2018
03/26/2019
03/26/2019
07/24/2019
10/23/2019
03/24/2020
03/24/2020
10/21/2020
03/25/2021
03/25/2021
07/29/2021
10/26/2021

Vesting date

03/26/2021
03/26/2021
10/24/2021
03/28/2022
03/28/2022
07/25/2022
10/24/2022
03/24/2023
03/24/2023
10/23/2023
03/25/2024
03/25/2024
07/29/2024
10/26/2024

End of lock-up 
period

Number of shares
initially granted

Grants cancelled
because
objectives not met

03/26/2022
03/26/2021
10/24/2021
03/28/2023
03/29/2022
07/26/2022
10/25/2022
03/24/2024
03/27/2023
10/24/2023
03/25/2025
03/25/2024
07/29/2024
10/26/2024

25,800
2,318,140
28,000
25,800
2,313,650
87,110
17,450
18,000
2,095,740
103,051
11,371
1,463,997
48,720
33,082

8,589,911

2,808
281,629
3,313
4,983
224,198
6,390
–
–
98,950
4,300
–
14,873
380
–

641,824

Rules governing the performance shares plans are as follows:

• 

• 
• 

to receive the shares, the grantee must generally be an employee or corporate officer of the Group. Vesting is also conditional on the 
achievement of performance criteria; 
the vesting period is three to four years;
the lock-up period is zero or one year.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

375

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Outstanding shares
In respect of subscription vesting conditions for current performance shares plans, Schneider Electric SE has not created shares in 2021 
and used existing treasury shares.

Changes in the number of outstanding number of shares in 2021 were as follows:

Plan no.

Plan 30
Plan 31
Plan 31 bis
Plan 32
Plan 33
Plan 34
Plan 35
Plan 36
Plan 37
Plan 37 bis
Plan 38
Plan 39
Plan 39 bis
Plan 39 ter

TOTAL

Number of
performance 
shares
at Dec. 31, 2020

Number of
shares granted
or to be granted

Number of
shares cancelled
in 2020

Number of
performance 
shares
at Dec. 31, 2021

23,417
2,086,639
28,000
20,817
2,185,422
84,080
17,450
18,000
2,068,990
102,861
–
–
–
–

(22,992)
(2,036,511)
(24,687)
–
(1,800)
–
–
–
(800)
–
11,371
1,463,997
48,720
33,082

(425)
(50,128)
(3,313)
–
(94,170)
(3,370)
–
–
(71,400)
(4,110)
–
(14,873)
(380)
–

–
–
–
20,817
2,089,452
80,710
17,450
18,000
1,996,790
98,751
11,371
1,449,124
48,340
33,082

6,635,676

(529,620)

(242,169)

5,863,887

For performance shares to vest, the grantee must be an employee or corporate officer of the Group. In addition, vesting of some 
performance shares is conditional on the achievement of annual objectives based on financial indicators.

Valuation of performance shares
In accordance with the accounting policies described in Note 1.20, the performance shares plans have been valued based on an average 
estimated life of 3 to 5 years using the following assumptions:

•  a pay-out rate of between 2.2% and 3.5%;
•  a discount rate of between (0.8)% and 1.0%, corresponding to a risk-free rate over the life of the plans (source: Bloomberg).

Based on these assumptions, the expense recorded under “Selling, general and administrative expenses” breaks down as follows:

(in millions of euros)

Plans 2016
Plans 2017
Plans 2018
Plans 2019
Plans 2020
Plans 2021

TOTAL

Full year 2021

Full year 2020

–
–
6
40
37
35

118

11
10
41
43
28
–

133

In 2021, the Group also recorded an additional expense of EUR 43 million, mostly relating to AVEVA subgroup’s performance shares plan 
for EUR 36 million, bringing the total Group expense to EUR 161 million.

Worldwide Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Every year, Schneider Electric gives its employees the opportunity to become group shareholders thanks to employee share issues. 
Employees in countries that meet legal and fiscal requirements have been proposed the classic plan.

Under the classic plan, employees may purchase Schneider Electric shares at a 15% discount to the price quoted for the shares on the stock 
market. Employees must then hold their shares for five years, except in certain cases provided for by law. The share-based payment expense 
recorded in accordance with IFRS 2 is measured by reference to the fair value of the discount on the locked-up shares. The lockup cost is 
determined on the basis of a two-step strategy that involves first selling the locked-up shares on the forward market and then purchasing 
the same number of shares on the spot market (i.e., shares that may be sold at any time) using a bullet loan.

This strategy is designed to reflect the cost the employee would incur during the lock-up period to avoid the risk of carrying the shares 
subscribed under the classic plan. The borrowing cost corresponds to the cost of borrowing for the employees concerned, as they are the 
sole potential buyers in this market. It is based on the average interest rate charged by banks for an ordinary, non-revolving personal loan 
with a maximum maturity of five years granted to a natural person with an average credit rating.

376

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

Year 2021
The table below summarizes the main characteristics of the 2021 plan, the amounts subscribed, the valuation assumptions and the  
plan’s cost:

(in millions of euros)

Plan characteristics:
Maturity (years)
Reference price (euros)
Subscription price (euros)
Discount
Amount subscribed by employees
Total amount subscribed
Total number of shares subscribed (million of shares)
Valuation assumptions:
Interest rate available to market participant (bullet loan)*
Five-year risk-free interest rate (euro zone)
Annual interest rate (repo)
Value of discount (a)
Value of the lock-up period for market participant (b)

TOTAL EXPENSE FOR THE GROUP (a) - (b)

Sensitivity:
decrease in interest rate for market participant**

Full Year 2021

%

Value

5
129.64
110.19

216.5
216.5
2

–
–
–
38.2
44.6

–

6.9

15.0%

2.4 %
0,0%
1.0%
15.0%
26.4%

(0.5)%

5.

*  Average interest rate charged on an ordinary, non-revolving personal loan, with a five-year maturity to an individual with an average credit rating.
**  A decline in the interest rate for market participants reduces the lock-up cost and increases the expense booked by the issuer.

In 2021, Schneider Electric gave its employees the opportunity to purchase shares at a price of EUR 110.19 per share, as part of its 
commitment to employee share ownership, on April 19, 2021. This represented a 15% discount to the reference price of EUR 129.64 calculated 
as the average opening price quoted for the share during the 20 days preceding the Management Board’s decision to launch the employee 
share issue.

Altogether, 2.0 million shares were subscribed, increasing the Company’s capital by EUR 216 million as of July 6, 2021. Due to significant 
changes in valuation assumptions, specifically the interest rate available to market participant, the value of the lock-up cost is higher than 
the discount cost since 2012. Therefore, the Group did not recognize any cost related to the transaction.

Year 2020
On April 20, 2020, the Management Board took the exceptional decision to cancel this year employee share issues as part of its strategy  
to deal with the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic.

19.5 – Schneider Electric SE shares

At December 31, 2021, the Group held 12,456,882 Schneider Electric shares in treasury stock, which have been recorded as a deduction 
from retained earnings.

The Group has repurchased 1,809,054 shares for a total amount of EUR 262 million in 2021.

19.6 – Income tax recorded in equity

Total income tax recorded in Equity amounts to EUR 130 million as of December 31, 2021 and can be analyzed as follows:

(in millions of euros)

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

Change in tax

Cash-Flow hedges
Available-for-sale financial assets
Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefits obligations
Other

TOTAL

19.7 – Non-controlling interests

23
(15)
125
(3)

130

30
(6)
230
(3)

251

(7)
(9)
(105)
–

(121)

The main contributor is AVEVA subgroup’s, for which 41% of the shares correspond to non-controlling interests for the Group. AVEVA,  
which remains a listed company, is publishing its financial statements on regular basis.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

377

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 20: Pensions and other post-employment benefit obligations

The Group has set up various post-employment benefit plans for employees covering pensions, termination benefits, healthcare,  
life insurance and other benefits, as well as long-term benefit plans for active employees.

Defined Benefit Pension Plans
The Group’s main Defined Benefit pension plans are located in the United Kingdom (UK) and the United States (US). They respectively 
represent 62% (2020: 64%) and 22% (2020: 21%) of the Group’s total Defined Benefit Obligations (DBO) on pensions. The majority of 
benefit obligations under these plans, which represent 93% of the Group’s total commitment at December 31, 2021, are partially or fully 
funded through payments to external funds. These funds are never invested in Group assets.

United Kingdom
The Group companies operate several Defined Benefit pension plans in the UK. The main one is related to the Invensys Pension Scheme. 
Pensions payable to employees depend on average final salary and length of service within the Group. These plans are registered schemes 
under UK tax law and managed by independent Boards of Trustees. They are closed to new entrants, and for most of them, the vested 
rights were frozen as they have been replaced by Defined Contributions plans.

These plans are funded by employer contributions, which are negotiated every three years based on plan valuations carried out by 
independent actuaries, so that the long-term financing services are ensured.

In relation to risk management and asset allocation, the Board of Trustees’ aims of each plan are to ensure that it can meet its obligations  
to the plan’s beneficiaries both in the short and long-term. The Board of Trustees is responsible for the plan’s long-term investment strategy 
and defines and manages long-term investment strategies to reduce risks, including interest rate risks and longevity risks. A certain 
proportion of assets hedges the liability valuation change resulting from the interest rates evolution. Those assets are primarily invested in 
fixed income investments, particularly intermediate and longer-term instruments.

Following the agreement reached with the Trustee of the Invensys Pension Scheme on February 2014, Schneider Electric SE guaranteed all 
obligations of the Invensys subsidiaries which participate in the scheme, up to a maximum amount of GBP 1.75 billion. As of December 31, 
2021, plan assets exceed the value of obligations subject to this guarantee and thus this guarantee cannot be called.

Schneider UK pension plans contain provisions of pension called Guaranteed Minimum Pension (“GMP”). GMPs were accrued for 
individuals who subscribed to the State Second Pension prior to April 6, 1997. Historically, there was an inequality in the benefits between 
male and female members concerning GMP.

A High Court case concluded on October 26, 2018, confirmed that all UK pension plans must equalize “GMPs” between men and women. 
In the light of these events and new information, the Group updated the related assumptions, leading to a net experience adjustment in 
“Other Comprehensive Income” of EUR 56 million. Following a further High Court ruling in November 2020, an additional net experience 
adjustment of EUR 7 million was recognized in other comprehensive income in 2020.

United States
The United States’ subsidiaries operate several Defined Benefit pension plans. These plans are closed to new entrants, frozen to future 
accruals and have been replaced by Defined Contributions plans. Pensions payable to employees depend on the average final salary  
and the length of service within the Group.

Each year, the Group companies contribute a certain amount to the Defined Benefit pension plans. This amount is determined actuarially 
and is comprised of service costs, administrative expenses and payments toward any existing deficits. Since the plans are closed and 
frozen, there is generally no service cost component.

The companies delegate various responsibilities to Pension Committees. These committees define and manage long-term investment 
strategies to reduce risks, including interest rate risks and longevity risks. A certain proportion of assets hedges the liability valuation 
change, resulting from the interest rates evolution. Those assets are primarily invested in fixed income investments, particularly intermediate 
and longer-term instruments.

378

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

Assumptions
Actuarial valuations are generally performed each year. The assumptions used vary according to the economic conditions prevailing in the 
country concerned, as follows:

Discount rate
Rate of compensation increases

2.12%
2.60%

1.57%
2.52%

2.05%
3.64%

1.40%
3.46%

2.77%
n.a.

2.42%
n.a

Group weighted average rate

Of which United Kingdom

Of which United States

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

The discount rate is determined based on the interest rate for investment-grade (AA) corporate bonds or, if a liquid market does not exist, 
government bonds with a maturity that matches the duration of the benefit obligation. In the United States, the average discount rate is 
determined based on a yield curve for AA and AAA investment-grade corporate bonds.

In the Euro zone, the discount rate currently stands at 0.80%.

20.1 – Changes in provisions for pensions and other post-employment benefit obligations

Annual changes in obligations, the market value of plan assets and the corresponding assets and provisions recognized in the financial 
statements can be analyzed as follows:

5.

(in millions of euros)

Dec 31, 2019

Service cost
Past service cost
Curtailments and settlements
Interest cost
Interest income
Net impact in P&L, (expense)/profit

of which UK
of which US
Benefits paid
Plan participants’ contributions
Employer contributions
Changes in the scope of consolidation
Actuarial gains/(losses) recognized in equity
Translation adjustment
Other changes

Dec. 31, 2020

of which UK
of which US
Service cost
Past service cost
Curtailments and settlements
Interest cost
Interest income
Net impact in P&L, (expense)/profit

of which UK
of which US
Benefits paid
Plan participants’ contributions
Employer contributions
Changes in the scope of consolidation
Actuarial gains/(losses) recognized in equity
Translation adjustment
Other changes

Dec. 31, 2021

of which UK
of which US

Defined benefit
obligations

Plan assets

Asset ceiling

Net Liability

(10,065)

8,633

(123)

(1,555)

(54)
–
1
(204)
–
(257)
(119)
(69)
554
(6)
–
(8)
(796)
562
–

(10,016)

(6,370)
(2,140)
(66)
2
25
(159)
–
(198)
(94)
(52)
532
(6)
–
9
701
(631)
(77)

(9,686)

(6,017)
(2,170)

–
–
(1)
–
159
158
118
38
(500)
6
106
–
621
(503)
–

8,521

6,459
1,535
–
–
(1)
–
121
120
86
30
(478)
6
136
–
(117)
606
77

8,871

6,524
1,692

–
–
–
(2)
–
(2)
(2)
–
–
–
–
–
52
6
–

(67)

(67)
–
–
–
–
(1)
–
(1)
(1)
–
–
–
–
–
(133)
(9)
–

(210)

(184)
–

(54)
–
–
(206)
159
(101)
(3)
(31)
54
–
106
(8)
(123)
65
–

(1,562)

22
(605)
(66)
2
24
(160)
121
(79)
(9)
(22)
54
–
136
9
451
(34)
–

(1,025)

323
(478)

The Group defined benefit obligations of EUR 9.686 million (2020: EUR 10.016 million) are broken down as EUR 9.470 million  
(2020: EUR 9.802 million) for post-employment benefits and EUR 216 million (2020: EUR 214 million) for other post-employment  
and long-term benefits.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

379

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The total present value of Defined Benefit Obligations breaks down as follows between wholly or partly funded plans and wholly  
unfunded plans:

(in millions of euros)

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

Present value of wholly or partly funded benefit obligation
Fair value on plan assets
Effect of assets ceiling
Net position of wholly or partly funded benefit obligation
Present value of wholly or partly unfunded benefit obligation

NET LIABILITY FROM FUNDED AND UNFUNDED PLANS

Balance Sheet impact:
surplus of plans recognized as assets*
provisions recognized as liabilities

(9,052)
8,871
(210)
(391)
(634)

(1,025)

370
(1,395)

(9,356)
8,521
(66)
(901)
(661)

(1,562)

146
(1,708)

*  The surplus of plans recognized as assets represents the assets in excess of the liabilities, generally assumed to be recoverable, and after applying any asset ceiling

Changes in gross items recognized in equity were as follows:

(in millions of euros)

Full year 2021

Full year 2020

Actuarial (gains)/losses on Defined Benefit Obligations arising from demographic assumptions
Actuarial (gains)/losses on Defined Benefit Obligations arising from financial assumptions
Actuarial (gains)/losses on Defined Benefit Obligations from experience effects
Actuarial (gains)/losses on plan assets
Effect of asset ceiling

TOTAL RECOGNIZED IN EQUITY DURING THE PERIOD

of which UK
of which US

Plans asset allocation:

(in millions of euros)

Equity
Bonds
Others

TOTAL

(121)
(522)
(58)
117
133

(451)

259
116

(6)
853
(51)
(621)
(52)

123

(111)
(5)

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

6%
80%
14%

100%

9%
80%
11%

100%

20.2 – Sensitivity analysis

The effect of a ± 0.5% change in the discount rate on the 2021 Defined Benefit Obligations is as follows:

(in millions of euros)

DBO Impact

+0.5%

(591)

-0.5%

660

+0.5%

(385)

-0.5%

431

+0.5%

(117)

-0.5%

129

+0.5%

(89)

-0.5%

100

Total

United Kingdom

United States

Rest of the World

380

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

Note 21: Provisions for contingencies and charges

(in millions of euros)

Dec. 31, 2019

of which long-term portion
Additions
Utilizations
Reversals of surplus provisions
Translation adjustments
Changes in the scope of 
consolidation and other

Dec. 31, 2020

of which long-term portion
Additions
Utilizations
Reversals of surplus provisions
Translation adjustments
Changes in the scope of 
consolidation and other

Dec. 31, 2021

of which long-term portion

Economic risks

Customer risks

Products risks

Environmental 
risks

Restructuring

Other risks

Provisions

292

155
35
(43)
(10)
(19)

20

275

161
52
(48)
(6)
13

(16)

270

169

76

50
33
(26)
–
(12)

83

154

103
12
(21)
–
9

(7)

147

104

499

139
322
(172)
(11)
(24)

16

630

137
206
(150)
(39)
31

(3)

675

150

293

256
8
(17)
(3)
(22)

–

259

226
8
(13)
–
23

73

350

315

151

11
324
(208)
(2)
(7)

(8)

250

15
130
(194)
(26)
5

(5)

160

12

423

329
128
(132)
(7)
(30)

(20)

362

288
126
(100)
(15)
21

28

422

341

1,734

940
850
(598)
(33)
(114)

91

1,930

930
534
(526)
(86)
102

70

2,024

1,091

5.

Provisions are recognized following the principles described in Note 1.21.

Reconciliation with cash flow statement:

(in millions of euros)

Full year 2021

Full year 2020

Increase of provision
Utilization of provision
Reversal of surplus provision
Provision variance including tax provisions but excluding employee benefit obligation
Employee benefit obligation net variance contribution to plan assets

INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN PROVISIONS IN CASH-FLOW STATEMENT

534
(526)
(86)
(78)
24

(54)

850
(598)
(33)
219
47

266

Note 22: Total current and non-current financial liabilities

The breakdown of net debt is as follows:

millions of euros)

Bonds
Other bank borrowings
Employee profit sharing
Short-term portion of bonds
Short-term portion of long-term debt

NON-CURRENT FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Commercial paper
Accrued interest
Other short-term borrowings
Drawdown of funds from lines of credit
Bank overdrafts
Short-term portion of convertible and non-convertible bonds
Short-term portion of long-term debt

SHORT-TERM DEBT

TOTAL CURRENT AND NON-CURRENT FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

NET DEBT

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

8,234
51
–
(706)
(25)

7,554

950
38
317
–
159
706
25

2,195

9,749

(2,622)

7,127

8,773
32
–
(600)
(9)

8,196

1,302
43
173
–
133
600
9

2,260

10,456

(6,895)

3,561

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

381

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

22.1 – Breakdown by maturity

(in millions of euros)

2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028 and beyond

TOTAL

22.2 – Breakdown by currency

(in millions of euros)

Euro
US Dollar
Brazilian Real
Indian Rupee
Algerian Dinar
Other

TOTAL

22.3 – Bonds

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

Nominal

Interests

Nominal

–
2,195
1,325
996
1,045
1,397
1,240
1,551

9,749

–
78
58
49
41
35
19
2

2,260
673
1,295
996
1,045
1,396
1,240
1,551

282

10,456

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

8,803
737
13
84
22
90

9,749

9,537
698
13
112
23
73

10,456

(in millions of euros)

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

Interest rate

Maturity

Schneider Electric SE 2021
Schneider Electric SE 2022
Schneider Electric SE 2023
Schneider Electric SE 2023
Schneider Electric SE 2024
Schneider Electric SE 2025
Schneider Electric SE 2025
Schneider Electric SE 2026 (OCEANEs)
Schneider Electric SE 2026
Schneider Electric SE 2027
Schneider Electric SE 2027
Schneider Electric SE 2028
Schneider Electric SE 2029

–
706
499
798
997
746
300
651
746
497
744
757
793

600
651
498
797
996
745
300
651
745
496
743
758
793

2.500% fixed
2.950% fixed
0.000% fixed
1.500% fixed
0.250% fixed
0.875% fixed
1.841% fixed
0.000% fixed
0.875% fixed
1.000% fixed
1.375% fixed
1.500% fixed
0.250% fixed

September 2021
September 2022
June 2023
September 2023
September 2024
March 2025
October 2025
June 2026
December 2026
April 2027
June 2027
January 2028
March 2029

TOTAL

8,234

8,773

Schneider Electric SE has issued bonds on different markets:

• 

in the United States, through a private placement offering following SEC 144A rule, for USD 800 million worth of bonds issued in September 
2012, at a rate of 2.95%, due in September 2022;

•  as part of its Euro Medium Term Notes (EMTN) program, bonds traded on the Luxembourg stock exchange. Issues that had not yet matured 

as of December 31, 2021 are as follow:
 − EUR 500 million worth of bonds issued in June 2020, at a rate of 0.0%, maturing in June 2023;
 − EUR 800 million worth of bonds issued in September 2015 at a rate of 1.50%, maturing in September 2023;
 − EUR 800 million worth of bonds issued in September 2016, at a rate of 0.25%, maturing in September 2024;
 − EUR 200 million worth of bonds issued in July 2019, at a rate of 0.25%, maturing in September 2024;
 − EUR 750 million worth of bonds issued in March 2015, at a rate of 0.875%, maturing in March 2025;
 − EUR 200 million and EUR 100 million worth of Climate bonds issued successively in October and December 2015, at a rate of
 − 1.841%, maturing in October 2025;
 − EUR 750 million worth of bonds issued in December 2017, at a rate of 0.875%, maturing in December 2026;
 − EUR 500 million worth of bonds issued in April 2020, at a rate of 1.00%, maturing in April 2027;
 − EUR 750 million worth of bonds issued in June 2018, at a rate of 1.375%, maturing in June 2027;
 − EUR 500 million worth of bonds issued in January 2019 and EUR 250 million worth of bonds issued in May 2019, at a rate of 1.50%, 

maturing in January 2028;

 − EUR 800 million worth of bonds issued in March 2020, at a rate of 0.25%, maturing in March 2029.

382

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

In addition, the Group has issued a bond that is convertible into or exchangeable for a new or existing shares (OCEANEs) for EUR 650 million 
at a rate of 0.00%, maturing in June 2026. The OCEANE has a debt component, assessed on inception date on the basis of the market 
interest rate applied to an equivalent non-convertible bond, is recognized in non-current financial debts and an optional component 
recognized in equity. At end of December 2021, the debt component recorded amounts to EUR 651 million and the optional component  
to EUR 42 million.

The initial conversion and/or exchange ratio of the Bonds is one share per Bond with a nominal value set at EUR 176.44. According to 
Sustainability-Linked Financing Framework, if the average sustainability performance score (calculated as the arithmetic average of the 
scores of the three key performance indicators) does not reach a certain level by December 31, 2025, the Group will pay an amount equal 
to 0.50% of the face value.

The three key performance indicators from the 11 new Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI) 2021-2025 indicators are the following:

•  Climate: Deliver 800 megatons of saved and avoided CO2 emissions to our customers;
•  Equality: Increase gender diversity, from hiring to front-line managers and leadership teams (50/40/30);
•  Generation: Train 1 million underprivileged people in energy management.

The detailed rating methodology and approach are presented in the Group’s Sustainability-Linked Financing Framework.

For all those transactions, issue premium and issue costs are amortized per the effective interest rate method.

5.

22.4 – Reconciliation with cash flow statement

(in millions of euros)

Bonds
Bank overdrafts and other borrowings

Dec. 31, 2020

8,773
1,683

TOTAL CURRENT AND NON-CURRENT FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

10,456

Non-cash variations

Cash
variations

Scope
impacts

Forex
and others

Dec. 31, 2021

(600)
(8)

(608)

–
3

3

61
(163)

(102)

8,234
1,515

9,749

22.5 – Other information

As of December 31, 2021, the Group had confirmed credit lines of EUR 2,550 million all maturing after December 2022, all unused.

Loan agreements and committed credit lines do not include any financial covenants or credit rating triggers in case of downgrading  
in the company’s long-term debt.

Note 23: Classification of financial instruments

The Group uses financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, exchange rates and metal prices.  
Financial assets and liabilities can be classified at the fair value following the hierarchy levels below:

1.  Level 1: market value (non-adjusted) on active markets, for similar assets and liabilities, which the company can obtain on a given  

valuation date;

2.  Level 2: data other than the market rate available for level 1, which are directly or indirectly observable on the market;
3.  Level 3: data on the asset or liability that are not observable on the market.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

383

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

23.1 – Balance sheet exposure and fair value hierarchy

(in millions of euros)

ASSETS:
Listed financial assets
Venture capital (FCPR)/mutual funds (SICAV)
Other unlisted financial assets
Other non-current financial assets

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Trade accounts receivables
Current financial assets
Marketable securities
Negotiable debt securities and short-term deposits
Cash
Derivative instruments – foreign currencies
Derivative instruments – interest rates
Derivative instruments – commodities
Derivative instruments – shares

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

LIABILITIES:
Long-term portions of non-convertible bonds*
Long-term portions of convertible bonds*
Other long-term debt

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Short-term portion of bonds*
Short-term debt
Trade accounts payable
Other
Derivative instruments – foreign currencies
Derivative instruments – interest rates
Derivative instruments – commodities
Derivative instruments – shares

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

Dec. 31, 2021

Carrying
amount

Fair value
through P&L

Fair value
through equity

Financial
assets/
liabilities
measured at
amortized cost

Fair
value

Fair value
hierarchy

15
111
323
585

1,034

6,829
4
551
438
1,633
41
–
7
–

9,503

(6,877)
(651)
(26)

(7,554)

(706)
(1,489)
(5,715)
(63)
(104)
–
–
–

(8,077)

–
111
79
–

190

–
–
551
438
1,633
40
–
–
–

2,662

–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
(55)
–
–
–

(55)

15
–
244
–

259

–
4
–
–
–
1

7
–

12

–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
(49)
–
–
–

(49)

–
–
–
585

585

6,829
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

6,829

(6,877)
(651)
(26)

(7,554)

(706)
(1,489)
(5,715)
(63)
–
–
–
–

(7,973)

15
111
323
585

1,034

6,829
4
551
438
1,633
41
–
7
–

9,503

(7,126)
(636)
(26)

(7,788)

(719)
(1,489)
(5,715)
(63)
(104)
–
–
–

(8,090)

Level 1
Level 3
Level 3
Level 2

Level 2
Level 2
Level 1
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2

Level 1
Level 2
Level 2

Level 1
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2

*  The majority of financial instruments listed in the balance sheet have a fair value close to their book value, except for bonds, for which the amortized cost in the balance 

sheet represents EUR 8,234 million compared to EUR 8,481 million at fair value.

384

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

(in millions of euros)

ASSETS:
Listed financial assets
Venture capital (FCPR)/mutual funds (SICAV)
Other unlisted financial assets
Other non-current financial assets

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Trade accounts receivables
Current financial assets
Marketable securities
Negotiable debt securities and short-term deposits
Cash
Derivative instruments – foreign currencies
Derivative instruments – interest rates
Derivative instruments – commodities
Derivative instruments – shares

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

LIABILITIES:
Long-term portions of non-convertible bonds*
Long-term portions of convertible bonds*
Other long-term debt

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Short-term portion of bonds*
Short-term debt
Trade accounts payable
Other
Derivative instruments – foreign currencies
Derivative instruments – interest rates
Derivative instruments – commodities
Derivative instruments – shares

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

Dec. 31, 2020

Carrying
amount

Fair value
through P&L

Fair value
through equity

Financial
assets/liabilities
measured at
amortized cost

2
84
363
327

776

5,626
18
1,942
2,275
2,678
84
–
23
1

12,647

(7,522)
(651)
(23)

(8,196)

(600)
(1,660)
(4,664)
(54)
(19)
–
–
–

(6,997)

–
84
–
–

84

–
18
1,942
2,275
2,678
60
–
–
–

6,973

–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
(19)
–
–
–

(19)

2
–
363
–

365

–
–
–
–
–
24
–
23
1

48

–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–

327

327

5,626
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

5,626

(7,522)
(651)
(23)

(8,196)

(600)
(1,660)
(4,664)
(54)
–
–
–
–

(6,978)

Fair
value

2
84
363
327

776

5,626
18
1,942
2,275
2,678
84
–
23
1

12,647

(7,956)
(652)
(23)

(8,631)

(611)
(1,660)
(4,664)
(54)
(19)
–
–
–

(7,008)

Fair value
hierarchy

Level 1
Level 3
Level 3
Level 2

Level 2
Level 2
Level 1
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2

Level 1
Level 2
Level 2

Level 1
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2

5.

*  The majority of financial instruments listed in the balance sheet have a fair value close to their book value, except for bonds, for which the amortized cost in the balance 

sheet represents EUR 8,773 million compared to EUR 9,219 million at fair value.

23.2 – Derivative instruments

(in millions of euros)

Forwards contracts
Forwards contracts
Forwards contracts
Forwards contracts
Forwards contracts
Forwards contracts
Cross currency swaps
Cross currency swaps

TOTAL FOREIGN CHANGE
DERIVATIVES

Forwards contracts
Commodities derivatives
Options
Shares derivatives

TOTAL

Accounting
qualification

CFH
CFH
CFH
FVH
NIH
Trading
CFH
NIH

Maturity

< 1 year
< 2 years
> 2 years
< 1 year
< 1 year
< 1 year
< 1 year
< 2 years

CFH

< 1 year

CFH

< 1 year

Dec. 31, 2021

Nominal
sales

Nominal
purchases

Fair Value

Carrying
amount
in assets

Carrying
amount
in liabilities

Of which
carrying
amounts
in OCI

393
55
3
1,005
410
456
88
750

(305)
(24)
(3)
(539)
–
(2,402)
(39)
–

3,160

(3,312)

–
–
–
–

(400)
(400)
–
–

2
–
–
(22)
(10)
11
(3)
(41)

(63)

7
7
–
–

3,160

(3,712)

(56)

12
1
–
12
–
14
2
–

41

7
7
–
–

48

(10)
(1)
–
(34)
(10)
(3)
(5)
(41)

(104)

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
(10)
–
1
(39)

(48)

7
7
–
–

(104)

(41)

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

385

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

(in millions of euros)

Forwards contracts
Forwards contracts
Forwards contracts
Forwards contracts
Forwards contracts
Forwards contracts
Cross currency swaps

TOTAL FX DERIVATIVES

Forwards contracts
Commodities derivatives
Options
Shares derivatives

TOTAL

Accounting
qualification

CFH
CFH
CFH
FVH
NIH
Trading
CFH

Maturity

< 1 year
< 2 years
> 2 years
< 1 year
< 1 year
< 1 year
< 2 years

CFH

< 1 year

CFH

< 1 year

23.3 – Foreign currency hedges

Dec. 31, 2020

Nominal
sales

Nominal
purchases

Fair Value

Carrying
amount
in assets

Carrying
amount
in liabilities

Carrying
amounts
in OCI

242
19
7
997
1,102
536
–

2,903

–
–
–
–

(147)
(24)
(1)
(1,098)
–
(2,425)
(159)

(3,854)

(249)
(249)
(1)
(1)

2,903

(4,104)

1
–
–
25
21
7
11

65

23
23
1
1

89

10
1
–
30
21
11
11

84

23
23
1
1

(9)
(1)
–
(5)
–
(4)
–

(19)

–
–
–
–

108

(19)

1
–
–
1
22
–
–

24

23
23
1
1

48

Since a significant proportion of affiliates’ transactions are denominated in currencies other than the affiliate’s functional currency, the Group 
is exposed to currency risks. If the Group is not able to hedge these risks, fluctuations in exchange rates between the functional currency 
and other currencies can have a significant impact on its results and distort year-on-year performance comparisons. As a result, the Group 
uses derivative instruments to hedge its exposure to exchange rates mainly through FX forwards and natural hedges. Furthermore, some 
long-term loans and borrowings granted to the affiliates are considered as net investment in foreign operations according to IAS 21.

Schneider Electric’s currency hedging policy is to protect its subsidiaries against risks on transactions denominated in a currency other than 
their functional currency. Hedging approaches are detailed in Note 1.23.

The breakdown of the nominal of foreign change derivatives related to operating and financing activities is as follows:

(in millions of euros)

US Dollar
Chinese Yuan
Euro
Danish Crown
Singapore Dollar
Swedish Crown
Japanese Yen
Swiss Franc
UAE Dirham
Canadian Dollar
Australian Dollar
Saudi Riyal
Russian Ruble
Norwegian Krone
British Pound
South African Rand
Hong Kong Dollar
Others

TOTAL

Sales

2,022
4
264
3
383
16
14
4
1
66
17
11
82
–
15
38
4
216

3,160

Dec. 31, 2021

Purchases

(685)
(529)
(206)
(120)
(383)
(206)
(114)
(136)
(67)
(15)
(65)
(17)
(4)
(14)
(455)
(6)
(34)
(256)

Net

2,926
656
859
156
599
152
53
253
77
107
87
46
68
19
202
48
54
470

(3,312)

(152)

386

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

23.4 – Interest rate hedges

Interest rate risk on borrowings is managed at the Group level, based on consolidated debt and taking into consideration market conditions 
to optimize overall borrowing costs. The Group uses derivative instruments to hedge its exposure to interest rates through swaps or cross-
currency swaps. Cross-currency swaps may be presented both as foreign exchange hedges and interest rate hedges depending on the 
characteristics of the derivative.

The Group did not use any derivative instrument to hedge its exposure to interest rates during the fiscal year 2021.

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

(in millions of euros)

Fixed Rates

Floating rates

Total

Fixed Rates

Floating rates

Total

Total current and non-current financial liabilities
Cash and cash equivalent

NET DEBT BEFORE HEDGING

Impact of Hedges

8,234
–

8,234

–

1,515
(2,622)

(1,107)

–

NET DEBT AFTER HEDGING

8,234

(1,107)

9,749
(2,622)

7,127

–

7,127

8,773
–

8,773

–

1,683
(6,895)

(5,212)

–

10,456
(6,895)

3,561

–

8,773

(5,212)

3,561

23.5 – Commodity hedges

The Group is exposed to fluctuations in energy and raw material prices, in particular steel, copper, aluminum, silver, lead, nickel, zinc and 
plastics. If the Group is not able to hedge, compensate for or pass on to customers any such increased costs, this could have an adverse 
impact on its results. The Group has, however, implemented certain procedures to limit exposure to rising non-ferrous and precious raw 
material prices. The Purchasing departments of the operating units report their purchasing forecasts to the Corporate Finance and  
Treasury department. Purchase commitments are hedged using forward contracts, swaps and, to a lesser extent, options.

All commodities instruments are futures and options designated as cash flow hedge under IFRS standards, of which:

5.

(in millions of euros)

Carrying amount
Nominal amount

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

7
(400)

23
(249)

23.6 – Financial assets and liabilities subject to netting

In accordance with IFRS 7 standards, this section discloses financial instruments that are subject to netting agreements.

(in millions of euros)

Financial assets
Financial liabilities

(in millions of euros)

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Dec. 31, 2021

Gross amounts
offset in the
statement of
financial position

Net amounts
presented in the
statement of
financial position

Related amounts
not offset in the
statement of
financial position

–
–

48
104

17
17

Gross amounts

48
104

Gross amounts
offset in the
statement of
financial position

Dec. 31, 2020

Net amounts
presented in the
statement of
financial position

Related amounts
not offset in the
statement of
financial position

–

–

107

19

15

15

Gross amounts

107

19

Net amounts
as per IFRS 7

31
87

Net amounts
as per IFRS 7

92

4

The Group trades over-the-counter derivatives with tier-one banks under agreements which provide for the offsetting of amounts payable 
and receivable in the event of default by one of the contracting parties. These conditional offsetting agreements do not meet the eligibility 
criteria within the meaning of IAS 32 for offsetting derivative instruments recorded under assets and liabilities. However, they do fall within 
the scope of disclosures under IFRS 7 on offsetting.

23.7 – Counterparty risk

Financial transactions are entered with carefully selected counterparties. Banking counterparties are chosen according to the customary 
criteria, including the credit rating issued by an independent rating agency.

Group policy consists of diversifying counterparty risks and periodic controls are performed to check compliance with the related rules.  
In addition, the Group takes out substantial credit insurance and uses other types of guarantees to limit the risk of losses on trade  
accounts receivable.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

387

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

23.8 – Financial risk management

Foreign currency risk arises from the Group undertaking a significant number of foreign currency transactions in the course of operations. 
These exposures arise from sales in currencies other than the Group’s presentational currency of Euro.

The main exposure of the Group in terms of currency exchange risk is related to the US dollar, Chinese Yuan and currencies linked to the  
US dollar. In 2021, revenue in foreign currencies amounted to EUR 23.0 billion (EUR 20.1 billion in 2020), including around EUR 7.4 billion  
in US dollars and EUR 4.4 billion in Chinese yuan (respectively EUR 6.6 and EUR 3.7 billion in 2020).

The Group manages its exposure to currency risk to reduce the sensitivity of earnings to changes in exchange rates. The financial 
instruments used to hedge the Group’s exposure to fluctuations in exchange rates are described above.

The table below shows the impact of a 10% change in the US dollar and the Chinese Yuan against the Euro on Revenue and Adjusted EBITA. 
It includes the impact from the translation of financial statements into the Group’s presentation currency, and assumes no scope impact.

(in millions of euros)

US Dollar

Chinese Yuan

(in millions of euros)

US Dollar

Chinese Yuan

Note 24: Employees

24.1 – Employees

The Group average number of permanent and temporary employees is as follows:

(number of employees)

Production
Administration

TOTAL AVERAGE WORKFORCE

of which Europe, Middle East, Africa and South America 
of which North America
of which Asia-Pacific

24.2 – Employee benefit expense

(in millions of euros)

Payroll costs
Profit-sharing and incentive bonuses
Stock options and performance shares

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS EXPENSE

Increase/
(decrease) in 
average rate

10%
(10)%

10%
(10)%

Increase/
(decrease) in 
average rate

10%
(10)%

10%
(10)%

Dec. 31, 2021

Revenue

Adj. EBITA

743
(676)

438
(398)

106
(97)

109
(99)

Dec. 31, 2020

Revenue

Adj. EBITA

665
(604)

372
(338)

86
(78)

95
(87)

Full year 2021

Full year 2020

91,519
74,506

81,470
73,996

166,025

155,466

66,214
34,427
65,384

67,549
32,633
55,284

Full year 2021

Full year 2020

(8,207)
(66)
(161)

(8,434)

(7,082)
(57)
(145)

(7,284)

24.3 – Benefits granted to senior executives

In 2021, the Group paid EUR 1.8 million in attendance fees to the members of its Board of directors. The total amount of gross remuneration, 
including benefits in kind, paid in 2021 by the Group to the members of Senior Management, excluding executive directors, totaled 
EUR 25.2 million, of which EUR 5.5 million corresponded to the variable portion.

During the last three financial years, 696,839 performance shares have been allocated, excluding Corporate Officers. No stock options 
have been granted during the last three financial years. In 2021, performance shares were allocated under the 2021 long-term incentive 
plan 39. Since December 16, 2011, 100% of performance shares are conditional on the achievement of performance criteria for members  
of the Executive Committee.

388

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

Net pension obligations with respect to members of Senior Management amounted to EUR 15 million at December 31, 2021 (EUR 17 million 
at December 31, 2020).

Please refer to Chapter 4 of the Universal Registration Document for more information regarding the members of Senior Management.

Note 25: Related party transactions

25.1 – Transactions with associates

Companies over which the Group has significant influence are accounted through the equity method. Transactions with these related 
parties are carried out on arm’s length terms.

Related party transactions were not material in 2021.

25.2 – Transactions with key management personnel

No transactions were carried out during the year with members of the supervisory board or management board. Compensation  
and benefits paid to the Group’s top senior executives are described in Note 24.

5.

Note 26: Commitments and contingent liabilities

26.1 – Guarantees and similar undertakings

The following table discloses the maximum exposure on guarantees given and received:

(in millions of euros)

Market counter guarantees*
Pledges, mortgages and sureties**
Other commitments given

GUARANTEES GIVEN

Endorsements and guarantees received

GUARANTEES RECEIVED

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

3,702
81
314

4,097

64

64

3,367
117
253

3,737

54

54

*  On certain contracts, customers require some commitments to guarantee that the contract will be fully executed by the subsidiaries of the Group. The risk linked to 
the commitment is assessed and a provision for contingencies is recorded when the risk is considered probable and can be reasonably estimated. Market counter 
guarantees also include the guaranteed obligations towards pension schemes.

**  Some loans are secured by property, plant and equipment and securities lodged as collateral.

26.2 – Contingent liabilities

As part of its normal operations, the Group is exposed to a number of potential claims and litigations. Except for those for which it is 
probable that the Group will incur a liability and for which a provision is established for such outcome (see Note 21), the Group is not  
aware of other potentially material claims and litigations.

Investigations were conducted in September 2018 by the French judicial and antitrust authorities at Schneider Electric’s head office and 
other premises concerning electrical distribution activities in France. Schneider Electric is cooperating with the French authorities. Such 
investigations could lead to formal proceedings against the Group for which the probability and the potential impact, which could be 
significant on the consolidated financial statements, cannot be determined at this time.

Note 27: Subsequent events

27.1 – IGE+XAO

Following the completion of a simplified public tender offer, the Group now holds 83.93% of the issued capital of IGE+XAO. In accordance 
with the Group’s intentions as presented in the Information Note and the previously stated strategy to consolidate the various independent 
software entities within the Energy Management Software Division, the Group intends to implement a merger of IGE+XAO with Schneider 
Electric during fiscal year 2022.

The Boards of Directors of Schneider Electric and IGE+XAO have met on February 16, 2022 and approved the economic, financial and 
legal terms of the merger, including the merger parity of 5 Schneider Electric shares for 3 IGE+XAO shares. The merger agreement as  
well as the merger appraisers’ reports will be available on the websites of Schneider Electric and IGE+XAO.

The Group will seek confirmation from the AMF that the merger would not require Schneider Electric to file a buy-out offer for the shares 
of IGE+XAO. In addition, the merger will be subject to the approval of the annual general shareholder meetings of the shareholders of 
IGE+XAO and Schneider Electric to be held on May 4 and 5, 2022 respectively.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

389

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 28: Statutory Auditors’ fees

Fees paid by the Group to the statutory auditors and their networks:

(in thousands of euros)

Statutory auditing
o/w Schneider Electric SE
o/w subsidiaries
Related audit services (“SACC”)
o/w Schneider Electric SE
o/w subsidiaries

TOTAL FEES

(in thousands of euros)

Statutory auditing
o/w Schneider Electric SE
o/w subsidiaries
Related audit services (“SACC”)
o/w Schneider Electric SE
o/w subsidiaries

TOTAL FEES

EY

12,290
106
12,184
1,368
317
1,051

13,658

EY

11,241
106
11,135
540
241
299

11,781

Full Year 2021

%

Mazars

90%

10%

9,602
106
9,496
439

439

%

96%

4%

100%

10,041

100%

Full Year 2020

Mazars

9,061
106
8,955
433
–
433

9,494

%

95%

5%

100%

%

95%

5%

100%

Total

21,892
212
21,680
1,807
317
1,490

23,699

Total

20,302
212
20,090
973
241
732

21,275

Note 29: Consolidated companies

The main companies included in the Schneider Electric Group scope of consolidation are listed below:

(in % of interest)

Europe
Fully consolidated
NXT Control GmbH
Schneider Electric Austria GmbH
Schneider Electric Power Drives GmbH
Schneider Electric Systems Austria GmbH
Schneider Electric Bel LLC
Schneider Electric Belgium NV/SA
Schneider Electric Energy Belgium SA
Schneider Electric ESS BVBA
Schneider Electric Services International SPRL
Schneider Electric Bulgaria EOOD
Schneider Electric d.o.o
Schneider Electric a.s.
Schneider Electric CZ sro
Schneider Electric Systems Czech Republic sro
Ørbaekvej 280 A/S
Schneider Electric Danmark A/S
Schneider Electric IT Denmark ApS
Schneider Electric Eesti AS
Schneider Electric Finland Oy
Schneider Electric Fire & Security OY
Schneider Electric Vamp Oy
Behar sécurité
Boissière Finance
Construction Electrique du Vivarais
Dinel
Eckardt
Eurotherm Automation
France Transfo
IGE+XAO SA (sub-group)
Merlin Gerin Alès
Merlin Gerin Loire
Muller & Cie
Newlog
Rectiphase
Sarel – Appareillage Electrique

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31,2020

Austria
Austria
Austria
Austria
Belarus
Belgium
Belgium
Belgium
Belgium
Bulgaria
Croatia
Czech Republic
Czech Republic
Czech Republic
Denmark
Denmark
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
Finland
Finland
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
98.3
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
84.2
100
100
100
100
100
99

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
98.3
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
67.9
100
100
100
100
100
99

390

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

(in % of interest)

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31,2020

Scanelec
Schneider Electric Alpes
Schneider Electric Energy France
Schneider Electric France
Schneider Electric Industries SAS
Schneider Electric International
Schneider Electric IT France
Schneider Electric Manufacturing Bourguebus
Schneider Electric SE (Mother company)
Schneider Electric Solar France
Schneider Electric Systems France
Schneider Electric Telecontrol
Schneider Toshiba Inverter Europe SAS
Schneider Toshiba Inverter SAS
Société d’Appareillage Electrique Gardy
Société d’Application et d’Ingenierie Industrielle et Informatique SAS – SA3I
Société Electrique d’Aubenas
Société Française de Construction Mécanique et Electrique
Société Française Gardy
Systèmes Equipements Tableaux Basse Tension
Transfo Services
Transformateurs SAS
ABN GmbH
Eberle Controls GmbH
Merten GmbH
ProLeit AG (sub-group)
RIB GmbH (sub-group)
Schneider Electric Automation GmbH
Schneider Electric Holding Germany GmbH
Schneider Electric GmbH
Schneider Electric Investment AG
Schneider Electric Real Estate GmbH
Schneider Electric Sachsenwerk GmbH
Schneider Electric Systems Germany GmbH
Schneider Electric AEBE
Schneider Electric Energy Hungary LTD
Schneider Electric Hungaria Villamossagi ZRT
SE – CEE Schneider Electric Közep-Kelet Europai KFT
Schneider Electric Ireland Ltd
Schneider Electric IT Limited
Schneider Electric IT Logistics Europe Ltd
Validation technologies (Europe) Ltd
Eliwell Controls S.r.l.
Eurotherm S.r.l.
Schneider Electric Industrie Italia Spa
Schneider Electric Spa
Schneider Electric Systems Italia Spa
Uniflair Spa
Lexel Fabrika SIA
Schneider Electric Baltic Distribution Center
Schneider Electric Latvija SIA
UAB Schneider Electric Lietuva
Industrielle de Réassurance SA
American Power Conversion Corporation (A.P.C.) BV
APC International Corporation BV
APC International Holdings BV
Clovis Systems B.V.
Schneider Electric Logistic Centre BV
Schneider Electric Manufacturing The Netherlands BV
Schneider Electric Systems Netherlands BV
Schneider Electric The Netherlands BV
ELKO AS
Eurotherm AS
Lexel Holding Norge AS
Schneider Electric Norge AS
Elda Eltra Elektrotechnika S.A.
Eurotherm Poland Sp. Z.o.o.
Schneider Electric Industries Polska Sp. Z.o.o.
Schneider Electric Polska Sp. Z.o.o.

France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
Germany
Germany
Germany
Germany
Germany
Germany
Germany
Germany
Germany
Germany
Germany
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Hungary
Hungary
Ireland
Ireland
Ireland
Ireland
Italy
Italy
Italy
Italy
Italy
Italy
Latvia
Latvia
Latvia
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
Norway
Norway
Norway
Norway
Poland
Poland
Poland
Poland

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
60
60
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
–
70
100
–
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

5.

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
60
60
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
87.6
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
–
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

391

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

(in % of interest)

Schneider Electric Systems Sp. Z.o.o.
Schneider Electric Transformers Poland Sp. Z.o.o.
Schneider Electric Portugal LDA
Schneider Electric Romania SRL
AO Schneider Electric
DIN Elektro Kraft OOO
FLISR LLC
OOO Potential
OOO Schneider Electric Zavod Electromonoblock
Schneider Electric Innovation center LLC
Schneider Electric Systems LLC
Schneider Electric URAL LLC
Schneider Electric DMS NS
Schneider Electric Srbija doo Beograd
Schneider Electric Slovakia Spol SRO
Schneider Electric Systems Slovakia SRO
Schneider Electric d.o.o.
Manufacturas Electricas SA
Schneider Electric Espana SA
Schneider Electric IT Spain, SL
Schneider Electric Systems Iberica S.L.
AB Crahftere 1
AB Wibe
Elektriska AB Delta
Elko AB
Eurotherm AB
Lexel AB
Schneider Electric Buildings AB
Schneider Electric Distribution Centre AB
Schneider Electric Sverige AB
Telvent Sweden AB
Feller AG
Gutor Electronic GmbH
Schneider Electric (Schweiz) AG
Schneider Electric Ukraine
Andromeda Telematics Ltd
Aveva Group plc (sub-group)
Avtron Loadbank Worldwide Co., Ltd
BTR Property Holdings Ltd
CBS Group Ltd
Eurotherm Ltd
Imserv Europe Ltd
Invensys Holdings Ltd
M&C Energy Group Ltd
N.J. Froment & Co. Limited
Samos Acquisition Company Ltd
Schneider Electric (UK) Ltd
Schneider Electric Buildings UK Ltd
Schneider Electric Controls UK Ltd
Schneider Electric IT UK Ltd
Schneider Electric Ltd
Schneider Electric Systems UK Ltd
Serck Control and Safety Ltd
Accounted for by equity method
Aveltys
Delta Dore Finance SA (sub-group)
Energy Pool Development
Schneider Lucibel Managed Services SAS
Planon Beheer B.V.
Möre Electric Group A/S
Custom Sensors & Technologies Topco Limited
AO Gruppa Kompaniy “Electroshield” – TM Samara
North America
Fully consolidated
Power Measurement Ltd.
Schneider Electric Canada Inc.
Schneider Electric Solar Inc.
Schneider Electric Systems Canada Inc.
Viconics Technologies Inc.

Poland
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Russia
Russia
Russia
Russia
Russia
Russia
Russia
Russia
Serbia
Serbia
Slovakia
Slovakia
Slovenia
Spain
Spain
Spain
Spain
Sweden
Sweden
Sweden
Sweden
Sweden
Sweden
Sweden
Sweden
Sweden
Sweden
Switzerland
Switzerland
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom

France
France
France
France
Netherlands
Norway
United Kingdom
Russia

Canada
Canada
Canada
Canada
Canada

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31,2020

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
–
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
–
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
83.7
100
100
100
100
59
100
100
100
100
–
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

51
20
25
47
25
34
30
60

100
100
100
100
100

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
83.7
100
100
100
100
61.4
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

51
20
25
47
–
34
30
60

100
100
100
100
100

392

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

(in % of interest)

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31,2020

Electronica Reynosa, S. de R.L. de C.V.
Industrias Electronicas Pacifico, S.A. de C.V.
Invensys Group Services Mexico S.C.
Schneider Electric IT Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
Schneider Electric Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
Schneider Electric Systems Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
Schneider Industrial Tlaxcala, S.A. de C.V.
Schneider Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
Schneider R&D, S.A. de C.V.
Square D Company Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
Telvent Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
Adaptive Instruments Corp.
American Power Conversion Holdings Inc.
ASCO Power GP, LLC
ASCO Power Services, Inc.
ASCO Power Technologies, L.P.
Charge Holdings, LLC
Echo HoldCo LLC
ETAP Automation Inc. (sub-group)
Foxboro Controles S.A.
Invensys LLC
Lee Technologies Puerto Rico, LLC
OSISoft (sub-group)
Power Measurement, Inc.
Pro-Face America, LLC
Schneider Electric Buildings Americas, Inc.
Schneider Electric Buildings Critical Systems, Inc.
Schneider Electric Buildings, LLC
Schneider Electric Digital, Inc.
Schneider Electric Engineering Services, LLC
Schneider Electric Grid Automation, Inc.
Schneider Electric Holdings, Inc.
Schneider Electric IT America Corp.
Schneider Electric IT Corporation
Schneider Electric IT Mission Critical Services, Inc.
Schneider Electric IT USA, Inc.
Schneider Electric Motion USA, Inc.
Schneider Electric Solar Inverters USA, Inc.
Schneider Electric Systems USA, Inc.
Schneider Electric USA, Inc.
SE Vermont Ltd
Siebe Inc.
SNA Holdings Inc.
Square D Investment Company
Stewart Warner Corporation
Summit Energy Services, Inc.
Veris Industries LLC
Accounted for by equity method
Uplight Inc.
Asia-Pacific
Fully consolidated
Clipsal Australia Pty Ltd
Clipsal Technologies Australia Pty Limited
Nu-lec Industries Pty. Limited
Scada Group Pty Limited
Schneider Electric (Australia) Pty Limited
Schneider Electric Australia Holdings Pty Ltd
Schneider Electric IT Australia Pty Ltd
Schneider Electric Solar Australia Pty Ltd
Schneider Electric Systems Australia Pty Ltd
Serck Controls Pty Limited
Tamco Electrical Industries Australia Pty Ltd
Beijing Leader & Harvest Electric Technologies Co. Ltd
CITIC Schneider Electric Smart Building Technology (Beijing) Co. Ltd
Clipsal Manufacturing (Huizhou) Ltd
FSL Electric (Dongguan) Limited
Proface China International Trading (Shanghai) Co. Ltd
Schneider (Beijing) Medium & Low Voltage Co., Ltd
Schneider (Beijing) Medium Voltage Co. Ltd

Mexico
Mexico
Mexico
Mexico
Mexico
Mexico
Mexico
Mexico
Mexico
Mexico
Mexico
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States

United States

Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
China
China
China
China
China
China
China

100
100
–
–
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
–
100
100
85.9
90.8
80
100
100
–
59
–
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
–
100
100
–
–
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

29.4

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
65
100
51
–
54
100
95
95

5.

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
–
–
–
100
100
100
–
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

–

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
65
100
51
100
54
100
95
95

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

393

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

(in % of interest)

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31,2020

Schneider (Shaanxi) Baoguang Electrical Apparatus Co. Ltd
Schneider (Suzhou) Drives Company Ltd
Schneider (Suzhou) Enclosure Systems Co Ltd
Schneider (Suzhou) Transformers Co. Ltd
Schneider Automation & Controls Systems (Shanghai) Co., LTD
Schneider Busway (Guangzhou) Ltd
Schneider Electric (China) Co. Ltd
Schneider Electric (Xiamen) Switchgear Co. Ltd
Schneider Electric (Xiamen) Switchgear Equipment Co., Ltd
Schneider Electric Equipment an Engineering (X’ian) Co., Ltd
Schneider Electric IT (China) Co., Ltd
Schneider Electric IT (Xiamen) Co., Ltd.
Schneider Electric Low Voltage (Tianjin) Co. Ltd
Schneider Electric Manufacturing (Chongqing) Co. Ltd
Schneider Electric Manufacturing (Wuhan) Co. Ltd
Schneider Great Wall Engineering (Beijing) Co. Ltd
Schneider Shanghai Apparatus Parts Manufacturing Co. Ltd
Schneider Shanghai Industrial Control Co. Ltd
Schneider Shanghai Low Voltage Term. Apparatus Co. Ltd
Schneider Shanghai Power Distribution Electric Apparatus Co. Ltd
Schneider Smart Technology., Ltd
Schneider South China Smart Technology (Guangdong) Co. Ltd.
Schneider Switchgear (Suzhou) Co, Ltd
Schneider Wingoal (Tianjin) Electric Equipment Co. Ltd
Shanghai ASCO Electric Technology Co., Ltd
Shanghai Foxboro Co., Ltd
Shanghai Invensys Process System Co., Ltd
Shanghai Schneider Electric Power Automation Co. Ltd
Shanghai Tayee Electric Co., LTD
Wuxi Proface Co., Ltd
Zircon Investment (Shanghai) Co., Ltd
Clipsal Asia Holdings Limited
Clipsal Asia Limited
Fed-Supremetech Limited
Himel Hong Kong Limited
Schneider Electric (Hong Kong) Limited
Schneider Electric Asia Pacific Limited
Schneider Electric IT Hong Kong Limited
Eurotherm India Private Ltd
Luminous Power Technologies Private Ltd
Schneider Electric India Private Ltd
Schneider Electric Infrastructure Limited
Schneider Electric IT Business India Private Ltd
Schneider Electric President Systems Ltd
Schneider Electric Private Limited
Schneider Electric Solar India Private Limited
Schneider Electric Systems India Private Limited
PT Schneider Electric Indonesia
PT Schneider Electric IT Indonesia
PT Schneider Electric Manufacturing Batam
PT Schneider Electric Systems Indonesia
PT Tamco Indonesia
Schneider Electric Japan Holdings Ltd.
Schneider Electric Japan, Inc.
Schneider Eletcric Solar Japan Inc.
Schneider Electric Systems Japan Inc.
Toshiba Schneider Inverter Corp.
Eurotherm Korea Co., Ltd.
Schneider Electric Korea Ltd.
Schneider Electric Systems Korea Limited
Clipsal Manufacturing (M) Sdn. Bhd.
Gutor Electronic Asia Pacific Sdn. Bhd.
Henikwon Corporation Sdn Bhd
Huge Eastern Sdn. Bhd.
Schneider Electric (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
Schneider Electric Industries (M) Sdn. Bhd.
Schneider Electric IT Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.
Schneider Electric Systems (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
Tamco Switchgear (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd

China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
China
Hong Kong
Hong Kong
Hong Kong
Hong Kong
Hong Kong
Hong Kong
Hong Kong
India
India
India
India
India
India
India
India
India
Indonesia
Indonesia
Indonesia
Indonesia
Indonesia
Japan
Japan
Japan
Japan
Japan
Korea
Korea
Korea
Malaysia
Malaysia
Malaysia
Malaysia
Malaysia
Malaysia
Malaysia
Malaysia
Malaysia

70
90
100
100
100
95
100
100
100
100
100
100
75
100
100
100
100
80
75
80
100
100
58
100
100
100
100
100
74.5
100
74.5
100
100
54
100
100
100
100
100
100
65
75
100
79.5
100
100
100
100
100
100
95
65
100
100
100
100
60
100
100
100
100
100
65
100
30
100
100
100
65

70
90
100
100
100
95
100
100
100
100
100
100
75
100
100
100
100
80
75
80
100
100
58
100
100
100
100
100
74.5
100
74.5
100
100
54
100
100
100
100
100
100
65
75
100
79.5
100
100
100
100
100
100
95
65
100
100
100
100
60
100
100
100
100
100
65
100
30
100
100
100
65

394

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

(in % of interest)

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31,2020

Schneider Electric (NZ) Limited
Schneider Electric Systems New Zealand Limited
American Power Conversion Land Holdings Inc.
Clipsal Philippines, Inc.
Schneider Electric (Philippines) Inc.
Schneider Electric IT Philippines Inc.
Schneider Electric Asia Pte. Ltd.
Schneider Electric Export Services Pte Ltd
Schneider Electric IT Logistics Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd.
Schneider Electric IT Singapore Pte. Ltd.
Schneider Electric JV2 Holdings Pte. Ltd.
Schneider Electric Overseas Asia Pte Ltd
Schneider Electric Singapore Pte. Ltd.
Schneider Electric South East Asia (HQ) Pte. Ltd.
Schneider Electric Systems Singapore Pte. Ltd.
Schneider Electric Lanka (Private) Limited
Schneider Electric Systems Taiwan Corp.
Schneider Electric Taiwan Co., Ltd.
Pro-Face South-East Asia Pacific Co., Ltd.
Schneider (Thailand) Limited
Schneider Electric CPCS (Thailand) Co., Ltd.
Schneider Electric Solar Thailand
Schneider Electric Systems (Thailand) Co. Ltd.
Clipsal Vietnam Co. Ltd
Invensys Vietnam Ltd
Schneider Electric IT Vietnam Limited
Schneider Electric Manufacturing Vietnam Co., Ltd
Schneider Electric Vietnam Co. Ltd
Accounted for by equity method
Delixi Electric LTD (sub-group)
Sunten Electric Equipment Co., Ltd
Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co., Ltd (sub-group)
Foxboro (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
Rest of the World
Fully consolidated
Himel Algerie
Schneider Electric Algerie
Schneider Electric Argentina S.A.
Schneider Electric Systems Argentina S.A.
Eurotherm Ltda.
Schneider Electric Brasil Automação de Processos Ltda.
Schneider Electric Brasil Ltda.
Schneider Electric IT Brasil Industria e Comercio de Equipamentos Eletronicos Ltda.
Steck da Amazonia Industria Electrica Ltda.
Steck Industria Electrica Ltda.
Telseb Serviços de Engenharia e Comércio de Equipamentos Eletrônicos e 
Telecomunicações Ltda
Inversiones Schneider Electric Uno Limitada
Marisio S.A.
Schneider Electric Chile S.A.
Schneider Electric Systems Chile Limitada
Schneider Electric de Colombia S.A.S.
Schneider Electric Systems Colombia Ltda. 
Schneider Electric Centroamerica Limitada
Invensys Engineering & Service S.A.E.
Schneider Electric Distribution Company
Schneider Electric Egypt SAE
Schneider Electric Systems Egypt S.A.E
L&T Electricals & Automation FZE
Schneider Electric DC MEA FZCO
Schneider Electric FZE
Schneider Electric Systems Middle East FZE
Schneider Electric (Kenya) Ltd
Kana Controls General Trading & Contracting Company W.L.L
Schneider Electric Services Kuweit
Schneider Electric East Mediterranean SAL
Delixi Electric Maroc SARL AU
Schneider Electric Maroc
Schneider Electric CFC

New Zealand
New Zealand
Philippines
Philippines
Philippines
Philippines
Singapore
Singapore
Singapore
Singapore
Singapore
Singapore
Singapore
Singapore
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Taiwan
Taiwan
Thailand
Thailand
Thailand
Thailand
Thailand
Viet Nam
Viet Nam
Viet Nam
Viet Nam
Viet Nam

China
China
Japan
Malaysia

Algeria
Algeria
Argentina
Argentina
Brazil
Brazil
Brazil
Brazil
Brazil
Brazil

Brazil
Chile
Chile
Chile
Chile
Colombia
Colombia
Costa Rica
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
United Arab Emirates
United Arab Emirates
United Arab Emirates
United Arab Emirates
Kenya
Kuwait
Kuwait
Lebanon
Morocco
Morocco
Morocco

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
65
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
–
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

50
25
36.8
49

–
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
51
87.4
91.9
60
65
100
100
100
100
31.9
49
96
100
100
100

5.

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
65
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

50
25
36.8
49

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
51
87.4
91.9
60
65
100
100
100
100
31.9
49
96
100
100
–

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

395

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.5  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

(in % of interest)

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31,2020

Schneider Electric Free Zone Enterprise
Schneider Electric Nigeria Ltd
Schneider Electric Systems Nigeria Ltd
Schneider Electric O.M LLC
Schneider Electric Pakistan (Private) Limited
Schneider Electric Peru S.A.
Schneider Electric Systems del Peru S.A.
Electrical & Automation Saudi Arabian Manufacturing Company (LLC)
Schneider Electric Saudi Arabia Limited
Schneider Electric Saudi Arabia For Solutions & Services Co
Schneider Electric System Arabia Co., LTD
Schneider Electric South Africa (Pty) Ltd
Uniflair South Africa (Pty) Ltd
Gunsan Elektrik
Himel Elektric Malzemeleri Ticaret A.S
Schneider Elektrik Sanayi Ve Ticaret A.S
Schneider Enerji Endustrisi Sanayi Ve Ticaret A.S
Schneider Electric Uganda Ltd
Schneider Electric Systems de Venezuela, C.A.
Schneider Electric Venezuela, S.A.

Nigeria
Nigeria
Nigeria
Oman
Pakistan
Peru
Peru
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
South Africa
South Africa
Turkey
Turkey
Turkey
Turkey
Uganda
Venezuela
Venezuela

100
100
100
100
–
100
100
65
100
–
100
74.9
100
100
100
100
100
–
100
93.6

100
100
100
100
80
100
100
65
100
100
100
74.9
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
93.6

396

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

5.6  Statutory auditors’ report on the 
consolidated financial statements

To the Annual General Meeting of Schneider Electric S.E.,

Opinion
In compliance with the engagement entrusted to us by your Annual General Meeting, we have audited the accompanying consolidated 
financial statements of Schneider Electric S.E. for the year ended December 31, 2021.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities and of the financial position of the 
group as at December 31, 2021 and of the results of its operations for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards as adopted by the European Union.

The audit opinion expressed above is consistent with our report to the audit and risks committee.

Basis for Opinion
Audit Framework
We conducted our audit in accordance with professional standards applicable in France. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained 
is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

5.

Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Statutory Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements section of our report.

Independence
We conducted our audit engagement in compliance with with independence requirement rules required by the French Commercial Code 
(code de commerce) and the French Code of Ethics (code de déontologie) for statutory auditors for the period from January 1st, 2021 to  
the date of our report, and specifically we did not provide any prohibited non-audit services referred to in Article 5(1) of Regulation (EU)  
N° 537/2014.

Justification of Assessments – Key Audit Matters
Due to the global crisis related to the COVID-19 pandemic, the financial statements of this period have been prepared and audited under 
specific conditions. Indeed, this crisis and the exceptional measures taken in the context of the state of sanitary emergency have had 
numerous consequences for companies, particularly on their operations and their financing, and have led to greater uncertainties on their 
future prospects. Those measures, such as travel restrictions and remote working, have also had an impact on the companies’ internal 
organisation and the performance of the audits.

It is in this complex and evolving context that, in accordance with the requirements of Articles L. 823-9 and R. 823-7 of the French Commercial 
Code (code de commerce) relating to the justification of our assessments, we inform you of the key audit matters relating to risks of material 
misstatement that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current 
period, as well as how we addressed those risks.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on specific items of the consolidated financial statements.

Measurement of goodwill
Notes 1.3, 1.8, 1.11, 5 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements

Risk identified

As at December 31, 2021, the carrying amount of goodwill is M€ 24,723, totaling 45% of the group consolidated assets.

As described in note 1.11 “Impairment of assets” to the consolidated financial statements, the Cash Generating Units 
(CGUs), to which the goodwill is allocated, are tested for impairment at least once a year and whenever there is an 
indication of impairment risk. 

The group’s CGUs are Low Voltage, Medium Voltage, Industrial Automation, and Secure Power, and correspond to the 
smallest identifiable groups of assets generating cash inflows that are largely independent from the cash inflows from 
other assets or groups of assets. 

The recoverable value of a CGU is defined as the highest value between its value in use and its fair value less costs to 
sell. The value in use of a CGU is determined by discounting future cash flows that will be generated by its underlying 
assets and which are based on the Group management’s economic assumptions and operating forecasts. 

An impairment loss is recognized when the recoverable value of a CGU is lower than its book value, for the excess 
amount of the book value over the recoverable value. When the tested CGU comprises goodwill, any impairment loss  
is primarily deducted there from.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

397

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.6  Statutory auditors’ report on the consolidated financial statements

Risk identified
continued

We considered the measurement of goodwill to be a key audit matter as these assets account for a large part  
of the group’s consolidated balance sheet and because of the level of management’s judgment required to: 

•  define the CGUs, as an improper mapping could lead your group to not recognize or under-estimate an impairment  

of goodwill;

•  determine the assumptions used for the impairment tests of goodwill, particularly the discount rates, perpetuity 

growth rates and the expected margin rates or royalty rates. 

Our response

Our audit work consisted in:

•  assessing the group’s definition of the CGUs in light of the applicable accounting standards;
•  comparing the carrying amount of assets tested with the accounting data; 
•  assessing the procedures implemented by the group to evaluate the future discounted cash flows underlying 

the determination of the value in use of each CGU and check their consistency with the business plans/cash flow 
projections;

•  comparing the business forecasts underlying the future cash flows with actual performance; 
•  with the assistance of our valuation experts, assessing the assumptions used such as discount rates, perpetuity 

growth rates and expected margin rates, as well as the sensitivity of tests results to a variation of these assumptions;

•  reconciling the sensitivity analyses performed by the group with our sensitivity calculations;
•  verifying the arithmetical accuracy of the computations underlying the impairment tests.

Finally, we verified that the notes to the consolidated financial statements contain the appropriate information.

Activation and measurement of development costs
Notes 1.3, 1.8, 4 and 10 to the consolidated financial statements

Risk identified

As at December 31, 2021, the group’s consolidated balance sheet includes capitalized development costs recognized 
as intangible assets for M€ 1,169.

As described in note 1.8 to the consolidated financial statements, the costs the Group incurs as part of its new projects 
are capitalized when certain criteria are strictly met and, in particular, when it is probable that future economic benefits 
attributable to the project will flow to the group.

Development-related assets are amortized from the commercial launch and over the lifespan of the underlying 
technology.

Development-related assets which are not amortized yet are tested for impairment at least on an annual basis and 
whenever there is an indication of impairment risk. As for development-related assets, which are in the amortization 
period, they are tested for impairment when an impairment risk has been identified. The group recognizes an impairment 
loss when the recoverable amount of a development-related asset is lower than the corresponding capitalized costs.

The capitalization and the measurement of development costs are considered to be a key audit matter due to their 
materiality when compared to the consolidated assets of the group, and to the management’s judgment exercised 
when initially determining whether such development costs should be accounted for as intangible assets and when 
subsequently carrying out impairment tests.

Our response

Our work consisted, for the development projects that we selected on the basis of qualitative and quantitative criteria, in:

•  ensuring the criteria for recognizing an intangible asset, as set out in IAS 38, were met and consistently applied;
•  reconciling, the costs capitalized as at December 31, 2021 with the underlying supporting documentation;
•  assessing the data and assumptions used by the group when testing development-related assets for impairment, 
mainly sales and profitability forecasts and discount rates, by inquiring of management and by comparing future  
cash flows to past performance for capitalized projects for which the group is already generating revenues;

•  comparing the sensitivity analyses performed by the group to our sensitivity calculations;
•  verifying the arithmetical accuracy of these impairment tests.

Finally, we verified that the notes to the consolidated financial statements contain the appropriate information.

398

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

Recognition and recoverability of deferred tax assets related to tax losses carried forward
Notes 1.3, 1.16 and 14 to the consolidated financial statements

Risk identified

As at December 31, 2021, the deferred tax assets recognized in the group’s balance sheet, with regards to tax losses 
carried forward, amount to M€ 689 and are mainly related to France for M€ 500.

As described in note 1.16 to the consolidated financial statements, the group recognizes future tax benefits, arising  
from the utilization of tax losses carried forward, to the extent they can reasonably be expected to be achieved,  
including when such amounts can be indefinitely carried forward.

Management assesses at year-end the recoverability by the group of its deferred tax assets on tax losses carried 
forward. The recognition and appropriate estimation of deferred tax assets relies on the Group’s ability to accurately 
forecast its future taxable income.

We considered the initial recognition and the subsequent recoverability of deferred tax assets on tax losses carried 
forward to be a key audit matter due to the judgment exercised by management.

Our response

In considering the group’s capacity to benefit from its deferred tax assets on tax losses carried forward by offsetting 
them with future taxable income, our audit approach consisted, with the assistance of our tax specialists when 
necessary, in:

5.

• 

inquiring about the consumption plans of tax losses carried forward for the subsidiaries or tax consolidation groups  
at stake;

•  assessing the data and assumptions underlying the consumption plans of tax losses carried forward supporting  

the recognition and the measurement of related deferred tax assets by the group.

Finally, we verified that the notes to the consolidated financial statements contain the appropriate information.

Fair valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed following the acquisitions of Larsen & Toubro EA and OSIsoft
Notes 1.3, 1.5, 1.8 and 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements

Risk identified

As specified in note 2.1: 

Acquisition of Larsen and Toubro "Electrical & Automation"
On August 31, 2020, the group completed the transaction to combine Schneider Electric India’s Low Voltage and 
Industrial Automation Products business and Larsen and Toubro (“L&T EA”) Electrical and Automation business, for a  
consideration paid of EUR 1,571 million. Temasek took 35% stake in the new entity combining L&T EA and the group’s 
Low Voltage and Industrial Automation activities in India, for a consideration of M€ 530. L&T EA has been fully 
consolidated by the group since the date of acquisition.

The group has determined the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed from L&T EA in 
accordance with IFRS 3R. The acquisition resulted in the recognition of intangible assets and liabilities assumed for  
a net amount of M€ 286 and final goodwill of M€ 1,117. The purchase price allocation is final as of December 31, 2021.

Acquisition of OSISoft 
On March 19, 2021, the group announced, through its subsidiary AVEVA group Plc, that it had completed the acquisition 
of OSIsoft for a consideration of M€ 4,500. OSIsoft has been fully consolidated by the group since the date of acquisition.

The group has determined the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed from OSIsoft  
in accordance with IFRS 3R for a net amount of M€ 1,460, mainly relating to the recognition of intangible assets.  
The resulting provisional goodwill at December 31, 2021 amounts to M€ 3,001.

The determination of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in these two acquisitions is a key audit 
matter due to the significant amounts at stake and the level of judgment exercised by management.  

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

399

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.6  Statutory auditors’ report on the consolidated financial statements

Our response

As part of our audit, we obtained the legal documentation, as well as the reports issued by the external valuation experts 
engaged by the group to assist the management with the identification of assets and liabilities recognized within the 
scope of these two acquisitions.

The opening balance sheets of L&T EA and OSIsoft as their respective dates of acquisition of control have been audited 
covering the main acquired entities included in the scope of consolidation.

Regarding the identification and assessment of the fair value of the assets and liabilities recognized in connection with 
these acquisitions, with the involvement of valuation experts in our audit team, our work consisted in:

•  assessing the appropriateness of the approach used to identify liabilities, contingent liabilities and intangible  
assets acquired, corroborating them with our discussions with management and our understanding of the  
acquired business;

•  analyzing the valuation methods used by management to measure the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired; 
•  analyzing the valuation assumptions used by comparing them to the source data and sector market data; 
•  performing arithmetic controls on the various valuations carried out; 
•  analyzing the consistency of the purchase price allocation taken as a whole, and of the resulting residual goodwill.

Finally, we verified that the notes to the consolidated financial statements contain the appropriate information.

Specific Verifications
We have also performed, in accordance with professional standards applicable in France, the specific verifications required by laws and 
regulations of the group’s information given in the management report of the Board of Directors.

We have no matter to report as to its fair presentation and its consistency with the consolidated financial statements.

We certify that the consolidated statement of non-financial performance provided for in Article L. 225-102-1 of the French Commercial Code 
(code de commerce) is included in the information pertaining to the group provided in the management report, it being specified that, in 
accordance with the provisions of Article L. 823-10 of this Code, the information contained in this statement has not been verified by us as to  
its accuracy or consistency with the consolidated financial statements and must be the subject of a report by an independent third-party body.

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements
Format of presentation of the financial statements intended to be included in the annual financial report
We have also verified, in accordance with the professional standards applicable in France relating to the procedures performed by the 
statutory auditor relating to the annual and consolidated financial statements presented in the European single electronic format, that the 
presentation of the consolidated financial statements intended to be included in the annual financial report mentioned in article L451-1-2, I 
of the French Monetary and Financial Code (code monétaire et financier), prepared under the responsibility of the Chief Executive Officer, 
complies with the single electronic format defined in the European Delegated Regulation No 2019/815 of 17 December 2018. As it relates to 
consolidated financial statements, our work includes verifying that the tagging of these consolidated financial statements complies with the 
format defined in the above delegated regulation.

Based on the work we have performed, we conclude that the presentation of the consolidated financial statements intended to be included  
in the annual financial report complies, in all material respects, with the European single electronic format.

We have no responsibility to verify that the consolidated financial statements that will ultimately be included by your company in the annual 
financial report filed with the AMF are in agreement with those on which we have performed our work.

Appointment of the Statutory Auditors
We were appointed as statutory auditors of Schneider Electric S.E. by the annual general meetings held on May 6, 2004 for MAZARS and  
on June 25, 1992 for ERNST & YOUNG et Autres.

As at December 31, 2021, MAZARS was in the eighteenth year of its engagement without interruption and ERNST & YOUNG et Autres  
in the thirtieth year.

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to 
enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless it is expected  
to liquidate the Company or to cease operations.

The audit and risks committee is responsible for monitoring the financial reporting process and the effectiveness of internal control and risks 
management systems and where applicable, its internal audit, regarding the accounting and financial reporting procedures.

The consolidated financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors.

400

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

Statutory Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements 
Objectives and audit approach
Our role is to issue a report on the consolidated financial statements. Our objective is to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is 
not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with professional standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected 
to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. 

As specified in Article L. 823-10-1 of the French Commercial Code (code de commerce), our statutory audit does not include assurance  
on the viability of the Company or the quality of management of the affairs of the Company.

As part of an audit conducted in accordance with professional standards applicable in France, the statutory auditor exercises professional 
judgment throughout the audit and furthermore: 

• 

Identifies and assesses the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, designs 
and performs audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtains audit evidence considered to be sufficient and appropriate to provide 
a basis for his opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as 
fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. 

•  Obtains an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the 

circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the internal control. 

•  Evaluates the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures  

5.

made by management in the consolidated financial statements. 

•  Assesses the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, 
whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern. This assessment is based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of his audit report. However, future events or 
conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern. If the statutory auditor concludes that a material uncertainty 
exists, there is a requirement to draw attention in the audit report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or,  
if such disclosures are not provided or inadequate, to modify the opinion expressed therein. 

•  Evaluates the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements and assesses whether these statements represent the underlying 

transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. 

•  Obtains sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the group 
to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. The statutory auditor is responsible for the direction, supervision and 
performance of the audit of the consolidated financial statements and for the opinion expressed on these consolidated financial statements. 

Report to the audit and risks committee
We submit a report to the audit and risks committee which includes in particular a description of the scope of the audit and the audit program 
implemented, as well as the results of our audit. We also report, if any, significant deficiencies in internal control regarding the accounting and 
financial reporting procedures that we have identified.

Our report to the audit and risks committee includes the risks of material misstatement that, in our professional judgment, were of most 
significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period and which are therefore the key audit matters that  
we are required to describe in this report. 

We also provide the audit and risks committee with the declaration provided for in Article 6 of Regulation (EU) No. 537/2014, confirming  
our independence within the meaning of the rules applicable in France such as they are set in particular by Articles L. 822-10 to L. 822-14 
of the French Commercial Code (code de commerce) and in the French Code of Ethics (code de déontologie) for statutory auditors. Where 
appropriate, we discuss with the audit and risks committee the risks that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and the 
related safeguards. 

Paris-La Défense, March 11, 2022

The Statutory Auditors
French original signed by

MAZARS 
Loïc Wallaert  Mathieu Mougard 

ERNST & YOUNG et Autres
Alexandre Resten

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

401

 
Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.7  Extract of the management report  
for the year ended December 31, 2021

Consolidated financial statements

Business and Statement of Income highlights

Acquisitions & disposals of the period
Acquisitions
OSIsoft LLC.
As announced on March 19, 2021, Schneider Electric’s majority-owned subsidiary, AVEVA Group Plc, has completed the acquisition of 
OSIsoft, for a consideration of EUR 4.5 billion (USD 5.1 billion). OSIsoft is fully consolidated since the acquisition date, and reports within  
the Industrial Automation reporting segment.

The consideration paid was funded by EUR 3.9 billion (USD 4.4 billion) of cash, and by a EUR 0.5 billion (USD 0.6 billion) issue of 13,655,570 
ordinary shares from AVEVA Group Plc to Estudillo Holdings Corp.

The purchase accounting as per IFRS 3R is not completed as of December 31, 2021. OSIsoft carrying value at acquisition date for net 
identifiable assets was EUR (1) million. The net adjustment of the opening balance sheet is EUR 1,460 million, resulting mainly from the 
booking of identifiable intangible assets (technology for EUR 998 million, customer relationship for EUR 288 million and trademark for  
EUR 150 million) and from a decrease in contract liabilities for EUR 71 million resulting from the remeasurement at fair value of the deferred 
revenue following the business combination under IFRS 3R. The preliminary goodwill recognized amounts to EUR 3,001 million  
at acquisition date.

ETAP
On June 28, 2021, the Group completed the transaction to purchase a controlling stake in Operation Technology Inc. (“ETAP”). As of June 
30, 2021, the Group has acquired 80% of the capital of ETAP for a consideration of EUR 216 million, fully paid in cash. ETAP is consolidated 
within Energy Management reporting segment. The Group holds an agreement to acquire the remaining 20% minority interests in 2025.  
The related debt has been recognised in “Other non-current liabilities”.

The purchase accounting as per IFRS 3R is not completed as of December 31, 2021. ETAP carrying value at acquisition date for net 
identifiable assets was EUR 13 million. The net adjustment of the opening balance sheet is EUR 26 million, resulting mainly from the booking 
of a preliminary amount of identifiable intangible assets (technology, customer relationship and trademark). The preliminary goodwill 
recognized amounts to EUR 260 million at acquisition date and includes the forward agreement for the acquisition of the remaining 20% 
minority interests in 2025.

Uplight Inc.
The Group completed the acquisition of 29.6% of Uplight Inc. on July 27, 2021 for a consideration of EUR 378 million. In October 2021,  
the Group subscribed to a capital increase EUR 20 million for the acquisition of Agentis by Uplight Inc., resulting in a dilution of the Group’s 
interest to 29.4%. Uplight Inc. has been accounted for by the equity method since August 1, 2021. 

I.G.E + X.A.O.
On November 24, 2021, the simplified tender offer for the shares of IGE+XAO, submitted to the AMF, has been closed. At the end of the 
tender offer, the Group owns 83.93% of IGE+XAO’s share capital.

Qmerit
On December 20, 2021, the Group acquired 85.85% of the capital of Qmerit, fully consolidated in Energy Management reporting segment. 
Qmerit is accelerating the shift away from traditional fossil fuel-powered systems, toward more sustainable, resilient electric technologies. 
The Group holds an agreement to acquire the remaining 14.15% minority interests. The related debt has been recognised in “Other 
noncurrent liabilities”. The purchase accounting as per IFRS 3R is not completed as of December 31, 2021.

Disposals
In 2021, the Group recorded a total amount of EUR 196 million of gain on business disposals, mainly related to the following:

Cable Support
On April 27, 2021, the Group announced the signing of the agreement to divest the Cable Support business which was consolidated  
within Energy Management reporting segment. The transaction was finalized, on June 30, 2021.

IMServ
On July 28, 2021, the Group completed the sale of IMServ, a provider of metering and data services to the energy market.  
It was consolidated within Industrial Automation reporting segment.

US Motion
On July 9, 2021, the Group completed the sale of the US Motion industrial, a manufacturer of motion control components for automation 
equipment. It was consolidated within Industrial Automation reporting segment.

402

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

Follow-up on acquisitions and divestments occurred in 2020 with significant effect in 2021
Acquisitions 
RIB Software SE
On February 13, 2020, the Group announced its intention to launch a voluntary public tender for the acquisition of 100% of the shares of RIB 
Software SE for a total valuation of EUR 1.5 billion. On March 25, 2020, the Group acquired approximately 9.99% of the capital of the company, 
outside the takeover offer. On July 10, 2020, the Group announced the successful completion of the voluntary public takeover offer. As of 
December 31, 2020, the Group owned 87.64% of the capital of RIB Software, fully consolidated within Energy Management reporting segment. 
The Group held a put option agreement on 9.1% of minority interests, valued at EUR 137 million, with a maturity date in 2024.

On June 10, 2021, the Group purchased 9.1% of the non-controlling interests for a consideration of EUR 223 million. The previous put 
agreement and related debt have been cancelled.

On July 5, 2021, the Group submitted the formal request to RIB Software SE that the General Meeting of RIB Software SE shall resolve 
to transfer the shares of the remaining shareholders (minority shareholders) to Schneider Electric Investment AG for an appropriate cash 
compensation (so-called squeeze out under stock corporation law).

As of December 31, 2021, the squeeze out has been completed and the Group owns 100% of RIB Software SE.

The purchase accounting resulting from the acquisition is completed at the closing date. As of December 31, 2021, the purchase 
accounting adjustments amount to EUR 211 million, and resulted mainly in the identification of intangible assets (technologies, trademark 
and customer relationship). The Goodwill recognized amounts to EUR 1,128 million as of December 31, 2021.

5.

Larsen & Toubro
On May 1st, 2018, Schneider Electric, partnering with Temasek, a global investment company headquartered in Singapore, reached  
an agreement to buy Larsen & Toubro’s Electrical & Automation business.

On August 31, 2020, the Group completed the transaction to combine Schneider Electric India’s Low Voltage and Industrial Automation 
Products business and Larsen and Toubro (“L&T”) Electrical and Automation business, for a consideration paid of EUR 1,571 million.

Temasek took 35% stake in the combined business for EUR 530 million. The partnership with Temasek resulted in the dilution of the Group’s 
interests within Schneider Electric India’s Low Voltage and Industrial Automation Products business, and in the recognition of a gain of  
EUR 191 million in the Group’s share of equity in 2020.

L&T is fully consolidated since September 1, 2020, and reports within both Energy Management and Industrial Automation reporting 
segments.

The purchase accounting as per IFRS 3R is completed as of December 31, 2021. At acquisition date, the net adjustment of the  
opening balance sheet is EUR 286 million. The main identifiable intangible assets recognized as of December 31, 2021 are technology  
for EUR 111 million, customer relationship for EUR 380 million and trademark for EUR 83 million. Contingent liabilities assumed mainly  
relates to environment, health and safety (EHS) risk for EUR 78 million as of December 31, 2021. The goodwill recognized amounts to  
EUR 1,117 million as of December 31,2021.

Exchange rate changes
Fluctuations in the euro exchange rate in 2021 led to an impact of EUR (273) million on consolidated revenue and of EUR (40) million  
on adjusted EBITA mainly due to the devaluation of the U.S. dollar against Euro.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

403

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.7  Management report for the year ended December 31, 2021

Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our results of operations for 2021 and 2020:

(in millions of euros except for earnings per share)

Full Year 2021

Full Year 2020

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
% Gross profit
Research and development
Selling, general and administrative expenses
EBITA adjusted*
% EBITA adjusted
Other operating income and expenses
Restructuring costs
EBITA**
% EBITA
Amortization and impairment of purchase accounting intangibles
Operating income
% Operating income
Interest income
Interest expense
Finance costs, net
Other financial income and expense
Net financial income/(loss)
Profit from continuing operations before income tax
Income tax expense
Share of profit/(loss) of associates

PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

attributable to owners of the parent
attributable to non-controlling interests
Basic earnings (attributable to owners of the parent) per share (in euros per share)
Diluted earnings (attributable to owners of the parent) per share (in euros per share)

28,905
(17,062)
11,843
41.0%
(855)
(6,001)
4,987
17.3%
(21)
(225)
4,741
16.4%
(410)
4,331
15.0%
4
(99)
(95)
(81)
(176)
4,155
(966)
84

3,273

3,204
69
5.76
5.67

25,159
(15,003)
10,156
40.4%
(718)
(5,512)
3,926
15.6%
(210)
(421)
3,295
13.1%
(207)
3,088
12.3%
14
(126)
(112)
(166)
(278)
2,810
(638)
66

2,238

2,126
112
3.84
3.81

Variance

14.9%
13.7%
16.6%

19.1%
8.9%
27.0%

(90.0)%
(46.6)%
43.9%

98.1%
40.3%

(71.4)%
(21.4)%
(15.2)%
(51.2)%
(36.7)%
47.9%
51.4%
27.3%

46.2%

50.7%
(38.4)%
50.0%
48.8%

*  Adjusted EBITA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Amortization of Purchase Accounting Intangibles). Adjusted EBITA corresponds to operating profit before amortization 

and impairment of purchase accounting intangible assets, before goodwill impairment, other operating income and expenses and restructuring costs.

**  EBITA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes and Amortization of Purchase Accounting Intangibles). EBITA corresponds to operating profit before amortization and impairment 

of purchase accounting intangible assets and before goodwill impairment.

Revenue
Consolidated revenue totaled EUR 28,905 million for the period ended December 31, 2021, up 14.9% on a reported basis.

Organic growth was positive for 12.7%, acquisitions and disposals accounted for 3.5% and the currency effect for (1.3)%.

Evolution of revenue by reporting segment
The following table sets forth our revenue by business segment for years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

(in millions of euros)

Full Year 2021

Full Year 2020

Energy 
Management

Industrial 
Automation

22,179

19,344

6,726

5,815

Total

28,905

25,159

Energy Management generated revenues of EUR 22,179 million, equivalent to 77% of the Group’s revenues and was up 13.3% organically, 
with double-digit growth across all regions. Sales growth was supported by price actions taken throughout the year, though impacted  
by supply chain pressures mainly in the second half of the year. Residential buildings remained one of the group’s strongest markets. 
Demand for the Group’s offers in non-residential buildings also remained strong, including recovery in hotels and commercial offices.  
Data centers & networks showed double-digit growth with continued strong demand. Energy Management benefited from cross-sells 
offers into Infrastructure and Industry end-markets. The Group benefited throughout the year from execution on a large project in Egypt. 
In industrial end-markets, growth was strongest in discrete automation, particularly in OEMs. Later cycle industrial markets remained 
challenged although with positive demand trends including in Metal, Mining and Minerals (MMM) and Oil and Gas (O&G).

404

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

Industrial Automation generated revenues of EUR 6,726 million, equivalent to 23% of the Group’s revenues and was up 10.7% organically, 
with performance contrasted between strong growth from sales into Discrete automation markets and continued weaker sales into Process 
& Hybrid markets, although with strong demand recovery towards the end of the year. Sales growth was supported by price actions taken 
throughout the year, although impacted by supply chain pressures. Discrete automation markets saw strong demand with growth in many 
markets including packaging and material handling and across all regions. Sales into Process & Hybrid markets remained challenged, 
impacted by a slower recovery in mid-to-late cycle industries, although second semester saw a strong evolution in demand trends including 
in Consumer Packaged Goods (CPG) and O&G.

Gross profit
Gross profit was up 12.5% organic with Gross margin reaching 41.0% in 2021 (down 10 bps organically) mainly driven by the pricing 
actions, positive mix and industrial productivity, notwithstanding additional costs incurred due to raw material inflation and continued 
pressures on global supply chains.

Support Function costs: Research and development and selling, general and administrative expenses
Research and development expenses, net of capitalized development costs and excluding research and development costs booked in 
costs of sales, increased by 19.1% from EUR 718 million for 2020 to EUR 855 million for 2021. As a percentage of revenues, the net cost  
of research and development increased slightly to 3.0% in 2021 (2.9% for 2020).

Total research and development expense, including capitalized development costs and development costs reported as cost of sales  
(see Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements) increased by 9.4% from EUR 1,407 million for 2020 to EUR 1,539 million for 2021.  
As a percentage of revenues, total research and development expenses decreased slightly to 5.3% for 2021 (5.6% for 2020).

5.

In 2021, the net effect of capitalized development costs and amortization of capitalized development costs amounts to EUR 68 million  
on operating income (EUR 66 million in 2020).

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 8.9% to EUR 6,001 million for 2021 (EUR 5,512 million for 2020). As a percentage 
of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased slightly to 20.8% for 2021 (21.9% for 2020).

Combined, total support function costs, that is, research and development expenses together with selling, general and administrative costs, 
totaled EUR 6,856 million for 2021 compared to EUR 6,230 million for 2020, an increase of 10.0%. Support functions costs to sales ratio 
decreases at 23.7%.

Other operating income and expenses
For 2021, other operating income and expenses amounted to a net expense of EUR 21 million. This is mainly due to gains on disposal of 
business for EUR 196 million being partially compensated by costs of acquisitions and integrations for EUR 166 million. The main scope 
changes of the year are described in the 2021 highlights.

Restructuring costs
For 2021, restructuring costs amounted to EUR 225 million compared to EUR 421 million for 2020. In 2020, these costs were mainly 
attributed to initiatives to decrease support function costs.

EBITA and Adjusted EBITA
EBITA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes and amortization of purchase accounting intangibles. EBITA comprises operating profit 
before amortization and impairment of purchase accounting intangible assets and before goodwill impairment. Adjusted EBITA is adjusted 
as EBITA before restructuring costs and before other operating income and expenses, which includes acquisition, integration  
and separation costs.

Adjusted EBITA amounted to EUR 4,987 million for 2021, compared to EUR 3,926 million for 2020, an organic increase of 23.2%.  
As a percentage of revenues, adjusted EBITA increased at 17.3% with margin improving 140 bps organically.

EBITA increased from EUR 3,295 million for 2020 to EUR 4,741 million in 2021. As a percentage of revenues, EBITA increases at 16.4%  
in 2021 (13.1% for 2020).

Adjusted EBITA by business segment
The following table sets out EBITA and adjusted EBITA by business segment:

(in millions of euros)

Backlog
Revenue
Adjusted EBITA
Adjusted EBITA (%)

Energy
Management

Industrial
Automation

Central functions
& digital costs

Full Year 2021

9,088
22,179
4,501
20.3%

2,688
6,726
1,242
18.5%

–
–
(756)

Total

11,776
28,905
4,987
17.3%

On December 31, 2021, the total backlog to be executed in more than a year amounts to EUR 640 million.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

405

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.7 Management report for the year ended December 31, 2021

(in millions of euros)

Backlog
Revenue
Adjusted EBITA
Adjusted EBITA (%)

Energy
Management

Industrial
Automation

Central functions
& digital costs

Full Year 2020

7,231
19,344
3,634
18.8%

1,765
5,815
992
17.1%

–
–
(700)

Total

8,996
25,159
3,926
15.6%

On December 31, 2020, the total backlog to be executed in more than a year amounted to EUR 639 million.

Energy Management generated an adjusted EBITA of EUR 4,501 million, i.e. 20.3% of its revenues, up c. 140 bps organic (up 150 bps 
on a reported basis and up c. 170 bps organically compared to 2019), mainly driven by the increase in volume, a good level of industrial 
productivity, and a positive impact from mix.

Industrial Automation generated an adjusted EBITA of EUR 1,242 million, i.e. 18.5% of its revenues, up c. 90 bps organic (up 140 bps on  
a reported basis and up c. 60 bps organically compared to 2019), due mainly to the increase in volume and positive net pricing, despite  
a dilutive effect on mix from the lesser growth of AVEVA.

Central functions & digital costs in 2021 amounted to EUR 756 million (EUR 700 million in 2020), reducing slightly as a proportion of revenue 
to 2.6%. Investment in the Group’s strategic priorities increased year-over-year, while the Corporate cost element continued to be an area of 
focus and remained under tight control, decreasing to around 0.7% of Group revenues in 2021.

Amortization and impairment of purchase accounting intangibles
The amortization and impairment of purchase accounting intangibles amounted to EUR 410 million compared with EUR 207 million last year.  
The increase is mostly driven by additional amortization linked with acquisitions completed in the second semester 2020 and the first semester 
2021 (mainly RIB Software SE, Larsen & Toubro and OSIsoft LLC).

Operating income (EBIT)
Operating income or EBIT (Earnings Before Interest and Taxes), increased from EUR 3,088 million for 2020 to 4,331 million for 2021,  
an increase of 40.3%.

Net financial income/loss
Net financial loss amounted to EUR 176 million for 2021, compared to EUR 278 million for 2020. Financial result has been improved 
significantly, thanks to the decrease of the cost of net financial debt (from EUR 112 million in 2020 to EUR 95 million in 2021), as well  
as a reduced impact from forex exchange fluctuations (from EUR 36 million in 2020 to EUR 8 million in 2021).

Income tax expense
The effective tax rate was 23.2% for 2021, and 22.7% for 2020. The corresponding income tax expense increased from EUR 638 million  
for 2020 to EUR 966 million for 2021.

Share of profit/ (loss) of associates
The share of associates was a EUR 84 million profit for 2021, compared to EUR 66 million profit for 2020.

Non-controlling interests
Non-controlling interests in net income for 2021 totaled EUR 69 million, compared to EUR 112 million for 2020. This represents the share  
in net income attributable to the non-controlling interests, mainly coming from the Group Chinese subsidiaries and AVEVA subgroup.

Profit for the year (attributable to owners of the parent)
Profit for the year attributable to the equity holders of our parent company amounted to EUR 3,204 million for 2021, compared  
to EUR 2,126 million profit for 2020.

Earnings per share
Basic Earnings per share amounted to EUR 5.76 per share for 2021 and EUR 3.84 per share for 2020.

406

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

Comments to the consolidated Cash-flow

The following table sets forth our cash-flow statement for 2021 and 2020:

(in millions of euros)

Note

Full Year 2021

Full Year 2020

Profit for the year
Share of (profit)/losses of associates
Income and expenses with no effect on cash flow:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortization of intangible assets other than goodwill
Impairment losses on non-current assets
Increase/(decrease) in provisions
Losses/(gains) on disposals of business and assets
Difference between tax paid and tax expense
Other non-cash adjustments
Net cash provided by operating activities
Decrease/(increase) in accounts receivables
Decrease/(increase) in inventories and work in progress
(Decrease)/increase in accounts payable
Decrease/(increase) in other current assets and liabilities
Change in working capital requirement

TOTAL I – CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from disposals of property, plant and equipment
Purchases of intangible assets
Net cash used by investment in operating assets
Acquisitions and disposals of businesses, net of cash acquired & disposed
Other long-term investments
Increase in long-term pension assets
Sub-total

TOTAL II – CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Issuance of bonds
Repayment of bonds
Sale/(purchase) of own shares
Increase/(decrease) in other financial debt
Increase/(decrease) of share capital
Transaction with non-controlling interests*
Dividends paid to Schneider Electric’s shareholders
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

TOTAL III – CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES

TOTAL IV – NET FOREIGN EXCHANGE DIFFERENCE

INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN NET CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS: I +II +III +IV

Net cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year
Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

NET CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF THE YEAR

5.

3,273
(84)

726
688
34
(54)
(184)
(38)
108
4,469
(577)
(955)
418
261
(853)

3,616

(543)
59
(333)
(817)
(4,231)
16
(136)
(4,351)

(5,168)

–
(600)
(262)
(444)
216
(418)
(1,447)
(138)

(3,093)

346

(4,299)

6,762
(4,299)

2,463

2,238
(66)

698
512
54
266
(10)
(137)
96
3,651
326
(153)
344
267
784

4,435

(485)
55
(332)
(762)
(2,393)
11
(106)
(2,488)

(3,250)

2,444
(500)
(50)
1,032
43
1,141
(1,413)
(112)

2,585

(403)

3,367

3,395
3,367

6,762

11
10

21

11

10

2

22
22

19
2
19

18

18

* 

* 

In 2020, the Group received EUR 1,141 million of cash from AVEVA’s minority interests, following the increase of capital realized by the latter, to finance the acquisition  
of OSIsoft (Note 2).
In 2021, transactions with non-controlling interests mainly relates to RIB Software SE (Note 2).

Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities before changes in working capital requirement reached EUR 4,469 million for 2021, increasing 
compared to EUR 3,651 million for 2020. It represented 15.5% of revenues for 2021 (14.5% of revenues from 2020).

Change in working capital requirement consumed EUR 853 million in cash in 2021, compared to a positive contribution of EUR 784 million  
in 2020.

In all, net cash provided by operating activities decreased from EUR 4,435 million in 2020 to EUR 3,616 million in 2021.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

407

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

5.7  Management report for the year ended December 31, 2021

Investing Activities
Net capital expenditure, which includes capitalized development projects, increased, at EUR 817 million for 2021, compared to  
EUR 762 million for 2020, and representing 2.8% of sales in 2021 compared to 3.0% in 2020.

Free cash-flow (cash provided by operating activities net of net capital expenditure) amounted to EUR 2,799 million in 2021 versus  
EUR 3,673 million in 2020.

Cash conversion rate (free cash-flow over net income attributable to the equity holders of the parent company on continuing operations) 
was 87% in 2021 versus 173% in 2020.

The acquisitions net of disposals represented a cash out of EUR 4,231 million (net of acquired cash) for 2021, compared with  
EUR 2,393 million for 2020. Those amounts correspond mainly to the acquisitions and disposals described in Notes 2.1 and 2.2  
of the Consolidated Financial Statements (Chapter 5).

Financing Activities
Net cash outflow from financing activities amounted to EUR 3,093 million during the year 2021, compared to cash inflow of EUR 2,585 million 
during the year 2020, mainly due to changes in net debt and to the cash received from AVEVA’s minority interests in 2020, following the 
increase of capital realized by the latter, to finance the acquisition of OSISoft.

The net cash outflow from other financial debts amounted to EUR 444 million in 2021, compared to a net cash inflow of EUR 1,032 million  
in 2020. The 2020 inflow is mainly due to a net commercial paper issuance of EUR 1,302 million.

The dividend paid by Schneider Electric was EUR 1,447 million in 2021, compared with EUR 1,413 million in 2020.

408

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 5 – Consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2021

Financial Statements

5.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

409

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

Electricity is the most efficient and best vector for 
decarbonization; combined with circular economy 
approach solutions, we will achieve climate-positive 
impact as part of the United Nations Sustainable 
Development Goals.

410

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

Financial Statements

6

Parent Company
Financial Statements

6.

6.1 Balance sheet

6.2 Statement of income

6.3 Notes to the financial statements

6.3.1 Significant events of the financial year

6.3.2 Accounting principles

6.3.3 Notes

6.4 Statutory auditors’ report on the 
annual financial statements

6.5 List of securities held at
December 31, 2021

6.6 Subsidiaries and affiliates

6.7 The company’s financial results

over the last 5 years

6.8 Extract of the management 
report for the year ended 
December 31, 2021

412

414

415

415

415

416

424

427

428

430

431

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

411

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

6.1  Balance sheet

Assets

(in thousands of euros)

NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Intangible assets
Intangible rights
Property, plant and equipment
Land
Buildings
Other

Total intangible assets and property, plant and equipment
Financial investments
Shares in subsidiaries and affiliates
Other investment securities
Advances to subsidiaries and affiliates
Other

Total financial investments

Total non-current assets

CURRENT ASSETS
Accounts receivable
Accounts receivable – trade
Other

Total accounts receivable
Marketable securities and cash
Marketable securities
Advances to the Group cash pool
Other

Total marketable securities and cash

Total current assets

PREPAYMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS
Prepaid expenses
Deferred expenses
Call premiums
Translation losses

TOTAL ASSETS

Notes

Gross

A. & D. or Prov. Dec. 31, 2021 Net Dec. 31, 2020 Net

1.1

1.2

2.1
2.2
2.3

3

4
5

6.1
6.2
6.3
9

27,429

(27,429)

2,784
48
1,221

–
(48)
–

31,483

(27,477)

–

2,784
–
1,221

4,006

–

2,785
–
1,226

4,011

5,377,099
637,409
3,218,096
10

9,232,615

9,264,097

351,799
136,480

488,279

348,250
6,878,822
306

7,227,378

7,715,657

1,151
17,021
21,246
84,928

(19,468)
–
–
–

5,357,631
637,409
3,218,096
10

5,346,631
457,964
3 982,656
10

(19,468)

9,213,146

9,787,261

(46,945)

9,217,153

9,791,272

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–

351,799
136,480

488 279

574,675
129,770

704,445

348,250
6,878,822
306

389,727
6,522,060
207

7,227,378

6,911,993

7,715,657

7,616,439

1,151
17,021
21,246
84,928

1,280
21,933
26,894
30,533

17,104,101

(46,945)

17,057,156

17,488,350

The notes form an integral part of these parent company financial statements.

412

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

Financial Statements

Equity and liabilities

(in thousands of euros)

EQUITY
Share capital
Additional paid-in capital
Reserves
Legal reserve
Retained earnings
Net income for the financial year
Untaxed provisions
Total equity

PROVISIONS FOR CONTINGENCIES:
Provisions for contingencies
Total provisions for contingencies and expenses

LIABILITIES
Convertible bond
Bonds
Other borrowings
Amounts payable to subsidiaries and affiliates
Borrowings and financial liabilities
Accounts payable – trade
Accrued taxes and payroll costs
Other

Total liabilities

Deferred income
Call premiums
Translation gains

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

The notes form an integral part of these parent company financial statements.

Notes

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

7
7.1
7.2

7.3

8

9
9
10

11

6.3
2.3

2,276,134
2,411,613

2,268,274
2,203,758

243,027
444,780
1,498,235
2
6,873,791

243,027
1,922,675
(31,273)
2
6,606,463

350,596
350,596

391,880
391,880

650,000
7,700,665
80,249
–
1,150,000
31
109,426
5,998

650,000
8,246,269
84,814
–
1,302,000
680
107,252
5,677

9,696,369

10,396,692

–
51,472
84,928

40
62,743
30,533

17,057,156

17,488,350

6.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

413

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

6.2  Statement of income

(in thousands of euros)

Notes

Full year 2021

Full year 2020

Sales of services and other
Reversals of provisions, depreciation and amortization and expense transfers
Operating revenues

Purchases and external expenses
Taxes other than on income
Payroll expenses
Depreciation and provision expense
Other operating expenses and joint-venture losses
Operating expenses

Operating profit/(loss)

Dividend income
Interest income
Reversals of impairment provisions for long-term receivables and other
Financial income

14

Interest expense
Provision expense
Financial expenses

Net financial income/(loss)

Current result before tax
Proceeds from fixed asset disposals
Reinvoicing performance share
Provision reversals and expense transfers
Other

Non-recurring income
Carrying amount of fixed asset disposals
Provisions, depreciation and amortization
Other
Non-recurring expenses

Net non-recurring income/(loss)

Net income tax benefit

NET INCOME

The notes form an integral part of these parent company financial statements.

–
–
–

(11,317)
(2,014)
(1,922)
(4,943)
(2,127)
(22,322)

(22,322)

1,500,363
41,008
–
1,541,371

(87,130)
5,358
(81,772)

14

1,459,598

1,437,276
267
82,245
149,627
154

232,293
(1)
(97,153)
(126,522)
(223,676)

8,617

52,342

15

16

325
–
325

(9,666)
(2,604)
(2,606)
–
(2,000)
(16,875)

(16,550)

1,553
48,010
–
49,563

(112,516)
(6,766)
(119,282)

(69,719)

(86,269)
138,894
121,013
280,004
23,197

563,107
(219,983)
(134,516) 
(185,901)
(540,400)

22,708

32,287

1,498,235

(31,273)

414

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

Financial Statements

6.3  Notes to the financial statements

(All amounts are in thousands of euros unless otherwise indicated)

6.3.1  Significant events of the financial year

During the financial year, Schneider Electric SE carried out (i) a capital increase through the issue of company shares reserved for 
employees participating in the PEG and (ii) a capital increase through the issue of shares reserved for Group employees based outside 
France and for entities within the framework of employee shareholding or saving programs:
i. 

 0.55 million shares issued with a par value of 4 euros each, representing a capital increase of EUR 2.2 million and a share premium of 
EUR 58.5 million (shares subscribed at 110.19 euros each);

ii.   1.41 million shares issued with a par value of 4 euros each, representing a capital increase of EUR 5.7 million and a share premium of 

EUR 150.1 million (shares subscribed at 110.19 euros each).

The company redeemed a bond issue maturing in September 2021 for EUR 600 million.

In May 2021, the 2020 dividend was paid in the amount of EUR 1,447 million.

The company also proceeded to buy back 1.8 million of its own shares for EUR 262 million.

Finally, during 2021, share plans 30, 31 and 31bis expired, the company decided to serve 2.1 million shares for an amount of EUR 124 million 
re-invoiced to the group companies concerned.

As of December 31, 2021, the company decided to fund some of its current share plans by using existing shares and to re-invoice the 
related expense to the various entities of the Group. As a consequence, the provision for expenses on shares distribution has been adjusted 
to EUR 348 million. 

6.

6.3.2  Accounting principles

As in the prior financial year, the financial statements for the financial year ended December 31, 2021 have been prepared in accordance with 
French generally accepted accounting principles and with the ANC no. 2014-03 code updated by ANC no. 2016-07 code on Nov. 04, 2016.

Non-current assets

Non-current assets of all types are stated at historical cost.

Intangible assets

Intangible rights are amortized over a maximum of 5 years.

Property, plant and equipment

Amortizable Items of property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight- line basis over their estimated useful lives, ranging from 
3 to 10 years. Lands are not depreciated.

Shares in subsidiaries and affiliates

Shares in subsidiaries and affiliates are stated at acquisition cost.

Provisions for impairment may be funded where the carrying amount is higher than the estimated value in use at the end of the financial 
year. This estimate is primarily determined on the basis of the underlying net assets, earnings outlook and economic forecasts. For listed 
securities, the average stock price over the month before the closing is used. 

Provisions may be reversed if the estimated value becomes higher than the carrying amount. 

Unrealized gains resulting from such estimates are not recognized.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

415

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

6.3  Notes to the financial statements

Own shares

Treasury stocks are assessed by category (shares in subsidiaries and affiliates, marketable securities), according to the FIFO. method  
“first-in, first-out”.

The accounting classification of treasury stocks depends on the purpose for which they are held:
•  own shares are classified in marketable securities if they are the object of an explicit allocation to cover performance share distribution 

plans or if they are bought to regulate the share price of the Group;

•  own shares are classified in long-term investments if they are not the object of an explicit allocation to cover a performance share or if they 
are bought with the aim of their use within the context of a liquidity contract by an investment services provider, or of their later cancellation 
within the framework of a capital reduction.

The accounting of an impairment of own shares depends on the purpose for which they are held:
•  when own shares are allocated to cover of performance share distribution plans, there is no reason to record a provision for impairment;
in other cases, it is necessary to book an impairment if the average stock market price of the month before the closing is lower than the 
• 
weighted average cost.

Pension obligations

The present value of termination benefits is determined using the projected unit credit method. Provisions are funded for the supplementary 
pension benefits provided by the company on the basis of the contractual terms of top-hat agreements, granting a level of benefits 
exceeding the general regimes. The company applies the corridor method to actuarial gains and losses arising from changes in estimates. 
Under this method, the portion of net cumulative actuarial gains and losses exceeding 10% of the projected benefit obligation is amortized 
over 10 years.

Currency risk

When necessary, a contingency provision is put in place for unrealized exchange losses. However, when there are unrealized exchange 
gains and losses on back-to-back transactions in the same currency and with the same maturity, the amount of the provision is then limited 
to the net loss.

Bonds

Issue costs are amortized over the life of the bonds and are booked under “deferred expenses”.Issuance premiums are booked under  
“Call premiums” & amortized over the duration of the bonds.

In the case of convertible bond (OCEANE), at conversion, the bond will be reclassified as equity for its nominal conversion amount.

6.3.3  Notes

Note 1: Non-current assets

1.1 – Intangible assets
This item primarily consists of share issue and merger expenses, which are fully amortized.

1.2 – Property, plant and equipment

(in thousands of euros)

Property, plant and equipment

Cost
Depreciation

NET

Property, plant and equipment are mainly comprised of land not built.

Dec. 31, 2020

Additions

Disposals

Dec. 31, 2021

4,301
(290)

4,011

–
–

–

(247)
242

(5)

4,054
(48)

4,006

416

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

Financial Statements

Note 2: Investments

2.1 – Shares in subsidiaries and affiliates

(in thousands of euros)

Shares in subsidiaries and affiliates

Cost
Provisions

NET

Dec. 31, 2020

Additions

Disposals

Dec. 31, 2021

5,377,099
(30,468)

5,346,631

–
–

–

–
11,000

11,000

5,377,099
(19,468)

5,357,631

During the financial year, the company reversed part of the provision of Schneider Electric Japan Holding for EUR  4 million and Muller SA 
for EUR 7 million.

The main investments at December 31, 2021 were as follows: 

Shares in subsidiaries and affiliates

Schneider Electric Industries SAS
Schneider Electric Japan Holding
Muller SAS

TOTAL

2.2 – Other investment securities

(in thousands of euros)

Other investment securities

Schneider Electric SE shares
Other
Provisions for other Shares and own shares

NET

Carrying value

5,343,544
6,049
8,038

5,357,631

6.

Dec. 31, 2020

Increases

Decreases

Dec. 31, 2021

457,964
–
–

457,964

261,660
–
–

261,660

(82,215)
–
–

(82,215)

637,409
–
–

637,409

Other investment securities primarily include Schneider Electric SE shares acquired for allocation of performance share distribution plans. 

In compliance with the decision adopted by the Board of Director dated July 29, 2021, the company bought back 1,809,054 of its own 
shares for a total of EUR 262 million.

In compliance with the Board’s decisions of February 2021, March 2021, April 2021 and July 2021 fund the performance shares of plans 
30, 31, 31bis, 33 and 39 with Schneider Electric treasury shares, 1,521,169 shares for a total amount of EUR 97 million have been classified 
as marketable securities. 238,101 shares for EUR 15 million were reclassified from marketable securities to “Other investment securities” 
following the departure of the beneficiaries. 

2.3 – Advances to subsidiaries and affiliates

(in thousands of euros)

Advances to subsidiaries and affiliates

Cost

NET

Dec. 31, 2020

Increases

Decreases

Dec. 31, 2021

3,982,656

3,982,656

54,868

54,868

(819,428)

3,218,096

(819,428)

3,218,096

At December 31, 2021, this item mainly consisted of a loan of EUR 2,500 million granted to Schneider Electric Industries SAS with a maturity 
date of 2022, a loan granted in 2012 to Boissière Finance for a total amount of USD 800 million valued at EUR 706 million at the end of 2021 
and with a maturity date of 2022, and accrued interests for a total amount of EUR 12 million. 

During the financial year, a loan granted to Schneider Electric Investment AG for a total amount of EUR 819 million matured on March 5, 2021.

The revaluation of USD loan resulted in a translation gain of EUR 85 million. 

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

417

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

6.3  Notes to the financial statements

Note 3: Accounts receivables

(in thousands of euros)

Trade receivables
Other

NET

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

351,799
136,480

488,279

574,675
129,770

704,445

Trade receivables mainly include the reinvoicing of the performance shares to SEISAS.

At December 31, 2021, the “Other receivables” are mainly composed of tax receivables and R&D tax credits.

Note 4: Marketable securities

(in thousands of euros)

TREASURY SHARES
Gross
Provisions

TOTAL NET

Dec. 31, 2020

Acquisitions

Disposals

Dec. 31, 2021

Number of 
shares

6,381,401
–

–

Value

Value

Value

Value

Number of 
shares

389,727
–

389,727

97,153

(138,630)
–

348,250 
–

5,570,816
–

97,153

(138,630)

348,250

–

Marketable securities primarily represent own shares held by the company for allocation to future performance shares plans and,  
if appropriate, stock-options.

In 2021, following the decision of the board to fund the performance share distribution plans 30, 31, 31bis, 33 and 39 with existing shares.
1,521,169 shares for a total amount of EUR 97 million has been transferred into marketable securities. The performance shares plans,  
30, 31 and 31bis have expired, the company has distributed 2 million shares for a total amount of EUR 124 million re-invoiced to the 
concerned Group entities.

Following the loss of the rights of employees who left the group, the company switched back 238,101 shares for a total amount of  
EUR 15 million to “Other investment securities”.

Note 5: Cash and cash equivalent group

This item consists of interest-bearing advances by Schneider Electric SE to the Group cash pool (Boissière Finance) that are immediately 
recoverable on demand.

Note 6: Prepayment and other assets

6.1 – Prepaid expenses
The prepaid expenses relates mainly on insurance costs and fees.

6.2 – Bond issue expenses

(in thousands of euros)

Bond issue expenses

Sep. 27, 2012 due 2022 (USD 800 million)
Sep. 6, 2013 due 2021 (EUR 600 million)
Mar. 11, 2015 due 2025 (EUR 750 million)
Sep. 8, 2015 due 2023 (EUR 800 million)
Oct. 13, 2015 due 2025 (EUR 200 million)
Oct. 13, 2015 due 2025 (EUR 100 million)
Sep. 9, 2016 due 2024 (EUR 800 million)
Dec. 13, 2017 due 2026 (EUR 750 million)
June. 21, 2018 due 2027 (EUR 750 million)
Sept. 9, 2019 due 2024 (EUR 200 million)
Jan. 15, 2019 due 2028 (EUR 250 million)
Jan. 15, 2019 due 2028 (EUR 500 million)
Mar. 11, 2020 due 2029 (EUR 800 million)
Apr. 9, 2020 due 2027 (EUR 500 million)
Jun. 12, 2020 due 2023 (EUR 500 million)
Nov. 24, 2020 due 2026 (EUR 650 million) 

TOTAL

Dec. 31, 2020

Increases

Decreases

Dec. 31, 2021

576
235
1,353
1,111
468
190
1,653
1,762
1,644
503
630
1,413
2,212
1,388
1,027
5,767

21,933

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

(450)
(235)
(317)
(408)
(95)
(39)
(445)
(294)
(254)
(136)
(89)
(200)
(270)
(221)
(412)
(1,046)

(4,912)

126
–
1,036
703
373
151
1,208
1,468
1,390
367
541
1,213
1,942
1,167
615
4,721

17,021

418

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

6.3 – Issuance premiums

(in thousands of euros)

Issuance premiums

Sep. 27, 2012 due 2022 (USD 800 million)
Sep. 6, 2013 due 2021 (EUR 600 million)
Mar. 11, 2015 due 2025 (EUR 750 million)
Sep. 8, 2015 due 2022 (EUR 800 million)
Oct. 13, 2015 due 2025 (EUR 100 million)
Sep. 9, 2016 due 2024 (EUR 800 million)
Dec. 13,2017 due 2026 (EUR 750 million)
June 21,2018 due 2027 (EUR 750 million)
Sept. 9, 2019 due 2024 (EUR 200 million)
Jan. 15, 2019 due 2028 (EUR 250 million)
Jan. 15, 2019 due 2028 (EUR 500 million)
Mar. 11, 2020 due 2029 (EUR 800 million)
Apr. 9, 2020 due 2027 (EUR 500 million)
Jun. 12, 2020 due 2023 (EUR 500 million)
Nov. 24, 2020 due 2026 (EUR 650 million) 

TOTAL

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

Financial Statements

Dec. 31, 2020

Increases

Decreases

Dec. 31, 2021

216
141
3,808
1,549
(730)
3,752
3,446
5,230
(2,164)
(10,408)
98
5,090
2,585
979
(49,441)

(35,849)

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

(200)
(141)
(894)
(568)
148
(1,011)
(579)
(808)
585
1,479
(14)
(621)
(412)
(400)
9,059

5,623

Note 7: Shareholders’ equity and retained earnings

Share capital

Additional
paid-in capital

Reserves  

and retained
earnings

Net income  
for the year

Regulated
provisions

(in millions of euros)

December 31, 2019 before allocation of net 
income for the year
Change in share capital
Allocation of 2019 net income
2019 dividend
Cancellation of own shares 
Reimbursement withholding tax 2003
2020 net income

December 31, 2020 before allocation of net 
income for the year

Change in share capital
Allocation of 2019 net income
2020 dividend
Charges on WESOP 2021
2021 net income

2,328
–
–
–
(60)
–
–

3,133
–
–
–
(929)
–
–

2,268

2,204

8
–
–
–
–

209
–
–
(1)
–

3,489
–
57
(1,413)
–
33
–

2,166

–
(31)
(1 447)
–
–

57
–
(57)
–
–
–
(31)

(31)

–
31
–
–
1 498

DECEMBER 31, 2021 BEFORE ALLOCATION 
OF NET INCOME FOR THE YEAR

2,276

2,412

688

1,498

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

6.

16
0
2,914
981
(582)
2,741
2,867
4,422
(1,579)
(8,929)
84
4,469
2,173
579
(40,382)

(30,226)

Total

9,007
–
–
(1,413)
(989)
33
(31)

6,607

217
–
(1,447)
(1)
1,498

6,874

7.1 – Capital
Share capital
The company’s share capital at December 31, 2021 amounted to EUR 2,276,133,768 consisting of 569,033,442 shares with a par value  
of EUR 4, all fully paid up.

Changes in share capital
The increase in share capital of EUR 8 million recorded over the year corresponding to a (i) EUR 2.2 million capital increase through the 
issue of company shares reserved for employees participating in the PEG and (ii) a EUR 5.65 million capital increase through the issue of 
shares reserved for Group employees based outside France and for entities participating in employee shareholding or savings programs.

Own shares
At the reporting date, the total number of own shares held is 12,455,824 for a total net value of EUR 638 million

7.2 – Additional paid-in capital
Additional paid-in capital decreased by EUR 208 million over the financial year, coming from increase capital.

7.3 – Allocation of previous year net income
Pursuant to the 3rd resolution of the Ordinary and Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meeting of April 28, 2021, the 2020 gain of EUR 31 million was 
allocated to retained earnings. EUR 1,474 million of dividends were distributed and EUR 27 million not distributed corresponding to SE own 
treasury shares.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

419

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

6.3  Notes to the financial statements

Note 8: Provisions for contingencies and expenses

(in thousands of euros)

Dec. 31, 2020

Increases

Decreases

Dec. 31, 2021

PROVISIONS FOR CONTINGENCIES
Provision for fees on own shares distribution
Other

TOTAL

389,727
2,153

391,880

97,154
162

97,316

(138,600)

(138,600)

348,281
2,315

350,596

Management is confident that overall the balance sheet provisions for disputes of which it is currently aware and in which the company  
is involved should be sufficient to ensure that these disputes do not have a material impact on its financial position or income. 

A provision for risk of EUR 348 millions was booked to cover the decision of the board to allocate performance shares plans with SESE own shares.

Note 9: Bonds

(in thousands of euros)

Schneider Electric SE 2019
Schneider Electric SE 2022
Schneider Electric SE 2021
Schneider Electric SE 2025
Schneider Electric SE 2023
Schneider Electric SE 2025
Schneider Electric SE 2025
Schneider Electric SE 2024
Schneider Electric SE 2024
Schneider Electric SE 2026
Schneider Electric SE 2027
Schneider Electric SE 2028
Schneider Electric SE 2028
Schneider Electric SE 2029
Schneider Electric SE 2027
Schneider Electric SE 2023

TOTAL

Fixed: fixed rate.
Floating: floating rate.

Share capital

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

Interest rate

Maturity

94,325
706,340
–
750,000
800,000
200,000
100,000
800,000
200,000
750,000
750,000
500,000
250,000
800 000
500 000
500,000

94,325
651,944
600,000
750,000
800,000
200,000
100,000
800,000
200,000
750,000
750,000
500,000
250,000
800,000
500,000
500,000

Euribor + 0.60% Floating
2.95% Fixed
2.50% Fixed
0.875% Fixed
1.50% Fixed
1.841% Fixed
1.841% Fixed
0.25% Fixed
0.25% Fixed
0.875% Fixed
1.375% Fixed
1.5% Fixed
1.5% Fixed
0.25% Fixed
1% Fixed
0% Fixed

July 23, 2022
Sep. 27, 2022
Sep. 06, 2021
Mar. 11, 2025
Sep. 08, 2023
Oct. 13, 2025
Oct. 13, 2025
Sep. 09, 2024
Sep. 09, 2024
Dec. 13, 2026
June 21, 2027
Jan. 15, 2028
Jan. 15, 2028
Mar. 11, 2029
Apr. 09, 2027
Jun. 12, 2023

7,700,665

8,246,269

The revaluation of USD bonds Schneider Electric SE 2022 resulted in a translation loss of EUR 85 million

Convertible bonds (OCEANE)

(in thousands of euros)

Schneider Electric SE 2026

TOTAL

Share capital

Dec. 31, 2021

Dec. 31, 2020

Interest rate

Maturity

650,000

650,000

650,000

650,000

0%

Jun. 15, 2026

Schneider Electric SE has issued bonds during past years on different markets:
• 

in the United States, through a private placement offering following (SEC 144A rule) for USD 800 million worth of bonds issued in  
September 2012, at a rate of 2.950%, due in September 2022;

•  as part of its Euro Medium-Term Notes (EMTN) program, for which bonds are traded on the Luxembourg stock exchange.

During the year, the company reimbursed one bond amounting EUR 600 million matured on September 6, 2021.

The Group has issued in November 2020 a bond that is convertible into or exchangeable for a new or existing shares (OCEANEs)  
for EUR 650 million at a rate of 0.00%, maturing in June 2026.

The initial conversion and/or exchange ratio of the Bonds is one share per Bond with a nominal value set at EUR 176. According to 
Sustainability-Linked Financing Framework, if the average sustainability performance score (calculated as the arithmetic average of the 
scores of the three key performance indicators) does not reach a certain level by December 31, 2025, the Group will pay an amount equal 
to 0.50% of the face value.

420

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

Financial Statements

The three key performance indicators from the 11 new Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI) 2021-2025 indicators are the following:
•  Climate: Deliver 800 megatons of saved and avoided C02 emissions to our customers;
•  Equality: Increase gender diversity, from hiring to front-line managers and leadership teams (50/40/30);
•  Generation: Train 1 million underprivileged people in energy management.

The detailed rating methodology and approach are presented in the Group’s Sustainability-Linked Financing Framework.  
For all those transactions, issue premium and issue costs are amortized per the effective interest rate method.

At December 31, 2021, the other remaining bonds are as follows:
•  EUR 100 million worth of 1.841% bonds issued in October 2015 and maturing on October 13, 2025;
•  EUR 800 million worth of 0.25% bonds issued in September 2016 and maturing on September 9, 2024 and described above;
•  EUR 200 million worth of 1.841% bonds issued in October 2015 and maturing on October 13, 2025;
•  EUR 800 million worth of 1.50% bonds issued in September 2015 and maturing on September 8, 2023;
•  EUR 750 million worth of 0.875% bonds issued in March 2015 and maturing on March 11, 2025; 
•  EUR 750 million worth of 0.875% bonds issued in December 2017 and maturing on December 13, 2026; 
•  EUR 750 million worth of 1.375% bonds issued in June 2018 and maturing on June 21, 2027;
•  EUR 200 million worth of 0.25% bonds issued in September 2019 and maturing on August 09, 2024;
•  EUR 500 million worth of 1.5% bonds issued in January 2019 and maturing on January 15, 2028;
•  EUR 800 million worth of 0.25% bonds issued in March 2020 and maturing on March 11, 2029;
•  EUR 500 million worth of 1% bonds issued in April 2020 and maturing on April 9, 2027;
•  EUR 500 million worth of 0% bonds issued in June 2020 and maturing on June 12, 2023;
•  EUR 94 million worth of Euribor 0,60% bonds issued in July 2020 and maturing on July 23, 2022;
•  EUR 250 million worth of 1.5% bonds issued in January 2019 and maturing on January 15, 2028.

The issue premiums and issuance costs are amortized in line with the effective interest method.

Note 10: Other borrowings

Other borrowings at December 31, 2021 included accrued interest on bonds and other debt issued by the company.

Accrued interest amounted to EUR 38 million, compared to EUR 43 million at end-2020.

Other debt issued by the company correspond to an intercompany loan amounted to EUR 42 million. 

Note 11: Borrowings and financial liabilities

Interest-bearing liabilities 
(in thousands of euros)

Commercial paper
Borrowings
Overdrafts
Other

NET

Dec. 31, 2020

Increase

Decrease

Dec. 31, 2021

1,302,000
–
–
–

6,454,000
200,000
–
–

(6,806,000)

–
–

950,000
200,000
–
–

1,302,000

6,654,000

(6,806,000)

1,150,000

During the financial year, the company took out a conventional loan with HSBC on December 9, 2021 for EUR 200 million, maturing on January 10, 2022. 

Note 12: Maturities of receivables and payables

6.

(in thousands of euros)

NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Advances to subsidiaries and affiliates
CURRENT ASSETS
Accounts receivable – trade
Other receivables
Marketable securities
Prepaid expenses
DEBT
Bonds
Other borrowings
Commercial paper
Accounts payable – trade
Accrued taxes and payroll costs
Other
Deferred income

Total

Due within 
1 year

Due in 1 to 
5 years

Due beyond 
5 years

3,218,096

3 218,096

351,799
136,480
348,250
1,151

8,350,865
80,249
1,150,000
31
112,569
5,998
–

351,799
104,754
348,250
1,151

706,340
80,249
1,150,000
31
112,569
5,998
–

–
31,726
–
–

4,844,525
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

2,800,000
–
–
–
–
–
–

Invoices received and issued during the period have not been subject to late payment.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

421

 
Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

6.3  Notes to the financial statements

Note 13: Related-party transactions (minimum 10% stake)

(in thousands of euros)

Shares in subsidiaries and affiliates
Advances to subsidiaries and affiliates
Accounts receivable
Cash and cash equivalents
Revenues:
•  rebilled performance shares
• 

interest

Note 14: Net financial income/(loss)

(in thousands of euros)

Dividends
Net interest income (expense)
Other

NET FINANCIAL INCOME/(LOSS)

Gross

Net

5,377,099
3,218,096
351,799
6,878,936

5,357,631
3,218,096
351,799
6,878,936

82,245
1,541,212

Full year 2021

Full year 2020

1,500,362
(46,122)
5,358

1,459,598

1,553
(64,355)
(6,917)

(69,719)

In 2021, the company receive EUR 1,500 million of dividends from Schneider Electric Industries SAS. In 2020, dividends received from 
Schneider Electric Japan Holding Ltd were EUR 1.6 million. 

Note 15: Net non-recurring income/(loss)

(in thousands of euros)

Net gains/(losses) on fixed asset disposals
Provisions net of reversals
Other non-recurring income/(expense)

NET NON-RECURRING INCOME/(LOSS)

Full year 2021

Full year 2020

35
11,000
(2,418)

8,617

(81,089)
80,897
22,900

22,708

As a reminder, the company received EUR 23 million of interest relative to reimbursement of withholding tax at December 31, 2020

Note 16: Net income tax benefit

The “income tax expense” line item in the statement of income mainly consists of the Group tax relief recorded by the tax group headed  
by Schneider Electric SE, net of 2021 income tax due, for EUR 54 million.

Schneider Electric SE is the parent company of the tax group comprising all French subsidiaries that are over 95%-owned. Tax loss carry 
forwards available to the company in this capacity totaled EUR 1,939 million at December 31, 2021.

Note 17: Pension benefit commitment

The company had taken commitments towards its executives, active managers and retirees. In 2015, the company closed the top-hat 
executive pension plans. Since 2015, there is no more active beneficiary. The company has outsourced to AXA France VIE the commitments 
towards the retires beneficiaries the top-hat executive pension plans.

Note 18: Off-balance sheet commitments

18.1 – Partnership obligations
The share of liabilities of “SC” non-trading companies attributable to Schneider Electric SE as partner is not material.

The share of liabilities of “SNC” flow-through entities attributable to Schneider Electric SE as partner is not material.

18.2 – Guarantees given and received
Commitments given
Counter-guarantees of bank guarantees: None.

Other guarantees given: EUR 2,127 million, mainly to Group companies.

Commitments received
Bank counter-guarantees: None.

422

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

Financial Statements

18.3 – Financial instruments
Schneider Electric Group hedging transactions, exchange guarantees and the establishment of financial instruments are carried out by  
the manager of the Group cash pool, Boissière Finance, a wholly- owned subsidiary of Schneider Electric Industries SAS, which in turn  
is wholly-owned by Schneider Electric SE.

Schneider Electric SE does not hold any hedging instruments at December 31, 2021.

Note 19: Contingencies

As part of its normal operations, the Group is exposed to a number of potential claims and litigations. Except for those for which it is 
probable that the Group will incur a liability and for which a provision is established for such outcome, the Group is not aware of other 
potentially material claims and litigations. 

Investigations were conducted in September 2018 by the French judicial and antitrust authorities at Schneider Electric’s head office  
and other premises concerning electrical distribution activities in France. Schneider Electric is cooperating with the French authorities.  
Such investigations could lead to formal proceedings against the Group for which the probability and the potential impact, which could  
be significant on the financial statements of Schneider Electric SE, cannot be determined at this time.

Note 20: Other information

20.1 – Workforce
The average number of employees is 1 over 2021.

6.

20.2 – Consolidated financial statements
Schneider Electric SE is the parent company of the Group and accordingly publishes the consolidated financial statements of the  
Schneider Electric Group.

20.3 – Subsequent events
Trademark Schneider Electric
As the temporary transfer of usufruct for the Schneider Electric trademark made by Schneider Electric SE in 2007 to the Belgian company 
Schneider Electric Services International ends contractually on 31 December 2021, Schneider Electric SE once again holds full ownership 
of the Schneider Electric trademark. Consequently, as of 1 January 2022, the royalties for the Schneider Electric trademark will be invoiced 
to all group companies by Schneider Electric SE.

IGE+XAO
Following the completion of a simplified public tender offer, the Group now holds 83.93% of the issued capital of IGE+XAO. In accordance
with the Group’s intentions as presented in the Information Note and the previously stated strategy to consolidate the various independent
software entities within the Energy Management Software Division, the Group intends to implement a merger of IGE+XAO with Schneider
Electric during fiscal year 2022.

The Boards of Directors of Schneider Electric and IGE+XAO have met on February 16, 2022 and approved the economic, financial and
legal terms of the merger, including the merger parity of 5 Schneider Electric shares for 3 IGE+XAO shares. The merger agreement as well
as the merger appraisers’ reports will be available on the websites of Schneider Electric and IGE+XAO.

The Group will seek confirmation from the AMF that the merger would not require Schneider Electric to file a buy-out offer for the shares
of IGE+XAO. In addition, the merger will be subject to the approval of the annual general shareholder meetings of the shareholders of
IGE+XAO and Schneider Electric to be held on May 4 and 5, 2022 respectively.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

423

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

6.4  Statutory auditors’ report on the  
annual financial statements

To the Annual General Meeting of Schneider Electric S.E.,

Opinion
In compliance with the engagement entrusted to us by your Annual General Meeting, we have audited the accompanying financial statements 
of Schneider Electric S.E. for the year ended December 31, 2021.

In our opinion, the financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities and of the financial position of the Company as at 
December 31, 2021 and of the results of its operations for the year then ended in accordance with French accounting principles.

The audit opinion expressed above is consistent with our report to the audit and risks committee.

Basis for Opinion 
Audit Framework
We conducted our audit in accordance with professional standards applicable in France. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained 
is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Statutory Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial 
Statements section of our report.

Independence
We conducted our audit engagement in compliance with independence requirements of rules required by the French Commercial Code (code 
de commerce) and the French Code of ethics (code de déontologie) for statutory auditors for the period from January 1st, 2021 to the date of 
our report, and specifically we did not provide any prohibited non-audit services referred to in Article 5(1) of Regulation (EU) N° 537/2014.

Justification of Assessments – Key Audit Matters
Due to the global crisis related to the Covid-19 pandemic, the financial statements of this period have been prepared and audited under 
specific conditions. Indeed, this crisis and the exceptional measures taken in the context of the state of sanitary emergency have had 
numerous consequences for companies, particularly on their operations and their financing, and have led to greater uncertainties on their 
future prospects. Those measures, such as travel restrictions and remote working, have also had an impact on the companies’ internal 
organisation and the performance of the audits.

It is in this complex and evolving context that, in accordance with the requirements of Articles L. 823-9 and R.823-7 of the French Commercial 
Code (code de commerce) relating to the justification of our assessments, we inform you of the key audit matters relating to risks of material 
misstatement that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the period, as well as how 
we addressed those risks.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do 
not provide a separate opinion on specific items of the financial statements.

Valuation of investments in subsidiaries and affiliates and advances to subsidiaries and affiliates
Paragraph “Shares in subsidiaries and affiliates” of the section “Accounting principles” and note 2 “Investments” of the notes to the parent 
company financial statements

Risk identified

As at December 31, 2021, investments in subsidiaries and affiliates and the related advances amount to M€ 5,358 and 
M€ 3,218 respectively in the balance sheet of Schneider Electric SE, net of any impairment loss.

As described in the paragraph “Shares in subsidiaries and affiliates” of the section “Accounting principles” of the notes 
to the financial statements, investments are recognized at their acquisition cost and impaired, should their carrying 
amount exceed their estimated value in use at closing date. The estimated value in use of investments is determined 
primarily based on the subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ net assets as well as on their earnings outlook and the underlying 
economic forecasts. Regarding listed securities, the average stock price over the month before the closing is used.

Due to the judgment exercised by management as part of these estimates, especially when relying on forecasts,  
we considered the valuation of investments in subsidiaries and affiliates, as well as the valuation of related advances, 
to be a key audit matter.

424

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

Financial Statements

Our response

As part of our audit, we analyzed the procedures implemented by your Company to determine the value in use of 
investments in subsidiaries and affiliates. Our work consisted in:

•  comparing the shares in the subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ net assets, when used as a proxy for their value in use,  

with their underlying accounting data, which were subject to an audit or to analytical procedures;

•  assessing the appropriateness of the valuation method used to determine the value in use when based on forecasts;
•  assessing the reasonableness of key assumptions used to estimate values in use, mainly the long-term growth rate 

and the discount rate, with the assistance of our experts, when needed;

•  verifying the arithmetical accuracy of the computations performed by your Company.

We also assessed the recoverability of advances to subsidiaries and affiliates, based on the impairment tests results  
of the corresponding investments.

Specific verifications
We have also performed, in accordance with professional standards applicable in France, the specific verifications required by French law  
and regulations.

Information provided in the management report and in the other documents with respect to the financial position and the financial 
statements provided to the Shareholders 
We have no matters to report as to the fair presentation and the consistency with the financial statements of the information given in the Board 
of Directors’ management report and in the other documents with respect to the financial position and the financial statements provided to the 
Shareholders.

6.

In accordance with French law, we report to you that the information relating to payment times referred to in Article D. 441-6 of the French 
Commercial Code (code de commerce) is fairly presented and consistent with the financial statements. 

Information relating to corporate governance 
We attest that the Board of Directors’ section of the management report devoted to corporate governance sets out the information required  
by Articles L.225-37-4, L.22-10-10 et L.22-10-9 of the French Commercial Code (code de commerce). 

Concerning the information given in accordance with the requirements of Article L. 22-10-9 of the French Commercial Code (code de commerce) 
relating to remunerations and benefits received by or allocated to the directors and any other commitments made in their favor, we have verified 
its consistency with the financial statements, or with the underlying information used to prepare these financial statements and, where applicable, 
with the information obtained by your Company from controlled companies which are part of its consolidation perimeter. Based on this work, we 
attest the accuracy and fair presentation of this information.

With respect to the information relating to items that your company considered likely to have an impact in the event of a takeover or exchange 
offer, provided pursuant to Article L. 22-10-11 of the French Commercial Code (code de commerce), we have verified their compliance with  
the source documents communicated to us. Based on our work, we have no observation to make on this information.

Other information
In accordance with French law, we have verified that the required information concerning the identity of the shareholders and holders of the 
voting rights has been properly disclosed in the management report.

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements
Format of presentation of the financial statements intended to be included in the annual financial report
We have also verified, in accordance with the professional standard applicable in France relating to the procedures performed by the statutory 
auditor relating to the annual and consolidated financial statements presented in the European single electronic format, that the presentation 
of the financial statements intended to be included in the annual financial report mentioned in Article L. 451-1-2, I of the French Monetary 
and Financial Code (code monétaire et financier), prepared under the responsibility of the Chief Executive Officer, complies with the single 
electronic format defined in the European Delegated Regulation No 2019/815 of 17 December 2018.

Based on the work we have performed, we conclude that the presentation of the financial statements intended to be included in the annual 
financial report complies, in all material respects, with the European single electronic format.

We have no responsibility to verify that the financial statements that will ultimately be included by your company in the annual financial report 
filed with the AMF are in agreement with those on which we have performed our work.

Appointment of the Statutory Auditors
We were appointed as statutory auditors of Schneider Electric S.E. by the Annual General Meetings held on May 6, 2004 for MAZARS and on 
June 25, 1992 for ERNST & YOUNG et Autres.

As at December 31, 2021, MAZARS was in the eighteenth year of its engagement without interruption and ERNST & YOUNG et Autres in the 
thirtieth year.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

425

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

6.4  Statutory auditors’ report on the annual financial statements

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with French accounting 
principles and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that  
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless it is expected to liquidate 
the Company or to cease operations.

The audit and risks committee is responsible for monitoring the financial reporting process and the effectiveness of internal control and risks 
management systems and where applicable, its internal audit, regarding the accounting and financial reporting procedures.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors.

Statutory Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements 
Objectives and audit approach
Our role is to issue a report on the financial statements. Our objective is to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements 
as a whole are free from material misstatement. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with professional standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from 
fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

As specified in Article L. 823-10-1 of the French Commercial Code (code de commerce), our statutory audit does not include assurance on  
the viability of the Company or the quality of management of the affairs of the Company.

As part of an audit conducted in accordance with professional standards applicable in France, the statutory auditor exercises professional 
judgment throughout the audit and furthermore:

• 

Identifies and assesses the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, designs and performs 
audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtains audit evidence considered to be sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
his opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may 
involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

•  Obtains an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the 

circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the internal control. 

•  Evaluates the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made 

by management in the financial statements. 

•  Assesses the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, 
whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern. This assessment is based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of his audit report. However, future events or 
conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern. If the statutory auditor concludes that a material uncertainty 
exists, there is a requirement to draw attention in the audit report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures 
are not provided or inadequate, to modify the opinion expressed therein.

•  Evaluates the overall presentation of the financial statements and assesses whether these statements represent the underlying transactions 

and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

Report to the audit and risks committee
We submit a report to the audit and risks committee which includes in particular a description of the scope of the audit and the audit program 
implemented, as well as the results of our audit. We also report, if any, significant deficiencies in internal control regarding the accounting and 
financial reporting procedures that we have identified.

Our report to the audit and risks committee includes the risks of material misstatement that, in our professional judgment, were of most 
significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and which are therefore the key audit matters that we are required  
to describe in this report.

We also provide the audit and risks committee with the declaration provided for in Article 6 of Regulation (EU) No. 537/2014, confirming our 
independence within the meaning of the rules applicable in France such as they are set in particular by Articles L. 822-10 to L. 822-14 of 
the French Commercial Code (code de commerce) and in the French Code of Ethics (code de déontologie) for statutory auditors. Where 
appropriate, we discuss with the audit and risks committee the risks that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and the 
related safeguards.

Paris-La Défense, March 11, 2022

The Statutory Auditors
French original signed by

MAZARS 
Loïc Wallaert  Mathieu Mougard 

ERNST & YOUNG et Autres
Alexandre Resten

426

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

Financial Statements

6.5  List of securities held at December 31, 2021

Number of securities
(in thousands of euros)

A. MAJOR INVESTMENTS
(Carrying amounts over EUR 5 million)
58,018,657
2,497
6,885,008

B. OTHER INVESTMENTS
(Carrying amounts under EUR 5 million)
C. INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE COMPANIES
D. INVESTMENTS IN FOREIGN COMPANIES

Total
MARKETABLE SECURITIES
5,570,816

TOTAL

Company

Carrying amount 
of securities

Schneider Electric Industries SAS
Muller SAS 
Schneider Electric SE own shares

Schneider Electric SE own shares

5,343,544
8,038
637,409

5,988,991

–
–
6,049

5,995,040

348,250

6,343,290

6.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

427

 
Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

6.6  Subsidiaries and affiliates

Company
(in thousands of euros)

I.             DETAILED INFORMATION ON SUBSIDIARIES AND 

AFFILIATES WITH A CARRYING AMOUNT OF OVER 1% 
OF THE SHARE CAPITAL OF SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC SE

A. Subsidiaries (at least 50% owned)

Reserves and 
retained earnings 
& retained 
earnings prior to 
appropriation  
of earnings*

Capital

Share interest
held (%)

Schneider Electric Industries SAS 35, rue Joseph-Monier 92500 Rueil-Malmaison, France

928,299

6,112,705

100.00

B.  Affiliates (10 to 50%-owned)

II.  OTHER SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES

A. Subsidiaries not included in Section I: (+50%)

a) French subsidiaries (aggregate)
b) Foreign subsidiaries (aggregate)

B. Affiliates not included in Section I: (0-50%)

a) French companies (aggregate)
b) Foreign companies (aggregate)

* 

Including income or loss in prior financial year.

38
–

–
766

8,217
–

–
136,217

99.84
–

–
4.8

428

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

Financial Statements

Gross value

Net value

Loans and advances
provided by the
company and still
outstanding

Amount of  
guarantees given  
by the company

2021 Revenues
(ex. VAT)

2021 Profit 
or loss (-)

Dividends received 
by the company  

during 2021

5,343,544

5,343,544

2,506,319

12,305
–

–
21,249

8,038
–

–
6,048

–
–

–
–

–

–
–

–
–

3,939,530

1,688,631

1,500,362

–
–

–
–

(29,251)
–

–
20,847

–
–

–
–

6.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

429

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

6.7  The company’s financial results over the 
last 5 years

Description

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

FINANCIAL POSITION AT DECEMBER 31
Share capital (in thousands of euros)
Number of shares in issue
Number of convertible bonds in issue
Maximum number of shares to be created:
• 
• 

through conversion of bonds
through exercise of rights

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands of euros)
Sales (ex. VAT)
Investment revenue, interest income and other revenue
Earnings before tax, depreciation, amortization and provisions
Income tax
Earnings after tax, depreciation, amortization and provisions
Dividends paid(1) excluding tax credit and withholdings

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS PER SHARE
(in euros)
Earnings before depreciation, amortization and provisions
Earnings after tax, depreciation, amortization and provisions
Net dividend per share

EMPLOYEES
Average number of employees during the financial year
Total payroll for the financial year (in thousands of euros)
Total of employee benefits paid over the financial year
(Social security, other benefits, etc.) (in thousands of euros)

2,276,134
569,033,442
3,683,972

2,268,274

2,328,274
567,068,555 582,068,555

2,316,675
579,168,769

2,387,665
596,916,242

3,683,972

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
8,371

–
8,271

–
1,500,362
1,392,930
52,342
1,498,235
1,650,197(2)

450
1,553
(201,902)
32,287
(31,273)
1,474,378

2,385
49,896
(18,659)
71,684
57,108
1,413,455

174
4,551,232
4,412,483
1,215
4,457,994
1,361,047

170
147,031
(22,861)
55,213
121,488
1,313,216

2.54
2.63
2.90(2)

1
1,130
–
795

(0.30)
(0.06)
2.60

1
1,961
–
916

0.09
0.1
2.55

1
3,693
–
944

7.62
7.70
2.35

1
2,544
–
1,010

0.05
0.20
2.20

2
1,670
–
796

(1)  For 2021, estimate based on existing shares at December 31, 2021, including treasury shares.
(2)  Pending approval by the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting of May 5, 2022.

430

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 6 – Parent Company Financial Statements

Financial Statements

6.8  Extract of the management report for the 
year ended December 31, 2021

Review of the parent company financial statements

In 2021, Schneider Electric SE reported an operating loss of EUR 22 million compared with EUR 17 million the previous year.

Interest expense net of interest income amounted to EUR 46 million versus EUR 65 million the previous year.

Income from ordinary activities before tax stood at EUR 1,437 million in 2021 compared with a loss of EUR 86 million in 2020, mainly due  
to the dividends of EUR 1,500 million received in 2021.

The net income stood at EUR 1,498 million in 2021 compared with EUR (31) million in 2020.

Net equity amounted to EUR 6,874 million at December 31, 2021 versus EUR 6,606 million at the previous year-end, after taking into account 
2021 profit and dividend payments of EUR 1,447 million.

6.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

431

Chapter 7 – Information on the Company and its capital

Our integrated solutions are built with safety, 
reliability and cybersecurity for your homes, 
buildings, data centers, infrastructures and industries.

432

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 7 – Information on the Company and its capital

Shareholder Information

7

7.1 Shareholding

7.1.1 Ownership structure

7.1.2 Employee shareholding  

7.2 Capital

7.2.1 Share capital and voting rights

7.2.2 Potential capital

7.2.3 Authorizations to issue and cancel shares

7.2.4 Three-year summary of changes in capital

7.2.5 Share buybacks

7.2.6 Pledge

7.3  General information 
on the Company

7.4 Shareholders’ rights 
and obligations 

7.4.1 Annual Shareholders’ Meetings 

(Article 19 of the Articles of Association)

7.4.2 Voting rights

7.4.3 Allocation of income 

(Article 22 of the Articles of Association)

7.4.4 Holding of shares 

Information 
on the Company 
and its capital

434

7.5 Stock market data

7.

443

445

445

445

445

7.6 Investor relations

7.6.1 Person responsible for financial information

7.6.2 Contacts

7.6.3 Shareholders’ Advisory Committee

434

435

436

436

436

436

437

438

438

439

440

440

440

441

(Article 7 Paragraph 1 of the Articles of Association)

441

7.4.5 Disclosure thresholds 

(Article 7 Paragraph 2 of the Articles of Association)

441

7.4.6 Identifiable holders of bearer shares 

(Article 7 Paragraph 3 of the Articles of Association)

442

7.4.7 Disposal of shares 

(Article 8 of the Articles of Association) 

7.4.8 Publication of information of Article L. 22-10-11 

of the French Commercial Code

442

442

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

433

 
 
Chapter 7 – Information on the Company and its capital

This chapter includes elements of the Board of Directors’ Corporate Governance Report.

The table of section 7.2.3 (Pending delegations relating to share capital increase and decrease), sections 7.4.1 (Annual Shareholders’ 
Meetings), 7.4.2 (Voting rights), 7.4.8 (Publication of information of Article L. 22-10-11 of the French Commercial Code), and Chapter 
4 constitute the Board of Directors’ Corporate Governance Report prepared in accordance with Article L. 225-37 of the French 
Commercial Code. They are indicated with a special mention.

7.1  Shareholding

7.1.1  Ownership structure

Major Shareholders at 12/31/21(1)

11.0%

2.2%

3.6%

0.3%
5.1%

30.0%

48.4%

  Western Europe
  North America
  Asia Pacific
  Rest of World
  Employee holdings
  Treasury shares
  Other (mainly individual shareholders)

80.9%

7.0%

6.3%

3.6%

2.2%

  Sun Life
  BlackRock, Inc.
  Employees
  Treasury shares
  Public

(1)  Charts lists ownership stakes to the best of the Company’s knowledge.

Three-year summary of changes in capital(2)

At December 31, 2021, the share capital of Schneider Electric was €2,276,133,768, divided into 569,033,442 common shares, to which 
595,320,658 theoretical voting rights are attached. The following table presents, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, changes in  
the distribution of the Company’s share capital and voting rights over the last three years.

Sun Life Financial, Inc.(3)
BlackRock, Inc.
Employees(4)
Treasury shares
Public

Capital 
%

7.0
6.3
3.6
2.2
80.9

Dec. 31, 2021

Number of  

Voting rights  

shares

39,681,766
35,703,751
20,321,627
12,456,882
460,869,416

%

6.8
6.1
6.3
–
80.8

Dec. 31, 2020

Dec. 31, 2019

Number of  

voting rights

Capital 
%

Voting rights
%

Capital
%

Voting rights 
%

39,681,766
35,703,751
36,557,595
–
470,920,335

8.3
6.4
3.7
2.3
79.3

7.9
7.7
6.1
–
78.3

8.5
6.2
3.7
5.3
76.2

8.1
6.0
6.3
–
79.6

TOTAL

100.0

569,033,442

100.0

582,863,776(5)

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

(2)  Table lists ownership stakes that have breached 5% ownership voting rights threshold in the previous three years, to the best of the Company’s knowledge.
(3)  These shares are mainly held by funds managed by MFS Investment Management which is part of Sun Life Financial, Inc.
(4)  The total number of shares held by employees include:

– 8,392,000 shares held by the FCPE Actionnariat (France), corresponding to 1.5% of capital and 2.9% of voting rights,
– 5,102,400 shares held by the FCPE Actionnariat Mondial (International), corresponding to 0.9% of capital and 1.6% of voting rights, and
– 6,827,227 shares held directly by employees, corresponding to 1.2% of capital and 1.8% of voting rights.

(5)  Number of voting rights excluding shares deprived of voting rights.

Disclosure thresholds

To the best of the Company’s knowledge, no shareholders other than Sun Life Financial, Inc. and BlackRock Inc., both listed above, hold, 
either directly or indirectly, more than 5% of Schneider Electric’s capital or voting rights.

Changes in holdings (for stake equal to or greater than 5%)

To the best of the Company’s knowledge, no additional shareholders have made a change in holding during 2021 that crosses 5% threshold 
for either capital or voting rights. 

Control of the Company

At December 31, 2021, to the best of its knowledge, the Company was not controlled and has not been subject to any agreement binding  
on one or more shareholders or any other individual or legal entity, acting alone or in concert, concerning the direct or indirect holding of  
its capital or its control, or for which the implementation thereof might subsequently involve a change in the Company’s control.

Shareholder pacts or agreements involving Schneider Electric shares

The Company has no knowledge of shareholder pacts or agreements, nor of shareholders acting in concert with regard to the shares 
comprising its share capital.

434

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
Chapter 7 – Information on the Company and its capital

Shareholder Information

7.1.2  Employee shareholding

7.1.2.1  Profit-sharing plans

Most of the Group’s French companies have profit-sharing and other profit-based incentive plans. The amounts paid by the Group’s French 
entities over the last five years were:

Profit-based incentive plans and profit-sharing plans (in millions of euros)

2021

57.0

2020

57.0

2019

59.3

2018

66.9

2017

71.7

In 2021, 60% of the total from incentives and profit-sharing was invested in the Schneider Electric shareholder fund and 13% was received 
by employees in cash.

7.1.2.2  The “Schneider Electric” employee shareholding

The Worldwide Employee Share Ownership Plan (WESOP) is one of the Group’s recurring key annual reward programs, offering employees 
across the world an opportunity to become owners of the Company, at preferred conditions.

Through the WESOP, Schneider Electric shares Company value creation with employees, thus aligning both Company and employees’ 
interests. In countries where regulations permit, Schneider Electric offers its employees the opportunity to invest during share capital 
increases reserved for its employees. 

In 2021 the Group reintroduced WESOP in 40 countries, after cancelling 2020 operation due to the COVID-19 crisis. Success has been 
confirmed for this 25th campaign achieving 59% subscription rate; a higher rate than in 2019 at 50%.

On December 31, 2021, Group employees were holding a total of 20.3 million Schneider Electric SE shares either directly, through the 
corporate mutual funds (FCPE), or through Performance Share plans, representing 3.6% of the share capital and 6.3% of the voting rights, 
taking into account double voting rights. 

Voting rights attached to shares held by corporate mutual funds are exercised by the supervisory boards of these corporate mutual funds. 

The Group’s employee shareholders are spread across over 50 countries, as follows: 23% in France, 13% in China, 15% in India, 10% in  
the United States, and 39% elsewhere. Approximately 60% of all employees are shareholders of the Group. 

7.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

435

Chapter 7 – Information on the Company and its capital

7.2  Capital

7.2.1  Share capital and voting rights

The Company’s share capital at December 31, 2021 amounted to EUR 2,276,133,768 represented by 569,033,442 shares with a par value  
of EUR 4, all fully paid up. 595,320,658 voting rights were attached to the 569,033,442 outstanding shares as at December 31, 2021.

7.2.2  Potential capital

At December 31, 2021, the potential capital consisted of:
•  293,071 Performance shares part of which remains subject to the achievement of performance conditions (plans 32, 34, 37bis, 38, 39bis 
and 39ter which delivery either in existing shares or shares to be issued have not been determined yet by the Board). If all Performance 
Shares were vested, this would lead to the issuance of 293,071 shares. Schneider Electric SE capital would be composed of 569,326,513 
ordinary shares i.e. a 0.05% increase of the number of shares as of December 31, 2021; and of

•  3,683,972 OCEANEs. If all OCEANEs were exercised, this would lead to the issuance of 3,683,972 shares. Schneider Electric SE capital 

would be composed of 572,717,414 ordinary shares i.e. a 0.65% increase of the number of shares as of December 31, 2021.

7.2.3  Authorizations to issue and cancel shares

Table summarizing the outstanding delegations relating to share capital increase and 
decreases granted by the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

This table is part of the Board of Directors’ Corporate Governance Report.

Issues with preferential subscription rights

Issuance of ordinary shares or securities giving  
access to share capital of the Company 
(16th resolution of the AGM of April 28, 2021)

Capitalizing additional paid-in capital,  
reserves or earnings other
(21st resolution of the AGM of April 28, 2021)

Issues without preferential subscription rights

Issuance, in cash or in compensation of listed
securities, shares or other securities giving access
immediately or in the future to the capital
(17th resolution of the AGM of April 28, 2021)

Issuance of shares and other securities through  
an offer referred to in Article L. 411-2 1° of
the French Monetary and Financial Code
(18th resolution of the AGM of April 28, 2021)

Issuance of shares and other securities as
consideration for unlisted securities
(20th resolution of the AGM of April 28, 2021)

Maximum 
par value of 
authorized capital

increases  
(in euros) Number of shares

800 million(1) 200,000,000

800 million(1) 200,000,000

Authorization 
date/authorization 
expiration date

Apr. 28, 2021/ 
Jun. 27, 2023

Apr. 28, 2021/ 
Jun. 27, 2023

Use of  
the resolution 
(number of  
shares whose 
issuance has 
been authorized)

Amount available 
(in number of 
shares)

None

200,000,000(3)

None

200,000,000(3)

224 million(1)(2)

56,000,000

Apr. 28, 2021/ 
Jun. 27, 2023

None

56,000,000(3)

120 million(1)

30,000,000

Apr. 28, 2021/ 
Jun. 27, 2023

None

56,000,000

224 million(1)(2)

56,000,000

Apr. 28, 2021/ 
Jun. 27, 2023

None

56,000,000

Overall limits on issuance made  
under the above resolutions

800 million(1) 200,000,000 Apr. 28, 2021/ 
Jun. 27, 2023

None

200,000,000(3)

436

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 7 – Information on the Company and its capital

Maximum 
par value of 
authorized capital

increases  
(in euros) Number of shares

46 million(6)

11,500,000

24 million(4)(6)

6,000,000

46 million(7)

11,584,000

Authorization 
date/authorization 
expiration date

Apr. 28, 2021/ 
Jun. 27, 2023

Apr. 28, 2021/ 
Oct. 27, 2022

Apr. 25, 2019/ 
Jun. 24, 2022

Shareholder Information

Use of  
the resolution 
(number of  
shares whose 
issuance has 
been authorized)

Amount available 
(in number of 
shares)

7,800,000(3)

2,300,000(3)

3,725,241

7,858,759(5)

Employee share issues

Company Savings Plan
(22nd resolution of the AGM of April 28, 2021)

Share issues to promote share ownership among 
employees in foreign companies of the Group
(23rd resolution of the AGM of April 28, 2021)

Free shares or Performance Shares
(21st resolution of the AGM of April 25, 2019)

Maximum amount of the
authorized cancellation
(in euros)

Number of shares

Authorization
date/ authorization
expires

Amount  

available (in
number of shares)

Reduction in capital through cancellation of shares

Cancellation of own shares
(24th resolution of the AGM of April 28, 2021)

224 million per  

56,000,000

24-month period

Apr. 28, 2021/
Apr. 27, 2023

56,000,000

(1)  The overall ceiling for issues is capped at EUR 800 million in aggregate.
(2)  All issuance made without preference right (17th, 18th, and 20th resolutions) are globally limited to EUR 224 million.
(3)  The 20th resolution of the AGM held on April 23, 2020 specifies that any issuance based this resolution will be deducted from the limit set by the 15th resolution of the 
AGM held on April 25, 2019. Using the authorization of the 20th resolution of the AGM held on April 23, 2020 and the delegation of the Board of Directors granted on 
December 14, 2020, 550,918 shares were issued in 2021 for French employees participating in a company savings plan. At its meeting of December 15, 2021, the 
Board of Directors authorized capital increases within a limit of 3.7 million shares, i.e. 0.65% of the capital.

(4)  Issuances of shares reserved for employees in non-French subsidiaries will be deducted from the ceiling for capital increases reserved for employees participating  

7.

in a company savings plan.

(5)  At the Board of Directors’ meeting of March 24, 2020, 2,113,740 shares were granted under the 2020 Long-term incentive plan. At the Board of Directors’ meeting  

of October 21, 2020, 103,051 shares were granted under the 2020 Long-term incentive plan. At the Board of Directors’ meeting of March 25, 2021, 1,475,368 shares 
were granted under the 2021 Long-term incentive plan. At the Board of Directors’ meeting of October 26, 2021, 33,082 shares were granted under the 2021 Long-term 
incentive plan.

(6)  On the date of the 2021 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, the share capital was EUR 2,268 million.
(7)  On the date of the 2019 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, the share capital was EUR 2,317 million.

7.2.4  Three-year summary of changes in capital

The following table shows changes in Schneider Electric SE’s share capital and additional paid-in-capital since December 31, 2018 through 
capital increases/decreases and the exercise of stock options:

Capital as of Dec. 31, 2018(1)
Employee share issue
Exercise of stock options and Performance Shares issued

Capital as of Dec. 31, 2019(2)
Decrease in capital
Performance Shares issued

Capital as of Dec. 31, 2020(3)
Employee share issue
Performance Shares issued

CAPITAL AS OF DEC. 31, 2021(4)

Number of shares issued 
or cancelled

Cumulative number  

Total amount  

of shares

of the capital (in EUR)

579,168,769

2,316,675,076

2,676,018
223,768

15,000,000
–

1,964,887
–

582,068,555

2,328,274,220

567,068,555

2,268,274,220

569,033,442

2,276,133,768

(1)  Decrease in share capital (EUR 71 million) and in additional paid-in-capital (EUR 2,171 million).
(2)  Increase in share capital (EUR 11.6 million), increase in additional paid-in-capital (EUR 156.2 million).
(3)  Decrease in share capital (EUR 60 million) and in additional paid-in-capital (EUR 929.4 million).
(4)  Increase in share capital (EUR 7.86 million) and in additional paid-in-capital (EUR 208.6 million).

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

437

Chapter 7 – Information on the Company and its capital

7.2  Capital

7.2.5  Share buybacks

7.2.5.1  Current share buyback program

We remind you that on February 14, 2019 Schneider Electric initiated a new EUR 1.5 billion to EUR 2.0 billion share buyback program over 
the period 2019 – 2021. The program has been launched under the 15th resolution approved at the 2018 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting and 
pursued under the 14th, 17th, and 15th resolutions approved respectively at the 2019, 2020, and 2021 Annual Shareholders’ Meetings. These 
buybacks were part of a policy to neutralize the dilution resulting from capital increases reserved for employees or from Long-term Incentive 
Plans. All the shares acquired by the Company as part of the share buyback program are held to cover Long-term Incentive Plans.

At the beginning of 2021, due to the economic uncertainty, and considering the on-going acquisitions, the share buyback program 
remained on-hold after its suspension due to the COVID-19 crisis in 2020. The share buyback program re-started at the end of July 
2021 with the time frame for completion extended by 12 months, to run until the end of 2022. Since the beginning of the program in 
2019, a total of €577,499,243 of share buyback corresponding to 5,941,783 shares bought back by the Company had been completed 
including €261,659,633 of share buyback in 2021 corresponding to 1,809,054 shares bought back by the Company pursuant to the last 
authorizations.

7.2.5.2  Share buyback program to be submitted to the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting  
of May 5, 2022

Details of this share buyback program are as follows:

Number of shares and percentage of share capital held  
directly and indirectly by Schneider Electric SE*

•  own shares: 12,455,824 shares, i.e. 2.19% of share capital
• 
• 

treasury shares: 1,058 shares
total: 12,456,882 shares, i.e. 2.19% of share capital

Overview of purposes for which shares have been held*

• 

for all own shares* held: allocation of Performance Shares

Share buyback program objectives

•  allotment to employees or Corporate Officers as a long-term 

compensation tool

•  delivery as a result of the exercise of rights attached to securities 

giving access to the Company’s capital

•  cancellation
•  delivery in connection with external growth operations
•  disposal in the course of a share management agreement

Maximum number of shares that may be acquired

•  10% of the issued share capital at any moment:

– 

 on the basis of the issued share capital*: 56,903,344  
Schneider Electric SE shares with a nominal value of €4 

−  taking into account treasury stock and own shares*:  

44,446,462 shares or 7.80%

Maximum purchase price and maximum aggregate amount  
of share purchases

• 

the maximum purchase price is set at €250 per share,  
i.e. €14,225,836,000

Duration of the buyback program

•  18 months maximum, expiring on November 4, 2023

Transactions carried out pursuant to the program authorized  
by the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting 2021 between April 29,  
2021 and February 16, 2022

•  Number of shares acquired: 1,809,954 
•  Average purchase price: €144.64 
•  Number of shares transferred: 27,287 
•  Average transfer price: €61.01 

* As of January 31, 2022.

7.2.6  Pledge

Pledges on Schneider Electric SE shares

391,184 shares are pledged.

Pledges on subsidiaries’ shares

Schneider Electric SE has not pledged any shares in significant subsidiaries.

438

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
Chapter 7 – Information on the Company and its capital

Shareholder Information

7.3  General information on the Company

As a European Company (Societas Europaea) with a Board of Directors (since June 18, 2014), domiciled in France, Schneider Electric SE  
is governed by European Council Regulation (EC) No. 2157/2001 of October 8, 2001, governing the status of European Companies (“SE
Regulation”). Issues not covered by the SE Regulation are governed by the provisions of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) 
applicable to limited-liability companies (société anonyme), as well as by their Articles of Association. The provisions of the French 
Commercial Code regarding the management and governance of limited-liability companies are applicable to the European Company.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s share capital was EUR 2,276,133,768. Its head office is located at 35, rue Joseph Monier, 92500 
Rueil-Malmaison, France, telephone: +33 (0)1 41 29 70 00.

Schneider Electric SE is registered with the commercial court registry of Nanterre under No. 542 048 574, APE code (principal activity code) 
7010Z, Legal Entity Identifier (LEI) 969500A1YF1XUYYXS284.

The Company was incorporated in 1871. It is due to expire on July 1, 2031. It was first called Spie Batignolles, then changed its name to 
Schneider SA when it merged with Schneider SA in 1995, and then to Schneider Electric SA in May 1999, before becoming Schneider 
Electric SE in 2014.

As stated in Article 2 of its Articles of Association, the Company has the following corporate purpose, directly or indirectly, in any form,  
in France and in all other countries:
(i)     the design, development, and sale of products, equipment, and solutions related to the metering, management, and use of energy  

in all its forms and delivering reliability, efficiency, and productivity, in particular through engaging in, whether by creating, acquiring,  
or otherwise, all activities related to:

electrical equipment manufacturing, electrical distribution, and secured power supply,
building control, automation, and safety,
industrial control and automation, including software,

  − 
  − 
  − 
  −  management of all types of data centers, networks, equipment, and other infrastructure;

7.

(ii)   the acquisition, purchase, sale, and use of any intellectual and/or industrial property rights relative to these industries; and
(iii)   involvement, in any way, in any enterprise, company, or consortium, whatever the type, undertaking activities related to the Company’s 
business or such as to encourage its industry and commerce, and, more generally, all industrial, commercial, and financial, asset and 
real estate operations related directly or indirectly in any way to the above objective.

The Company may enter into any transactions that fall within the scope of its objectives either alone for its own account or on behalf of third 
parties, either by having an interest in, or by the purchase, subscription, contribution, or exchange of company shares, partnership shares and 
the purchase of any company, irrespective of type, in pursuance of a similar or related purpose, or that promote its expansion or development.

The Articles of Association, minutes of Annual Shareholders’ Meetings, statutory auditors’ reports and other legal documents concerning  
the Company are available for consultation at the Company’s head office (office of the Secretary to the Board of Directors) located at  
35, rue Joseph Monier, 92500 Rueil-Malmaison, France.

The Articles of Association, regulated information, registration documents, sustainable development reports, notice of the Shareholders’ 
Meeting, and other documents are also available on the Company’s website (www.se.com).

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

439

 
 
 
 
Chapter 7 – Information on the Company and its capital

7.4  Shareholders’ rights and obligations

7.4.1  Annual Shareholders’ Meetings (Article 19 of the Articles  
of Association)

This section is part of the Board of Directors’ Corporate Governance Report.

Annual Shareholders’ Meetings are called and run in accordance with the conditions prescribed by law.

The meetings are held at the head office or any other address provided in the call to meeting. The Board may decide, when each meeting  
is called, to organize the public transmission of all or part of the meeting by video conference and/or using teletransmission techniques.

All shareholders may attend meetings, in person or by proxy, after providing proof of identity and share ownership in accordance with 
applicable laws and regulations.

When the decision is made to call an Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, the Board of Directors may also decide to allow shareholders to 
participate or vote at Annual Shareholders’ Meetings using video conferencing facilities and/or any other telecommunication medium 
allowed under applicable legislation.

Remote voting procedures are governed by the applicable laws and regulations. In particular, shareholders may send proxy and mail 
ballot forms before Annual Shareholders’ Meetings either in paper form or, if approved by the Board of Directors and stated in the meeting 
announcement and/or notice, electronically.

When the decision is made to call an Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, the Board of Directors may authorize shareholders to fill out and sign 
these forms electronically through a secure site set up by the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting organizer using a process that complies with 
applicable laws and regulations (Paragraph 2 of Article 1367 of the French Civil Code) and consisting of a username and password.

Proxies or votes so submitted electronically before the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, as well as the related acknowledgments of receipt, 
will be considered irrevocable and binding documents. However, in the event that shares are sold before the applicable record date 
(midnight Paris time two business days before the meeting date), the Company will cancel or amend, as appropriate, any related proxy  
or electronic votes submitted before the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting.

Meetings shall be chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or in his absence by the Vice-Chairman, or in his absence by  
a member of the Board of Directors specially appointed for that purpose by the Board of Directors. In the event that no chairman has  
been selected, the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting elects its chairman.

The two shareholders present who hold the largest number of votes and who accept shall act as scrutineers. The Board appoints  
a secretary, who is not required to be a shareholder.

As required by law, a register of attendance is kept.

Copies or extracts of the meeting’s minutes are certified either by the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the  
Annual Shareholders’ Meeting’s secretary.

7.4.2  Voting rights

This section is part of the Board of Directors’ Corporate Governance Report.

7.4.2.1  Double voting rights (Article 20 of the Articles of Association)

Voting rights attached to shares are proportionate to the equity in the capital they represent, assuming that they all have the same nominal 
value. Each capital share or dividend share confers the right to one vote except where compulsory legal provisions limit the number of votes 
a shareholder may have. Notwithstanding the foregoing, double voting rights are attributed to fully paid-up shares registered in the name of 
the same holder for at least two years prior to the end of the calendar year preceding that in which the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting takes 
place, subject to compliance with the provisions of the law. In the case of a bonus share issue paid up by capitalizing reserves, earnings, or 
additional issue premiums, each bonus share allotted in respect of shares carrying double voting rights will also have double voting rights.

The shares are stripped of their double voting rights if they are converted into bearer shares or transferred, except in the case of the transfer 
from one registered holder to another as part of an inheritance or family gift.

Double voting rights may also be stripped by a decision of the Extraordinary Annual Shareholders’ Meeting after ratification by a Special 
Shareholders’ Meeting of beneficiaries benefiting from double voting rights.

The minimum holding period to qualify for double voting rights was reduced from four to two years by decision of the Ordinary and 
Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meeting of June 27, 1995.

440

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 7 – Information on the Company and its capital

Shareholder Information

7.4.2.2  Ceiling on voting rights (Article 20 of the Articles of Association)

At the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, no shareholder may exercise, either in person or through a proxy, by virtue of single voting rights 
conferred by the shares they hold directly and indirectly and by virtue of the proxy votes entrusted to them, more than 10% of the total 
number of the voting rights conferred by shares in the Company. However, if a shareholder also holds double voting rights directly or 
indirectly and/or as proxy, the limit set may be exceeded taking into consideration only the resulting additional voting rights, without the  
total voting rights thereby held exceeding 15% of the total number of the voting rights conferred by the shares in the Company.

To apply these provisions:
• 

• 

the total number of voting rights allowed are calculated as of the date of the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting and announced to the 
shareholders at the beginning of such Annual Shareholders’ Meeting;
the number of voting rights held directly and indirectly are understood to include those conferred by shares held personally by a 
shareholder, those conferred by shares held by a legal entity controlled by a shareholder as defined by Article L. 233-3 of the French 
Commercial Code, and those shares that are assimilated to the shares owned, as defined by the provisions of Articles L. 233-7 et seq.  
of the Code; and

•  shareholders’ proxies returned to the Company that do not appoint a representative are subject to the above ceilings. However, these 

ceilings do not apply to the meeting chairman voting on behalf of such proxies.

The above ceilings will no longer apply, without it being necessary to put the matter to the vote again by the Extraordinary Shareholders’ 
Meeting, if any individual or legal entity, acting alone or jointly with one or other individuals or legal entities, acquires or increases its stake  
to at least two-thirds of the Company’s capital through a public tender offer for all the Company’s shares. The Board of Directors takes note 
of this nullity and undertakes the formalities necessary to amend the Articles of Association. The ceiling on voting rights was approved by 
the Ordinary and Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meetings of June 27, 1995.

In accordance with Article L. 225-96, Paragraph 1 of the French Commercial Code, any amendment to the Articles of Association must be 
approved by the Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meeting, by a majority of at least two-thirds of the voting rights represented by shareholders  
in attendance or participating by proxy.

7.

7.4.3  Allocation of income (Article 22 of the Articles of Association)

Net income for the year less any losses brought forward from prior years is appropriated in the following order:
•  5% to the legal reserve (this appropriation is no longer required once the legal reserve represents one-tenth of the capital, provided  

that further appropriations are made in the case of a capital increase);
to discretionary reserves, if appropriate, and to retained earnings; and
to the payment of the balance in the form of a dividend.

• 
• 

The Shareholders’ Meeting may decide to offer shareholders the opportunity to receive the dividend in cash or in the form of new shares. 
Dividends not claimed within five years from the date of payment are forfeited and paid to the government, in accordance with the law.

7.4.4  Holding of shares (Article 7 Paragraph 1 of the Articles  
of Association)

Shareholders may elect to hold their shares in registered or bearer form. To establish proof of ownership, the shares must be recorded in  
the shareholder’s account in accordance with the procedures and conditions defined by current legislation and regulations.

7.4.5  Disclosure thresholds (Article 7 Paragraph 2 of the Articles  
of Association)

The Articles of Association stipulate that any individual or legal entity that owns or controls (as these terms are defined in Article L. 233-9 of 
the French Commercial Code) directly or indirectly, shares or voting rights representing at least 1% of the total number of shares or voting 
rights outstanding, or a multiple thereof, is required to disclose the total number of shares, voting rights and share equivalents held directly, 
indirectly or in concert to the Company by registered letter with return receipt requested, within five trading days of the disclosure threshold 
being crossed. In addition, effective November 1, 2009 the shareholder must notify the Company, in the disclosure letter, the number of 
existing shares it is entitled to acquire by virtue of agreements or financial instruments referred to in point b) of the third paragraph of Article 
L. 233-7 of the French Commercial Code and of the number of existing shares covered by any agreement or financial instrument referred to 
in point c) of said paragraph. Shareholders are also required to notify the Company if the number of shares or voting rights held falls below 
one of the thresholds defined above. In the case of failure to comply with these disclosure obligations, the shares in excess of the disclosure 
threshold will be stripped of voting rights at the request of one or several shareholders owning at least 2.5% of the share capital, subject
to compliance with the relevant provisions of the law. These provisions are from the Ordinary and Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meetings  
of June 27, 1995, May 5, 2000, and April 23, 2009.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

441

Chapter 7 – Information on the Company and its capital

7.4 Shareholders’ rights and obligations

7.4.6  Identifiable holders of bearer shares (Article 7 Paragraph 3  
of the Articles of Association)

The Company may at any time request Euroclear to identify holders of bearer securities conferring immediate or future voting rights.  
This provision was adopted by the Ordinary and Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meetings of June 30, 1988 and May 5, 2000.

7.4.7  Disposal of shares (Article 8 of the Articles of Association)

Shares in the Company are freely negotiable and transferable.

7.4.8  Publication of information of Article L. 22-10-11 of the  
French Commercial Code

This section is part of the Board of Directors’ Corporate Governance Report.

Items that could have an impact in the event of a public tender offer include:
•  agreements calling for payments to the Chairman & Chief Executive Officer (see section 4.2.3.1 of the Universal Registration Document) 

or to employees if they resign or are terminated without real cause or if their employment ends due to a public tender offer;

•  certain financing arrangements with conditional provisions of anticipated reimbursement or cancellation in the event of change of control. 
Under these provisions, the debt holders may request for repayment or cancellation if a shareholder or shareholders acting together hold 
more than 50% of the Company’s shares. As of December 31, 2021, back-up facilities with this type of condition amount EUR 2.5 billion, 
fully undrawn. Bonds include such a change of control event if the change of control triggers a down grading of the Company’s rating.  
As of December 31, 2021, EUR 8.3 billion of bonds were subject to this type of conditions; and

•  statutory restrictions in the Articles of Association on the exercise of voting rights (see section 7.4.2 of this Chapter of the Universal 

Registration Document) relating to the non-application of the ceiling on voting rights when a public tender offer is successfully completed.

442

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 7 – Information on the Company and its capital

Shareholder Information

7.5  Stock market data

In France, Schneider Electric is listed on Euronext Paris (sub-fund A), where it is traded on a per-share basis under ISIN code 
FR0000121972. Schneider Electric SE shares are included on the CAC 40 index established by Euronext.

18-month trading data in Paris

Year

2020

2021

2022

Number of 
securities traded 
(in thousands  

of shares)

Value  
(in millions of 
euros)

26,036
18,138
25,932
22,107
28,820
21,589

21,484
22,131
24,085
16,660
17,862
18,472
17,368
16,446
20,232
18,274
19,723
16,898
229,635

22,112

2,584
1,880
2,726
2,369
3,364
2,501

2,665
2,778
3,029
2,250
2,314
2,453
2,368
2,471
3,048
2,608
3,066
2,787
31,837

3,547

Month

July
August
September
October
November
December

January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Total 2021

January

High(1)

104.70
108.20
108.90
111.75
121.80
121.15

128.15
130.70
130.50
140.62
135.36
137.32
143.10
155.38
159.30
150.94
163.44
173.78
173.78

178.78

Low(1)

trading sessions

Number of  

95.34
98.26
100.65
101.25
104.20
112.25

119.10
121.60
121.40
129.82
124.42
129.36
130.48
139.56
142.10
136.30
148.44
157.22
119.10

144.82

23
21
22
22
21
22

20
20
23
20
21
22
22
22
22
21
22
23
258

21

7.

(1)  Data corresponds to trading volumes on NYSE Euronext.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

443

Chapter 7 – Information on the Company and its capital

7.5  Stock market data

Five-year trading summary

Average daily trading volume on the Paris stock exchanges 
(NYSE Euronext):
•  Number of shares (in thousands)
• 

in millions of euros

High and low share prices (in euros)
•  high
• 
low
Year-end closing price (in euros)
Yield (%)

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

890.06
123.40

1,426.11
134.90

1,347.22
100.98

1,608.40
110.98

1,317.91
91.37

173.78
119.10
172.46
1.68

121.80
61.72
118.30
2.20

94.58
57.58
91.50
2.79

78.56
57.54
59.72
3.94

75.94
63.36
70.86
3.10

The Schneider Electric SE share results versus the CAC 40 index (rebased) over five years

Schneider Electric

CAC 40

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40
Jan 2017

Monep

Jan 2018

Jan 2019

Jan 2020

Jan 2021

Dec 2021

Schneider Electric SE shares have been traded on the MONEP market since December 20, 1996.

Ordinary bonds

The information is disclosed in note 9 of the company financial statements (pages 420 and 421).

444

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 7 – Information on the Company and its capital

Shareholder Information

7.6  Investor relations

7.6.1  Person responsible for financial information

Hilary Maxson
Chief Financial Officer
35, rue Joseph Monier – CS 30323
92506 Rueil-Malmaison Cedex (France)
Tel: +33 (0)1 41 29 71 34

7.6.2  Contacts

Any information or document may be requested from:
Amit Bhalla – Head of Investor Relations

For institutional investors and financial analysts:  
Tel: +44 (0)20 7592 8747

For individual investors:
•  email: actionnaires@se.com or via the contact form available on institutional website www.se.com.

7.6.3  Shareholders’ Advisory Committee

7.

The Committee is the voice of Schneider Electric’s individual shareholders. The Committee consists of eight to ten independent volunteers 
appointed by Schneider Electric.

The Shareholders’ Advisory Committee meets three to four times a year to discuss various topics with a strong emphasis on the Company’s 
strategy towards individual shareholders (enhancing communication material and defining dedicated events). The Committee also plays a 
role in the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting as one of its members opens the Q&A session with the Chairman & CEO.

Shareholder documents

the annual report;

The Company provides the following documents to its shareholders:
• 
•  newsletters to shareholders; and
• 

information on financial results, corporate governance and strategic updates through specific press releases, videos, and presentations 
available in a dedicated section on the corporate website: www.se.com.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

445

Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting
Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

We are advocates of open standards and partnership 
ecosystems to unleash infinite possibilities of a global, 
innovative community that is passionate about 
our shared Meaningful Purpose, Inclusive and 
Empowered values.

446

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Shareholder Information

Meeting8

Annual  
Shareholders’  

8.1  Explanatory comments & draft 

resolutions submitted to the  
Annual Shareholders’ Meeting 

8.1.1  Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting 

8.1.2  Extraordinary Meeting 

8.2  Statutory Auditors’  
special reports 

8.2.1  Statutory Auditors’ report on the authorization  

to grant free shares existing or to be issued 

8.2.2  Statutory auditors’ report on the issuance of shares  

or securities giving access to capital reserved for  
members of a company savings plan 

8.2.3  Statutory Auditors’ report on the issuance of shares  
or securities reserved for a category of beneficiaries  
with cancellation of preferential subscription rights 

448

449

456

468

468

469

470

8.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

447

Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

8.1 Explanatory comments & draft resolutions 
submitted to the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

This section presents the draft resolutions that will be submitted to 
the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting of the Company that will be
convened on May 5, 2022 and the report of the Board of Directors 
(explanatory comments) for those resolutions. The Board of 
Directors’ report and the draft resolutions are the one approved by 
the Board of Directors in its meeting of February 16, 2022. They
may be subject to further amendments in the final Notice of Meeting 
to be published in the BALO official journal, where necessary, in 
order to take into account subsequent decisions of the Board of 
Directors.

Agenda

ORDINARY SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING:

Resolution 1
Approval of statutory financial statements for the 2021 fiscal year

Resolution 2
Approval of consolidated financial statements for the 2021  
fiscal year

Resolution 3
Appropriation of profit for the fiscal year and setting the dividend

Resolution 4
Approval of regulated agreements governed by Article L. 225-38  
et seq. of the French Commercial Code

Resolution 5
Reappointment of Mazars as statutory auditor; no reappointment 
and no replacement of Mr. Thierry Blanchetier as substitute 
statutory auditor

Resolution 6
Appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit as statutory 
auditor; no reappointment and no replacement of Auditex as 
substitute statutory auditor

Resolution 7
Approval of the information on the Directors’ and the Corporate 
officer’s compensation paid or granted for the fiscal year ending 
December 31, 2021 mentioned in Article L. 22-10-9 of the French 
Commercial Code

Resolution 8
Approval of the components of the total compensation and benefits 
of all types paid during the 2021 fiscal year or awarded in respect 
of the said fiscal year to Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire

Resolution 9
Approval of the Corporate Officer (Chairman and Chief executive 
officer)’s compensation policy

Resolution 10
Approval of the Directors’ compensation policy

Resolution 11
Renewal of the term of office of Mrs. Linda Knoll
Resolution 12
Renewal of the term of office of Mr. Anders Runevad

Resolution 13
Appointment of Mrs. Nivedita Krishnamurthy (Nive) Bhagat  
as a Director

Resolution 14
Authorization granted to the Board of Directors to buy back 
Company shares

EXTRAORDINARY SHAREHOLDERS’ 
MEETING:

Resolution 15
Authorization granted to the Board of Directors to freely allocate 
shares to the employees or to a category of employees and/or 
the Corporate Officers of the Company or of companies affiliated 
therewith as part of the Long-Term Incentive Plan up to a limit of  
2% of the share capital

Resolution 16
Delegation of authority to the Board of Directors to undertake 
capital increases reserved for participants in a company savings 
plan without shareholders’ preferential subscription right

Resolution 17
Delegation of authority to the Board of Directors to undertake 
capital increases reserved for employees of certain non-French 
subsidiaries of the Group, directly or via entities acting to offer 
those employees benefits comparable to those offered to 
participants in a company savings plan without shareholders’ 
preferential subscription right

Resolution 18
Review and approval of the plan to merge IGE+XAO into 
Schneider Electric

Resolution 19
Powers for formalities

448

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Shareholder Information

8.1.1 Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting

1st, 2nd, and 3rd resolutions: Approval of annual financial statements and setting  
the distribution

Explanatory statement
Under the 1st and the 2nd resolutions, shareholders are invited to approve:
• 
• 

the statutory financial statements of Schneider Electric SE for the year 2021 which show a profit of €1,498,235,274.60; and
the consolidated financial statements for the year 2021 which show a net income for the Group of €3,204 million.

The activity and the results for the 2021 fiscal year are presented in the 2021 Universal Registration Document as well as in the Notice 
of meeting available on the Company’s website.

Under the 3rd resolution, we recommend a distribution of €2.90 per share, representing a distribution rate of 47% of the Group’s net 
adjusted income and an estimated total distribution of €1,614,075,092.20(1) (based on the number of shares ranking for dividends at 
December 31, 2021). No dividend will be paid on treasury shares held by the Company on the payment date. This distribution will be 
paid out of the distributable earnings amounting to €1,943,015,112.95. The proposed dividend is an integral part of Schneider Electric’s 
policy to reward shareholders over the long term. It represents an increase of 11.5 % versus last year (and of more than 70% since 
2012).

The distribution will be paid according to the following schedule:
•  Dividend ex-date: 
May 17, 2022
May 18, 2022
•  Record date: 
•  Dividend payment date:  May 19, 2022

For individual beneficiaries who are tax resident in France, the dividend is subject upon payment to a social security tax of 17.2%  
and, in principle, to a mandatory non-definitive levy of 12.8%. This tax is levied at source and is computed on the gross amount of  
the dividend.

8.

For its taxation in 2023, this dividend will fully be eligible for the 40% tax rebate referred to in Article 158.3.2° of the French Tax Code 
where an express, global, and irrevocable election is made for taxation under the progressive scale of personal income tax. Where this 
option is not made, the dividend will be taxed at a final flat-rate income 12.8% and will not be eligible for this 40% rebate. In both cases, 
the levy of 12.8% borne at the time of the payment of the dividend is deducted from the individual income tax due.

Text of the first resolution
(Approval of statutory financial statements for the 2021 fiscal year)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for ordinary meetings, having heard the Board  
of Directors’ report and the statutory auditors’ report, approves the statutory financial statements for the 2021 fiscal year as presented,  
as well as the transactions reflected in these statements or summarized in these reports showing a net profit of €1,498,235,274.60.

In addition, pursuant to Article 223 quater of the French Tax Code (Code général des impôts), the Shareholders’ Meeting approves the  
value of expenses and charges non-deductible from taxable result liable to corporate income tax and amounting to €2,508.02 as well  
as the theoretical tax borne as a result of these charges amounting to €666.89.

Text of the second resolution
(Approval of consolidated financial statements for the 2021 fiscal year)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for ordinary meetings, having heard the Board  
of Directors’ report and the statutory auditors’ report, approves the consolidated statements for the 2021 fiscal year as presented, as well  
as the transactions reflected in these statements or summarized in these reports.

Text of the third resolution
(Appropriation of profit for the financial year and setting the dividend)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for ordinary meetings, having noted that the 
Company’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 closed with a net profit of €1,498,235,274.60 and, considering the retained earnings 
amounted to €444,779,838.35, the distributable earnings amounted to €1,943,015,112.95, upon proposal of the Board of Directors, decides:
• 

the distribution to the shareholders of a dividend of €2.90 per share, i.e., €1,614,075,092.20(1) on the basis of the number of shares 
ranking for dividends at December 31, 2021 paid from the distributable earnings; and
the allocation of the balance of the distributable earnings after distribution to the retained earnings.

• 

(1)  This amount is calculated based on the number of shares ranking for dividends at December 31, 2021 and could therefore change if this number varies between 

January 1, 2022 and the ex-dividend date.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

449

 
Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

8.1  Explanatory comments & draft resolutions submitted to the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

The ex-dividend date will be May 17, 2022 and the dividend will be payable from May 19, 2022. If, at the time of payment of the dividend,  
the number of treasury shares held by the Company has changed compared to that held on December 31, 2021, the fraction of the dividend 
relating to this variation will either increase or reduce retained earnings.

For individual beneficiaries who are tax resident in France, the dividend is subject upon payment to a social security tax of 17.2% and, in 
principle, to a mandatory non-definitive levy of 12.8%. This tax is levied at source and is computed on the gross amount of the dividend.

For its taxation in 2023, this dividend will fully be eligible for the 40% tax rebate referred to in Article 158.3.2° of the French Tax Code where 
an express, global, and irrevocable election is made for taxation under the progressive scale of personal income tax. Where this option is 
not made, the dividend will be taxed at a final flat-rate income 12.8% and will not be eligible for this 40% rebate. In both cases, the levy of 
12.8% borne at the time of the payment of the dividend is deducted from the individual income tax due.

Dividends/coupons paid by Schneider Electric SE for the three most recent fiscal years are as follows:

Net dividend paid per share (in euros)

2018

2.35

2019

2.55

2020

2.60

4th resolution: Regulated agreements

Explanatory statement
In the 4th resolution, you are invited to take due note of the absence of any new regulated agreement concluded during the fiscal year 
ending December 31, 2021.

Text of the fourth resolution
(Approval of regulated agreements governed by Article L. 225-38 et seq. of the French Commercial Code)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for ordinary meetings, and having considered 
the statutory auditors’ special report on related party agreements referred to in Article L. 225-38 of the French Commercial Code, approves 
this report in all its provisions and notes that no new agreement has been concluded during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021.

5th and 6th resolutions: Appointment of a new board of statutory auditors

Explanatory statement
The current board of statutory auditors is composed as follows:
•  Mazars has been appointed statutory auditor of the Company for the first time on May 6, 2004 and lastly renewed on April 25, 2016 

for a 6-year term which expires at the closing of this Shareholders’ Meeting;

•  Ernst & Young et Autres has been appointed statutory auditor of the Company for the first time on June 25, 1992 and lastly renewed on 

April 25, 2016 for a 6-year term which expires at the closing of this Shareholders’ Meeting and cannot be renewed according to applicable 
regulations.

The terms of office of Auditex and Mr. Thierry Blanchetier, as substitute statutory auditors, also expire at the closing of this 
Shareholders’ Meeting.

In order to ensure that the high-quality audit of the Group is maintained through the implementation of a tailored transition plan between 
the former and new board of statutory auditors, the Audit & Risks Committee of Schneider Electric SE has decided to proceed with the 
selection of the new board of statutory auditors whose terms will start at the closing of the 2022 Shareholders’ Meeting.

The situation of your statutory auditors has been carefully examined by the Audit & Risks Committee, in particular with regard to  
the quality of work carried out; the regular rotation of the two firms in the Group’s entities; and robust quality control procedures.  
The selection process carried out by the Audit & Risks Committee led to the recommendation to the Board of Directors:
• 

to renew the term of office of Mazars as statutory auditor considering the quality and efficiency of Mazars’s contribution, especially  
on a technical level, which is highly appreciated both inside and outside the Company, and of its in-depth knowledge of the Group; and
to appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit (in replacement of Ernst & Young et Autres), whose teams have demonstrated, through a 
competitive process, their capacity to undertake the audit of the accounts of Schneider Electric’s Group according to international  
best practices.

• 

450

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Shareholder Information

Therefore, the Board of Directors decided to propose to the 2022 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting the appointment for a 6-year term of 
a new board of external auditors composed of Mazars and PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit in replacement of Ernst & Young et Autres 
whose term will end at that date.

Regarding the substitute statutory auditors, pursuant to Article L. 823-1 of the French Commercial Code, it is no longer required
for Schneider Electric SE to have substitute statutory auditors. Therefore, it is proposed that you decide to neither renew nor replace 
Auditex and Mr. Thierry Blanchetier.

Under the 5th resolution, you are invited to renew Mazars, statutory auditor, for a six-year (6) term, acknowledge the term of office of 
Mr. Thierry Blanchetier, substitute auditor, at the closing of this Annual Shareholders’ Meeting and decide not to renew nor replace him.

Under the 6th resolution, you are invited to acknowledge the term of office of Ernst & Young et Autres, statutory auditor, at the closing  
of this Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, and decide not to renew it and to appoint in replacement PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit for a 
six-year (6) term. You are also invited under this resolution to acknowledge the term of office of Auditex, substitute statutory auditor,  
at the closing of this Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, and decide not to renew nor replace it.

Text of the fifth resolution
(Reappointment of Mazars as statutory auditor; no reappointment and no replacement of  
Mr. Thierry Blanchetier as substitute statutory auditor)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for ordinary meetings, having taken note that the
term of office of Mazars, statutory auditor, expires at the closing of this Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, decides to renew it for a six-year (6) term 
expiring at the closing of the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be held in 2028 to approve the financial statements for the 2027 fiscal year.

The statutory auditor has indicated in advance to the Company that it would accept this term of office.

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for ordinary meetings, having taken note that the
term of office of Mr. Thierry Blanchetier, substitute statutory auditor, expires at the closing of this Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, decides not 
to renew nor to replace him, in accordance with the option provided for by Article L. 823-1 of the French Commercial Code.

8.

Text of the sixth resolution
(Appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit as statutory auditor; no reappointment and  
no replacement of Auditex as substitute statutory auditor)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for ordinary meetings, having taken note that the
term of office of Ernst & Young et Autres, statutory auditor, expires at the closing of this Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, decides not to renew 
it and to appoint in replacement PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit for a six-year (6) term expiring at the closing of the Annual Shareholders’ 
Meeting to be held in 2028 to approve the financial statements for the 2027 fiscal year.

The statutory auditor has indicated in advance to the Company that it would accept this term of office.

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for ordinary meetings, having taken note that the
term of office of Auditex, substitute statutory auditor, expires at the closing of this Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, decides not to renew nor to 
replace it, in accordance with the option provided for by Article L. 823-1 of the French Commercial Code.

7th and 8th resolutions: Approval of the information on the Directors’ and the  
Corporate Officer’s compensation paid or granted for 2021 (Say on pay ex-post)

Explanatory statement
Under the 7th resolution, in pursuance of Article L. 22-10-34 I of the French Commercial Code, you are invited to approve the 
information listed in Article L. 22-10-9 of the French Commercial Code relating to the compensation of Directors and the Corporate 
Officer that are presented to you in the corporate governance report referred to in Article L. 225-37 of the French Commercial Code.
You will find all this information set out in detail in section 4.2.2 of Chapter 4 of the 2021 Universal Registration Document and in section 
2.2.2 of the Notice of meeting.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

451

 
Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

8.1  Explanatory comments & draft resolutions submitted to the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Under the 8th resolution, in pursuance of Article L. 22-10-34 II of the French Commercial Code, you are asked to approve fixed, 
variable and exceptional components of the total compensation and benefits of all types paid during the last fiscal year or awarded  
in respect of the said year, to the Chairman & CEO, Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire. They have been paid or awarded in accordance with 
the compensation policy approved by the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting of April 28, 2021. These components are detailed in section 
4.2.2.2 of Chapter 4 of the 2021 Universal Registration Document and in section 2.2.2.1 of the Notice of meeting.

Text of the seventh resolution
(Approval of the information on the Directors’ and the Corporate officer’s compensation paid  
or granted for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 mentioned in Article L. 22-10-9 of the  
French Commercial Code)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for ordinary meetings and reviewed the 
corporate governance report referred to in Article L. 225-37 of the French Commercial Code, approves, in pursuance of Article L. 22-10-
34 I of the said Code, the information mentioned in Article L. 22-10-9 I of the French Commercial Code as stated in the 2021 Universal 
Registration Document, Chapter 4, Section 4.2.2.

Text of the eighth resolution
(Approval of the components of the total compensation and benefits of all types paid during the 2021 
fiscal year or awarded in respect of the said fiscal year to Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for ordinary meetings and reviewed the 
corporate governance report referred to in Article L. 225-37 of the French Commercial Code, approves, in pursuance of Article L. 22-10-34 
II of the said Code, the fixed, variable, and exceptional components of the total compensation and benefits of all types paid during the 2021 
financial year or awarded in respect of the 2021 fiscal year to the Chairman & Chief executive officer, Mr. Jean-Pascal Tricoire as stated in 
the 2021 Universal Registration Document, Chapter 4, Section 4.2.2.2.

9th and 10th resolutions: Approval of the 2022 compensation policy applicable  
to Directors and the Corporate Officer (Say on pay ex-ante)

Explanatory statement
Under the 9th resolution, in pursuance of Article L. 22-10-8 II of the French Commercial Code, shareholders are invited to approve the 
compensation policy for the Corporate officer, the Chairman & CEO. This policy as well as the manner in which it serves the corporate 
interest, supports the Company strategy, and contributes to the sustainability of the Company are presented in section 4.2.3.1 of 
Chapter 4 of the 2021 Universal Registration Document and in section 2.2.3.1 of the Notice of meeting.

Under the 10th resolution, in pursuance of Article L. 22-10-8 II of the French Commercial Code, we ask you to approve the 
compensation policy of the Directors, which means, firstly, the maximum amount that is proposed to be allocated to the Board 
members annually and secondly, the allocation rules of this amount. These elements are presented in detail in section 4.2.3.2 of 
Chapter 4 of the 2021 Universal Registration Document and in section 2.2.3.2 of the Notice of meeting.

Text of the ninth resolution
(Approval of the Corporate Officer (Chairman & Chief executive officer)’s compensation policy)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for ordinary meetings and reviewed  
the corporate governance report referred to in Article L. 225-37 of the French Commercial Code, approves, in pursuance of Article  
L. 22-10-8 II of the said Code, the compensation policy of the Corporate Officer (Chairman & Chief executive officer) as stated in the  
2021 Universal Registration Document, Chapter 4, Section 4.2.3.1.

Text of the tenth resolution
(Approval of the Directors’ compensation policy)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for ordinary meetings and reviewed  
the corporate governance report referred to in Article L. 225-37 of the French Commercial Code, approves, in pursuance of Article  
L. 22-10-8 II of the said Code, the compensation policy of the Directors as stated in the 2021 Universal Registration Document,  
Chapter 4, Section 4.2.3.2.

452

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Shareholder Information

11th, 12th, and 13th resolutions: Renewal of Mrs. Linda Knoll and Mr. Anders Runevad, 
appointment of Mrs. Nivedita Krishnamurthy (Nive) Bhagat

Explanatory statement
As of March 29, 2021, the Board of Directors had fifteen members, including nine who are deemed independent within the meaning 
of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code, two Directors representing the employees and one Director representing the 
employee shareholders.

Each year, the Board of Directors conducts a review to ensure that there is an appropriate balance in its composition and that of its 
committees. In particular, the Board seeks to ensure gender balance and broad diversity in terms of skills, experience, nationality, 
and age, as described in its diversity policy (see section 4.1.1.2 of Chapter 4 of the Universal Registration Document). The Board 
investigates and evaluates not only potential candidates, but also whether existing directors should seek reappointment based on  
their performance assessment. Above all, the Board seeks directors who show independence of mind and are competent, dedicated 
and committed, with compatible and complementary personalities.

Mr. Willy Kissling, member of the Board of Directors for 21 years, and Mrs. Fleur Pellerin, member of the Board of Directors since 2018, 
have decided not to seek the renewal of their terms of office which expire at the closing of this Shareholders’ Meeting. The Board of 
Directors expressed its gratitude to Mr. Willy Kissling’s and Mrs. Fleur Pellerin’s dedication to the Board of Directors’ work and to their 
long-term commitment.

As part of the Board’s continuous review of its composition, the Board of Directors asked the Governance & Remunerations Committee 
to make a recommendation on the renewal of Mrs. Linda Knoll and Mr. Anders Runevad, as well as search for complementary 
candidates in line with the skillset highlighted by its Board skills matrix and the challenges of the Company (see section 4.1.1.6 of 
Chapter 4 of the Universal Registration Document describing the directors recruitment process).

In that respect, the Committee has analyzed Mrs. Linda Knoll’s and Mr. Anders Runevad’s situation with regards to their time 
commitment and availability to fulfill their duties. Neither of them holds an excessive number of directorships, and their individual 
attendance rates at Board and Committee meetings are high as indicated in their biography (see section 4.1.1.2 of Chapter 4 of 
the Universal Registration Document). The Board also assessed their respective contributions to the work of the Board and of the 
committees to which they belong, and decided that keeping them as directors was in the interests of the Company and consistent with 
the targeted composition of the Board as identified in the process described above. As a Director, Mrs. Linda Knoll brings to the Board 
of Directors experience in senior Human Resources executive roles with international groups. Mr. Anders Runevad brings to the Board 
the benefit of his experience as the former CEO of Vestas Wind Systems A/S and a strong profile on sustainability matters.

The Governance & Remunerations Committee also identified the skills that would be necessary to diversify and strengthen the Board 
composition and hired an external recruitment firm (Heidrick & Struggles) to search for suitable candidates. Among these candidates, 
the Governance & Remunerations Committee preselected a short list and the members of the Committee interviewed the short-
listed candidates. Following these interviews, the Committee recommended a candidate to the Board of Directors, Mrs. Nivedita 
Krishnamurthy Bhagat, also known as Nive Bhagat, who, on February 16, 2022, was appointed as an Observer with the aim to propose 
her appointment to the Shareholders’ Meeting. Mrs. Nive Bhagat, a British citizen, is currently Global Chief Executive Officer for Global 
Cloud Infrastructure Services of Capgemini and a member of its group executive committee. She will bring to the Board the experience 
and additional skillset based on her wide-ranging finance and business background especially in the field of digital and will further 
add to the gender diversity of the Board of Directors. She will also strengthen the profile of the Schneider Electric Board through her 
excellent knowledge of the Asian market. She will qualify as an independent Director with regard to all the criteria set by Article 9.5  
of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code and, if appointed, will join the Digital Committee.

Acting upon recommendation of the Governance & Remunerations Committee, the Board of Directors propose to shareholders:
• 
• 
• 

in the 11th resolution, to renew the term of office of Mrs. Linda Knoll for a four-year (4) term;
in the 12th resolution, to renew the term of office of Mr. Anders Runevad for a four-year (4) term; and
in the 13th resolution,, to appoint Mrs. Nive Bhagat as a Director for a four-year (4) term.

Should these resolutions be approved, the Board of Directors would consist of 14 members (including one Director representing 
the employee shareholders and two Directors representing the employees), with an independence rate of 82% and 45% of women 
(excluding the three Directors who are also employees) and 79% being of non-French origin or nationalities.

Mrs. Linda Knoll, Mr. Anders Runevad, and Mrs. Nive Bhagat’s biographies are provided in section 4.1.1.2 of Chapter 4 of the 2021 
Universal Registration Document.

Text of the eleventh resolution
(Renewal of the term of office of Mrs. Linda Knoll)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for ordinary meetings, having heard the Board  
of Directors’ report, takes note that the term of office of Mrs. Linda Knoll as a Director expires at the closing of this Shareholders’ Meeting 
and decides to renew it for a four-year (4) term expiring at the closing of the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be held in 2026 to approve  
the financial statements for the 2025 fiscal year.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

453

8.Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

8.1  Explanatory comments & draft resolutions submitted to the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Text of the twelfth resolution
(Renewal of the term of office of Mr. Anders Runevad)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for ordinary meetings, having heard the Board of 
Directors’ report, takes note that the term of office of Mr. Anders Runevad as a Director expires at the closing of this Shareholders’ Meeting 
and decides to renew it for a four-year (4) term expiring at the closing of the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be held in 2026 to approve  
the financial statements for the 2025 fiscal year.

Text of the thirteenth resolution
(Appointment of Mrs. Nivedita Krishnamurthy (Nive) Bhagat as a Director)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for ordinary meetings, having heard the Board of 
Directors’ report, decides to appoint Mrs. Nivedita Krishnamurthy (Nive) Bhagat as a Director for a four-year (4) term expiring at the closing 
of the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be held in 2026 to approve the financial statements for the 2025 fiscal year.

14th resolution: Share buy-backs

Explanatory statement
As the pre-existing authorization comes to its term in October 2022, it is hereby proposed, in the 14th resolution submitted to the 
Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, to reconduct, for a new eighteen-month period starting after the present Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, 
the authorization given to the Board of Directors to purchase the Company’s shares as part of a share buy-back program pursuant to 
the provisions of Article L. 22-10-62 of the French Commercial Code and European Regulation (EU) no. 596/2014 of April 16, 2014 on 
market abuse.

We remind you that on February 14, 2019 Schneider Electric initiated a new €1.5 billion to €2.0 billion share buy-back program over the 
period 2019-2021. The program has been launched under the 15th resolution approved at the 2018 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting and 
pursued under the 14th, 17th, and 15th resolutions approved respectively at the 2019, 2020, and 2021 Annual Shareholders’ Meetings. 
These buy-backs were part of a policy to neutralize the dilution resulting from capital increases reserved for employees or from Long-
term Incentive Plans. All the shares acquired by the Company as part of the share buy-back program are held to cover Long-term 
Incentive Plans.

At the beginning of 2021, due to the economic uncertainty, and considering the on-going acquisitions, the share buy-back program 
remained on-hold after its suspension due to the COVID-19 crisis in 2020. The share buy-back program re-started at the end of July 
2021 with the timeframe for completion extended by 12 months, to run until the end of 2022. Since the beginning of the program in 
2019, a total €577,499,243 of share buy-back corresponding to 5,941,783 shares bought back by the Company had been completed 
including €261,659,633 of share buyback in 2021 corresponding to 1,809,054 shares bought back by the Company pursuant to the  
last authorizations.

All the 12,455,824 treasury shares held on December 31, 2021 (representing 2.19% of the share capital) are allocated to employees 
and Corporate Officers as a long-term compensation tool.

The authorization that you would give to the Board would allow to proceed to purchase shares for the purposes, amongst others, of:
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

their allotment to employees or Corporate Officers as a long-term compensation tool;
their delivery as a result of the exercise of rights attached to securities giving access to the Company’s capital;
their cancellation;
their delivery in connection with external growth operations; and
their disposal in the course of a share management agreement.

Shares bought back may be canceled under the authorization adopted by the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting of April 28, 2021  
(24th resolution).

The number of shares thus purchased, and the number of shares held may not exceed 10% of the share capital at any time  
(for reference purposes, based on the issued capital on December 31, 2021: 56,903,344 shares). The maximum purchase price  
of the shares would be set at €250 and the total amount allocated to the share repurchase program will not exceed €14.2 billion.  
As for previous years, the resolution prevents that the authorization be used during a public offering on the Company’s shares.

Further information on the Company’s share buy-back programs can be found in section 7.2.5 of Chapter 7 of the 2021 Universal 
Registration Document.

454

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Shareholder Information

Text of the fourteenth resolution
(Authorization granted to the Board of Directors to buy back Company shares)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for ordinary meetings, having heard the Board of 
Directors’ report, hereby authorizes the Board of Directors, pursuant to the provisions of Article L. 22-10-62 of the French Commercial Code, 
Regulation (EU) no. 596/2014 of April 16, 2014 on market abuse and its delegated regulations and the French Financial Market Authority’s 
General rules, to buy-back or arrange for the buy-back of the Company’s shares for the purpose of:
• 

the allotment or transfer of shares to employees or Corporate Officers of the Company and/or of current or future related companies, for 
the purposes of implementing any stock option or Performance Share plan, or any other grant, allocation, or disposal to employees and 
Corporate Officers of the Company;
the delivery of shares as a result of the exercise of rights attached to securities giving access to the Company’s capital by redemption, 
conversion, exchange, presentation of a warrant or by any other mean;
the cancellation by way of share capital decrease of all or part of these repurchased shares;
the delivery of shares (for exchange, payment or otherwise) in connection with external growth operations (up to a limit of 5% of the share 
capital);
their provision for the purposes of a share management agreement entered into with an investment services provider in order notably  
to maintain a liquid market; or
the implementation of any market practice which would be allowed by the French Financial Market Authority.

• 

• 
• 

• 

• 

This authorization also allows the Company to trade in its shares for any other purposes authorized or that may be authorized by law or 
regulation. In such a case, the Company would inform its shareholders through a public release.

Shares acquired may also be canceled, subject to compliance with the provisions of Articles L. 225-204 and L. 225-205 of the French 
Commercial Code and in accordance with the 24th resolution of the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting of April 28, 2021.

The number of shares that may be purchased shall be subject to following limits:
(i)  the number of shares that the Company may purchase during the term of the buy-back program should not exceed 10% of the 
Company’s share capital at any time (i.e. for information purposes, 56,903,344 shares, on the basis of the share capital as of  
December 31, 2021), it being specified that the number of shares acquired in view of their retention and their future delivery for  
the purpose of an external growth operation cannot exceed 5% of the Company’s share capital; and

(ii) the number of shares that the Company can hold at any time may not exceed 10% of the Company’s share capital.

8.

The maximum share purchase price is set at €250 per share (excluding acquisition costs) without exceeding the maximum price set by 
applicable laws and regulations. The total amount allocated to the share repurchase program will not exceed €14.2 billion (excluding 
acquisition costs).

The purchase, exchange, disposal or transfer of shares can be decided by the Board of Directors on one or more occasions, at any time 
except during takeover bid involving the Company’s shares, and by any means, provided that laws and regulations in force are complied 
with, on or off the stock market, over the counter, in whole or in part in blocks of shares, by takeover bid in cash or in shares, by using 
options or derivatives, either directly or indirectly through the intermediation of an investment services provider, or in any other way.

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting grants authority to the Board of Directors, which may further delegate as permitted by law, to adjust 
the price set forth above in the event of transactions on the Company’s share capital, and in particular an increase in capital through the 
capitalization of reserves, the allocation of free shares, a stock split or reverse stock split, the distribution of reserves or any other assets, 
impairment of share capital or any other transaction involving share capital or shareholders’ equity, to take into account the impact of these 
transactions on the stock value.

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting gives full powers to the Board of Directors with powers to subdelegate under the conditions set out by 
law, to use this authorization, in particular to give any and all orders, enter into any and all agreements, allocate or reallocate the shares 
acquired to the objectives pursued under the applicable legal and regulatory conditions, set the terms and conditions under which the 
rights of holders of securities giving access to the share capital or other rights giving access to the share capital will be preserved, if 
applicable, in accordance with legal and regulatory provisions and, if applicable, contractual provisions providing for other cases of 
adjustment, prepare all documents and press releases, carry out any and all formalities and make all appropriate declarations to the 
authorities, and in general take all necessary measures.

This authorization supersedes, for the unused portion, the authorization given to the Board of Directors by the Shareholders’ Meeting  
of April 28, 2021 in its 15th resolution and is granted for an eighteen (18)-month period as from this Annual Shareholders’ Meeting.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

455

Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

8.1  Explanatory comments & draft resolutions submitted to the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

8.1.2  Extraordinary Meeting

15th resolution: Authorization granted to the Board of Directors to freely allocate 
shares to the employees or to a category of employees and/or the Corporate Officers 
of the Company or of companies affiliated therewith as part of the Long-Term 
Incentive Plan up to a limit of 2% of the share capital

Explanatory statement
Under the 15th resolution, you are asked to give authority to the Board of Directors, pursuant to the provisions of Articles L. 225-129 
et seq., L. 229-197-1 to L. 229-197-5, and L. 22-10-59 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), to proceed, on one or 
more occasions, with the allocation of shares, issued or to be issued, to the benefit of employees and Corporate Officers of the Group. 
The Board of Directors, upon recommendation of the Human Resources & CSR and Governance & Remunerations Committees, has 
determined the following guidelines for granting free shares under this resolution.

Context of the request for authorization

The Company wishes to mobilize its management in order to carry out its 2022-2024 Strategic Plan announced in November 2021, 
upon which the development of the Group relies. In this context, the requested authorization would make it possible for the Board of 
Directors to put in place plans for the grant of shares, to the benefit of Corporate Officers and employees of the Group, both in France 
and abroad, and to involve the employees in the Group’s performance and development as part of the 2022-2024 Strategic Plan. 
These plans would also allow to ensure the competitiveness of the compensation offered by the Group, in dynamic and competitive 
international markets, and in sectors where the ability to attract talents is a key factor to success.

Overall, the Board decided to keep the same design as the one of the previous Long-Term Incentive Plan approved by more than 93% 
of the shareholders during the 2019 Annual Shareholders’ meeting where a complete new framework of the plan had been proposed. 
The Board considers that the design of the plan is well balanced and ensures the alignment of the management with the shareholders’ 
long-term interests and that is why it wishes to favor the stability of the compensation principle of the Group. Nevertheless, hearing the 
concerns expressed by some shareholders during the governance roadshow conducted by the Vice-Chairman & Lead Independent 
Director, the Board proposes to introduce two important changes in order to further strengthen the alignment of pay and performance. 
If you approve this resolution:
• 

the scale of vesting of the criterion of TSR compared to a bespoke industry panel of 11 companies would be made more stringent, 
with no vesting at ranks 7 and below in the bespoke peer group (with an anticipated application of this change in the 2022 LTIP  
to be issued), no vesting below the median of the group would therefore be allowed; and
the Board would also commit to disclose ex-post the targets of improvement of the adjusted Earnings per share set by the Board 
which will allow shareholders to ensure the stringency of these targets set by the Board.

• 

Nature of the authorization

You are being asked to authorize the Board of Directors to proceed, on one or more occasions, with the grant of shares of the 
Company, issued or to be issued, to the benefit of employees and Corporate Officers of the Group.

As part of the long term compensation plans of the Company, two different types of grant would be made:
•  a maximum of 30% of the shares granted would be subject only to a presence condition, without performance condition  

(the “Restricted Shares”); and

•  all other shares granted would be subject to a presence condition and to performance conditions (the “Performance Shares”).

The Corporate Officer and members of the Executive Committee would be entitled to receive only Performance Shares.

It is envisaged that the number of persons benefiting from such grants will be around 3,500 people.

Besides, the Board of Directors could decide the grant of Restricted Shares as part of the shareholding plans of the Company,  
in addition to the shares subscribed.

Term of the authorization

The authorization would be valid for a duration of 36 months, as from the date of this Shareholders’ Meeting.

Maximum amount of the authorization

The grants of shares carried out pursuant to this authorization should not involve a number of shares, issued or to be issued,  
exceeding 2% of the Company’s share capital on the date of this Annual Shareholders’ Meeting.

The Board of Directors reminds you that the Group’s policy regarding grant of stock options, share purchase, and free and 
performance shares is to have a limited impact over time in terms of dilution of the share capital. For information purposes, we 
remind you that, as of December 31, 2021, a total of 5,863,887 shares could be vested to employees and Corporate Officers subject 
to performance conditions set under the performance share plans (for details of these plans, see section 4.2.5 of Chapter 4 of the 
Universal Registration Document).

456

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Shareholder Information

If all shares in the plans were delivered, this would lead to the issuance of 293,071 shares (other plans are already qualified and  
will be delivered from existing shares) and Schneider Electric’s share capital would be composed of 569,326,513 ordinary shares,  
i.e., a 0.05% increase in the number of shares from December 31, 2021. 

Under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, Performance Shares allocated to the Corporate Officer could not exceed each year 0.03% of 
the total share capital and allocation to the members of the Executive Committee would not represent more than 20% of the grant. 
In addition, the Corporate Officer’s compensation policy provides that the long-term instruments, valued in accordance with IFRS 
standards, should not represent a disproportionate percentage of his overall compensation (meaning no more than 200% of the 
combined fixed and targeted variable compensations at the date of grant).

Vesting period

The grant of shares to their beneficiaries would become final at the end of a vesting period, the duration of which would be set by  
the Board of Directors, it being understood that such duration will be of no less than three (3) years.

The Board of Directors would submit the Corporate Officer to an obligation of retaining a significant number of their shares. He would 
have to retain at least 50% of the Performance Shares granted to him until he holds a number of shares representing 5 years of fixed 
compensation.

Presence condition in the Group

The vesting of Restricted and Performance Shares would be subject to achievement of a presence condition in the Group. Restricted 
and Performance Shares granted to a beneficiary who would leave the Group before the expiry of a minimum three-year vesting period 
would be forfeited, except in case of death, retirement or other customary exceptions decided upon by the Board of Directors. For the 
Corporate Officer, the case of retention of unvested Performance Shares awards would be determined by the Compensation policy 
applicable to him at the date of his departure.

Performance conditions

The final vesting of Performance Shares would be subject to performance conditions, to be set by the Board of Directors (the 
“Performance Conditions”) the outline of which would be as follows:

•  40%, improvement of Adjusted Earnings per share (EPS):
  Adjusted EPS is a key long-term performance metric which promotes the execution of Schneider Electric’s strategy to deliver 
profitable growth, thus reinforcing alignment with shareholders. 40% of the Performance Shares could vest subject to the 
achievement of the following targets as set by the Board of Directors:
 − a minimum Adjusted EPS improvement threshold under which there would be no vesting;
 − an intermediary targeted Adjusted EPS improvement objective that the Company would have to achieve in order to vest 75%  

of the shares under this condition;

 − a targeted Adjusted EPS improvement objective that the Company would have to achieve in order to vest all shares under this 

condition; and

 − the Performance Shares would vest progressively, on a linear basis, if the Adjusted EPS improvement is between these 

objectives.

  As explained above, the Board commits to disclose ex-post, at the end of each Long-Term Incentive Plan, the minimum Adjusted 

EPS improvement thresholds and the targeted Adjusted EPS improvement objectives.

  Adjusted EPS performance is published in the external financial communications and its annual variance will be calculated using 
adjusted EBITA at constant FX from year N-1 to year N. Foreign exchange impacts below adjusted EBITA will be taken in full. 
Significant unforeseen scope impact could be restated from this calculation upon decision of the Board.

•  35%, relative TSR performance:

This criterion strengthens the alignment between the shareholders’ interests and compensation of the beneficiaries of LTIP.
 − For 17.5% of the shares, Schneider Electric TSR would be compared to a bespoke industry panel of 11 companies (ABB, 

Legrand, Siemens, Eaton, Emerson, Honeywell, Johnson Controls, Rockwell Automation, Fuji Electric, Mitsubishi Electric, and 
Yokogawa) with a vesting scale as follows: 0% at rank 7 or below, 50% at median (rank 6), 100% at rank 4, 150% for ranks 3 to 1, 
and linear between these points, as explained above, the Board proposes to strengthen the vesting scale for a better alignment 
with performance.

 − For the remaining 17.5%, Schneider Electric TSR would be compared with the TSR of the companies in CAC 40 index to reflect 
the macro-economic and stock-market specific trends which influence the performance of the share and in turn, the return to 
shareholders with a vesting scale as follows: 0% below median, 50% at median (rank 20), 100% at rank 10, 120% in ranks 4 to 1, 
and linear between these points.

In case of over-performance, if Schneider Electric’s TSR is ranked within the top quartile of the bespoke industry panel or within the 
top 9 of the CAC 40 companies, this criterion could compensate the under-performance under the criterion of improvement of the 
Adjusted EPS up to the same number of shares. If the Schneider Electric TSR is closely clustered with that of other companies in 
the panel, then the Board of Directors would apply its judgment to decide whether Schneider Electric’s TSR shall be deemed to be 
ranked in the same position as those companies.

8.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

457

 
 
Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

8.1  Explanatory comments & draft resolutions submitted to the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

•  25%, based on Schneider Sustainability External & Relative Index (SSERI):

The Schneider Sustainability External and Relative Index measures the long-term sustainability performance of the Group in terms 
of relative performance, through a combination of external indices which cover a range of environmental, social, and governance 
indicators wider than and different from the Schneider Sustainability Impact (SSI). Using external indices would also ensure that the 
sustainability priorities governing the assessment of the long-term sustainability performance of the Group are at all times those 
which matter the most to the stakeholders. As their content is dynamic and includes new and more relevant topics as they emerge,  
it forces participants to constantly anticipate the most demanding trends in global sustainability. The Board has selected some of 
the most challenging external indices which are objective, recognized, and independent, covering main geographies in line with  
the Group’s global footprint and which complement each other as they cover different sustainability dimensions:
 − DJSI World which covers three dimensions: economic, environmental, and social;
 − Euronext Vigeo which covers environment, community involvement, business behavior, human rights, corporate governance, 

and human resources;

 − Ecovadis which covers four dimensions: environment, labor and human rights, sustainable procurement, and ethics; and
 − CDP Climate Change which covers climate change, water, and forests and represents a major reference for climate change 

leadership globally.

The table below summarizes the Performance Conditions that would apply to the plan:

40% Improvement of adjusted Earnings Per Share (EPS)

•  0% at the minimum Adjusted EPS improvement 

35% Relative TSR

17.5% vs. CAC 40

threshold

•  75% at the intermediary Adjusted EPS 

improvement objective

•  100% at the targeted Adjusted EPS 

improvement objective

Vesting linear between these points

•  0% below median
•  50% at median (rank 20)
•  100% at rank 10
•  120% at ranks 4 to 1
Vesting linear between these points

17.5% vs. a panel of 11 companies  
(ABB, Legrand, Siemens, Eaton, Emerson,  
Honeywell, Johnson Controls, Rockwell 
Automation, Fuji Electric, Mitsubishi Electric and 
Yokogawa)

•  0% at rank 7 and below
•  50% at median (rank 6)
•  100% at rank 4
•  150% at ranks 3 to 1
Vesting linear between these points

25% Schneider  
Sustainability External & 
Relative Index (SSERI)

6.25% DJSIW

6.25% Euronext Vigeo

6.25% Ecovadis

6.25% CDP Climate Change

•  0%: not in World
•  50%: included in World
•  100%: sector leader

•  0%: out
•  50%: included in World 120 or Europe 120
•  100%: included in World 120 & Europe 120

•  0%: Silver Medal or less
•  50%: Gold Medal (top 5%)
•  100%: Platinum Medal (top 1%)

•  0%: C score
•  50%: B score (25% at B-)
•  100%: A score (75% at A-)

For each grant, the performance conditions will be determined by the Board. and, although the Board favors stability, they could be 
adapted from the ones presented above. Depending on the evolution of the Group’s strategic objectives, should they cease to be 
relevant or new criteria be deemed more appropriate based on their review by the Board of Directors, the latter would elect for criteria 
with similar long-term stringency, that will ensure a strong link between pay and performance.

Best practices

The Board of Directors shall inform Shareholders every year of the number of shares granted or/and vested pursuant to the Long-Term 
Incentive Plan. The grant of Performance Shares would also be consistent with the principles and best practices applied by the Board, 
including, in particular:
• 

involvement at each stage (allocation, review of the satisfaction of performance conditions, etc.) of the Human Resources &  
CSR Committee;

•  demanding performance conditions in line with the Company’s financial communication which provide incentive, for 100% of the 

shares granted to the Corporate Officer and members of the Executive Committee; and

•  demanding rules of business ethics, including, a prohibition for beneficiaries who are members of the Executive Committee to use 

hedging instruments for the Performance Shares.

All these elements, taken together, demonstrate that the Group is aligned itself with best market practices regarding Performance 
Shares and responds to the expectations of its shareholders.

458

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Shareholder Information

Text of the fifteenth resolution
(Authorization granted to the Board of Directors to freely allocate shares to the employees or to a 
category of employees and/or the Corporate Officers of the Company or of companies affiliated therewith 
as part of the Long-Term Incentive Plan up to a limit of 2% of the share capital)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for extraordinary shareholders’ meetings,  
having heard the Board of Directors’ report and the statutory auditors’ special report:

1.  authorizes the Board of Directors, pursuant to the provisions of Articles L. 225-197-1 to L. 225-197-5 and L. 22-10-59 of the French 

Commercial Code, on one or several occasions, to allocate free shares, existing or to be created (other than preferred shares), to the 
beneficiaries that it shall determine among the employees of the Company or the Corporate Officers of the Company or of companies 
that are related to the Company under the conditions provided for in Article L. 225-197-2 of said Code under in the conditions  
defined hereinafter;

2.  resolves that the number of shares already existing or to be issued by this authorization cannot represent more than 2% of the share 
capital existing on the date of this Shareholders’ Meeting, the number of shares allocated to the Corporate Officers cannot exceed 
annually 0.03% of the total share capital existing, further specified that (i) this ceiling is set without taking into account any adjustments 
of the shares that could be allocated in case of Company’s equity operations and, that (ii) the total number of shares allocated cannot 
exceed 10% of the share capital on the date of the Board of Director’s decision to allocate them;

3.  resolves that the entirety of the final vesting of the shares allocated to the Corporate Officers and to members of the Executive Committee 

of the Company will be subject to the attainment of the performance conditions determined by the Board of Directors;

4.  resolves that the grant of shares to their beneficiairies could be subject to the holding of Company’s shares;

5.  resolves that the allocation of the shares to their beneficiaries will be final at the term of a vesting period, the duration of which will be  
set by the Board of Directors, with the understanding that this duration cannot be less than two years and that the Board of Directors  
will have the power to set a holding period;

8.

6.  resolves that in the case of the disability of a beneficiary corresponding to a classification in the second or third of the categories 

specified in Article L. 341-4 of the French Social Security Code, the shares will be definitively allocated to them prior to the end of the 
vesting period (in this case, said shares may be freely disposed starting from their delivery);

7.  grants full powers to the Board of Directors to implement this authorization and, in particular, to:

a.  determine the identity of the beneficiaries of the allocation of the shares among the employees of the Company or companies or 

above-mentioned groups, as well as the number of shares allocated to each of them,

b.  determine whether the allocated free shares are shares that already exist or that will be issued,
c.  set the conditions of performance and/or the criteria for allocation of the shares, in particular the vesting period and the minimum 

holding period required for each beneficiary,

d.  for the issuance of new shares, as the case may be, charge against any reserves, profits, or issue premiums, the amounts necessary 

to release said shares,

e.  register the free allocated shares on a registered share account in the name of their owner, stating the vesting period and its duration,
f.   carry out, if it deems necessary, to adjustments of the number of free allocated shares to preserve the rights of the beneficiairies 
depending on the potential Company’s equity operations occurred during the vesting period as specified in Article L. 225-181 
paragraph 2 of the French Commercial Code, under the conditions that it will set,

e.  and more generally, set the dates of entitlement to dividends from the new shares, record the completion of the capital increase, 

amend the by-laws as necessary, to carry out any procedures necessary for the issuance, listing and any financial service related  
to the securities issued by virtue of this resolution and do everything useful and necessary pursuant to all applicable laws  
and regulations;

8.  acknowledges that, in the event that the Board of Directors makes use of this authorization, it will inform the Ordinary Shareholders 

Meeting, each year, of the transactions thus made pursuant to the requirements of Article L. 225-197-4 of the French Commercial Code;

9.  acknowledges that this delegation of authority legally implies, for the beneficiaries of the free shares, waiver of preferential subscription 

rights in the case of the issuance of new shares.

This authorization (i) supersedes, for the portion not yet used, the authorization granted by the Combined Shareholders’ Meeting of April 25, 
2019 in its 21st resolution and (ii) is granted for a period of thirty-six (36) months from today.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

459

 
Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

8.1  Explanatory comments & draft resolutions submitted to the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

16th and 17th resolutions: Capital increases reserved for employees

Explanatory statement
Schneider Electric is convinced of the importance of developing the Company’s employee shareholder base in order to align employee 
interests with those of shareholders and also stabilize the Company’s share capital. The Board of Directors wishes to continue making 
the Company’s share capital accessible to a large number of employees, in particular through employee share ownership plans 
(“WESOP”). As of December 31, 2021, employees held 3.57% of the capital either directly or through the corporate mutual funds 
(FCPE).

The Company carried out capital increases reserved for Group employees in 2021 (WESOP 2021). These transactions are presented  
in section 7.1.2.2 of Chapter 7 of the 2021 Universal Registration Document.

As part its offer policy to Group employees on an annual basis, the Board decided that there will be a new employee share ownership 
plan implemented in 2022. As part of the 22nd and the 23rd resolutions of the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting of April 28, 2021, the Board 
of Directors, at its meeting of December 15, 2021, decided to renew the annual employee shareholder plan in 2022, within a limit of 
3.7 million shares (approximately 0.65% of the capital). This plan, which will not include a leveraged offer, will be offered in 43 countries 
representing more than 84% of the Group’s employees. The shares will be offered with a discount of 15% on the share price to all 
subscribers and a maximum employer contribution of €1,400.

To allow for the implementation of a new global employee share ownership plan in 2023, you are requested to approve:
• 

the 16th resolution which will grant the Board of Directors the authority to carry out capital increases reserved for employees 
participating in the company savings plan within the limit of 2% of the Company’s capital, with the provision that the maximum 
discount at which the shares could be offered is set at 30% (it will be valid for a period of twenty-six (26) months; the authority  
in force as voted by the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting of April 28, 2021 in its 22nd resolution shall cease to be effective as from 
August 1st, 2022(1));
the 17th resolution which will grant the Board of Directors the authority to carry out capital increases reserved for employees and 
Corporate Officers of non-French Group companies or to entities acting on their behalf, this authorization will not exceed 1% of the 
capital and will be deducted from the ceiling of 2% of the capital set for the issuance of shares to employees who are members 
of the company savings plan (this authorization will be valid for a period of eighteen (18) months and may only be used on or after 
August 1st, 2022(2)).

• 

(1)  The maximum amount of subscription applicable to the employee share ownership operations carried out before July 31, 2022 will be the ceiling applicable  

to the 22nd resolution of the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting of April 28, 2021.

(2)  The maximum amount of subscription applicable to the employee share ownership operations carried out before July 31, 2022 will be the ceiling applicable  

to the 23rd resolution of the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting of April 28, 2021.

Text of the sixteenth resolution
(Delegation of authority to the Board of Directors to undertake capital increases reserved for participants 
in a company savings plan without shareholders’ preferential subscription right)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for extraordinary shareholders’ meetings, having 
heard the Board of Directors’ report and the statutory auditors’ special report, and in accordance with the provisions of Article L. 3332-1 et 
seq. of the French Labor Code and Articles L. 225-129 to L. 225-129-6, L. 225-138-1, and L. 228-91 et seq. of the French Commercial Code 
and in accordance with the provisions of that Code:

1.  delegates to the Board of Directors the authority, with the power to subdelegate, for a period of twenty-six (26) months from the date of 

this Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, to undertake a capital increase on one or more occasions at its discretion by issuing ordinary shares 
or securities providing access through any means, immediately and/or in the future, to ordinary shares of the Company, under the terms 
and conditions set forth in Article L. 225-180 of the French Commercial Code and Article L. 3344-1 of the French Labor Code, reserved 
for participants in a company savings plan and French or non-French companies affiliated with the Company in a maximum nominal 
amount of 2% of the share capital on the date of this Shareholders’ Meeting, with the possibility to issue shares against cash or by 
capitalizing reserves, profits or premium in case of grants of free shares or of securities granting access to share capital on account for 
the discount and/or the matching contribution, it being specified that this authorization may be used only from and after August 1st, 2022;

2.  set the maximum discount to be offered in connection with company savings plan at 30% of an average of the trading price of the 

Company’s shares on Euronext Paris during the twenty (20) trading sessions preceding the date of the decision of the Board of Directors 
or of its authorized representative setting the date to begin taking subscriptions, it being specified that the Board of Directors may 
reduce the aforementioned discount within applicable legal and regulatory requirements, or not to grant one, in particular so as to take 
into account the laws and regulations applicable in countries where such offering may be implemented;

3.  authorizes the Board of Directors, in application of Article L. 3332-21 of the French Labor Code, to make grants of free ordinary shares  
or other securities granting immediate or differed access to ordinary share capital under all or part of the discount and/or, as the case 
may be, for the matching contribution, provided that the value of the benefit resulting from this grant on account for the discount and/or 
the matching contribution, shall not exceed the limits imposed by applicable law and regulations;

460

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Shareholder Information

4.  decides to waive, in favor of the above-mentioned beneficiaries, the shareholders’ preferential subscription rights with respect to the 

shares or equity-linked securities that are the subject of this delegation which entails waiver of the shareholders’ preferential subscription 
right to shares to which securities that may be issued under this resolution would give right;

5.  decides that the Board of Directors shall have full powers to use this delegation, with the power to subdelegate as permitted by law, 

within the limits and subject to the conditions specified above in order to, and in particular:
a.  set in accordance with applicable laws and regulations the scope of companies whose above mentioned beneficiaries may subscribe 

to the shares or equity-linked securities issued hereby and benefit, as the case may be, from shares or equity-linked securities,
b.  decide that the subscriptions may be made directly or through Company mutual funds (fonds commun de placement d’entreprise)  

or other structures or entities as permitted by applicable laws and regulations,

c.  determine the conditions, in particular those relating to seniority, which shall have to be met by the beneficiaries of the capital 

increases,

d.  set the opening and closing dates of the subscription periods,
e.  set the amounts of the issuances to be undertaken pursuant to this authorization and determine, in particular, the issuance prices, 

dates, time-periods, terms and conditions for the subscription, payment, settlement and dividend rights of the securities (which may 
be retroactive) as well as the other terms and conditions of the issuances, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations,
f.  when granting free shares or equity-linked securities, set the number of shares or equity-linked securities to be issued, the number 
to be granted to each beneficiary, and determine the dates, time periods, terms and conditions of granting such shares or equity- 
linked securities in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and, in particular, choose either to fully or partially substitute the 
granting of such shares or equity-linked securities for the discount to the reference price provided for above, or to allocate the value 
of such shares or equity-linked securities to the total amount of the employer contribution, or to combine these two possibilities,
g.  acknowledge the completion of capital increases in the amount of the shares that are subscribed (after possible reduction in the 

event of over-subscription),

h.  as the case may be, allocate the expenses of capital increases to the amount of premiums related thereto and deduct from 

this amount the sums necessary to increase the legal reserve to one-tenth of the new share capital resulting from such capital 
increases, enter into any agreements, carry out directly or indirectly through an agent all transactions and terms, including any 
formalities following the capital increases and subsequent modifications to the Company’s Articles of Association, generally, enter 
into any agreement in order to successfully complete the contemplated issuances, take all measures and decisions and carry out 
all formalities necessary for the completion of the issuance, listing and financial servicing of the securities issued pursuant to this 
authorization as well as the exercise of rights attached thereto or subsequent to the completed capital increases.

8.

This delegation (i) cancels, effective August 1st, 2022, the authorization given by the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting of April 28, 2021, in 
its 22nd resolution, for its amounts unused by the Board of Directors and (ii) is granted for a period of twenty-six (26) months as from this 
Shareholders’ Meeting.

Text of the seventeenth resolution
(Delegation of authority to the Board of Directors to undertake capital increases reserved for employees 
of certain non-French subsidiaries of the Group, directly or via entities acting to offer those employees 
benefits comparable to those offered to participants in a company savings plan without shareholders’ 
preferential subscription right)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, having satisfied the quorum and majority requirements for extraordinary shareholders’ meetings, having 
heard the Board of Directors’ report and the statutory auditors’ special report, and in accordance with the provisions of Articles L. 225-129  
to L. 225-129-6, L. 225-138 ,and L. 228-92 et seq. of the French Commercial Code:

1.  delegates to the Board of Directors, with the power to subdelegate, in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, the necessary 
powers to decide one or several capital increases through the issue, in the proportions and at the times it deems appropriate up to a 
maximum of 1% of the share capital on the date of this Shareholders’ Meeting, by issuing ordinary shares or securities providing access 
through any means, immediately and/or in the future, to ordinary shares of the Company, such issue to be reserved for persons meeting 
the characteristics of the class defined below; it being specified that (i) such limit shall be charged against the limits set forth in the  
16th resolution of this Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, and (ii) this delegation may be used only from and after August 1st, 2022;

2.  decides to waive the shareholders’ preferential right to subscribe for shares or other securities granting access to the share capital 
pursuant to this resolution and to reserve the right to subscribe to one and/or another class of beneficiaries or recipients having the 
following characteristics: (i) employees and officers of companies of Schneider Electric Group affiliated with the Company under the 
terms and conditions set forth in Article L. 225-180 of the French Commercial Code and Article L. 3344-1 of the French Labour Code 
and the head office of which is located outside France; (ii) and/or OPC mutual investment funds or other entities, with or without legal 
personality, of employee shareholders invested in equity securities of the Company, the unit holders or shareholders of which consist 
of persons described in (i) of this paragraph; (iii) and/or any banking institution or affiliate or subsidiary of such institution acting at the 
Company’s request for purposes of implementing and giving effect to a shareholder incentive or investment or savings plan for the 
benefit of the persons described in (i) of this paragraph, to the extent that subscription of the person authorized in accordance with this 
resolution would make it possible for employees of subsidiaries located outside France to benefit from and take advantage of forms of 
shareholder incentive or investment or savings plans equivalent in terms of economic benefit to those from which the other employees  
of the Group benefit;

3.  takes note that this authorization shall constitute automatically and by law an express waiver by the shareholders, in favor of the holders 
of securities granting access to Company capital, of their preferential right to subscribe for ordinary shares of the Company which such 
securities carry the right to acquire;

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

461

 
Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

8.1  Explanatory comments & draft resolutions submitted to the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

4.  decides that the amount payable to the Company for all shares issued, or to be issued, and pursuant to this resolution shall be set by the 
Board of Directors on the basis of the trading price of the Company’s shares on Euronext Paris; the issue conditions shall be determined 
at the discretion of the Board of Directors on the basis of either (i) the first or last quoted trading price of the Company’s shares at 
the trading session on the date of the decision by the Board of Directors or the authorized representative there of setting the issue 
conditions, or (ii) of an average of the quoted prices for the Company’s shares during the twenty (20) trading sessions preceding the 
date of the decision by the Board of Directors or the authorized representative thereof setting the issue conditions under this resolution 
or setting the issue price under the 16th resolution of this Annual Shareholders’ Meeting; the Board of Directors may set the issue price 
by applying a maximum discount of 30% of the trading price of the Company’s shares determined in accordance with either of the two 
methods set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph; the percentage of such discount applied to the trading price of the Company’s 
shares shall be determined by the Board of Directors taking into consideration, among other things, legal, tax, and regulatory provisions 
of foreign law applicable, as the case may be, to the persons benefiting from the issue;

5.  hereby resolves that the Board of Directors shall have full authority, on the terms and conditions provided by law and within the limits set 
forth hereinabove, to implement and give effect to this authorization and determine the list of the beneficiaries and recipients within the 
classes described in this resolution and the number of securities to be offered to each thereof, provided that the Board of Directors may 
decide that the capital increase shall be completed for the amounts subscribed, on the condition that a minimum of 75% of the shares or 
other offered securities providing access to capital have been subscribed, as well as, among other things:
• 

to determine the characteristics of the securities to be issued, to decide on the issue price, dates, time periods, terms and conditions 
of subscribing, therefore, paying the paid-in capital, or nominal amount thereof, delivery and effectiveness of the shares and equity 
securities, the lock-up, and early release period, within applicable limits of the law and regulations,
to record and determine the capital increase, to undertake the issuance of the shares and other securities carrying the right to acquire 
shares, to amend the Articles of Association accordingly,

• 

•  and, as a general rule, to enter into any agreement, in particular to ensure the due and proper completion of the contemplated 

issuances, take all steps and complete any required formalities in connection with the issue, the listing and financial servicing of 
the securities issued under and this authorization, as well as the exercise of the rights attaching thereto, and, more generally, to do 
whatever may be necessary.

This delegation (i) cancels, effective August 1, 2022, the authorization given by the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting of April 28, 2021, in 
its 23rd resolution, for its amounts unused by the Board of Directors and (ii) is granted for a period of (18) eighteen months as from this 
Shareholders’ Meeting.

18th resolution: Merger between IGE+XAO and Schneider Electric

Explanatory statement
Presentation of the merger plan

Schneider Electric acquired, through its subsidiary Schneider Electric Industries SAS (“SEISAS”), 61.90%(1) of the share capital of 
IGE+XAO after a public tender offer initiated in November 2017 for the shares of IGE+XAO, pursuant to a combination agreement 
formed on November 7, 2017.

To proceed with its plan to integrate IGE+XAO into the Schneider Electric group, SEISAS initiated a simplified public tender offer for  
the shares of IGE+XAO(2) in November 2021.

At that time, Schneider had announced its intention:
• 

to proceed with a squeeze-out in the event that SEISAS hold at least 90% of IGE+XAO’s capital and voting rights at the end of the 
offer; or alternatively
to merge in 2022 IGE+XAO into Schneider Electric SE, the listed holding company (the “Merger”).

• 

At the end of the offer, the shareholding of SEISAS in the share capital of IGE+XAO increased to 83.93%(3).

In accordance with its stated intentions, Schneider Electric announced its Merger plan in a press release dated November 29, 2021.  
All IGE+XAO shares currently held by SEISAS would be reclassified by transferring them to Schneider Electric immediately before  
the Merger takes place. 

In this context, the Board of Directors invites you, under the 18th resolution, to approve the Merger. In accordance with applicable law, 
if the absorbing company holds less than 90% of the voting rights of the absorbed subsidiary, the merger must be approved by the 
Extraordinary General Meetings of both companies. 

As provided in the draft merger agreement (the “Draft Merger Agreement”) approved by the Schneider Electric’s Board of Directors 
and IGE+XAO’s Board of Directors, the Merger would imply the issuance of 342,023 Schneider Electric’s shares representing an 
increase of 0.06% of the share capital(4), it being specified that the amount of the capital increase would be adjusted in the event of  
a change in the number of IGE+XAO shares held by Schneider Electric and/or in the number of shares comprising the share capital  
of Schneider Electric that may impact the exchange ratio.

(1)  Based on its share capital comprising 1,427,800 shares, representing at most 1,428,855 voting rights, at January 31, 2018.

462

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Shareholder Information

Presentation of IGE+XAO

IGE+XAO, a subsidiary of Schneider Electric, designs, produces, markets, and maintains a range of Computer Aided Design (CAD) 
and Product Lifecycle Management (PLM) software. The purpose of its range of software is to help manufacturers design and maintain 
the electrical component of any type of installation.

In the financial year ended December 31, 2021, IGE+XAO generated consolidated revenue of €36.4 million. It employs more than 389 
people around the world across 30 sites in 22 countries, and has more than 98,649 licenses in force worldwide. IGE+XAO is a leading 
player in its sector.

IGE+XAO shares are listed on Euronext Paris. Its shares are admitted to trading on Euronext Paris under the ISIN code FR0000030827, 
compartment B. 

Reasons for and purpose of the Merger

The Merger is intended to (i) position the IGE+XAO group’s entities as purely operational entities of Schneider Electric’s Energy 
Management Software Division, it being stipulated that the IGE+XAO group would retain its main role as an agnostic software 
producer and (ii) extend the IGE+XAO group’s remit, including pulling together software activities that are currently dispersed within 
the Schneider Electric Group and gradually becoming a center of excellence for R&D. The Merger would also enable non-controlling 
shareholders of IGE+XAO to continue benefiting from the value created by this strategy by holding shares in the Company.

Rules governing the Merger

In accordance with Articles L. 236-1 and following of the French Commercial Code, the Merger would entail the transfer of all of 
IGE+XAO’s assets and liabilities to Schneider Electric (a “transmission universelle du patrimoine”) and IGE+XAO would be dissolved 
but not liquidated.

Merger appraisers

Finexsi, acting through Olivier Péronnet, and BM&A, acting through Pierre Béal, were appointed as merger appraisers (certified 
public accountants appointed to assess M&A transactions) by order of the Presiding Judge of the Nanterre Commercial Court dated 
December 14, 2021, with the task of examining the terms of the Merger and more specifically assessing the value of the contributions 
in kind to be made and of any special privileges, as well as checking the accuracy of relative values attributed to IGE+XAO and 
Schneider Electric shares and the fairness of the exchange ratio.

The merger appraisers’ reports which are available to shareholders on the Schneider Electric website (www.se.com) concluded that: 

“The exchange ratio of 5 Schneider Electric shares for 3 IGE+XAO shares (...) agreed by the parties is fair.

The value of the contributions retained, amounting to €38,693,042, is not overvalued and, consequently, that the net assets contributed 
are at least equal to the amount of the capital increase of the company receiving the contributions, plus the merger premium.”

Completion date and effective date

Completion of the Merger is subject to the following conditions precedent being met:
•  completion of the sale of IGE+XAO shares to Schneider Electric;
•  approval of the Merger by shareholders in IGE+XAO’s extraordinary shareholders’ general meeting (including approval of the 

decision to dissolve but not liquidate IGE+XAO and of the transfer of all of IGE+XAO’s assets and liabilities to Schneider Electric); 
and

•  approval of the Merger by shareholders in Schneider Electric’s extraordinary shareholders’ general meeting (including approval 
of the net carrying amount of net assets transferred, the exchange ratio and the capital increase to be carried out by Schneider 
Electric as remuneration for the Merger).

The Merger and the resulting dissolution of IGE+XAO will take place on the day on which the last of the conditions precedent is fulfilled 
(the “Completion Date”). That date must fall after the expiry of the creditor objection period and, unless the parties agree otherwise in 
writing, at the latest on June 30, 2022. If the Merger does not take place by that date, the Draft Merger Agreement will be void. 

In accordance with Article 236-4(2) of the French Commercial Code, it is intended that the Merger will have retroactive effect from 
January 1, 2022 for accounting and tax purposes. 

(2)  Based on an Enterprise Value of €286 million. 
(3)  Based on its share capital comprising 1,304,381 shares, representing at most 2,256,580 voting rights at October 31, 2021.
(4)  Based on the number of IGE+XAO shares held by Schneider Electric amounting to 1,094,733.

8.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

463

Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

8.1  Explanatory comments & draft resolutions submitted to the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Financial statements used in the Merger and methods for valuing transfers  
and determining the net assets transferred 

The transfer values mentioned in the Draft Merger Agreement are based on the following financial statements:
•  as regards Schneider Electric, the parent company financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021 and the 

consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021, as finalized by the Board of Directors on February 16, 
2022; and

•  as regards IGE+XAO, the parent company financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021 and the consolidated 
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021, as finalized by the Board of Directors on February 16, 2022. 

In accordance with French accounting standard-setter ANC’s regulation 2014-03 of June 5, 2014 relating to France’s general 
accounting plan(5), the assets and liabilities transferred by IGE+XAO to Schneider Electric as part of the Merger will be recognized  
in Schneider Electric’s financial statements at their net carrying amounts at December 31, 2021.

On that basis, the net carrying amount of the net assets transferred by IGE+XAO would amount to €38,693,042, determined as follows: 

Total amount of assets transferred:
Total liabilities assumed:

Net assets transferred:

€39,650,407
€399,112

€39,251,295

Net carrying amount of the 4,434 IGE+XAO shares held in treasury by IGE+XAO at December 31, 2021:

€558,253

Giving net assets transferred to Schneider Electric (minus the net carrying amount of the 4,434 IGE+XAO shares held 

in treasury by IGE+XAO at December 31, 2021):

€38,693,042

Exchange ratio and capital increase

The exchange ratio proposed to IGE+XAO and Schneider Electric shareholders is 5 (five) Schneider Electric shares for every 3 (three)
IGE+XAO shares.

In accordance with Article L. 236-3 of the French Commercial Code, there will be no exchange of either the IGE+XAO shares held by 
Schneider Electric, i.e., 1,094,733 IGE+XAO shares at the signing date of the Draft Merger Agreement, nor of the IGE+XAO shares held 
by IGE+XAO itself, i.e., 4,434 IGE+XAO shares at the signing date of the Draft Merger Agreement, which will be canceled by operation 
of law after the Merger is completed.

In consideration for the assets transferred by IGE+XAO, Schneider Electric would carry out a capital increase, applying the exchange 
ratio, in a nominal amount of €1,368,092, taking its share capital from €2,276,133,768 to €2,277,501,860, through the creation of 
342,023 new shares, with par value of €4 each, allotted to IGE+XAO shareholders in proportion to their interest in the share capital,  
with the exception of Schneider Electric (in respect of the IGE+XAO shares held by Schneider Electric) and IGE+XAO (in respect of  
the IGE+XAO shares held by IGE+XAO itself).

However, it is provided in Article 7.2 of the Draft Merger Agreement that in the event of a change in the number of IGE+XAO shares held 
by Schneider Electric and/or in the number of shares comprising the share capital of Schneider Electric that may impact the exchange 
ratio, the number of Schneider Electric shares to be issued in consideration for the Merger and, correlatively, the nominal amount of the 
resulting share capital increase would be automatically adjusted accordingly.

Thus, in view of the adjustment related to the acquisition by SEISAS of 34,629 IGE+XAO shares after the signing date of the Draft Merger 
Agreement, the amount of the capital increase would amount, as of February 28, 2022, to €1,137,232 (i.e., 284,308 newly issued Schneider 
Electric shares) and the amount of the merger premium would amount to €3,940,246 and to €260,018,556 for the merger loss.

The final amounts will be communicated on the date of the combined shareholders’ meeting.

Following this capital increase and on the basis of information available to the Company, the distribution of capital would be,  
as of February 28, 2022, as follows:

Shareholder

Free Float
Sun Life Financial, Inc.
Blackrock, Inc.
Employees
Group-owned stock
Former shareholders of IGE+XAO

Total

Before the capital increase  
resulting from the Merger

After the capital increase  
resulting from the Merger

(resolution #18)

(resolution #18)

Number of 
shares

% of capital

Number of 
shares

460,869,416
39,681,766
35,703,751
20,321,627
12,456,882
0

80.992% 460,869,416
39,681,766
35,703,751
20,321,627
12,456,882
284,308

6.974%
6.274%
3.571%
2.189%
0.000%

569,033,442

100% 569,317,750

% of capital

80.951%
6.970%
6.271%
3.569%
2.188%
0.045%

100%

(5)  As amended, particularly by regulation no. 2017-01 of May 5, 2017 and regulation no. 2019-06 of November 8, 2019.

464

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Shareholder Information

The valuation methods used and criteria adopted to value Schneider Electric and IGE+XAO in order to determine the exchange ratio 
are set out in Schedule 7 to the Draft Merger Agreement.

Merger premium

The merger premium is the difference between (i) the proportion of the net carrying amount of the transferred net assets corresponding 
to the IGE+XAO shares not held by Schneider Electric or IGE+XAO on the Completion Date, i.e., €6,108,214 at the signing date of the 
Draft Merger Agreement, and (ii) the nominal amount of Schneider Electric’s capital increase, i.e., €1,368,092 at the signing date of the 
Draft Merger Agreement.

The amount of the merger premium would consequently be €4,740,122 based on the number of shares making up IGE+XAO’s share 
capital (excluding IGE+XAO shares held by IGE+XAO itself) at the signing date of the Draft Merger Agreement, it being specified that 
this amount would be adjusted automatically in the event of a change in the number of IGE+XAO shares held by Schneider Electric 
and/or in the number of shares comprising Schneider Electric’s share capital that may impact the exchange ratio.

The merger premium may be appropriated in any manner decided by shareholders in Schneider Electric’s shareholders’ general 
meeting that is consistent with principles in force. In particular, you will be asked to authorize the Board of Directors to make any 
appropriations from the merger premium with a view to (i) reconstituting, on the liabilities side of Schneider Electric’s balance sheet,  
the regulated reserves and provisions existing on IGE+XAO’s balance sheet, (ii) deducting from the merger premium all fees,  
duties and levies incurred or due with respect to the Merger, (iii) deducting from the merger premium all excess tax depreciation,  
(iv) deducting from the merger premium the sums necessary to ensure that the statutory reserve is fully constituted, and (v) deducting 
from the merger premium any liabilities relating to the transferred assets that were omitted or not disclosed.

Loss on canceled shares in the acquired company

The cancellation of IGE+XAO shares held by Schneider Electric will produce a loss equal to the difference between (i) the net carrying 
amount of the IGE+XAO shares held by Schneider Electric on the Completion Date, i.e., €284,630,580 at the signing date of the Draft 
Merger Agreement, and (ii) the portion of the net assets transferred by IGE+XAO that corresponds to the IGE+XAO shares held by 
Schneider Electric on the Completion Date, i.e., €32,584,828 at the signing date of the Draft Merger Agreement.

8.

The amount of that loss would consequently be €252,045,752 based on the number of shares making up IGE+XAO’s share capital 
(excluding IGE+XAO shares held by IGE+XAO itself) at the signing date of the Draft Merger Agreement, it being specified that this 
amount would be adjusted automatically in the event of a change in the number of IGE+XAO shares held by Schneider Electric.

Since this is a technical merger loss which does not translate into a loss of value for the shareholders, it will be recognized on the asset 
side of Schneider Electric’s balance sheet and appropriated according to French accounting and tax rules. 

Double voting rights

IGE+XAO shareholders holding double voting rights before the Completion Date would retain those double voting rights within 
Schneider Electric after the Merger. 

Similarly, the holders of IGE+XAO registered shares who have not acquired double voting rights by the Completion Date would see, 
after the Merger, the amount of time for which they have held their shares as of the Completion Date count towards the ownership 
period required by Schneider Electric to qualify for double voting rights.

Consultation with staff representative bodies

The competent staff representative bodies of IGE+XAO and Schneider Electric have been consulted and have delivered the following 
opinions:
• 

favorable opinion from the social and economic committee of the economic and social unit to which IGE+XAO belongs on 
December 8, 2021; and
favorable opinion from the social and economic committee of the economic and social unit to which SEISAS belongs on December 
9, 2021.

• 

In addition, the European committee of the group to which Schneider Electric belongs was informed of the Merger in a meeting on 
December 14, 2021.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

465

Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

8.1  Explanatory comments & draft resolutions submitted to the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Request for a declaration that a buyout offer is not required and request  
for a dispensation from the obligation to make a mandatory public offer

In accordance with Article 236-6 of the AMF’s general regulation, Schneider Electric has asked the AMF for a declaration that 
Schneider Electric is not required to make a buyout offer for shares in IGE+XAO.

In accordance with Articles 234-8 and 234-9(7) of the AMF’s general regulation, Schneider Electric has also asked the AMF for 
dispensation from the obligation to make a mandatory public tender offer arising from the increase in Schneider Electric’s ownership  
of IGE+XAO’s share capital and voting rights to above 30% as a result of the sale of IGE+XAO shares by SEISAS to Schneider Electric.

Creditor objections

The creditors of Schneider Electric and IGE+XAO whose claims predate the publication of the Draft Merger Agreement are able to 
make objections for a period of 30 days from the final publication of the notice relating to the Draft Merger Agreement in France’s 
official journal of legal notices (Bulletin des Annonces Légales Obligatoires).

In accordance with statutory and regulatory provisions in force, no objection by any creditor would have the effect of preventing the 
Merger from going ahead.

Text of the eighteenth resolution
(Review and approval of the plan to merge IGE+XAO into Schneider Electric)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, acting in accordance with the quorum and majority requirements for ordinary meetings, having heard: 
• 
• 

the Board of Directors’ report;
the draft merger agreement including its appendices (the “Merger Agreement”), established as a private deed on February 17, 2022 
between Schneider Electric and IGE+XAO, a public limited company (société anonyme) whose registered office is located at  
16 boulevard Déodat de Séverac, 31770 Colomiers (France) and which is registered with the Toulouse trade and companies register 
under number 338 514 987 (“IGE+XAO”) relating to the merger of IGE+XAO into Schneider Electric (the “Merger”);
the reports on the Merger terms and the value of the contributions prepared by Olivier Péronnet and Pierre Béal, the merger appraisers 
appointed by order of the Presiding Judge of the Nanterre Commercial Court on December 14, 2021, in accordance with articles  
L. 236-10 and L. 225-147 of the French Commercial Code; and
that the employee representative bodies of the Company and of IGE+XAO have been consulted and have delivered their opinion;

• 

• 

1.  approves all the provisions of the Merger Agreement, pursuant to which it is agreed that IGE+XAO will transfer to the Company,  

by way of merger by absorption, all its assets and liabilities, and in particular: 
• 

the valuation of the assets transferred, the liabilities assumed and the resulting net assets transferred at December 31, 2021,  
with the net carrying amount of the net assets transferred by IGE+XAO (excluding the net carrying amount of IGE+XAO shares held 
by IGE+XAO itself) to the Company amounting to €38,693,042;
the consideration for the contribution made as part of the Merger, based on an exchange ratio of five (5) shares in the Company for 
every three (3) shares in IGE+XAO, corresponding to the issue of 342,023 new shares in the Company to be created through a capital 
increase, subject to a possible adjustment as provided for in article 7.2 of the Merger Agreement; 
the determination of the legal completion date of the Merger and the date on which IGE+XAO is wound up by operation of law when 
the last of the conditions precedent stipulated in Article 8.1 of the Merger Agreement (“Merger Completion Date”) has been fulfilled;
the determination of the date on which the Merger will take effect from an accounting and tax point of view, i.e., January 1, 2022;

• 

• 

• 

2.  notes that: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

in accordance with Article L. 236-3 of the French Commercial Code, there will be no exchange of either the IGE+XAO shares 
held by the Company or the IGE+XAO shares held by IGE+XAO itself, which will be canceled by operation of law after the Merger 
is completed, and note accordingly, based on a number of IGE+XAO shares held by the Company amounting to 1,094,733 and 
a number of treasury shares held by IGE+XAO amounting to 4,434, and subject to the adjustments provided for in the Merger 
Agreement that the Company will increase, on the Merger Completion Date, its share capital by €1,368,092 through the creation  
of 342,023 new shares in the Company with a par value of €4 each;
IGE+XAO shareholders holding double voting rights before the Merger Completion Date will retain those double voting rights within 
the Company after the Merger. Similarly, the holders of IGE+XAO registered shares who have not acquired double voting rights by 
the Merger Completion Date will see, after the Merger, the amount of time for which they have held their shares as of the Merger 
Completion Date count towards the ownership period required by the Company to qualify for double voting rights; 
the new shares in the Company issued as remuneration for the Merger (i) will rank for dividends from the time they are created and 
will be immediately fungible with existing shares in the Company, (ii) will confer the same rights and will be subject, from the time they 
are created, to all provisions of the articles of association, laws and regulations in force and of shareholders’ general meetings and  
(iii) will confer an entitlement to distributions of any kind decided after they are issued;
the new shares in the Company will be fully paid up and free of any security interest and, as soon as possible after they are issued, 
admitted for trading on compartment A of Euronext Paris under the same identification number as the previously issued ordinary 
shares that make up the Company’s share capital (ISIN FR0000121972);

466

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Shareholder Information

• 

• 

to the extent that IGE+XAO shareholders do not hold the required number of IGE+XAO shares to obtain a whole number of shares in 
the Company by applying the Merger exchange ratio, the IGE+XAO shareholders concerned may make arrangements to buy or sell 
any fractional shares in order to arrive at a whole number. However, if at the Merger Completion Date some IGE+XAO shareholders  
do not hold a number of IGE+XAO shares that would enable them to obtain, applying the Merger exchange ratio, a whole number  
of shares in the Company, the intermediaries mentioned in Article L. 542-1(2)-(7) of the French Monetary and Financial Code  
(i) will sell on the Euronext Paris regulated market unallocated shares in the Company corresponding to the fractional entitlements 
in accordance with Articles L. 228-6-1 and R. 228-12 of the French Commercial Code and (ii) will distribute the funds thus obtained 
between the holders of fractional entitlements in proportion to their entitlements;
the difference between (i) the proportion of the net carrying amount of the net assets transferred by IGE+XAO, corresponding to the 
IGE+XAO shares not held by the Company or IGE+XAO, i.e., €6,108,214 and (ii) the nominal amount of the Schneider Electric capital 
increase, i.e., €1,368,092, will represent a merger premium in an amount of €4,740,122 that will be added to the Company’s liabilities 
and to which all of the Company’s shareholders will have an entitlement; being specified that the amount of the merger premium shall 
be adjusted automatically in the event of a modification of the number of IGE+XAO shares held by the Company and/or the number  
of shares comprising the Schneider Electric’s share capital that may impact the exchange ratio;

3.  confers all powers on the Board of Directors, including the power to subdelegate to all persons authorized by applicable statutory and 

regulatory provisions and provisions of the articles of association, for the purpose of:
•  confirming the fulfillment of the conditions precedent stipulated in Article 8.1 of the Merger Agreement and accordingly the final 

completion of the Merger and the resulting capital increase;

•  confirming the final number of shares of the Company to be issued in consideration of the Merger and, correlatively, the final amount 

and completion of the capital increase on the Merger Completion Date, as well as the final amounts of the merger premium; 

•  making any appropriations from the merger premium with a view to (i) reconstituting, on the liabilities side of the Company’s balance 
sheet, the regulated reserves and provisions existing on IGE+XAO’s balance sheet, (ii) deducting from the merger premium all fees, 
duties and levies incurred or due with respect to the Merger, (iii) deducting from the merger premium all excess tax depreciation,  
(iv) deducting from the merger premium the sums necessary to ensure that the statutory reserve is fully constituted, and (v) deducting 
from the merger premium any liabilities relating to the transferred assets that were omitted or not disclosed;
taking all necessary steps to create the new shares in the Company and having them admitted for trading on Euronext Paris;

• 
•  selling any unallotted new ordinary shares in the Company that correspond to fractional entitlements; and
•  more generally, make any findings, carry out any communications and complete any formalities that may be necessary for the 

purpose of completing the Merger.

8.

19th resolution: Power for formalities

Explanatory statement
Finally, under the 19th resolution we request that you grant us the powers necessary to carry out the formalities.

Text of the nineteenth resolution
(Powers for formalities)

The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting confers full powers upon the bearer of a copy or excerpts of the minutes confirming these resolutions  
for the purposes of carrying out all legal and administrative formalities.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

467

 
Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

8.2  Statutory auditors’ special reports

8.2.1  Statutory Auditors’ report on the authorization to grant free 
shares existing or to be issued

To the Shareholders,

In our capacity as statutory auditors of your company and in compliance with Article L. 225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code (Code 
de commerce), we hereby report on the proposed authorization to grant free shares, existing or to be issued, to the beneficiaries that the 
board of directors shall determine among the employees or the corporate officers of the Company or of companies that are related to the 
Company under the conditions provided for in Article L. 225-197-2 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), an operation upon 
which you are called to vote.

The number of shares already existing or to be issued that may be granted cannot represent more than 2% of the share capital existing 
on the date of this shareholders’ meeting, with the number of shares that may be granted to the corporate officers not exceeding annually 
0.03% of the existing total share capital, it being specified that the total number of shares allocated cannot exceed 10% of the share capital 
on the date of the board of director’s decision to allocate them.

Your board of directors proposes that, on the basis of its report, it be authorized, for a period of thirty-six months from the date of this 
shareholders’ meeting, to grant free shares existing or to be issued.

It is the responsibility of the board of directors to prepare a report on this operation with which it wishes to proceed. It is our responsibility  
to give you our comments, if any, on the information that you have been provided about the proposed operation. 

We have performed those procedures which we considered necessary to comply with the professional guidance issued by the French 
national auditing body (Compagnie Nationale des Commissaires aux Comptes) for this type of engagement. These procedures consisted  
in particular in verifying that the methods planned and set out in the board of directors’ report comply with the provisions of the law.

We have no comments to make on the information set out in the board of director’s report on the proposed authorization to grant free shares.

Paris-La Défense, March 11, 2022

The Statutory Auditors
French original signed by

MAZARS 
Loïc Wallaert  Mathieu Mougard 

ERNST & YOUNG et Autres
Alexandre Resten

468

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Shareholder Information

8.2.2  Statutory auditors’ report on the issuance of shares  
or securities giving access to capital reserved for members  
of a company savings plan 

To the Shareholders,

In our capacity as statutory auditors of your company and in compliance with Articles L. 228-92 and L. 225-135 et seq. of the French 
Commercial Code (Code de commerce), we hereby report on the proposal to authorize the board of directors to decide whether to proceed 
with an issue of shares or securities giving access to the share capital of the company with cancellation of preferential subscription rights, 
reserved for participants in a company savings plan of the company and of the French or non-French companies affiliated with it, in 
accordance with article L. 225-180 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) and article L. 3344-1 of the French Labor code 
(Code du travail), an operation upon which you are called to vote.

The maximum nominal amount of the increase in capital that may result from these issues is 2 % of the share capital on the date of this 
shareholders’ meeting.

Your board of directors proposes that, on the basis of its report, it be authorized for a period of twenty-six months, to decide on whether  
to proceed with issues and proposes to cancel your preferential subscription rights to the shares and securities to be issued. If applicable,  
it shall determine the final conditions of these operations. 

It is the responsibility of the board of directors to prepare a report in accordance with articles R. 225-113 et seq. of the French Commercial 
code (Code de commerce). Our role is to report on the fairness of the financial information taken from the accounts, on the proposed 
cancellation of preferential subscription rights, and on other information relating to these issues provided in this report.

We have performed those procedures which we considered necessary to comply with the professional guidance issued by the French 
national auditing body (Compagnie Nationale des Commissaires aux Comptes) for this type of engagement. These procedures consisted 
in verifying the information provided in the board of director’s report relating to this operation and the methods used to determine the issue 
price of the equity securities to be issued.

8.

Subject to a subsequent examination of the conditions for the issues that would be decided, we have no matters to report as to the methods 
used to determine the issue price of the equity securities to be issued provided in the board of director’s report.

As the final conditions for the issues have not yet been determined, we cannot report on these conditions and, consequently, on the 
proposed cancellation of preferential subscription rights.

In accordance with article R. 225-116 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), we will issue a supplementary report,  
if necessary, when your board of directors has exercised this authorization, in the event of the issue of shares or securities giving access  
to other equity securities and of the issue of securities giving access to equity securities to be issued.

Paris-La Défense, March 11, 2022

The Statutory Auditors
French original signed by

MAZARS 
Loïc Wallaert  Mathieu Mougard 

ERNST & YOUNG et Autres
Alexandre Resten

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

469

 
Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

8.2  Statutory auditors’ special reports

8.2.3  Statutory Auditors’ report on the issuance of shares or 
securities reserved for a category of beneficiaries with cancellation 
of preferential subscription rights 

To the Shareholders,

In our capacity as Statutory auditors of your company and in compliance with articles L. 228-92 and L. 225-135 et seq. of the French 
Commercial Code (Code de commerce), we hereby report on the proposal to delegate to the board of directors the competence to 
decide on the issue of ordinary shares or securities giving access to the share capital of the company, with cancellation of preferential 
subscription rights, reserved for (i) employees and officers of companies of the Schneider Electric Group affiliated with the Company under 
the terms and conditions set forth in Article L. 225-180 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) and Article L. 3344-1 of the 
French Labour Code (Code du travail) and the head office of which is located outside France; (ii) and/or OPC mutual investment funds or 
other entities, with or without legal personality, of employee shareholders invested in equity securities of the company, the unit holders or 
shareholders of which consist of persons described in (i) of this paragraph; (iii) and/or any banking institution or affiliate or subsidiary of 
such institution acting at the Company’s request for purposes of implementing and giving effect to a shareholder incentive or investment  
or savings plan for the benefit of the persons described in (i) of this paragraph, an operation upon which you are called to vote.

The maximum nominal amount of the increase in capital that may result from these issues is 1% of the share capital on the date of this 
shareholders’ meeting, it being specified that this amount shall be deducted from the ceiling set under the sixteenth resolution of this  
annual shareholders’ meeting.

Your board of directors proposes that, on the basis of its report, it be authorized, for a period of eighteen months, to decide on whether to 
proceed with an increase in capital and to cancel your preferential subscription rights to the ordinary shares and securities to be issued.  
If applicable, it shall determine the final conditions of these operations.

It is the responsibility of the board of directors to prepare a report in accordance with articles R. 225-113 et seq. of the French Commercial 
code (Code de commerce). Our role is to report on the fairness of the financial information taken from the accounts, on the proposed 
cancellation of preferential subscription rights, and on other information relating to the share issues provided in this report.

We have performed those procedures which we considered necessary to comply with the professional guidance issued by the French 
national auditing body (Compagnie Nationale des Commissaires aux Comptes) for this type of engagement. These procedures consisted  
in verifying the information provided in the board of director’s report relating to these operations and the methods used to determine the 
issue price of the equity securities to be issued.

Subject to a subsequent examination of the conditions for the issues that would be decided, we have no matters to report as to the methods 
used to determine the issue price of the equity securities to be issued provided in the board of director’s report.

As the final conditions for the issues have not yet been determined, we cannot report on these conditions and, consequently, on the 
proposed cancellation of preferential subscription rights.

In accordance with article R. 225-116 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), we will issue a supplementary report,  
if necessary, when your board of directors has exercised this authorization.

Paris-La Défense, March 11, 2022

The Statutory Auditors
French original signed by

MAZARS 
Loïc Wallaert  Mathieu Mougard 

ERNST & YOUNG et Autres
Alexandre Resten

470

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
Chapter 8 – Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Shareholder Information

8.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

471

Chapter 9 – Persons responsible for the Universal 
Registration Document and audit of the financial statements

We are the most local of global companies.

472

Schneider Electric Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 9 – Persons responsible for the Universal  
Registration Document and audit of the financial statements
Shareholder Information

Persons responsible 
for the Universal 
Registration Document 
and audit of the 
financial statements

9

9.

Persons responsible for the  
Universal Registration Document 

Persons responsible for the audit  
of the financial statements 

Universal Registration Document  
cross-reference table 

Annual Financial Report  
cross-reference table 

Cross-reference table referring to the 
elements of the Management Report 

Cross-reference table referring  
to the elements of the Corporate 
Governance Report 

Cross-reference table pursuant  
to Articles L. 225-102-1, L. 22-10-36  
and R. 225-105 (disclosure on  
extra-financial performance), and  
Article L. 225-102-4 (vigilance plan)  
of the French Commercial Code 

474

475

476

479

480

481

482

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

473

Chapter 9 – Persons responsible for the Universal  
Registration Document and audit of the financial statements

Persons responsible for the  
Universal Registration Document

Attestation

I declare that the information contained in the Universal Registration Document is, to the best of my knowledge, in accordance with the facts 
and contains no omission likely to affect its import.

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge, the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with applicable accounting standards 
and that they present fairly the assets, financial position and results of the Company and the consolidated Group. To the best of my knowledge, 
the business review accurately presents the changes in business, results and financial position of the Company and the consolidated Group 
and describes their principal risks and contingencies.

March 29, 2022
Chairman and CEO of Schneider Electric SE
Jean-Pascal Tricoire

Pursuant to Article 19 of Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council, the following information is 
incorporated by reference in the present Universal Registration Document:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the consolidated financial statements and corresponding auditors’ reports provided in Chapter 5 of the Universal Registration 
Document for the year ended December 31, 2019, registered with the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF) under number  
D.20-0137 on March 17, 2020;
the consolidated financial statements and corresponding auditors’ reports provided in Chapter 4 of the Universal Registration 
Document for the year ended December 31, 2020, registered with the AMF under number D.21-0178 on March 23, 2021;
the parent company financial statements and corresponding auditors’ reports provided in Chapter 6 of the Universal Registration 
Document for the year ended December 31, 2019, registered with the AMF under number D.20-0137 on March 17, 2020;
the parent company financial statements and corresponding auditors’ reports provided in Chapter 5 of the Universal Registration 
Document for the year ended December 31, 2020, registered with the AMF under number D.21-0178 on March 23, 2021;
the management report provided in Chapter 3 of the Universal Registration Document for the year ended December 31, 2019, 
registered with the AMF under number D.20-0137 on March 17, 2020;
the management report provided in the Universal Registration Document for the year ended December 31, 2020, registered with  
the AMF under number D.21-0178 on March 23, 2021;

•  Passages not incorporated in these documents are either irrelevant for the investor or covered in another section of the  

Universal Registration Document.

474

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 9 – Persons responsible for the Universal  
Registration Document and audit of the financial statements
Shareholder Information

Persons responsible for the  
audit of the financial statements

Statutory auditors
Ernst & Young et Autres Tour First – 1, place des Saisons – 92037 Paris-la-Défense-Cedex
Represented by Alexandre Resten
Mazars Tour Exaltis – 61, rue Henri-Regnault – 92400 Courbevoie
Represented by Loïc Wallaert and Mathieu Mougard

Alternate auditors
Auditex
Thierry Blanchetier

Date  

appointed

Appointment 
expires

1992

2004

2010
2010

2022

2022

2022
2022

Ernst & Young et Autres and Mazars are members of the Auditors’ Regional Company of “Versailles et du Centre”.

9.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

475

Chapter 9 – Persons responsible for the Universal  
Registration Document and audit of the financial statements

Universal Registration Document  
cross-reference table

To facilitate the reading of the Annual Report, filed as Universal Registration Document, the following table allows the identification  
of the main headings required by Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council.

Information required under Appendix 1 and 2 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/980

Corresponding sections and chapters of 
the Universal Registration Document

Page no.

1.

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

2.

2.1

2.2

3.

4.

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

5.

5.1

PERSONS RESPONSIBLE, THIRD PARTY INFORMATION,  
EXPERTS’ REPORTS AND COMPETENT AUTHORITY APPROVAL

Identity of the persons responsible for the information

Declaration by the persons responsible

Statement of experts and declaration of interest

Certification on information provided by third parties

Declaration of deposit to the competent authority

STATUTORY AUDITORS

Names and addresses

Resignation or departure of statutory auditors

RISK FACTORS

INFORMATION ABOUT THE ISSUER

Legal and business name

Place of registration and registration number

Issuer’s incorporation date and length of life

Domicile, legal form, applicable legislation, country of incorporation,  
registered office’s address and telephone number

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Principal activities

5.1.1

Nature of transactions made by the Company and its principal activities

5.1.2 New products/services launched on the market

Principal markets

Exceptional events

Strategy and objectives

5.2

5.3

5.4

5.5

5.6

5.7

Chapter 9

Chapter 9

N/A

N/A

Table of contents

Chapter 9

474

474

N/A

N/A

1

475

Chapter 8, section 8.1

Chapter 3, section 3.4

450-451

254-264

Chapter 7, section 7.3

Chapter 7, section 7.3

Chapter 7, section 7.3

Chapter 7, section 7.3

Integrated Report

Integrated Report

Integrated Report

Chapter 3, section 3.4

439

439

439

439

15-23

15-19

14-19

264

Integrated Report
Chapter 1, section 1.3

2-3, 22-23
50-55

Dependence on patents, licenses, contracts or new manufacturing processes

Chapter 3, section 3.4

259, 262

Competitive position

Investments

N/A

N/A

5.7.1

Principle investments realized during each year of the period covered by the 
historical financial information until the date of the Universal Registration Document

Chapter 5, section 5.7

402-403

5.7.2 Major investments planned by the issuer and for which the management bodies 

N/A

N/A

have already taken a firm commitment 

5.7.3

Information on significant shareholdings in companies 

Chapter 5, section 5.5

390-396

5.7.4

Environmental issues potentially affecting the use of the tangible fixed assets

N/A

N/A

6.

6.1

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Brief description of the Group

6.2

List of main subsidiaries

Integrated Report 
Chapter 7, section 7.3

20-21
439

Chapter 5, section 5.5

390-396

476

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
 
Chapter 9 – Persons responsible for the Universal  
Registration Document and audit of the financial statements
Shareholder Information

Information required under Appendix 1 and 2 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/980

Corresponding sections and chapters of 
the Universal Registration Document

Page no.

7.

7.1

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

Financial condition

7.1.1

Evolution and result of activities

Chapter 5, section 5.7

402-408

7.1.2

Future expected development of the activities and R&D activities 

Integrated Report

26-27

7.2

Operating results

7.2.1

Significant factors affecting the income from operations

7.2.2

Reasons for material changes in net sales or revenues

8.

8.1

CASH AND CAPITAL

Information concerning capital resources (short and long-term)

8.2

Sources, amounts and description of cash flows

8.3

Information on borrowing conditions and financing structure

Restrictions on use of capital resources that have materially affected,  
or could materially affect, directly or indirectly, the operations

Expected sources of financing

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

TREND INFORMATION

Integrated Report
Chapter 5, section 5.7

Integrated Report
Chapter 5, section 5.7

Chapter 5, section 5.4  
Chapter 5, section 5.5

Chapter 5, section 5.2  
Chapter 5, section 5.7

Chapter 5, section 5.5  
Chapter 6, section 6.3

Chapter 3, section 3.4

9
402-406

9
404-405

349
374-377

346
407-408

381-388
420-421

260

Integrated Report

8, 26-27

N/A

N/A

Main trends in production, sales and inventory, and in costs and selling prices, 
since the end of the last fiscal year to the date of the Universal Registration 
Document

Known trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events that might have  
a material effect on prospects for the current fiscal year

Integrated Report

Integrated Report

26

26

9.

PROFIT FORECASTS OR ESTIMATES

N/A

N/A

ADMINISTRATIVE, MANAGEMENT AND SUPERVISORY BODIES AND 
SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Information concerning members of the administrative and management bodies 
(list of mandates performed during the last five years)

12.2

Conflicts of interest in administrative and management bodies

REMUNERATION AND BENEFITS

Remuneration paid and benefits in kind

Amounts of provisions booked or otherwise recognized for the payment of 
pensions, retirement annuities or other benefits

BOARD PRACTICES

Expiry date of current terms of office

Service contracts with members of administrative bodies

Information about the Audit Committee and the Remuneration Committee

Integrated Report
Chapter 4, section 4.1

Chapter 4, section 4.1

28-29
270-287

284

Chapter 4, section 4.2

Chapter 5, section 5.5

311-340

378-380

Chapter 4, section 4.1

270-280

Chapter 4, section 4.1

284

Chapter 4, section 4.1 269, 294-295, 
301-304

Declaration – corporate governance applicable in the home country of the issuer

Chapter 4, section 4.1

268

Potential material impacts on corporate governance

Chapter 4, section 4.1

286-287

EMPLOYEES

15.1

Number of employees

15.2

Profit sharing and stock options

15.3

Agreements for employees’ equity stake in the capital of the issuer

Chapter 2 section 2.8 
Chapter 5 section 5.5

Chapter 4, section 4.2
Chapter 7, section 7.1

Chapter 7, section 7.1

232-239
388-389

337-340
435

434-435

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

477

8.4

8.5

9.

10.

10.1

10.2

11.

12.

12.1

13.

13.1

13.2

14.

14.1

14.2

14.3

14.4

14.5

15.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chapter 9 – Persons responsible for the Universal  
Registration Document and audit of the financial statements
Universal Registration Document cross-reference table

Information required under Appendix 1 and 2 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/980

Corresponding sections and chapters of 
the Universal Registration Document

Page no.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

Shareholders owning more than 5% of the share capital or voting rights

Existence of specific voting rights

Control of the Company

Agreement known to the Company which could lead to a change in control if 
implemented

Chapter 7, section 7.1

Chapter 7, section 7.1

Chapter 7, section 7.1

Chapter 7, section 7.1

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Chapter 5, section 5.5

FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONCERNING THE ISSUER’S ASSETS AND 
LIABILITIES, FINANCIAL POSITION AND PROFITS AND LOSSES

16.

16.1

16.2

16.3

16.4

17.

18.

18.1

18.2

18.3

Historical financial information

Interim financial information

Auditing of historical annual financial information

18.3.1 Statement of audit of historical financial information

18.3.2 Other information contained in the Universal Registration Document that has been 

audited by the auditors

18.3.3 Financial data contained in the Universal Registration Document and not extracted 

from the issuer’s audited financial statement

18.4

18.5

Pro forma financial information

Dividend policy

18.5.1 Dividend distribution policy

18.5.2 Dividend amount per share for each year of the fiscal year covered  

by the historical financial information

18.6

Legal and arbitration proceedings

18.7

Significant change in the financial or business situation

19.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

19.1

Share capital

19.1.1 Amount of issued capital

19.1.2 Shares not representing capital

19.1.3 Treasury shares

434

434

434

434

389

430

N/A

397
424

224-225
310
468-470

N/A

N/A

Chapter 6, section 6.7

N/A

Chapter 5, section 5.6
Chapter 6, section 6.4

Chapter 2, section 2.7
Chapter 4, section 4.1
Chapter 8, section 8.2

N/A

N/A

Integrated Report
Chapter 8, section 8.1

8-9
449-450

Chapter 5, section 5.5
Chapter 6, section 6.7

Chapter 3, section 3.4 
Chapter 5, section 5.5 
Chapter 6, section 6.3

N/A

Chapter 7, section 7.2

Chapter 7, section 7.2

Chapter 5, section 5.5 
Chapter 6, section 6.3
Chapter 6, section 6.5

375
430

259
389
423

N/A

436

436

377
419
427

19.1.4 Convertible securities, exchangeable securities or securities with warrants

Chapter 5, section 5.5 
Chapter 6, section 6.3

375, 382-383
420

19.1.5 Terms of any acquisition right and/or commitment in respect of authorized  

Chapter 4, section 4.2

337-340

but non-issued capital

19.1.6 Information about the capital of any group member which is under option or 

Chapter 7, section 7.2

437

agreed
conditionally or unconditionally to be put under option 

19.1.7 History of the share capital

19.2

Articles of incorporation and bylaws

19.2.1 Corporate purpose

Chapter 7, section 7.1
Chapter 7, section 7.2

Integrated Report
Chapter 7, section 7.3

434
437

2
439

19.2.2 Rights, privileges and restrictions attached to shares

Chapter 7, section 7.4

440-442

19.2.3 Actions necessary to change the rights of shareholders

20.

21.

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

DOCUMENTS AVAILABLE

Chapter 7, section 7.4

N/A

Chapter 7, section 7.3
Chapter 7, section 7.6

440

N/A

439
445

478

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
 
Chapter 9 – Persons responsible for the Universal  
Registration Document and audit of the financial statements
Shareholder Information

Annual Financial Report cross-reference table

This Universal Registration Document includes all the information of the Annual Financial Report as mentioned in Articles L. 451-1-2 of the 
French Commercial Code and 222-3 of the AMF’s General Regulations.

Annual Financial Report

STATEMENT OF THE PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR THE  
UNIVERSAL REGISTRATION DOCUMENT

MANAGEMENT REPORT

Corresponding sections and chapters 
of the Universal Registration Document

Chapter 9

Analysis of results, financial conditions, key performance indicators (financial and non-
financial), parent company and consolidated Group risks, climate change risks, internal 
control and risk management procedures for the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries 
(Articles L. 225-100-1 and L. 22-10-35 of the French Commercial Code)

Information about share buybacks (Article L. 225-211, paragraph 2 of the French 
Commercial Code)

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Statutory financial statements

Statutory auditors’ report on the statutory financial statements

Consolidated financial statements

Statutory auditors’ report on the consolidated financial statements

Integrated Report
Chapter 3, section 3.3
Chapter 3, section 3.4
Chapter 5, section 5.7

Chapter 7, section 7.2

Chapter 6

Chapter 6, section 6.4

Chapter 5

Chapter 5, section 5.6

Page no.

474

4, 9, 12
249-253
254-264
402-408

438

412-423

424-426

344-396

397-401

9.

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

479

 
 
 
 
Chapter 9 – Persons responsible for the Universal  
Registration Document and audit of the financial statements

Cross-reference table referring to the  
elements of the Management Report

This Universal Registration Document includes all the information of the Management Report required by Articles L. 225-100 et seq.,  
L. 232-1, I and II, and R. 225-102 et seq. of the French Commercial Code.

Information in the Management Report

Objective and exhaustive analysis of the business, results trend and financial situation 
including the debt situation of the Group during the fiscal year (Articles L. 225-100-1  
and L. 233-6 of the French Commercial Code)

Report on the subsidiaries’ activity and results (Article L. 233-6, paragraph 2 of the  
French Commercial Code)

Analysis of the Company’s situation during the last fiscal year, its expected development 
and the important events occurred since the closing date (Article L. 232-1-II of the  
French Commercial Code)

Activities in research and development (Article L. 233-26 and L. 232-1-II of the  
French Commercial Code)

Non-financial key performance indicators (environmental information) (Articles L. 225-100-1, 
L. 225-102-1, V. and R. 225-105 of the French Commercial Code)

Corresponding sections and Chapters 
of the Universal Registration Document

Integrated Report

Integrated Report
Chapter 5, section 5.5, note 29
Chapter 6, section 6.5

Integrated Report
Chapter 3, section 3.4
Chapter 5, section 5.5
Chapter 6, section 6.3

Integrated Report
Chapter 5, section 5.5

Chapter 2, section 2.8.1

Page No.

3-9

3-9
390-396
427

26, 27
264
389
423

14-19
354, 365

226-231

Non-financial key performance indicators (social information) (Article L. 225-100-1,  
L. 225-102-1, V. and R. 225-104 of the French Commercial Code)

Chapter 2, section 2.8.2

232-239

Financial key performance indicators (Article L. 225-100-1 of the French Commercial Code)

Integrated Report

4, 9

Financial risks linked to climate change and what has been implemented to reduce them 
(Article L. 22-10-35 of the French Commercial Code)

Characteristics of internal control procedures and risk management (Article L. 22-10-35  
of the French Commercial Code)

Chapter 2, section 2.3.1

128,129

Chapter 3, sections 3.1-3.3

244-253

Main risks and uncertainties (Article L. 225-100-1 of the French Commercial Code)

Chapter 3, section 3.4

254-264

Information on the risks in the event of interest rate fluctuation, exchange rate fluctuation  
and market price fluctuation (Article L. 225-100-1 of the French Commercial Code)

Transactions executed by the Executive Officers on the shares of the Company  
(Article L. 621-18-2 of the Monetary and Financial Code)

Retention requirement by the Executive Directors of free shares and/or stock options  
which were awarded (Article L. 225-197-1-II paragraph 4 and L. 225-185 paragraph 4  
of the French Commercial Code)

Stock Options awarded to employees and Executive Officers (Article L. 225-197-1 and  
L. 225-185 of the French Commercial Code)

Chapter 3, section 3.4

Chapter 4, section 4.1.1

260

285

Chapter 4, sections 4.1.1, 4.2.5

286, 337-340

N/A

N/A

Shares held by employees (Article L. 225-102 of the French Commercial Code)

Chapter 7, section 7.1.1

434, 435

Items of calculation and results of adjustment in case of an issuance of securities giving 
access to capital (Article L. 225-181, paragraph 2 of the French Commercial Code)

Distribution of share capital and information on the crossing thresholds declared to the 
Company (Article L. 233-13 of the French Commercial Code)

Amount of dividends and distribution for the last three fiscal years (Article 243 bis of the 
French Tax Code)

Parent company’s results over the last five fiscal years (Article R. 225-102 of the  
French Commercial Code) and comments on the results

Information on payment terms (Article L. 441-14 of the French Commercial Code)

Information on the number of treasury shares on transactions executed during the  
fiscal year (Article L. 225-211, paragraph 2 of the French Commercial Code)

Information on participations acquired in the share capital of French companies  
(Article L. 233-6 of the French Commercial Code)

Chapter 7, section 7.2.2

436

Chapter 7, sections 7.1.1, 7.1.5

434, 441

Chapter 8, section 8.1

Chapter 6, section 6.7

Chapter 6, section 6.1

Chapter 7, section 7.1.1

N/A

List of main consolidated subsidiaries

Chapter 5, section 5.5

Additional tax information (Articles 34-9 and 223 quater and quinquies of the French Tax Code)

Chapter 8, section 8.1.1

Policy for preventing technological accidents risks, including the Company’s ability to cover 
its responsibility and means to manage the indemnification of victims (Article L. 225-102-2  
of the French Commercial Code)

N/A

450

430

421

434

N/A

390

449

N/A

480

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Chapter 9 – Persons responsible for the Universal  
Registration Document and audit of the financial statements
Shareholder Information

Cross-reference table referring to the  
elements of the Corporate Governance Report

This Universal Registration Document includes all the information of the Corporate Governance Report required by Articles L. 225-37-2  
et seq. of the French Commercial Code.

Information in the Corporate Governance Report

Remuneration policy for Corporate Officers (Article L. 22-10-8, I, paragraph 2 of the  
French Commercial Code)

Directors’ compensation of any kind (Article L. 22-10-9, I, 1° of the French Commercial 
Code)

Relative proportion of fixed and variable compensation (Article L. 22-10-9, I, 2° of the 
French Commercial Code)

Chapter 4, section 4.2

Chapter 4, section 4.2.3.2

Chapter 4, section 4.2.2.1

Use of the possibility of claiming back variable remuneration (Article L. 22-10-9, I, 3° of the 
French Commercial Code)

Chapter 4, section 4.2.3.1

311

335

313

328

Corresponding sections and chapters 
of the Universal Registration Document

Page no.

Directors’ commitments of any kind (Article L. 22-10-9, I, 4° of the French Commercial Code)

Chapter 4, sections 4.1.1.4, 4.1.7

284, 310

Remuneration paid or granted by an undertaking included in the scope of consolidation 
(Article L. 22-10-9, I, 5° of the French Commercial Code)

Chapter 4, section 4.2.2

Ratios between executive compensation and the compensation of employees other  
than Corporate Officers (Article L. 22-10-9, I, 6° of the French Commercial Code)

Evolution of compensation, Company performance, average compensation of  
non-executive employees and ratios referred to above (Article L. 22-10-9, I, 7°  
of the French Commercial Code)

Explanation of the way in which the total compensation complies with the adopted 
compensation policy (Article L. 22-10-9, I, 8° of the French Commercial Code)

Manner in which the vote of the last general shareholders’ meeting provided for  
in Article L. 225-100 of the French Commercial Code has been taken into account  
(Article L. 22-10-9, I, 9° of the French Commercial Code)

Chapter 4, section 4.2.2.4

Chapter 4, section 4.2.2.4

Chapter 4, section 4.2

Chapter 4, section 4.2.2

Any deviation from the procedure for implementing the remuneration policy and any waiver 
applied (Article L. 22-10-9, I, 10° of the French Commercial Code)

Chapter 4, section 4.2

Application of the provisions of the second paragraph of Article L. 225-45 of the French 
Commercial Code relating to the suspension of the remuneration of the Board of Directors 
in the event of non-compliance with the parity rules (Article L. 22-10-9, I, 11° of the French 
Commercial Code)

Chapter 4, section 4.2.2.3

313

323

324

311

313

311

322

9.

List of directorships or functions performed by each Director during the last fiscal year 
(Articles L. 225-37-4, 1° and L. 22-10-10 of the French Commercial Code)

Chapter 4, section 4.1.1.2

272-280

Regulated agreements (Articles L. 225-37-4, 2° and L. 22-10-10 of the French Commercial 
Code)

Chapter 4, section 4.1.7

310

Table of the delegations granted to the Board of Directors by the shareholders’ meetings 
and the use of those delegations (Articles L. 225-37-4, 3° and L. 22-10-10 of the French 
Commercial Code)

Chapter 7, section 7.2.3

436, 437

Distinction made or not between the Chief executive officer and the Chairman of the Board 
of Directors (Articles L. 225-37-4, 4° and L. 22-10-10 of the French Commercial Code)

Chapter 4, section 4.1.2.1

287

Board of Directors’ composition, condition for preparing and organizing the work of the 
Board (Article L. 22-10-10, 1° of the French Commercial Code)

Application of the balanced representation of women and men at the Board of Directors 
level (Article L. 22-10-10, 2° of the French Commercial Code)

Chapter 4, sections 4.1.1-4.1.2

270-299

Chapter 4, sections 4.1.1 269, 281, 287

Limits to the powers of the Chief executive officer (Article L. 22-10-10, 3° of the  
French Commercial Code)

Corporate Governance Code to which the Company adheres, including comply or  
explain detail (Article L. 22-10-10, 4° of the French Commercial Code)

Participation to Shareholders meeting by shareholders (Article L. 22-10-10, 5° of the  
French Commercial Code)

Assessment process of regulated agreements (Article L. 22-10-10, 6° of the  
French Commercial Code)

Factors likely to affect the outcome of a takeover bid (Article L. 22-10-11 of the  
French Commercial Code)

Chapter 4, section 4.1.2.1

Chapter 4

Chapter 7, section 7.4.1

Chapter 4, section 4.1.7.2

Chapter 7, section 7.4.8

287

268

440

310

442

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

481

Chapter 9 – Persons responsible for the Universal  
Registration Document and audit of the financial statements

Cross-reference table pursuant to Articles  
L. 225-102-1, L. 22-10-36 and R. 225-105 
(disclosure on extra-financial performance),  
and Article L. 225-102-4 (vigilance plan)  
of the French Commercial Code

This Universal Registration Document includes all the information required by Articles L. 225-102-1, L. 22-10-36 and R. 225-105 (disclosure 
on extra-financial performance), and Article L. 225-102-4 (vigilance plan) of the French Commercial Code.

Corresponding Sections and Chapters 
of the Universal Registration Document

Page No.

ARTICLES L. 225-102-1 AND R. 225-105

Company business model

Main CSR risks linked to the Company’s business

SOCIAL INFORMATION

Employment

Chapter 1, section 2

Chapter 2, section 1.6

Total workforce and breakdown of employees by gender, age and geographical region

Chapter 2, section 8.2

Hiring and Layoffs

Compensation and its evolution

Work organization

Worktime organization

Absenteeism

Labor relations

Chapter 2, section 8.2

Chapter 2, section 5.4

Chapter 2, section 8.2

Chapter 2, section 8.2

46

81

233

235

182

233

233

Organization of concertation, notably information and consultation procedures  
for personnel and negotiation with the latter

Summary of collective bargaining agreements signed with trade unions or workers’ 
representatives regarding occupational health and safety

Chapter 2, sections 5.5 and 8.2

185 and 236

Chapter 2, sections 5.5 and 8.2

185 and 236

Health and safety

Health and safety conditions

Chapter 2, sections 2.8 and 8.2

109 and 237

Work accidents (including frequency and severity rates) and occupational illnesses

Chapter 2, section 8.2 

237

Training

Training policies implemented

Total number of training hours

Equal opportunities

Measures regarding gender equality

Measures regarding employment and integration of disabled people

Anti-discrimination policy

ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION

General policy regarding environmental matters

Organization of the Company to take into account environmental matters, and,  
when appropriate, assessment and certification policies regarding environment

Means devoted to the prevention of environmental risks and pollution

Amount of provisions and guarantees for environment-related risks, provided that  
this information would not be likely to cause the Company serious damage within  
the framework of ongoing litigation

Pollution

Chapter 2, sections 5.3 and 8.2

179 and 238

Chapter 2, section 8.2

Chapter 2, section 5.2

Chapter 2, section 5.2

Chapter 2, section 5.2

Chapter 2, section 3.1

Chapter 2, section 4.2.3

Chapter 5, section 1.21

238

171

173

170

128

151

359

Measures for prevention, reduction or repair of emissions in the air, water and ground  
with serious environmental effects

Chapter 2, sections 4.2 and 8.1

155 and 228

Consideration of any form of pollution specific to an activity, particularly noise  
and light pollution

Chapter 2, sections 4.2 and 8.1

155 and 228

482

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chapter 9 – Persons responsible for the Universal  
Registration Document and audit of the financial statements
Shareholder Information

Corresponding Sections and Chapters 
of the Universal Registration Document

Page No.

Circular economy

Waste prevention and management

Measures relative to waste prevention, recycling, reuse, other forms of recovery  
and disposal

Chapter 2, section 4.3

162

Measures for combatting food waste

Sustainable usage of resources

N/A

Water consumption and supply adapted to local constraints

Chapter 2, sections 4.2 and 8.1

153 and 228

Consumption of raw materials and measures implemented for more efficient use

Chapter 2, section 4.3

156

Energy consumption and measures implemented to improve energy efficiency  
and the use of renewable energy

Chapter 2, sections 3.3 and 8.1

134 and 229

Land use

Climate change

N/A

Significant sources of greenhouse gas emissions generated as a result of the Company’s 
activities, particularly through the use of the goods and services it produces

Chapter 2, sections 3.2 and 8.1 

130 and 230

Measures taken to adapt to the consequences of climate change

Chapter 2, section 3.2

133

Reduction targets set voluntarily in the medium and long term to reduce GHG emissions  
and means implemented for this purpose

Chapter 2, sections 3.2 and 8.1 

130 and 230

Biodiversity protection

Measures implemented to protect or develop biodiversity

Chapter 2, sections 4.1 and 8.1

146 and 228

SOCIETAL INFORMATION

Societal commitments regarding sustainable development

Impact regarding regional employment and development

Impact on local and neighboring communities

Relations with stakeholders and conditions surrounding dialogue with them

Partnership or sponsorship activities

Subcontracting and suppliers

Chapter 2, section 6.4 

Chapter 2, section 2.12

Chapter 2, section 1.5

Chapter 2, section 6.1

Consideration within the Company’s purchasing policy of social and environmental issues

Chapter 2, section 2.2.10

Consideration within relations with subcontractors and suppliers of their social and 
environmental responsibility

Chapter 2, section 2.2.10

Fair operating practices

Measures implemented to promote consumer health and safety

Chapter 2, section 2.5

COMPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

Actions implemented to prevent any kind of corruption

Chapter 2, section 2.3

Actions implemented to promote human rights

Promotion and respect with the provisions of the International Labour Organization’s 
fundamental conventions:

regarding the freedom of association and the right to collective bargaining

regarding elimination of discrimination in respect of employment and occupation

regarding elimination of all forms of forced or compulsory labor

regarding effective abolition of child labor

Other actions implemented to promote human rights

Fight against food insecurity, respect for animal welfare and a responsible, fair,  
and sustainable food system

ARTICLE L. 22-10-36

Chapter 2, section 5.5

Chapter 2, section 5.2

Chapter 2, section 2.7

Chapter 2, section 2.7

Chapter 2, section 2.7 

N/A

Actions implemented to prevent tax evasion

Chapter 2, section 2.4

ARTICLE L. 225-102-4

Vigilance plan

Chapter 2, section 2.9

9.

200

124

75

190

116

116

102

101

185

170

106

106

106

102

112

www.se.com

Life Is On | Schneider Electric

483

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chapter 9 – Persons responsible for the Universal  
Registration Document and audit of the financial statements

484

Schneider Electric  Universal Registration Document 2021

www.se.com

Financial Calendar

Investor Relations
May 5, 2022 

Shareholders’ Meeting

Financial Releases
February 17, 2022  2021 Annual Results
April 27, 2022 
July 28, 2022 
October 27, 2022   Q3 2022 Revenues

Q1 2022 Revenues
2022 Half Year Results

YouTube
SchneiderCorporate

Twitter
@SchneiderElec

Instagram
schneiderelectric

LinkedIn
linkedin.com/company/schneider-electric

Facebook
SchneiderElectric

Investor Relations

Amit Bhalla
Tel.: +44(0)20 7592 8216

Corporate Communications
Jenny Chan
Tel.: +852 96 213 180

se.com

Schneider Electric SE
Headquarters:
35, rue Joseph Monier - CS 30323
F-92506 Rueil-Malmaison Cedex (France)
Tel.: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00
Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00

Incorporated in France,
governed by a board of directors with a share 
capital of EUR 2,276,133,768
Registered in Nanterre, R.C.S. 542 048 574
Siret no.; 542 048 574 01791

se.com

© 2022 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Life Is On Schneider Electric is a trademark and property of Schneider Electric SE, 
its subsidiaries and affiliated companies. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 998-21811496